O TH E R WOR KS B Y T HE SA ME A UTH OR

The A p ocalyp se of Baru h T ransla e d from the yr a Chapters I c t S i c:

V
. .

th Cent ury MS in the A mbros an Library o f Si x i

V —
LXX II , from the
V c
. .

i
M lan, and Chapt ers LXX III LXX X II T he Ep istle of Baru h
— i ic
-
. _ . .

From a New and Cr t al T e t b ased on Ten MSS and publ shed x i

ic ci
.

herew th i . i
Ed ted, w th Introdu t on, N ot es, and Ind es 7 s 6 d ne t i . . . .

T he A ssum pt i on of Moses Tr n l ted f om the Lat i n S i xth C nt u y a s a r e r

MS t h unemended Te xt f whi ch i p ublished herewith t og th

.

e o s e er

w i th the T ext in its restor d n d c it i cally em ended F rm

.
, ,

Edited e a r o
w ith Int oduc ti on N otes and Indi c
.
,

r 7s 6d , ,
es. . .

A Crit ic al Hi st ory of t he D oct rin e of a Future Life in I srael in

Judaism and in Chri st ianity ; H b ew J ewish and Christian or e r
,

E ch t l gy f om p o Proph ti c T i m s t i ll the Cl se f th N w
, , ,

s a o o , r r -
e e o o e e

T estam ent Can on . 1 58 .

The A sce ns ion of Isaiah T nsl ted f m the Ethiopi c V ion ra a ro ers w hi h, c
t gethe with the New G r k F gm nt the Lat i n Ver i n
.
,

o r ee ra e s o s, an d the
n i c is h re published in full
,

L ti n T ansl t ion of the Sl

a r a avo e Ed t ed i
w i th Int oducti on Notes and In di c
, .

r 7 s 6d net , ,
e s. . . .

A . C BLA CK ,
. SO HO SQ UARE , LON D ON .

T he Book of Eno h c
T ranslated fro m D illmann s Ethiop T e xt (e m ended
’
ic
c c c i ic
.

i
and rev sed in ac ordan e w th hi thert o un ollated Eth op MSS i
Gi
.

and w th the i
zeh and other G reek and Lat n F ra m ent s), w th
g i i
ci
Introdu t on, N otes, and Ind es 8vo, 16 8 ic . .

The Et hi p i c V o the He b re w Book of ub ilees

ers on of i Ed t ed from J i
c i ic cc c
.

F our MSS and r t ally rev se d, e m ended, and rest ore d in a ordan e i
c
.

i S i
w th the Heb rew , yr a , Greek, and Lat in Fragm ent s o f th s Book i .

4to, 1 2s 6d . .

T he Book ofEno h T ranslated from the lavon

the Se c ret s of c S ic by
ci
.

W R MORFILL, M.A , and e d t ed, w th I ntrodu t on, N ot es, i i and

ic
. . .

I nd es, b y R H CHA RLES, M A 8vo, 7 s 6d . . . . . .

T HE CLAREND ON PRE SS , O X FORD .

B O O K O F J U BI L E E S

T HE LITTLE GENE SI S

TRA N SLA TE D FROM

THE ED ITOR S ETHIOPIC TEXT

’

A ND

ED ITED , WIT H INT RO D U CT I O N , NO TES , AND IND ICES

R H C H A R L E S, D D
. . . .

I I
PROFESSO R O F B BL CA L C REE K , I I I
TR N TY CO LL EGE, D U BL N

L O N D ON
ADAM AND C H A R L E S BLA C K
1902
 :
QED lat fi t
“
-

t es t (M om
“
s al mon , M !)
H
u se; LL .D . , ut s
n .

OF TRI N IT Y confines
‘

, Da N

W EB; as
I
-‘
0 151) N E WS AD MIRA T IO N
-
A ND
'
GRAT i PU D E
 PREF ACE

I HA D h ope d to i ssu e thi s C om m e nt ar y on the Book of

J ubilees qu ite six ye ar s ago, a s a s e qu e l to m y e dition of

the E thi opic and other fragm en tary ve r si on s of thi s w ork ;

bu t afte r w ritin g a larg e p ortion of it I was o bli ge d to ,

ab an d on t he t a sk as I fel t th at s om eh ow I had fail e d t o

,

give a s a tisfactory inter p re tation te x t thoug h at the

of the ,

tim e I c ou l d n ot u nd e r s tand W h e rein m y di s ab i lity lay A .

y e ar or t wo late r w h en m ak ing a special s tudy of t he

Te s t a m e n t s of the X II Pat ri arch s , I

. c am e to di s cove r tha t
the s ou rce of my fail ure lay in m y acceptance of the tradi
tional Vi e w tha t J ubilees w as w ritten in the fi r s t centu ry of
the C h ri s ti an era . So long as I w rote fr om thi s s t andp oi nt ,

my no te s b ecam e m or e and m o re a labour e d ap olog etic for the

com p os iti on of thi s w ork in the fi r s t centu ry . The earli e st
app rox i m ati on t o the right d a te app ear e d in my articl e on

t he Tes ta m en t s of the XII . Patriarch s in the E ncyclop ce dta

Biblica , i . 24 1 ,
1 89 9 ,
w he re a fte r givi ng g rou n ds
,
for the
vie w th at the m ain bu l k of that work wa s wr itten b efor e
“r
100 B C.,
. I c onc l ud e d that w e s h ou l d egard b oth w orks
the Te s tam ent s and J u bi lee s ) a s alm os t contem p orary ,

and a s em ana ting from t he s am e s ch ool of th ought . Thi s

ii i
v T H E BO O K o r JU BI L E E S

vie w w a s a d vocate d in the follow i ng y e ar by Boh n and by

Bousset on various grou nds , an d it i s from this s tand poin t
th a t the p re s ent C om m ent ary i s w ritten . The di ffi cultie s
tha t b es et al m os t eve ry p age of J ubilees v anis h for the
m os t p ar t w he n on ce w e u n d ers t an d th a t it w a s w ritte n

by a Ph ari s a ic u ph ol d er of the Ma ccab e an dyn as t y w ho ,

w a s al s o p rob abl y p ries t a .

I t i s diffi c ul t to e x agg e rate the v al u e of J ubilees T he .

fa ct tha t it i s the ol d es t com m ent ary in the worl d on

Genes is i s in its e l f a di s tin ction But it is not on thi s
, .

groun d th at w e val u e it bu t ra the r for the ins ight it g ive s

,

u s i nt o the religious b el iefs of J udai s m in the s econd

cent u ry B C I ts i nt er e s t s are m any s i de d I t appe al s to
. . .

the te x tu al c ritic as it atte s t s the form of the H eb r e w te xt

, ,

w hich w as cu rr ent in th a t c en tu ry I t appe al s t o the O ld .

T e s t am e n t s cholar , as e x hibiting fu r the r d eve lopm ent s of

i d ea s and tend en cie s which are onl y in thei r in cipien t s t age s

in the O ld Te s t am en t I t appe al s to the N e w T e s t ame n t
.

s cholar a s furni shi ng the

, fi rs t lite rary e m b od im en t of b eli efs
w hich subs equ entl y o b ta i ne d an ent rance i nto the N e w
T e s t a m en t , and a s h aving in all p rob ab il it y form e d p ar t of

the li b rary of s om e of the ap os t olic w rite rs . It a ppe als to

the s tud en t of theological do ct rine as p rovi din g cer tain ,

i ndis pens ab l e links in the p roce ss of d eve lop m en t F in all y .

,

to the J e wi s h s cholar a , Pharisaic wor k of the s econ d

c en tur y B C c annot fai l to b e of t ran s cen d ent in te r e s t a s it
. .
,

give s the e arlie r form s of certai n l egi s lative ena ctm ent s that
appear in the Mis hna and of leg ends whi ch in la te r J ud aism
,

h ave und e rgone m u ch t ra ns form a tion .

A l th ou g h h alf a centu ry has e lap s e d s ince t he d i s c ove ry

 P RE F A C E
of J ubilees in the E thiopic Ve rs ion no
it s com pl ete form in ,

s ch olar h a s hithe r to attem pte d a c om m entary on the e ntire

work . Som e thi rty y e ar s ago Rous ch e dite d a ve ry l e arne d
and la b orious work on the La tin Fragm ents w hich c ons tit ute
,

s lig htl y m ore th an on e -

four th of the o riginal w r iting bu t
,

s ince hi s tim e s ch olar s h ave c onten te d the m s e lve s with

s hor t s tudie s v arious vi e ws of our au thor
on .

I c annot conc lud e w ithou t th ank ing Mr Cow le y . for his

he lp in verifying refe ren ce s in the T alm ud .

17 a u onn Rom , O xr om) .

May , 1 90 2 .
 CO N T E NT S
PA GE

I NTRO D UCTION xiii lx x xix

-

1 . Short A cc oun t of the Book (pp . x iii ,

x iv
) 2 . T he
Various T itles of the Book (pp . x iv -
x x) 3 . T he
Ethi opi c Manuscripts (p x x ) . 4 . Edi tion s of the
Ethiopi c Version (pp x x x x i) . T ranslation s (pp
,
5 . .

x x i, x xii) c 6 Cri ti al inquiries (pp xx u x x vi )

. 7 .
-
.

The Version s of J ubilees— reek, Ethi o i , L atin , Sy ria

G c c
p
(pp x x vi xx i x )
.
-
8 The Et hiopi c an d Latin Versi on s
.

T ran slations from the Greek (pp x x x x x x i) 9 T he .

, .

Greek—a T ranslation from the Heb rew (pp x xx x xxiii) .

-

1 0 T e x t ual A ffi n itie s of the T e x t of the Book o f J ubilees

.

(pp x xxiii x x xix )

.
-
1 1 L ac unae D ittograp hies an d D is
.
,
~

lo c ati on s in o ur T e x t (pp x x xi x x lii) 1 2 P oeti c al .

-
.

Elem en t in J ubile es (pp x lii x liii) 1 3 J ubilees from.

-
.

on e author b ut based on earlier b ooks and tradi tion s

(pp x.l i v x-
lvii) l 4 J u bile e s— a P rodu c t of the m i drashi c
.

t en den cy at w ork in the Old T estam ent Chroni cler b u t ,

repre sen te d b y its au thor as an Esoteri c Tradition (p p .

x l vii li) -
1 5 Obje c t of J ubilees —t he D efen c e and
.

Ex position of J udaism from the Pharisai c stan dp oint of

t he se c ond cen tury B C (pp 1i lvi) 1 6 A ngelology
. . .
-
.

and D em onology of J ubilees (pp lvi lviii) 1 7 T he .

-
.

D ate of J ubilees (pp lviii l x vi) 1 8 T he J ub i le es and

.
-

Years used by o ur author (pp lx vii lx vm ) 1 9 Value o f .

-
.

J ub ilees in determ ining the D ate s of the various Se c tion s

of t he Ethi opi c Eno c h an d the Book of Noah (pp l x viii .

l x xii)~ 2 0 The relation of J ubilees to the T estam ents

.

of the X II Patriarchs (p 1x x ii)

. 2 1 T he author—a . .

Phari see w ho recognised the Mac cabean Pontifi cate an d

x ii T H E BO O K O F JU BIL E E S
PAGE

was probably a pr iest (p l x xiii) 2 2 J ubilees in J ewish

. .
,

Sam aritan and Christian non canoni c al literat ure (pp lx xiii
-

lx x xiii) 2 3 Influen c e of J ubilees on the New T esta

. .

m ent (pp l x xxi ii lxx x vi)

. 2 4 Views o f the author o n
-
.

the Messiah the Messiani c K ingdom the Priesthood o f

, ,

Mel c hizedek the Law Circ um cision and the Sabbath the
, , ,

F uture Life the J e wish Calen dar (pp lxx x vn lx x xix )

, . -
.

SYMBO LS A ND BRA CKE TS USED I N T HIS ED ITIO N

T RA N SLA TIONS AND Norms

I ND Ex 1 .

IN D EX I I .
 I NT ROD U CT I ON

1 . SHORT A CCOUNT or THE BOO K

THE Book of J ubileesw a s w ritten in Heb r e w by a P hari s ee

b et w een the ye ar of the a cce ss i on of Hyrcanus to the hi gh
p ries th ood in 1 3 5 and hi s b rea ch w ith the Ph aris ee s som e
y ears b efore hi s d eath in 1 0 5 I t i s the m os t a d vance d
p r e C h ris ti an rep re s en t ative of the m i d ras hic ten dency w hich
-

had alre ady be en a t w or k in the Old T e s tam e n t C hr on icl e s .

A s the C h ron ic l e r had r e written the hi s t ory of Is rae l and

J ud ah fi om the b as i s of the Prie s t s Code so o ur a uth or t e
’
'
,

e dite d from the P h ari s aic s t an d poi nt of hi s tim e the hi s tory

of ev ent s fro m the c re a ti on t o the p ub l ica ti on or a cco r ding
, ,

t o the a u tho r s vie w the r ep ubli c a tion O f the la w on Sinai

’
, , .

In the c ou rs e of re e d iting he i nc orp ora te d a larg e b ody of

-

t ra dition al lor e w hich the m i dra s hic p rocess had p u t at his

,

dispo s al an d al so not a fe w fre s h l egal ena ctm ent s th at the

, ,

e xi g en cie s of the p a s t h a d call e d for th His w ork con

.

stitu te s an en larg e d Tar gum on G en es i s an d Ex odus in ,

w hich difi iculties in the b i bl ical narrative are s olve d gap s ,

su pp l ie d d ogm a tic all y offens ive e l em en t s r em ove d and the

, ,

g enui n e s pi rit of late r J udaism i nfus e d into the p rim itive

hi s tory of the w orl d His O bject w as to d efend J udaism
.

again s t the a tt a cks of the h ell enistic s pir it tha t had b een
in the a s cen d an t on e g en e rati on earl ier and was s til l p o w e r
fu l and to p r ove that the la w was of eve rl as ti ng v ali dity
,
.
x iv T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E ES

From our au th or s contention s and hi s e m b ittere d a tt a cks

’

o n the p agan is e r s and a p os t a te s w e m ay i nfe r that H e lle n

,

ism h a d u rge d th a t the l evitic al o r dina nce s of the la w w e re

onl y of t r ans itory s ig ni fi c an ce th a t the y h a d n ot b een
,

obs er ve d by the fou nd er s of the nati on and th a t the ,

ti m e h a d n ow c om e for th em t o b e sw ept away and for ,

I s ra e l to take its p la ce in the b r othe r h ood of the nations .

O ur au th or reg ard e d all su ch vie ws a s fatal to the ve ry

e xi s ten ce of J e wi s h r eligi on and n ationality Bu t it i s n ot .

as su ch t hat he a ss ai l e d the m bu t on the g rou n d of thei r

,

fals ehood The la w he teache s i s of eve rla s ting v ali d it y

.
, ,
.

Thoug h r ev e al e d in ti m e it w as su pe ri or to tim e Befor e .

it h a d b een m ad e k nown in s un d ry por tions t o the fa the r s

it h a d b een k ept in he aven by the ange ls and t o it s observ ,

a nce he ncefor ward ther e was no li m it in tim e or in

eternity .

Wr iting in the p alm ie s t days o f the Ma cc ab ean d om inion ,

he l ook e d for the i mm e di ate a d vent of the Me ss i anic k i ng

dom T hi s k i ngd om w a s t o b e rul e d o ve r by a Me ss i ah
s p r ung not from L e vi —that i s from the Maccab e an fam il y
.

, , ,

a s s om e of hi s contem p orarie s e x pecte d—bu t from J udah .

T his k i ngd om w ou l d b e g radu all y r e al i s e d on e arth an d ,

the tra ns for m ation Of ph ys ic al na t u r e w ou l d go h and in

h an d w ith the ethic al trans for m ati on of m an ti ll the r e
w a s a new hea ven and a n ew e arth T h us fi n ally all .
, ,

sin an d p ai n wou l d d i s appear and m en w o u l d live t o the

a ge of 1 0 0 0 y e ar s in h appi ne ss and pea ce an d afte r d e a th ,

enj oy a b l e ss ed im m ort alit y in the s pi rit worl d .

§ 2 . THE VARIOU S TITLES OF THE BOOK

O urb ook wa s known by tw o d i s tinct tit l e s eve n in

He b r e w The s e w e re :
.
 I N T R O D U C T IO N xv

“J ubile es
rd i
( )
a or o ;
1
an d
“
( ) The Lit tle G en esis ) I é veo rs :
’
b hem -

7 Nb " ma m a ?

c
(c) A po alypse of Moses and other a lleged n am es of our b ook .

(a ) J u bilees —A cc or d i ng to the cit a tion of Epiphanius

(Hater xxx i x
’
Iw 8 n7\a focs eé pla x era t T y} K a i
’
eu 7 0 29
'
'
. .
, ,

’
h em ii F evea ez the n am e J ub i l ee s w ou l d s ee m t o h ave b een
- -

its m or e usu al desi gnation and the litt l e G enes i s it s less ,

u s u al . Thi s n am e i s fou nd in the Sy riac Frag m en t e ntitl ed

N am e s of the W ive s of the Patriarch s acco r ding to the
H e bre w Book c all e d J ubile es (se e C er i ani Mon Sacra ii , .
, .

Fa s c i 9 1 0 al s o m y Ethi opic Te xt of J ubilees p

. .
-

, .

T hi s n am e i s adm i rab ly a d apte d t o our b ook as it

divi des i nt o j ub i l e e pe ri ods of forty ni ne y ears each the -

hi s tor y of the w orl d from the cre ation t o the l egi s l ati on
on Si na i By hi s p ec u l i ar re d a cti on of the b ib lic al hi s tory
.

do wn t o thi s peri od our au th or has s h own th at the law ,

w as alre a dy in force b e for e it s r ep ub l ic ation as a w hole

on Si n ai More ove r his ch r onological heptadic sys tem

.
,

has re ceive d a p e rfect ly sy m m e t ric al d e vel op m en t I s rael .

ent ers C anaan at the c l os e of the fi ftieth j ub i l ee ile ,

f
.

245 0 .I n the A ssum pti on of Mos e s w h ere a j ub i l ee pe riod ,

of fi ft y y e ar s i s u s e d I s rael enters C an aan in the y e ar 2 5 0 0

,

(see p l xviii )
en esis —T he fact that ou r b ook w a s
. .

3
b
( ) Th e L i ttle G

1 I n the Heb rew b ook J osi x x xii 3 “T he Book of J ubilees

{ pp on .
,

is m en tioned m u n woo (se e Eppstein L e L ivre des J ub iles Revue des

‘ ”
r
, ,

Etudes juices 1 8 9 0 x xi 80 9 7 ; 1 8 9 1 x x ii 1
, ,
.
-

D ie kleine Gen esis in F ii rst s Li teraturblatt des

’
2 Cf T reuenfels
. ,

Ori ents, 1 8 4 6 , N o 6 , p 8 1 . .

3 T he e ithet “
.

p little does n ot refer to the e x tent, for it is larger

than the can on ic al Gen esis ,
bu t rather t o the ch c tara er of J ubile es .

I t deals m ore fully w i th the det ails an d m inutiae (tie . 7 d hen r d) than -

t he bibli c al work . Severu s of A n ti o h, c ob. 5 42 A D . , after an a

. cc oun t

Of the death of Moses an d the str ife b e tw een Mi chael and t he ev il

an gels for Moses b ody adds that these m atters w ere said to b e
’
,

desc ribed in a b ook w hi c h gave a m ore detailed acc ount of the

x vi T H E BO O K O F JU B I L EE S

known in Greek not onl y a s 75 Ken 7 1) I é veo i e bu t also ,

-
‘ '

Maxpoy évea t e p oi n ts qu ite cl early to an au th oritative

r '

He b re w titl e man n mm n whi ch w as various ly r endere d

,
i
,

in G r ee k The re w e r e in d ee d four re n d e rings of the

. , ,

He b re w

A a rr r) I é vw )
‘

(
?
henfl) I é vem
‘
1 .
-
g or cs .

2 . f) A eflf oyé vcm s .

3 . 7 d Nam d Pe vécrews -
.

4 5 Mucpoyé veo i s
-

. 1 .

l .
3M 7
7 77 ) Pevea t s ‘
.
—
T hi titl e i s fo un d s ix teen tim e s :
s

in Epiphanius, H aer . xxxi x 6 ( t wice); Syn ce ll us i 7

. .
,

1 83 , 1 9 2 ; Cedren u s i . 6, 9 , 1 6 , 4 8 , 5 3 , 8 5 , 8 7 ; Zonaras,
A evrvi; I
‘’
p .
( twice);
18 Gly cas, 2 0 6 (t w ice) A s . e veo t e
-
in
Syn ce ll us i 5 .
, 1 8 5 20 3 and Cedrenu s i 7
,
. . As 5
7
M o

39 2 F or
‘’

p é m; Ne w n} I evem c in Glycas, pp 1 9 8, the

-
. .

a b ove p a ss age s pp l xxvii l xxx see .

-
.

2 7} A svrr oy é vea t e —Thi s form of the tit l e i s fou nd

.
'

in D i dy m us of A l e xan dri a (s ee p lx x vii) an d in one .

t he MSS of Epiphaniu s H aer

°
of x xx i x 6 (7 37 x a i , . .

A evrvoy evé a ei ) Whe r e the Cod Ve net h a s T fi [ca t

, . .

Pevé a sr O n the othe r h an d it foll ows fr om the D ecr ee

-
.
,

of G e la s i us ( see p l xxvi ii ) th at thi s fo rm w a s c u rr en t am ong

.

Lati n w riters
3 7 a xem a Peué a ew9 —
.

. Thi s form i s fou nd in Synce ll us .

i 1 3 ( s ee p l xxix)
. . .

4 1} Mt x pO yevea cs —Thi s d e sign ation is fou n d on l y in

'
'
. f .

J e rom e Ep ist 7 8 ad F a b, See m y n ote on p 8 3 w he r e

. . .
, ,

instead of A e lrr fi (a l '

w e s h ou l d r e a d s i m p l y
'
. .

T hi s i s J erom e s in d ep en d en t r en d e r in g of
’

the H e b r e w tit le for J erom e w a s a c qu a in te d w ith the ,

origi nal of J ubilees .

c reat i on : Ta fir a 83 é v dflo x prid

xp fi rfi hi tp
’ ’
Aeyer a z
'

i
xe a
'
fl
a l. Aer r or epa v
’

Exo vn T
fi s Pevécrews 4177 0 4 . 1 1 9 in3 fo ems 1 471! (iqSrjyno w
-
'
.
x viii T H E BO O K O F JU B IL E E S

in thi s or de r in the C at al ogu e s of Nicephorus the Ps ,

.

A th anas i us and of the Si x t y C an on ic al Books I f h ow ev e r .

, ,

t he nu m b er of s tich oi— l l OO— ass ig n e d t o thi s T e s tam en t

of Mos e s by t he fi rs t c atal og u e i s rig ht the n thi s Te s t am e n t ,

c annot b e the s am e as J ubilees ; for J ubilees is l onger th an

G enes i s which according t o the s am e c at al og ue has 4 3 0 0
, ,

stich oi .

O n the oth er h an d there m ay h ave b ee n in ci rcul ation

,

a Te s t am en t O f Mos e s w hich w as an e x p an s i on of J ub ilees

ii iii T o s u ch a work — one fou r th the s i ze of Gen es i s

.
-
.
-

the q uo tation g iven in m y n o t e on ii 1 m ay p oss i b ly p oin t . ,

an d p rob ab l y the s tat em en t m ad e by Se ve rus of A n ti o ch (se e

footn ot e on p xv ) an d the qu ot ati on from a C atena on the Pe n

.
,

t ateuch in Fab rici u s ii 1 2 1 1 2 2 Es t qu i dem in apocrypho

.
-

m ysticoque c odice l egere u bi d e creatis rebus s u b ti l in s ag it u r

, ,

n ub em l nci d am qu o t em p ore m ortu us est Mos e s l o c u m

, ,

sep u lchri com plex am o culos circu m stantiu m p erstrin x isse it a ,

u t nu llu s
qu e ne m orien t em legislatorem n e qu e l oc u m videre

p otuerit u bi c ad ave r conderet ur

,
H ere w e hav e a com b i na .

ti on of the Tes tam ent of Mos es and the A ss u m ption of

Mos es (see m y A ssu mp ti on of Moses pp x l v , . .

3 The Boole of A da m s D aughters — T hi s b ook i s iden ti

’
.

fi ed w ith J ubilees in the D e c ree of G e las i us (see p l x vii i ) .

Li b er de fi liabu s A dae ho c est L ept oge n es i s A p ocryphu s

, ,
.

The d e s ig n ati on i s far fro m in app ropriate for ou r b ook as ,

it aim s at givi ng the n am es of the wive s of all the p atriarchs

fro m A d am on wards O n the othe r han d it m ay n ot h ave
.
,

b een app l ied t o the enti re Book of J u b ilees bu t t o a s h or t

w ork b as e d on J ubile es and con si s tin g m ai nly or s ol el y
,

of the n am es
(and hi s t orie s ) of the w om e n m en ti on e d in
J ubilees Su ch a c oll e cti on we fi n d in t he Syri ac w ith the
.

tit l e : Nam es of the W iv es of the Pat ri ar ch s acco rd ing t o t he

H e b re w Book c alle d J u bilees (see p xx ix ) The g l oss e s in . .

the L XX MS u se d by H ol m e s an d Pars on s and l ate r by , ,

 I N T R O D U CT I O N x ix

Lag ar d e (s ee p l xxx ii ) m ay p oi nt t o su ch a c oll ecti on ; for

.
,

the s e g loss e s r e late to the w ive s of the p a t ri arch s an d go b a ck

ul tim atel y to J ubilees I t i s p oss i b ly w or th whi l e to c all .

atte n ti on t o the fact th a t s om e of the s e nam es are fou n d in

the A nn al s of the A r ab ic w r iter T ab ari (s ee Lidzb arski D e ,

p rop heticis qua e dicuntur L egendes A m biees 1 8 9 3 pp

’

, , , ,
.

11
4 . The L ife
f A dam
designati on i s found on ly
o —This
th r ee ti m e s so far a s I am aware in Syncellus i 7 and al ways
, , .
,

a s 6 Xey onevo q Bt os A 8ap

’ ’
A cc or ding t o Sy n c ellu s thi s l ife
..

of A d am rec oun t e d the n u m b er of d ays it t ook A d am t o

n u m b er the v ar i ou s c r e at u r e s t he m ak i n g of Eve t he , ,

e n t ran ce of A d a m i n to Par ad i s e and t he subs e qu en t ad m i s ,

s i on of E ve etc (1 7 fce i ra e yo fi v é v 7 3 h e o é v n Bi )
,
.
9 .
y p g g
'
f f

5 fiy ep aiv dp e Os 7 739 r e o voa a o za s 7 081) 0cu)m

' ’ f
7 6311 l

[ca t 7 779 t a ew s T fis y vva ucO s [ca l T fis eia ddo v a im o i? A 3a

’ ’

; e eu
f -

7 3 w a a deta t lca i 7 759 w e t 7 0 0

ffih o v 7 69 3 0 6 0 e evv oh fie
' ’

9 p p p ,

7 0 13 9 6 0 17
p e fea t 7 139 ne r d T o zir o v e io é So v E zJ a e u
’' ’
'
.

7 8 n a aS
p eea tp 7 é T S 7 759 n a pa fi do e wq [ca t 7 é ner d w in
’

5 , .

w a p dfi a o w ( be , va fi r a e x 7 0 6 Bio u Xe o
y
' f

¢ e7t op a 96a s xeip w ev C v vr oiu o eo r oexeea ma nev

’ ’

p é vo v A 8a,u.
’ ’
'
'
.
‘

I f Sy n ce ll us i s rig ht h ere as to the c ont en t s of the Life of

A d am it t re ate d of the s am e subj ect s as J ubilees ii 1 2 9
,
.
-
.

I t m ay the refore h av e b een an e x cerpt from or a s ection

, ,

of J u b ilees as Ronsch s u gg e s t s ( 4 7 5 4 7 7 A ccordin g ly -

, ,

he a ccept s Treu enfels prop o s al th at the words in Syncellus ’

t he ab ove e xtract— elc 7 739 h a rm s

’
o cc urr i n g j u s t b e for e
’

’ i
I evé a ew s [ca t 7 0 13 h ey oné vo v Bifo v A 3c u s h oul d b e
‘
‘ -
.
,

re n d e r e d “ fr om the L eptogene s i s that i s from the so c all e d -

, ,

Life of A d am Since the s tat em en ts in the Life of A d am

.

are fu ll er th an in J ub ilees the form er w ou l d b e an en l arg e d ,

e diti on of a p or tion of the l atte r Both m ay h ave b een .

b efore Syn cellu s From the Life of A d am —the full er .

acc ou nt —he qu o te s on pp 7 9 an d c on ti nu e s his narra tive on

-
.
,
xx T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E ES

pp 1 3 1 5 from J u bilees ROn sch q uotes in su pp or t of thi s

.
-
.

vie w the s t atem en t of J ellinek Bet ha Midrasch 11 7 anm ,

-
.
,
.

3 : Ein T h ei l d e rs e lb en (der K le i nen G en e s i s ) der von ,

A d am h an d el t w urd e das L eb en A dam s g en ann t un d w ar

’

den A lt en als mus m DT N T m EJD ( Zu n z D i e gott escli en stl

-
,
.

Vortrage der J u den p 1 2 8 ; J F urs t im L bl ales Ori en ts

,
. . . ,

1 8 4 8 p 5 8 9 ) b e k ann t
, . .

3 . THE ETHIO PIC MSS

Th e r e fou r MSS of thi s b ook in Eu rop e a b c d

are , , , , ,

w hich be long re sp ectiv el y t o the Nati onal L i b rary in Pari s ,

the Briti s h Mu s eum the U nivers it y Li brar y of T ub i ng en

, ,

an d t o the c oll e cti on of M d A bb adie Of th e s e a b ( of t he

’
. .

fi fte en th an d s i x teen th ce n t re s p e ctiv el y ) are the m os t .

v al u ab l e b u t in n ot a few r e ad i ngs the t ru e t e x t i s p re s e r ve d

,

by c ol ( b oth of re c ent d at e) d i s m ore n earl y allie d t o a .

and c t o b b i s the m os t t ru s tw orthy of the fou r

. F or a .

full d es c ription of the s e MSS the r ead e r can c on su l t

C harles s E thiop ic Version of the H ebrew Book of J u bilees
’

pp x ii sqq
. .

4 . EDITION S or T HE ET HIOPIC V ERS ION

D ILLMAN N , Mashafa kufalé sir e L iber J u bila eoru m , gui

Gra ecis H A e w r r} I é veo
‘ ‘
idem a es in scribi tur , a ethi o
p ice ad

du orum li broru m m an u scrip toru m fi dem p rim um ecliolit

D i llm ann , 1 8 5 9 .

diti on i s b as e d on MSS c d
T hi s e .

C HARLES The E thiop ic Version of the H ebrew Book of

,

J u bilees— oth erw i s e k n ow n am ong t he G ree ks as H A e rrr fi

‘
' '

I é veo i q—edited from fou r MSS a n d cri ti cally revised

‘

through a con tinu ou s comp arison of the Ma ssoreti c a n d

Sa m arita n T ex ts ,
a nd the Greek, Syria c, Vu lga te an d E thi op ic
 IN T RO D U CT IO N xxi

Versions o f the Penta teu ch, an d fu rther em ended and restored

in accordance wi th the H ebrew, Syriac, Greek and Latin

fragm ents f this book, which are here p u blished in full,

o

Clarendon Pre ss , O x for d, 1 8 9 5 .

Thi s e dition i s b as e d on the only fou r MSS hithe r to

known I t i s from thi s te xt th a t m y tran s la tion i s m a d e
. .

I n s om e d ozen or m ore p a ss ag e s h ow ev er to w hich a ttention , ,

is c all e d in the note s I have w ith d rawn e m en d a tions w hi ch

I h a d in t rodu ce d in to the tex t —s om e in d efe re n ce t o
,

c ritici sm s of D rs Praetori u s and Littm ann and other s a s a

.

re sul t of fu r the r s t udy of the text and s u bject m a tter On -

.

the othe r h and I h ave b een en ab l ed from the m u ch larger

, ,

k nowl e dg e I now have of the l iteratu r e th an I h a d in

1 89 3 1 8 9 5 t o d i s c ove r the tru e tex t u n d erlyin g c orruptions
-

th at h a d d e fi e d d ete cti on an d lik ewi s e to rec ogni s e the

,

occ u rr en ce of m an y d itt ographie s an d not a fe w la c un a e

(s ee The c ritici sm of the te xt h as b een fu rther

g r e a tly a dva n ce d by m y di s c overy of a larg e p oetic al
e l em ent in the b ook ( see

5 . TRAN S LA TION S

D ILLMANN , D as Buch der J ubilaen oder die hleine Genesis,

’

A ethiop ischen ubersetzt (Ew al d s J ahrbueher der

'

aus dem
bibl . Wissens ch . 1 8 5 0 5 1 , Ban d ii
-
. 2 30 2 5 6 -
iii . 1
This t rans lation i s b as e d on on ly on e MS .

SCHODDE, The Book o f J ubi lees, translated from the

Ethiop ic (Bib li oth e c a Sacra 1 8 8 5 ,

C HARLES , The Book o f J ubilees transla ted

from a text
based on two hitherto u n collated E thiop ic MSS (J ewish

u arterly Review, 1 8 9 3 vol v 7 0 3 7 0 8 ; 1 89 4 vi 1 84

Q
-
. .
.
,

2 1 7, 7 1 0 7 4 5 ; 1 8 9 5 W I 2 9 7
-
,
.

Theab ove tran s lati on agree s for the m os t p ar t w ith the

te x t which I p ub li s he d subs e qu entl y . It i s how eve r
, ,
xx ii T H E BO O K O F JU B IL E E S

untrus t w orth y in s om e p a ss ag e s and i s now su pe rs e de d by ,

the ve ry m u ch im prove d editi on of it w hich appear s in the

p re s en t volu m e .

LITTMA NN D as Buch der J u bilaen (K au tzsch s Ap olcryp hen

,
’

wad Pseudep igrap hen des A . Testa m ents, 1 9 0 0 , 11 . 31

T hi s
a d m i rab le tran slation i s b as ed m ainl y on m y
Ethi opic tex t of J u bilees bu t occas ionall y D r L ittm ann , .

p r efers to foll ow the r e a dings of c d in D illm ann s te x t and ’

,

in s om e c as e s the grou n ds for thi s p r efe ren ce ar e so g oo d

th at I h a ve foll owed hi s lead His trans la ti on i s on the .

w hole ve ry a ccu rate though ther e are of c ou r s e s om e

,

p a ss age s whe r e c orr ections wi ll b e in tro du ce d on the

occ asi on of a s ec on d e diti o n To D r Littm a nn I owe . .

m an y c orr ection s of m y Eng li s h t ra ns lation in the J ewish

Quarterly .

6 . C RITICAL I NQ UIRIES

FA BRICIU S ,
J . A Coder Pse udep igrap hus Veteris Testa
m en ti , 1 7 1 3 , i . Fab rici us here coll ect s u n d e r
84 9 8 6 4 -
.

the he a d of Parva Ge ne s i s p ass ag e s in J e rom e and G ree k

,

writ er s which are e xp r e ss ly ass ign e d to ou r b ook A t the .

c l os e of this colle ction he adds : N on dub ito tum ap ud

Hieronym um Q uees t et tradit H ebraeicis in Genesin tum
. .
,

ap ud Georg ium Syncellum et Cedrenum plura l egi ex p arv a

G en e s i repetita :quoniam tam en di s er te i lla non i n d icant ,

h ae c s ati s e ss e volui .

T REUENFELS, D i e hleine Gen esis Si m 21 1

mm :(Fii ’
rst s

Li ter a turbl . des Orients, 1 8 4 6 , Nr

. 1 6 ;
-

1 85 1 , Nr .

Tre uen fels a s c ri b es our b ook t o a J e wi s h au thor who wrote ,

m ost p rob ab l y b e for e the C hri s ti an era .

D ILLMA NN D as Buch der J u bila en ( Ew al d s J ahrbi lcher

,
’

der bi bl Wissensch 1 8 5 1 iii 7 2 9

. . T he s e p ag e s c on s i s t
, .
-

of a s er ie s of l e arn e d and m as te rl y no te s w hich th r ow g re a t

 IN T R O D U CT IO N xx iii
l i ght on the tex t and it s in te rp r etation D illm ann was of .

opin i on th a t J ub i l ee s w a s w r itten orig i nall y in H eb rew or

A ram aic in the fi rs t ce nt A D b efor e the fall of J e rus al em. . . .

Z eitschrift der deu tschen m orgen land . Gesellsch .

1 85 7, xi . 1 61 1 63 -
.

Ps e ud epig raphen de s A (He rzog s Te s tam ent s

’
.

R ea l xii 3 6 4 . H e r e D illm ann s et s the

com p os ition of J ubilees a t the b eg inni ng of the C hri s tian
e ra and regards a s ti ll e arlie r d ate as p oss i b l e .

Be itrag e aus dem Bu che d e r J u bilaen zur K ritik

d e s P enta t eu ch Te x te s (Si tzungsber ichte der K oniglich
’

P reussischen A ka dem ie der Wissenschaften eu Berlin 1 8 8 3 , ,

pp 3 2 3
. With thi s con t r i bu tion to the criticis m of
the E thi opic te x t and it s v al u e in d etermi ning the criticis m
of the P ent at e u ch I ha ve al re a dy d e al t (E thiop ic Vers of .

H eb Bk of J u bilees pp x viii x i x)
. .
, .
-
.

J ELLIN EK ,
Ueber das Bu ch der J ubilaen u nd das Noah
Buch, L eip zig 1 8 5 5 (a rep ri nt from the third v olum e of
,

hi s Bet ha Mi drasch) A lthou gh the m ai n con tention of

-
.

this t r e a ti s e th at J ubilees i s of Ess en e o rigin cannot b e

, ,

sus t aine d J ellin ek s obs ervations on it s r el ati ons to J ewi s h

,
’

Mi dra s him (i e Waj issau and Tadshe) and l egends gen erally
.

are m os t il l u mi n at in g an d h e lpfu l J elli nek j u s tly r ecogn i s e s

.

that J ubilees w as w ritten w hen the e ss enti al ch ara cter of

the J e w i s h cal en d ar w a s n ot d efi nitel y fi x ed .

BEER, D as Bu ch der J u bi laen u nd sein Verhaltniss den

'

eu

Midraschim L eip zig , , 1 85 6 N och ein Wort u ber das Bu ch

der J ubilaen , 1 8 5 7 form e r work i s the abl e s t con
. The
tri bu tion fr om the J e w i s h s i d e th at has yet b een m ade
t ow ar ds the interp ret ati on of J ubilees O n pp 2 5 3 9 he . .
-

deal s w ith the p oi nt s of s im il arit y ex i s ti ng b etw een J ubilees

an d J e w i s h tr ad ition and on pp 3 9 5 6 the p oints of
, .
-

di ve rgence Bee r a s cri b e s our book to a Sam arit an w ho

. ,

m a de us e of the Sam arit an Pentate u ch the L XX an d , ,

 T H E BO O K O F JU B I L E E S

J ewis h tra diti on and wrote in A frica Thi s Sam aritan,

.

a u th ors hip was s ho wn t o be i m p oss i b l e by Ewal d (J a hrb d . .

bi bl Wissen sch 1 8 5 6 viii 1 8 4

. in a s h ort re vi e w of
.
, .

Beer s w ork and D illm ann (ZD MG 1 8 5 7 xi 1 6 1

’
.
, , ,

I n the Mon a tsschriflf Gesek d J uden thum s 1 8 5 5 pp 5 9 6 5 . . .

, ,
.
-

an d hi s L eben A bra ha m s 1 8 5 9 ; Leben Moses 1 8 6 3 Bee r , , ,

has m ad e m an y val u ab le i n d irect c on tri bu ti on s t o the

e x egesi s of J ubilees .

FRAN KEL Mona tsschrif t fur Gesch un d Wi ssensch des

,
. .

J u den thu m s 1 8 5 6 pp 3 1 1 3 1 6 3 8 0 4 0 0
,
Fran k el s ought
,
.
-

,
-
.

t o p rov e th at J ubilees w as of Egypti an origi n an d repre

sen tative o f the c u l t at the O n i as Tem p l e at Leon t 0 p olis To .

thi s vi ew of Frank el Beer rej oi n e d in the tre ati s e cite d ab ove ,

und er hi s n am e : N och ein Wort uber das Bu ch der J u bilaen .

K RUGER D ie C h ron ologie im Buch e d J ubilaen

, .

(ZD MG 1 8 5 8 xii 2 7 9 2 9 9
, K rug e r a s c ri b e s the com
, .
-
.

p os iti on of J ub i l ee s to the year 3 2 0 B C but s u ch a vi ew . .

,

has rightl y fai le d t o O b tai n a s in gl e su ffrag e .

LAN GEN D as J u den thu m in Palastin a 1 8 6 6 pp 8 4 1 0 2

'

, , , . .

J ub il ees acc or d i ng t o thi s w rite r i s to b e ass ign e d t o the

y ears 3 0 6 0 A D ( p -
. . .

SIN KER T estam en ts of the X I I P a triarchs 1 8 6 9 pp 4 2

, .
, , .

4 3, 8 1 8 5 -
.

RU BIN D as Bu ch der J u bilaen

, oder di e klein e Gen esis in s
’

H ebraische ubersetzt ,
m it ein er E i nleitu ng und m it N oten
versehen , Wi en ,
1 87 0 .

G S IN BURG, A rt . J ubilees, Book of in K it to s Gyclop a edia

’

f
o Bi bli ca l L itera tu re .

RON SCH, Z ei tschrift f . w issensch . Theologie, 1 87 1, pp .

60 98 D as Bu ch der J ubilaen , L eip zi g 1874

'

ROn sch
-

, .

a ssign e d our b ook t o the y ears 5 0 6 0 A D I t w as d ir ecte d -

. .

agai n s t the ri s i n g C h ri s ti an it y an d w as an att e m pt

t o d raw ,

t og eth er all the opp os i ng p arti es in J udai s m ag ain s t the

ne w rel igi on .
xx vi T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S
—
the t eaching of St Pau l e s p ci lly g i s t hi s d ct ri e
e a a a n o n .
of

the ab rogation of t he law T hi s w or k e x hi b its m u ch .

l earn i ng b oth in the fi el d of J u dai s m an d C hri s ti anit y .

But the m ai n th e s i s i s n ot in an y s en s e p rove d by him D O T

i s it p oss i ble of p ro of .

J ubile es in H as tings Bi ble D ictionary

’
H EAD LA M A rt ,
.
,
,

1 89 9 ,
u . 791 .

CHARLE S A rt Book of J ubilees

,
in E ncyc Biblica
. ,
. ,

1 89 9 i 2 3 0 2 3 3
, .
-
.

BOHN “D ie Bed e u tu n g d e s Bu ch es der J ub ilaen ( Theol .

,

Stu d u n d K ritilcen 1 9 0 0 pp 1 6 7
. T hi s ar tic l e
, ,
.

s h ows ad m i rab le in s ight I t s w riter recogni s e s right ly th at .

the b ook b elongs t o the s ec on d c e n t B C H e as c ri b e s it s . . .

c om p os iti on to 1 5 0 B C or th e r eab ou t s . . .

LITTMA NN K au tzsch s Ap olcryp hen u nd Pseu dep igrap hen

,
’

des A lten Testam en ts 1 9 0 0 ii 3 1 3 8 We h ave here as , ,

.
-

good an i nt rodu cti on t o our au th or a s w as p oss ib l e from

t he s tag e of critici s m at the ti m e an d on e th a t i s m e r it ori ,

ou s al i k e for it s l earn in g an d j u dgm en t I n 1 8 9 9 Littm ann .

r evi e we d Sing er s b ook (see ab ov e ) in the ZD MG pp’

,
.

3 6 8 sqq .

7 . THE V ERS ION S or J uBILEEs—G REEK, ET HIOPIC ,

LATIN , SYRIAC

1 . T he Greek Version —Num e r ou s fragm en t s of thi s

e s i on hav e c om e d ow n to us in J
v r n ote o n . Mart yr see

p . O rig en (see n ot es on pp 1 9 4 D iodo rus of .

,

A n ti och (see p I s i d ore of A l e xan dri a ( se e p l xxx i )

. .
,

Epiphan iu s (see n ot e s on pp 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 8 3 2 .
, , , , , , ,

3 3 4 7 5 9 6 1 6 8 6 9 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 7 84
, , , , J oh n
, , , , , , ,

Malal a (s ee n otes on pp 3 7 4 1 A n as t as i u s Sinaita .

, ,

(fi or s eve nth c en t —p re s erve d on l y in Lati n ; see n ote o n

.

p . Syn c ellu s (see n ote s on pp 4 1 5 9 6 6 6 8 6 9 7 1 .

, , , , , ,
 I N T R O D U CT IO N xxvii
7 3 , 7 4, 7 8, 8 5 , 89 i s rem ark ab l e,
93 , 9 5, 1 9 1, 1 9 2 . It
th a t Syncell us att ri bute d to Gen e s i s w h a t c om e s from our
t ex t see n ote on p 1 6 4 an d s i m i larl y t o J ose hus—s ee
fi
p .
,

note s on pp 1 5 7 1 86 Cedr enus (s ee note s on

.
, ,

pp 3 7 4 1 6 6 6 7 8 6 8 7 8 8 9 3 9 4 1 1 6 1 9 1
.
, , , , , , , , , , ,

Suidas ( s ee n ote on p Zon aras (s ee p Glycas (s ee . .

note s on pp 3 7 8 4 8 5 J oe l (see note s on pp 3 7

.
, , , .
,

For p rob ab l e m i s tran s lation s in thi s ve r sion s ee note s on

xxx 2 5 x liii 1 1 x lvii 9 ; for corruptions in the MSS
.
, .
, .

b efor e the E thi opic and Latin tran s lators s ee notes on i 2 9 , .

,

11 2 v 4 x iv 1 2 xx iii
.
, . 1 0 xxx ii 2 7 2 9
, .
, .
, .
, .

T hi s ve r sion i s the p are n t of the E thiopic and the Latin ,

a s w e s h all p rove b elow .

2 T he EthiOp i c Version —T his v ers i on i s m os t acc u rate

.

and t rus t w or th y an d i nd e e d as a ru l e s e r vi l el y l ite ral It .

h as of cou rs e su ffered from the corrupti ons n at urally inci de nt

, ,

to trans m i ss i on th roug h MSS Th us ditt og raphie s ar e .

fr e qu ent and la c un a e are of occas i onal occu rr en ce (s ee

bu t the ve rs i on i s s i ngularly free from the g loss e s and
corr ecti ons of un s cru pu l ous s crib e s th ough the tem ptati on ,

m us t h ave b ee n gre at t o b rin g it into acc or d with the

Ethi opic ver s i on of G en e s i s To thi s s ou r ce indee d w e .
,

m us t t race a fe w p erve r s ion s of the te x t : m y w ife in

iii 6 f i “
. i n s te a d o w ife x v 1 2 ( e
se n o te ); xv i 1 2 ( he r . .

b ott l e i ns te a d of the bottl e xx iv 1 9 ( whe r e the words .

a w e ll ar e not foun d in the Latin vers ion of J ubilees ,

n or in the Ma s s Sam L XX Syn an d Vu lg of Gen , , , , . .

x x vi .I n the ab ove p ass ag e s the w h ol e ve rs ion i s

influ ence d bu t in a m u ch gr e ate r d egree h as thi s influen ce
,

ope ra te d on MS a Thu s in iii 4 6 7 1 9 2 9 iv 4 8 . .

, , , , , .
, ,

v 3 vi 9 etc the readings of the E thiopic ve rs ion of

.
, .
,
.
,

Genesi s h ave rep la c ed the original text In the ca s e of b .

I can d i s c ove r on l y one i ns t an ce of thi s na t u re in x v 1 5 .

(s ee m y Te x t pp xii , . .
xxviii T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E ES

For ofin s tan ce s

c or r upti on n a tive t o thi s ve r s i o n se e ,

te s vi 2 1 vii 2 2 x 6 2 1 x vi 1 8
no on ii 2 7 21 .
, , ,
.
,
.
,
.
, ,
.
,

xx iv 2 0 2 9 xxxi 2 xxx i x 4 x li 1 5 x l v 4 x l viii 6 . .

—
. .
. .
, , ,
.
, , ,

i T hi s ve s i f w hich ab o u t
3 The Latin Ve
. rs on r o n o ,

one fou rth has b een p r s r v d e e e w as fi rs t p u b lish e d by C e r i ani

, '

in hi s Monum en ta sacra et p rofana 1 8 6 1 t om 1 fa s c i 1 5 , ,

. . . .

I t c on tai n s the follow in g s e ction s :x iii l

b
62 .
o 2 1 ; xv .
-
.

b
20 31
11 “
x vi 5
b
3
x vii 6 xviii 1 0 x i x 2 5 ; xx 5 x x i
.
b
-
.
a
.
-
. .
-
.

l 0 ; x xn 2
a
x x iii 8
.
b
xxiv 1 3 xx v 1 ; xxvi .
.
-
.
3
.

b
b -
a b
8 2 3 ; xxvii l l 2 4 ; xx v111 .
xx ix 8 xxx i-
a
.
.
-
.

h h a
b 1 8 xxxi ii 9 18 a
l ; xxx i 9 1 8 2 9 3 2 ; xxx ii 1 8
a b - -
.
.
- -
.
, ,
,

b—
xxx iv 5 ; xxx v 3 1 2
.
b a
xxxvi 2 0 xxx vii 5 .
xxxviii -
a
. .
a
.

b b
l4 ; l
a
1 6 ; xxx i x 9 x l 8 ; x l i 6 1 8 ; x lii 2
b 3 a
1 - -
- -
. . .
. .

b
8 x l vi 1
-
1 2 x l viii 5 ; x l ix 7 2 2
.
,
-
T hi s v e rs i on was . .
-
.

n ex t e d ite d by Rou s ch in 1 8 7 4 D as Bu ch der J u bi laen ,

u n ter Beifugung des r ee i dir ten Tex tes der la teinischen

F ragm ente w ork atte s t s e norm ous in dus try an d grea t
. T hi s
l earn i ng bu t i s d efi ci en t in j udgm ent an d c ritic al a cu m en
,
.

Rou s ch w as of opi ni on th at thi s L ati n ve rs ion w as m ad e in

Egypt or it s n eigh b ourh ood by a Pal es tinian J ew abou t the
m i dd l e of the fi fth c e nt (pp 4 5 9 I n 1 8 9 5 I e di t e d . .

thi s te x t a fres h in conj u n ction w ith the Ethi opic in the

O x ford A n ec d o t a ( The E thiop ic Version of the H ebrew
Book of J u bilees) To th is w o rk an d that of ROn sch a b ove .

the r e ad e r m u s t be r efe rr e d for a fu lle r t r eat m en t of thi s

subj ect H e re w e m ay d raw att en tion t o the fo ll ow ing

.

p oin ts T hi s v ers i on w h ere it i s p re s e rve d i s alm os t of

.
, ,

e qu al val u e w ith the E thi o pic I t has ho w e ve r su ffe r e d .

, ,

m ore at the h an ds of c orrect ors T h us it has b ee n c orr ecte d .

in c on form ity w ith the L XX in x l vi 1 4 w he re it adds “et .

O on again s t all oth er auth oriti e s The E th v ers i on of Ex o d . . .

i 1 1 m i ght h ave b een e x p ect ed to b r ing ab ou t thi s addi tion

.

in our Ethiopic te x t bu t it d i d not T w o s im i lar in s t an ce s .

wi ll be fou nd in xvii 5 xx iv 2 0 A gain the La tin .

, . .
 INT R O D U CT I O N

ve r s ion s eem s h ave b een i nflu en ce d by the V u lgate in

to

xxix 1 3 xlii
. 1 1 (c anos m e os w he re our E thiopic tex t :
, .

y o u 7 5 yfipa s as in L XX of Gen x l ii 3 8 ) an d p r ob ab l y al s o
v . .

in x l vii 7 8 and cert ai n ly in x l v 1 2 w h e r e it re ads in

.
, , .

t ot a terra for in te rr a Of c our s e th er e i s the p oss ib il ity

.

th at the Latin h a s reprodu c ed faithfull y the G reek and th at

the G re ek w a s fau l ty ; or in c as e it w as c orrect that it ,

w as the G r e ek p r e s u pp os e d by our E thi opic ve r s ion th a t

w a s at fa u l t .

T w o o ther p ass ag e s are d e s e r vi ng of att ention xi x 1 4 , .

and xxx i x 13 In the form e r the Latin v ersi on

. . et

creverun t et juvenes facti s u n t ag r ee s w ith the E th v er s ion .

of G en xx v . 2 7 agai n s t t he E thi opic v ersi on of J ubilees

.

an d all o the r au th or iti e s on Gen xx v 2 7 H e r e the . . .

pecu l i ar readin g can b e b e s t ex p l ain e d as havi ng orig inated

in t he G ree k .
“
I n t he s ec on d p ass ag e the c laus e eorum ,

qu ae fi eb an t in c ar c er e agre e s w ith the Eth vers ion of Ge n . .

xxxix 2 3 agai n s t the E thiopic v ers ion of J ubilees and all

.

o th e r a u th oritie s on G en xxx i x 2 3 . . .

On the other h an d th ere i s a larg e array of p ass age s in ,

which the Latin ve rs i on p re s erve s t he t ru e te xt over agai ns t

corrupti on s or om i ss ion s in the Ethi opic vers ion :of x vi 1 6 . .
,

x i x 5 1 0 1 1 xx 6 1 0 xxi 3 xxii 3 etc ( see m y

.
, , ,
.
, , .
,
.
, .

T e x t p x vi )
,
. .

4 The Syriac Version —The e vi d en c e as to t he e x ist

.

en ce of a Syriac i s n ot c on clu s ive I t i s b as ed on the fact .

that a Briti s h Mus eu m MS (A dd fol 1 8 0 )c ont ai n s . .

a Sy ri ac fragm en t en tit l e d Nam e s Of the Wi ves of the ,

P a triarch s acc ord ing t o the H e b rew Bo ok c all e d J u bilees .

I t was fi r s t p ub li s h e d by C eri an i in hi s Monu m enta Sa cra ,

1 86 1 t om ii
,
fas c 1 9 1 0 and rep rinte d by m e as
. . . .
-

A ppe n d i x II I to m y T e x t of J ubilees (p . .
 xxx T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

8 . THE ETHIOPIC AN D LATIN V ERS ION S —TRAN S LATION S

FRO M T HE G REEK

Lik e all the b i b lic al l it erature J ubil ees was t ran s late d
int o Ethi opic fr om Gre ek W e have s een ab ove (p Xx vi ) . .

th a t the G r ee k vers ion had a very w i d e curr enc y To .

Sh ow th at our text is a tran s l ati on from the G r eek ve r s i on

it w i ll b e suffi cien t t o p oin t ou t that in xxx iv 1 1 w e h a ve .

a trans lite ration of fp ufo v of the sun th a t in i 2 9 ii 2 .

, .
,

v 4 xiv 1 2 xxiii 1 0 xx viii 2 7 xx xii 4 2 7 2 9 xlvn 5

.
, .
,
.
,
.
,
.
, , , .

(s ee note s in too ) w e m us t retran s late i n t o G r eek b efor e w e

.

can d i s cove r the s ourc e of the v ar i o us c orr upti on s F ur the r .

,

G r eek w ords s u ch as d a y ae My o xZI/oq -

, , ,

etc ar e t rans li te rat ed in the E thi opic

. The G r ee k ar tic l e i s .

r en der e d by the d em on s trative ii 2 iii 2 5 xxiv 1 9 .

, .
, .
,

29 . Finally p rope r nam es are tran s l itera te d a s they a ppe ar

,

in G r eek and n ot in Heb re w :vii i 5 x 1 8 etc .

, .
, .

I t i s no l e ss ob vi ou s th at t he Lati n i s al s o a t ran s la ti on
fr om the Gr eek Th u s in xxxi x 1 2 tim oris Sei h ia s a cor
. .
, ,

r uption of Sank ala c ; in xxxviii 1 3 h onorem r i mjv w hich

-

.
, ,

s h ou l d h a ve b e en r ender ed by tribut um (so in x xx ii .

’
2 6 celavit éx pvxpe corr upt for é ypa xpe (so
’
, , A g ain in r
,

xxxi 3 0 ora s ti oration em i s a m is tran s la tion of g i ft»

.
,

e zz fiv w hich he re
’
vovisti v o tum ; in xxxi i 3 0 sub glan d e
x , .
,

bu t 7 739 Ba xdvo v w hich he re sub qu erou The G r eek

, .

ar ticl e i s often r en dere d by the Latin dem on s t ra tive a s in

the Ethiopic vers ion :huju s A brahae xx i x 1 6 h u ic J acob , .

h u ic I strael xxxi 1 5 Greek c ons t r u cti on s ar e r e

, . .

p rodu ce d :m em or fuit s erm on es x vi i 3 Gll r o be , .

i

i
N ty o vs ‘
:consum m avit loqu en s, xv . 22 a vve-
r é k ea e 7& 0 d .

in om n
i bus qui bus (for qu a e) dedisti x x n 8 é v 7 rdo w o le , .
-

’
é SwIea e W e s h ou l d obs erve al s o the e x tra or din ary m is
.

t rans lati on of un n or e (ne for te ) by ne qu and o in x l ii 1 1 . .

( See Rous ch pp 4 3 9 sqq ) , . .

 IN T RO D U CT I O N xxx i
W e h ave s een above (pp xxviii xxix ) th a t the Ethi opic .
-

and La ti n ve r s i ons p r e su pp os e in s om e c as e s d iffe r en t form s

o f the G ree k ve r s i on .

9 . TH E G REEK—A TRAN SLATION FRO M THE H EBREW

The e arl y d a t e and p lace of com p os ition s pe ak for a

Sem itic ori gi nal and the follow ing evi d ence for su ch an
,

o ri gin al i s i rr e s i s ti b l e .

But the qu e s ti on a t on ce ari s e s :w as thi s o ri gin al

A ram aic or H e b r e w ? C e r tain p roper nam e s in the La ti n
ve rs ion end ing in — in s eem to b e spe ak an Ar a m aic a s Gettin , ,

xx iv 2 8 ; Adurin xxx viii 8 9 ; Filistin xx iv 1 4 1 6

.
,
.
, , .
-
.

But Sin ce in all the s e c a s e s the E thi opic t ra ns lite ra tion s

en d in m and n ot in n it i s n ot im p rob a b l e th at thi s
- -

A ram aising in the Latin vers i on i s due t o the tran s lator ,

who as ROn sch has c on clud e d on oth e r grounds w a s a

, ,

Pal e s tini an J ew Mor eove r it i s m os t dange rous to con

.
,

clude from A ra m aic p rop er n a me s t o an A ram ai c ori gi n al ;

for Aram aic form s occ u r n ot infr e quen t ly in the G reek

vers ions of the O ld T e s t am ent T h us thi s ve ry w ord Cettim .

appe ar s a s X er r dv in Sy m m a ch us (Gen x
’
X er r ei v . .
' '

in the LXX ( B) and Lu ci an of J udg i 2 6 X er r i eiv in the . .

,

L XX (B) of 1 Kings x 3 3 A s r egards A durin ( which in . .

the E th ve rs ion A duram ) w e s h oul d Obs erve tha t thi s w or d

.
’

appear s a s A vovi pd,a i e in the s i s te r w ork Te s t

’
. . .
,

I nd 9
. T hus w e m ay he re again c on clu d e to an o riginal
.

H eb r ew fo rm I t i s n ote w orth y al s o that w h erea s in

.

xxx viii 3 of the Latin w e hav e A doram in the E thi opic w e

.
,

h a ve A d6ran A nothe r A ram aic form i s Masté m a (s p tt ing

’
.
i

M a r u dn in Syn c ell us Ma a r e¢d7 in Cedre nus an d Mas

[ a p , ,

tim a in the Latin v er s ion xviii 1 2 x l viii from the hiphel ,

.
,
.

p articip l e D am p) ,
But the p re s ence of s u ch a p rop er n am e
.

in a Sem i tic d oc u m en t i s in con c lus ive as w e h ave s hown

ab ove C f Litt m ann in K autzsch s Ap olc u Pseud ii 3 4
. . ,
’
. . . . .
 xxx u T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

The
grounds ,
on the o ther h an d , for a H e b rew ori gin al
ar e we ight y and nu m ero u s:
1 .
f
A w orle w hi ch f M oses cla im s to be rom the ha nd o

wou ld n atu ra lly be w ri tten i n H ebrew — H e b r e w ou r au thor ,

teach es w as the s acred an d national langu ag e (see no te s o n

,

xii 2 5 —
2 6 ; x lii i
. .

2 . The revi va l f
o the n a ti ona l sp iri t f
o the n a tion is

universa lly, so far as w e kn ow , accomp an i ed by a reviva l of

the n a ti ona l la ngu age —Thu s t he Ps alm s o f So lo m on ( 7 0

40 w ere written in H eb re w and the Si m i litud e s in ,

t he E thi opic En och ( xxx vii as I h op e t o p ro ve l ate r . .

A S regards the s ecti on s of En o ch w hich w e r e w ritten b efor e

the reviva l of the n ati on al Spi rit u n d e r the Maccab e e s o ther
g roun ds m us t de ci d e .

3 . The tex t m ust be r etra n sla ted i nto H ebrew in order to ea

c

p la in u n in telligi ble exp ression s a nd restore the tru e tex t —Th us

‘
1 1 laelé ja no i
’
in x liii . w hich i s a m i s tran s lati on of eu e
’

1
3 .3 in thi s c on te x t
1
8é ona i p ray as in Gen x l i v 1 8 , , . .
,

which our tex t repro du ces alm os t wor d for wor d I n x vi 3 1 . .

l ebb a dab art (Lat Vers c ord e p alm arum ) wa r m 3 3 5 w he re

. .
,

i s c orru pt for “ 3 515 I n x l vii 9 the t e x t dom u m Fara

5 . .

oni s b ut t he c on te x t d em an ds fi li am F araon is
, H en ce the .

il

G r k t s lat h r
ee ran as n r n or a
or rm T he
e e m i s r e ad 9 1 1 3 u
-

t rue A ram aic word for daug hter i s r fi n See al s o n ote s on .

ii 2 9 iii 1 5 vi 3 5 xl viii 1 2
.
, .
,
.
, . .

U n d er thi s h ead al s o w e m ig ht d raw atte n ti on to the

pres ence of di tt ographi es already e xi s ti ng in the H e b r e w
t ext See n o tes on iii 1 6 x viii 1 5 xxx 1
. .
, .
, . .

4 . H ebra ism s survive i n the E thi op ic an d L a tin versi ons .

Thu s in
ii 9 2 5 the E thiopic wah ahe
.
, g ave goe s b ac k
to in ) which m u s t h ere b e t ran s lat e d “ app oi n t e d
, In .

xx ii 1 0 eligere in te i s a rep rod u ction o f 3 1 m ; in xx iv 2 5

.
.

s erm o hic = thi s thi ng nm “DT FT a p urely H e b r e w z

,

e x p r e ss ion ; in x ix 8 in q u a in ip s a (so als o E th

)
.
.
 T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

ing gi ven by our te x t and it s su pp or te rs and the opp o s i n g

tex t and it s au tho ritie s are s u pp l ie d in b racke t s Th us w e .

are t o in te rp r et the s t a t e m n
“
e t x li 1 4 ( hi s s hephe r d .
‘

Gen xx viii 4 0 ( hi s frien d w hich occu rs u n d e r the sub ‘

. .

he a ding Ii I t agree s w ith the L XX an d V u lg ag ain s t

. .

the Ma s s Sam an d Syr a s m ean ing that our tex t su p

, ,
.
, ,

p or t ed by the L XX and Vulg of Gen xx viii 4 0 re a ds . . .

,

his s h eph erd where a s the Ma s s Sam an d Syr re a d hi s

, , ,
.

frien d F or full e r in form a tion the re a d er can r efe r to m y

.

Ethiopic Te xt .

1 Firs t as to it s ag r ee m en t with i nd ivi du al a u th oritie s

.

in O pp os iti on t o the res t :

(a ) I t agr ees w ith the Sam ag ai ns t the Mass LXX .

, ,

Syr Onk in iv 7 ( he c all e d —Gen iv 2 5

.
,
“ . . s he c alle d . .

xx vi 3 4 . Gen xx vii 4 0 -
. . .

(B) It agree s with the L XX agains t the Mas s Sam , ,

Syr V u lg in iii 2 4 (“th y p a in s —Gen iii 1 6 (“thy

v 1 —Gen vi 2 VII 8—Gen ix 2 2 viii 1
. . .
, . .

conc epti on
—
. . . . . . .

Gen xi 1 3 ; xii i 2 —Gen x11 6 ; x iv 2 1 2 —Gen x v

. . .

2 1 1 ; x v 1 5 ( “he r n am e w ill b e c all e d —Gen x vii 1 5

. . . .
, .

.
,

xviii 2 —Gen xxii 2 ;

. .

th ou s hal t c all her

xx i v 2 5 —Gen xx vi 3 2 ; xx vi 2 5 hi s son —Gen
. . .

. . .
. .

xx vii 3 0 (s ee m y Te x t p 9 7 n ote
. xx viii 1 1
J acob )—Gen xx ix 3 2 ; xx viii 2 9 —Gen xxx 4 3 x x ix 4
.
, , .

—
; .
.
. . . .

Gen xxxi 2 0 x lv i 1 4 (“he s et ove r —Ex o d i 1 1

. .
’

.
. .

“th ey set ove r

(
( y) I t agree s w ith the Sy ri a c ver s i on ag ain s t the Mass
r

—
,

Sam L XX Vu lg in x n 1 5
, , w en t forth in sin g ) Gen . .
. .

xi 3 1 (Ma ss
.
w e nt forth in pl Sam L XX Vu l g
.

—
.
, .
, .

l e d forth xviii 1 1 (“I h a ve s ho wn Gen xx ii 1 2 .

“I no
. .

( ii 2 1 “
k w xl i ( by the com m an d of the m ou th .

of P h araoh Gen x l v 2 1 by the m ou th of P h ara oh

-

—
. .

l
x vi i 7 .
Exo d ii 7 ; x li x 9 the gui l t —N um i x 1 3
. . .
. .

hi s guil t
 INT R O D U CT I O N xxx v

( 8) ag ree s w ith the Vu l g again s t Mas s Sam L XX

It
—
.
, , ,

Syr in vii 9
. th e ir s h ou l d er s Ge n i x 2 3 b oth their
—Gen xv 1 th y
.

Sh o u l d e r s x iv 1 and th y r e w ar d

—
. . .

rew ard x iv 2 2 s h all bu il d up .

“
Gen x vi 2 ( s hall . .

b e b ui l de d “
xxiv 3 ( g iv e m e —
Gen x x v 3 0 . . .

( fe e d xx iv 1 9 (
“ l ivi n g w a t e r — Gen xx vi 1 9
. . .

“w ell of wate r “Isaac —Gen xx vii 3 9

( xx vi 3 1 ( . . .

I s aac hi s fathe r

(6 ) I t agrees w ith the Targum of O nkelos again s t

the Ma s s Sam L XX Syr V ulg in xiii 2 0 (“n ot be
, , .
,
. .

n u m b ere d — Gen xiii 1 6 (“b e n um b ered . xiii 2 4 . .

— Gen xiv 1 4 ; x v 1 7. . rej oic e d — Gen xvii 1 7 . . .

“l augh e d
(
ii W e s hall n e x t give it s affiniti e s with t wo or m or e of
.

the ab o ve au thorities in opp os ition t o t he r es t .

(a ) I ts agreem ent w ith the Mass and Sam . .

I t a gree s w ith the Mass an d Sam again s t the L XX . .

,

Syr Vu lg in iii 3 — “
Gen Ii 2 0 ; vi 7 ( w ith the l ife
th ereof w ith the b l oo d —Gen ix 4 ( L XX ev a ijaa r i
. . . . . .
,

’ ’
'
. .

wxfi )
v s .

Itagr ee s w ith the Mass an d Onk ag ain s t the Sam . .

LXX Syr V u l g Ps J on in iii 7 —Gen ii 2 4

,
.
, .
,
-
. . . . . .

(6 ) I ts ag reem ent w ith the Mass Sam Syr or with , .

,

th es e + Vu lg or + Vulg and O nk . .

I t ag ree s w ith Ma s s Sam an d Syr agai n s t the LXX , ,

.

2 5 ( for th y s ak e sh i n y —Gen iii 1 7

an d V u l g in ii
“
. . .
.
,

a ou =
flj g
'

( L XX ( an d V u l g ) 811 7 0 29 é py o es n .fil v fi Vi 8 f
'

“by m an —Gen i x 6 L XX dim i T oi) a l a r o s

( ( p
'
-

. .

xx vi 2 7 . th y fi r s tb orn — Gen xxvii 3 2 (LX X + Vulg . . .

om th y xx vi 2 9 u n to hi s fath er — Gen xxvii 3 4 . .

—
. .

v “ h Gen xxvii i 1 3
( L X X + V u lg o m ) xx ii 2 1 .
( b e ol d . . . .

( L XX + Vu lg om ) . .

I t agree s w ith the Mas s Sam Syr V ulg ag ain st the , ,

.
, .

L XX in v 2 7 pr ev ai l e d
. Gen vii 2 4 (LXX -
. .
 T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

x ii.
“
1 5 ( from U r —G e n x i . . 31 (L XX a wa s xepa c);

xiv . 3 thin e own b o we l s —Gen

out of . x v 4 (LX X 670
.

m — x v 1 1 XV 3
a ov b
z p i n s t ead o f w e );
rr n xi v 1 2 G e n ; a . . .
.

(
“A l m ighty —Gen x vii l (L XX O O U ) . .
'

I t ag ree s w ith the Mas s Sam Syr V u l g an d O nk , ,

.
,
.
,
.

ag ai n s t t he L XX in x v 2 0 — Ge n x v ii 2 2 xx vi 2 3 . . . .

p e op l es —Gen xx vii 2 9 ( LXX dpxovr es D N IDJ . .

' ‘ ’

c orrupt for D me s); xxvi 2 4 b rethren — Gen xxvi i 2 9

i . . .

(L XX T o i) d3€7t gbofi O O U )
'

I t ag ree s w ith the Mas s Sam Syr A q Sym m Vulg , ,

.
,
.
, , .
,

”
an d O nk ag ai n s t t he L XX in x iii 1 0
. t ow ar ds the s ou th ) .

Gen Xi i 9 ( L XX 811 7 37 é prj/i go )

. . .

(7 ) Its agreem ent w ith the Sam and L XX or w ith th es e .

+ Syr or . O nk or + V u lg or Syr an d V u l g : . . . .

I t ag ree s w ith t he Sam an d L XX ag ai n s t the Ma s s .

,

Syr V u lg in x iv 1 8— Gen x v 2 0
.
,
. x v 1 4 — G en x vii 1 4 ;
. . . . . .

xvi i 1 . hi s son — Gen xx i 8 (om ); xx vii 1 1 (“m y . . .

fa th er —Gen xx viii 4 (om ) . . .

It ag ree s w ith the Sam L XX and Syr ag ains t the , , .

Mas s V u lg and O nk in ii 1 6 — Gen Ii 2

, .
, . . . . .

I t ag ree s w ith the Sam L XX Sy r an d Vu lg ag ai ns t , , .

, .

Ma ss O nk and Ps J on in x ii 2 3
. .
,
them tha t cu r s e .
-
. .

Ge n x1 .1
“
3 ( him tha t c u rs es
. xv ii 7 —Gen xxi 1 3 ; . . .

xx viii 8 I s h all g ive

.
— “
Ge n xx i x 2 7 ( w e w ill g ive . .

xl iii 1 2 ( w ith u s —Ge n x l iv 3 1 (om )

.
“ . . .

I t agrees w ith the Sam L XX Syr an d V u lg again s t the , , .

, .

Mass and O n k in x v 1 6 — Gen x vii 1 6 ; x v 1 9 ( “an d

. . . . . .

for hi s s e e d —Gen x vii 1 9 for hi s s e e d . .

I t agree s w ith the Sam L XX an d O nk agai n s t Mass , .

Syr an d V u l g in iii 6 —
.
, Ge n 11 2 3 . . . . .

I t agrees w ith t he Sam L XX an d V u lg ag ain s t the Ma ss , , .

x iv 1 3 ( it w as s ai d —Ge n x v 1 3 (“H e s ai d
.

a d Sy
n r in .
“ .
. .

(8) I ts agre em ent w ith the Sam an d Syr the V u l g . .

.

or othe r s :
 INT RO D U CT I O N xxxvu

It
a gre es with the Sam Syr Ps J on G ra so Ven again s t , .
,
-
.
, .
-
.

the Ma s s V u lg an d I tala in x vm 1 2
, a s ingle
.
,
“rm I) . -

ram —Gen xxn 2 3 b ehin d (V IN) him a ram

. On k
. .

com b ine s b oth r e a dings .

It ag r e es w ith the Sam Syr Vulg O nk ag ain s t Ma ss

—
. . . .
, , ,

an d L XX in x l iv 1 6 P hua Gen x l vi 1 3 Puvvah

. . .

(6 ) Its agr eem en t w ith the Sam vers ion + LX X or w ith .

-

the Sam v er s ion + Syr and oth ers :

. .

I t ag re e s w ith the Sam ve rs LXX Syr O nk again s t

Ma s s Sam V ul g in x viii 1 5 —Gen xxii 1 7
. . . .
, ,

, , . . . . .

I t ag ree s w ith the Sam V ers Syr V ulg (an d p oss i b ly . .

,
.
, .

Sam ) a gain s t Ma ss an d LXX in x vii i 1 3

. hath s een or . .

s eeth )—Gen xxii 1 4 (Mass wil l b e s een or pro

”
. . .

v ided (LXX dawn) .

( C) I ts agreem en t w ith the L XX an d Syr an d w ith thes e .

+ 0 thers :
agree s with the LXX an d Syr agains t Mass Sam in
It . .

“
iii 2 4 ( th y retu r n Ge n in 1 “
6 ( th y d e sire -

son o f m y h an dm ai d ) —
. . .

” ”
Gen x v 2 of m y h ous e

x li 9 —Gen xxx viii 1 4

. .

. . . .

I t agree s w ith the L XX an d Syr and in the m ain w ith .

, ,

the Sam an d Vu lg ag ai nst the Ma ss and Onk in vi 3 2

. . . . .

“b e a s t s an d c att l e and bi r ds and e very m ovin g thing

(
LXX w e r/T a 7 d dnpla x a i w a vr a r d xr rjvn rea l wau
i
.
f
'

r ave n/bu [ca t m i v é prrer bv x i vo fip evo v So Syr s ave

'
'
. .

th a t it om it s rea l a fte r n ew er/ i v ; Sam and V ul g agree . . .

w ith LXX s a ve th at Vu lg om it s tea l d w er ew dv an d .

'

Sam om its tea t w a t/ 7 a r d x r rjvn)—Gen viii 1 9

f
. every . . .

b e a s t every cr eeping thing and eve ry fow l w hat soever

, , ,

c reepeth
It ag re e s w ith the LXX Syr and Vu lg ag ains t the
—Gen vi 3
. .
, ,

Ma ss and Sam in v 8
. wi ll ab i d e . . .

w ill s t rive x iv 4 s ai d u nto him —Gen x v 5

—
. . .

“s a i d x v 1 6 G
“
en x vn 1 6 ; xx iv 3 ( s a i d to him )
”

( . . . .
xxx viii T HE BO O K OF JU BI LEES
—G xxv 3 1 (
en . . xliii 1 2 our fathe r
“s ai d—Gen .
.

x liv 3 0 (Mass m y fath er

. .

(77) I ts agreem en t with the L XX and V u lg

I t agr ees w ith t he L XX an d Vu lg ag ain s t the Mas s . ,

Sam an d Syr,
“ an d d an cin g . x vii 4—Gen xxi 9 xxvii . . . .

8 — Ge n xx vii 4 6 . of the d au g hters o f H e th

. xxvi i .

11 aft er th e e — “
Gen xx viii 4 ( w ith th ee xxviii 1. . .

“l an d of the e as t — “
Gen xx i x 1 ( lan d of the s on s of
( . .

the
“
xl i 1 4 ( hi s s h epherd .
—Ge n xxviii . .

20 hi s frien d = nm m) .

I t ag re es w ith the L XX V ulg an d O n k in x v 1 4 ( for

“ .
. .
, ,

he has b rok en “
Gen x vu 1 4 ( he has b rok en -
. .

n
( 9) It agr ees w ith the L XX (d e w a r p é q y o u bu t othe r
i
, ,

MSS g ive 7 ra 7 p 6€ a o u as in the Sam an d E th v ers ) again s t

'

. . .

the Mas s Syr an d Vul g in xxvii 1 1 — Gen x x viii 4

,
.
, . . . .

T h oug h the ab ove li s t i s n ot e x haus tive it i s s u ffi ci en t l y

so for ou r p u rp os es I t foll ows from it th at ou r b ook .

atte s t s an i n d ep en d e n t fo r m of the H e b r e w t e x t of the

Pe nt ateu ch T h u s it ag re e s at ti m e s w ith the Sam or
. .

L XX or Syr or V u lg or even with O nk ag ai n s t all the

. . .

re s t . Si m i larly it ag r ees w ith various c om bin ati on s of

the s e again s t the re s t .

I n the n e x t p l ac e w e in fe r fr om the foll ow i n g phen om en a

that ou r book rep resents som e form of the H ebrew tex t of the
P en ta teu ch m idw ay between the form s p resupp osed by the LXX
a n d the Syriac F or it ag rees m ore fr e qu e n t ly w ith the
.

L XX s ee i (B) or with com b i na ti ons i n t o w hich the L XX

, .
,

e n t ers see ii (y ) (e )
, th an with any other s i ngl e
.
, ,

au th orit y or w ith an
y c om b in ati on e x c lu d ing the L XX .

N e x t t o the LXX it agree s m os t oft en w ith the Syri a c s ee ,

i (y ) or w ith com bi n ati ons i n t o w hich the Syriac e n t er s

.
r
, ,

se e ii O n t he oth er h an d it s i n d ep end en ce of the

LXX i s s hown by su ch pass age s as i (a ) (y ) (e) an d .
, , ,

it s act u al su peri ority in a larg e array of readi ngs ii (a ) (B) , .

, ,
 INT R O D U CT IO N xxxix
w he r e it h a s the supp ort of the Sam and Mas s or of .
,

the s e w ith v arious c om b inati on s of Syr V u lg and O nk .

, . .

If t o the a b ove con s i d erati on s w e a dd the fa ct s that so far ,

a s I am a war e ( 1 ) it never a gree s again s t all the re s t w ith

,

t he Mas s w hich i s in s om e r e s p e ct s the la te s t form of the

,

H e b re w te x t ; ( 2 ) th at it agr ee s in a fe w c a s e s with On k .
,

o ften e r w ith the Vu l g an d s till oft en e r w ith the Syr

.
,
an d .
,

oft en e s t w ith the L XX ag ai n s t all the r e s t ; ( 3 ) th at w he n

, ,

it enters com b ina ti ons it i s al m os t u nivers ally in attes tati on

,

of the earl ie r r e a d ing it m ay b e r e a s on a b l y c onc l u d e d th at

,

the t e x t u al evi d e n ce p oi nt s to the c om p os ition of our b ook at

s om e peri od b et w een 2 5 0 B C ( LXX ve rs i on of Pen tateu ch ) . .

an d 1 0 0 A D and a t a ti m e near e r the e arlier date than

. .
,

the l atter .

11 . L ACUNAE ,
D ITTO GRAPHIES AND D I S LOCATION S IN

OU R T EXT

Lacun ae .
—
add ition to the occa s ional sm all lacu nae
I n

w hich are su pp lie d from the Latin ve rsi on or othe r

i nde pen den t s ou rce s th ere are fou r larger lac unae in ,

ii 2 2 iii 2 3 vii 3 7 x iii 2 5

.
, .
,
The fi rs t c on si s t s of
.
, . .

t w o c l au s e s a ccor ding to the G r e ek a u thoritie s : As th ere

w ere t w o an d t w en ty l ett ers and two and tw enty b ooks , ,

bu t accord i ng to the Mi dras h Tadshe onl y of on e : A s

,
,

th ere w ere tw o and t w en t y l ett ers (see ii 2 3 notes ) . .

Si n c e the e arl ie s t te s tim on y e l s ew her e to thi s r eck oni ng of

the b ooks of the Old Te s t am en t as tw en t y tw o i s tha t of -

J os eph us (e Ap ton i . it is p o ssi bl e th at the c lau s e in

. .

qu e s tion in Epiphaniu s an d Syn ce llus m ay b e an addition

t o the te x t of J ubilees T hi s reck on ing i s m en tion e d al so
.

by O ri gen A th ana s i us C yril of J e ru s al em in the C anon s of

, , ,

the C oun ci l of La odic ea J erom e etc (s ee Ryl e Can on of , ,

.
,

the Old Testam ent 1 8 9 2 p On the othe r han d it i s

, ,
.
,
x 1 T H E BO O K O F j U BILE E S

n ot im prob ab l e th at the di s p u te d claus e b elongs to the

ori gi nal te x t : for it s om i ssi on by the Mi d ras h Tadshe i s
far from con c lu s iv e W e h ave already s een in the n ote s .

on ii 2 3 th at thi s Mi d ras h ( wr itt en eerc 1 0 0 0 A D ) has

'

-
. . .

d el ib erat el y altere d the t ext of J ubilees w here it i s rig ht l y ,

tra ns m itte d by Epiphaniu s and Syn c ellu s in orde r t o ,

acc om m od at e it t o T al m u d ic J udaism A n d in t he p re s e n t .

ins tan ce the m otiv e for thi s om i ss i on w as n ot w antin g ;

for the u su al re ck on i ng of the b ooks o f the O ld T e s tam en t
in T alm u dic w riti ngs (T aan ith 8 a ; Sh em rabb a 4 1 etc ) .
,
.

an d l ater J e wi s h s ch ol ars s u ch as I s aac A barban el w as , ,

t wen t y fou r (see Strack Herzog s R ea l En cyc

-
flz)
vii
’
.
,

4 34 Moreover a p ass ag e in I s id or e of Se vi ll e w hich , ,

i s cl earl y b as ed on J u h ii s u pp ort s t he evi d en ce of Epi . .

,

phanius an d Sy n c ell u s I t ru n s : E t xx ii gen e ration es s u n t .

ab A d am usqu e ad J ac o b e t xx ii l i b ri V et eris T e s ta ,

m en ti u squ e ad H e s t er et x x u lit erarum s un t elem en ta ( see

p l xxxi for the res t of the qu ot ati on) A cc ord i ng l y s in ce the
. .
,

n eg ati ve e vi d en c e o f t he Mi dras h i s th u s l arge l y d i s c ou n te d

an d s i n c e o n the o th er h an d w e h av e the p os iti ve evi d en c e

of Epiphanius I s i d o re an d Sy n ce ll u s an d ar ti fi ci al an al ogi e s
, , ,

of thi s n at u r e are ch arac t eri s tic of o ur au th or I am in ,

1
clin ed t o accept the c l au s e as origi nal .

1 Sin c e ii
w r t ng the ab ove I have c om e a ross c the foll ow n g i e x c erpt
from th e G re ek v e rs o n i of J ubilees in L am bros Ca talogu e of the
’

Gr eek MSS on Mt . A thos, v ol. i , pp

. . 2 9 2, w hi c h c o n fi rm s m y vi e w .

I t is :Iw ivv’
o ov dva y vuio r o v v
‘ '
orr a vr
'
w o v zrdkews
'
A en r fis Pe véa ews
‘
.

’
Eu T
fi i
dg
“
3 86 Sra ka p fi dvet
(
Btfi k fo v f T o Ka Ao fip evo v Af fi rm ?
)
"
y é vecrt s 2 mévcp i
’ '
‘
. Ev 7 1 ) Ke
'
Eby a
)xé y e c é K r ncrev ( read e x r w ev) 6
( );
-

SL 3 K a i K B yp afyp a r a 7ra p’ E pa io w K a i K IB' fl

’

6 6 69 25 fip épa t s
’ ' t
ev T a s b ,

BBM
’
i m y y e vea pxca t (i n ?
' ’ ’
A 8d,u é ws Ia x ofiB Kofw , tbs Aéy et ,
’ ’
o a Ka ) , .

o imfa s n ecro zio Lam bros w rongly p rints

’
s7r a fir bv drré fia ve v
fis
’
n
-
r s .

K
B
'
c ’
as K r) twi e in the ab ove
passage I ow e the orre tion s t o Mr . c c .

Lake w ho has just c oll ated it afresh

, for m e on Mt . A thos . T he
e x c e rpt is from a thirteen th c e n t MS The last c
sen t en e re ard n i
g g
-
. .

Cain is from J ub iv 3 1 . . .
xlii T HE BOOK OF JU BIL EE S

r e a d which I h a ve em end ed w ith the Latin l egit et

,

cognovit into r e a d and k ne w s h oul d b e r egar d e d as a ,

s im pl e dittograph y w ithin the Ethiopic ; and legit et cognovit

a s du e to t w o al tern ative ren d erings of ( ive v w he r e the
'
f
,

fi rs t i s right .

D isloca tions —A m os t p rob ab l e i ns ta nc e of thi s na t u re

occ u rs in x x x vu Th e s e t wo p ros e lin e s i n te rve n e in
.

the m i ds t of a p oem T he y are co rrupt in all the MSS . ,

bu t by an easy em end ation co ul d b e a d apte d t o follow a fte r

the fi r s t clau s e of the pr ece din g vers e See n ot e in loe . .

A n oth er p ass ag e i s v 1 7 1 8 w hich d e al s w ith the D ay .

-

of A ton em e n t I h a ve t r eate d it as in t erp olat e d or e l s e a s

.

transp os e d from a fte r xxx iv 1 8 1 9 w hi ch t re at s of the .

-

fi r s t in s titu tion of thi s fe s tival I t i s p oss i b le h ow eve r .

, ,

b
th at the s e v ers e s d i d b elong to the ori gin al Th us 1 0 1 2 .
-

r efer to the fi nal j udg m ent an d the r e new al of the w orl d .

The subject of the fi nal j u dg m en t i s the r e fu r th e r d e al t w ith

in it s g e n eral ch ara cte r in 1 3 1 6 an d in 1 7 1 8 the w rite r -

,
-

t u rns as i de to s how the s p e cial grace a ccor de d to I s ra e l on

th a t d ay if th ey obs e r ve the D ay of A t on em en t But I .

s till incline to the vie w th at 1 7 1 8 ar e for eign t o thei r -

p r e s ent c ontex t .

A g ain i 2 8 s hou l d p rob ab l y b e re a d b efore i 2 6 and

, . .
,

x x iii 1 6 a ft e r xxii i 1 9
. . .

12 . P OETICAL ELEMENT IN J UBILEES

J us t
b efor e com p l eti ng m y com m ent ary on J ubilees I ,

w as so fortu nate as to d is c o ver th a t no s m all p rop or ti on of

it was or i gi n all y writte n in ve rs e A ccor ding l y the r ead e r .

w i ll fi nd the following p assage s arrang e d as vers e :x 3 ; .

xii 2 5 1 8 2 0 2 3 2 9 ; x v 6 8 ; x viii 1 5 1 6
; xi x 1 7
- -
. - -
, , , . . .
,

2 0 2 2 2 5 ; xx 6 1 0 ; xx i 2 1 2 5 ; x x u 1 1 2 3
; xx iii
- - -
, . . .
-

2 3 3 1 ; xx iv 3 0 3 2 ; xx v 1 5 2 3 ; xx vi 2 3 2 4 3 1 3 4
- -

;
-
. .
- -
.
,
 IN T RO D U CT IO N x liii
xx x i . 1 5 20
xxx vii 2 0 2 3 Thi s d i s covery not onl y adds
-

.
-
.

t o the in te r e s t of the b ook bu t al s o ill um i n ate s m an y a d ark

p a ss age s ugg e s t s the right c onn ection s of w rongl y s eparate d

,

c la us es and form s an a dm i rab l e i ns trum en t of critici sm

,

g ene rall y Thus if the r eader tu rns t o xxxvii 2 0 2 3 he

. -

wi ll fi n d a p oem —p r ob ab l y an old one—cons is ting of fi ve

, .

s t anza s of th r ee li ne s e a ch O ur r ecognition of thi s fa ct .

e na b le s u s to e x ci s e a s an i n te rp olation the u nin telligi b l e

w ords o ccu rri ng in the MSS at the cl os e of the fi rs t s t anza .

E ve n if w e em e n d e d the s e words w e sh ou l d only h ave a

di s tich w hich w ou l d b e suspici ous in the m i ds t of a p oem
,

cons i s tin g of t ri s tich s But n ot onl y i s the form ag ains t .

thei r ge nuin ene ss h er e bu t al s o thei r s u bject m att er (s ee ,

note s i n lea ) A gain in xxx i 1 8 w e r eject a l in e b oth on

.
, .

the grou n d of the p aral l e li sm an d of it s b ei ng a dittography ,

and in xx i 2 2 a l in e on the groun d of the p arall elism

. .

The m os t i m p ort an t of the s e p oem s i s the ap ocaly p s e in

xxiii 2 3 3 1 w hich cons i s t s of t en s ta n zas the fi rs t n ine of
.
-

w hich are t ri s tich s and the las t a tetras tich O f the r es t .

s om e are com p os e d in di s tich s as x11 2 3 2 9 x viii 1 5 1 6 , .

,
.
-

xx 6 1 0 ; xxii 1 1 2 3 ; xx v 1 5 2 3 xxvi 2 3 24 3 1 3 4 ;
.
-
.
-
.
-

, .
-

,
-

xxxi 1 5 2 0 ; s om e in t ri s tich s x i x 1 7 2 5 ; xxi 2 1 2 5 ;

.
-
.
,
.
-

xx x vu 2 0 2 3 . an d the r e s t p ar tl y in d i s tich s and p ar tl y in

-

t ri stich s in x u 1 8 2 0 (con s i s ting of a t ri s tich dis tich

.
-

tr i s tich 2 di s tich s ); x v 6 8 (dis tich 2 tri s tich s ); .

-

xi x 2 0 2 2 ( 2 tris tich s
.
-
2 di s tich s) Whi le on the one .

h an d it m us t be confess e d th a t in xv 6 8 ; xviii 1 5 1 6 ; .
-
.
-

xxx i 2 0 and in one or m ore othe r p ass age s it i s d iffi c u lt

. , ,

to arrive at a s ati s fa ct ory arrang em e n t ; on the othe r it

s ee m s m os t p rob ab l e that m uch of the fi rs t chapter w a s
b
o ri gi nall y w ritten in vers e ; al s o vii l o 1 2 ; .
-

2 3 2 4 ; xxx ii 1 8 1 9 and m an y p ass ag e s e ls e w here

-
.
-

,
.
xliv T H E BO O K O F JU B I L E E S

FRO M O N E A U T HO R, S
BA ED ON
13 . J uBILEEs BU T

EA RLIER BOOK S AND TRADITION S

O ur b ook i s the w ork of on e au th or bu t i s l arge l y b a s e d ,

o n e arl i e r b ooks an d trad iti on s The n arrative of Ge ne s i s .

form s of cou rs e the b ul k of the b ook bu t e ve ry p ag e of it

, , ,

c on tain s m a t erial s ch aracteri s tic of the ag e of our a u th or .

By r efe rrin g t o I nd e x I the r e a d e r w i ll see at a g lance the .

b ooks of the Old Te s t am en t lai d u n d e r contri bu tion .

But our p re s e n t chi ef in te r e s t i s the r e lati on of ou r

au th or t o non c anon ic al J e w i s h l ite rat u r e
-
T hus he b orrows .

vii 2 0 3 9
.
-
x 1 1 5 from the Book of N oah
, .
-
Of thi s book .

h appi l y the gre ate r p art of x 1 2 9 1 4 i s s till p r e s e rv e d .

-

,
-

in t he H e b re w Book of N oah (s ee J ellinek s Bet ha Mi al

’
-

raseh iii
,
1 5 5 and m y T e x t of J ub il ee s p
.
,
Our ,
.

au th or h a d b efor e him al s o the g r e a t er p ar t of t he Book of

Enoch vi x vi xxiii xxxvi 1xx11 x c

.
-
.
-
.
,
-
.

Be s i d e s the s e he al s o m ad e us e o f c urr en t tra d iti on s an d

l eg ends which w e r e alr e a dy re du ce d to w riti ng and h ave
, ,

com e d own t o us in H e b re w and G reek in oth er i nd e

p en d en t works Thu s the w ar of J a c ob and hi s s on s
.

ag ains t the A m orite k ings xxx iv 1 9 i s foun d in the , .

-

T e s t J u d ah 3 7 a c on te m p orar y w ork in the Mi d ra s h

.
-

, ,

Wajjissau w hich cont ains if not the ori gin al l eg en d

, ,

at all ev ent s a ve r y e arl y re c a s t o f it an d in the Book

of J a s h ar —a
,

la te work A g ain our au th or dre w on .

,

e x i s ti n g w r itings for hi s d e s c ripti on of the fra t rici d al w ar

b et w een J a cob and Es au in x x x vn xxx viii Here the onl y .

-
.

contem p orar y au th orit y that s till e x i s t s for our te x t is

T es t J u d 9
. But w ith a fe w r e s ervati ons the s am e s t at e
. .

m e nt m ay b e m ad e o f the H e b r e w d oc u m en t p re s e rve d in
the J alkut Shim eoni i 1 3 2 and the C h ronicl e s of J e rah .

m eel (s ee m y n ote s on pp 2 1 4 .
 IN T R O D U C T I O N x lv

O the r
i n ci d ent s in ou r t e x t w hich are atte s t ed als o in ,

the conte m p orar y Te s tam en t s of the X I I Pat ri arch s are .

,

the s tory of Bi l hah s d i s h on ou r at the h an ds of Reub en ’

du ring J ac ob s abs en ce (J uh xxxiii 1 — 9 —

’

Te s t Re ub e n . . .

Levi s dre am as to the prie s th ood (x x x ii l —Te s t L evi 2 4

’
. .
, ,

5 8 , an d hi s c o ns ec ra tion t o it by I s aac
,
( xxx i 1 3 —17 .

—T e st L evi t he nam e s o f the w ive s of L e vi an d J u dah

.

( xxx iv 2 0 —Te s t L evi 1 1 ; Te s t J u d 8 1 3

. the
. . .
, ,

s tory of Tam ar Er and O n an an d J udah s rep ent ance (x l i , ,

’
.

—T e s t J ud 1 0 1 2 1 4 . the b u ri al of J ac ob s s on s
.
’

in H e b ron (x l vi 9 —Te s t Reu b 7 L e vi 1 9 J ud 2 6

, , ,

. . . .
, ,

Zeb 1 0 D an 7 N aph 9 Gad 8 A s h er 8 ; cf J o s A n t

.
,
.
,
.
, , . . .

ii 8 2 ) du rin g a w ar b e tween Egypt and C anaan (x lvi 9

. . .

Te s t Sim 8 Benj 1 2 [A rm
. .
,
A l s o the i n s e rtion of .

K ain am in vii 1 i s supp or t e d by the L XX of Gen . .

xi 1 3 . .

O the r le gen d ary m atter in J ubilees for w hich con ,

t em p or ary or earl ier d ocum ent s are as a rule not at han d , , ,

th oug h m os t p rob ab l y b el on gi ng t o an ci en t traditi on

fu rni s h es u s w ith a large nu m ber of p rop er nam es—par
,

ticularly the n am e s of w om en — Aw an w ife of C ain (iv

’
.
,

’
A zura w ife of Seth (iv ,
Mfi alé lé th the wife of K en an .
,

( i v . an d t h e w iv e s of the vari ous p at riarch s d o wn t o

Te rah (see iv 1 5 1 6 2 0 2 7 2 8 3 3 ; vu 1 4 1 5 1 6 ; .
, , , , ,
.
, ,

viii 1 5 6 7 ; xi 9 1 4
.
, ,
an d O f the t w e l v e s on s of
,
.
, ,

J acob (xxx iv an d t he d aug ht er of P h araoh ( x l v11

.
.

A s oth e r p rop er n am e s of p ers on s w e m ight obs erve :

Baraki el ( iv Rasfijal (iv
’
D ané l (iv
.
an d so . .

on for the fath ers of the w i ve s m en ti on e d ab ov e (iv 2 7 2 8 .

, ,

3 3 ; viii 1 5 6 e t c ); al s o Makam arOn k ing of C an aan

.
, , , ,

ai n as n am e s of p la c e s :
( x l vi an d the. E m( 1 vii A g . ,

Ema (iii the m ou n t of the E as t (iv

.
the thr ee .

1
This n am e is foun d in the Greek Version (Sync ellus) of the Eth .

Eno h c vii. 2 as
xlvi T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

cities buil t by Noah s s ons (vii 1 4 1 5 1 ’

the v ari ous .
, ,

m ou n tai ns i s la n ds t ow n s rive r s and s e a s m e nti on e d in

, , , ,

viii 1 2 i x 1 3 (m os t of w hich can h owe ve r b e i den ti fi e d

.
-
. , ,

with a ctual p la c es ) Erm 6n H ero onp olis x lvi

,
’
,
.

O ther leg en dary m atter w as in m an y in s t an ce s (see note s

in too) an d p oss i bly in all the s ou rce of the foll ow i ng s t a te
, ,

m en t s and in ci den t s : the perio d of fi ve days s p en t by A dam

in n am ing the c r ea t u r es (iii 1 the c om m on langu ag e of .

the n um b e r of A dam s
’
all ani m al s b efor e the F all (iii
his bu ri al—the fi r s t th a t w a s
.

s ons i e t w e l ve (iv
, . . .

’
m a de in the e arth (iv the m ann er of Cain s de ath
.

(iv K ain am s d i s cove ry of w ri tings of the W atche rs

’
.

(viii 1 . the d et ail e d a ccoun t of the tow e r of Bab el

and it s d e s t r u cti on by a m ig ht y w i nd (x 2 1 the .

b eg inni ng of wars and i d ol at r y in Serug s tim e (xi 2 ’

.

’
the hi story of A b raham s e arl y d ays an d e xp loit s (xi 1 6 .

hi s c am p ai gn agains t i dola t r y and bu rnin g of a h eathen

tem p le d e ath of H aran A b rah am s as t ronom ic al k nowl edg e
, ,
’

and m i rac ul ous ac qu i s iti on o f H eb r e w (xii 1 8 1 2 14 .

-

,
-

’
16 21 25
-

,
A b rah am s t en tem pt ati on s (x vii the .

fa ct of Zi lp a h and Bil h ah b eing sis ter s (xxvii i and of .

Ze bu lon and D in ah b ein g t win s (xx viii rape of D ina h at .

’
the age of t we l ve (xxx 1 J ac ob s p re s en ts to hi s p arents
.

fou r tim e s a y e ar ( xx i x 1 4 1 7 1 9 I s aa c s b l e ss in g of
.
-

,
’

L evi and J ud a h (xxxi 1 3 app ointm en t of Levi to the

.

p rie s th ood as the tenth son (x x xn 2 the death s of .

Bi l hah an d D i nah a ft e r n e ws of J os eph s d e ath ( xx x iv ’

.

Sim eon s m arr i ag e to a w om an of Me s op ot am i a on

’
15
his repen t an ce ( xxxiv afte r h a vin g fi r s t m arri e d
. a
wom an from Zeph ath (xliv the y e ar s of fam in e tra ce d
.

to the fai l ure of the N i l e (x l v the t em p orary st ay of .

m any I s r aelite s in Can aan afte r bu ri al of the p a t ri ar ch s

(xlvi . the nu m b e r of m onth s du ring w hich the He b re w

chil dren w er e c as t i nto the river ( xl vii the bu rnin g of .
 INT R O D U CT I O N xlvii

the Egypti an gods (x l viii d e s t ru ction of 1 0 0 0 Egypti ans

.

in the Red Sea for eve ry H e b re w chi l d th a t w as cas t int o

the rive r (x l viii .

1 4 J UBILEEs
.
—A PROD UCT OF T HE MIDRA SHIC TEND EN CY
AT W ORK IN THE O LD TES TAMENT C HRONICLER BU T ,

REPRES ENTED BY IT S A U THOR A S AN E S OTERIC TRA D I

TI O N

O ur b ook r ep re s en t s an e xtrem e p r odu ct of the m id

rashic p ro ce ss which i s app arent on m os t p ag es of
the O ld T e s tam en t C h ron icl er (a) The C h ronicle r as w e .
,

k now to a ce rt ain e x tent re w rote with an object the earlie r

,

his tory of I s ra e l and the hi s to ry of J udah alre a dy r ec ounte d

in Sam u e l and K i ngs I n hi s h an ds the hi s t ory of the
.

nati on i s so r ec a s t a s to m ak e it a hi s t or y of the ch u rch ,

the tem p l e an d it s c u l tus an d to r ep re s ent D a vi d an d hi s

,

pi ous s u cce ss or s a s obs erving all the p re s cript s of the law

’
accordi ng t o the P rie s t s C od e (b) In the c ou rs e of this .

p rocess fact s th a t wil l not squ are w ith the w riter s p re ’

su pposition s are om itte d or tran s form e d in ch ara cter Thi s .

app lie s p ar tic u larl y t o b r e a che s of the P rie s t s Co d e ; al so ’

to s t atem e n t s su ch a s that in 2 Sam xx iv 1 w hich . .

,

a s crib es D avi d s tem ptati on to Yah w eh Thi s t em pt ati on

’
.

the C h ronicl e r a ttribu t e s to Satan ( 1 C h ron xxi . .

1
(a) N ow the au th or o J f u bilees s ought t o d o for G si s
e n e

wh a t the C h r onicl e r had d one for Sam u el an d K ings

(obs e rve e speci all y hi s re c as tin g of 2 Ki ngs x i in 2 C h ron . .

xxii 1 0 xxi ii
.
-
an d so he re w rote it in s uch a w ay as t o
.

c
The pro edure of our au thor is, of ourse, in di re t an tagonism
1 c c
with the presupp ositions of t he Priests Code in
’
e nesi s Thu s G .

acc ord n g
“Noah m ay build n o altar A braham offer n o sac rifi ce
i t o it , ,

J c
a ob ere c t n o sacred p ill ar N o offering is re c orded till A aron an d
.

his sons are ready (Carpenter The H eaa tench i”

.
, ,
x lviii T H E BO O K O F JU BIL E E S

s how that the la w h ad b een ri go rou s ly obs erve d even by ,

the p a tri ar ch s .

L i k e the C h ro nicle r o u r au th or fou nd m an y s t at e

( )
b
m ents in Ge n e s i s that d i d n ot squ are w ith hi s p re su pp os i
tions an d acc or din gl y w e fi n d th at in m any in s t an ce s he
,

1
al ter s the te xt b efor e him an d in oth ers he s i m p l y om it s,
.

Th us he o m it s the s e nd ing o ut of the rave n (Ge n viii 7 )

? . .

p oss i b l y on the groun d of it s b eing an un c l ean b i r d (Lev .

an d of the d ove s A b rah am s e n te r ta i nm en t of the

’
xi. ,

ang el s (Gen x viii .2 hi s i n te r ce ss i on for Sod om (x viii

. .

22 the m en ti on of L o t s w ife an d m an y d et ail s ’

regardi ng the de s tru ction of Sodom (Gen x i x 1 . .

A b rah am s d eception of the Egypti an s ( x ii 1 1 1 4

’
-
.
,

’
and of A b i m e l ech in r e g ar d t o Sara h ( G en xx 2 I s aa c s . .

p ray e r that Re b ecca m ay h av e offs p rin g etc (Gen xx v , . . .

21 hi s d eception of A b im el ech in regar d t o Reb ecca

(Gen xxvi 7
’
. . J a c ob s m ee ting w ith Ra ch e l an d his
w e l com e by Lab an (Gen xxi x 2 the s tory of the
. .

’
m an d rake s ( Gen xxx 1 4 . J a cob s d e vice s t o in c r ea s e
.

hi s fl ocks at the e xp en s e of L ab a n ( Gen xxx 3 7 the . .

m u t u al rec ri m in ati on s of J ac ob an d La b an ( Gen xxxi . .

’
26 32 36
-

, J a cob s m eetin g w ith the ang el s (Gen .

xxxii 1 . hi s wre st ling with the ang el ( xx xn 2 4 hi s .

fe ar of Es au and efforts to p ropiti ate him (Gen xxx ii xxx iii ) . .

-

the circum ci s i on of the Shechem ite s and their c ovenant

w ith J aco b (Gen xxxiv 1 4 . The om iss i on s in the
.

hi s t ory o f J os eph are n um e rous bu t th ey can b e e x p laine d ,

al m os t wh o ll y on the grou n d of the a u th or s d e s i r e for b r evit y

’
.

But a s re gar ds Ge n xli x the c a se i s d iffe r en t . . It i s .

1 x lix liv
See pp .
,
.

2 The narrat ve ab ou
i t Mel c hi ze dek is lost in the c ourse of trans
m ission b ut was n ot o m i tted by our author (see xiii 2 5 n ote
,
) N or . .

y et was the referenc e to fasting on the D ay o f A tonem ent (see x xxiv 1 8 .

n ote )
.
 T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

b e c all ed for by the n ece ss iti e s of the tim e . H e ll eni s m had

for m an y a d e c ad e b e en u n d erm i n in g circ u m ci s i on and the
bs e c bb th 1
w hich w t h b l w r ks of
rv an e of the Sa
o a e re e u a
,

J ud ai s m b efore th e s e d estru ctiv e t en d en ci e s c am e t o a he ad

,

in the reign of A n tioch u s Epiphan e s (see n ote on x v .

O u r au th or i s a lat e re p re s en tati ve o f t he s tro n g r e actionary

m ovem en t w hi ch ass ert e d the e v erlas ti n g val i d ity and
s an ctity of thes e e lem en t s of the law T hu s he tea che s .

’
th at though circum ci s ion w as fi rs t ord ai ned in A b rah am s
,

tim e it had b een ordaine d in h eave n from the b egin ni ng

, ,

for t he t w o hig he st ord ers of the an g el s had b ee n cre ate d

ci r cum ci s e d and th at I s rael was th r ou gh circu m ci s i on s ancti
,

fi ed t og e ther w ith th em (x v 2 7 n ot e ) Sim il arl y the

. .

Sabb ath th ough fi rs t ordai n e d in J ac ob s ti m e (s ee ii 2 3 3 1

’
.
, ,

n o t e s ) was ori g i n all y c el e b r ate d in h e av e n by God and by

,

the s am e tw o chi ef orders of an g el s I s rae l w as to u nite .

w ith the s e ang el s in obs ervi ng it I t w as to b e a s ig n l ik e .

circ um ci s i on m ark ing O ff I s rael from all the oth er nati ons
of t he earth (ii 19 .an d m ak i ng th em o n e w ith the t w o

chief ord ers of angel s in h eaven .

J u bilees — an E soteric Tra di tion a ccording to i ts A u tho r .

— The Book of J u bi l ee s
cl ai m s as a w h ol e to b e a reve la
tion O f God t o Mos e s an d th u s to form a s uppl em ent to
, ,

an d an i n t e r p ret ati on of the Pe n ta teu ch w hich it call s

, ,

the fi rs t law (vi A cc ord in g t o 4 E zra x iv 6 Mos e s

. .

was t o rev eal the l att er bu t n ot the form e r T hi s s econ d .

app e ars from o ur auth or t o h av e em brace d in a fi n al

au th en tic ate d form v ari ou s re vel ati on s w hich h ad b een
m ad e t o t he p atri arch s an d c on s titu te d in thei r h an ds an
,

e s ot eric t raditi on T hi s s e cre t t rad iti on had b ee n h an d e d

.

d own from father to son T h us En och c om m itt e d it to

.

Methu s elah an d Me th u s el ah to Lam ech an d Lam ech t o

, ,

Noah ( vi l 3 8 xxi
.
, N oah in t u rn e n tru s te d all hi s
.

1
See 1 Ma cc . i 39, 43
. .
 IN T R O D U CT I O N ii

b ooks t o hi s el d es t son Sh em (x , Betw een She m and

.

A bram the k nowl e dg e of the s ac r e d l angu age w as l os t But .

the l atter w a s taught thi s l an gu ag e by an angel and he ,

thereu p on s tudie d the b ooks of his fathers (x 11 .

From th es e b ooks of hi s forefathe r s em b raci ng the writin gs

of E no ch an d N oah A brah am i n s t ru cte d I s aac (xx i
, .

The s e b ooks c on tai n e d re gu l ati on s rega rd i ng s ac rifi c e s a s

w ell as oth er m atters (vii 3 8 xxi 1 0 ; Of Tes t Zeb
.
, . . . .

To J ac ob al s o A b rah a m t ran s m itte d the t rad ition s d i re ctl y

(xx v 7 x x x i x
.
,
A gain J ac o b e d u c ate d J os eph from
.
,

the w riti ngs of A braham ( xxx i x 6 an d fi n all y h an d e d ov er

.

all hi s b ooks an d the b ooks of hi s fathe rs t o L e vi hi s son

that he m i ght p r es er v e th em and renew them for hi s

chi ldren u nti l thi s day (x l v Th u s thi s s ec ret
.

trad ition w as t o b e pres e rve d in t he han ds of the p rie s t

h ood ti ll the tim e s h ou l d com e for it s p u b licati on From .

thi s l as t s t atem en t it w ou l d n ot b e u nreas on a bl e to i nfer

that our au th or w as a m em b e r of the p ri es tl y cas te .

15 . OB J ECT OF J U BILEEs —THE D EFEN CE AND EXPO SITI ON

OF J U D AISM FRO M T HE PHA RI SA IC ST A NDPOIN T O F T HE

SECOND C ENTU RY BC
.

The bject of our author i s t o d efen d J u d ai sm agains t

o

the di s in tegratin g e ffe ct s of H e ll eni s m .

O ur au thor d efen ds J u d ais m (a ) by gl orifying the law as

an e t er nal ord i n an c e an d rep r e s en ti ng the p atri arch s as
m odel s of piet y ; ( b) by gl ori fy in g I s rae l and i ns i s ti ng on
its s eparati on from the Genti l es ; an d (c) by d en ou n cing the
G entil e s g enerally and particu l arl y I s rael s national en emies
’
.

( )
a O u r a u thor l
g if
or ies th e law —
W e h av e al ready
.

n ti on t o o u r au th or s gl ori fi c ati on of cir

’

p
( ).
l d ra w n a tte
cum cision and the Sabb ath the bu l w ar ks of J ud ai s
,
m as ,
Iii T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

heaven ly or d inances the sph ere of w hich w a s so far e x

,

tend ed as to em b race I s rae l on e arth The law a s a . ,

wh ole was t o ou r au th or the re ali s ation in tim e of w h a t w a s

,

in a s en s e tim ele ss and e t e rna l H e i s car eful to set for th

.

the hi s to ric al occ as ions w h en the v ari ou s e l em en t s of the

la w we re fi rs t cel eb ra te d on earth and he r ein he follow e d
,

a te n den cy already w ell e s t ab li s he d in p os t e xili c J ud ais m -

.

W e shall no w e nu m e rate the se b riefl y The l evitical law .

o f p uri fi c ation aft er chi l db i rth w a s e nact e d afte r the c r e a ti on

of A d am and Ev e (iii 8 . O n the ex p u ls ion of A d am

’
from Ed en the law of coverin g on e s s h a m e w a s ena cte d
(iii 3 0
. Thi s la w doe s n ot b e long t o the Mi s hn a or
la te r J e wi s h l egis lati on I t w a s m a nifes tl y l evell e d ag ains t
.

the cu s t om Of b ari ng the p ers on in the G ree k g am es and is ,

not e xp l icab l e o f an y othe r th an the e arl y Ma cc a b ean pe riod .

The d ail y i n cen s e offe rin g b e g an a fte r A d am s e xp u l s ion

’
-

from Eden (iii . The law re la tin g t o the j u bil e e s was

fi rs t s et forth by E n och (iv .The law of ret ri bu tion in
kin d an e y e for an e y e —w as fi r s t c arr ie d out in the

ca s e of Cain (iv 3 1 . N oah ins titu te d the fea s t of

w eeks w hich h a d b e en obs e r ve d in hea ven s i nce the c re ati on
,

(vi 1 7
. al s o the fe a s t s on the new m oons (vi .

he offere d s ac r ifi ce s w hich an ticip ate l ater r itu al (vi 1 4

, .
-

vii 3 . and e nu n ci ate d the l aws r eg ar d i ng fr u it — t ree s and

the l an d k eeping Sabb a th (vii 2 3 5 . th ou gh he
,

a s c ri b e d the s e la ws to Enoch (vii .A b ram e nacte d the

la w of tithe s (x iii 2 5 . ce l eb ra te d the fe a s t of fi rst
fr u it s of the g rain h arve s t on the 1 5 th of the third m onth
(x v 1 2 )and i ns titu te d the feas t of t ab ernac l e s (x vi 2 0
.
-

or d ai ne d pe a ce offerin gs and the r egu la ti ons r e l ati ng t o the

-

us e of s al t w oo d for s ac rifi ce s w a s hi ng b efor e s ac ri fi ce s

, ,
,

and the d ut y of c overi ng b l oo d

(xxi 7 and forb ad e all
.

i nterm arry ing w ith the Can aanite s ( xxii 2 0 xx v and

Lab an s et for th the law—unkn ow n to

. .
,

a dul t ery ( xxxi x .

 IN T R O D U CT I O N liii
J e wi s h t ra dition—th a t the you ng e r s i ster s hou l d n ot be given
in m arri ag e b efore the e l d e r xx viii The penal ty of d e a th
( .

w a s or d ain e d for inte rm arriage w ith the he ath en in c onn ec

tion w ith the d e s tru ction of Sli echem ( xxx 7 Le vi w as .

ord a in ed p ri e s t by J a c ob a t the fe a s t of t a b erna c l e s xxx 1 8

( .

23 xxx n 2 an d b le ss ed by I s aac a s s u ch
, .
(xxxi 1 3 .

J ac ob Offer e d tith e s th roug h L evi at the fe as t of t ab e rn a c l e s

—also the s econ d tithe (xxx ii 4 and re enacte d the law .
-

of tith e s
(xxxii 1 0 1 5 s ee x iii 2 5
.
-
add e d the eighth .

day t o the fe as t of t a b ern a cle s a s a pe rm an en t ins titu tion

(xxx ii 2 7 . The law r e g ar din g in ce s t w a s p ub li s h ed in

connection w ith Re ub en s ou trag e ( xxxiii 1 0 ’
The d ay .

of A t on em e n t w a s i ns tit u te d a s a d a y of fas ting and m ourni n g

in c omm e m o ra tion of the day w h en the n e ws of J os eph s ’

'

d eath arrive d (xxxiv 1 8 1 9 of v The law of i nce s t

.
-

. .

wa s re ena cte d an d e x tende d in connection with J udah s

-
’

sin w ith Tam ar

(xl i 2 5 J a c ob cel eb ra te d the feas t of
.

the fi rst fr ui ts ( xl iv 1
-

Glorifi cation of the p atriarchs —Thi s g l orifi cati on of the

.
,

p at ri arch s w a s al s o ch ara cte ri s tic of the P rie st s C od e (see ’

Carpente r H exateu ch i , Th ey are t rans form e d i nt o

,
.

s aint s by ou r au th or It i s for thi s r eas on th at Gen x 11

. . .

1 1 1 3 (w hich t ell s of A b ram s r ep r e s en ti ng Sarai as hi s

’
-

si s ter) i s om itte d and l i k ewi s e I s aa c s l ie a b ou t Reb ecca

,
’

Gen xx vi 7 . A b ram a cc ord ing t o our a u th or k ne w the

. . , ,

t ru e God from hi s you th (xi 1 6 1 7 x 11 1 J ac ob i s .

,
.

1
I n the c ourse o f rew r iting G en esis from the standp oint of the law
our author e x plains certain difliculties A ccording to Gen ii 1 7 . . .

A dam w as to die on the day that he eat of the t ree o f know ledge .

Thi s was fulfi lled for one day is a thousan d years in the test m ony i of

t he heaven s, an d A dam d ied at 9 3 0 (iv . 29 Esau gave up his birth

ight
r be c ause he was suffering from the fam ine in the land (x xiv . 2
This ex
planation ou r author arri ve s at b y tran sposin g Gen .

x xvi . 1 before Gen x xv. . 29 sqq. I saac s failure t o

’
c
re ogn se i J acob
w as due to a dispensation from heaven ( x x vi .
liv T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

r ep r es en te das a ectim o del

o n a n d o b e d ie
of
n ce
fi li al aff
’

T h p a ss g s e l ti g t o J a c ob s
(x x v 4 sqq xxx
. v 9 .
,
e a .
e r a n

d evice s for i n c reas i ng hi s fl o cks (Gen xxx 3 5 3 8 ) and . .

-

hi s fear of and m easu r e s for pro pitiating Es a u (Gen xxx u . .

xxx iii ) are o m itt ed In d e ed o ur a uth or rep r e s ent s J ac ob a s

. .

d ec laring th at he w as n ot afrai d (x x vn 4 ) and as u l tim a tely .

k illing Es au ( xxxviii The te x t in Gen x liv 1 5 i s

. . .

ch ange d in order to c l ear J os eph from t he ch arg e of divina

“
tion and the word Es au om itte d in Gen xx vii 2 4 in . .
,

a d the w
“
ds hi s b rothe r is
or d er t o c o ve r J ac ob s l ie
’
n o r ,

d ead ( Gen xl iv 2 0 ) are C h ang e d in to one wen t away

. .

’
and w as l os t x li ii 1 1 ) i o rd e r t o a v oi d m ak i ng J os eph s
( n .

b r ethren tell a d el i b era te lie 2 .

(b) Glorifi catimr f I srael and i ts sep aration from the o

Gentiles —W he r e as the v ario us n a tions of the Ge n tile s w ere

subj ect t o a nge l s I s ra e l w a s s ubject to God al one (x v
,
.

N ot J apheth (Gen ix 2 7 ) bu t God w a s t o dw e ll in the tent s

. .

I s rae l m ore ove r w a s G o d s son an d not

’
of She m (vii .
, ,

on l y di d the nati on s tand in thi s r e l at ion t o God bu t als o ,

1 O ur author is c are fu l to show t hat A bram did not leave T erah

(
x11 . less with the ful l approval of the latter J ac ob did not
2 8 3 1 ) un-
.

lea ve Isaa c till the latter approve d an d sent him off with a blessing
(x xv11 9 . Esau sto le the p ossessions o f his father b ut Jac ob ,

supplie d all his p aren ts n eed four ti m es a y ear (x xix 1 5

’
.

2
T o the above c lass w e m ight add the long additi on in c haps viii . .

and ix re gardin g the di vision of the earth under Noah

. A ccording to .

this division Palesti ne fell to the des c e ndants o f She m and thus our ,

w rite r justi fi es the sub sequent an nihilation o f the Canaani tes by

Israel A gain Abraham s m arriage w ith Ket urah is defen ded on the
’
.
,

ground that Hagar w as already dead (xi x Reub en w as not so .

c
guilty b e au se the law agains t w hi h he offended had not yet been c
reveale d L i destruc tion of She chem is dec lared to
( xx xiii . ev s
’

be the gro und of his ele c tion t o the p riesthood (xx x 1 8) his dee d was .

right eous fo r m arriage w ith a G en ti le is e u ivale n t to i dolatr

, q y (xx x .

A s ou r author took up this standpoint he had to om it the lea ue

g
that was form e d b et w een J ac ob an d Sli e chem and the re c e tion of
p
c irc um c ision by the latter (Gen x xx ) . .
 I N T R O D U C T IO N Iv

it s i n di vi d u al m em b e r s (i 2 4 2 5 2 8 xi x I srae l
.
, , , .

w a s t o rec e i ve ci rcum ci si on as a s ign th at th ey w e re the

’

Lord s (x v a p r ivi l eg e w hich the y w e re to enj oy in

.

c om m on w ith the t w o chi ef ord ers of ange l s (x v 2 7 T he y .

w ere al s o t o u n ite w ith God and the s e tw o orders in the

o bs e rv an c e of the Sabb ath Fi nally t he
(11 1 8 1 9 .
, , ,

des ti nies o f the worl d w ere b oun d u p with I s r ael The .

worl d w as to b e ren e we d in t he crea tion of the true m an

J ac ob ( x i x 2 4 2 5 ii an d it s fi n al re ne w al to s n
y
-
. .
,

chro n iz e w ith t he s e ttin g u

p o f G od s s an ctu ary on Zio n and
’

t he e s t ab l i s hm en t of the Me ss ianic ki n gd om (i 2 9 iv 2 6 .
,
.
,

v .

I srael to be sep ara te

f r om the Gen tiles —Is r l w as n ot
ae

in any w ay t o im itate
c on d u ct of the the G en tiles (x v 3 4 .
,

xx ii . n ot t o eat w ith th em
(xxii . n or t o for m

l eagu e s w ith th em (xx i v 2 5 n or t o .

,
i n term arry with
them ; for he th at gave hi s daug hter to a G en tile gave her
,

t o Mol o ch (xx ii 2 0 x x v 9 x x x 7 1 0 1 1
.
, .
, .
, , ,

(c) The Gen tiles den oun ced gener ally a nd p articularly
I sra el s
’
na tion a l en em i es —W ith
i m m e as urab le arroganc e t he

o f J u d ai s m th ere w e n t ne c e ss ari l y hand in h an d an im , ,

m easu r able h at re d an d c on te m pt of t he G en ti l es Ta cit us .

,

m or e th an t wo c en tu ri es lat er c alle d att en ti on to thi s ,

ch aracte ri s tic Of the J e ws ad v ers u s o m n e s al io s h os ti le

o di u m H ist v ,
J ud ai s m reg ard e d its own attit ud e to
. .

the Gentiles as not onl y j u s ti fi ab le but als o j us t b ecaus e it ,

w as b ut a refl e ction o f t he divin e Go d had p l ac e d t he .

n ati on s u n d er the au th orit y o f s pi rits or an gelic g uar d ian s

with the obj e ct of c om p ass i ng their de s tru cti on (x v .

H e re m os t p rob abl y the ultim a te resu lt of an acti on i s

, ,

de clared to be t he im m ediate object of it O ur a uth or d e .

n o unces p ar tic u l arl y t he n a ti onal enem ie s o f I s rae l an d ,

the s e as w e s hall h ave m ore than on ce occas i on t o obs er ve

, ,

were the very nati ons w ith w hom I s ra el w as frequ entl y

lvi T H E BO O K O F JU B I L E E S

at w ar in t he s e c on d c en t ury B C Fi r t th or s
. . s of all ou r au

i n alediction s are ful m i n at ed ag i s t a n t he P hil i s ti s

n e b o th in

thi s w orld and in the nex t The chi ef citi es of this n ati on .

w ere eith er s u bj ect ed or d e s troyed by the Maccab e an p ri n ce s

x i 2 8 3 2 t es ) x t th ey are d i r e ct e d ag ain s t
( s ee x v . n o -

N e .
_

Edom . T hu s I saac is rep re s ent e d as d e cl arin g in the b l ess

ing of Es au th at if Es au s s e e d re b ell e d again s t I s rae l th ey
’

, ,

sh o u l d b e root e d o u t from u n d er h eav en ( xxvi A .

w ar b et w ee n J ac ob an d Es au i s d es c r i b e d in xxx viii 1 1 4 .
-

in w hich Ed om w as re du c e d t o s ervitu d e u n ti l thi s day .

Edom w as th orou gh ly s u bd ue d by J oh n Hyrcanu s and force d

t o acc ept ci rc u m ci s i on (xxx viii 8 n o te ) A gai n in a descrip . .
,

ti on of a w ar b et w een J ac ob and s even k i n gs of t he A m orit es ,

t he w r it er for e cas t s t he Macc ab e an vict ori e s o f late r ti m e s

( xxxiv 1 . I n an earli e r p as sag e he e nu m e rat e s the chief

s eat s of the A m orite s Th es e w ere ass ociate d with Macca
.

b ean victori es in w hich the A m orites w ere all bu t ann ihilated

,

( xxi x 1 0
. O f the A m orit e s w ho w ere wick e d and
s i nful and had w rought t o the fu ll all th eir si ns our ,

au th or g ri m l y rem arks th ey h ave n o l on ge r l eng th O f l ife

o n earth ( x xi x T hi s w as p ra ctic all y the re su l t of
.

the Maccab ean w ars .

16 . AN GELOLOGY AN D D EMON OLO GY OF J U BILEES

A ngelology — The gel ology of the au th or l ik e th at of the

an ,

Ethi opic En och is in an adv an c ed s tage Th ere are tw o

, .

s up rem e cl ass e s the ang el s o f t he pres en ce and the angel s

,

o f san ctifi cat ion an d a ve r y l ar g e o r de r of i n feri or

(ii 2 .
,

an g el s w ho p re s i d e d ov e r nat ural ph e n om e n a ii 2 n ote

( ) The . .

t w o fi r s t c lass e s j oi n ed w ith I s rael in O bs ervi ng the Sabb ath

an d ci rc um ci s i o n ( see p l
) and o th er e lem en ts of t he law
.
,

as t he feas t of w e eks
(vi In addition t o the ab o ve
.

there w ere the ( s eve n ty) ang el s w ho form e d the ang e lic
lviii T H E BO O K O F JU B I L E E S

he was forgive n for his sin w it h T am ar ( xl i A n ange l .

del i vered Mos es out of the han ds of Mast é m a (x lviii 2 .

A n g el s p rev ent ed t he m agician s from furn i s hin g any r e m e d i e s

t o the Egypti an s (x lv iii 1 O) an d d e l ivere d t he I srael ite s ou t
.
,

o f t he h an d s o f the Egyp ti an s ( x l viii an d b ou n d Mast é m a .

from the 1 4 t h t o the 1 8 th an d le t him loos e o n the 1 9 th ,

w h en th ey led I s rae l forth (x lviii 1 5 A n an g e l m ad e .

k n ow n t o Mo ses the Sabb ath s ye ar weeks an d j ub i le e s e tc ,

-

, , .

(1. 1
D em on ology —Over gain s t gelic k in gdom s t ands
a the an

a we ll o rg an i s e d d em o n ic or s at an ic k i n gd o m
-
T hi s k i ngdom .

i s gov ern e d by t he p ri nce o f the Masté m a w h e re Masté m a

1 ”

i s in p oin t of deri vation an d m eani n g the equi v alen t of

Satan H is subj e cts c om p ris e b oth s atan s an d d em on s
. .

T he d em ons are t he s pirit s w hich w e n t forth from t he b od ie s

o f the s l ai n chi ld re n o f t he W atch ers an d the d aug ht e r s o f

m en ( x 5 ; E th En x vi )
. .A ccord in g t o Eth En l iv 6
. . . . .

the gu i lt of t he W atch e r s orig i nate d in thei r b e c om ing sub

je ct to Sat an By m ean s of the s e d em on s the p ri n c e of the

.

s at ans i s ab le t o c om p ass hi s e vi l s w hich are the s e du ction ,

an d d e s t ru cti on of m e n Bu t th e s e h av e n o p o we r o ve r the
.

righte ous and ove r I s rael (se e note on x .

17 . T HE D ATE OF J UBILEES

T he d a te of ou r b ook can onl y be es tab li she d by a s e ri es

o f i nd i re ct ev i d ence But thi s evi d en c e i s so p le ntifu l and
.

p owe rful wh en appreh ende d th at n o room i s l eft for rea s on

, ,

ab l e d o ub t .

i First of a ll the book wa s w ri tten du ring the p ontificate

.

1
In all the E th iopic MSS the phrase is w ron gly given as “princ e
Masté m a” in x vii 1 6 x lvi ii 2 b ut a b ri htl attest “ ri n c e of the
.
, g.
y , p
Masté m a” in x viii 9 I 2 x lvi ii 9 1 2 1 5
.
, , .
, , .
 IN T R O D U C T IO N lix

of the Macca bean fam ily and not earlier than 1 3 5 B C , . .

T h us in xxx ii 1 Le vi i s c alle d a p rie s t o f the Mos t H ig h

.

God . N ow the onl y J e w i s h high p rie s t s w ho ever b ore

,
-

thi s titl e were the Maccab ean (s ee note on xxxii T he y .

app ear t o h ave a ss u m e d it as re vivi ng the ord er of Melchize

de k w hen the y d i s p lac e d the Zadok ite ord e r of A ar on .

J e w i s h t ra d iti on as c ri b e s t he assum ption of this tit le to

J oh n H yrcanus bu t it s eem s to hav e b e en already assum e d
,

by i S P “
4 : T h ou art a p ri e s t for e ve r a fte r
m o n ; cf s e x . . .

the orde r of Me l chi zedek and 1 Macc xiv 4 1 I f how , . . .

,

eve r we follow the J ew i s h t ra diti on in thi s m atte r w e

, ,

m us t fi x on 1 3 5 B C whe n Hyrcanus b ec am e hig h p ri es t

. .
,
-

as t he earl ie s t p oss ib l e d ate for the c om p o s iti on of J ub ilees .

Not w ith s tan din g the o bjecti on s of the Ph ari s ees t o this
title it w as us e d by the Maccab ean p rin ce s dow n to the
,

tim e O f Hyrcanus II (J os A nt x vi 6 . . . . .

ii N ext i t w as w ritten before 9 6 B C or som e years ea rli er

.
, . .
,

in the reign of H yrcanus — Sin ce o ur au tho r i s of the s t rict e s t

s ect a Ph ari s e e and at the sam e tim e app rove s of the Macca
,

b ean pon tifi cate J ubil ees cannot h ave b een w ritte n l ate r th an
,

9 6 B C w he n the Phari s ee s and A le x an d er J ann aeus c am e

. .
,

t o ope n s t rife I n d eed it i s h ard t o c on ce ive of it s com

.
,

p ositi on afte r the p ub l ic b reach b et we en Hyrcanus and the

Phari s ee s w hich i s d e s c ri b e d in J os ephu s (A n t x iii 1 0 . .

5 an d in t he Tal m u d (K iddu sh 6 6 a ) w ith s o m e var i a .

tion s in nam e s an d d e tai l s A fte r tha t e ven t—unfort un at ely

.

the year i s n ot g iven by an y au thority —H yrcan us j oi ne d

the Sadducean p ar ty an d forb ade u n der p en al ties the , , ,

obs erva n c e of Ph ari s aic ord i nanc e s Hen c e w e m ay con .

clude that ou r book w as w ri tten betw een 1 3 5 an d the year

f Hyrca nus breach w ith the P harisees

’
o .

The ab o ve c onc l us i on s are c on fi rm e d by a larg e m ass of

e vi d e n ce w hich m ay be arra nge d u nder s e ven heads O f
,
.

the s e the fi rs t fo u r p oin t d e fi nitel y to the latter h al f of the

1x T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

s econd ce ntury BC
. d at e of the c om p os iti on o f
. as the

J u bilees ; the re m aini n g thre e g iv e vari ou s g rou n ds for

p os tul ati ng a pre C h ri s ti an d at e at any rat e
-
.

1 Ou r book oin ts to the p eriod — a lr ead yp ast— of stress

.
p
n a tion a l in de
a nd
p ersecu tion tha t p receded the f r ecovery o

end e n ce u n der th e M acca bees — T h u s it i s i m p o ss i b le t o

p ,

as c ri b e t o an y oth er p eri o d t he c au s e s w hich le d t o the

e n actm en t or acc en t u ati on of t he foll o w i ng l aws :

“ t he law
(a ) The J ews ( th os e w ho k n ow w ere
forb idd en t o e xp os e th ei r p ers on s by a law p r es cri b e d o n
t he h eave nl y t ab l e s Thi s law w as d e vi s e d t o for bi d J e ws
.

t ak i ng p art in the G reek gam e s e s tab l is he d by J as on the

high prie s t ( see iii 3 0 3 1 n ote s )
-
. I t w as n ot u nn atu rall y
-

,
.

d erive d from Gen iii 2 1 and w as p rob ab l y cu rren t for a

. .
,

gen eration b efore em b od ie d by our au th or in hi s b ook .

(b) The law of ci rcum ci si on i s a ffi rm ed u n d er the

s e veres t p enal tie s ( x v 1 1 1 4 2 6 . T hi s law w as
-

, ,

o bs e r ve d in t he c reati o n o f the hi gh e s t ang el s

(x v .

Ye t I s rae l w i ll our au th or s ays n eg l e ct it an d t r eat thei r

, ,

m e m b ers lik e the G en ti l e s A n ti och u s for

’

(x v 3 3 .

b ad e ci rcu m cisi on u n d er the pe n al ty O f d e ath ( 1 Macc .

i 48
.
,
2 Macc vi There m ay b e a re feren ce
. .

al s o in ou r t e x t to the J e ws u n circum cisin

g them s e lv e s a ,

p ractice which they res orte d to u n d er A n ti och u s Epiphanes

in ord er t o e s c ap e t he s c offs of the he athe n in the p alae s t ra

( 1 Macc i 1 5 ; J oseph A n t x 11 0
. . . . . .

(c) The Sabb ath i s r e enacte d an d it s p rofan ati on i s to

-

b e follow e d by the d eath p en alty ( ii 1 7 3 2 1 6 .

-

,
.

N on obs ervan ce o f the Sabb ath had b ee n p reval ent accor d

-

ing t o ou r au th or ( xx iii A n ti ochu s had forbi dd e n the

.

J ews to k e ep it ( 1 Mace i 3 9 4 5 ; 2 Mace vi . .

O ur , . .

t ex t l ays d own the s trictes t s abb atical l aws s uch as w e r e ,

n ot i n for c e at an
y ti m e s ave in the s e con d c en t u ry B C . .

or earl ier Th us w ar i s abs ol u te ly forbi dd e n l

.
( .
 IN T R O D U CT IO N lx i

and thi s p rohi b iti on w as carrie d out a s w e k now in , ,

the earl y Maccab e an w ars ( see 1 1 2 not e ) But it w a s .

,
.

s o on fo und i m p oss ib le in p ractice (see note j us t r efe rre d t o) ,

and w arfare on the Sa bb a th w as s u bs e qu e n t l y pe rm itt e d u n d e r

a v ar iety of ci r c um s t a n ce s
( Bab Sh abb i 8 ; Sh abb 1 9 a ;
. . . .

E r ub 4 5 a )
. .

A g ai n a m an i s forbi dd e n to c ohab it w ith hi s w ife

,

(I. T hi s w as the p r actic e of the earl y Chasids ; bu t

thi s as c etic attitud e to m arriage i s ab an done d in the Mi sh na
(s ee 1 8 n o te )
.
,
.

A g ai n r id i ng on any b e as t i s for bi dd en ( l
, T he .

e nfor cem en t of the law du ri ng the Sy ro G reci an su ze rainty -

i s m e nti one d in the Talm ud .

(d) I nterm arriage w ith the h eathen i s abs ol utel y pro

hibited by the p en al t y of d e ath ( xxx 7 T o g i v e on e s
’
.

daughte r to a Gen ti le was to give her to Mol och (xxx 1 0 .

,

n ot e )
. Thi s qu e s ti on had for a l ong tim e b efore our
au th or s d at e b ee n o f vit al i m p or tan c e t o I s rael Bu t at
’
.

no tim e c oul d the danger fr om thi s s ource have b e en

g re ate r th an duri ng 2 0 0 1 6 0 B C w h en t he des t ru ctive
-
. .
,

tenden cie s of H ell e nis m 0 11 J e w i s h ch aracter and re ligi on

had c om e t o a head .

ii Ou r book p resupp oses as its historical background the

.

m ost flourishing p eriod f the lil a ccabean hegem ony

o .

(a) O nly su ch a p eri od coul d exp lai n the ass ure d spi r it
of t ri u m ph w hich le d o u r au th or t o anticip at e a w orl d w i d e -

’
dom in i on and in tro du ce that e xpectati on int o G od s p rom i s e
to J acob in Gen xxx v 1 1 1 2 . I s h all
.
-
m u ltip ly the e
e xcee di ngly an d k i ngs w i ll c om e for th from th ee and they
, ,

wi ll j u dge the s on s of m en w h er ever thei r foot has

trodd en 1 A n d I s h all g ive to th y s ee d all the earth
.

which i s und er h eave n an d the y wi ll get p oss e ss i on of

the w h ol e e arth an d i n h e r it it for eve r (J ub xxxii 1 8 . .

p lx x
1
See note on . n ote .
 x
l ii T H E BO O K O F JU B I L EE S

l y su ch a p i d c l d e x p l i t h p r e m in en c e
(6) O n o o u a n e e -

e r

a ssig ned by our b ook t o L evi over J u dah We h a ve .

s een above (p x l vii i ) th a t our a u th or omi tte d Gen xl i x

.
. .

b ec aus e of the abs ol u te pre emi n en ce a b ove his b reth r en -

w hich i s there assigne d t o J u dah an d the de nun ciation of

’

Le vi Bu t he goes fu r th e r Thu s he a s c ri b e s t o L evi s

.
.

de s ce nd an t s the su p rem e ofl i ces of hi g h p rie s t an d civil r u l e r -

xxx i bu t i re g ar d t o J ud ah onl y J ud a h him s e l f

( 1. 4 n ,

an d on e of his d e s ce n d ant s ( t e the Mess i a h ) are m e n ti on e d . .

as h ol d ing civi l a u th orit y ( xxx i 1 8 O ur au th or s eem s .

t o i m p l y th a t the royal d e s ce n d an ts of D avi d ar e n o m or e -

and th a t till the Messi ah c om e s the Maccab ee s w ou l d

h ol d the offi ce s of hig h p ri e s t and ki ng I n l at er days -
.

when the Maccab ee s b ec am e a nam e of r ep roa ch the y ,

w ere charg ed with u s urping the th ron e of D a vi d (Pss of .

Solom on x vii 5 6 8 ) and the high —

.
, ,
pri e s th ood (A ssum pt .

Mos vi . .

(c) The l eg en d of the conqu e st s of Es au s s ons by the

s ons of J a cob in xxxvii xxxviii p oi nt s very cl e arl y t o the
-
. .
,

c om p l et e c onqu es t of Ed om by J udah in the Macc ab e an

w ar s . I n the s e w ars the Edom ite s h a d s i d e d w ith t he
Sy ri ans till th ey w ere m ad e t ri bu tary by J oh n Hyrcanus .

Thi s subjection of Edom i s re fe rre d t o in xxxvi ii 1 4 The .

,

s on s of Ed om h ave not got qu it of the y ok e of s e r vit ud e

u n til thi s da (i e the a u thor s ti m e) See note s
’

y . . .

on xxx vii 9 — 1 0 xxx viii 4 9 w here the fu ll e r acc ou nt

.
, .
-

in the J slkut refe rs t o A qrab bim ( 1 Ma cc v

'
which . .

as w ell as A d ora w ere m em orab l e a s s ce ne s conn ecte d w ith

t he Macc ab ean s t r ugg le .

Thi s peri od al s o b e s t e x p l ain s the h a tr e d w hich t rans

’
form e d I s aac s b l ess ing of Esau int o a c ur s e ( xx vi .

(d) A gain the Macc ab e an w ar s are a du m b rate d in the

s truggle of J acob s s on s w ith the A m orite k ings in
’

xxx iv 1 9 Thi s i s cl e ar e r in the com p l eter n arrative in

.
-
.
 INT R O D U C T IO N xiii
l

Te st . J ud a h 3 7
citie s Tapp u ah Hazor and
-
. The , , ,

Bethoron w hich ar e m e n ti on e d he re ar e ass ociate d w ith

, ,

n o ta b l e vict or ie s and in ci d e nt s in the Ma cc a bean w ar .

See n o te s on xxx iv 4 So al s o Bousset Z eitschrift f

. .
, .

N Tliche Wissensch 1 9 0 0 pp 2 0 2 2 0 5 . But the r eferen c e

, .
-
.

to the A m or ite s i s m u ch m ore obvi ous in xx i x 1 0 1 1 .

-

w he r e our a u th or e nu m erate s their chief citie s and then

“
grim l y dds : They h av e n o l ong er l ength of l ife on the
a

e arth (xx ix 1 0 Thei r p ractic al annihilation w hich

.
,

i s here r eferr e d to w a s e ffect ed by J udas (s ee not e s on

,

xxi x .

(e) O ur te x t r e fl ect s acc urat el y the i ntens e h atred o f

J u d ah t o w ards the P hil i s tin e s in the s ec on d cent B C It . . .

d eclar e s tha t the y will b e pu t t o the sword by the K ittim ,

i e the Ma ce d oni an s u n d er Al ex an d e r the G reat and

. .
,

“
subs equ en tl y fall i nt o the h ands of the righte ous n ati on
(xxiv 2 8 . an d b e e x te rm i n at e d a s the y p ra ctic all y w er e ,

by the Macc ab ee s (s ee xxi v 2 8 3 2 note s) .

-

,
.

iii O ur a u th or g ive s in an ap oc alyp s e a hi s t ory of the

.

Maccab ean tim e s ( xxiii 1 2 fr om the pe rs ecu ti on of

.

A ntiochus Epiphanes to the Me ssi a nic k ingdom the ad ven t ,

of w hich i s j us t a t h an d I n thi s s ection w e have the ri s e

.

of the Chasids w ho r e buk e th e ir e l d ers for fors ak ing the law

,

and the c ove n a nt (xx iii the g e n eral c orr u pti on w hich
.

entail s j udgm ent on m an an d b eas t and l ea ds to civi l s trife

(xxiii 1 7 . the w arl ik e efforts of the Maccab eans t o
reclaim the He ll eni s er s t o J u dai s m (xxiii 2 0 the .

su fferings Of the n a tion th r ough the r epe ate d att acks of

Syri a (xxiii 2 3 I srae l s re t urn to the law and its
’
. ,

gradu al ethical and ph ys ical tran s fo rm ation in the Mess i an ic

kin gdom and it s t rium ph ove r its national foe s (xxiii 2 6 .

Our auth or s tands alr eady on the th re s hol d of thi s h app y ti m e .

I t i s the refor e in the m os t p ros p e rous d ays of the Macc ab ean

, ,

dynas ty i s in the d ays of Sim on or J ohn Hyrcanus

, . .
,
.
1m T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

iv O ur book w as us e d by the auth o r of Eth E noch

.
.

x ci civ and m us t th erefore h ave b ee n w ritten at late s t a t

.
-
.
, , ,

the b eginning of the fi rs t cen t B c (see . . .

v The te x tual affi nitie s of our te xt conn ect it m ore

.

c los el y with the form of H eb re w te xt w hich i s p re su pp os e d ,

by the LXX ( 2 5 0 an d found in the Sam arit an

Pe n tat eu ch th an w ith th a t w hich la y b e hin d the Syri a c and
,

l ater v ers i ons or Targ um s From this evi d en ce w e m ay .

c on cl u de at all e ven t s to a pre C h ris ti an d a te (see -

vi O ur te x t p res e rve s ol d e r form s of the H agg ad a and

.

H alacha th an are found in the Talm ud and la te r J e w i s h

l itera tu re The d etai ls will b e fou nd on r efe rr ing t o the
.

n ote s o n the v ari ou s p ass ag es .

H agga da —In i 2 7 (s ee n ote ) an ang e l r eve al s the law

.

to Mos e s : a ccord ing t o later J ud ai sm Mos e s receive s it

from God Hi m s elf In ii 2 3 ang el s are s ai d t o h ave b een
. .
-

c r eate d on the fi rs t d ay :in l ater J udai s m on the s ec ond or

fi fth A cc or d ing t o ii 7 the G ar d e n o f Ed en w as cre ate d
. .

on the thi r d day : acc or d ing t o late r J u d a ism b efor e the

w orl d I n xi 2 6 the c orr upti on of m ank in d i s a s cri b e d to

. .
-

the ti m e of Serug :in la ter J ud ai s m t o th at of E nos I n .

x ii 1 1 4 w e h av e the p ri m itive for m o f the s aga so m u ch

.
-

d evel ope d in lat er J ud a i sm ab ou t U r of the C h al d ee s In .

x ix 1 1 A b ra h am s m arri ag e t o K et u ra h i s j us ti fi e d o n the
’
.

g rou nd th at Hagar w as alre ady d e a d w he re as la te r J ud ais m ,

i d entifi es H ag ar and K et u rah I n xxx 2 6 the p rai s e . .

-

given to Le vi and Si m e on a ccords w ith J ew ish v ie ws of the

fi rs t an d s econd c en t B C Later J ud ais m on the w h ol e
. . .

accepts the j udgm e nt p ronoun ce d on the m in G enes i s .

A g ain our au th or re c ords h on es tl y the m arr i ag e s of Sim e on ,

J ud ah an d J os eph to Ge ntil e w om e n th ough su ch m arri ag e s

, , ,

m us t h av e in hi s ey e s b ee n fu ll of offe n ce Bu t la te r
, .

J ud ai s m fel t the offen ce to b e t oo g ra ve for tole rati on and ,

sought to e s ta bl i s h the He b r e w d e s cen t of the w om en in

v i T H E BO O K O F JU BIL EE S

v1i . The follow ing fa ct s p os t ula te a p re C h ri s ti a n date -

for the c om p o s ition of our b ook :

( )
a T he c a l e n d ar w a s in an un s ett le d s t at e w hen our

au thor wro te N o s t rict Phari se e su ch a s our au thor coul d

. , ,

h ave ad van ce d su ch a sys tem as i s lai d d o wn in vi 2 8 3 3 .

-

unl e ss at a p eri od w hen no u niform c alen dar sys te m w as

e s tab li s hed With it w e m ay c om p ar e an allie d sys tem in
.

Eth Eno ch l xx ii l xxx ii

. T he r e ar e g oo d groun ds for
.
-
.

b elieving th at our a u thor groun d e d hi s sys tem on the

ch ronologi cal s ta tem ent s regar din g the flood in Gen es i s ( s ee
n ote s on p .

“
(b) The divin e titl e Mos t H i gh God The us e of thi s .

titl e i s freq u ent in our a u thor Thi s fr e qu en c y a s appe ar s .

,

in the n ote on xxx vi 1 6 i s ch aracte r is tic of w ritings b efor e

.
,

the Maccabean e ra in the s ec on d cen t B C W hen once . . .

,

h ow ever t e Maccabeans had assum e d the titl e p rie s ts of

h “
,

the Mos t H igh God the d ivi ne tit l e w ou l d na t urally ,

r em ai n p op u lar am ongs t th os e who lik e ou r a u thor , ,

r ecogni s e d the v al i dit y of the Maccab e an p ontifi cate On .

the othe r h an d w e s h ou l d e xp e ct a d ecl in e in its us e to s et

,

in w ith the ri s ing u np op u larit y of the Ma cc ab ean dyna s t y .

Thi s d i sus e in d e e d i s not app are n t in the o l d e s t an ti

, ,

Ma ccab e an work E th Enoch x ci civ w h ere the h os ti lity

,
. .
-
.
,

t o the Maccabeans i s in an i n cipi ent s t a g e T h e r e the title .

Mo s t H igh o ccu rs nine tim e s But in the Pss of . .

Solom on and E th E noch xxxvii l xx w here the h at r e d i s

.
-
. .
,

ope n an d u n c onceal e d thi s titl e i s not fou nd in the form e r

,

an d onl y t w ic e in the la tter I n the la tte r h al f of the fi r s t

.

cent A D th ere w as a revival in it s us e as it s Ma cc ab ean

. . .

ass oci ati on s were forgotten .

(c) The phrase fe a s t of Pen tecos t a s a d e s c ripti on of ,

the fe ast of w eeks s eem s to h ave b een u nk now n t o our

,

author (see note on vi th ough it w a s in us e in the

.

fi rs t ce nt B C . . .
 I N T RO D U CT IO N v ii

18 . THE J U BI LEES A ND YEA Rs U ED S BY OUR A U THOR

O ur a u th or cla im s that hi s ch ronological sys tem i s

d erive d from the he avenl y tab l e s From the s e t ab le s it w as .

m ad e kno w n t o Mos e s d i r e ctly by the an g e l of the p r e s e nce

,

who a ssu r e d Mos e s w ith r e g ar d t o hi s d is cl osu r e s on the

s olar year of 3 64 days : It i s not of m y own d evi s i ng for ,

the b ook (l ie s ) w ritten b efore m e and on t he h eaven l y ,

tab l es t he divi s i on Of d ays i s ordained (vi For .

the con venie n ce of the read er I h ave re du ce d the j u bi l ee

reckonings t o years and p l ace d them in the m arg in .

The J u bilees —The chron ology i s e ss e n ti ally heptadic .

Each j u b il ee con s i s t s of s ev en year w eeks and e a ch y ear -

week of s even y e ars I t is p rob ab l y on the grou n d of the

.

s a cre d characte r of the n u m b er s even and p oss i b ly al s o for ,

the s ak e of sy m m et ry th at ou r au th or m ak e s hi s j u b il ee
,

cons i s t of fort y nin e y e ars in s te a d of fi fty w hich w as the

-

usu al r e ck oning am ong the J e ws R J ch ud a (N edarim . .

6 l a—qu ote d by Be e r) h o w eve r set d ow n the j ubi l ee at

, ,

forty nine y ears ; an d in the Sam aritan C hro nicl e (J ou rn al

-

A siatiqu e 1 8 6 9 tom x iv N o 5 5 pp 4 2 1 4 6 7 ) a sys t em

, ,
. . .
,
.
-

cl os ely analog ous t o that of our auth or i s foun d H ere the .

j ubil e e i s rec kone d at forty ni ne and a fraction which -

vari es un intellig i bl y in ex t en t if the te x t i s c orre ct Th us

,
.

fi ve j ub il e es = 2 4 6 y ears forty j ub i l ee s
,
1 9 6 8 y e ars bu t ,

si xty j u bil ee s 2 9 5 1 y ears .

I t i s n ote w orth y al s o th a t w h ere as our au th or app lie s

,

the j ubi l ee r eck on i ng from the cr e ati on to the dat e of

Is rae l s e nte rin g in t o Pal e s tin e the Talm u d ic t reati s e
’
,

Erachin 1 2 l 3 a and the Sam aritan C h ronic le m ak e the

-

j ubi lee to b egin w ith t he s ettl em e nt O f I s rae l in Pal es tin e ,

and w hil e the form e r c arr i e s it d o wn to the d e s t r u cti on of

the fi rs t tem p l e t he latte r c arrie s it d own to m any cen tu ri es

,

after the C h ri s ti an era .

v iii T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

In the A ssum ption of Mo s es the j ub i l ee i s al s o us e d in

the chronological sys tem of it s au th or T hus ( i 2 ) he . .

r eckons 2 5 0 0 y ear s t o h ave e lap s e d fr om the c r e ati on of

the w orl d to the d eath of Mos e s tha t is fi ft y j ub i l ee s of , ,

fi fty y e ars e ach A gain in x 1 2 it i s s ta te d th a t fr om the

. , .

d eath of Mos es t o the Mess ianic k ingdom the r e wi ll b e

2 5 0 tim e s (i e y ear w ee ks ) that i s thirt y fi ve j ub il ee s of
. .
-
-

fi fty y e ar s e a ch T hus from the c rea ti on to the Me ss i anic

.

k ingdom ther e wou l d b e eighty fi ve j ub i l ee s C f Sanh 9 7 b -

. . . .

I n one oth er work the Se de r O lam 2 3 2 5 the j ubil ee

, , ,

pe ri od i s occ a s ionall y us e d in the his t or y of I s ra e l and

J ud ah c onte m p or ary w ith the reigns of Se nn a che ri b and
N e bu ch adne zzar .

The Yea rs —O ur au th or s e e m s to h a ve us e d a civi l y e ar

an d an ecc l e s i a s tic al y e ar b oth o f 3 6 4 d a ys T he civil y e ar
, .

c ons i s te d of t w e l ve m onth s (iv 1 7 v 2 7 vi 2 9 3 0 note) . .

, .
-

of thi r t y d a ys e a ch and fou r i nt er c alary d a ys ( vi 2 3 note ) .

,

one a t the b e gi nni ng of e ach qu arte r The ecc l e s i a s tical .

y ear cons is te d of thi r teen m onth s of t w en ty eight days e a ch -

and in a cc or d ance w ith it w er e r eg ul at e d the g r e a t fe s tiv al s ,

the Sabba th s P a ssove r and F eas t of Wee ks ( s ee note s on

, ,

vi 2 9 3 0
.
-

, F urtherm or e this i m p oss ib l e s olar y e ar of ,

3 6 4 d ays w a s undoub te dl y p u t fo rw ar d in P har i s aic ci rc le s

in the s econ d cen t B C and it s c u rr en c y m ay d a te from a
. . .
,

m u ch e arl ie r period Se e n ote on vi 3 2 . . .

19 . VALU E or J U BILEES IN D ETERMIN IN the D ATES orG

T HE VARIOU S SECTION S or T HE ETHIOPIC ENOCH A ND
T HE BO OK OF N OAH .

I n m y e d iti on of
the E thi opic Enoch in 1 8 9 3 I w a s
out (pp 2 5 2 9 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 6 3 2 6 4 th a t
the fi rs t to p oi nt ) -
-

ch ap s i xxxvi l xxxiii —
. -
, ,

. .
-
x c and xci civ w e re from d iffe ren t
.
, . .
, .
-

au th ors To the two form er s ections I a ss igne d a d ate

.
 INT R O D U C T I O N xx
l i

ante rior to 1 6 1 B C , and

the thi r d a da te subs equ en t to
. . to
95 B0 .
W e s h all n ow fi nd th at the ab ove critical re su l t s
.

are c o nfi rm e d in the m ai n by the evi d e nce of ou r te x t .

Thus in m y n ote on iv 1 7 2 3 I h a ve s h own th at our .

-

a u tho r had E th Enoch vi x vi xx iii xxx vi lxxii x c b efor e

.
-
. .
, .
-
.
,
-
.

him . I n c onfi rm ation of the conc lus ion s in th at n ote w e

shou l d obs erve al so th a t v 1 2 vii 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 of our .
, .
, , ,

text (s ee n ote s) p r e su ppo s e V 11 1 2 5 ix 1 9 of the Eth .

, , , .
,
.

Enoch (s ee al s o I nd e x
Eth E n och xci civ later tha n J ubilees —N e x t as reg ards
. .
- '
.

x ci civ w e s h all p rove th at it w as subs e qu en t to J ubileeS

.
-
.

and m a d e us e of th a t w ork T o b egin w ith th e s e two .

,

writings e x hib it ce r t ain r es em b lance s In b oth the r e i s a .

tem porary Me ssi anic kingdom an d an imm or tal ity of the

s ou l im plie d or t aug ht O n the other han d the t on e of .
,

J ubilees i s opti m i s tic and w as w ritte n b efore the b re a ch

b etw een the P h ari s ee s an d the Macc a b e an ru l er s wh ere as ,

Eth Enoch x ci civ i s pess im i s tic in tone and w as w ritten

. .
-
.

after the bre a ch h a d l e d to the pers ecu tion of the Phari s ee s .

We Sh all now a ddu ce a variety of pas s age s from b oth books

whi ch will e s t ab li s h the d epen d ent r elation of thi s s ection
of the Eth E no ch on J ubil ees
. .

(a) Fro m a c om p ari s on of vii 2 9 (s ee note) and xx ii 2 2 . .

of our te x t w ith Eth Enoch ciii 7 8 it foll ows that the . .

,

latter i s b as e d on the form er In our tex t Sheol i s not .

y et ass oci ate d w ith fi re an d bu rni ng ; bu t thi s s tag e whi ch ,

com b in e s the ch aracte ri s tic s of Sheol and Gehenn a i s ,

already attaine d in the la tte r work .

( )
b I n J u h i 1 6 it i s p.r omi s e d t o I s ra e l th at
. they wil l
b e the h ea d and not the t ail I n E th Enoch ciii 1 1 w e . . .

have : th ey hope d to b e the hea d and h ave b ecom e the t ai l

“ .

(c) I n J ub i 2 9 a new he ave ns and a new earth w e re

. .

p rom i s e d I n the d e s p on d en t Eth Enoch x ci 1 6 onl y a

. . .

new he a ve n .
lxx T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S
“j udg e all
1 8 I s rae l to
(d ) A ccor ding t o J u b . x xxn . is
1
I
”

the n a ti on s a cc or d i n g t o thei r d e s i re s n E th E n o ch .
.

r i g ht us I s l i s t x c u t j dg m e n t o n the m
x cv 3 . eo r ae o e e e u

the s i nn e rs ) acc ordi ng t o th e ir de s i r e s an d in x cvi 1

(
.
,

i s to “h ave l ords hip o ver them accor d ing to thei r

d e s i res .

W ith J h xx iii 3 1
“ thei r s pi r it s w i ll h av e m u ch
() e u . .
,

c p re Eth E noch civ 4 e w i ll h ave g r e a t joy as

jyo ,
o m a .
y .
,

the angel s w h ere b oth e xp re ss i on s are app l ie d to the

,

s pi rit s of the b less e d after death A l s o ciii 4 “ A n d y ou r .

.
,

s pirit s—the s pirit s of yo u w ho h ave d ie d in ri ght eous n e ss

wi ll l ive and r ej oice .

I J b x x 11 1 6 it i s s ai d w ith r e g ard t o the w ic k e d

(f ) n u . .

b ecom e n ot thei r ass oci at e and in Eth En och civ 6 h ave ,

. .
,

n o c om p an i on s hip w ith the m an d in x ci 4

“ ass o ci ate n o t .
, ,

"
w ith th os e of a d oub l e h eart I n x cvii 4 the w ick e d . .
,

ar e s ai d t o b e the com p ani on s o f s i nn ers .

“
(9) With J uh xii 2 Wh at h elp and p rofi t h av e w e
. .
,

from thos e i dol s cf Eth Eno ch x ci x 7 N o he lp w i ll b e

, . . . ,

fou n d in them (i e i d ol s ) . . .

(h) Ea ti ng b l ood i s c on d em ne d in J ub vii 2 8 2 9 etc . .

, , .

cf E th En och x cviii 1 1
. . . .

h i Sp e f “the e te rn al law Eth

( )
i T e la w s o k n o a s .

“
Enoch x ci x 2 the law for all fut u r e g en e rati on s x ciii 6
. .
, ,

(cf x ci x
. . a s w e m ight e xpect in a write r i nfl u en ce d by
J ubilees T hroug h ou t all the old e r s ecti on s of Eno ch the
.

law i s n ot m e n ti on e d .

“
( )
k Th e re f r e ces to the p lant of rig ht eous n e ss (Eth
e n .

E noch xciii 1 0 ) or of right eous j udgm ent ( x ciii

.
or of .

u prightness (X Ol l l m ay b e du e in p ar t t o J uh i 1 6
. . .

plant o f up rig htne ss or a pl an t of ri ghteousn e ss (x vi , .

1 In 1 8 for “ud
X X XII .
j ge every w here w here ver the foot of the
sons of m en have trodde n , ” read w thi L atin “judge the sons of m en
wherever the i r foot has t ro dden . Based partly on D eu t xi 2 4 . . .
 IN T R O D U CT I O N xx i
l

26 ,xx i . The ph ras e h ow e ve r occu rs alre ady in E th , , .

Enoch x 1 6 . .

(l) E th Enoch Ci 2 w hen he

.
w ithh olds the rain .

and the d e w fro m d e s cend ing on the earth

(cf c is ”
. .

foun d alm os t ve rb all y in J u h x ii 4 “who ca us e s the rain . .

,

and the d e w t o d e s cen d on the e ar th

(cf xii 1 8 xx
Eth Enoch i v la ter tha n J u bilees —The evi d e nc e in
. . .
,

-
. . .
,

re spect to the r elative date s of thi s s ection and J ubilees i s

not c onc l us ive bu t so far a s it ex i s t s it i m p l i es the p ri orit y
,

of the la tte r .

Thus in Eth E noch iii the w ords “all the t ree s

, . .

s he d all thei r l eave s e x cept fou rt een trees m os t p rob ab ly ,

go b ac k to J ub xx i 1 2 1 3 w h ere fou rte en e ve rg reen tree s -

. .

are e nu m e ra te d w hich w e r e t o b e us e d on t he al t ar c
p Te s t , . .

Levi 9 .

A gain Eth Enoch v 9, The y wi ll com p l ete the

. .
,

num b e r of the d a ys of their l ife and th e i r l ive s w i ll g r o w ,

old in pe a ce an d the y e ars of thei r joy w ill b e m an y ,

s eem s to b e an exp an s i on of J uh xxiii 2 9 “A ll thei r . .

,

days they will com p l ete an d live in pe ace and in joy .

Finall y Eth Enoch i v appears to b e late r than the

, .
-
. .

Tes t X II P at riarch s a s is t er w ork of J ubilees bu t this

. .
, ,

subject cannot b e p u rsu e d fu rthe r here

The Book of N oah —T hi s b ook i s re fe rre d to t w ice in
.

our te x t i e in x 1 3 xx i 1 0
, . . O ur a u thor m oreover h as
.
, . .
, ,

taken ove r b od i ly two con s i de rab l e s ecti ons fr om it and

i ncorp ora te d th em in vm 2 0 3 9 x 1 1 5 Thus the Book .
-

, .
-
.

of N oa h w a s w ritten b efor e 1 3 5 1 0 5 B C But it s com -

. .

pos ition goe s b ac k to a m u ch earlie r d ate C h apte r s vi x i . .

-
.

of the E thi opic E noch are c l e arl y fr om the s a m e s ou r ce ;

for the y m ak e n o refe r en ce t o En och bu t b ring forward

Noah (x and t r e a t of the sin of the ange l s th a t led t o
.

the fl ood and of thei r te m p oral and e te rn al p un i s hm en t

,
.

Thi s s ection i s c om p ou n d e d of the Semjaza and A zaze l

lx xii T H E BO O K O F JU BI L EE S

m y th s , it s p re s ent c om p os ite form i s alr ea dy p r e

and in
s upp os e d by E th Eno ch l xxxviii lxxxi x 1 H en ce in it s
. .
-
. .

pre s en t form it i s earli er than 1 6 6 C hapte r s l x .

,

lx v 1xi x 2 5 cvi c vii o f t he s am e w ork are al s o d e rive d

.
-
.
,
.
-
.

from the Book O f N oah an d p r ob ab l y xxx i x 1 2 x li 3 8 .

,
a
,
.
-

xliii x liv liv 7 lv 2 fi x but n ot in th ei r p re s en t form

.
-

.
,
.
-
.
, ,
.

There app ears to b e n o ad e qu ate gr oun d for ass i gning th e s e

s ecti on s of that an cient work to a l at er d at e than th os e
ab ov e d i s cu ss e d .

The ab ov e fact s th ro w s om e light on the s t rang e vicissi

tu d e s to w hich even the t rad iti onal l egen ds we re subject .

Thus it w ou l d appe ar that t he N oah s aga i s O l d er th an t he

Eno ch and th at the l atter w as bui lt u p in p art on the
,

de bri s of the form e r A n d j u s t as t he N oah s ag a m ad e .

w ay for the E noch so the En och s aga in t urn m ad e w ay ,

for the Seth as I h ave s h own a t s om e l e n g th in t he n ot e s

,

o n pp 3 3 3 6 .
-
.

20 . THE RELATI ON or J U BILEEs TO T HE TES TA MENT S

or T HE XI I . PA TRIARCHS

From a c om p ari s on of the p ass age s in our au th or and t he

Te s t am ents w hich t reat of the s am e subj e ct s it i s cl e ar th at ,

n eith er of the t w o w o rks i s d ep en d ent on the othe r bu t th at

,

b oth d raw i n d ep en dent ly from the s am e s ourc es See n ote s .

on xx viii 9 xxx 2 6 1 8 2 5 .
xxxi 3 — 4 1 3 1 5 1 6 xxx ii
.
-

, , , .
, .

1 8 xxx ii i l 2 4 xxxiv 1 9 xxx v1 1 xxx v111 x l i 8 1 4

, , .
, ,
- -
-

24—
.
, , . .
, . ,

2 5 x l vi 6 9 , .
-
.

I h op e t o treat thi s qu e s ti on e x h austive l y in m e d ition

y
O f t he Te s t am en t s .
xx i
l v T H E BO O K O F JU BI LE E S

Wisdom —It i s not p oss ibl e to e s t ab lis h con c lus ive ly

th at our b ook w a s us e d by the a u th or of W i sdom The r e .

are h ow e v er am i d gr eat d iffe rence s s t ron g affi n itie s b et w ee

n
, , ,

them Thus b oth t ea ch a tem p orary Me ss i anic k ingdom

.

an d a b l e ss e d i m m ortal it y of t he s ou l I n J ubilees .

app aren tl y for the fi rs t ti m e Go d i s call e d the Father o f t he

ri g ht eous i ndivi d ual I s rael ite (i 2 4 n ot e) : in W i sd om thi s .

View i s frequ ently an d em ph atically t aught (ii 1 3 1 8 v 5 .

, ,
.
,

xii 7 .
, A gain in J ubilees the law of retal iation
i s enunciated in it s m ost l iteral form (iv 3 1 x l viii 1 4 .
,
.
,

n ot es ) an d the s am e phe n om e n on m eet s u s in W i sd om

,
,

xi 1 6 817 (by
. dna pr dve t St d 7 0 157 1 0 1) C f als o
‘
, .
.

xi 7 x ii 2 3 x vi 1 xviii 4 5
.
, .
,
Fin ally either x l vii i 1 4
.
, .
,
.
.

of ou r t ex t or s om e au th orit y of a li k e n at u re s eem s t o h a ve

b een b efore the w riter of W i sdom xvi ii 5 .

B ov hevo a p é vo vs
'
m m (30 l drro x r eiva
3 3
011 7 0 1 9 r d
.
‘

j
t vr ir t a

i é vbg e x r e fié vr o s T eK I o v
[K a i C wfi é vr o s
]
’ '
'
Ka /

i é Aey xo v fir div d¢ elhw 719 17390 9

’
s s T b a
‘

b dpqi
’
i duo dvy a dbv drroi heo a s
’
ev ox o
'
Ka .

In b oth p ass age s the d e s tructi on of the Egypti an s in

ret al i ati on for the c as tin g of the He bre w chi l dre n i n t o t he

r iver i s dealt w ith th ough thi s i s obs cu re d by the gl oss es x a i

,

’
a w 9 é v7 0 9 an d r é mzw v w hich I h ave b rack et e d as add itions
'

of an earl y s c ri b e w ho m i s in t erpret e d the p ass ag e of Mo s e s .

I n J uh x lvii i 1 4 it i s s ai d th at 1 0 0 0 Egy pti an s w e re d e

. .

s troy e d on a ccoun t of e ve ry H eb re w chi l d th at w as c as t i nto

the riv er This s en s e w e rec ov er from t he Gree k on om itting
.

the gl oss : I n retri bu ti on for even a s i ngl e chi l d th at w as

e x p os e d Th ou d i ds t t ak e aw ay the m u ltit ud e of th em Bu t .

the pass age i s s till un s ati s factory for wh fieo c in the te x t ,

which 2111 w as corrupt in the original s ou rc e J ubilees) as

in Hos e a viii 1 2 for 13 1 .Th us w e h ave : “In

1 Observe independently the awkw ardn ess o f r k vwv after x

( i i ( é i Tm-
.
 I N T R O D U C T IO N xx
l v

r etr ibu tion for even a s ing l e chil d th a t was e xp os e d Thou dids t
t ak e away of th e m i e of th os e w ho had t ak e n
”
. .
,

c ouns e l to d e s t roy the Hebre w chi ldren m ay be .

m ore acc u rate th an the 1 0 0 0 w hich s tan ds in J ub x lviii 1 4 . . .

I h a ve fou n d the s am e c orru pti on in E thiopic MSS .

4 E zra — Ther e can b e littl e d ou b t th at our b ook i s

r efe rr e d to in 4 Ezra x iv 4 6 wh ere it i s s ai d of Mos e s .
-

Et m i s i cum e t edux it p opu l um m eum de A egypto et ,

addu x i cu m su p e r m ont em Si na et de tin ui eu m apu d m e

die bus m u l tis Et en arravi ei m ira bilia m u lta et os tend i ei

, ,

temp orum secreta et temp oru m fi nem , et praecepi ei dicen s :

H ae c in p al am faci es v erba et haec The ha ec a bscondes .

h e r e refer s to J ub ilees (see i 2 6 notes ) w hich w as h anded .

,

d own in the t ri b e of Le vi (x lv 1 6 ) ti ll it s p ub licati on by .

o u r au th or .

I n 4 Ezra vi 2 0 the w ords lib ri aperien t ur an te faciem

.
,

fi rm am en ti et om ne s videbunt s i m u l refe r t o the b ooks in ,

w hich the d ee ds of m en are rec orded T h ese b ooks w ere .

k ept by Enoch accordi ng to our te xt iv 2 3 x 1 7 .

, . .

I n x 4 6 the d at e in the w ords :factum est p os t an

.
,

n oru m tri a m illia ( Syr E th A rab bu t Lat = anu o s t re s )

.
, .
,
.
, .

ae difi cavit Salo m on civ itat em et ob tulit o b l ati on e s app e ars t o ,

be b as e d on that g ive n in J ubilees If with J oseph (A n t . . .

viii 3
. . w e r e ck on 5 9 2 y ear s from the Exod us to the
bu i l di n g of Sol om on s tem pl e or 5 8 8 years w ith Sulpiciu s
’

Seve rus ( Chron i 4 0 4 sq ) and t ak e as our au th or 2 4 1 0

. .
,
.
, ,

t o be t he y e ar O f the Exodus th en w e arrive at 3 0 0 2 or ,

2 9 9 8 (s ee for th es e and othe r re ck on i ngs Hilgen feld Messias ,

J u deorum p , . A gain on p 1 0 9 of the w ork j us t .

m e n ti on e d Hilgenfeld g ives goo d g rou n ds for assu m in g that

in 4 Ez ra x iv 4 8 (Syr . the t ex t originall y contai ned
.

a c om p u t a ti on in j ub i l ee s See al s o ROnsch D a s Bi tch der .

,

J u bilaen pp 4 1 2 4 1 4
,
.
-
.

Chronicles of J erahm eel — Thi s H eb re w w ork w hich has .

,
xx i
I v T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

b een trans lated by G as te r c ontai ns a g reat d eal of subject

,

m att er in c om m on with our b ook A t tim e s it re p ro du ce s

.

the actu al wo rds of our te xt I h ave no d oub t th at our

.

t ext w as §u s e d by s om e of the au th or s of thi s c om pi lation .

See I nd e x I I for r e fe ren c es t o the p arall e l p a ss ag e s

. .

Midrash Ta dshe —Thi s Mi dras h w a s writt en ab ou t the

.

b eginni ng of the el even th cen t A D by Mos es ha D ar s h an . . .

-

but w as b as ed on an earl y w ork by Rabb i Pin cha s b en J air

w ho in t u rn d re w hi s m at eri al s from ou r te x t (s ee Epp s t ein ,

R evu e des Etude juices 1 8 9 0 xxi 8 0 9 7 ; 1 8 9 1 xx ii 1

, , .
-

,
.

2 5 ; Bach er D ie A gada der Ta nn ai ten ii

,
By con ,
.

sultin g In d ex I I the reader w i ll fi nd the p ass age s w hich

.

are c om m on t o thi s Mi d ras h an d our te x t .

The Book of J a shar —Thi s l at e H eb re w w ork c on t ai n s

.

m u ch m atter in c om m on w ith ou r t e x t an d th ere i s e v e ry ,

p robab ility that s om e of it i s d erive d from it u l tim ate l y as

its s ource .See I n de x I I for a l i s t o f p aralle l s
. The .

H eb re w t ex t of thi s b ook which I h ave qu ote d o ccas ionall y ,

i s that which w as p ub li s h ed at V en ice in 1 6 2 9 G enerall y .

,

h owever I have referred to the F ren ch trans lati on O f it

,

in Mig u e s s erie s
’
.

The Sa m ari tan Chronicle —T hi s b ook t o w hich w e h av e ,

al ready d raw n atten ti on

( s ee p l xvii ) b elongs for the m os t
.
,

p art t o the t w elfth cent A D I t app ears to c ontain a

. . .

deli b erat e p olem ic ( s ee vi 3 6 n ote ) agains t the vi e w of our

.

au th or that cal c ul ati on s s h ou l d b e m ad e acc ord i ng t o the

sun on l y . In k eeping w ith the fact th at ou r au th or g ive s

hi s cal en dar in c onn ecti on w ith the fl oo d ( vi 2 9 thi s .

C hron icl e s ays th at the Sam aritan sys t em w as k no w n t o

N oah in the Ar k For a rem ark ab l e p oi n t O f agre em en t
.

b etw een thi s C hron ic le and ou r te xt see note v 2 2 A l s o . .

it c annot be an acci d ent th at in the cas e of the ant edi l u vi an

p a tri ar ch s their res pective ages on the b i r th of their el d e s t
,

s ons agre e in b oth b ooks in ev ery i n s tan ce e x cept in th at of

 INT R O D U CT IO N lx xvii
Seth . Rous ch (p . 3 6 2) h a s tabula ted the num be rs a s
foll ows

e ldest w as

H en ce it i s not s trange th at in s om e c as e s w e are ab l e

t o d ete rm in e m i ss in g dat e s in o u r te x t from this C hron ic l e

( see iv 2 8 note) On the o the r h and these tw o works

. .

h ardl y e ve r h arm onise on the age s of the p os t dil uvi a n -

’
p a t riarch s ti ll Terah s tim e and the C h ronicl e as w e s hou ld , ,

e xpect om it s K ainam w hich o ur text (viii 1 ) al ong with

,
.

the L XX p u t s for w ar d a s the son of A rpachshad

I n Christian literatu re —T he C h ri s ti an literatu re in
.

w hich J ubilees i s rep rodu ce d eithe r by nam e or an ony

m ou sly will b e tr e ate d u n der the followi ng he ads :

i . A uthors who ci te J u bi lees or the L ittle Genesis by nam e .

ii . P atri stic and other wri ting s whi h c reproduce its tact or matter
1
an onym ously

i . A u thors who cite J u bi lees or the Little Genesis by n am e :

D ID YMU S or A LEXAND RIA ( 3 0 9 or 3 1 4 to 3 9 4 or 399 A D .
)
i n ep ist . ca non icas enarrationes, ad
iii 1 2 (Gallandi I J oan
. . .
,

Bibli oth p atr vi 3 0 . N am et in li b ro qu i lept og ene s is

. .

( M S lep rogenesis) appellatu r it a legitur qui a C ai n lapi d e , ,

a u t l igno percusserit A bel See J ub iv 3 1 . . .

EPIPHANIUS (ob 4 0 4 H aer xxxix 6 . (be a t éu . .

1 Cf F ab ri
. ci us , Cod Pseud V T 1 84 9 8 6 4,
. . . . .
-
ii . 120 1 2 1 -
Rousch,
D as Buck dcr J u bilaen, 2 5 0 3 82 -
.
l xx viii T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

é
‘
7
'

c
’
Iw,8 777\ a ioe9 7
3; xa i l em
' '

fi I ev a ei
-

x ak ov

i
i
d dvdp a m d m y vva m é w 7 0 13 Kc w 0
‘
’

p evp [ca t 7
'
r re xa 7 0

2 910 75 Bifl o f r e 7 0 157 0 1; vioi a vw fi¢9 no a v

’
l oe
‘

ne te et
p x
6 p é v K div ddeh fifi “
Hi p eiCo m Ea vfi o ifT w
'
x a k o va vy, é d
fi
r ,

83: dSeMpfi See

"
Xefyop é vy
’
a irr o fi
7
37
Juh iv 9 1 1 and the c on tinu ation of the qu ot a tion in m y
. .
,

n ot e on iv 1 0 For p ass ag e s w h e r e Epiphani us has us e d

. .

our t e x t w ith ou t a c k now l edgm en t s ee I n d e x I I .

J EROME (ab 4 2 — Se e qu otation s in n ote s on x 2 1 . .

,

xi 1 1 1 3 For othe r qu otati on s s ee I nd e x I I

.
-
. .

D ecretn m GelaSi i —I n thi s d ecree ( d e l i bri s recip ien dis .

et n on recipien dis) the d at e of w hi ch i s d oub tfu l (see Z ah n , ,

Gesch ates K anons II i 2 5 9

. our b ook i s i n c l ud e d
, . .

am on g t he w ritings t o b e r ej e cte d : Li b er d e fi liabu s A d ac ,

hoc est Lept og e ne s is apocryp hus , .

SEVERU S or A NTIOCH (ob —In an e x p os ition of D e u t . .

xxx i v 6 thi s a u th or has ( see N icephorus Catena i 1 6 7 2

.
, ,
.

1 6 7 3 ) de s c ri b e d the d e s tin i e s th at a w ait the g ood an d the

evi l s oul s on their s ep arati on from the b ody and v ari ou s ,

in ci den t s re la ting to the con test b et w een Mich a el an d Sat an

for the s ou l of Mos e s H e adds tha t hi s s t ate m e n t s are d rawn.

from our au th or :va fir a 8d é v dvroxpficfiqo Btfl h ic

p X yer a t
'
é
f '

—
.

me a t fi ai h e zrr or épa v
' ' '
3960 11 7 6 39 Fevé a ewe
7 7
3
7 7 9 16 7 50 e

r i w dtpriyna w . On
thi s qu e s ti on s ee a b ove p xv n o t e
f
, . .

N I CEPHORU S Catena i 1 7 5 —(Thi s c ate n a p ub l i s he d

“
. .
, , ,

ov er 1 2 0 y e ar s ago c ont ain s ex t ra ct s from w riters from ,

the b eg inn i ng of the C hri s ti an era t o the s eve n th ce n t ) .

Before the w ords quote d from thi s w ork in the n ot e on

x 2 1 w e fi nd the titl e of the s ou r ce give n as 7} sw ee/m
. .

I t i s m os t p rob ab l e th a t w e s hou l d a dd he re 7 0 13 v a e mc
’

(s ee p xvii ) . .

SYN CELLU S (fl or 80 0 Chronograp hia (e d D in dorf) . .

,

i 5 :039 eu h en 7 3? (pépe ra t Pep ea se fill [ca t Meo w ew e eiva t

.
’
- '
,
-
’

d)a T i l/6 9 ci rrox aJt vxpw i 7 ex 7 739 '

’
Pevé a ew q x a i . .
 IN T R O D U CT IO N l xxix
7 0 8 Ney op é vov Biov A 8d,a i 1 3 (in
’
. . : 7 631 h en win) Fez/ é -

0 6 60 9 i 1 4 (s ee qu ot ation in note on
. . : p . i . 49 (s ee
qu ot ation in no te on x . i . 1 83 :7 61 1 tea r
-
d a .
'
f ép a
i
5 ’ ‘
7 rc 7r7 ro v 7 0
'
0 5 k en 7 7) Pei/6 0 19 (ima m 37 1 A Bpa cm
-
7 .

) 88 Eé ppa ddexqi i; dp o lm rpia 7 0 17

‘
ex a l t 7 ' ‘
. A ,8 pa ci p
in rijpxe . i 1 8 5 ( s ee qu o ta tion in note on xii
. . i . 192
Ma o d dpxwv
’
7 6m Ba i p oviwv 639 , (fm aw 7 ) h em -

)
7
‘’
I evem s, wpoa ek edw 7
93 66 93 i
e n ev, e i dfya m i ‘
as

Guc cir m -
G ot 7 61; vi y b (s ee our te x t , x vn . i . 203
’

Bea u 9 6 k 5m) Ioz58a é vé 7 ew e 6§ov t Wh fig s ‘

t
'
[ca n
-

1 7 lea a

7 0 0 56 840 1 611 Ha a i} é 8 a 7t e 88 Ga vé vr o e
c
3 7 Ica 7 ,
. 3
7 07 '

dvo i fa v7 e9
5
Dto v 7 0 09 wh im W
’
Ia 1cd>,8
’
i vial.
’
7r1 7t a 9 o a ve 9
-
.

Xew rfi Fevea ee ¢ épe7

’

(se e our te xt xxxviii 1

' ’
7 a 137 a. ev ai , .

F or p a ss ag e s w he r e Syn cell u s has us e d our te x t w ithou t

ackn ow l edgm e nt s ee I nd e x II .

CEDRENU S (e d Be kk er) i 6 :
’
(i n ?
‘
) 7 739 h e n 7 fi9 I evea ew9 ' '
. . .
,

i 9 :(219 611 h errwfi ¢épe7 a t Fez/ea st in) lea ) Mw a ew 9 eiva i

.
, .
’

d)a dw ox dh vwv i 1 6 (s ee qu ot ati on in n ote on . .

iv 3 1 . i 4 8 :cz y yeXo 9 88 x vpiov eSiSa Eev a zz7 ou .

’'
f f
’ ’

n oa a a v wi nds: 5 afyfyeh m 93 v
‘ '
EBpa lSa 9d> 9 fi
‘
'
f xa 7 a
,

“
e n er
}, i 0 9 3 7 2? Xew rfi Fevea et '
'
. i . 53 :5 11 7 3
17 Ke rr
y?
I evé o e t
‘
-
i
x e 7 a e, Ma o n dx w 6 ctpxtov 7 6 m Sa mar/imp (and
37 1 .
‘ ’'

so on as in Syn ce llus 1 1 9 2 ab ove) i 8 5 (s ee qu ot ati on , . .

in no e t on x lvn i 8 7 :v6y ov9 SE wpdwov v o fi9

. .
‘
-

r
ypd¢ ei 7 0 29 Si da a x op evm wa pa 7 01 3 dpxa y

yeh o v Pa Bp t i t fl é a p ov
’ '
e 7 & r e
p)
. 7 7 9 3 y e vea ew 9
r
'

7 0 17 x
’i '
7 6611 c0 7
'

pwv Gea et s ‘
Ica i 7 d. a 7 oe
x eia ( 69 61! 7
g;
" '
h en na Fevea ee '

x ei7 a e. For s om e of the p ass age s w her e

Cedren us has us e d our te x t withou t ac know l e dgm ent s ee
In d e x I I .

Z onm s ( 1 0 8 1 1 1 1 8, -
ed . Pin d e r), i . 18 :as. as» 0 1 1) 3
33 Ken 7 73 I evé a et é vov 039 é v 7 23
’ ‘
eu 7 y ypa p p fip épa K a i
-
f
e

i i Suva/1 6 19 Wpo 7 6 m c t
’ ‘
a o zz a v a t
p . . wv na
pat 7 01 3
6 m bM w Snp i ovpfyoi}
’
7 . Cf . our te xt , 11. 2 .
l xxx T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

GLYCA S ( circa 1 1 5 0, ed . Bekk e r), p . 198 : 382:y ap

01 ( be

7r 68a 9 ice/w rmevo v

'
7 6 7r
p 67 ep ov lea fl
e
t
Two 717 -

71 59 7 é 4mm . ha t
5V l 5
’

) M y oué vn M 7
1 77 } I é vea c9
‘
viii; d7 m¢ a ive7 ac 7 e7r 7

x ot Ma w epivra 7 ov
’
l s o p 2 0 6 P 3 9 2 (see qu ot ation . Se e a . . .

in n ote on iii 8 On p 2 0 6 Glycas w ron g l y a tt r ibu t es

. .

to J os ephu s w h a t i s fou n d in J uh xx x n 2 3 For s om e . .

-
.

o f the p ass ag e s w h e re Glycas h a s us e d our t e x t w ith o u t

ac k n ow l edgm en t see I nd e x II .

ii Pa tri stic and other wri tings which rep roduce the text or
.

m atter f
o J u bilees an onym ous ly
H IPPOLYTU S .
—
Th A ca p ep w uos 7 739 7 77 9 w hich i s a ss i gn e d
e

to thi s writ er is bas ed on Ju h viii i x See Gutschm idt .

-
.
,

K lei ne Schriften ,
v . 2 39, 5 87 5 9 7, 6 1 3 -
sqq (qu ote d by
.

Sch u r e r) .

Ps CLEMEN s ROMAN U S , Recogn itiones

-
.
(circ 2 0 0 .

T hi s work cont ains m any ech oe s of Jubil ees s ee Rous ch , ,

0p .

ci t. 32 2 32 5 -
.

O RI GEN ( 1 8 5 Eus eb i us Praep E ra ng

-
2 5 4 )in Genesin in
’
. .

vi 2 9 2 (Mi gn e x x i
. T he p ass ag e w hich i s quote d
,
.

from Origen in the note on xxxii 2 1 s eem s t o r efe r to th a t .

p ass ag e An other qu ot ati on wi ll b e fou nd in the not e on

.

x l v 1 4 The Hpoa e vxn l am

. . from which this qu ot ation '

i s t ak en i s cite d in the thi r d p lace in the Synop si s

,

of the Ps A th ana s ius and the Stich om et ry of N ice horus

p
-
.
,

an d in the fi fth pla ce of the ca talogu e in the Cod .

Coislinian us us e d by Montfau con an d in e a ch c a t alo gu e ,

i m m e d iately after the Ha rp t dpxa t ( cf Ronsch p '

A ccor di ng to N icephorus it con si s te d of 1 1 0 0 s tichoi—the

. .
. ,

s am e num b er a s the Te s t am ent of Mos e s w hich w a s identi ,

fi ed by s om e w riter s w ith J ubilees Both O rig en (tom v . . .

in J ch ann en p 7 7 ) an d Glycas ( s ee Fab ric Cod Pseud V T

, . . . . .

i 7 6 5 7 6 8) s tate th at it w as cu rrent am ong the H eb r e ws

.
, .

A n oth e r fragm en t of O rigen p re s e rve d in the Ca tena of

N icephorus i 4 6 3 i s qu ote d in the note on X ] 1 0
, .
, . .
xxxii
I T H E BO O K O F JU B I LEE S

en the works of the fi rs t day it d evi ate s con

u m e ration of

siderably (see J ub ii 2 O bs e rve th a t it c onfi rm s our . .

vie w of a l acu na aft er ii 2 2 . .

EU TYCHIUS Patri arch of Al e xan d ria 9 3 3 9 3 9 A nna les

,
-

t rans lated from A ra b ic i n t o L atin by Pococke 1 6 5 8 (al s o in ,

Migne t om 1 1 1 9 0 9 , . ,

P 15. . Eva p e p erit puerum et p uellam :puerum

ap pellavit K ain , puellam A zru n . T um rursus puerum
et pu ellam c uix a p u e r o , nom en i m p osu it A b el , pu ellae
O wai n Cum que prov ectiores facti essen t pu eri d ix it ,

A d a m Evae :D u cat K ain O wai n A b el au tem A zrun .

Cf . J ub . iv . 1, 8 9 , ,
11 .

P 16. . K ain invidit fratri su o ac, l api de c ap u t

e usj ip su m interfecit C f J uh iv 3 1
fe rie ns , . . . . .

P 5 6 Natus e t Sharn a c uj u s tem p ori bus coluerun t

. .
,

h om ine s i dol a u noquoque quod s i b i alliberet colent e ,

.

Sh arna i s c orru pt for Ser ug C f J ub xi 4 . . . . .

P 6 4 6 5 A ccepit e rg o A b rah am ux or em su am Saram

.
-
.
,

qu ae et ips i e x pat r e s oror erat C f J ub x ii 9 For . . . . .

o th er p arall el s see n ote s on pp 3 5 83 .

, .

SUID A S a G r ee k g ram m arian of the te n th or e l even th

,

cent (F abricius i
. ma i 7 731; do vepwv mivna w 676
,
.
'

p09 yci p e7 ra i 86 156 7 o 7 7311 de ni al/outfa ll

‘ ’
7 0 0 7 ra 7 . f C f J uh . .

x ii 1 6 . See als o n o te on x ii 2
. . .

J O EL Chron ograp hia (ed Be kk er

, e x te n d i ng t o the .
,

year 1 2 0 6 A D T hi s w rite r W h om I h a ve r efe rre d t o.

,

o cc as i o nall y in m
y n ote s i s gen e rall y d ep e nd e n t on Sy n ce ll us , ,

Cedrenus or Glycas for an y m atte r w hich he has in com m on

with our te xt I t i s p oss i b l e as Rous ch (p 3 6 7 ) urg e s
.
, .
,

that the ph r as e K a i é foh o dpeé ew a im 011 dWGLXO DI/ T O ? (J o e l - '

p 1 0 (of J ub xxxvii
. . t es ti fi e s to an ind epen d en t
. .

k n owl edg e of J ubilees as it i s not fou n d in th os e earl ie r ,

ch ronograph er s .

LXX MS ( thi rte e nth ce nt ) cite d as no 1 3 5 in H olm e s , .

 I N T RO D U C T IO N x x iii
l x

'
and Pars ons e d ition and as r in Lagarde s Genesis Gr aece ’

, ,

1 86 8 The s ch ol i a in thi s MS att e s t m any of the pe rs onal

.

na m e s w hich ar e fou nd in J ubilees I h ave cite d all of .

the s e in thei r a pp rop riate p lace s in m y Ethiopic Tex t of

J ubilees and m a ny of the m in the note s to m y t rans l ati on
, .

See I n d e x I I .

L XX MS z in Lagarde s e d ition c on tai ns t wo r ead i ngs

’

w hich com e from our te xt See n ot es on v 3 1 and vi 1 . . . .

G REG ORIU S BARHEBRAEUS ( 1 2 2 6 1 2 8 6 See note on -

xi 1 1 1 3
.
-
.

23 . I NFLU ENCE or J UBILEES ON T HE N EW TESTA MENT

points of c onnecti on b et ween the gos pel s and our

The
a u thor are very s li ght e x c ept in the b eliefs re s pecting
—
,

ang e l s and d e m ons a subj e ct t o w hich w e s h all r et u r n

late r W e s hall now p l ac e the p assage s s id e by s id e whe r e

.

the New Te s ta m ent i s dep en d ent on our te xt or p resupp os es ,

it or p re s ent s a c los e p arall el

, .

Mark iii 2 2 (Matt x ii 2 4)—0 J uh x 8 Chief of the

“P rinc e
. . . . . .

dpxwv 7 631 S tp oviwv s i rits x lvm 9 1 2

'
p a . .
, ,

o f the Masté m ai ‘
”
.

Luke xi There fore als o . 49 . i . 12 A nd I sha ll send

.

said the w isdo m of God : I wi tnesses unto them , that I m ay

w ill send unto t hem prophet s an d w itness against them , but they
apostles, and som e of the m they wi ll slay the wi tnesses also

will kill and perse ute c . and p ersecu te those who seek the

law .

J ohn xiv. 26 T he Holy xxxii 2 5 I w ill b ring all

. .

c
.

Spirit w ll ibring t o y our i

t h n gs to thy re me m b ran e .
”

rem em bran c e all things, e tc . H ere God is t o cause J a ob to c

re m e m ber all that he had seen in

ii
a v s on.

A ts vu c
15 16 A nd he .
-
. x l vi .A nd the hildren
9 . c
c
(J a ob) died, him self and our o f Israel brought fort h all the

fathers, and they were arrie d c b on es of t he hildren of J a ob c c

over unto She he m , an d laid in c save the b on es of J oseph, and

the tom b that A braham bo ught , t hey b uried t hem in the fi eld in
e tc t he d o l
ub e a v e
”
c
(i e Ma hpelah) . . c .

c
.

T his is the oldest sou r e of the

ii
t rad t on in A ts c .
xxxiv
l T H E BO O K O F JU BIL EE S

A ct s vu . 23 .
—M oses w hen x lv n. 10 1 2 -
.
—M oses forty two -

1
well nigh forty years old sm ote years old.
the Egyptian
— —M
.

c
A ts vii 3 0 Moses spent forty
. . x v l iii . 1 . oses sp en t thirty

years in Midian . e ight years 1 .

c
A ts vii 5 3 Who re eived c i 27 An d He sa id to the
:W it
. . .

c“
.

the law as it was ordaine d by angel of for

th e r e
presen e

angels an d kept it n ot
”
Cf . . Moses, etc ”
i 14 T hey will. . :
Gal iii 19
. . . forget thy la w
”
O ur t ext .

is the earli est authority fo r the

state m en t that t he law w as given

through an gel s .

A ts c 2
”
ix
If he foun d any
. . x xiii 2 0 T urn them back
. .

t hat were of the way . in to the wa y .

Rom iv 1 5 . Where there . . xxxiii 1 5 1 6 A nticipates

. .

is no law, ne ither is there trans this Paulin e do trine c .

”
gression .
2 Cor . v. 17 .
—“A n w c e reat on i v. 12 A n e w and r ighteous
(Gal vi.
—“
. nature .

2 Cor vi 1 8 I will b e to
. . . i 24 . I shall b e their F ather
.

y ou a Father and ye shall b e t o and they w ill b e M y hil dre n

” 2
c .

m e sons and daught ers ” .

Gal ii 1 5. Sin n ers of the

. . x xiii 2 3 Sinners of the
. .

G entiles
”
. Gen til es (cf x xiii . .

Gal iii 1 7
. A oven an t
. . c x v 4 sqq c ont ain s the c oven ant
. .

c on fi rm ed b eforehan d b y God, m ade in 1 9 7 9 A M w ith Abraham . .

the law w hi h am e 4 80 y ears c c on his c irc um c i si on The law w as .

later, e tc ”
D oes the con firm a
.
giv e n in 2 4 1 0 Hen c e 2 4 1 0 .

tion here spoken o f m ean the 1 9 7 9 = 4 31 Isaa w as b orn in . c

b irt h of Isaac ? I n that ase 4 3 0 c 1 9 80 , or e x a tly 4 3 0 y ears b efore c
c
years e x a tly elapse betw een t his t he legisla ti o n on Sin ai a cordi ng c
c onfi rm ation o f t he ove nan t an d c to J ubilee s .

cc
t he law a ordi n g t o J ubilee s .

Gal v 1 2 . I w ould that

. . Con t rast x v. 27, accordin g to
they whi h unsettle y ou (i e c . . w hi h the c ange s l w ere created

J udaisers) w ould cu t off the c c c

ir um ised .

m em b er (dn ox é g l ow a c) .

1
J ubilees gi ves here the e
o ld st date s on th is sub e j ct . The
Midrash T anchum a on E x od . ii . 6 , wh i ch w as m any c en turi es later ,

gi ves a tradition pra ti ally the sam e as t hat in A t s Moses w as in c c c .

c
the pala e of Pharaoh t w en ty y ears, b ut som e say forty years, and
forty years in Midian an d forty years in the w ildern ess ” O bserve .

that ou r author m akes Moses stay t w en t y -

on e years with his own

people and twenty

-
on e ye ars at P araoh s
h ’
c ourt.
2
The righteou s individual is c l
al ed
“a son of God fi rst in
Jubilees, so far as I am aw are . See note on i 24
. .
 INT RO D U CT IO N lxxx v

2 These . ii . 3 . Son of perdi x. 3 . Sons of perdition .

t io n
— “Fables
.

1 T im . i . 4 . and T he Pauline phras es form a

e nd ess
ge nealogie s
l iv 7 . : old c
just des ription o f a large portion’
T he “
.

w ives fables ” T it us iii old wi ves

’
. . 9 o f J u bilees .

G
enealogies and strifes and fables m ay be an allusion to the
fi ghtings ab out the law ” . large r61e played by w omen in
it.

Jam es Let no m an i . 13 . T he author of J ubilees enfor es c

say when he is te m ted, I am
p the sam e view by re presentin g
t em pted of God, for God te m pteth Mastem aas suggesting the tem pts
n o m an
”
. tion of Ab raham to sa rifi e Isaa c c c
(xvn as hardenin g the heart s
.

of the Egyptian s (x lviii 1 2 , .

e tc.
J am es ii 2 3 Abraham be . . x iv. A nd he b elieved o n
6 .

lie ved Go d and it w as ou n ted to c the L ord and it w as ounted to him c

him for righteo usn ess and he w as for righteousn ess (Gen x v
xix 9 “He w as foun d faithful
. .

called the friend of God

”
. . :
and w as re orded on the heavenly c
tabl es as the fri end of God
”

“N oah
.

2 Peter 1 1. 5 . a v ii 20 39 ontain s
. Noah s
’
c
c
,

prea her of r ighteo usness .

”
serm on .

2 Peter iii . 13 . N ew heavens i . The heavens and the

29 .

and a n ew earth earth shall b e e ne we d,

”
. r e tc .

Peter iii 8
2 . . On e day is iv 30 ontains
. the oldest c
w ith the L ord
”
as a t housand dogm ati state m e nt of this fa tc c .

y ears.
Rev i 6 —“A kingdo m , xvi. kingdom an d18 A
“A kingdom
. . . .

p riests v . . 10 : p rie sts

”
O ur te x t alo ne give s
.

an d priests this form of E x od xix 6 an te

”
. . .

cede ntly to Revelation .

Rev iv 5 (xi 19, x vi. 18 cf ii 2 A n gels of t he voi e s c

— “Lightnings
. . . . . .

v iii . an d vo i c es and of the t hunder an d of the

an d thu nderi ngs lightn ings
” ”
. .

A ngelology —W
s hall confi n e our att ention her e to e

n ota b l e p arall e l s b et w een our a u th or an d the N e w T e s tam e nt .

Bes i d e s the ang el s of the p res e n ce an d the ange l s of s ancti

fi cation the re are the ange ls w ho are s et ove r n atural
phenom en a (ii T he s e ang els are in fe ri or to the
.

form e r The y do not o bs erve the Sabb ath as the higher

.

or d ers ; for the y are n ece ss arily al w ays e ngage d in

their du tie s (ii I t i s the highe r ord ers that are .
lxxx vi T H E BO O K O F JU BILEE S

g enerall y refe rr e d t o in the N e w T estam ent ; bu t the ang el s

over nat u ral phen om ena are referre d to in Reve la ti on :
a ng el s of the winds in vii 1 2 the ang e l of fi re in x iv 1 8 .
, ,
.
,

the ang e l of the waters in x vi 5 ( cf J ub ii A g ai n . . . . ,

the gu ardi a n angel s of i n dividuals w hich the Ne w Te s tam e nt

refe rs to in Ma tt x viii 1 0 (A ct s x 11 . ar e m e nti on e d for
. .
,

the fi rs t ti m e in J u b i l ee s xxxv 1 7
,
O n the ang el ol ogy of . .

our au th or s ee 16 .

D emonology —The d e m on ology of o ur a u th or r ea ppe ar s

for the m os t p art in the N ew T e s tam en t :

(a) The ange l s w hich k ept n ot th eir fi r s t e s ta te J ud e 6

2 Pe te r ii 4 ar e t he ang el ic w atche r s w ho th oug h s e nt
.
, ,

dow n t o instru ct m anki n d (J uh iv fell from l us ting . .

afte r the d aug ht ers o f m en T h ei r fall and p uni s hm e nt are .

record e d in J ub iv 2 2 v 1 9 . .
,
.
-

(6) The d em ons are the s pirits w hich w ent forth from
‘

the s oul s of the gi a nt s w ho w ere the chil d r en of the fall e n

a ng el s J ub v 7 9
,
. . The s e d e m on s att a ck e d m en and
, .

rul e d over them (x 3 Th e i r p u rp os e i s to c orr u pt and

.
,

l e ad as tra y and des troy the w ick e d (x The y ar e .

subject to the p ri nce of the Masté m al ( x or Sa t an . .

Men s a cri fi ce t o th em as g ods ( xxii T he y ar e to .

pu r su e thei r work of m oral ru i n ti ll the j udgm ent of

Masté m a (x 8) or the s etting u p of the Me ss ianic k i ngd om
.
,

when Sa t an will be no lon g e r abl e to inj u re m ank in d

(xxiii.

So in the N e w Tes t am e nt the d em on s are di s e m b od ie d ,

s pi rit s (Matt x 11 4 3 4 5 ; Lu k e x i 2 4
. .
-

Their chief is .

Sata n (Mark iii The y are t re a te d as divin itie s of the

.

he ath en ( 1 Cor x . Th ey are n ot to b e p u ni s he d ti ll

.

the fi nal j udgm ent ( Matt viii O n the a d ve nt of the . .

Mill enniu m Sa t an will be b ound ( Re v xx 2 . .

1
See n ote on x . 8 .
 l N T RO D U CT l O N l xxx ii
v

24 .
VIEWS or T HE A U THOR ON T HE MESS IAH T HE ,

MESS IANIC K IN GD OM T HE PRIES THOOD or MELCHIZE ,

D EK T HE LA W C IRCU MCI SI ON A N D T HE SA BBATH T HE

, , ,

F U TU RE LIFE T HE JEWI S H CA LEN DA R ,

The Messiah — Al th ough u thor i s an uphold e r ofou r a

the Ma cc ab ean dynas t y he s till c li ngs lik e the write r of Eth .

En och l xxxiii x c to the h op e of a Me ssiah s p ru ng from

.
-
.

J ud ah .H e m ak e s ho wev er only on e re fe rence to thi s

, ,

Me ss iah and n o rol e of any im p ortan ce is ass ig ned to him

,

(s ee xxxi 1 8 note ) The Me ss ianic e xp ectation s howe d no

. .

v i goro us l ife th roug h ou t thi s c en tu ry ti ll it w as i d en ti fi ed

w ith the Ma ccab ean fam i l y I f w e are right in regardi ng .

the Me ss ianic kin gd om as of t em p orary du ra ti on thi s i s the ,

fi r s t i ns t an c e in w hich the Me ssiah is ass ocia te d w ith a

tem p orary Me ss ianic k ingdom .

The Messianic K i ngdom — In the note s on i 2 9 xxiii .

, .

3 0 I h ave d e al t at s om e l eng th w ith the character of thi s

k ingdom We have there s een that it w as to be bro ught
.

ab ou t graduall y by the progress ive Spi ritu al devel opm en t of

m an an d a c orre s p ond i ng t ran s form ati on of n atu r e It s .

m em b e r s w e re to att ai n t o the fu ll li m it of 1 0 0 0 years in

h appi ne ss and p eac e D u ring its c on tinu a nce the pow ers
.

of e vi l w e r e t o b e r e s t rai n e d ( xx iii T he las t j u dg .

m e n t w as app ar en t ly t o t ake p lace at it s c l os e (see n ote on

xxiii . O n the p ro babl e derivati on of thi s Vie w from
Mazd ei sm see note on i 2 9 . .

The w rite r of J ubilees w e can h ard ly d oub t thought , ,

that the era of the Mess i an ic kin gdom had alr eady se t in .

Su ch an e x p e ctati on w as often cheri s he d in the p ro sp erous days

of the Macc ab ee s Thu s it w as e n te rtai ne d by the w rit er o f
.

E th En och l xxxii i x c in the days of J udas b efor e 1 6 1 R C

. .
-
. .

W he the r J onathan was look e d u p on as the divi ne agent for

xxx viii
l T HE BO O K O F JU B I L E E S

int roduci ng the k ingd om w e c annot say but as t o Si m on ,

b eing r eg arded in thi s light the r e i s no d oub t In de e d hi s .

c ontem p ora ri es c am e to reg ard him a s the Me ss iah hi m sel f ,

as w e see from Ps alm c x or the n o b le Me ss ian ic h y m n in .

,

T e s t L e vi 1 8
. The t am e effus i on in 1 Macc x iv 8 1 5 is
. . .
-

a re l ic o f su ch l it era t u re w hich w as em as cu late d by it s

.

Saddu c ean e ditor Si m on w as s u ccee d e d by J oh n H yrcan us

.

in 1 3 5 B C an d thi s g reat p ri n ce s eem e d to hi s cou n try m e n

. .
,

t o re ali s e the e x pect ati on s of the p as t ; for acc ord i ng t o a

c ont em p orary w rit er (Tes t L evi 8) he e m b rac e d in his own .

pers on the t rip le o ffi ce of p roph et p ries t an d civi l ru le r , ,

(see not e on xx x i w hi le a cc ording t o the Te s t Re u b e n

.
,
.

6 he w as t o
, die on b e hal f of I s r ael in w ars s ee n an d
u n s een I n b oth th e s e p ass age s he s eem s t o b e acc or de d
.

the Me ss ianic offi c e b u t n ot so in ou r au th or as w e h ave

,

s een ab ove H yrcanus i s onl y to in trod uce the Me ss i anic

.

kingdom ove r w hich t he Me ss iah Sp r un g from J u d a h i s t o

,

ru l e
l
.

P riesthood of Melchizedek —T h at th ere w as origi n ally an .

acc ou n t of Mel chi ze d e k in our t e x t w e h av e s h ow n in the

n o te x iii 2 5 an d th at the Macc ab ea n hi g h p ri e s t s d e l i b er

.
,
-

ate l y ad opte d t he tit l e app li e d to him in G e n x iv w e h ave .

p ointed ou t in the n ote on xxxii 1 It w oul d be i nt e re s ting . .

t o in qu i re how far t he writ e r of H eb re ws w as in d eb te d to

the hi s t or y of t he g reat Macc ab ean k in g p ri es t s for t he i d ea -

o f t he Melchizede kian p rie s th ood o f w hich he has m ad e so ,

fru itful a u se in chap vii as app lie d t o o ur Lo rd . . .

The L aw — O u o ur au th or s c oncepti on of the law as the

’

i deal and e tern al reali s ed u nd er tim e re lation s see pp l i sqq . .

1
T he b eli ef that the Messiani c e ra had se t in app ears to have
i
ar sen again u n der Ale x an der, 7 8 6 9 -

U n der Sim on b en She tach

(and Q ueen Salom e) rain fell on t he e ve of t he Sabbat h, so that t he
cam s o f w he at w e re as lar e as
g kidney s ,
et c .
(Taanith 2 3 a , quot e d b y
c
S hu rer, Gesch .
j ud . Volkes, 3 i .
 A BBRE VIA T I O N S A N D BRA C K ETS U SE D I N
THI S ED ITI O N

a, b c, d d e note t he Ethiopic MSS on w hich ou r te x t i s

b as e d .

Mass Mass oretic tex t

. .

Sam Sam a ritan vers i on and H e b re w t ex t in Sam ari t an

.
,

ch aracters w h en b oth agree .

Syr the Syriac vers ion of the O ld T e s t ame n t

. .

V ulg V u lgate .
z ,

Onk Targ um of O n ke los

. .

Ps J on.
-

Targ um o f Pseu d o J o n athan

.
-
.

J uh Book o f J ubilees
. .

Words or l e tt ers so en clos e d are supplied by

e d it or from s om e s ou rc e m en ti one d in t he not es .

Wor ds so en clos ed are interp olated

-
.

J
1 r W or ds so enc l os e d corrupt
‘

.
 THE BOOK OF J U BIL EE S

Moses recei ves the ta bles o f the law and instru ction on p ast a n d
fu ture history which he is to inscribe in a book 1 4 ,
-
.

A p ostasy f
o I srael, 5 9 -
. Cap tivi ty o
f I sra el an d J u dah,
10 13 -
. Retu rn f
o J udah and rebu ilding
f
o temp le,
1 5 18 -
. Moses p rayer for
’
I srael , 19 21 -

. God s
’

p rom ise to redeem and dw ell with them , 2 2 2 5 , 2 8 -

.

Moses bidden to write dow n the fu tu re history o f the

world (the Book o f J u bi lees 26 . A nd an ang el to
write down the law, 2 7 . This angel takes the heaven ly
chron olo
gica l tables to dictate there
from to Moses ,
29 .

THI S i s the hi s tory of the divi si on of the days of the law

an d of the t e s ti m on y of the event s of t he y e ar s of thei r , ,

(year) w eeks of their j ubil ee s th r oughou t all the y ear s of

,

the w orl d a s the Lo r d s p ak e t o Mose s on Mount Sin ai

,

PRO LOGUE. Th s short ntrodu t on i i ci Thr oughou t all the y ear s of the world
cc c
.

i
g ves an adm rable a ount of the i These w ords are d ffi ult for they i
c ont ent s of t h s b ook iIt is at on e a c i ’
m ply that it w as the author s ntent on i i
c ic
.

i
h story and a hron olog al syste m i i
t o wr te a h st ory from the Creat on i
i
dom nated by the sa re d num b er seven c i
t ll the estab li shm ent of the Mess an i ic
c c
.

i x
The h story e t ends fro m the Creat on i Ki ngdom or Theo ra y. See 26 i .

to the leg slat on on i i

n ai , an d thus Si n ot e.
em b ra es c G
i
i
enes s and p art of E odus x .

The h llt flrG

L ord
‘ '
:
( ) a a

:
But the wr ter does not m erely repro
.

c i
du e the port ons of these b ooks w h h ic reads hT hh God .
”
b e om it .

i
li llLlXflfG ch
serve his purp ose ; he rewr t es from ’
ic J en erally (whi
' '

i
the standp o nt of the str tes t uda sm i g
ci
.
i
m pcos, but often is gen era lly
See Introdu t on, 1 5 , 21
c i
.

rendere d Lord in m y translat o n, b u t

A cording to their sevenf old division
cc i i o cc
as onally asi“God when e t ernal x
c q
”

( c)or a ord ng th y
0 . t o e r ear wee ks -

i
ev den e so re uires
(b d )
.
.
 T H E BO O K O F JU BI LE E S

when he w ent up to r eceive the tab le s of the la w an d

of the c om m an d m en t acc o r d ing t o the vo ice of GOD a s he ,

s ai d u nt o him Go u p t o the t op of the Moun t

”
.
,

I it cam e to pass in the fi r s t year of the e xodus

. An d
of the chi l d r en O f I s ra el out O f Egy pt in the thi rd m
o n th ,
,

o n the s i x tee n th d ay O f the m onth th at G OD sp ak e t o ,

Mo s e s s aying : C om e up t o Me on the Mou nt and I w ill

,
,

give th ee t wo t ab l es O f s ton e of the la w an d of the c om m an d

m en t w hich I h ave w ritten that th ou m ays t t each th em
, ,
.

2 An d Mos e s w e n t u p i n t o the m ou n t O f GOD and the

. ,

glory Of the Lord ab od e on Mou n t Sinai an d a c loud ove r ,

s hadow e d it s i x days 3 A n d H e c all e d t o Mos e s on the . .

s ev en th day out of the m i ds t of the c lou d and the appe a r ,

a n ce of the g lory of the Lor d w as l ik e a flam i ng fi re on

the top of the m ou nt 4 A nd Mos e s w a s on the Moun t . .

forty days and forty night s and GOD t aug ht him the e a rlie r ,

an d the late r hi s t ory of the di visi on of all the d ays of the

T ables. c d read “ t ables of stone . Lab an b ound them selves b y m u tual

Of the law, et c See n ote on . 1 . i . vows ( xxi x .

Go up , etc E od v 12 .
. x . xx i . We later (vi 1 7 1 8 n otes)
shall see .
-

I 1 I n the third m on th, on the six that the feast of weeks was fi rst o h
c
ci i
. .

teen th day of the mon th It w ll b e i served ou earth in onne t on w th t he

c cc
.

ob served that our au thor sup pl es a i ove nant of N oah, and w as a ord ng i
date t o the defe t ve te t o f E od 1 ci x x xi x t o o u r author des gned t o eleb rate the i c
c c
. .

I n t he third m onth after the h l dre n i i i

n st t ut on of that i oven ant I t is
c i i c c
.

O f I srael w ere gone forth the sam e im p ortant to re ogn se th s fa t , s n e i

c
day am e they
"
Ps J on nserts “on i J i
later uda sm he ld that t he feast of
c
-
. . .

the fi rst day of the m o ut h (xm ‘ um ) . w eeks eleb rat ed t he leg slat on on i i
i
It w ll b e ob s erved that on the sam e Si i
n a (see no tes on vi
ic ci
.

dat e o n wh h Moses w ent u p t o re e ve Com e up to M e, et c E od v 12 x xx i

T w o tables The “
. . . .

t he Law , the s teenth of the t h rd ix i ”

t wo is not in E od x
Jc
. .

m onth, God ap p ears to a ob on his way xx i v 12 , b ut is draw n from

. 18 xxx i . .

i
do wn nto Egypt ( l v xi Of the law a nd of the comma nd
c ic
.

O n the other hand, w e m ust are fully m ent E od x

v 1 2 , o n w h h t he xx i
te t is b ased, has “
. . .

i i i
d st ngu sh th s dat e and the event s i x A nd the law an d t he
c c i
onne t ed w th it from the fi ft eent h c o m m andm e n t
”
But om p are E o d . c x .

i
of t he th rd m onth and t he event s con xxxii 1 5, . x v 29 xx i
D eut 11 . . ix . .

n ect ed w th it i
O n the fi fte enth A braham 2 4 3 Base d on E od iv 1 5 1 8 x xx
c c
. . -
. . .

eleb rat ed t he feast o f t he fi rst fru ts i 3 F la ming A hange of one vow el

c
-

w ould g ve “d evou r ng
. .

o f t he har vest (x v 1, lv Isaa . xi . i ”

as in E o d i x .

w as b orn (x vi 1 3 ) (so also in eder S xxi v 17 Of v 10 xxx i

J
. . . . . .

0 1am ) Ab raham d ed ( . 1
) udah i xxii 4 God ta ught him the earlier a nd
Jc
.

w as b orn ( v xx iii
and a ob a nd . the la ter history Cf 26 Cf. . . i . .
 C H AP T ER 1 . 1 -

9 3

5 A n d H e s ai d : In clin e thin e
’

la w an d of the te s tim on y . .

h ear t to every w ord w hich I s h all s peak to th ee on thi s

m o u nt an d w r ite th em in a b ook in o r d er th at thei r g e n e r
,

at ion s m ay see how I h av e n ot fors ak en th em for all the

ev i l w hich th e y h av e w roug ht in t ran sgre ss in g the c ov enan t

w hich I e s tab li s h b et ween Me an d thee for th ei r generation s

thi s day on Mou n t Sinai 6 A n d th us it wi ll c om e t o p ass . .

when all th e s e things com e u p on th em th at th ey wi ll ,

re c ogn i s e th at I am m or e righteou s th an th ey in all thei r

j u dgm en t s and in all th eir acti on s and th ey wil l recog ni s e ,

that I h ave b een t ru l y w ith th em 7 A n d do th ou w rite . .

for th ys elf all the s e w ords w hich I d ec lare u n t o the e thi s

day for I k n o w th ei r re b elli on an d th ei r s tiff n e ck b efore
, ,

I b ring th em into t he l an d of w hich I sw are t o thei r fathe rs ,

to A b rah am and t o I s aac and t o J ac ob s ay ing : U n t o y ou r ,

s ee d will I give a l and fl ow i ng with m i lk and h on ey 8 . .

An d th ey w ill eat an d b e s ati s fi ed and the y w i ll t urn t o ,

s t range go ds t o (gods ) w hich c ann ot deliver th em from

,

aug ht o f t heir t r i bu l ati on : an d thi s w itn e ss s h all b e h eard

for a w it n e ss agai ns t the m 9 F or th ey w ill forg et all My . .

c om m an dm en ts (ev en) all th at I c om m an d them and th ey

, ,

w ill wal k a ft er the Genti l es and aft er thei r u ncleanness , ,

Megilla 19 6 “ The Holy One, blessed b e 7 . Write f or thysel

f all these words .

H e , showed to Moses all the m n ut ae i i See note on i . 27 .

of t he law and all t hat the I know their rebellion and their stifi
S i
op her m w ould re ne w in l t er t m es
a
”
i neck D ent 27 xxx i
c
. . . . .

A ls o hem rabb a 40 ( Wu ns he , p
S . . The land of w hich 1 sware to their
God b ro ught the b ook of A dam an d f athers et c D e ut xx x 2 0 , E od
, . . . x .

showed him (Moses) t here n all the i xxxiii 1

ic
. .

i
generat ons wh h should ar se from i Un to you/r seed a la n d owing fl
i i
the b eg nn ng o f Creat on t ll the day i i wi th m ilk and honey E od 1, x xxxiii
ci c
. . .

of t he resurre t on
"
Beer o m p ares . 3 D eut 20 . xxx i . .

Menachoth 2 9 b an d Wajikra rabb a 2 6 . 8 A nd they w ill ea t

. to strange
5 Write them , etc
. Cf E od v . . x . xxxi .
gods D eut
. 20 . xxxi . .

27 Se e n ote on 27 i This w itn ess sha ll be hea rd (c d

“w tness ” a b or a wi tness a ain st
. . .

H ow I ha ve n ot f orsaken them f or all i )f g

the evil Cf Ezra 9
“Yet in our ix them Of D eut 2 0 ; 2 K ngs v xxx i i x ii
1 5 “The t est m on es w h h he test fi ed ic
. . . . . .
. .

b ondage God hath n ot forsaken u s . i i i

T ran sgressing sé hé t o e m e nde d from against t he m
"
Cf D eut i 19, 26
. . . xxx . .

Cf vi 3 7 , 3 8 9 F orget all M y commandm ents, etc

’
ashé t €
} of b c d . . . . . .

6 A n d thu s i t will com e to p ass

. Ezra ix
10, 11 . .

up on them D e ut . 1 . xxx . . Wal k after the Gentiles 2 K ings xvu 2 . . .

4 T HE B O O K O F JU BI LEE S

and a fter thei r s ham e an d w i ll s e r ve their gods and the s e , ,

wi ll prove u nt o th em an offen ce and a t r i bu la tion and an

afflicti on and a sn are 1 0 A n d m an y w ill per i s h and the y . .

w ill b e tak en c apti ve an d w i ll fall in t o the h an ds of the ,

enem y b e caus e th ey h av e fors ak en My or di nance s and My

,

c om m andm ent s an d the fes tiv al s of My coven an t an d My , ,

s a bb ath s and My h ol y p l ace w hich I h a ve h allow e d for

,

Mys e lf in their m i ds t an d My tab e rn ac l e and My s anct u ary , , ,

w hi ch I h a ve h all owe d for M ys el f in the m i dst Of the lan d ,

th a t I s hou l d s et My n am e u pon it an d th a t it s h ou l d dw ell ,

( there ) 1 1 An d the y will m ak e to them s e lve s hig h p laces

. .

and grove s and g r ave n i m ag e s an d they w i ll w or s hi p e a ch , ,

hi s own (g raven im age) so as to go a s tra y and they will , ,

s a c rifi ce thei r chil dren to d em ons and to all the w orks of ,

the e rror of thei r h eart s 1 2 A n d I s h all s e n d w itne ss e s . .

u nt o the m that I m ay w itn e ss again s t the m bu t they wi ll

, ,

not he ar and w ill s l ay the w it n e ss e s al s o and the y w i ll

, ,

pers ecu te thos e who s e ek the la w an d the y wi ll ab r og ate and ,

ch ang e eve ry thing so a s to w ork e vil b efor e My e y e s 13 . .

A n d I s h all hid e My face from them an d I s h all d e live r them ,

Serve their gods, and these w ill p rove Sa crifie e the ir children to demons .

u nto them an o ence and a sna re fl 2 Chron xx i xxxiii

‘

. vi i 3, . 6 ; Ezek . . .

x xx iii
E od 33 D eut vii 1 6 J os xx 31 Of D eut 17 Eth xxxii
c x ci x
. . . . . . . . . . .

xxiii 13 Eno h 7 See notes on 17 xx ii

ic
. . . . . .

1 0 1 3 These verses dep t the t wo 1 2 1 shall send witn esses wnto them,
ic
-
. .

great catast rophies wh h b efell Israel tha t I ma y witness agai nst the m bu t
(1 0 ) and udah J they will not hea r 2 Chron
,

v 19 xxi
ci c
. . .

1 0 Part al destru t on and apt v ty

. i i i H e sent p rophets t o them and
of I srael The northern tr b es had
. i they t est fi ed aga nst them i ; b ut they i
forsaken the Law and t he Fest vals i w o u ld n ot g ve ear Of 2 Chron. i
udah :also the t em ple J
. .

observed b y xxx i v 1 5 , 1 6 J er x xv 4 Cf Matt

J ic i
. . . . . .

in erusalem Cf for d t o n D ent . . . xxiii 3 4 Luke .

49 xi . .

xx iii
v 63 , 4 1 L e v vi 1 4, 1 5, etc xx Will sla g the w it nesses. N eh. . 2 6 ix
“ le w th ic
. . . .

A nd My ta bernacle, in the m idst S y p rophets wh h t est fi ed i

f the la nd
o If these words b elon g to the aga nst t hem i
i ic
. .

t ext , the au thor m u st have b el eved n t h e i i Cha nge read jew elé tfi (a )in Eth o
e xi c
st en e of the T ab erna le in eru salem c J x
t e t and je w é t é nu (b c d in the not es.
)
p

i
dur ng the di v ded m onar h es i c i T o z ork evi l before M e es 2 K ngs i
ic g y y
.
.

1 1 1 3 Idolatr es and w kedness of i xx i l

J c
-
. .

udah. The r apt v t y i i i . 13 H ide lil y f ace. Of

.
2 2 Is . xx i . .

1 1 Make to the mselves high p la ces

. i 15
. .

an d groves Cf. Ezek 28 . 2 . xx . D eliver them in to the ha nd o the

f
Chron . 3 . xxxiii . Gen tiles, et c 2 K ings 14 . xx i . .
6 T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

they wi ll be My p eop le in truth an d ri ghte ous ness 1 8 And . .

I s h all n ot fors ak e them n or fai l the m ; for I am t he L ord

their God 1 9 A n d Mos e s fe ll on hi s face an d p ray e d
. .

an d s ai d O L or d m y God do n ot fors ak e Thy p eop l e an d

, ,

Thy i nh eritan c e so th at th ey s h oul d w an d er in the error of

,

th ei r h eart s an d do not d el iver th em i nt o the h an ds of thei r

,

en em i es the G enti l e s l es t the y s h ou l d r u l e ov e r th em an d

, ,

c au s e them to sin again s t Th ee 2 0 L et Thy m erc y O . .

,

L ord b e l ifte d up u p on Thy p eop le an d cre at e in them an

, ,

u p r ig ht s pi r it an d le t n ot the s pi r it of Beliar ru l e ov er the m

,

t o accu s e th em b e for e The e an d t o e n s n are them from all ,

the p ath s of right eou s n ess so th at the y m ay peri s h from ,

b efore Thy face 2 1 Bu t th e y are Thy pe o p le an d T hy. .

i nherit an ce which Th ou h as t d eli v e r e d with Thy great p ow er

,

from the h an ds of the Egyptian s :c r eate in them a cl e an

h ear t an d a h oly spi rit and let th em not b e en s nare d in ,

th eir s i n s from h ence forth unti l e te rnity 2 2 A n d the . .

Lord s ai d u n to Mos es : I k n o w the ir con trari ness an d th ei r

th ought s an d thei r s tiffne ck edness and the y w ill not b e ,

ob e di en t til l th e y c on fe ss th e i r ow n sin an d the sin of thei r

fath ers 2 3 A n d after thi s th ey w ill turn t o Me in all

. .

u p rig htn ess an d w ith all

( th ei r) heart and with all (their)
s ou l and I s hall ci r cu m ci s e the fore sk i n of th ei r h ear t and
,

the fore sk in of the h e art of th eir s e e d and I s h all c r e at e in ,

th em a h oly s pirit and I s h all cl e ans e th em so th a t th ey ,

will be ll y
p eop le
a L ev v 12 ; . . xx i . A holy sp irit Cf 23 See note. . i . .

J er . x i
x v 7, . xxx
2 2 ; Ezek x iv 1 1 . . . . on x xv 1 4 . .

1 8 D eut . 6 . xxx i . . 2 2 I know the ir con trari n ess

.
an d . .

1 9 B o n otf orsake
. Thy in heri t their s tif necked n ess D eut 27 . . xxxi . .

a n ce, an d do n ot deliver them i n to Confess their own sin a nd the si n, etc .

the ha n ds les t they shoul d rule over L ev v

. xx i
40 N eh 2
. . ix . .

them Of 2 K ngs
. . 14 D eut i xxi . . 23 T u rn to lif e
. wi th all (their )
ix 2 6 ; Ps cvi 4 1
. . . . heart a n d wi th all (their)sou l 2 Chron . .

Their e nemi es, the Gen til es (a c) b d vi 3 8

“the r ene m es
. . .

om t i i i . Ci rcu m cise the f oreskin of their heart .

2 0 Crea te
. sp iri t Ps li 1 0 . . . . D eut 16,
. x 6 . xxx . .

See ne t ver x .
A holy sp ir it Cf 21 . . i . .

Beli ar See note on x v 33

. . . I shall clea n se them so tha t they shall
2 1 They are Thy p eop le
.
fro m the n ot tu rn a w ay f rom M e f rom tha t da
y
han ds of the E gyp tians D ent 26 , 2 9 . . ix . . u n to etern i ty These words m p ly that
. i
 C H A PT E R I . 18 26 -

sh all t u r n aw ay from Me from th a t day u nto eternity

n ot .

2 4 A n d th ei r s ou l s w i ll c l e ave t o Me an d t o all M com

.
y
m an dm ents and th ey w il l fulfi l My c om m an dm e nt s and I , ,

s h all be th ei r F athe r an d the y wi ll be My chi l dren 25 . .

A n d th ey w i ll all b e c all e d chi ld ren of the l ivi ng God an d ,

ev e ry ange l an d e v er y s pi rit will k n ow

yea th e y w i ll k n ow , ,

th a t the s e are My chi l dren and th at I am thei r Father in ,

u prightn ess an d righteou s n e ss and that I love them 26 , . .

A n d do th ou w rite d ow n for th ys e lf all th e s e w ords which I

d ecl are u n t o the e on thi s m ou ntain the fi rs t and the las t , ,

w hich s h all com e to p ass in all the divis i on s of the days in

the la w and in the tes ti m ony an d in the w eeks and the
j u b il ee s u nt o eternit y u ntil I d es cen d and dwell with th em ,

I srael shall ne ver aga n b e dr ven from i i ic i

d tat on of the angel (vi I t onst c i
c
.

their o wn land ta t es, so to say , the b ook of t he se ond

c
.

2 4 I sha ll be the ir F a ther an d they

. law The Pent ateu h, on the other hand,
.

wi ll be M y children ( or These is the b ook o f the fi rst law (vi

ic
.

w ords are used in 2 Sam vii 1 4 in wh h was wr t ten b y the angel him i
c
. .

re feren e t o olom on elsewhere in the S self ( i

The latter is referred t o
c
.

O T only in referen e to the nat on or i aga n in i 12 , 21, l 6 xxx

I n 4 Ezra
ci
. . .

se t on s of it God is t he Father o f x iv 6 Moses is hidden t o reveal t he on e,

c c c
. .

I srael, D eut i 6 ; Is l 16 ; xxx i xiii i e , the Pentateu h, and on eal t he

c ic c
. . . . . .

J er xxxi
9 ; or of the r ght eou s in i ot her, t he ap o alypt t rad t on Hae ii
ci c
. . .

I srael, even of the r ghteous nd v dual, i i ii in p alam fa es verb a et hae ab scondes .

W sdom i 16 See also ii

2 5 , 2 8, i xi x In E o d x
v 2 7 Moses is hidden xxx i
c c
. . . . . .

2 9 o f o ur t e t I srael is God s son x ’

: i
t o w r te d own erta n om m ands, b ut i
c
.

x
E od iv 2 2 , 2 3 ; D eu t x iv 1 ; I s
. . . . . the d e alogue is engraved on t he tab les
x iii
l 6 ; W sdom vi 1 3 ; J ud i x ii ix of st one b y G od H m self E od v i x xxxi
G
. . . . . .

4 or the r ght eous in I srael are i

od s
’
l , 2 8 D e ut 2, 4 x
c
. . .

hildren, even the nd vi du als, Wis i i A ll these w ords, the fi rst a nd the la st,
dom 1 3. 1 8, v 5 , ii 7, 2 1 For xii which sha ll com e to p ass u n til
ic c
. . . .

T alm ud refere n es see Sayings of the eter ni ty Cf 4 Ezra xiv 4, 5 Et addux i

. . . :
F athe rs (ed T aylor) 22 B Bathra . iii . . cu m sup er m ont em na e t det inui eu m Si
1 0 a, K ddush n 36 a Berachoth 3 a i i ap ud Me dieb us m ult s, Et enarrav i i
c i ci
, .

In 2 Cor vi 1 8 St Pau l t ake s d re tly i i

e i m rab l a m ult a, et ost end ii t em
c
. . .

t hese words of 2 Sam vii 1 4 an d . .

porum se reta et tem p oru m fi nem .

i
app l es them t o all the Chr st ans In i i Un til I descen d a nd dwell through
c
. .

x
the t e t they e m b ra e all Israel te s i ou t etern i ty H ere as in the Prologue
c c ic i
. .

I srael t es are G o d
’
si h ldren a cording i the i
m pl at on is that the author
t o ou r author b y v rtu e of the r phys al i i ic int en de d t o wr t e a h st ory of t he w orld i i
c
des ent fro m a ob Cf 28 Jc i from the Creat on t o the sett ng up of i i
“ c c
. . . .

2 5 Childr en (or sons )of the li ving t he T heo ra y (Cf Prologue also
c
. . .

God Hos 10 i i 2 7, In a erta n sense he has i

c cc
. . . . .

26 A nd d o than wri te down f or thy d one so for referen es o ur t o events

“A n d I wi ll wr t e cc
.

self (b c) a d read . i as lat e as t he e arly Ma ab ean t m es i

down for thee
”
These w ords ap pear w hen the au thor l ve d He w as of i
i ic
. .

t o refer t o the p resent w ork (as nger Si i i

op n on that the Mess an K ngdom i
p 1 5 has re ogn sed), i e , ub l ees (cf c i J i i
wou ld b e nt rodu ed through the lab ours c
cc
. . . .

i . Moses is to w r te it down at the i of t he Ma ab ees

’
For God s dw ell ng . i
8 T H E BO O K O F JU BIL E E S

th roughou t eternity 2 7 A n d H e s ai d t o the ange l of the . .

p r e s en c e W rite for Mos es from the begi nn ing of c r eation

t i ll My s an ctu ary has b een b ui l t am on g th em for all e t ern it y .

2 8 A n d the Lord w i ll appe ar t o the ey e s of all an d all

. ,

w ill k now th at I am the God of I s rae l an d the Fath e r of all

i
w th m an see Eth Eno h x xv 3 , c ebep yeo la s
-
dvvda a , as li v
xwpfio a t
‘

c
. .

lxx ii 1 T h s w as t he p erfe t e d i a i r bs n por eluy 68 é a vr ofi M 7 xptbney o s

‘

c
v
c c ic
. .

the o ra y wh h w as lo oke d for b y i n ept ra t s dhhocs ) In the fi rst ent

-

c q c
. .

t hose w ho did n ot e p e t a p erson al x A D w e have fre u ent re feren es t o

c J
. .

i
Mess ah, su h as the authors of Eth i i
t h s v ew T hu s in 0 3 A nt x v 5 3
c xxx i x ci
. . . . . .

Eno h i v , civ A ss Mo ses

.
-

. .
-
. . x .
nadir dé r d t hw r a 7 63V do yueir wv
‘ ' ‘

Ka t r d bo wJr a r a r é w eu r ol s vbuow 68
’ ‘

O ur author, however, lo oke d for a - '

i
Mess ah sprung from udah See J dw é hw v n d pd 1 0 6 0 6 0 6 ua dbvr wv
J
. .

n ot e o n 18 xxx i . . From i
u da sm t h s v erse p assed over i
2 7 A n d H e said to the a ngel of the
. in t o the N T Cf Gal 1 9 ri b/ ms
. . . iii .

p resenc e. 29 See
O ur t e t n ot e o n i x di a r a y els 68 d yy é hwv See also ' -

c
. . .

form s apparently the earl est test m ony i i A t s vii 53 H eb

. 2 T he am ar . ii . . S i
i
t o t he dea that the law w as g ven i t an s also b el eve d in the m n stry of i i i
through the m n stry o f angels In i i . angels in c
onn e t on w th t he law ci
Cf i . .

D eut xxx iii

2 w e have t he fi rst G esenius, Ca r in Sam p 1 5 and de
c ci c
. . . . .

i
m ent on of angels in onne t on w th i S a y , N ot et ex tra i ts de la Bibl x ii
cc J c
. . .

i
t he g ving of t he law, b ut a ord n g t o i 16 Lat er uda sm rej e te d th s v e w i i i
cc ic
.

that p assage t he y m erely a om p an y p rob ab ly on p olem al grou n ds, and

Yahw e But the way w as p repared alw ay s rep re sent e d Moses as re e v ng ci i
c c J c
.

for th e on ept on in ub ile es b y t he i t he law d re tly from Go d i I n abb ath S

ic
.

de velo p m ent w h h angelology u nder S

8 8 b and hem rabb a 2 8 Mose s is repre
xi i c xi ic i c ci
.

went in e l an d p ost e l t m es -
. sen t ed as as en d ng nt o h eaven t o re e ve i i
Thu s from t he e le onw ards Go d xi the law
c ic c
.

o m m un at e d n o l onger d re tly w th i i Write f or M oses, etc If the nter i

c
.

H is servants In t he ase of Ezek el, . i p ret ation of th s verse adopt ed on i26 i .

who w as in the p er od of t ran s t on, t he i ii i

(note ) is r ght , the angel is t o wr te i
i
reve lat on is som et m es m ade d re tly i i c o ut t he Pent at eu h for Moses There c
c c c
.

t o him ( l v xi
so m et m e s nd re t ly . i i i is, how ever. t h s d ffi ult y atta h ng t o i i i
t hrough an angel (x 1 By the t m e i i i
th s nt erp retat on, t hat the h st ory e m i i
c c c
.

o f Ze har ah t he develop m ent is com i b ra e d in t he Pent ateu h is t o e t end x

p let e Th s p rophet re e ves all his i ci from t he Creat on t o the t m e w hen i i
c ic i c
Go d s “san t uary has b een b u lt am ong
.

om m un at ons through angels N at ur

’
i
c c
.

ally w hen w e om e do wn t o the ent ury them for all et ern ty I t is p oss ble i i
ic
.

in wh h our b ook w as wr tt en, t h s i i i

that th s m ean s n oth ng m ore than i
u sage is u n versal i
D an el re e ves even i ci c
su h b road an d app aren t ly
p rophet ic
ci
.

i
t he n terpretat on of his v s on s thr ough i ii i
des r pt o ns of the ap ostas es o f I srael i
angels (vii 1 6 s
qq v 1 5 sqq iii an d J
u dah u nder t h e r k n s
g , of t he i i
c c
. . . .

and in a lat er w ork of t he sam e entu r ,

y xi
E le and t he Return from apt v ty , i i
T est X II Patr ar h , D an 6 , the angel i c an d of t he rest ored t heo ra c c
c
that n t er edes for I srael is alle d “th e c y as are
. . .

i fou nd in D e nt v It m ust xx iii xxx

c
-
. . .

i
m e d at or b etw een God and m an
”
b e on fesse d that t h s e p lanat on does i x i
(p sa lm s O eoi} Ka i See also not app ear ade u at e q
q c
.

Lev 5 i I am not aw are of any other i

2 8 Th s verse sp o ls the se u en e i
c c c
. .

referen e s t o th s o n e t o n t ll t he
p i i i o f thou ght W e should prob ab ly read
.

i i
b eg nn ng of the Christ an era T hus i . it aft er ver 2 5 . .

i
Ph lo, b e So mnis, 2 2 (p 6 42 i A p p ear to the eyes of a ll Of Rev
c
. . . . .

om m ent ng on E o d i1 9 , wr te s x xix i 1. 7
c ci G
. .

that w e annot re e ve
’
od s b en efi t s God of I sra el E od v 1 0 , et c x xxi
c
. . . .

save through the agen y of His F a ther of a ll the children of J a cob .

i i
m n sters
’

(ot d br epfia hhot aa s

. Cf J er . 1 . xxx i
See n ot e on 24 . . i . .
10 T HE B OO K OF JU BI L E E S

all th ei r creati on according to the p owers of the h eaven ,

and accord i n g t o all the creati on of t he earth u n ti l the ,

s an ctu ary of the Lord s hall b e m ad e in J eru s al em on

Mou n t Zion an d all the l u m inarie s b e rene we d for h eal ing
,

an d for p eac e and for b l e ss ing for all the e l e ct of I s r ael an d ,

that thu s it m ay b e from that day an d u nto all the days

o f the e arth .

The history the twenty tw o distin ct f crea tion on the

f
o -
a cts o

six days, 1 1 6 -
. I nstitution f
o the Sa bba th i ts observa nce
by the highest a ngels, w ith w hom I srael is a
fterwards to

be a ssocia ted, 17 32 -
.
(Cf . Gen 1 11 .
-
.

II . A n d the g l of t he p res en ce sp ak e to Mos e s

an e

a cc or ding t o the w ord of the L ord s ayi ng :W rite the com ,

lxv l v xi J
ubilees an d T est Lev 1 8 are i era of ren ew al b eg n s i w th i Jcb a o

J ic ct
-
. . . .

t he only ew sh wr t ngs wh h at test i ii F in ally w hen Go d s

’
san uary an d t he
i
t h s v ew i
But from 1 0 0 B C ew sh, J i Messi an ic K ngdom i are est abl she d i
q
. . .

and sub se u ently Christ an, w r ters t oo k i i am ongst m e n, the fi nal rene wal w ll i
x
t hese e press ons in a l teral and at a i i c set in, “when the he avens and the
st rop h sense icThus it is an a tu al c earth shall b e rene w e d
”
an d
“all the
c
.

i
re reat on of heaven and e arth t hat is i i
lu m n ar e s shall b e ren ew ed
”
2 9, i
c xci cc
-
.

foret old in Eth Eno h 16 , l 1, xx ii iv 2 6, v 12 A ord ng t o the i

c
. . . . . .

x lv 4 ; A po Bar 6 , lv 2 ; xxxii ii x
present t e t of v 1 1 , 1 2 , the renew al
c
. . . . . .

4 Ezra v ii 7 5 ; 2 Pe ter 1 3 ; Rev iii of i

re at on after th e D eluge is t aught

c
. . .

xxi 1 b ut the t e t is orrupt x

In its or g n al i i
c
. . .

But aga n t o return t o our author i form it ould only refer t o the renewal
w e fi n d the follow ng n ovelty He i of t he w orld on the sett ng up of the i
c ic
.

t ea hes that Go d is t o ren ew His Mess an K ngdom i i

There are thus
c c :
.

i
reat on at three d st n t p er ods The i i i three great eras in th s b oo k the i
cc c
.

fi rst was o n t he o as on of the D eluge . i i

reat on of the w orld, it s renew al on
w he n He destroye d all that w as c i
the reat on of the tr u e m an, a ob , Jc
c orrupt (v 1 1 ) and
“m ade or a ll H i s
f an d it s fi n al ren ew al on t he e st abli sh

c
.

”
w orks a n ew and righteou s na tu re m ent of the san tu ary O n the
ic
.

(v The ne t rene wal w as t o x sy m b ol v alues of m an an d the t em p le

c “ J
.

i
sy n hron se w th t he fou n dat on of the i i see Ep p ste n , i
Le L vre d es ub lé s,
”
i i
J e w sh i
om m un ty in c
a ob , w h h
“serve to la t he fo undat ons
i Jc ic R evu e des Etud es j u ives , 1 89 0 , xxi .

should y i 92 97 -
.

of t he heave n and t o stren then the San ctu ary of the L ord be ma de i n
g
earth and t o renew all the lum nar e s i i J eru sa lem, i e , t he an tuary in t he S c
ic i ic
. .

w h h are in the fi rm am ent ( xi x . Mess an K ngdom Of i

2 7 , iv . . i . .

i
The dea t hat a rene w al of the w orld 26
Jc
.

b egan w th i
a ob follow s al so from R enew ed f or hea ling Cf Re v xxn
cc 2 “
. . . .

ii 2 2 sqq A ord ng t o t h s p assage i i for the heal ng of t he nat ons

”
i i
c
. . .

the t w ent y t wo generat on s that p re e de i II 1 A ngel of the p resen ce See i

Jc c
-
. . . .

a ob orre sp on d t o the t w ent y tw o -

29 (n ot e ) .

works of God at the Creat on A new i . Write the comp lete history of the
 C HA P T E R I I . 1 2 -
11

plete hi story of the c re ati on how in s i x d ays the Lor d God ,

fi n i s he d all His w ork s and all th at H e c r e a ted , and k ept

Sabb ath the s even th da y and h all owe d it for all ag e s
on ,

and app ointe d it a s a s i gn for all His w orks 2 For on . .

crea tion We fi n d t h e f ll w i g d y :one only the fi m m t Th o o n a r a en e

S ch li n in a MS Coislin (F b ic ii thi d day f ur He u it d the
.
, .

o o a r r o re n
1 2 0 ) n E x d xx i v 1 5 whi ch
e
w t s in on place b oug ht up the
. . . .
,
o f o re ers a er e
Jub il :é ua fif wfln b [ é y w t w ters from th th lik wi e
. . , , r
to ees vr a a t L as s ee a e e ar , e s
Mwiio ns ner d '

pdxovr a i mé pa s r ds '
r eo o a herb s and trees The fourth day , t hree .

ide iv
'

brrr a o t fi v, m o s eu r ails 85 i mé pa rs
'
the sun, m oon and stars T he fifth
: c
.

é rrolna ev 0 Be ds 7 61 Ol’lpavbu Ka i r nu W V, d ay, three the m ov ng reatures, b rds i i

Ka i n dw a r d é v a brols (car d r d w
f ai ds an d sea m onsters. The s th day, ix
endo w s n ué pa s Ka i c m pdipai r ape :
four b easts, and attle, and re ep ng c c i
w het/6 0 77 . i
th ngs, and m an Th s co rr e sp onds i
c c
.
fi

2 3 These verses re ord the reat ons

-

. i t o the twenty two letters of the alp hab et -

of the fi rst day They were seven in and t o the t went

y two generat ons fr om
-
i
J
.

all :
heaven, eart h, the w aters, sp r t s, ii Adam to 80 0 1) (m m { use numu 3 3 1 133
IV

t he ab ysses, darkness, l ght We have i 3p m new 1 1} m an man s )

G
. .

hap p ly the i re ek vers on preserve d in i In the enum erat on of the works o f i

Ep iphanius, r ep) Mé r pwv Ka i. Era oaé v, the fi rst day, we observe a di vergen y c
xx i i (see m y r t al ed t on of th e c i ic ii b et ween ubil ees (Epiphanius and J
i ic c
.

Eth op te t p p 5, x
rfi p é v 7 dp ‘
S yn ellus) and the M dras h T a"dshe i
J
. .
’
1rpurry iyué pa £7 0 117c
-
r obs obpa uo r
‘
zs r obs W h ere ub lees g ves an gels , i
the i
d r é po vs (Ka t)r bv y fiv (Ka i)r d fi ba r a ’
i
M drash g ves “ the w nd
”
i
T he i
c
.

r d n y e i uar a r d Aetrov
fi

py ofivra e v
’

ground for th s d vergen y is m an fest i i i .

’
unrt ou a dr oi) dr ui d eoT t wi de d
'
w ehoz
’
I f w e e am ne Gen x i
1 4 w e fi nd that . i .
-

1rpb 1rpoo c 61rov, Ka t dw ehoc rfis 6657’s,

' ‘
i
the l st of seven works is draw n from
Ka t dy y ehoc wue uudr wu wvebvr wv,
(Ka i) these verses, and that the dea of the i
dw ehoc ve¢ ehé§v Kai 7 v6¢ wv (Ka i ) c reat on of the i angels is s m ply a i
xt bvos Ka i xa hdfns xa l 1 6. you, (m l)
‘
-
development of the w ord sp ri t i
dw ehor ¢ a w6 w (xal) pow c fi v Ka i da rpa fl '

(rm), ver 2 But the M drash T adshe i

c c
. .

(Ka i)dw ehoz 506x0 0 3 Kat xa é y a r os shuns su h an nferen e from Gen 1 i

: ic J
. .

Ka i xe md wo s Ka i ¢ 0 w o1r¢6 ov Ka i ga e
‘

p p 2 ; for T alm ud uda sm held t hat i

xa l Oé povs, I t a l r dvr wv r a w w ew uir wv the angels were reated on the se on d c c
r a w xrco adr wv a w ou r a w é v on I n Ber rabb a 1
’
r ay ois Ka t or t he fi fth day
'

p
:fl c
. .

é v m 7 37, (m i) r d d é aaovs rfiv r e ’

ac ord ng t o R i
J ochanan it w as o n
c —
.

n as a r u r fis 7 m xa i r o u
xdovs, (m l)T o the se ond day ( Ps cxv 4, 5 se e also

J
. .

e x t r as, é a 1ré pa l xa l p u m a, ( m l)7 6 4552’s,

‘

e rusale m T argum on Gen 26 ; i

c J cc
. .

i mé pa v r e Ka i dpfl pov. A n mp erfe t i Chron. of erahm eel b u t a ording i .

i
enum erat on of the seven w orks is g ven i t o R Chanina on the fi ft h (see Gen
c
. .

by S
yn ellus (ed Dindorf, p in i 2 0 ; Is vi and R Lul an b ar i i
ic c
. . . . . .

w h h r ag dfi é o o o vs is om tt ed and ' '

i T ab rai says that they w ere not reate d
uuxOfiuepoy is sub st tuted Cedrenu s i o n the fi rst day lest it should b e sa d i
c c
.

( e d B ekk er , p 7) re p odu es yn ell us

r
’
S that they had ass st ed Go d in the i
c
. .

su m m ary , b ut w th an add t onal cor i ii reat on i

Ph lo, Leg A llegor 2, i i
c
. . . .

rup t o n i He om ts 7 & 05am . and i represent s the re at on of the angels as i

c c
.

re ko ns w xofiuepor as two w orks . ac om pl shed o n the seventh day i .

The Hebrew w ork, M drash T adshe vi i Ph lo (dez i

Mu/nd i op ifici o, 7 )m e nti ons i
c c :
. .

i
l nes 1 1 1 6 (ed b y Eppst e n, Beitrage
-
. i se ve n obj e t s of reat on o fipa vbs, yfi, i ‘

zur j ud tschen A lterthumslcun de, 1 887 ) o xbros, r o dfivorc ov, tibwp, r ve fiua, at »
'

c
.

is learly b ase d o n our t e t I t runs x : H ere t he r ueGus. reta ns for t he m ost -

i
c
‘

“T we nt tw o k nds of reat ures w ere c

.

y i p art it s or g nal for e ; for in the ne t ii x

c c
-

reat ed in t he un verse in seven day s i hapt er Ph lo says w th regard to i t i i

the fi rst day seven ; heaven, earth, 7 6 new y a p wvbuao e Geou, Sabr a ( cur m u
'

w at ers, darkness, the w nd (mm ), the i rar ou r b wvevua . On the oth er hand
ab ysses (mmnnn) , l ght T he se ond i . c i i
he deal ses all seven obj e ts of reat on c c i
12 T H E BO O K o r JU BI L E E S

the fi rs t day He cre ate d the h eav ens w hich are a b ove and
the ear th an d the w ate r s and all the spi rit s w hich s e r ve
b efore Him —the ang el s of the p r e s en ce and the angel s of ,

of the fi rst day I t is n ot the a tual c H er m es, Vis iii

4 O br ol s lo w at dy cor
c
.
. .

i rroz Kr w fi é vr e s,
dw ehoc r oi) 9 6 0 i} oi 7rpc?
b ut the deal w orld that is reat ed on
'

ols r apé dwxev 6 mipw s n ac a r r h y Krla w

the fi rst d ay T hu s he sp eaks o f t he .

olxoboueiv « a t be
‘

he a ven as do
'
n ma r os, the earth as dbpar o s, ac m e, a dE ew Ka i

e rrbge w r hs K rlo e ws r da ns
‘
t he darkness and the ab y ss as the
'
.

dé pos lbé a xa l evoi} , w n d and w at er K i A ll the sp i ri ts which s erve before

as hav ng an d
’
i
o wa ros ofi o la, and th e him i
Th s phrase is fou nd in t he
J
‘ '
a . .

i
l ght as b e ng vorrr bs N ot w thst and ng, i i i erusalem T argum I on Ge n 26 , i
cq c
. . . .

it is ob vious that Ph lo was a u ainte d i b ut there the reat on o f the angels is i

i
w th a. osm ology su h as is g ven inc c i i
ass gn e d t o the se on d day See further c
ic J c
.

our t e t x
The Chron les of erahm eel, deta l s in pre ed ng n ot e W th our te t
i i i x
c
. .

i 3, enum erat e e ght w orks It i o m pare Rufi nus, E xp osi ti o i n Symbol

ic
“the s r t b y t ak ng it ici
. .
.

dupl at es p ii i p 2 1 (F abr us, Cod P seud V T ii

“ q c
. . . . . .

fi rst as the sp r t o f Go d and ne xt ii U t b reviter ali u e et iain de se re

as
“air Its de p enden e on t he c t ion ib us p erstringam u s, ab n tio D eus i i
J
.

i
ub lee trad t o n is p oss ble ii i . cum fecisset m undum , p rae fecit ci et
cc
A ord ng t o later udaism, Ber i J p raep osu it quasdam virtu tum caelestii wn
‘

c
.

rabb a 3 sqq four th n gs w ere reated on . i p otestates, quzb us regeretur cl d isp en

t he fi rst day, m ounta ns (here own is i saretur m ortaliwm. genus Sed et
c “ab ss heaven , h ornm nonnull , sicut et p se qui prin ep s i i c
c —
orrup t for man, y
e arth, l ght i
O n the se ond the fi rm a app ellatus est m und , dat am s b a D eo i i i
O n th e
.

p otest atem non his u b us accep erant q i

—
m ent , hell an d the angels .

i i legib us t emp erarunt n ec hum anum

—
t h rd trees, green th ngs, and Para
d se iO n the fourth sun, m oon and i i i
genu s d v n s ob e dire p raeceptis, sed
—i
.

sui s parere praevaricationib us doone

stars O n t he fi fth b rds , fi shes an d
the Lev athan
.

i
O n the s th A dam , . ix —
Eve and w orm s In all n neteen works i The of the p resence, and the
angels

cc c
. .

But a ordi ng t o R P n has, six th ngs i i a n gels f sanctifica tion Cf

o 1 8, xv. ii
c
. .

c
.
.

w ere reat ed on the s xth A dam , Eve, i 2 7, 14 xxxi

These are the t wo h ef
. . i
w orm s, t am e b easts, w ld b east s, i orders of angels O n the form er see i
c
. .

demons 2 9 not e Both lasses are m ent oned in

. i
:
.

On the fi rst day he created

2
ii 1 8 these ob serve the ab b ath t ogether
. S
the angels
.

In add t on t o the rem arks ii i

w th God and Israel ( 18 and ii .
.

i i
l ke them Lev an d his se ed are t o serve i
m ade u nder t h s head on 11 2 3
ab ove we should fu rther observe that
.
-

in the san tuary, 14 c

T he lower xxx i . .

grounds are furn she d for su h a con i c orders who are set over t he works of

n at ure do not keep t he abb ath These S

ception b y J ob v 7 (cf 6) xxx iii . . i .

angels are, a cc
ord ng t o the Talm u d and i
.

When the m orni ng stars sang t ogether

n o doub t t o our author, nfer or t o i i
and all t he son s o f God shout ed for
right eous Israel tes anh 93a, o
wn i :S :
w:
joy Here the sons of God are re .

c
.

m a n n e e r am . See also Ber rabb a

garded as adm r ng spe tators of the ii .

creat on i
It is p rob able that earl er i 8 ; Tanchum a 1 4, naps nab S m w [w an
J :
“The
.

i
uda sm so un derst o od th s verse At i . m e n u mber “ mu ( nger, p Si .

all event s, this n t erpretat on appears i i angels of san ctifi cat ion are those who
in p atr st i ic i
l teratu re cf Ep iphani us, s ngi i
pra ses t o Go d (p oss bly the i
c :
.

H aeru lxv hap 4 El y r ) y dp dua . . i i

t r sag on as in Eth En lxi As . . .

o bpa vc I
p t a l y fi Ka t dw ehoc é xr la dna a v, Ep iphanius has dW eXoc r fis
of» : f
( he ye r e)
’
I d: "
fi (i , Or e ey ewi
n
-

( =dw eXoc scream s), Praetor us pro

’
i
0 no av da r pa . fiveo dv
’
n i vr es dw ehol
' '
‘ ’
p oses t hat we sho ul d re ad w edda se
uov 45m ? » See al so the uotat on from q i in st ead of eddfis é
q But the te t can b e . x
Rufi nns in the ne t n ot e N early tw o x d efended ; for in xv 2 7 w here the hrase
c c p
. .

i
entur es e arl er th s dea is att est e d in i i i re urs t he Lat n has sanctifi cationis.
, i
14 T HE BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

d ay He c r eate d the fi rm am en t in the m i ds t of the w a ter s ,

and the w a te rs w ere di v i de d on t hat day

—h alf of them
w ent up ab ove and h alf of th em went d own b el ow the
‘

fi rm am ent (th at w as) in the m i ds t ove r the fa ce of the

w h ol e earth A nd thi s w as the o n l y w ork ( God) c re a te d on .

the s econ d day 5 A n d on the third d a y H e c om m and e d . .

the w ater s to p ass from off the face of the w h ol e e ar th i nto

one p l ace and the dry l an d t o app ear 6 A n d the w a te rs
,
. .

d i d so a s He c om m an d e d th em and th ey reti re d from off the ,

face of the earth into on e p lace ou t s i d e of this fi rm am ent ,

and the d ry lan d appe are d 7 An d on th a t d a y H e c r e a te d . .

for them all t he s eas a ccord in g t o their s ep ara te g a the rin g

p la ce s and all the riv ers an d the g ather ings o f the w aters
, ,

in the m ou n tai ns an d on all the earth and all the la k e s , ,

and all the d e w of t he e arth an d the s ee d w hich i s s ow n , ,

an d all s p r ou ting thi ngs an d fru it b eari ng t r ee s and t r ee s ,

-

of the w oo d and the gar d en of Ed en in Ed e n and all , , ,

c
The lause in b ra kets, lost b y hom oio c ed from za etb alaé
j
'
a cc ord ng i to G
teleut on, I have sup pl ed i .
fihao r rwar a
’
.

Wa ters were divided on tha t day Garden of Eden , in E den MSS

cc
. .

i
A ord ng to th s V ew as also o f Gen i i i add for p leasu re Th s phras e i
c
. . .

6 there was a sea in heaven rest ng on i i i

: —
is du e e ther t o a orru pt d t to
the fi rm am ent, w h h through se ve n ic graphy ie lat adla is orrupt for c
ic
. .

dood gat es (v 2 4) let down its waters b atadlaz e v r pvfi , a dupl ate ren
'

c
-

:
.

on t he earth See t he ur ous sp ee n i i

der ng of 1 113
1 or else t adla is cor
c
.

i
lat on on these w at ers in Eth Eno h rup t for t akla t =¢ ur d and should b e
“
.

liv 7 8 -
t rans p osed after kuellfi The in
c
. . .

5 7 W
orks o f the th rd day Of i Eden is also sup erfl uous om t s it i
c
-
. . . . .

Gen 9 13 ; lav Eno hi 1 G S xxx Garden of E de n Eden is l kewise i

ci : c
-
. . . . . .

in Epiphanius is de fe t ve r plr g as
‘ ' ’
a. i
reat on of the t h rd da
y in Ber i
c
.

finépa r ds Oa hdoo a s r obs rab b a 1 5 ; lav Eno h S

1 ; Book . xxx .

worrap ou s, T ds 1rr ryds Ka t Mati a s, of A dam a nd Eve 1 Th s is th e i i

‘

c
. .

1 a o rré p/i ar a 1 0 0 0 1r6pov, « a t T a fi l m

‘ ‘
i i
e arl est v e w so far as our ev den e oes
g i .

a r fiy afr a , 1 d . E ika 7 a d m nd T 6 Ka i A s e arly, how ever, as the latter half

‘
r

c
. .

dxapn a Ka i r o bs dpw uoé s Ka l mi vr a of t he fi rst ent ury A D , the

garden
- '

c
. .

r a ¢ vr a Ka r a 7 é uos
‘
ra fira T a r é aa a pa .
‘
o f E den w as sa d t o have b een reated i
é‘p ya r d ué y w ra é rrolnc
'
r ev 6 Beds é v r f i b efore the world T hus 4 Ezra 6 iii
c
. .

r plr p imé a
‘

p It is bett er in y n ellus S I n p aradisum , qu e m p lant avit dex tera

:
.

i .4 ¢ avé pwm s y fis Ka i dy a frjpa um s, ‘

tu a an tequ am t erra adventaret. Th s i
n apddew os, dé vdpa n a vroca , fi ar dua r i i ii
’‘

v e w arose from tak n

g mpr z in Gen.
8 t o m ean “from the b eg nn n "
.

t a l arré p/
I i a ra
-
.

g i i
5 The third day. MSS add
.
He i nst ead of
“ on t he east. Th s ne w i
”
m ade as i nt erp ret at on i
was adop ted b y the
c
.

7 Cf lav Eno h . 1 . S . xxx T argum s and t he yr a and Lat n S i c i

V
. .

Sp routing things zajeb aquel em end i

ers ons, as we ll as b
y A qu la, Sym i
 C HA PT E R II 5 .
-
11 1 5

(pl ant s afte r thei r k i nd) Th es e four gr e a t w orks GO D .

creat e d o n the third day 8 A n d on the fourth day H e . .

c r e ate d the su n an d the m oon an d the s t ars an d set th em in ,

the fi rm am en t of the he ave n t o g ive lig ht u p on all the earth , ,

an d t o r u l e o ver the da
y an d the night an d d ivi d e t he l ight ,

from the d ark n ess 9 A n d GO D app oi n te d the sun t o b e a

. .

great s ign on the earth for d ays and for s abb a th s and for
m on th s and for fe a s ts an d for y e ars an d for s abb ath s O f
y ears and for j u b i l e es an d for all s e as ons O f the y ears 10 . .

A n d it d ivi d eth the lig ht from the d arkn ess [an d] for
pro s p erity th at all thi ngs m ay p rosper which s h oot and
,

grow on the earth T he s e thre e k in ds H e m ad e on the .

fou rth day 1 1 A nd on the fi fth day H e create d gre at sea

. .

m on s t ers in the d epth s of the w aters for the s e w ere the fi rs t ,

things O f fles h th at w ere creat ed by H is h an ds the fi sh and ,

ev erythi ng th at m ov es in the waters and everythi ng th at ,

m achus and Theodotion ; also b y J om 8 1 0 Gen i 1 4 1 9 Cf Slav En c h er e -

. . .
-
. . . o .

( Q uaest H eb in Gen ii 8) (Migne

. . xxx 2 6 G in Epiphaniu ve y de
. . .
-
. s r

:
,

Bi blioth P a tr L at t om 2 3 , col fective r fi dé r er dpr y r OV iihcov r i w

q q c
. . . . .

N ecnon uod se u tur, ontra or ent em , i i o ehr wnv r o tzs do r é pa s

’
r a irro rd
‘ ‘

in H ebraeo Mece dem (m p0 ) scrib itur, r la é p ya r d uey dha é rrolno e 6 9 6 6g

'

p
'

q qi
.

uod A u la p osu it (i n c ) dpxfis et nos, 61: r fi r er d r y in

p aé pa
ic
—
.

ab ex or di o, p ossum u s d ere Sy m . 9 A p p oin ted the sun

. It w ll b e . i
m achu s vero , é x m od m s, et T heodotion, O b serve d here t hat t hough t he w r ter i
' '
e u 1r uJT OLs,
p q
u od et psum non orien tem i is b as ng the te t on Gen i 1 6 1 8 he x i
i ci i c
-
. .

sed p r n p um signifi cat Ex qu o m akes no refe ren e t o the m oon The

q
. .

m anifestissim e co m p rob atur, uod i i

om ss on is int ent on al T he w r t er i i
c
.

p riusqu am o elum et t erram D eus holds that I srael should n ot b e gu de d i

faceret, p aradisum ante co ndiderat , b y the m oon b ut b y the sun in the
sicut et legitu r in H eb raeo P lan tavera t : '
c c
al ulat on s of all the r fe st vals i See i i .

au tem D om i n u s D eu s p ara di sum i n vi 3 6 38

J
-
. .

E den a p ri n cip io F or lat er ew sh i A pp oin ted the sun for j u bilees

c
. .

ii
au t hor t es se e W eb er, J u d Th e ologi e,
2
The p er od from the ent ran e of t he i
ci
.

1 98 i
I srael tes nt o Canaan to the destru t on i
c c c
.

O n the p e ul ar on ep t on of t woi i of the fi rst t e m ple is m e asure d b y

i
Parad ses, the heavenly and the e arthly, i
j ub lees in Erachin 1 2 1 3 a
c ci c
-
.

and t he r i
onn e t on see lav En o h S 1 0 These three kind s, i e , the sun,
c
. . . .

vi . Web er, 1 6 2 sq , 341 F or a . . m o o n, an d stars Cf yn ell us, . . S i .

hi st ory of t he var ous m ean ngs O f i i 5

c ic i
.

i
Parad se in A p o aly pt l terature, see 1 1 1 2 Works of the fi fth day Gen
c
-
. . .

m y E scha tology , pp 1 9 7 , 2 3 4 sq , . . i 20 2 3
. Cf lav Eno h x x x 7
-
. G . S . . .

262 sqq . in Ep iphaniu s r ? ) 86 n é urrr y r d min ) .

(P lants af ter the i r kind ) up pl ed . S i rd [1 67 d

. .r ot/s lxeua s Ka t r d
from G in Ep ip hanius It is p oss ble, i dhha é pn er d r d é v r ots r d n er e w d

how ever, that “

. . .

plants already e st s xi r d n repwr d

'
r a fir a r d r p la é
‘
py a
c
.

x
in the t e t in a orrupt form See . r d uey dha é n olno ev 6 6 6 63 e
. u r fi n é arrr y

note on b eg nn ng of verse i i . i mé pe
 16 T H E BO O K O F JU BI L E E S

fli es the bi rds and all th ei r k ind

,
1 2 A nd the sun ros e . .

ab ove the m to p ros p er (th em ) and ab ove eve ry thing th a t ,

w a s on the e arth ev ery thin g th at s h oot s out of the e ar th , ,

and all fru it b e ar i n g tre es an d all fle s h The s e th ree k in ds

-

, .

H e c r e ate d on the fi fth day 1 3 A n d on the s i x th d a y H e . .

c r eate d all the an im al s O f the earth and all c att l e and , ,

eve rything th at m ove s on the ear th 1 4 A n d a fte r all thi s . .

H e c re ate d m an a m an and a wom an c r e ate d H e them and , ,

gave him d om inion ove r all that i s u p on the earth and in ,

the s eas and over every thing th at fli e s and ove r b e a s ts and

, ,

ove r c a tt l e and o v er ev ery thi ng th at m ove s on the ear th

, ,

and ove r the w h ol e e art h an d o v e r all thi s H e g a ve him ,

d om ini on A nd th es e four k in ds H e c re a te d on the s ix th

.

d ay 1 5 A nd there w e re altog eth e r tw o and t w e nty k in ds

. . .

1 6 A n d He fi ni s h ed all H is w ork on the s i x th d a y

.

all th at i s in the h eav en s and on the e ar th an d in the ,

s e a s and in the a byss e s and in the l ight and in the ,

darkness and in everythi ng 1 7 A n d H e g a ve us a g r e a t

,
. .

si gn the Sabb ath day th at w e s hou l d w ork s i x d ays bu t

, , ,

k eep Sabb ath on the s even th day from all w ork 1 8 A nd . .

all the ang el s of the p re s e n ce and all the ang el s of sanctifi ,

13 14 W orks
the s xth day of i n Cf E od x xx 11 Budde
c
-

cc
. . . . . . .

Gen i
2 4 28 Cf lav Eno h S xxx d B ll an a a ep t t h s i as t he
G c i : origin l
-
. . . . . .

8 sqq in Ep iphanius is defe t ve reading of

.
a Gen 23
c
. 11 . over
rfi dé gk ry i m é pq. r d Gupta rd
g in st th Mass oreti
‘ ’

a a The
.
e
m ail/11, r d é prrer a r iis y 7’s, 1 6» dv0pw1rov
se verer observan e c of the S a bbath
ra fir a r d r é ao apa laey a é‘pfya .

c
b elongs ert a nl y t o the p re Chr st an i i i
é rrolno ev 6 O ebs { if rfi gar g imé pg
c
-
‘ -

— i
.

entu r es as w e shall se e lat er

1 4 A m an an d a woman inste ad
c
.

“m ale and fem ale i

.

1 7 2 1 The two h ef orders of an els

-

of the u sual g
.

.
ob serve t he ab b ath toget her w th God S i
c
.
15 See note on u 23 T he Greek
. . .
Israel alone w ll b e hosen t o j o n in i i
i
of th s verse and the ne t is foun d in
Ep iphanius, lac cit Ka i é y é uer o mi l/r d
x i
th s ob servan e L ike the t h rd order c . i
e lxoc
. . .
o f angels (se e not e on i a those ii . .

y é vn é v r a ft 85 fiaé pai s
.
Ka i
n
d w er é hec
‘

r ev n dur a r d é py a a u
‘
roi} tr 7 7)
.

p i
t hat pres de ove r nat ural henom ena the
,

tha n n
i
Gent les do not share in th s r v le e
p g i ii
aé pa, 80 a tr 1 o ou pa vois Ka i (ii
.
.

80 a é rri r ns yfis, é v rais Gahda a a t s Ka i

‘
‘

1 7 H e gave us a great si n the

g ,
.
‘
é v r aZs dfi do o ow, é v 1 4 3 ¢ wr i Ka i eu r s? x xxx i i
' '

Sa bbath day O f E od 13 Th s . .

axbr ec Ka i é v r am
. . .
.
i
s gn, fi rst a
pp o nted b etween God and i
16 On the sixth day
. Our te t is
S
.

i x
x c
the tw o h ef orders of an els was t o
g , i
supp orted by the am ar t an t e t and b e estab l sh ed sub sequentl i
y b etween
the LXX and yr a ers on s o f G en S i cV i . God and Israel, 11. 2 1 See . 31 note . ii .
18 T HE B O OK OF JU B IL E E S

t o J ac ob , twen ty k in ds of w ork w ere m ade

an d t wo an d

u n ti l the s ev en th day ; thi s i s b l e ss e d an d h ol y ; an d

t he

form er al s o i s b less ed and hol y ; and thi s on e s e r ve s w ith

th at o ne for san ctifi cation an d b le ss ing 2 4 A nd to thi s . .

( J a c ob a n d hi s s ee d ) it w as gran t e d th at th e y s h ou l d al ways

l c in t h t xt ft
a un a 22 Thu Ch g i 5 ( d D i d ) ( m i) d
e e a er ver. . s ron o r . . e . n . o r ,

in Ep ip han ius, D e Mensuri s cl P on dur a é‘py a GZKO O L ta dpLG/La r ots '

1r

d er ibas , ch ( ed D nd vol i v 2 8 ) xx ii i s itco m 6190 E[ 3pa ucois ypdup a m Ka i f a ir

'
‘

cc c
. . . . . .

aft er an a ou n t o f t he six day s reat o n ,

’
i s itc om 6 150 Efipa u< a ?s BitR hos Ka i r ois
'
- ‘
‘

draw n w ord for w ord from ub ilee s, he J drro A 6da é w s I a Kcofi elKom 3 60 y eva p~
’ ‘ ’ ‘

c on t nues i
é drfl
xwo e 6 8 dy
'
y é hou T o
«at ?
’
'

xta cs, di s é v ha rr y ¢ é pe
'
r a i I
‘
eué o a , fir Ka i

Mw ii o e? 87 1 ( uh ’
e a l eixoo l 6 150
2 3 )r J ii v o é ws elua l ¢ ao l r ave s dWO t l/ w
vy

c
. . . .

’
Ke ¢ dha t a 01m) A 6a/ J dxpl r ofi
’
I a mb,6 . .
‘
. i
T h s st at e m ent is re produ e d verb ally
Ka i (J u b 2 1 )é xhé i oaa t é aa vr qfii . ii . b y Ce dre nus, Comp end iu m H i stor vol . .

ex é paar o s a dr ofi
7 00 ar Aa bu i 9 (e d Bekker ) N e t w e have the x
c
. . .

w ept oé o t ov owrd w dur w v T CW é fi mfi v

’
e vi den e of the H eb re w t rad t on pre ii
no ) eZ Kom 660 d o ! r d 1ra pd r ois ‘
'

serve d in t he M drash T adshe vi i

q “T w ent tw o
. . .

fl i aaar a , [ca l 1rpcs

'
E pa lo¢s y pc Ka i ( u ot ed ab ove p y
c c
-
.
,

T ds
BB l o s a d v Gm K
'

fi fipteanaa v elxoo c
-
i
k nds of reat ures w ere reat ed in t he
' ‘
‘

é rrr d oa s dhh é n et di) durhofiur a t 1ré vr e

' '
' '
u n verse i Th s orre sp onds to the
. i c
t w ent y t w o le tt ers o f t he alphab et and
’ ‘ ‘
a or ois a r ocxela , sit com énrz c Ka i
‘ ’
7rap -

a dv a B
-
i na Ka l els r qB dwor eho
-

fiw a c,
'
t o t he t went y t w o ge nerat ons from i
Jc
-
.

fl
"
r oor ou xdpw xa l r ag
”
lfi ho us Kg odo a s '
A dam to a ob Thus w e should
c
.

K
'

fl7re1roufixa o w A lso in 1 p 59 . i . .
p rob ably rest ore t he la una as foll ows :
w e fi nd a br a ! f lo w a t elxoo t A s there were tw o and tw en ty letters and
‘ ’

e 1r1 a
B
'

lfi hoc a l é rc 8 6 0 6 de fi eia a t r oi s tw o a nd tw en ty (sacred ) books and tw o

’ ’
I ov6a lozs, el/coa t doo dé T a w a p a dr oi s a n d twen ty he a ds of m a nki nd from
'
‘

O T OLxeia
'
T dm Efipa uafi v 7 pa uadr wv
' ‘ (

A dam to J a ob, so there w ere m a de two c

dpcfip oé aey at , di d T o dcwho fio da c 6 6m . . a n d twen ty ki n ds of w ork, e t c The .

fl
fi l hovs els 1ré Vr e hey oaé ua s A ga n ' ‘
i i i
t h rty n n e b ooks o f the O ld T estam ent
q q
-
.

A n ast as u s, w ho i
el se where u ot e s are e ual sed t o t he nu m b er of letters i
J
ubil ees (see 9 n ote ), seem s t o refer iii b y t he follow ng dev e The t welve i ic
c
. .

t o our te t here in his w ork on t he x i

m n or prophet s ount as one b ook,
x
H e aem eron (M gue s Bibli oth P a tr
'
i i i
s m larly udges and R ut h, Ezra and J
J
. .

Gra ce t o m 89 , col 9 40 ) Vigint i en m

. . . i N ehe m ah, ere m ah and L am entat ons i i i
d uo o p era fe cisse D eu m dicunt , et are t ake n t ogether, an d the t w o b ooks
J
u daeoru m e t Christ ian orum nt erpret es i of S
am uel, K ngs an d Chron les are i ic
prop t erea vigint i u o u e d uob u s q q c
re kon e d resp e t v ely as one ea h Thus ci c
V c
.

i i
l b r s enu m erat o m ne etu s suu m i
t he th rt y n ne are redu e d t o t wenty ~ -
i
T e st am entu m In Is dore o f e v lle. i S i t wo See Introd
. 11 . .

(o b . E tym olog y x vi 2 6 1 0 (M gne . . . i Thi s is blessed and holy, t e , t he . .

Bi bl P a tr L a t t om 82 , co] we S abb at h
cc c
. . . . . .

have an a ount of the reat on agree n g i i The form er a lso i s blessed and holy,
i J
w t h ubile es save in one sm all articu
p i e, a ob Jc
These t w o, the abbath S
Jc
. . .

l ar It is t here show n t hat there w ere

.
an d a ob , are n t m at el
y related As i i
c c
.

t w e nt y t w o k n ds of w ork j ust as there

-
i S
t he abb ath om es at the lose of the
w ere t w ent y tw o ge nerat ons from i t w enty t w o w orks , so a ob om es at Jc c
Jc
-

c c
-

A da m t o a ob , t w ent y t w o b ooks in the lose o f the t w enty se ond enera

g
-

Jc
-

t he O T an d t wen ty t w o lett ers Th s i t oni N ot till a ob s t m e, therefore,

’
i
cc
-

c
. .

a o un t is dep e n d ent on E i haniu s

p p . o uld t he ab b ath b e r htl
g y ob served S i
T hus it is m o st pro b ab le t hat or g n ally ii on earth Moreover, the abb ath was . S
i
m en t on w as m ade in the te t o f t he x i
g ven t o Israel alone ( ii .

t w ent y t w o H eb re w lett ers and t he 2 4 T hey shou ld a lwa ys , e tc So

-

“he should alwa s "

.

i
.

t we nty t wo b ooks of the B ble, and so bed re ads

c c
-

a
y .
.

w e fi nd it a tu ally st at ed b y yn ellus S e t c.
 C HA PT E R I I . 24 29 -
19

b e the b le ss ed and h oly on e s of the fi rs t te s tim ony an d law ,

even as H e h a d s anctifi ed and b le ss ed the Sabb ath day on

the s eventh day 2 5 H e c re ate d he ave n and e arth and . .

eve rythi ng th at He cre ate d in s i x d ays and God m ade the ,

s even th day h ol y for all His w orks ; therefore He com ,

m ande d on it s b eh alf th at w h oe ve r d oes any w or k the re on ,

s hall die and th at he w ho defi les it s h all surel y die

, 26 . .

W herefore do thou com m an d the chil d ren of I s rael t o ’

o bs erve thi s day th at th ey m ay k e ep it h ol y an d n ot do

thereon any w ork an d n ot t o d e fi l e it as it i s h ol i er th an all , ,

oth er d ays 2 7 A n d wh oever p rofan e s it s h all s urel y die

. .
,

an d w h oever do e s thereon any w ork s h all s urel y die

e t ern all y th at the chil d ren of I s rae l m ay obs erv e thi s da
, y
throug hou t the ir g en erati on s and not be root ed ou t of the ,

lan d ; for it i s a h oly day and a b l ess ed day 2 8 A nd . .

ev ery on e w ho obs erv e s it an d k eep s Sabb ath there o n from

all hi s w ork w i ll b e hol y an d b l e ss e d th rou gh ou t all d ays

,

li k e u n t o u s 2 9 D eclare an d say t o the chi ld ren of I srael

. .

the law of thi s day both th at th ey s h ou l d k e e p Sabbath

th ere on and th at they s h ou l d n o t fors ak e it in the error
,

of th ei r he art s ; (an d) that it i s not l aw fu l t o do any

work thereon which i s u ns e em ly t o do th ereon th eir ow n ,

p l e as ure and th at the y s h ou l d not p repare th ereon anythi ng

,

H e ha d sanctifi ed So 6 d a b read R ooted out of the la nd D eut ix 2 8 xx

ci
. . . . . .

"
it had b een san t fi ed . 2 9 I t i s n ot lawf u l to do any w ork
.

A nd blessed So a c d . . b and had thereon which is u n seemly, to d o thereon

b e en blessed their own p leaswre In the render ng i
ic
“wh h is unseem l
. .

T he Sabbath day 0 d a b om t . . i .
y I have follo w ed
25 Whoever does an y work ther eon Barth an d L tt m ann in t ak ng za ije i i ’

i
.
’ ’

shall di e, a nd tha t he who de

kaw en za ij a s t ar i as rep resent n
fi l es, et c . g
x
E od xxxi
1 4, 1 5 Of E o d. v 2 . . x . xxx . m m mm See
I t m ght also on iii . 15 . i
c c
.

N um x v 3 2 3 6
. See also verse s 2 6, 2 7
.
-
. .
b e b ett er t o o nne t the follow ng in i
26 Com ma n d the children of I sr ael fi nitive w th “unsee m ly and translat e
i
ic
.

to observe this day tha t they m ay keep i t w h h is unseem ly t o do thereon , (even )

holy E od
. 8, x 1 . xx . xxx i . .
the r io w n ple asu re
"
It is u sual for um .

H otte r than all other days Of 11 . . .

t o b e follo w e d b y an n fi n t ve in th s i ii i
3 0 w here it is sa d t o b e hol er t han i i sen se Cf Esther
. 9 ; Chull 83 6 ;
. ii . .

i
the j ub lee of t he j ub lees also 33 i ii . .
Nid vi 4 . . .

27 . Whoever p rof an es i t who T o do thereo n their own p lea su re .

ever does the reon a ny work See two Cf I s lv 13 iii

c
. . . . .

pre e d ng i verses. N ot p r ep are thereon anything to be

 20 T H E BO O K O F JU BI LEE S

to b e eaten or d r unk rand (th at it i s n ot law ful ) to ,

dra w wate r or b ri ng in or t ak e out the reon th rou g h their

,

g at es any burdenj which th e y h a d n ot p r ep ar e d for them '

s elve s on the s ixth day in th ei r dwe llings 3 0 A nd the y . .

s h all not b ri ng in nor t ak e out from hou s e to h ous e on

that d ay ; for that day i s m ore h ol y and b le ss e d th an any
j ub i le e day of the j ub il ees :on thi s w e k ept Sa bb ath in the
h eavens b efore it w as m ade k n own t o any fle s h to k eep
Sabb ath the re on on the e arth 3 1 An d the Cre ator of all . .

things b l e ss e d it bu t He d i d not s anctify all peepl e s and ,

eaten dru n k Th s law ould b e

or . i c should follow the lause
“an t h n t o b e eat en or drunk ” Thus
im m diately e on c
i
d er ved fro m E od x vi 23, 2 5 Bak x y g i
c
. . . .

ing and bo l ng are forb dde n in E odii i x . w e have t he p ro v s o n enfor ed in Bez ii .

x vi 2 3, and the m ak ng of a fi re in i 26, that on the abb ath day noth ng S i

ic
.

E od x v 3 . xxx . . should b e e aten w h h had not b een

A n d tha t they shou ld n ot p rep are x
e pressly prep ared on a week day w th i
thereon any thing to be eaten or drunk i
a v ew t o t he abba th S .

On the day Cf l 9 This sixth . . . .

the m selves day onCf l 9 the six th

p hrase can equally well be rendered in
. . . .

i
It w ll be ob served that b y o m tt ng i i b oth passages o n the six days
"
“and t hat it is n ot lawful) t o draw .

( 30 Bring in nor take ou t f rom house

i
w at er, or b r ng in or t ake ou t thereon
to hou se Cf
.

2 9 , l 8 J er . v i 22 . ii . . . xi . .

through their gates any bu rden

e xc
ellent se n se is rest ored to the te t
an
x Al so habb vii 2 , maS r/1 5 mm n wm n . . .

q See not e on ver 2 9

.

i
Bes des, the w ords in uest on con i . .

stit ute a b re ak in the gram m at al ic On this we kep t Sa bba th i n the

c onstru t on ci
T he w ords or b r ng in
. i heavens . i
S m ilarly it is sa d in vi 1 8
t hat t he feast of w eeks w as elebrat ed
i
c
.

or take ou t thereon through the r gates i

any b urde n look like a d ttography i by the angels in heaven t ll the days of i
o f the fi rst lause in ver 30 c T hey . .
N oah The wr t er m ost probably held
.

that the other feasts w ere l ke w se

i
i i
m ay , how e ver, b e genu ne, an d we can i
rest ore at on e the se n se and gram m ar c ob serve d in heaven T he sabb ath and .

i
b y read ng t hese lauses m m e d ately
“the r ow n le asure
c i i the fe ast of We eks, however, are the
t wo c i
h ef feasts in t he eyes of the
aft er the w ords i
Thus we have
p
That it is not law f ul to
.

wr ter i A ordi ng t o Ber rab ba 1 1 cc

G
. .

do any w ork thereon w h h is unseem ly, ic even the godles s in ehenna had rest

t o do t hereo n the r o wn p leas ure or to i on the ab b ath S .

draw w at er or b r ng in or t ake ou t i 31
Blessed it , t e , I srael
.
MSS om t . . . i
thereo n through the r gates an y b urden i .
it b u t w e have only (w th Barth an d i
An d that they should not prep are there i
L ttm ann )t o em end baraka nto b araka i
i
o n anyt h ng t o b e eaten or drunk, wh h ic t o rest ore it.
they had n ot prep ared for t hem selves H e did n ot sarwtr f y all na tions
ix
on t he s th day in the r dw e ll n s
g
”
i i . to keep
Sabbath thereon, but I sra el
Or bri ng in or take ou t an y a lon e Cf 19 T he ii
ab b ath w as S
ci ci
.
. . .

b urden The law is fo und in u 3 0 ,

. the sp e al p r v lege and d st n t on i i i i
c c
.

l 8 ; J er v x ii
2 1 , 22, 2 4, 2 7 . Of of Israel H en e it ould not b e r ght ly i
J
. .

Jc
. . .

N eh . 19 ; x iii
ohn v. 1 0 ;
. habb S ob serve d on earth t ll a ob s t m e se e
( i ’
i
ci
.

vii 2. .
ii
. 2 3 n ote ) It w as to b e a s e al
p
.

W hich they ha d n ot p rep ared f or i

s gn b e t w een God an d I srael
( as ii
i
.

themselves on the six th da y Th s . it was already a s gn in heaven bet ween i

22 T HE BOOK OF JU BI L E E S

m an s h oul d b e al one :let u s m ak e a help m e et for him 5 . .

A n d the Lord our God c au s e d a d e ep s leep t o fall u p on him ,

an d he s l ept an d H e t ook for t he w om an on e rib fr om ,

am on gs t hi s ri bs an d thi s rib w as the origi n of the w om an ,

from am ongs t hi s ribs an d H e b u i lt u p the fl e s h in it s s t ead , ,

an d b u i l t the w o m an 6 A n d H e awak e d A d am ou t of hi s . .

s leep an d on aw ak ing he ros e on t he s i xth day an d He ,

b roug ht her to hi m an d he k n e w her and s ai d u n t o her , ,

Thi s i s n ow b one of m y b on e s an d fl e s h of m y fl es h ; s he
wi ll b e c alle d [m y] w ife ; b ec au s e she w as t ak en from her
h usb an d 7 Th erefore s hall m an an d w ife b e on e and
. .
,

therefore sh all a m an l eave hi s father an d hi s m oth er and ,

cl eave unto hi s w ife an d they s h all b e one fle s h 8 In

create d an d the r ib —hi s
. .
,

the fi r s t w eek w a s A d am ,

w ife :in the s e con d w eek H e s h o w e d her un t o him :and

for thi s re as on the c om m an dm en t w as give n to k eep in thei r

Gen 1 1 1 8
4 L et u s m ake So is follow ed in Matt x ix 5 Mark x 7
V
. . . . . . . .

also L XX and ulg Mass , Sam , . . Eph v 3 1 , an d se em s to have the

. .

I w ll m ake i . older att estat o n i .

5 6 Creat on of w om an on the 1 3th i 8 F i rst w eek s econd w eek

c MSS re ad seventh nst ead of “
-
. . .

day of the reat on Cf Gen 21 23 i ii w eek i

c
-
. . . . .

In the T arg J on o n Gen 2 1 the rib

. . . ii . in b oth ases We ob t a n the r ght sense . i i
i
is sa d to have b een the 1 3th on the r ght i i
b y s m p ly e m end ng sz
i b é t nt o sab at i '
i '

ic
.

i
s de O n the T alm u d the or es as t o i 8 1 4 Com ma nd m en t w as given to
i ic c c
. -
.

t he herm ap hrod t hara ter of A dam keep in their de i

filem ent, etc In th s
c
b e fore the reat on o f Eve se e W eb er, i p assage our author e ther n vent s i
.

i
J iéd Theologie, 2 p 21 1
. . .
i ic
h st or al grounds or e lse adopts an
5 On e ribf rom am ongst his ribs, an d
.
already e st ng l egen d t o axi i
ount for cc
this rib om a m on gst his r ibs
fr“ .
c
t he om m an ds g ven in Le v x 11 2 5 i
cc
-

x i
T e t l t erally : one b one from am ongst
. . .

i
A ord n g t o Lev x ii 2, 6 a m other
i i c
. .

his b ones and th s rib (or s de ) w as t o b e un lean seven days if she

from am ongst his b ones
T he “m y
.
b ore a m an h ld, and w as n ot to enterc i
6 [M y ] w ife
c
.

b ra ke te d as an nterp olat o n
I have
It is
.

i i
c
the san t u ary t ll th rty three days i i -

.
later, in all forty day s and she w as t o
fo und also in t he Eth vers of Gen . . .
c
b e un lean fourteen day s if she b ore
ii .2 3 , b ut in no other m portant i a ma d i c
h ld, and w as n ot t o enteri
vers on i
H er hu sban d
.
c
the san tu ary for s t y six days later, ix -

a
g ain) . So also Sam in all e ght y day s i
T h s law, our i
c
.

LXX , an d O nkelos aga n st Mass , i author say s , w as b ase d on the fa t that

Syr , . an d V ulg wh h om t the pro
. ic i A dam w as reat ed at th e lose o f the c c
noun fi rst w eek and did n ot ent er the
c
.

7
Cf Gen 24 ii i
Garden t ll forty day s aft er his rea
c c
. . . . .

They shall be one flesh So also Mass i

t on, an d E ve w as reate d at the lose
: c
. .

an d Onkelos, b ut Sam (onus/r r m) o f the se on d w eek and did n ot ent er

V
.

LX X , Syr , ulg , Ps J on the y

.
the Garden t ll e ghty day s after her i i
c c
-
. . .

t wa n shall b e one fl
i esh T h s latter . i reat on i
T h s p e ul ar dea reapp ears
. i i i
 C H AP T ER 1 11 5 9 .
-
23

defilem ent for s eve n d ays and for a fem ale t wice
,
a m al e ,

s even d ays 9 A n d aft e r A dam had c om p l ete d forty d ays

. .

in the land Whe r e he had b e en c re a t ed w e b rou ght him i n t o ,

the garden of Eden t o till an d k eep it but hi s w ife they ,

b roug ht in on the ei ghti eth day an d afte r thi s she en tere d ,

in var ous i w orks.

Thus in Ph lo i an offering for Ca n w hen he w as forty i
Q uaest i n Gen . 2 1 (translate d b y . ii . day s old an d an o ffer ng for Ca n s tw n
’
i i i
A n oher from the Arm en an ), w here i i
s st er Luluw a w hen she w as e ght y i
i
Ph lo is deal ng w th the re at on o f i i c i day s old, w hen Eve and her daughter
w om an from t he rib o f the m an, the approa hed c the alt ar A nastas u s i
c c
.

x
t e t app ears t o re all the vi ew s of our Sinait a (fl or 7 th ent ) in his A n agogi c
ici
. . .

au thor :Siqu idem ut p erfect ior et (si con temp la t i n H ex a em (F ab r us, 0 0 d

i ci
. . .

liceat d ) dup licior est v r form at o ii i P seu d V T 83 ;

. M i . e
’
gu s Biblio ii .

:
.

form at ione m ulieris sic et am dim idio i theca P atr Grace t om 89 , col 9 6 7 )is
ic c
. . . .

t em pore o pus hab u t , dieb u s vi del et i the fi rst t o refer d re tly t o our t e t i x :
x 1, u bi im perfect ae at u e, ut ita q U nde H eb raei ex l b ro qu i n on est i
dicam , dim idiae v r sectioni, s l et ii ci i c re dactus in can one m q u i u d em dicitur q i
m u lieri, (op us esset ) du pl m en su ra, ic i T estam e nt um Prot oplast orum , dicun t
ne m p e dieb u s l Our t e t w as xxx x q i
u adrage s m a die ingressu m esse A dam

c c
.

ert a nly i
b efore yn ellu s 8 9, S i in Paradisu m ; s eut et am v det ur i i i
ci
-
.
’

6 9 6 08 r ov eu r qi u dam hist orico chron ographo Pyr

n a a deta q
p ar a m y :K r eour a pa x oo r hv rhon i, et quib usdam ex p osit oribus .

rmé a v r ns n hdo e ws a ur ou
p r fi b l ew ) . The Pyrrho here m ent on ed b y A nas~ i
x oo r y r lr g
p fiaé pa rm xr la ews
‘
i
t asius is l k ew se referred t o b y Glycas i
eio nxdn urro r ou Oe ou eu r q) n a a delaq
p : as the sou r e of th s stat em ent c i
c
.

i; r o fi A 6du fi a os Eli a , eu r fi 67 60 17
’
S yn ellus (p 8 ) is t he ne t t o use our . x
x oar fi fiué pa r fis whda ews a u r fis te t x :s lain/ a y e” 6 9 6 65 r ev eu
3rd r o iir o
. n poo é ra fe v 6 debs di d re ? n a padela tp ar a r 77v r eac apa xoo r fiv K ‘
‘

Mwuo é ws e r qi A evtrt mp , fir m 6rd

"
“ué a v r s whdo ews a dv 0 6
’

u h p fi Sub se -

q ci c
. .

Glycas ( r in his
‘
7 8 19 ner d r vw n hdo w r e f) xwpw aofi ue ntl y .

a br d w i m é pa s ex r e l) r apa delo ov, é rrl Blfihos Xpom xr‘) (pp 39 2 393, e d

‘

q
-
. .

new dppevoy ovla s d daprou a irrhu sll/ a c

’
'
. Bekker), uot es our t e t w th dis x i
erri r ea o a pdxovr a “ haé p’a s, é rrl dé approval 7 :
) 5ahe y ué w)o h errr i; I
‘
é vea cs, ‘ '

i mepé w 1r 0 6K old 80 6 1:o vy ypa ¢ elo a Ka i lim o s,

‘

r ok la s t o); é rrecdi) Ka i .

A 6au rfi p fiué pa r m whdaews a vr ou

’ ’

¢ no l b a) fi i mp s y elo fihOeu 6 A 6ap

’ '
. u r a e é a . .

elo fixfl e Eda ued imé pa s

’

név 1 4 5 n apa de lmp , ov xdpw Ka i els r ev n a pddew ov, 7) a

r d y ew wueva r y r eo aapa xo o r y i m é pa 1r , Ka t r our ou xdpw eu n aépat s roaa vra t s

e lo ¢ é povo w é v r q 3 leper Kar a r ev r poo dy ovr a t r mwi g» 1 6 r e dppe u Ka i r o
'
.
’
é n l as Gfiheos d Bapr ou ell/ a c a il r hv é rrl d ahb y s d ip A 6ap x a l r y
’
' '
u w r x a r '
.

imé pa s by dofix ovr a , 6rd r e r n v eu r e ? Eda . On p 1 5 6 Glycas t ells u s t hat.

rrapa de lo t p a fir fis 6 10 0 60 1! r fi b ydonxoar fi
'
Pyrrho in his h st ory wr tes that A dam i i
i mé pq Ka t dt d r o d Oa pr ou r ofi Hfiheos did not enter the Garden of Eden t ll i
c
. .

n pbs r o dpo ev d¢ ebpos y dp . t he 4ot h day aft er his re at on, and i

fl
'
0 60 0 aizx eia é pxer a t é ws é rrr a fiué pa s eu then adds dhh O0K 0 160 1roD 6t é r p¢ e
’ ‘ ‘
. .
“
ri p iepei a r z c 1 611 0 6 7
'

K
50 1 vby ou
’
‘
. ra fira . n pbr epov 6 E‘
Ew r ofi n apa delaov
ex 1 0 0 fi lo v h yoaé vov A 6dp ¢ t 7\o,a a 0 la s
e '
. r e ao a pdxovr a di c i)/ coy fiué pa s .

xdpw eu o ver due é o rocxelw’o a , eu r qi’ : ’

On the other hand Beer (D as Buch des

1r u
p
'
m p br a rn s n h d o ews roi} A 6d; 4, e7r
‘
J u bi laen , p 4 0 ) p o nts ou t that there i
c c
.

au ra ) r d 1rpax0é ur a is n o t a t ra e of su h a legend in
i ic i
. .

In the Book of A dam and Eve tran s Rabb n l t erat ure, and t hat on t he
l at ed b y Malan in 1 882 from the c ont rary it IS de lared i n hab b ath l 3b a c S
Et h op i icwe fi nd an u ndoub t ed re ( m t? menu w as
l
'
R W m m '
Du ne/sun mun
m iniscence of our te t Thus in 74 x i mar/ 5 bur n) that the regulat ons in i
c c c
. .

and 7 5 it is re ount ed that A dam m ade L ev . xii

2 5 had no urren y b efore
.
2 4 T HE BO OK OF JU BI L E E S

int o the gar den of Eden 1 0 A n d for thi s re as on the . .

c om m an dm en t i s writt en on the h e avenl y t ab le s in reg ard

“
t o her that g ive s b irth : if she b ear s a m al e she s h all ,

r em ai n in her u n c l eanness s eve n d ays acc ordin g t o the fi rs t

w eek of d ays an d thi rty an d th ree days s hall s he rem ai n in
,

the b lood of her p urify i n g an d she s h all n ot t ou ch an y ,

hallow e d thi ng n or e n te r int o the s anctuary u n ti l she , ,

acc o m p li s he s th e s e d ays w hich (are enj oi ne d ) in the c as e

of a m al e chi l d 1 1 But in t he c as e of a fe m ale chi l d . .

she s h all rem ai n in her u n c l eann e ss t w o w e eks of d ays ,

a ccor ding to the fi rs t t w o w eeks an d s ix ty s i x days in the ,

-

b l oo d of her p uri fi c ation an d th ey wil l b e in all e ig ht y ,

days 1 2 A n d w h en s he had c om p l ete d the s e e i g ht y

. .

d ays w e b rought he r i nto the gard en of Ed en for it i s ,

h ol ier than all the earth b e s i des and ev ery t ree that i s ,

p l an t ed in it i s h oly 1 3 T h er efore th ere w as ord ain e d . .

,

reg ard i n g h er w ho b e ars a m al e or a fem al e chi l d the s tat u te

i
t he leg slat on of Moses i Yet, n otwith We ob serve here t hat the ab o ve st at e
c
.

i '
st an d n g Beer s s t at em en t, t he t rad t o n ii m ent s are attr b ut ed t o P n has T hey i i
c
.

x
in o ur t e t is n ot w thou t at test at on in i i go b a k u lt m ately t o o u r t e t i As x
J c c
.

uda sm i
Thu s in the M drash T adsh e
. i re feren es t o P n has, Epp st e n ( R evu e i i
xv .
’

(se e J ellinek s ed t on in his Bet ii d es Etud es j u ives , 9 2 , 1 89 0 ) xxi .

Iva M idrasch,
-
iii
1 6 4 1 93 or Epp ste n .
-
i i
m en t o ns Chullin 7 b, K e thub oth 4 6 a ,
in Be itrage zu/r fild A lterthu m sku n de,
“Wh did t he H ol One
. S ot a 49 a , Ber rab b a 6 0 . .

y y 1 0 The hea venl y tables In m y

c
. .
,

b lessed b e H e, orda n seve n d ay s o f i n ote on lv x ii

3 o f t he Eth Eno h I
c c
. .

i i
p ur fi at on for a w om an w ho had have t o u he d on the or g n and de ii
b orne a m ale h ld and fo urt een d ay s c i vel o p m ent of the dea u n derly ng th s i i i
for her w ho had b orne a fe m ale ? Th s i x i
e p ress on, and t o t h s I m ust refer t he i
c
is t o re all the reat on of t he fi rst c i reader The phrase is fou n d in t he
c c x ciii
.

A dam who w as reated in seve n days Eth En o h lv 3, l 1 , 2, x ii xxx i

ciii c
. . . .

Tin the fi rstl of the fi rst w eek, (and )

' '
2, 2 , T e st X I I Patr ar h Lev i i
c c c
. . . .

i
the reat on of Eve , w ho w as t aken v ; A sher ii , vii Th e on ep t on is i
c c
. . . .

from on e of his r b s in the se on d i n ot a hard an d fi ed o n e in Eno h x :

w eek So P n has b en a r (
.
p 0a i c Ji an d T est XI I Pat r ar h it w avers
. . i c .

w e ) T he sages ho wever say t hat b oth b etween an ab solu t e d et erm n sm and i i

c ic i
.

w ere reate d on the eve o f t he ab b ath, S pred t on pure and s m ple whereas i :
t he s th day ixWherefore did the Holy x
in our t e t, in add t on t o t hese sign ifi ii
c
.

O ne, blessed b e H e, orda n that she i i i

who had b o rne a m ale should ent er the
t em ple aft er fort y days, and that she
who had b orne a fe m ale after e ghty
day s ? T o re all t hat wh h Go d did
regard ng i
the fi rst A dam who w as
c i
reat ed outs de the Gard en o f Eden
an d did n ot ent er t ll lat er
at ons, it m p l es at t m es l ttle m ore i i i
c
than a ontem p orary heavenly re ord c
of e vent s In fa t, in our author, the
. c
i heavenly t ables are t he d v ne st atut e i i
c ic b ook of the T heo ra y o f wh h t he c c ic
ic
Mosa law is the rep ro du t on on ci
earth , or a m ere ontem p orary re ord c c
i . of event s, or fi n ally they re ount t he c
26 T HE BO OK or JU B I L EE S

k ept] . 17
fte r the com p le tion of the s even y e ars
. A nd a ,

w hich he had com p l eted th ere s eve n y e ar s e x actl y an d in , ,

t he s ec on d m onth on the s e ve n te en th day (of the m onth ) , ,

the s e rp en t c am e an d app roache d the w om an an d the s e rpe n t ,

“
s ai d to the w om an Hath God com m and e d you s ayin g Ye , , ,

s h all not e at of every t r ee o f the gard en ? 1 8 A n d s he .

s ai d to it Of all the fru it of the tre es of the g ar d en God

,

h ath s ai d u n to us Eat ; but of the frui t of the tr ee w hich i s ,

in the m i ds t of the g ar d en G od h ath s ai d u n t o us Ye s h all ,

n ot e at the r eof n eithe r s h all ye t ou ch it l e s t y e d ie , ,

.

1 9 A nd the s e rp en t s ai d unto the w om an

.
“Ye sh all not
,

s ur el y die :for God do th k n ow th at on the day y e s h all e at

thereof you r eye s will b e open e d an d y e w ill b e as gods
, , ,

an d y e w i ll know g ood an d e vi l 2 0 A n d the w om an s a w . .

the t r ee that it w as agre eab l e and p l e a s an t t o the eye an d ,

th at it s fruit w a s good for food and s he took the r eof and ,

e at 2 1 A n d w h en s he h a d fi rs t c ove r e d he r sh am e w ith
. .

fi g l e ave s s he gave the r e of t o A d am and he eat an d hi s e y e s

-

, ,

w ere op en e d and he s a w that he w as n ak e d 2 2 A n d he , . .

t ook fi g leave s and s e w e d (them )t ogethe r an d m ade an ap ron

-

for hi m s e l f and cove r e d hi s s h am e 2 3 A n d God c u r s e d

, . .

the s erpen t and was w roth with it for eve r 2 4 A nd H e

, . .

w as w r oth w ith the w om an b ec au s e s he he ark en e d t o the ,

1 7 2 2 Gen 1 7 iii therefore, m ost p rob ably onta ned c i

c
- -

c
. . . .

1 9 See on ver 32 Cf y n ellus S som e st at em ent re lat ve t o the utt ng i i

: c
. . . .

i I evé o ews : S
’
13 Ex r Gw hem ?
‘ ‘

ofi o f the serpent s feet

’
u h a stat e
'
. rq .

fl
é dbmp é ra wa pé r) t a l r qs 67 569) é fep
‘
flI ‘
m ent w ould follow naturally on Gen
“
.

ptdma a v r ofi wa pa delaov, (é s M0 1, ne rd iii ”

‘
. 1 4
. up on thy b elly thou sh alt
go .

r eaa a dxow a 7ré vr e

p fip é pa s vfis r apa -
Inde e d in the T arg , Ps J on , G en. . .
-
. iii .

Bri c ema,
-

1 4 w e fi nd th s very st at em ent 15m i

2 3 Of. Ge n 14 A t the lo se iii c p sxpni, and thy feet w ll b e cu t off
”
i
c cc
. . . .
.

of this verse I have m arked a la un a in i

A ord ng t o t he M drash K oheleth
“the m n ster n an els am e do wn and
i
x
t he te t ; for Glycas (p 2 0 6 ) affi rm s i i i c
cc g g
.

that a ord ng to J ub ilees the serp ent i an d cut o ff it s hands an d feet

"
F nally i
: J
.

had or g nally four feetii 6 ( rs an d M osephus (A nt 1 4 )wr t es that the

. i . . i
lcrfiuovs é pv re rbu é é ue ro
y , x
ei ds r e K a t
p
- ' '
'
‘
serpe nt w as de r ve d b oth o f lan ua e
p g g i
arbda s é xé lc rm o d¢ ypé 0 n as ra ilf a dtd
'
and feet, d¢ ethe r o a s «a t r é u 6¢ w r hv
' -
. .

pb g e ls 1 6» wapddew ov ela el w
’
7 6 r ohp n c
'

eiv
¢ wxrhv
‘

r addm r e
‘

afi r bv 6 1ro~
c
.

S
,

i
y n ellu s ( 1 4 )st at es t hat t he serp ent .
o repfia a s r upee Ha t m avfis yfis ( Mam b
- ‘

had or g nally four feet ii The t e t , . x uevov é rrolna e.

 C H A P T E R II I . 17 29 -
2 7

v ice
o the s e pe t and di d eat ; and He s ai d un t o her : I
of r
“ n ,

s h all g reatly m ultip l y th y s orro w an d th y p ain s :in s orrow

th ou s h al t b ring forth ch il dren and th y ret urn sh all b e u nt o ,

th y hu sb and and he w i ll r ul e over thee 2 5 A n d to A d am

, . .

als o H e s ai d Bec au s e th ou has t he ark ene d unt o the v oic e

,

of th y w ife and h as t e aten of the t re e of w hich I com

,

m ande d th ee that th ou s hou l ds t n ot eat thereof cu rs e d ,

b e the groun d for th y s ak e :th orn s and thi s tles s hall it

bring forth t o thee and thou s h alt eat thy b read in the ,

sw eat of thy face ti ll th ou returnest t o the earth from ,

w h en ce th ou was t taken ; for e arth th ou art and u nto earth ,

s h al t th ou retu rn 2 6 A n d H e m ad e for them c oats of . .

sk i n an d c l othe d them and s en t th em forth from the

, ,

G ar den of Eden 2 7 A nd on th at day on which A dam . .

w ent forth fr om the G arden he offered as a sw e et s avou r ,

an o fferin g frank incens e gal b anu m and s t acte and s pi c es

, , , ,

in the m orn in g w ith the ri sing of t he sun from the day

w hen he covered hi s s h am e 2 8 A n d on th at day w as . .

c l os ed the m outh of all b eas t s and of cattle and of b irds , , ,

and o f w h at ev e r w al ks and of w h atev er m o v es so th at th ey , ,

c ou l d no l onge r sp eak :for th ey had all s p ok en on e w ith

an oth er w ith one l ip and with one t ongu e 2 9 A nd H e . .

2 4 I shall grea tly m n ltzjoly thy sorrow

'

27 H ere the wr ter antedat es the i

i c
. .

a nd thy p a in s, etc Gen 16 iii n en se oder ng i

m ent oned in E od i x
cc
-

. . . . .

m y p ain s So also L XX , b ut Mass ,

. . xxx 34. A ord ng t o A b oda zara 8 a
. i
Sam .
, Sy r , and
. thy concep A dam offere d an ox whose horns were
t i on (1m m) . i
of earl er grow th than it s hoof (Beer,
‘
Ba ch der J u b p
Thy return v) dw 0 0 7 p0 ¢ fi a ou So . .
z .

also LXX an d Syr : j nz i r/n n st ead of i F rom the day when he covered his
Mass and Sam 1 np1wn : “they desire x xx xx iii
.

sha me E od 2 6, v 42 ,
c
. . . .

i
. . .

where the pr est s are hidden t o over

2 5 2 6 Ge n-
1 7 1 9 , 21 2 4
. . iii .
-
.

i
the r nake dness w t h bree hes when at i c
2 5 Of the tree =d1rb r ofi E vhov The ‘

t e x t is “
.

of that t ree,
"
b ut the de m on
.

the altar, m ay have b een in the m n d o f i

strat ive is a re nder ng of the re ek i G i
t he wr ter, as Beer (op ci t p 41 ) . . .

art as fre uentl y

. q .
suggest s.

i
2 8 T h s was undoub tedly a u rrent c
Mass c ci
.

Thy bread So LX X , b ut i
b el e f am ong erta n se t ons of the i
“ V
. .
,

Sam , Syr , ulg o m t

. t hy
”
. . i .
J e ws Thus it is stated w thout i
q J
.

T o the earth for earth uest on ini oseph A n t . 1 4

’
. i . .

A s LXX u ses 7 77 t o render ¢ wvobur wv dé Kar é Kel vo Ka tpoii 7 63V

'

u n to earth '

:
.

the t wo Heb rew w ords mm » and any, so iz,i dwdy r wv It appears also in the
‘

J
.

did the Greek vers on of ub ilees i . Book of A dam and Eve 1 8 and in i .
2 8 T HE B OO K OF JU BI L EE S

s ent out of the G ard en of Ed en all fl es h th a t w a s in the

G ard en of Eden and all fle s h w as s c atte r e d a ccor di ng to ,

it s k inds and accor ding t o it s typ e s u nto the p la ce s w hich

,

h ad b een cr ea te d for th em 3 0 A n d to A d am al on e d i d . .

som e form is m pl ed in Ph lo, Q u e es t i i i . Gen lx 1 , St Ephraem, and Bar

. .
-
xi . .

tn Gen 32 i Both o ur heb rae ns (see A ssem ani, Btbl Or. iii 3 1 3,
c
.

J q c
.
. .

x
t e t and osephu s are uo ted as te a h 3 1 4 ) w ere j u st as onfi dent of the

ing t h s v e w in i
yn ellus, i
1 4, r d S c i ab solu te pr or t y o f the r own language, i i i
ci
. .

Onpta Ka t 1 a r erpdr oda Ka t r d é pr er z

‘
w h le i S
olo m on Baisorens is recon le d
c
t

(fin l 6 t ) A
‘
h é vem s
I i
b oth v ew s b y de lar ng that or g nally i ii
c
'
e y ra 1 errr

6p 6¢ wva elm 1rpo r fis n apa c i o e ws 1 o : fl - '

S i
yr a an d Hebrew w ere one and the
wpwr or hdarow T h s statem ent is re . i sam e .

p eat ed in Cedrenus, pp 9 1 0 Zon aras, i -

In D ie Schatzhchle b y Bezold),
’

(transl
c ic
. .
.

i p 23 It seem s m pl ed in the t e t i i x p 2 9 , t he p r or ty of yr a is p olem ally i i S i

c
.

“Von A dam bis dam als

. .

:
.

that the omm on or g nal langu age of i i i

m a nta ne d i
m en and an m al s was H eb rew That i .
redet en sie all e in d eser pra he, nam i S c
Hebrew w as t he pr m t ve lan guage i ii ic
l h in der syr s hen pra he i c S c
of m an, at any rat e, was un versally
J
i
cc den n di ese pra he ist die K on g n S c ii
i
b el eved am ong the ews T hus a ord
J
.

xi
all er pra hen S D ie friiheren c hrift . Sc
ing to the erusalem T argum on Gen . .
st eller ab er rren, ndem sie sagen, das i i
1 all m en or g nally spoke Heb rew, which ii Heb raische sei die erste gew esen
”

ic
.

was the language b y m eans o f wh h

“
c : O ther w r ters aga n assert ed that i i
the world w s re t e d 115 « ap p n g/ i t;
c
:
a a
; L i Greek w as the pr mit ve sp ee h of i i
a
t
?” a” ; 8 321
a
: rttp p .
(Cf also Ber m ank nd i
T o th s last v ew Eut ychius i i
q
. .
.

rabb a 18, 2 5, 2 6 o f our In ( N azam , al j pp 53, 5 4, uot ed b y

“
x 11.

c
-
. .

te x alled
t it is the t ongu e of t he Malan, Book of A dam and E ve, p p 245,
c wh h “ ic c
.

reat on,
”
i had eased from the 6 ) assents in these w ords Th s i
c G
.

m ouths of all the h ldren of m en from i ap prove s tself t o m e For the i reek

c
.

t he day of the o verthro w (of Bab el) til l language is w ser, learer and broader i
the days of A b raham In Cedrenus, . i
t han e ther the H ebrew or the yr a
”
S i c .

i 2 2, ho wever, t he legend is di fferently T he sam e v ew m ust have b een held b y i

c
.

preserved Be ause Eb er re fused to

. i
t he w r t er w ho first der ve d t he nam e i
i i i
j o n in b u ld ng Bab el he did n ot lose A dam from the n t al lett ers of t he i ii
— G
Adam spoke e
ii
his or g n al language the lan guage that
the rest o f h is con — reek nam es of the four quarters of the

w orl d dvar ohfi, 660 1 s, dpxr os, ma ny fipla.

-

temp orar es i
r aw d v ¢ wvfis See lav En S 1 3 (not e); O r xxx
J i
. . . .

fl
"
a uyxede am l r ofi E ep 0 6K dm bhe ro Sib yll iii 2 4 2 6 A s for later e w sh
c
-
. . . .

a tm
'
Gé é ar w 3 3 m l
’
A 6au. é hdha ideas o n this subj e t we fi nd, anh S
c c c ic
. .
,

Hen e his des endant s alle d t hemselves 3 8 b, that Adam spoke A ram a , nm -

H ebrews and the r language H eb rew , i mm pwt li me m, b e ause Ps : -

c c xxxi x
c c
. .
,

and t he n am es of the patr ar hs are a i whi h w as supp osed to b e wr t ten b y i

p roof that Hebrew w as the p re Bab el
-
c
him , ont a ned an Aram a i
( t) w ord ic .

language xa l r a brnv oi r ot r ou 6m
‘

S
I n h ab b 1 2h on the other hand one
: ic
.

Beé d/l evoc drrby ovo war pwvvnua bs é a v

’

is hidden not t o p ray in A ram a , w e

r obs
'

fl
E pa £ovs r poo ny bpe vaa v Ka i was pu t pr am m e n me tr :
e, b e ause the c
Q
Efipaffda f in! ¢ wvi7v é x dhe a a v 7 6K angels of erv e do not un derstand S ic
ic
. .

)u jptov dé r a ilm v elva t r hy 1rpb r fis

- ' ‘
’
A ram a (quoted in Lev s N euhebr u i
c cc
. .

o w xfio ews ¢ wviqv r d 7 4 131 wa ha ubif hald Worterbuch, i i

’

A ord ng
J
. .

p ar a Th s v ew is l kew se ew sh :
i i i i i t o Ab arbanel, in his e p os t on of x ii
ic J
.

it is found in the Chron les of erah i

Zephan ah, fol 2 7 6, col 1 (see E sen . . i
m eel,xxx iii v 11 Bu t wh le som e i m enger, H ebrew was the ii
S ic i c J
. . .

yr a wr ters su h as ohn b ar Madan i language spoken b efore the b u ld ng i i

and Jc
a ob o f Serugh adm tt ed t h s i i o f B ab el and should ult m ately b e t hat i
c i
la m, others l ke Theodoret, Q naest in i . o f all I srae l tes. i
 an d A bel an d other children o f A da m , 1 1 2 -
. E n os ,

K ena n , Mahalalel ,
J a red, 13 15 -
E noch an d his

history, 1 6 2 5 -
. F ou r sacred p laces, 2 6 . Methuselah ,

La m ech, N oah, 2 7, 2 8 . D ea th of A dam a nd Ca in,

29 32 -
. Shem , H am ,
a nd J ap het, 3 3 .
(Cf . Gen . iv .
-

IV .third w ee k i n the s e c on d jub il ee s he

A nd in the
gave b i r th t o C ai n and i n the fo urt h s he g ave bi rth t o ,

A b el an d i n the fi fth she gave b ir th t o he r d augh te r Aw an

’
.
,

A .H . 2 A n d i n the fi rs t (y e ar ) o f the third jubi l ee C ain sl e w

.
,

A b el b e c aus e ( God) acc ep te d the s ac r i fi c e o f A b e l and di d ,

n ot acc ep t t he o ffe ri n g o f Gain 3 An d he s l e w him in . .

the fi e l d :and h i s bloo d c r i e d fr o m the gr o u n d t o he ave n ,

c o m pl ainin g b e caus e he had sl ain him 4 A nd the Lord . .

r ep ro ve d C ai n b e c aus e of A b e l b e caus e he had s lai n him , ,

IV 1 s ec on d d aughter
fi w d7c A
’
pp 3 7 3 3 7 4, F i , Cod P seud abri c us
w a s b orn la t r C ai n i
-
. . . . . .

na e d
m
’
A zfi ra(iv 8 s qq e VT 109 )
m arri e d the d e r cc o rding t o S yn ce us i
. . . . . .

el
p wi ck e d a
t, A ll ( 1 4)
ai n b o rn i n the y e ar
.

n e ss an d S th the y o unge r A fi a
" ’
C w as 7 0 3 m m,
e in
e z r

The deriv ation o f the latter is do ubt

.
, ,
an d w Ab l 77 , A so uam (i e A an )
’
. .

ful Fran k el (M n t s h tf t f G h Th o ugh the d a e s ar e ef in 86. t l t

d J u d n thn m 1 85 6 31 1 3 1 6 ) th i nks
.

in efinite in o a s c /r
tex hey are no
. es c .

d o ur t t
d ou d rive d fro Th us ain
es e s,

th at it i s fro m m wp =“ h t
-

,
”
bt e m it C
a rr e d w n i n the y e ar
x c as e .

Pro b ably it is fro m m us w ell a cc ord

,
m i A a 1 35
gu arde d ( cf Syr ia c F gm ent lgo yl) t o Sy n cellus ra
ing ,
b et ween 1 34 1 40 -

acco r ng t o o ur text wn
a
. .

di
’

N 0 t wo o f l ater writers agree a s t o the

A a w as .

then fi f y e ars o l d Syn ce us

fo rm s o f thes e nam es A cc o rding t (
ty ll )
C f Gen i v
.

o
2 3
the S yri ac F ragm ent they w ere A sw a
.
-
. 4, 5, 8, 10 . . . .

So 2 The sam fi ce of A bel

an d A zura :in Epiph niu E n? an d the s a ri fi ce at h i s h an d
a b ad
. . .

rea a s, ar
d c
i S yn cellus n
bu t o , Of ering a c, b ol mit
.

bed “
. .
'
A upd
So h an d
'
aa , Of Cain a at the
an d I n Glycas an d J o el o f ain C
"
. .

i m a d e the el d er i i
.

“m
’
A § pd
r k g su
'
ov

the y o ung er Q u ite

s
o a n t 3 Comp lain ing
i ii
. .

and
d ifferent nam e s are g ive n in the Ps eudo Ge n v Eth E no ch xx .
Cf 10 5, 6
i
. . . . . .

Meth o d ius i K hnné p an d A fi é p

cc o r n g S n ce us b e A d to y ll (i 1 4) A l .

A g a in th el d er appe ars a s Q lm
, e. ,
.
w a s t w ea
n t y t w o e aa
rs w he n he e a.
y old
i
-

e
o e r e d h
in the Chronicles o f J hm l and o f s eventh onth Thus the wordss s a c r fi ce on
era
n e w oon
ee
a an a
f i the m
the
Ps eudo Meth o di us (L t
-
as a i n fi rs
a
t o f .
the th i rd j ub i ee a “ the
m
l are
.

in the Book o f A d am nd Eve a s A

i n Euty hi w hil the younger is L b d j ubi ee b e a k ea
n a s the fi rs y e a r,
o f the zru n
to t t

ar e
c us,
rae s,
e

i n B h b u A kl jam in the Book t ions as t o the instrum ent w ith wh ich

e
the a e r t r a d i e u a
l =9 9 A M F or l t . .

o f A dam an d Eve an d Ow ain o r Ca in sle w A b el s ee F abricius C d

Laphura i n Euty hius
, ’

(S ee R ous ch Ps u d V T i 1 13
.
, o .
c . ,
e . . . . .
 C H A PT E R IV . 1 -

9 31

an d he m ad e
fugitive on th e rth be c us e o f th
him a e a a e

b loo d of h i s brothe r d he c urs e d him u p on th e r th , an e a .

5 A d on t h i s cc o u nt it i s wri tte n on th he ve nl y t b l e s
. n a e a a ,

Curs e d i s he w h o s m i te s hi s n ei ghb o ur tre c hero usl y dl t a , an e

a ll wh o h ve s ee n a d he rd y S b e it n d th m
an wh o a sa , o a e an

h as s ee n nd n t d e cl re d (it) l t him b e ccurs e d

a o th a ,
e a as e

othe r .6 A n d fo r t h i s r e s on w e nno u n c e w he n w e c o m e
. a a

b efo re th L o rd o ur G d ll th s i n wh ich i s c o m m i tt e d i n
e o a e

he ve n nd on e rt h d in ligh t d i n d rkn e ss d
a a a , an an a , an

eve rywhere 7 A d A d m d hi s wi fe m o urn e d f A b el

. . n a an or

fo ur w eeks of y e rs nd i n th fo urth y e r o f th fifth w eek a , a e a e

the y b e c m e j o y ful a nd A d m k n e w h i s w i fe ,
g in a d s he a a a , an

b r e him s on nd he c ll e d h i s n m e Se th ; fo r he s i d
a a ,
a a a a

GOD h r is ed up as s e c on d s ee d u nt o us on th e rth
a a e a

i nste d f A b el ; fo r C i n sl e w him
a o 8 A d i n th s i th a . . n e x

w eek he b eg t h i s d ugh te r A dr a a 9 A d C i n t oo k 1 34 a
’
a . . n a
’
Aw an h i s si s te r t b e hi s w i fe d she b r e him Eno c h t o an a a

th clo s e f th fo urt h j ub il ee
e o A d i n th fi rs t y e r f th 1 9(
e . n e a o e

fi rs t w eek f t h fi ft h jubi l ee h o us e s w ere bu i lt on t h e rt h 1 9 7

o e , e a ,

an d C i n bu il t a city d c lle d it n m e ft er th n m e o f
a ,
an a s a a e a

C f Gen iv 1 1 1
4 f ii B j f l The s e n s e m
2 A be ug t ve ecam e oy u ay

Text fi h i s a c o rru pt trans l iterat ion o f the s a e as in Gen xv iii 1 2 A fter I

. . . .
, . . .

n a m
i
. .
,

y a Ge n v . . 12 . w a xe d o l d s h a ll h a ve ple asur e am , I 9

xxvii
,

5 Cf D e nt H l d So S m m m bu t Ma s
24 e ca le a s

o l 667 W th LXX X S O nk o f Gen iv 2 5 r ea d

. . .
. . . . . , ,

T reacher L X, yr
she c alle d I n Jubil ees it is g en er
us y e . . . .

r en dering of :i n xxv ii
, ,
,

D e nt 24
all the father th at na es the ch ild
fi ne
.
. . .

The ph ra s e k j b e ars the s am e

ba
’
fi y m ;
e an i g xx ix 7 xxx 3 I n v iii where as J o f Gene s is it i s the m other
e

in in
except in iv 6
m n . . . . ,

2 9 xxv 25
,

9 i = s ecr etl 6 2 2
"
;
Ex o d ii 2
t y .
. , .
,

6 Si n mm d h co i tte in eaven . . . 2 .

O n th is o l d S e itic i de a o f the p o ss i So LXX an d Vulg

.

m F i or he sa d
i i
. .

b ilit
y o f s i n i n he a ve n s ee S l a v on i c bu t w an t n g n Mass an d S
m S ee note on i v 1 A ur a
my . am .

E o ch pp xxx iv s qq
,
8 V
’
i cti z
w as b orn i n the si xth w eek o f the th ird
.
n . . . .
. . .

7 Mo d f b lf k f A wee
y ears.
.

b el w
u rne
a s
As A b o r n i n 77 an d jor
ub i lee ( 3
e our
1 0 ) o r o f the fo urth
s o
1 4 -
4
w a s t w ent tw o e ars o l d acco rding to ( 1 83
,

y -

y
S n cell us an d o ur text (s ee vers e 3 9 B hi o h etc C f Gen a re m En c

note) whe n kille d C ain the w enty i v 1 7 S n cellus (i ) as crib es t o

.
, . . .

y ,

by t y 16
th is Eno ch the invention of the pl o ugh
. . .

eight y ears o f m o rning extend fro

.

u m .

9 9 to 7 The Gree k is fou n d in

12 C b ci c ll d i m a in u ilt a ty, and a e ts na e
S ncellus (i C ain therefore ce as ed t o
.

ml E noch
’
é n éw ufi o av a i v cl
y .
.

wpwr é vrha c r oc é fi doaa dm ods Té oaa

pa s, b e a w and er er The Book o f J ash ar .
,

th aw £7 1) s itc o m (inn it
. . 9 6 pl ay s on the nam e E no ch an d give s
.
 32 T HE B OO K OF JU BIL EE S

h i s s on Eno ch 1 0 A nd A d m k n e w Ev hi s w i fe n d . . a e a

s he b re y t i n e s on s 1 1 A n d i n th fi fth w ee k o f t h
a e n . . e e

A .M. fi fth jub il ee Se th t oo k A ura hi s si s t e r t b e h i s w ife d in

’
z o , an

M. th fo ur th (y e r o f th
e s i th w eek ) s he b r e him Eno s a e x a .

1 2 H b e g n t c ll on th n me o f th Lo rd on t h e r th
. e a o a e a e e a .

1 3 A d i n th s eve n th j ubil ee in t h t h i d w ee k Eno s

. n e e r

it the s ens e o f re st in th i s conn ection fr om on e t o s ix Sy n cellus c a r ie d ou t in r

15 run 0 n: cw: the s ervice o f h is ch ronolo gi c al sy stem

.

“
11m r yn cw rm m p )
" ”

ar m or : rum
»
(s ee Rous ch 2 85
Repr o du ce d i n
.
,

10 Y t in e n 12
e son s.H bg n So LXX an d Vulg e e a
xxx ix 6 (vo l I i 5 2 8 : i m ply ing Snn my
. . . .

Ep ip h i H an u s, aer. . . . . .

e d O ehler ) P y é
. dé q A dda t B g e
'
t c ll etc The tw o g e at
n
ua z
‘
Ka
e an o a r
versi on s the LXX an d Sy agr ee rightly
.
,
(1 70 m l l 3l. v o h m h Pé w p éx 0 9 e
-
veo ts e t a , r. ,
):p w ith Jub ilees in givi ng th i s s en s e t o
,
' ,
éw é l a d n i er
-
6 b l
. To r ei s 1 0
-
1 0 119 ( y e l/a t.

1
4 6 93 6 6 new fi vy é p
7 0 dpp 6 8 Ge n i v 2 6 It w as al s o s o u n derst oo d
‘
afr a s, eva s

The Book o f J ash ar spe ks b y J o s eph us A n t i 3 1 but w hen w e

. . .

d ex afiu o. a

o f th ree s on s an d th ree d aughters o f c om e do wn t J cr o m e s t i m e m o st

. . .
, ,
’

Syncellus (i 1 8) assign s t o J ewi sh s ch o l ars held th at the ve rs e

o
A d am
,

him th i t y th r ee s on s an d t w ent y s eve n

. .
re
r
c o u nt e d th ri s e f i do latry (Q u t in
daughters P Ph ilo A n t bibl L ib G iv 2 6 :T un c i iti m fu it in o
- -

e o aes .

s.

p 4 1 give s the nam es o f the s e s on s c an di no m en D o m i ni li cet pl iqn

-

en .
.
n
.
.
, .
. u y

l S ur is A l m i l B h l N aalt
.
, er e
aliud bit ntu qu o d
,
A lic se e , H b
,
um
e a e , ra a , , e raeor ar re r,
H ar am Z m M th l A nath
a, asa
t u n c prim um i n no m in e D o m in i t i n
aa a

1 1 Of Gen i v 2 6
.
, ,
e
F u th (ye s im ilitudin e j f b i t s in t id ola ) o r ar

f th i th w k) The la cu na her e i s Th is l atter i nte rp r et at i on m y h ave

e ns
. .
r ca a
. .
a
.
.

o e s x ee
su ppli ed from Sy n cellus A cc o rdin g aris en as e arly the fi rst cent D
.
a

t o Syn cellus (i 1 7 ) S eth m arri es i n the fo r it is fou n d in Onk l

.
as A.
the ch ildre n
. .

an d Eno s w as b orn in o f m n
.
e os
y ear é vx
d p r a yi n g ngz tp
‘
”
e cease g
the y ear hé Th us there w as B P J on the co m m en cem en t o f
.

an in terv al o f ten y e ars b et w een the i dyolatr i s d e rive d h m Gen iv 2 6 b s. -

.

m a rri ag e o f S eth an d the b i rth o f E no s y

'
o
y
kin g S
. .

It w ill b e o bs erved th at ther e is a 2 3 reco u nts th at m n w er e exp

t a ma :p f n i B r abb a .

as ro a ar . er.

d if ere nce o f 2 0 0 y ears b etw een the d em on s in the d ays o f E no s anods edthtao e

date s ass ign e d b y Jubil and th o s e b y then for the first tim e the m ad e fort ees ,

Sy n cell us an d th at i n the followin g them s elve i dols Sh abb ath ly1 8 6 s peaks
ten dates rel at in g t o the s am e eve nt s o f m c o m m itt ing i dol at r lik e Eno s
,
s .

re spectively b oth b ooks agree in the tens The s am e ide a r ecurs in the y
Boo k o f
an .

and u nit s but differ i n the h u n dreds J ash ar an d a clo s ely relate d on e in .

A cc ordi g A cc ordi g
th C h ron i cles o f J hm l xx i v 9
n n
to J b l i to Syncellus xxv i 2 0 Y t even in th is b ook tr a ce
u ees . .
e

e
era ee , .
,

o f the ol d er v i ew surv ive fo r astro l ogy

13 0 2 30 s . .

d iv inat ion an d i d ol at ry ar e a s ig n ed t o
1 34 2 34 ,

s
S ug d ay s th ough S e rug an d hi er
’
s s
s on s are s a id t o h a ve h a d no p art i n
,

the s e th ings ( xxv ii In d eed i n the

Boo k o f J a sh a r (Mig n e D i t dc A p oo
.
,

e s

ii it i s said that S eth calle d h is , . r.

.

s on E no s b ec aus e m n b egan t o co r e

ru pt them s elve s an d fors ak e G o d fo r

i do l s .

13 15 E no s K enan M hal l l
Th is additi on o f ce t ri e s to the J are d
.
, , a a e ,
n u

d ates in Jub ilee s r is ing prog ess ively

.

1 3 1 4 Of Ge n v 9 1 2 r , . . . .
, .
34 T HE BO O K or JU BIL EE S

t hose who are n am e d the Wat c he rs that the y s h o ul d ,

i n struct t he chil dren of m en and th at the y s h oul d d o ,

Ch ron icles o f J e hm eel xx iv 1 1 xxv 8 ra H is exp o s ition i s give n in n ll Sy ce us

P Ph ilo A n t bibl I/ib p 4 2 g ive s i
-
. . .
,

s. ( 34 r hfi0ovs 0 0, 0 4" e y en / o
s im ply th b iblic al w o rds Sim il arly on
-
. . . . .
, ,

aé vou errl r fis 7 139 livy ehor r ofi ofipa y ofi

' ‘
e . ,

t heChristian side the traditional int erpre 0 u yarpdo w dv0pc

'
b 1rwv aux/{ imam év
t ation ca e i n
m du e t m i e to denou n ced
be é vtm s civr t7 pd¢ ocs efipov, ol vlol r oi) 0 6 0 6
“the
.
,

an d s ons o f Go d w ere t ak en t o nv0 e é era t dé , di s clam , dr d r o fi 2 760 ,

b e the goo d am ongs t m ank i n d the , urro r ofi r ust /t ar o; 0 ! via! 0 6 0 6 1rpoo
d es cen d ant s o f S eth nd the daughte rs a a y ope é owr a t , 6rd
'
bs d1r a fir ofi y er/ ea ro
o f m n t o b e the des cen dant s o f C ain
.
,

e hoy ouaé vous al k a tovs re Ka i rrarpi dpxa s

So Julius A fric anus : f a e i}
.

’
dxp l r ofi Ewr fipos r ods 6 r i m) E div
‘

o r ro

(s ee b e low ) N ext wh ile H il a ry

.

St w : dv0pc61rwv drroxahe? a wopdv, tbs orzdé T L

’
( ra

Com men t i n P cxx ii con

. ,

( h o s. x 0 6 2W é axnxér a s 6cd r ovnpla v y é vovs

tents him s elf with dis cr editing the old
. ,
. . ,
'
et 68 é 1r d yyé hwv vooZr o é‘xew ’ ’

m yth Ch rys o st om H amil in G n e r odr ovs, r élu wept no vela s Ka i y on r e la s

vi 1 s ays th at it is n ecess ary t o ex

. .
, ,

r ai s y w atgl
‘

y mb o w w pu de
’

a
am in e this p ass age c ar efully ih o rde r t o
.
,

dwxé va z, d¢
’
(I n ! a
é r ocfio a vr o 1 a i6 s ’
r ‘

sub vert the fables o f th o ughtless praters o

r bs y tflyavr a s a so ( Cf l sq i 16 )
—d h is wr it r t o
. . . .

’
vay xa2ov r ofir ov r o fi xwptov wohluyv
‘
‘
W he n w e p ss fr o a m t e
é‘pevvav r orfiaao 0 ac Kat dvao rpé r /xac the s i xth cent oo k o f d a B A m and.

r ds p u0 ohoy l s 1 c dr repw xé rrr ws 7rdvr a

-
a '
. Eve w e, th a
fi nd n ew
t t he int erp re
¢ 0 ew oaé vwm Thes e fables re st on t ation h as o usted the fro the old m
a fa s e exeges s fo r a s he pr o ceeds
l i ; l W
fi e d Th us the atchers ar e th ro ugh
o u t d es c ri e d a s
.
,

t o sh o w the s ons o f w e re the s ons o f S eth an d

p o s erit o f S eth an d E no s—
God b the
t y
,

cl a re r oi) in ook III ch ap

B qu e stion i s
iv the
,

di s cuss e d at ength wise

. . .
’
2 130 m l 7 0 6 Evo3s J ero e
m , Com men t l the wh o m en
cxxxii and ugustin e s ai d th at ange s
. .

in P s A , D e Cit c o e o wn fro
l had m d m
p o ur d s cre dit an d he ave n and ing e w i h
. . .
,

D ei, xv 2 3 4, i m l d aughters
t the d
h a d erre :su ch a c ion s o r e
. .

c onte p on
m t the old m yt h N o w con of m en d t , m

c urr ent wi h the increasing accept ance o ver w er e p o ssib e fo r s pi u

.

ly t im l ri t al
o f the n ew in erpret ati on ther e b eings Thes e ang e s o f G o d w ere
,

t n ece s l
s et in the r o wing i po rtan ce o f
, .

saril y g m the ch dren o f S eth w h o w er e h us

il t
S e h the an ces o r of
t , t the righte ous d es ignate s o ong a s they pr es e rve d
d l
gen era ions es c ri ed Gen v i
t d b in 1 4 as their v irg nity the r nno cen ce an d
i i i
the son s o f G o d I n th is pro cess their g o ry
-
. .
,

l hey ran gress e an d

But t t s d
o f gl or ifi c ation the superh uman ach i eve ng e d w ith ugh ers o f ain
. .

mi l the da t C
m e nt s an d ch ar acteris ti c s o rigi nall y n It is o bs erva e th a where s S e h i s an
.

co bl t a t
n t d wi th o the r nam e s w er e gra dual l y
ec e ext rao rd ina ry su perh u an pers on
and m
t r ans fe rr e d t o S eth an d th is no t ably i n ag e th is w ork ther e no h i ng not
in is t
the c as e o f Eno ch Th us i n con s equ en ce ab le s aid Eno ch s ave th at he wr ote
, ,

of
f th is n e w exeg e sis the s tar o f Eno ch “m
.

o a celebrate b oo k and th a
d
"
any t
p ale d b efore th at o f S eth I n d ealing wond ers h appen e d t o him b ut
w ith su ch literat ure this is an i m p o rt ant t o i n th i s
.

th o s e w onders m ay not b e ld
fa ct since w e are th us fr equ ently j usti p a ce
l the s a e v i ew a s the
For
”
m to
fi d i n a pply i ng to E no ch the s t ate m ent s
.
,

e W atchers s ee pp
D i e Schatzhbhle, 8 10
’

f later Chr is tian writers r egard ing S eth Our n ext i l us ra ion con s st s o f an
-
.
, .

o l t t i
W sh all now sh o w h o w sub o rd inate
.

e anon o us ex ra ct pre fi xe t o w o rks

ym t d the
the figur e of E no ch b eco m es i n l ater of a a a r
M l l (ci ca qu o ted by ab i F r
w riters wh ile the glo rifi c at i on o f S eth c i us i 151 6 6 7V é r ih v fiv
pro ceeds apace First o f all in A fric an us
, , .

éy é vvnae r bv 2 760 o fir os 6 23 10 1rp6rr os

‘
‘

wh o lived about the b eginn in g o f the

. ,

éE e fi ev
y pdnaar a Ka i
th ird cent w e h ave s o far a s I m
p
.
, , a Ka i r d 6 7)t . r ail ofipa vofi x a l r ds
aw are the fi rst o ccurrence am ongs t ‘
rpomz s r aw é n avr f bv Ka i bs ” five s Ka i ro
Christi ans o f the n ew exeg es is o f Gen
,

r ds é
fi dop dda s xal efs darpozs é rré r
v i 1 4 He adds it i s t ru e the ld
.

o 0 17Kev Ka t r le 1ré Vre wha v r jr a i s o

vi ew but he do es no t appro ve o f it
-
‘ '
. .
, ,

e ts r e v
plgw Oa t 61rd 1 631:dv0ptb1rwv
'
, .
 C HA PT E R IV . 1 5, 16

j udgm e nt and u p ri ghtn e ss on the e arth 1 6 A nd i n the . .

el eve n th jub il ee J are d took to h im s elf a w ife and her nam e 51 2 ,

m l abu o
m l f or y é v a wha vfir nv
y, .
’
é avfidn r d 1r€pi r fis n apafiaiaews aé h ‘

do r é pa. é mt heoe Kpbvov, m '

as} fi ypmfé pwv Ka i r é.
‘
hon/ T a é o ea da c 1 65V é
'
‘
.

A pea , m
' "
Ala , ro w as 7 cc 6
’
r cpt Ka r a xhvoaofi rofi fidaros é aoaévov ‘ '

'
A ¢ podl1 nv, r ow as e' ns y ap To r a ! y evbp evos d¢ a w os fi/
I Lé pa s p
f

660 ¢ warfipa s fiht ov Kai o ehfivnv 6 0 5 6 : é hdd w é fny fio a r o r efs wpwr or hdar ocs - '

é xdheae The s e w o r s fo r on the

d m Th i s is an 80 a é jumjdn d yy é hwv '

wh o e a r e a s ona e e s c ri p ion o f the ex a ct ccou t o f wh at w as orig na y

-
. . .

l bl d t a n i ll
a ch eve ents ass i n e
i m g d to Eno ch in the attribute d t o E no ch I n the Synop sis
ooks o f Eno ch in Jub i ees an d o f
.

t wo b l eleventh cent w e eet Ce drenu s ( ) m

e r y h ri i n wr ers They are ith s a e pheno ena but c arrie
, , .

the a l C st a it w the m m d
fo u n ver ati in
.
,
d b m o or
the Chr n g ap hy of on e s tag e further ; fo r where as S yn
first gave h is o wn vers ion o f
,

J oel. p e d ekk er
3 ( . B N ext llu ce s

in Pa ri ar ch the in tercours e of the s ons o f G d

. ,
,

t he A nn al s of Eutychius, t o
o f ex an ria
Al d (9 33 9 39 written an d th daughters o f men an d then e
ra ic w ith rem arkable c an do ur the o riginal
-

in A b and t ran s at d by
l e Pococke
( Mi gn e , t om 1 1 1 col a vigorous c oun t from the Book o f E noch ac

p ro tes i s a de ag a ns th in Cedr nu on the o the r h and the two

. .
,

t m i t the old m y e s,
q u i aute erran n equ e qu i d a cco u nts given by Sy n cellus are w ork ed
,

m t sciu nt
dicant aiunt ang e o s d es cen di ss e ad up in to one an d every inci dent told o f
l
s int the fallen ang els i s circum st ant ially
,

fi lias hom inum , cum int elligen di

fi lu S eth i qu i a on e s ano o ad
m t t fi lias reco u nte d o f the po sterity o f S eth (i
ai n : i
.

C i m aledicti descenderunt Sethiadae 16 I n Zon ras (tw elfth e

en i ob 2 6 ( e d P in d e r the curr ent vi ew
.

m san ctitatem su am et q uo d
m on
su nt i s give n an d the older m ention e d only to
.

tem s an c u
t m incolerent, ap p elat i
B ian E oh l im , t e , filii D ei S i i ar b e rej ecte d Wh en w e p ass from th i s
m l
a e in auth o r w e com e t o the s em i ap othe o s i s
. . . .

s a e en s
t t m t are m d the Ch/roni lcon
o f S eth in the writ ings o f Gly s
-

P aschale, i. pp 3 8, 39 (ed D indorf, ca

wh o l ive d som e th irty o r forty y e ars
. .

I n S yn cellus (cm i ca 80 0 '

i 1 7 1 9 the no w prevailing inter later Thus in the A nna ls of Gly s

.

ca

p etation o f Ge n vi 1 4 i s r epe ated p 233 S e th i s

. .
,

(e d Bekk e r
The des cendant s of S eth w er e p io us an d alm o s t reg arde d as a div in e b eing —1
r . .
-
. .
, .
,

b e au t ifu l an d the y lived in the he ight s i ) 30 8 é 1 3 237 0 v a. 7 0 60 T OUT d T LV 0

'

1 0
,

o ver ag ainst P ar adis e accordin g t o yoy u

—é i u “ydp 8 6 wh dp bv k ar a '
e oc
,

xe vo
‘

1 y er
‘ ’

:an d lik ew is e on
.

th c omm and o f A dam b ut w er e later

e 0 6 :é h y,
6 1
‘
e ov

s edu ced thr o ugh love o f the d aughters p 228 2 60 0 69 l dd h 6 e vat a r v

Th is idea
. .
,

o f m en (p Thereup on Sy n cellus dp iw ii mgé p s

'
er a irr o
’
vo
'

evo

c ite s Gen vi 1 Ag ain on p 19 he in dee d h a d alrea dy appeare d in

. . ,

writes th at two h u ndr e d Watchers o f th C dr nus i 1 6 uw mi On dé d bs 6 d

. . . .
, ,
’
e e e o o
-
e r

p o sterity o f S eth w er e s edu ced nd h Mindw 6 p “ n v

, .
,
’

D a T y / 7 0 1r oo a ro
‘
v

de s ce nd e d an d t oo k them w ive s etc ii y fwfi Th us S eth ‘

é ax é v 67 m
’
ey a irro T
h as at last b eco m e in com p arably the
. .

} £1:yé ovs li fi (En

,

o l 84 d) 6m 6n
v a ro
‘
x ¢ o¢

é yp iy po ’
r‘ o wh vnOé c é fin ch i ef pers onag e am ong the early Patri
a / res xar
x
‘
o a v,
'

xa l é hafi v é ur is w v i
‘
o lm h The s e
c
'
a
‘
ar ch s I n Gly p 228 h o wever the
‘

a xa s, cas,

st atem ents fi rst m ad e in Eth En vi pers istency o f the origi nal E no ch m yt h

z . . .
, ,

i s sh o wn in the words :My as

. . .
,

4 6 rega rdin g the two hund red angels era c

-
-

ar e her e t rans ferred to S eth th o ugh 6 é 2 d pdn m y aé s aw h r ,

v 7 0 9 or c re vo s a ,

S yn cellus was per fectly aw are o f their 6 d b Enh dh O fpuih p65 y W

'
ez ‘rar os a / 1r e

o riginal b e aring ; fo r in the n ext p ara End ! o Ewbx n d é dld é

,
’ ’
«a T y sa )” a ev

graph he actu ally c ite s th is ch apter o f d 0 bpnbu un 6 p é w i é m v uiv

.
' ‘ '

v0
‘
s ( 1 r Ka
- '
a i/ o1r a r

the Eth E n A g ain on pp 16 1 7 S eth 6 ¢ pd Just as the s e Chris tian ¢a o s.

j ust a s form erly Eno ch i s s aid to h ave writers transfe rred Enoch s function s
-
. . . ,
,
’

S eth s o J ew ish wr iters after the

,

b ee n c arried o ff by the ang els an d t o t o

h ave r ece ived a r evelation reg arding the C h rist ian era though on diflerent
,
'

futur e fall o f the Watchers and th gro un ds trans ferre d them v ariously t o
D eluge—
e

Mo s e s E r a E lij ah etc
,

6 En d dpv ay ls n c ) 67 7 45t r
-
e
'
S ee my
t r . , z , , .
 36 T HE BO OK OF JU BIL EE S

w as Bar ak a, d aug ht er o f Rasfi jal a daught e r o f h i s t he ,

father s brothe r i n the fo urt h w eek o f this jubilee and she

’

, ,

M
. b ar e him a s on in the fift h w ee k i n the fo urth y e ar o f t he ,

j ub il ee an d he call e d his nam e Eno c h

,
1 7 A nd he w as . .

Ap oca lyp e s of B ruch 3 a x iii note lix F alher rothe Em e n d e d from

’
s b r.
father s s s e r as in ver 1 5
. .
, ,
’
5 1 1 no t es. i t
rs The a m) o f D iv 1 3
. .

1 7 2 3 Thes e vers e s r elat in g t o E no ch

-
,

Wa tche r an . .

ar e o f gre at i m p o rt an ce a s they help to

. ,

1 7 2 3 i n Gr ee k é y p i y p
-
.

S ee Eth ‘
v
‘
o oc.

E n i 5 (note ) xx 1 etc ; Sl av En determin e the s ect ion s o f the Eth io pi c

.
, ,

v ii (no tes ) xv iii (note s ); Test Reub

. . . .
. .
, ,

Eno ch w h ich w ere k no w n t o the auth or

v Th us an c iently t he w atchers w ere o f o ur t ext The w o rds “the first
. . . .
,

alw ay s r egarde d a s an ang eli c class wh o le arnt wr iting m y p oint t o the

. .

”
a

but l ater o w ing t o a new interpret at ion ph ra se i n Eth E no ch ii 3 “E no ch

,

o f Gen v i 1 4 they w ere s aid t o b e the ii 4 xv 1 “S cr ib e o f

. . ,
,

the s crib e x

de s cend ants o f S eth We h a ve s ee n i n r ighte o us ne ss but there is no cert ainty

-
. . , . , .
,
”

th imm e di at ely pr ecedin g no te h o w th i s O n th o ther h an d the cl aus e “who

. .
,

e e

c am e ab o u t wr ote do wn the s igns o f heaven a ccord

i ng to the order o f their m onth s in a
.

W t h s i nstr uct the childr n f m

a c er e o en

I n v 6 it is s aid th at God s ent the ang ls

.

e b oo k th at m en might know the s e ons as

t o the e arth The o bj ect w ith wh i ch
.

. o f the y e ars etc m ay b e accepted as a , .

”

the angel s her e d es ce n de d to the e arth p artial de s c ription of Eth Enoch lx xi i .

(s ee v 6 v ii i 1 0 not e ) s eem s at fi rs t l xxx ii

.

T o ver 1 8 w e s h all r eturn

s ight t o clash wit h th at wh i ch is s eem
.
, . . .

pres ently As regards ver 1 9 w e c an

i gly i m pli e d in the Eth E no ch an d att ai n t o pra ct ical cert aint y The
. .

n
the Slav oni c E no ch (s ee Eth Eno ch v i w ords wh at w s nd w h at will b e he
. .

a a

notes ) But it i s qu it e po ss ib le th at
. .
,

s aw in a vision o f hi sleep as it will s

o ur text p rovides us w ith the o bj ect h appe n to the ch ildren o f m n
.

e
o riginally ass ign ed in the m yth I n u nt il the d y o f j udgm ent form an a
"

ex act des c ription o f the Dre am Visions

.
,

the C hr onicles o f J erah m eel xxv 2 3

th i s vi ew i s pres erve d w here Sh m h i in Eth E no ch lxx iii xc wh ich give a
-
. -

e c aza x
an d A l ar e repre s ente d a s recei ving hist o ry o f the w o rld f om the creation
-
. . .
,
‘

z ae r
perm ission fr o m G o d t o d escen d on t ill the final j udgm e nt Mo reover the
eart h in o rd er t o s anctify the di vi n e n ext vers e i s no do ub t in deb te d t o Eth
.
,

nam e am ong men When thes e an gels E no ch lxxxv 3 fo r the nam e of Enoch s ’

d es cen d e d they c o uld n t re s is t the wi fe It w ill b e ob s erve d als o th at

. .

att ra ct i ons o f the daugh ters o f m n the D am Visions r efe rr e d t o in ver

.

e re ~ .

(xxv S u ch a Vi ew m o st p rob abl y 1 9 ar e rightly p la ce d b efo r e E no ch s

'

u n d erlie s Eth Eno ch vi lxxxvi 1 A t m a rr iag e r ec o u nte d i n ve r 2 0

. .

It i l
all eve nt s the ide a w a s a fam iliar on e t wice e m ph atically s t a t e d i n Eth E no ch
. .
, . . . .

in the Jud aism of the s econd cent B C lxxx iii 2 and lxxxv 3 th at E no ch had
. .
.

A cc o rdi ng t o Eth io p ic E no ch v i xxxv i thes e Vis i ons b efo re h i s m arri a e W

. . . . .

an d lxx ii lxxx ii E no ch o w e d ll h is
-
g e

n eed therefo re entertain no do ubt as

. . .

su per nat ural kno wle dg e t o the inst uo to o ur a uth o r h aving b een a cqu i nted
-
. .
, ,
r

t ion o f ang els and a cc o rding t o x 9 1 0

a

, . w ith Eth E no ch lx x iii xc N o w on

. x .
-
.

o f o ur text Ra ph a el taught N oah the o ther critic al gro un ds w e k now that

s ecret s o f m edi cin al herbs an d an ang el Eth E no ch vi xi a r e e arli er th an
o f the pr es ence i n stru ct s Mo se s th r o ugh th fi rst claus e in
-
, . . .

lxxxii i xc N ext
o u t u b oo k The way fo r su ch b eli efs ve r 2 1 “he w a s m ore o ver with the
e
-
.
,
o r

w as prep ared by the st atem ent s in ang els o f Go d the s e si j ub il ees of

. .
,

E ek i el Zech ariah an d D aniel b earing

x
z , y e ars o ffers an explanati on o f Eth
”

E no ch xii 1 2 “Befo r e ll thes e

, , .

on su ch offi ce s o f the ang els F or

Talm ud ic id ea s on th is subj ect s ee

.
a
-
.
,

event s E no ch w a s tran slated nd no

J w i h E n y clop e d ia i 5 9 2 5 9 3
a
e s c , .
-
. on e o f the ch ildre n o f m k n e w wh ither en
1 6 R dsfl
.
j dl (G k MS d fih c o r . r c ov he wa s translat ed an d whe re he ab o de ,
ru pt fo r p fih) t e 5m m : a ccept a o ov
'
. . and w h at had b ec o m e o f him 2 A nd
,

h is activities h ad t o d o w ith the

,

abl e t o G o d
. .

.
 saw in a V i s i on o f hi s sl eep as it will happe n to the childre n ,

of m en t h ro ug h o u t the i r g e n e rati on s u nt i l the day o f judg

m e nt he
u n d e rs too d every thi n g and wro t e
saw and ,

hi s testim ony and plac e d the te stim on y on e arth fo r all

,

the c h i l dr e n o f m en an d fo r t hei r g e n e r ati on s 2 0 A nd . .

M
. . in the t wel ft h j ubil ee in the s eventh w eek the r e o f he t ook , ,

to hi m s el f a w i fe and he r n am e w as Edui the d aug h te r o f

, ,

D ane] the daught e r o f h is fathe r s br o the r and in the s ix t h

’
M .
, ,

y e ar in t hi s w ee k s he b ar e him a s on an d he c all e d hi s
n am e Meth us el ah 2 1 A nd he was m o r e o ve r w i th the . .

ang e l s of G od the s e six j ubi l ee s o f y e ars an d the y s h o w e d ,

him eve ry thin g wh ic h i s on e arth and i n the he ave n s t he ,

rul e o f the sun and he wro te d o w n eve ryt hi n g , 2 2 A nd . .

he t e stifie d to the Watche rs wh o had s in ne d with the ,

d aughte rs o f m en ; fo r the s e had b e gun t o u ni te the m s el ve s ,

s o as to b e defi led w i th the daughte rs o f m en and Eno ch , ,

te s ti fi e d agai n s t (them ) all 2 3 A nd he w as tak e n fr o m . .

am o n gs t the c h il dr e n of m en an d w e c on du ct e d him int o ,

the Gard e n o f Ed e n i n m aj e st y an d h ono ur an d b eh ol d ,

19 o
Sa/w in a visi n, etc.
. Th i s vers e F ath s br ther Em ende d as in er
'
o .

d es cr es the c on en s o f
ib t t Eno ch ve r 1 5
Eth
xxx i xc
. . .

l ii .
-
. 2 1 W wi th the an gels S ee note . as .

T he day of j u dgment, t e the fi a ab o ve on 1 7 2 3

n l
j u g en C f i v
-
. . .

d m t v24 , 10 These si j ubi lees of years So cl A x

slight ch ange o f vo c alis ati on i n b gives

. . . . . . .

He p lace d the testimo ny on ea rth

referen ce s t o the b ook o f E no ch the s am e m e an ing a c: six j ub il ees
.

For s
xx ii Th is m eans 2 9 4 y ears
.

cf Eth En xxxv
i 2, ii 2 4, l in y e ars
1,
”

xciii Test X II
-
. . . . . . . .

xcn 1 , 1 0 , civ 1 1 1 3, E verything in the he v n

Patriar ch s s ee
a e s.
-
. . . . .

( o c o pp The s e w o rds m y r efer to a fuller

m y Slav ni E n ch, a
xx iii xx i v tradition th an i s fo u nd in th Eth E no ch
.

2 0 Of
,

Gen v
4, 5 , 6, 7 , 10, 20 , 21 ,
21 is
Edni —perh ap s t o s o m eth ing whi ch sub
m en
e .

in Eth En xxxv where the qu ently b ec am e the groun dwork of the

. .. . . se
tioned l 3
na e wr itte n E d a s eth us el ah s Sla v E no ch a s i s the c as e in r ega rd t o
. . .

m is n a, M ’

w fe i s na d in i v o f o ur ext where the tr adit ion in ver 23

.
,

i me 27 t
indepen ent suppo rt o f the 23 Cond ted him into the G d n of
. . .

it h as the d
Syri ac an d the Greek E dna : 1 m: Eden Eth E n l x 1 3 S lav E no ch
. uc ar e

deligh t
x
lxvii 2
. . . . .
-
.
”
. . .
 C H AP T ER IV . 19 2 6 -

39

t he r e he wri te s d o w n the c on d em nati on and judgm e nt o f

the w o rl d and all the w ic k e dn e ss o f the c hil dre n o f m en
, .

2 4 A nd on acc o un t o f it (God) bro ught the w ate rs o f

.

the fl oo d u p on all the l an d o f Ed e n ; fo r there he was

se t as a s i gn and th at he s h o u l d t e s t ify agai n s t all the

c hil dre n o f m en that he sh oul d r e c o un t all the d eeds o f the

,

g e n erati on s u n ti l the day o f c on de m n ati on 2 5 A nd he . .

bur nt the i n c e n s e o f the s an c tuary ( eve n ) sw ee t s pic e s , ,

acc ep tab l e b efo r e the Lo rd on the Mo u n t 2 6 For the . .

Ther he w i te d wn e r s o
c
the wi ked o u ntain in qu es tion is Mo u nt Eph raim m
es
n s of the children of m en E no ch i s (J o s h xv ii 1 5 H argu e s th at e
here the S crib e o f G o d S ee this i s the m o st e aste rly o f the m o u nt ain s
. . .

iv. 23,
Th i s i d ea in o f P al est in e ; th at it contain s all the
.

x 17 mayb e refe rre d to

x ii it c earl y l o calitie s o f s pecial s an ctity am ong the
. .

the Eth En 3, 4 ; is l
expr ess e d i n the S a v oni c E no ch S ee Sam aritans Geri im S i chem Sam aria
. . .

l z
edi ion xl no e iii
. , , ,

my t 13 t , l xv
2, l i . 5 th at A brah am an d J ac o b h d s acrifi ce d a

thereon (Gen x ii 7 xxxiii 20 ) j ust a s

. . .

o
2 4 A nd on acc u nt of it ( God)
s a c rifices h a d b een offer e d by A d am in
. . . .
,

ro
b u ght the waters o oo
f the f“
l d , etc Cf
S av Eno ch xxx v : on h i s Eden acco rding to iii 2 7 o f o ur t ext
. .

l i 3 A nd t
cco un w l bri ng a delug e u p on the nd th T al m ud on S in ai b y Mo s e s an d
. . .
,

a t I il a e

on Zion by I sra el But as su ch an i

,

ea h a s o Te s N
rt l t apt h 4 h

t e pret ti n w o uld i m ply a Sam arit an

. . . .

s s c r
Te tify again t all the hild en of r a o

m en, etc. S ee x 17 auth o rsh ip it is there by m ad e im

po ss ible ; fo r th t extual evidence is
. .

Un til the day of co ndenm ation e

iv itself decisive again st su ch auth orship
.

Cf 19
The m ent ion m ore over o f Zion tells i n
. . . .

c c
2 5 I n en se of the san tu ary , or in
ce ns e in the s am e direct ion There is s o m e
. , ,
”
the sanctuary
prob ab ility in the suggestion o f Ro us ch
. . .

e s c
Swe t p ices a cep table bef ore the L ord
“ ,

on the o
M un t bed a ccept ab e pp 5 0 5 6 th at by the Mo unt o f the
l
o u n ain s o f East w e are t o u n ders tan d Lub on e
-
. . ,

b efo r e the o r on
L d the m t ar,

the So uth (qatr). But th is us e o f

the o f the sum m it s o f A r arat on wh i ch the
is unex a p ed e s ewhere nd N oah s a c r i fi ce d
,

w o rd qa tr m l l a A k r este d as r a

o s an d wr es the prece ding w o rd th i s lay t o the N E o f Palestin e and as

. ,

m it it it
h ave ak en it as a co rru ption there w o u l d th us b e conn ecte d w ith
.

b adab r I t
sw ee s p ices The w o rds these fo ur pla ce s the notable nam es o f
“ t
.

of q é ta r e :’ ”

w o u d po int a ck t o Exo xxx A d am N oah Mo s e s D a vi d See viii

.

l b d 7,
1 9 (note ) O n the other h and it is
. . . .
, , ,

mac m ap
So a b e d re ad po ss ible th at w e h ave here the Mou nt
. .

O n the M un t o
“on the m ou nt o f the m id da o r m ention e d i n th pr ece di ng vers e a s
. .

y ( e

Th is m o unt ain m y b e the th at on whi ch E no ch fi ed in cen s e

-

a o er

m o u n t ai n o f the Eas t S ee n ext no te N o w i f w e m y cite the evidence o f

.

. . a

2 6 Th r ee o f t he s e pl a ce s are c on D ie Schat hfi hle nd the Boo k o f A dam z a

n ct ed w i th thr ee d ec i s ive t urn i n g p o i n t s an d Eve S eth and h is po sterity w ere

.

o r perio ds i n the h isto ry o f m ankin d : c o mm an de d by A dam to live on the

-

the G arden o f Eden as the fi rst ab o de Mo unt cl os e t o E den an d n t t o des cen d o

o f man ; Mo u nt S i nai as the pla ce t the plain and mingle w ith the d e o

when ce the Law w as prom ulgat ed and s ndant o f Cain A d am s c omm an d ce s

’

Zi on a s th cent re o fthe The o cra cy The e wa s ob s erve d till the day s of J are d
.
,

e s

thr ee are agai n m ention e d in viii 1 9 This Mo unt could rightly b e des crib e d
. .

Wh at the Mo u n t o f the East i I c anno t as the M u n t of the E t Or ag ain

. .

s, o as .

dete rm in e I n the ZD M G xi pp 7 30 the Mo unt o f the East m ay be the ’

7 33 R ap o p o rt i s o f o p in ion th at th m o untain w h i ch is d e s c ri b e d as the

. , . .

e
40 T HE BO O K OF J U B ILEES
Lord has fou r places on the earth the Garden of Eden an d , ,

the Mount of the East and thi s m ou n tai n on which th o u ,

art thi s day Mount Si n ai and Mou n t Z i on ( wh ic h ) w i ll be , ,

s an cti fi ed in the n ew creati on for a sanctifi cation of the

e arth ; through i t w ill the e arth be s an cti fi ed fro m all (i ts )
gu i lt an d i ts un cle ann ess throughout the generations of the
w orld 2 7 A nd in the fourtee n th jub i lee Methuselah to ok
. .

u nto hi m self a wi fe Edn a the daughter of fi zrial the , ,

d aughter of hi s father s b rother i n the th ird week in the ’

, ,

fi rst ye ar of th i s week an d he beg at a son and c alled h i s ,

n am e Lam e ch 2 8 A n d in the fi fteen th jubilee i n the . .

thi rd week Lam e ch t ook t o hi m self a wi fe an d her n am e ,

w as Bé t é n os the daughte r of Baraki il the daughter of h i s

’

father s b rother an d in thi s week she b are him a son and

’

“
he called hi s n am e N oah s ayi ng Thi s one will c om fort m e , ,

th one f G d in Eth En ch x v iii 6 9 bi th d y f N h nd 7 0 7 i no d ub t

r o o . o .
-

, r a o oa , a s o

xxiii 1 3 n which God w ill it when the y e i ntended Fo in the S m a itan

.
-

,
o s ar . r a r
H c m e t v i i t the e th
e o s It i the Ch onicle (see p e c eding n te ) i t is
o s ar . s r r o

h i ghe t f the even m unt in w h ich distin ctly st ted th t 70 7 y e el p ed

s o s o a s a a ars a s
ar e in the n e ighb u h d f the G den f om A d m t the bi th f N h W
o r oo o ar r a o r o oa . e
o f Eden Cf E th En ch xxxii 1 2
. n . ive t th i d te i nde p endently
. o .
-

, ca ar
r a s a

l xx vii 3 4 In En ch i t i t u e the l
.
-
. Wi th the help of the S m it n
o ,
s r , a so. a ar a
G den f Eden pp e t b in the Ch nicle we s w in the n te on i v 2 7
ar o a ars o e ro a o s .

N W b ut i t i in the e st in Jub il
.
, : th t L m e ch w as b o n in 6 5 4 N w
s a ees a a r . o
see v iii 1 6 . . cc ding t the m e Ch nicle Lam e ch a or o sa ro

S n cttfi ed i n the n ew
a e ti n S ee w s fi fty three w hen N o h w b n cr a o . a -
a as or

note n i 29 o . hen c e N h w b n in the y e 7 0 7

. oa as or ar .

2 7 Cf G n v 2 5
. E dna. S ee i v On the the h n d the e i di c ep ncy
e . . . . . o r a r s a s r a

20 note A cc o ding t the S m it n b et w een th is d te f N h b i th nd

’
. r o a ar a a o oa s r a
Ch nicle (t nsl te d b y N u b u
ro in th t w h ich f ll w f om i 1 8 nd x
ra a e a er a o o s r v . a .

the J u n l A i ttque 1 869 t m iv 1 6 In the f m e it i i d th t the

o r a s a , , o . x . . or r s sa a
No 5 5 pp 4 21 46 7 ) M ethu el h w s F e ast f W eek w a c ele b ted 1 30 9
.
,
.
-
s a a o s s ra

s ix ty even when he m i ed
-
s ye fr m the d y f c e t ion t ill the arr . ars, o a o r a

Em en d e d a in 1 5 f N h nd th t N h b erved
'
F athe b the r s d y ro r. s . a s o oa , a a oa o s
L m e h The y e f L m e ch s b i th i t 35 0 y e H en c e N h di ed in
’
a c . ar o a r ars. oa
is n ot m enti on ed b ut i t n b d ete 1 65 9 But inc e in x 1 6 N h i s i d
, ca e r . s . oa s a
m i n e d fr m the d te f M eth u el h to h ve li ve d 9 5 0 y e a s th i w uld fix
’
o a o s a s a r s o
,
m arr ai ge fu ni hed by the S m it n 7 0 9 the y e f his birth
r s a ar a as ar o .

Ch onicle
r A cc ding t i t M eth sel ah
. Baa e : Wij k nn L g de s MS on
or o u /L s . a ar
’
9
’

w as s ixty seven when he m i ed nd G n v 2 9 gives B fi vw :the Sy i c :

-
arr ,
a e . . e e s r a
as he w s b n cc rdi ng t u text Enoshi
a or a o o o r .

(i v 2 0 ) in the y e
. 5 87 L m e c h w s Thi one w ill mf t m
ar Thi , a a s co or e. s
p ob b l y b n in the y e 6 5 4
r a or n ( em ended f m =which) ar . o e
”
ze ro za .

2 8 Cf G n . 29 I n the fif teen th O u te x t fol low G n v 2 9 in tt ib ut

. e . v. . r s e . . a r

j ubi l in th ttee w ek he b in g t the n m e N o h ( m) the m e ni ng

e e s are o a a a
him a on N h s Thi igns b el nging t M en chem (a 0 ) Th oa . s ass o o a . e
s om e y e a in the p e i od 7 0 1 7 0 7r s the B ok f J ash a 1 36 y th t M eth u elah
r -
a o o r sa s a s
 42 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
of hi s house and he w as k illed by i ts stones ; for w i th a
,

sto n e he had killed A bel and by a stone w as he k i lled in ,

ri ghte ous judgm ent 3 2 F or thi s reas on it w as o rd ai n ed

. .

on the heave nly t ables : Wi th the i nstrum ent w ith whic h

a m an k i lls h i s n ei ghbou r w i th the s am e sh all he be k illed ;

afte r the m an n er th at he w ounded him in like m an n e r sh all ,

they deal w i th him 3 3 A n d in the twenty fi fth jub ilee . .

-

N oah t ook to him self a w ife and her n am e w as Em zara the

c

, ,

’
daughter of Raké é l the d aughter of hi s father s brother i n
’
, ,

A.M . the fi rst year i n the fi fth week :an d in the th ird ye ar
there of she bare him Shem in the fi fth y e ar there of she ,

A O M
.
b are him H am and i n the fi rst ye ar in the s i x th week she
,

b are him J apheth .

31 . Wi th a stone he h ad killed A bel, p en lt y t the in i ep e tedl y dw elt

a o s s r a

an d by a stone w as he killed i n on : the unf gi ving deb t i efu e d or or s r s

righteou s j u dgm en t, We h ave r

he e etc . f gi venes the l thful e v nt l e
or s, s o s r a os s

the p i itive h
r m et li ti
um an law of r a a on w h t he h d he w h wil l n ot u
a a hi ,
o se s

th t th h ffl en c e t u cc u b othe n ee d
’

(eye for ey e, too for oo , and for a u o s o r a r r s

h an d, et c x xxi
, E od . xxi v
2 4 ; Lev . . . . w ill l e i t f h i m self nd the m n w h
os or ,
a a o

eci e
1 9 ) d s r b d as a law of the i v e d in ref e t p t w ith n ffen ding y
us s o ar a o e e

p ce e h i
ro dur T s law ofex ct
. a ret rib u or h nd w ill fin lly l se hi wh le b dy
a a o s o o

ti e el
on is n ot m r y an e ct e tna m n of in G ehenn S ee n te n xlviii 1 4
a. o o . .

h um an u sj tic e th e c e i t
, our au or d lar s A cc di ng t Bee th i h l ch ic in
or o r s a a

e ve ve e t
is ob s r d b y God in his go rnm n t p t ti n
er re a f Ex d xxi 24 i un
o o o . . s

of the l wor d . kn w n t o t di t i on l J u d i m w h ich

o ra a a s ,

te th th t the
It is no w or y a e sam en cts th t the m urde e is t b l in
a a r r o e s a

p i cip e
r n et i ti e f ce
l of r r b u on is n or d b y w ith the sw d or .

h i t ic ex p e
s or al am l s in 2 Mace v 1 0, . .
l
33 fi m d d . T h i n m e i f n d in
e r . s a s ou
he e p e i
w r s ak ng of J the th
ason au or the Sy i c F agm ent n d L g d LXX
r a r a a ar e s
’

ite
wr s awhfi fi os dr d¢ wu é kplipa s drré v MS F nk el deri ve it f m m
r. ra a s ro e s
0777 0 9 é y eufidn, Ka i Knbla s 0 155 fic r w os
’

o m s on b e c u e h li e d in the d y
-

r a s s e v a s
asr é oxev
-
Si i '
it
m l arly , . is re o f the Fl d oo .

c te
oun ic
d of N anor ( xv th t
32 , 33 ) a .

Em e nded
he p i he
w as un s d in th e e e ith
os m m b rs w
B th ro in
er . 15 as ver. .

w h ich he i e
had s nn d xiii
Cf also Sh m8. H m . J ph t . . e a a e .

In thi e p e ct M cc the ef e
s r s 2 a r or Cf x 1 4 w he e ag in Shem is
re pre .
p . .
, r a re re

e t t th i ec c e t
s n s ruly ss on d n ct i e ented the elde t W h ou l d b e ve
do r n -
. s as s . es o s r
of r et i t i
r b u on e c
T ak n rassly
. he e th t ou utho thu unde t d
an d r a r a r s rs oo
m e ch ic l the
an al y ve
ab o ith t
law is w i ght
ou us me in G n x 2 1 ar ” ”
e as
pi it l c c eive “(Shem )
. .

f ti
oun da on ; b ut s r u a ly on d the el de b the of r ro r

it ep e e t the p f
r r s n s t th e ci J p h t ( o lso Vulg ) ve ag in t
ro ou n d ru nu n a e
”
s a . o r a s
a te ep e te l
d r a d y in the NT h th M ass ete
T u s in S y m m c h u nd R h i e or s, a s, a as
7 “w a so eth wh w ngly unde t d it s “b the
.

G al vi
. . h t eve r a m an sow , o ro rs oo a ro r
th t h he l e p
a s all a so r a
”
iii
; Col of J pheth the elde
25 T h LX X i . . a r.
”
e s
he th t eth
a do h l e c eive i m i l ly w ng :
wrong s a l r I d¢ 0 i s ar ro
’
6 r oz
’

aga n i the wrong th t he h th

a a e donn lg
”
; B bb 26 3 7 n d the e
’

ovos, er. ra a , , a
2 Cor v
. 1 0 inthe j
. e t h
u dgm n m en s all B k f J ash (in On the the oo o ar o r
r e ceive the th i e the
ngs don in h nd in S nhedrin 69 b Shem i s i d to
b ody a a s a
the b e t w y e olde th an J phet
.

In the e th i i h ip
Parabl s s k ns of o ars r a .
 C H A PT E R S IV 32 —
V 4 . .
43

angels o f God m arry the daughters f m en 1 Corrup tion o , .

o f all creati on , 2 3 -
. Punishm ent of the fallen angels and
their chi ldren , 4 9a -
. F in a l ju dgm ent announced 9 6 1 6 ,
-
.

D ay o f A tonem en t, 17 18 The deluge foretold N oah

-
.
,

builds the ark, the deluge 1 9 3 2 (Cf G en v i viii

,
-
. . . .
-
.

V And i t cam e to p ass when the c hildren of m en

.

began to m u lti ply on the fac e of the earth and daughters

wer e bo r n unto them that the an gels of God saw them on ,

a c ert ai n ye ar of th is jub ilee that they were be aut i ful to ,

look u p on ; and they took the m selves w i ves of all whom

they chose and they b are unto them sons and they we r e
,

giants 2 A n d lawless n ess i n creased on the e arth and all

. .

fl esh corru p ted its way alike m en an d cattle and be asts and
b irds and everything that walks on the ear th—all of them
,

c orru p ted their ways and the ir orders and they began to ,

devou r eac h other and lawless n ess i n creased on the e arth ,

an d eve r y im agi n ati o n of the tho ughts of all m en (w as)

thus evil c ontinu ally 3 A n d God looked u p on the e arth . .

,

and beho ld i t was corru p t and all fl esh had c o rru p ted its ,

o r de rs and all that were up on the earth had wrought

,

all m anner of e vi l before H is eyes 4 An d H e s ai d : . .

I sh all dest r oy m an an d all fl esh u p on the fac e of the

V 1 Gen vi 1 2 4 On th i m y th
. . . . 2 A ll fl
,
esh corr
,
up ted its way al ike
. s .
,

of the interc urse of the o ngel with m n nd ttle nd beast Gen vi 1 2

a s e a ca a s. . . .

the daughters of m en see i v 1 5 (note): F om the Bo k of J shar 1 3 6 th is . r o a

also m y Eth Enoc h vi 1 2 vii 1 2 see m s t o m e n th t different ki nds of a a

nim al c u p le d wi th e c h other :nd

. . .
, , ,

wi th notes in too . a s o a a .

A ngels of God Th i s is the LXX th t m n w guilty of b estiality

. a a as .

rendering of Gen vi 2 I t is l B g n t d v ur ach othe

. . . Eth a so e a o e o e r. .

found in Philo D e Gigant 2 (i 2 63 En ch

,
5 . . o vi i . .

M ngey) Josephus Eusebiu A ugu tin e

a ,
L wl n,
increased et c Cf G n
s, s a ess ess , . . e .

and A mbrose It is the olde J e wi sh

.
vi 1 1 r . .

v i ew but was condemned p b bly s

,
E v y im gination et c Gen vi 5 ro a a er a , . . . .

ea ly as the first c ent A D S ee note

r 3 G n vi 1 2 . . . . e . . .

on i v 1 5. .
4 5 G n vi 7 8 , . e . . , .

Corre ct p inte s 4 I h ll d t oy So a d be ’
T o look up on . r r . s a es r . .

error resi j into re ij in my text

’ '
H e w uld destroy . o .
44 T HE B OO K OF J U BILE E S
ear th which I have created 5 But N o ah found grac e . .

before the eyes of the Lord 6 A n d agai nst the angels . .

who m He had sent u p on the earth He w as ex c eedingly ,

wroth and He gave c om m andm e n t to root them out of all

,

their dom in i on and H e bade us to bi nd them i n the dep ths ,

of the earth and behold they are bound i n the m i dst of ,

them and are (kept) sep arate

,
7 A nd agai nst the ir sons . .

went fo r th a c omm and from before His fac e that they

should be sm i tten w i th the sw ord and be r em oved from ,

unde r heaven 8 A n d H e sai d My s piri t w ill not always . .

ab i de on m an ; fo r they als o are flesh and their days shall

be one hundred and twenty years 9 An d H e sent His . .

swo rd i nto their m i dst that eac h should slay hi s nei ghbou r ,

and they began to s lay e ac h o the r till they all fell by the

swo r d and were destroyed from the earth 1 0 A n d thei r . .

fathers were wi tnesses (of thei r destru c ti on ) and after thi s ,

they were bound i n the dep ths of the earth for ever unti l the ,

day of the great c ondem nat ion when judgm ent i s e x e c uted ,

4 Which I have created Em nd d e e 6ta ¢ 0 6 2pcu Ka i iratfioat y é vos é’v epov '

=“He had r a d ”
. .

from a b w h ich hi c e te . r ovn la s K aea é u

p p also P lo, D e
. S ee
Corru onpt i ould h ve
a ar s n c rom ii ith the ie f Vita fil oses, 12 But w
. . sub se
confi l sion of é Krt o a. and 510 10 1 5, as L q e t c pt i
' '
the e c e t itt u n orru on of all d s ndan s
m ann has p i te
o n d out . cd
“w as h ti the ti e h of N oa ll m of A bra am and
c e te
r a d
”
i
Poss bly we s ou d k
. h l ee p the ive p t the G ti e un rsal a os as
y of en l s
to b th hroug out, and t l te
ran s a cc i
He th ch a ord n g to ourau or, su astatem ent
would d s royet which H e had p ctic i c c ei v e M e ve is ra ally n on abl . or o r,
c e te
r a d Cf vi 2 0 . it.
ffic t
. . c ve the is not di ul to di s o r origin of
1 0 Un til the d ay of the grea t con
. the e te x Ve e rror in ou r t. rs s 1 0 5 1 6 -

de mnation, i e , the day of the fi . n al . e c iptive the fi j e are d s r of nal udgm nt,
judgm n .e t See i v . 1 9, 24 Cf Eth i p p if the t c e . . . an d s m ly am l y las laus of
Eno ch x 13 i te ve i p e i
The n r n ng r od, h the t i e the ve ver 10 T us m of rb s
“d s ro d ” “ "“
. . . .

cc i
a ord ng to Eth Eno ch x 1 2 , is et e e y , w as m ad
”
in 1 1 1 2 is
wrong andw s ouldhave“
. . -
,
s eventy generati ons e h e t shalld s roy ,
’

“s all b e " and “s all m ak " “ud d

.

1 0 b 12 Verse 1 1 1 2 i f the te x t is h s h e J e
e e e “h h ve
- -

g
.
.

cor ect teach th at God e c e ted the

r t r r a m u s also be r nd r d s all a
h um n rac e nd all His other w k t j e
a a th i t e or s a udg d,
”
but s las do s not necessi
the tim e of the Fl od “s th t they t te ch e the te t eithe the o o a a a ang in x of r
sh uld not sin in the ir wh le n t
o e th i pic e e te x the ef e E or H br w
o a ur o The t
te :“ i the
r or
.

f ever b ut sh ould b e all ighte u h

or , t r o s s ould be ransla d U nt l day
alway I n J ose p h u A nt i 3
.
the e t c e ti he js, . . . of gr a ond m na on, w n udg
2 there is a slight app xim ti n t o e t h e x e c te ro h ve a o m n s all b e u d on all who a
this i dea :6 dé 6 63 fi ué fi c pte thei
i
5 thei
r o rov v r s orru d r w ay s and r works
d is
t xatoa i nd u K dl f 6 n
n ef e the
-
tr ce, ar e h
xa e
’
o
’
c b or Lord, 1 1 An d H e s all .

é lvwv ub w
xe fis K l dhha m l mi n: e t
v v r the f
ah u a, thei p e d s roy ( m ) all rom r lac s,
86
fi
fi d dpo w u b mfi the e h ef the ’
09 r v rr o r re ai and r s all not b e l t one of m
46 T HE BO O K OF J U B IL E E S
been w ri tten and ord ain ed If they tu rn to Him i n ri ghte ous
ness H e w ill forgive all thei r transgressi ons an d p ard on all
,

thei r s ins 1 8 I t i s w ri tten and ord ai ned th at He w i ll

. .

show m ercy t o all w ho turn from all thei r gu ilt on c e e ac h

year ] 1 9 A nd as for all th ose w ho corru p ted thei r ways
. .

an d the i r th oughts before the fl

’
ood n o m an s p e rson w as ,

acc e p ted s ave th at o f N oah alon e ; for h i s p e rs o n w as ac

cept e d in beh alf of h i s s on s wh om (G od ) s aved from the ,

waters of the floo d on hi s accou n t ; for hi s he art w as

ri ghte ous i n all h i s w ays acc ord in g as i t w as c om m an ded ,

regard i n g him an d he had n ot de parted from aught th at ,

w as ordained for him 2 0 An d the L ord s ai d th at H e . .

woul d destroy everythin g which w as u p on the e arth b oth ,

m en an d c att le an d be asts and fow ls of the air an d th at , , ,

whi ch m oveth on the e arth 2 1 A n d H e c om m an ded . .

N oah t o m ake him an ark th at he m i ght s ave h im se lf from ,

the waters of the flood 2 2 A n d N oah m ade the ark in . .

18 . tim e efe ed t he e i
The r rr o r s w ith the de th p en lty by G d h um n
a a o or a

b vi u ly the tenth d y f the eventh j udgm ent A n d y t w m u t di im i

”
o o s a o s . e e s scr

m nth t
o ,
the D y f A t nem ent
. e., a o o . n te b et w een the te ch in g f
a u tex t a o o r

In L v x v i in pi te f the te m in n d f the t e t i e Sheb oth in f v u

‘

e . . s o r s a o r a f s u a o ro

ve e 1 6 2 1 the in offe ing t oned

rs s , , s -
r a the f m e In the l tte the c e em oni l
or r. a r r a

o nl y f in c m m itted in e
or s s ( ni i wn o rror , w as of the n tu e f n p u p eratu m
a r o a o s o .

d xovclw ) i e ccident ll y inv lun

s a a or o I n u te xt
o r n the the h nd o o r a re
i v 2 1 3 2 2 t —these
. . ,

p ent n e is in si ted n :G d
, ,

m e cy
’
t ily (L
ar e v. .
, , , e a a c s o o s r

ar e the d y fiu in jH b ix
vo n t ar a e o is not t b w n n the D y f A t ne
o e o o a o o
‘
. .

f orth e “c m m i tte d deli be tely nd

os o ra a m ent ve by th e wh tu n (i niw )
sa os o r '

de fi ntly ( mm m3 N um x v
a Thi ,
. . s fr m thei in
o Th u th ugh our
r s s. s o

is the vi ew e nf c e d in the Mi h nic or s tex t st n d m idw y b etw een the d ctrin e

a s a o
t e tise Y m viii 9 :“If m n y I
r a o a . a a sa s p e c ib ed in Lev x vi ( l o in the
r s r . . a s

will in n d the n
s ,
e p ent
a H e ve n r a t e ti e Yom ) nd th t t i e Shab th
r a s a a e rea s uo
'

d e n t gi ve him the m e n
o s o fp ti a s o rac s w ith the f m e i t p e c ib e
or n ec r r s r s as es
ing ep ent n c e ; and if he s y s I w i ll y t o t n e m ent the tem p e of t u e
‘
r a a ,
sar a o r r
sin n d the D y
a f A t n e m ent w i ll a o o r ep ent nc e :w ith the l tte it m int in
a a r a a s
b ing t nem ent the D y f A t ne the fii y f the t nem ent fo ins of
’
r a o ,
a o o e cac o a o r s
m ent w i ll b i ng no t nem ent On
r a o . eve y desc ip t i n
r r o .

the the h nd b th in u te xt nd in
o r a o o r a Once each year z dwa f 1 0 6 é w a ur ofi
the t e ti e Sh b th i 6 i t i taught
r a s e 1e o
‘
. s (H eb ix . .

th t n the D y f A t n em ent in f
a o a o o s s o 19 T a h t the ic e p e
w k d are s ar d for
f given “b th
.

eve y de c ipti n
r s r o are or o the sake of the i hte
rg ous is the i e d a
the light nd the gr ve the intenti nal
a a ,
o e i
un d rly ng Gen xviii
2 3 32 . .
-
.

and the uni nten t i n l the c onscious o a , 2 0 Gen .vi 7 ; cf

ver 4 . . . . .

an d the u nc n ci u th e el ting t o
o s o s, os r a 2 1 Ge n . vi 14 cc i
A ord ng t o vi. . . .

the p sitive nd the neg ti ve c m m nd

o a a o a s, 25 of our text thi c
s om m an d w as gi ve n
an d even th e th t w e e to b vi ited
os a r e s on the n ew m oon f the fi st m on th o r .
 C H A PT E R V . 18 2 -
8 47

all r es p e cts as H e c om m an ded him i n the twen ty seventh 1 307 ,

-

jubilee of years in the fi fth week i n the fi fth year (on the
,

n e w m oo n of the fi rst m on th
) 2 3 A nd he entered in the . .

si x th (ye ar) the reof i n the se c on d m onth on the new 1 30 2

, ,

m oon of the se c on d m onth t ill the s i x teenth ; an d he ,

en tered an d all th at we b rought to him i nto the ark

, , ,

and the L ord c losed i t from w i th out on the seve n tee n th

eveni ng .

2 4 A n d the Lord op ened seve n fl

. oo d g ates of he aven -

A nd the m ouths of the fount ain s of the gre at dee p ,

seven m ouths in n um be r .

A n d the fl o od gates began t o p ou r d own w ate r fro m

-

the heaven forty days and forty ni ghts ,

A n d the fount ai ns of the dee p als o sent u p wate rs until ,

the w hole w orld w as fu ll of wat er .

2 6 A n d the w aters i n cre ased u p on the e arth :

.

F i ftee n c ub i ts d id the w ate rs ri se ab ove all the h igh

m oun t ai n s ,

A n d the ark w as li ft u p ab ove the e arth ,

A n d i t m oved up on the fac e of the w ate rs .

2 7 An d the w ater p revailed on the fac e of the e arth fi ve

.

m on ths — on e hun dred an d fi fty d ays 2 8 A n d the . .

ark we n t and rested on the t op of Luhar one of the ,

22 .Twen ty -
seven th j ubilee
So w e . F loodgates f oun tains Gen . .

h l e e the e i
s ou d m nd r ad ng of all the S ee te ii v11 1 1 no on 4
MSS t e t —ec
“w n s on d ub l ”
. . . .

y j i ee In . The grea t deep T he man of Gen . .

my te xt h ve
I a by a s l ip e e e i
m nd d te ii 2 See no on 2
“w n s
. . . .

the e i i t t e t ixth j i ee
r ad ng n o y ub l -
. 2 5 , 2 6 Gen vii 1 2 , 1 8, 2 0 . Cf . . . .

T he fifth ey ar of the fifth eew k ofthe ch xxxix Eth Eno . l 3 . .

t e t eve th j i lee
w n y s n-
ub 1 30 7 A M vii viii . . 2 7 Gen . 2 4, 3 . . . .

hi
T s agr s ee e x ct i th the ch l
a ly w rono ogy viii hi e 28 Gen . 4 T s nam Lfibar
. .

“From
.

in the S it
am ar an C ronh icle : ec te r urs in vii 1 (see no ), 1 7 It is
. .

A dam to the i th
b r of N oa h e ti e l
w as a the Mi hic m n on d a so in dras Book
pe i e
r od o f 7 0 7 y ars, an d from A dam pp e ix ex t of N oa h (see A nd I to m y T )
:
.

the l e S it f ll h as o o w s : m m "1 1 m 1 m £ 1153

”
to F ood 1 30 7 y ars ( am ar an T is .

h icle t l te
C ron ran s a ve e ep
d b y N eu b au er in ce f ee rs is r rodu d r ly b y Ep ip hianus,
the J ou rn al A sia ti qu e, 1 869 ,pp i : . A dv H aer I tom. 4 lacr d dé f or
'
. . . .
-

4 21 Ka r a xhvo / uov é m or dc m s r ns hdpva xos ' ‘

23 Closed it,
. et c
Gen vii 1 6
. . . . r ofi N [ be é v T ois (ipsa r ocs A po pdr (i x
/d
‘
‘
'
‘ ’
.
'

et c v ii M
' "
Seven teen th, Gen . 11 . . . 0 0 11 A puey lwv Ka i Kapdvé wu eu T o )

fl ch ic l
‘

2 4 Seven
. ood ga tes -
Eth Eno . . o fict p lips; xa hovuévq) A s N o aus .

lxxxix 2 . . o f D am as us r or s ( os c A nt 3 ep t J ep h . i. . .
48 T HE B OO K OF J U BILE E S
m ou n t ai ns A rarat the n ew m oo n)
29 A nd
of ( . . on

i n the fou rth m onth the fou n tai ns of the gre at dee p
were closed an d the flood gates of heaven were re -

strain ed ; and on the new m oon of the seventh m onth all

the m ouths of the abysses of the earth were op ened an d ,

the water began t o des ce n d into the dee p below 3 0 A nd . .

on the new m o o n of the tenth m on th the top s of the

m ou n t ai n s were see n an d on the new m oon of the fi rst
,

m o nth the e arth be c am e vi s i b le 3 1 An d the w ate rs . .

d i s app eared from above the earth i n the fi fth week i n

the seven th year thereof and on the seventeenth day ,

i n the se cond m o nth the e arth w as dry 3 2 An d on . .

the twen ty — seven th there of he op e n ed the ark and sent ,

forth fro m i t be asts and cattle and b i rds an d every m ovi ng

, , ,

thi ng .

1— 3 (of Gen v iii 2 0 God s

’
Sacrifi ce f
o N oa h ,
. . . coven an t

w ith N oah, f blood forbidden

eati ng o ,
4 10 -

( cf . Gen .

ix . 1 fl
l oses hidden to renew this la w against the

ea ting of blood, 1 1 1 4 -

. Bow set i n the clou ds for a

sign , 15 16-
. F east f
o w eeks insti tu ted, history o
f i ts
th t cc i c t ti the n the t p f w h ich the k f the
6 ) a a ord ng t o lo al radi on o o o ar o
e te et
A rk r s d on a gr a m ou n a n in ti Ch lde n N h e ted a a oa r s .

e i c le
A rm n a al d Bar s ab o i ve Mi
n y as, 29 G n v iii 2 Cf Eth Eno ch . e . . . . .

fe
Pro ssor S ce
ay (J ourn a l of R oya l lxxxix 7 . .

A sia ti c Soc .xi v p

. . te
389 no ) con
3 0 G n vii i 5 1 3 e
ject ures th t th i
a s is the ti
m o un a n
31 On the seven teen th d y in th
. . .
, .

e
n am d Lub ar in o ur tex t eei th t
,
s ng a
n d m on th th
. a e

th w d y In
t i
b o h are sa d b y Epiphanius and
G n vi ii 1 4 it i
seco e ear as r .

n the eve n n d~
S ce l te
yn l u s (see no on vii I )to b e on the w n e . . s o s -
a
t e ti eth d y th t the e th w dry
.

e
b ord rs of A rm n a e i I am nd b di e te P a a ar as .

l
to him a s o for the f
.

ollowing n o tein t f thi ve se nd the ne xt i qu ted

ar o s r a s o

LX X MS n Gen v iii
’
in L ga d
w hich he ee s ks t o a cc t
oun for the 1 : a r e s
'
e o . .

e
syll abl L u in Lu ar h In
. the V ic 5 4 e qi d w é pp [ mi é a m l
ann
u r e c U / . 1rr
-

c ei f
un orm i c ipti
ns r ons Lulu is the K mii nl ;dtdné pe é inpd fin t 7 3 m l é fi aé er
6 v 7

c t h ich c lle
oun ry w t
is a d U rar u (A rara ) t It 7 un b d é q f h m fl
a w b
e x c1 0 1 v s v a e T u ‘
r v.

i
in A ssyr a, on the e
bord rs o f A rm n a e i b will b b e ved th t the e rth e o s r a a

it
an d K urd s an, and is alm os t ce t i
r a nly
ec m e d y ex ctly a ye r afte N oah a r a a r

the L ulub i or L u luwi of the

A ssyr an i ente ed the a k (v r r er.

i c ipti
ns r ons in w h ichw as M t ii
oun Nzr 3 2 Cf G n v iii 1 7 1 9 . . e . .
, .
50 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
should not c hange thei r order nor c e ase for eve r 5 A nd , . .

you i n cre ase ye an d m u ltiply u p on the e ar th and be c o m e

, ,

m any u p on i t and be a b less in g u p on i t The fe ar of you ,

.

an d the d r e ad of yo u I sh all i ns pi re i n eve ryth i ng th at i s

on earth and in the sea 6 A n d behold I h ave gi ven unto . .

you all beasts and all w inged thin gs and everything that , ,

m oves on the e arth and the fi sh i n the w aters and all , ,

things for fo od ; as the green herbs I have given you ,

all th i ngs to eat 7 Bu t fl esh wi th the life thereof w i th . .

, ,

the blood ye shall not eat ; for the li fe of all fl esh i s in the
,

blood lest your blood of your li ves be r e qu ired A t the

, .

hand of every m an at the hand of every (beast) shall , ,

I re qu ir e the blood of m an 8 Whoso sheddeth m an s

’
. .

blood by m an shall h i s blood be shed ; fo r i n the i m age of

G od m ade He m an 9 A n d you i n c re ase ye and m ult iply . .
, ,

on the e arth 1 0 A n d N oah and hi s s ons swo r e th at . .

they wou ld not eat any blood that w as i n any fl esh an d ,

he m ade a c oven ant before the Lord God for ever throughout
5 . Gen
It is no wor y
. ix . 7 . f und in exi sti ng Jewish te th Tryp ho is no t o
th t the c e
a laus be a blessing (13 1 3 1 ) sou c e S ee Singer 2 95 sq r s.
“m ul , .

c ep
orr s onds t o tip l
y
”

(u p ) in 7 G n ix 4 5 Of you lives e r
the p e
arall l in Gen The la r atte pp e
ars
T ext “in ou li ves wh ich is a
.

wrong
. . .
, . .

y r
c pt
t o be orru for w n=LXX m l KaT a
x vpi et oare
'
.
endering of nn nw 5 35 r ’
.

(B t ) I h ve here suppli ed é nses5

’
eas a
The f ear of you et c
.
Cf Gen b east )whi c h c ould easily h ve fallen
, . . .
a
ix 2 . .
ut b efo e I will re quire o r .

6 Gen ix 2 3. . .
8 Gen ix 6
, .
. . . .

A s the green he bs I have giv n you 1 0 1 4 N oah and his sons sw ear t o
r , e -
.

all thi ngs to ea t From G n ix 3 the c ven nt of p erp etu l oblig ation
. e . . o a as a
save the verb to e t w hi ch h w eve as e g ds the non eating of blood
a o r, r ar

is only a re p eti ti on of the p h ase “

,
-

f (ve Be c use th i s ordinanc e r or r. a

o od in the p e c eding c l u e Of the w rof p erp et ual obli at ion i t was re
g a s . as
,
ar gum ent th t c oncluded f om th e enacted n M ount Sinai b ut whereas
a r os o
,
words th at only c ert in he b w e e in N h s c ven nt i t had b een brou ht
’
a r s r oa o a
g
a llowe d for food our te x t k n w fo w d nly on its negati ve side in
,
o s r ar o
,
noth ing T h is vi ew app e. in J t in the M s ic legislation it was enforced ars us o a
,
D ial c T yp h 2 0 fi vh né b in it p osit i ve i de th at is accordin t o
gz
. . r . o o vov a r ov s s , ,
e ln i d)? hdx
'
e v xbp u é l the f m e bl od was not to b e eaten
a va
-
ro 7re or r. o
,
r w 3 xbp wv 0 0 é dl n
1 a T V il w i
'
r whe e cc ding t o the latter its true
x a o eu o r
'
Ka r as a or
Gn b or 43 N a b dhfi us w s t o p inkl e the worsh ipp er ve
i o
(
er s 7 v
e le a r ac e a s r r.
¢ é A cco di ng t o Goldf hn (M n t
ar . r 1 1 ) n d to m k e at ne m ent b efore a o a s a a o
schrift fi i/r Gesch d J ud 187 3 5 7 sq )
/ God (v .
M oreove as N oah s
. . , . er. r,
’

the i nterpretation here attributed t c oven nt w s instituted in the third o a a

 C H A PT E R V I 5 .
-
16 51

all the generati ons of the earth i n thi s m onth 1 1 On . .

thi s acc ount He s p ake to thee that thou shouldst m ake a

coven ant w i th the c hi ld ren of I s rael i n th i s m onth u p o n

the m ountai n w i th an oath and that thou sh ou ldst s pri nkle ,

blood u p on them be c ause of all the w ords of the covenant ,

which the Lord m ade with them for ever 1 2 A n d this . .

testim ony i s written c on c erni ng you that you should observe

i t co ntin u ally so th at you should not eat on any day any
,

blood of beasts or birds or cattle duri ng all the days of the

e arth and the m an who eats the bloo d of beast or of cattle or
,

o f b i rds du rin g all the d ays of the e arth he and h i s seed sh all ,

be roo ted out of the land 1 3 A n d do th ou c o m m an d the . .

c hildre n of I s rael to eat no blood so that the ir nam es and ,

thei r seed m ay be befo re the Lord our God conti nu ally 14 . .

A nd for t hi s law the re i s n o li m i t of d ays for i t i s for eve r , .

They shall observe i t through out the i r gen e rat ion s so that ,

they m ay c ont i nue suppli cat i ng on you r behalf w i th blood

before the altar ; every day and at the tim e of m o rn i ng and
even i ng they shall seek forgi ven ess on y ou r behalf perpetu
ally before the L ord th at they m ay kee p i t and n ot be

rooted out 1 5 A n d H e g ave to N oah an d h is s on s a s ign

. .

that there sh ould not agai n be a flood on the e arth 16 . .

H e set His b ow in the cloud for a s i gn of the etern al

c ovenant th at there sh ould not again be a flood on the e arth

m on th l
,
the L w w gi ven n
so a so 1 4 Supp li ting n the i (b ) b h lf
a as o . ca o r c e a

Sin i in the m e m nth ( e

a sa [In w ith blo d Cf Lev xvii 1 1
o v r. o . . . . .

n o p ge i it said th t the c ven nt

assa s
M orning n d ev ning they sha ll
a o a s
a e
of N o h nd f M o e w e e e t blishe d
a a o s s
s ek f orgi v nes Cf N u m xx viii
r s a
e e s
n the m e d y in the th i d m nth
. . . .

o sa a r o
3 8
.
-

Suc h c n ne ction pp e s t e xist

.

b “thei
a o a ar o
F orgiv nes n y u (d e s o o r 0 r,
b etw een the d te f the coven nt of “it
.

o a
a
bh lf Th e ding f a
t s e a e r a o
N h n d th t of the fi t c eleb ti on
.

rs ra
d i t b p efe e d n the ground f
oa a a
s o e r rr o o
on e a th of the fe
r t of week ( ee n tes the p arallelism (Littm nn )
as s s o
a
on ve se s 1 7
.

1 1 A ovena n t
. c in thi m n th 1 5 1 6 Cf G n ix 1 3 1 5 Th s o -
. . e . .
-
. e

up n o the m u n t in Th l w w
o te xt fte t ou ch ing on the M ic
a . e a as a r osa

i ve n n Si
o n i in the th i d m nth
a devel p m en t of the c ven nt of No h r o o o a a
g
acc ding t Ex d xix 1
or o ohe e ret u ns to the l tte (cf ve
. . . r r a r . r.

1 2 1 3 Of Lev x vii 1 0 1 2 1 4 ;
, . .
w h ich G d c nfi m ed wi th the sign of
. .
, ,
o o r

D eut xii 23. . .

the b ow in the cloud s.
52 T HE B OO K OF J U BILE E S
to destroy i t all the d ays of the e arth 1 7 F or th is re as o n . .

i t i s ordained and wri tten on the heavenly t ables that they ,

should c elebrate the fe ast of weeks in thi s m onth on c e a year ,

t o renew the c o ven ant eve ry year 1 8 A n d th i s who le . .

festi val w as c eleb rated i n heaven from the day of creati on

till the d ays of N oah—twenty six jub ilees and fi ve weeks of -

years :and N oah and hi s s ons O bserved i t for seven jubil ees
and on e week of ye ars t i ll the day of N o ah s de ath and from
’

, ,

’
the day of N o ah s death hi s s on s d i d aw ay w i th (i t) unt il
the d ays of A brah am an d they eat blood 1 9 But , . .

A brah am obse rved i t and I s aac and Jac ob and hi s c h ild ren ,

obse rved i t u p t o thy d ays an d in thy d ays the c h i ldren of ,

I s rael forgot i t until ye c e leb rated i t an ew on thi s m ou n t ai n .

2 0 A n d do th ou com m and the c hild ren of I srae l t o O bserve

.

thi s festi val i n all the ir ge ne rati ons for a c om m an dm ent u n to

them on e day i n the ye ar i n thi s m onth they sh al l c elebrate
t he fest i v al 2 1 For i t i s the fe ast of weeks an d the fe as t
. .

17 18 In
-
c e cti
onn . on w ith the n w n fi T b ii 1 c nt in e xoo 'r v. o . . o a s
c ve t
o nan N oa h is hidden t o ob s r e ve n the e ly in t nc e f it u nd a o r ar s a o s se, a
the fe tas of w eeks Si c e it f l
n o l ows Ph i l D S p ten a 2 1
. ne pp ch o, e e r. ,
a ar a roa
from xv te
1 (see no ) and l
. x iv 4, 5 t it F l te in t nc es e 1 C . o . or a r s a s e or.
th t thi fe t
a s as w as c e e te
l b ra d on the vi 8 J A n t iii 1 0 6 x . os. . . . .

1 5th of the th ird m on th (see no on te 1 8 T w n ty i j ubil nd fi ve . e -

s x ees a
i. e
1 ) w e m ay r ason ab ly ass gn i the w ks =1 30 9 y e On the l ight ee ars. s
p l ti
rom u ga on of the N oa chic c ve t di c ep ncy in our uth o s d tes
o n an s r a a r
’
a see
to the sam e teda La r te J iuda sm n te n i v 2 8 nd v 2 2
. o s o . a . .

Mi i e
( a m on d s, M ore N eb 4 1 ) ld P n he e te S v n j ubil es n d on
.
w k =350 e e e a e ee
c t c ele te the vi
os t o b ra gi ng of the L aw ye ars.
on Si i e i te thi
n a , an d d s gn a d s day as D id w y wi th (i t) nd th y t
“ da of
a a a e ea
the y the iv i
g n g of the L a w
”
blood H e e g in the c l ose c nn e c ti on . r a a o

(m m [no or ) So our au or (of th .i f the fe t f w eek n d of the . .

o as o s a
hi i e f
T s d a is n ot ou n d in P hil
o and c ven nt wi th N h i em ph sised o a oa s a
“b ut ( d)
.

J e ph
os us b ut it pp e
a ars in Je e
rom , Ep 1 9 Bu t A b h m F .
ra a or a
“
. .

ad F a b i
m ane o 1 2 ; A ugus
. t Con tra Ab h m (b e d ) b re d an d Ab .
ra a ,
e a ra
F au st x x xu 1 2 . e ve th t
Ob s r a .our h m al n e
. a o
“i t
.

au th c i e the c ve t i th
or as r b s o n an w Ab ram Ob v d i t a b mit ser e . o .

to the sam e te
da (see no onte xi v Y leb t d i t an w [ l dd k m w ? ) .
ece ra e e ia as e
1 7 F east of weeks
. T sh i title is b d e d“ I h ve e n ew ed them
.
c r a a r
f
oun d in E od x xxxi v 2 2 (nyny J U, .
I h ve en e w e d (i t ) u nt them
.
' ’

or a r o

s p i) é fi d udbwv)
-
o r O u te x t i n t
o [= h dd kew6m u (6
. r s o a as

a cqu inted w ith the m e f m ili

a 20 One d y in the yea Th i s ar a r.

h uld p e h p b :“the fi rst d y ( f

or a .

d e i gn ti n f th i fe t i
s a o Pente c t
o s as ,
. e. os . s o r a s e a o
Th is de ign ti n wh ich i s G eek the w eek)in eve y y e
a o ,
S ee n te n
s a r r ar.
”
o o

rende i n g i; n rn fi (imé p ) f the v

, evr 22xoo r a ,
o er. .

ra bb inic m n r/ Dn m is found in 2 ' ’

2 1 The feast f w ks was lik ewi e
,
. o ee s
M cc xii 32 n w) i w h y ué n known s the fe t f the h vest
a . . e . r e
'
o v v a as o ar
54 T HE B O OK OF J U B IL E E S
n ew m o on on the new m o on
of the fi rst m onth , and

of the fourth m onth and on the new m o on of the ,

seventh m onth an d on the new m o on of the tenth ,

m onth are the days of re m e m bran c e an d the d ays of ,

the seas ons in the fou r d ivi s i o n s of the ye ar These are .

wri tten and ord ain ed as a testim ony for ever 2 4 A nd . .

N oah ord ained the m for h im self as fe asts for the gene rat i ons
for eve r so that they h ave be c o m e the reby a m em o ri al unt o
,

him 2 5 An d on the new m oon of the fi rst m onth he w as

. .

bi dden t o m ake for him self an ark and on that (day) the ,

earth be cam e dry an d he o p en ed (the ark) an d saw the

e arth 2 6 A n d on the n ew m oon of the fourth m onth the
. .

m ouths of the de p ths of the abysses bene ath we re closed A nd .

on the new m oon of the seventh m onth all the m ouths of the

abysses of the e arth we re op en ed an d the w ate rs began t o ,

des cend in to them 2 7 A n d on the n ew m oon of the ten th . .

m on th the t op s of the m ount ai n s were see n an d N oah w as ,

glad 2 8 A n d on th i s acc oun t he ord ai ned the m for him

. .

self as fe asts for a m em orial for ever and thus are they ,

ord ai n ed 2 9 A nd they p lac ed the m on the he ave nl y

. .

t ables e ac h had thirteen weeks ; from one to another

,

On th n w m n f th fi t m n th
e e A b h am ob e ved the st s in
oo o de t e rs o . ra s r ar or r o

On th i d te N h w s b i dden t m ke
a le n the n t u e f the c m ing y e a
oa as o a ar a r o o r,
a n k ar 2 1 vi 25 ; the e th fi t
, v. xii 1 6 , . ar rs . .

b e c m e v i i ble ft e the fl d
a s 30 On the n w m o n f the t nth m nth
a r oo . e o o e o .

vi 2 5 N h offe ed
. c ifice vii 2 S ee v 2 7
oa r a sa r , .
, er. .

3 A b h m e e cted ra an lt nd 2 6 S ee n te r n ve 23 Of Gen a a ar a . o s o r. . . .

sa rc ific ed the e n xiii 8 ; G d pp e ed viii 2 Eth Enoch l xxxix 7 8

r o , . o a ar . . .
, .

to I c xxiv wh f rthwith ffe e d

saa ,
2 7 S ee n te
.
, n v o23 Of G n
o o r . o s o er. . . e .

sa rc ific e 2 2 2 3 J c b w ent t Bethel viii 5

, , a o o , . .

xx vii 1 9 L evi w s b n xxviii 1 4 2 9 P l ced W h ve he e the ini

a or a e a r

fe ct ; henc e lite lly : “they pl c e

. . . . .
,

On the n w m oon of th f u th m n th e pe “ e o r o . r ra a
”

T he foll w ing event igned t they we e pl cing ”

o s are ass o or r a .

th i d te On it A d m nd Ev went
s a . On the h v n ly t bl s a H ere the a e ea e a e .

f th f m the G den iii 32 ; the fe ti v l d ined by N h e ente ed

or ro ar , . s a s or a oa ar r
m uth
o of the b ys es b en e th
s nd on the he avenly t bl es
a S ee note n
s a a a . o
the flo d g te of he ven w e e cl ed v iii 1 0
o -
a s a r os . . . .

2 9 vi 2 6 ; ngel s pp e e d t o A b h m
, . a 2 9 3 0 E h ha d thirt n weeks et c
a ar ra a ,
-
. ac / ee , .

x vi l J seph w b n xx viii 2 4 ; A cc din g t verse 2 3 30 the y e

. o as or , . or o s -
ar
J ac b i ved in Egypt lv 1
o arr con i t f fou se on nd each se n . x . . s s s o r as s a aso
On th n w m n f th e venth e f th ee m nth or th i tee n
oo w ee k
o e se o r o s r s.
m nth
o On th i s d te the m uth
. f Th y e r h s the efo e a n th i com o s o e a a , r r , o s
the abysses w e e p ened v 29 vi 2 6 ; put ti n 1 2 m nth f 30 d ys e ch
r o , .
, . a o o s o a a
 C H A PT E R V I . 24 -

31 55

(p assed) the ir m em o ri al from the fi rst to the se cond and

, ,

fro m the se c ond to the th ird and fr om the thi rd to the ,

fou rth 3 0 A nd all the days of the c om m and m en t w i ll be

. .

two an d fi fty weeks of d ays an d (these w ill m ake) the entire

,

year c om plete 3 1 Thus i t i s engraven and o rdain ed on

. .

the heavenly tables A n d there i s no negle c ti ng (thi s com

.

(see e i te c
b low ) and 4 n r alary days, feast of w eeks t e Si van 15 certainly , . .
,

ee
52 w ks, or 36 4 day s. T s our hi su pp orts Ep p ste in s vi ew Th i s d te
’
. a
au th t e
or ak s t o b e the
dura on of a ti ca n nly b e arri ve d
o t b y e ck ning a r o
solar y ar e A solar y ar of 1 2
. e the 7 weeks from Nis n 22 T h us the a .

th
m on s is l k w s i e i e p e pp e
r su os d in p ch al lamb was offered n N i n 1 4
as o sa
iv . 17 w r he e the th
m on s are sa d to i the fe t of unleavened b e d b eg n on
as r a a
b e of thesam e
n umb r as e the i
s gns of the 1 5 th and ended n the 2l st On o .

ic
the zod a ; in v 2 7 w r fi ve m on s
. he e th the 2 2nd the w ve sheaf w offe ed a -
as r .

eci e ti
are d s r b d as am oun ng to 1 5 0 day s, N w if we c unt 7 w eek
o nw d f m
o s o ar ro
he c e e ch
n a m on th c i t
ons s s of 30 day s th i day th t is 1 week in the 1 st
s , a

in xii . e
1 6 Ab ram m ak s obs r a ons on e v ti m nth 4 w eeks in the 2 n d
o , nd 2 a

the l et of the
7th m on th
t o l arn e the in the 3 d (Si van ) the fe t of w eeks
r , as
ch cte
ara r of the e i
nsu ng six m on s th fall on the 1 5 th of Si v n as in ur
s a o

t i te
(au um n and w n r) T y are solar . he au th o Thus the date p es pp o es
r. r u s

th
m on s ; for the
y are six in nu m b r , e m onth s of 2 8 days A n d sinc e the .

xii. 2 7 in xvi 12 1 3 a y ar of w
.
-
e t elve m nth c onsi sted of 28 d y s e ch there
o s a a ,

th i p li e
mon s is m d and in xx v
16 . the m u t h ave b een 1 3 in th i e ccle i ti
s s s as

ti e
r b s who are t o s r ng rom pi f J c
a ob are l y ear as i t consi ted f 36 4 d y s
ca , s o a .

the e e the th Fi nally i f Epp stei n s v i ew n the inter

’
to b e of sam numb r as m on s , o

of the ey ar In . the f c e the e f ct

a of s a s p tation of vi 2 2 i c
re e ct it e ves . s orr , s r

e
Frank l w as u q ite
wrong, as B r has ee t oconfirm the above v i ew ; f i f the or

h
s own , to as s r e t th t J
a ub il ees r kon d ec e ye b egins n Sund y the p
ar ver
o a asso
n N isan f lls on the S bb th :the
,

e ch
a t
m on h at 2 8 days and add d a e o a a a

th i ee th
rt n m on th
of 28 day s. On the offering of the w ve he af n Sunday a -
s o

o the hr an d E s n (R evue des Etudes

pp tei the 22nd and the fe t f w eeks on as o

j uices, xxii .
-
fe
10 13 )o f rs the a ra tt cti ve Sund y Sivan 1 5 a , .

e i th t
sugg st on a J i ee
in ub l s t wo k nds i But on the other h n d the e is th i s a r
e
of y ars are u s d e : civi e
a l y ar of 1 2 o bje c ti on t o th i s the y i t i not tru e or s
m on s wth ith ei ht g of 30 days a e ch
an d th t all the fe ti v ls in Jubil
a sfix ed a ees are
f our of 31 day s a e chand an ecclesi a ccordin g to this so c lled e cclesi tic l -
a as a
e
e stical y ar of 13 m on th
s of 2 8 day s
ye ; for the fou
ar d in ed b y N oah r or a
e ch
a . th
O ur au or, wr s E s n , ite pp tei in vi 2 3 29 a e dete m ine d cc rding
.
-
r r a o
fix e d the da s of te the fe tiv
s als a ord cc t othe 1 2 solar m onth f the y ear s o
ing to the e ccle i tic e
s as al y ar, and b y A p rt from th is obje ct i n th is theory
a o
su ch e
a y ar m anag d to m ak e ace e h i the b est solut i on f the p b lem y et
s o ro
ee e ch
w k, a m on th
and a e ch e
y ar t o o ffe e d r Elsewhe e whe e t w
. y ears r , r o
e S
b gi n on un day and erm na t i te theon w e e in use as am ng t the Egyp tians
r ,
o s
S abb a th By su
. ch
an arangem ent also a n d l te am ongst the A b y in i n J ews
a r ss a ,
all the fe ti v fe
s als ll on S
unday sa ve the civil y ear was a l one nd the so ar a
th t the
a of t e e t
D ay of A on m n , and all e ccle i stical a luna
s a r.
the c hrono ogy l t
ook a r gular and e The entire year comp lete
30 So 6,
i ch cte f the f ct th t . .

un form r rom
eve th i
ara a

pi t
a
w h ich
alon g s an n l g b s nse ive i te li i le e e .

ry ng had 7 for its o n o f de

“
p t e
ar ur T us h the ee
w k had 7 31 N eglecting,
. or ransgr ss ng t e i .

:the e ee e te th t he e
. '

B r has sugg s d t a adw o

day s : the 4 x 7 =2 8
th a r
m on y ar
5 2 x 7 zz 3 6 4 :the e ee
y ar w k 7 y ars
-
e pi t c
o n s ba k to

and the j i ee
ub l 7 x 7 y ars Fur e . r, the L i nguisti cally th is is p ibl e If so ,
oss .
,

the te i e
da ass gn d by our au hor to t the u
o r auth or would be here p testing ro
56 T HE B OO K OF J U BILE E S
m andm ent) for s i ngle year or from ye ar t o year 3 2 a . .

A nd c om m and thou the c h il d ren of I s rael th at they o bserve

the years accordi ng t o thi s re ck oni ng—t hree hu n dred and

aga n s i t ch y tem f i nte c l ti ng

su s s s o r a a 22, a S nd y (the m w afte the
u a orro r

d y in the l n
a s ye t m ke i t y n u ar ar o a s Sabb a th ) nd the fe t f w eeks n
,
a as o o

h oni
c r with t h lse w fi nd in e so ar, as e Si v n 1 5 Sund y— th t i in c se w
a , a a a s a e

Eth En ch l xxi v l xxv

. o nd the l te .
-
.
, a a r r e ck n 1 3 m nth f 28 d y each the
o o s o a s ,

sy stem f the Ph i ee
s o Bu t seeing ar s s. e cclesiastic l y e ( n te a n vi ar see o o .

th at the s m e w d w h ich I ende a or r r 29 By the s um p t i n the ef e a s o r or

“n e le cting i f und twic e in v 33
, ,

g
”
s o er. o f n i m p sib le s l y ea of 1 2
a os o ar r

an d in x v 2 5 nd th t i t c n not in t w
.
, a a a o m onth f 3 6 4 d y in ll nd of n
s o a s a a a

of the e i n t nc e bes the m e ning

s a s ar a e cclesi tic l y e f 1 3 m nth f the
as a ar o o s o

Bee p p ose s I h ve
r ro et ined the ,
a r a sa m e n m be f d y c n i t in g f n
u r o a s o s s o a

o di n
r y m e n ing of the w d
ar S ee a or . ar b it y rar cc e sion f heb dom ds in
su s o a

also n x lix 1 4o . . de p endent f the p h e f the m on

o as s o o ,

32 T hree hu ndred and six ty f ou r

.
-
they ee m e d t h ve u cc eeded in
s o a s

days A solar y ar o f
. the e le th
sam
ng is e syn ch on i i ng the ci v i l
r nd e cc le i
s ti a s as

t ht
also au g in Eth Eno ch l xxi v 10, 1 2, . . ca l y e s w ith t ar e rting t in ou r so o

lxx v 2 Sl v
.a Eno ch x vii
l i 1 In .a Sl v . . . t ercalary days Bu t this year o f 364 .

Eno ch xiv the i

1 ord n ary r
. ec i
kon ng o f days goes back in all p robabili ty to the
36 5 3 f
; day s is ound vi th t
I t is ob ou s a . E xile e ve th t
It w ll b e ob s r d
. te x t
a our i
we a h ve he e r t o do w ith an old Je i h
w s i f
b r ngs orward th i i q i iti
s d s u s the
on on

r ec i
kon ng I ah ve h s own in m y d
. e i ti
on t e le th
ru ng the e
of c e ct i
y ar in onn on

of the Eth Eno ch pp 1 89 1 9 1

. th t the
a .
-
with the cc t the fl
a oun of ood it
N ow .

v c te thi te e e cq i te
ad o a s of s sy s m w r a ua n d j t the
is us in e c e ct i
sam onn the
on in

w ith the G ee ct ete i

r k o a r s an d the c cle
y ti ve
n arra of P in G e e i th t
n s s ae a y ar

of Cal ipp us, an d in my e it i

d on of o f 36 4 day s isp e pp e
r su c
os d as Ba o n
the S l v a Eno , ch th t
. a its au or in th viii
(H ebraica , 7 9 88, 1 2 4 1 39 [1 89 1 .
- -

xvi f ili
8 w as am ar w
. ith the M et ic on pi t
o n s out h the ep ch
T us , o s .

c cle
y Why . the n did the e ite
s wr rs, of the fl o o d are

no wt ith t i thei
s and ng r know l dg e e of
the G ee r te
k sy s m s, ad o a v c te an im e i ing
B g nn 2 nd m on th 1 7th day
p i le l
oss b so ar e
y ar of 36 4 d ay s
? li x
C ma 7 th 1 7th
I th ink thei cti
r a on in this ma tte
r M ount in t p a o s

m us t be tt i te
a r bu d to dogm a tic pp e
a ar l oth
p ej ic e
r ud If they . e e it
r gard d as W te d i ed
a rs r up 1 st
v ital t o the v i ital d y of thei fe ti
r s E th d y
ar r 2 ud
v th t the h l
als a y s ou d b e c ele te
b ra d
n ot only on the sam eday of the m on th He p ointth t the fl d wh ich in
s out a oo ,

b ut also o n the sam eday of the ee

w k the B b y l ni n cc unt l te d n y e
a o a a o as o e ar,
f e
rom y ar t o y ar, e i t ee e p i le
s m d oss b l t he e f m the 1 7th f the 2 nd
as s r ro o

to a a ntt i thi s end b y e f ci the

n or n g m nth f on y e
o t the 2 7 th f the
o e ar o o
a cc ept c e
an e
of a y ar of 36 4 day s If . 2 md of the n e x t N w he gue th t . o ar s a ,

the l e e e thi
so ar y ar w r of s dura on, ti i t i f n e ck ned acc ding t Heb e w
o e r o or o r

l
w ould a w ay s b g n on ei the sam e
day of lun m nth
ar t n d y
o
( f Jub il ee s, e a s o . s
the ee w k ; for it l c it
w ou d ons s of 5 2 v i 3 6 )h d t b
. dde d t the cl e f
a o e a a os o
w ksee e x ctla y F ur therm or e if i t e
b gan
. the 1 2th m nth in de t o e ch the o or r r a
on Su n day , the fi t rs day of the ee
w k, equiv lent d te in sol ti m e ; fo the
a a ar r

the S ab b ath w ould alway s c tit te

on s u lun ye
ar w 35 4 d y ar 2 9§ as a s x
the 7 th day of a o fe ch the ee
5 2 w ks, and cf Eth En ch l xx viii
. . N ow i f o .

the e t fe ti v
gr a s l l
als w o u d a w ay s a f ll
on the l y e w so ar e ck ned at 36 4 ar as r o
the sam e day of the ee
w k and o n the d ys w
a , n unde st and why N o h s
e ca r a
’

sam e day of the m on th f rom y ar t o e e xit is i gned to the 2 7th nd n t t

ass a o o
e
y ar h the
T us. ve
Passo r wo u d ak l t e the 1 7 th f the 2nd m nth ; f t n o o or e
p ce
la i
on N san 1 4, a S
abb a th day , the d y a ep e ent cc ding t Jub ilee
s r r s a or o s
wa ve he f
s -
l ee
a w ou d b e off r d on N san i (v i 36 ) nd the Eth En ch (lxxi v 1 0
. a . o . ,
58 T H E BO O K o r J U B ILE E S
there will be those who w ill assu redly m ake observati ons of the
m oon—now (i t)d i sturbs the seasons an d c om es in fr om ye ar
to year ten days too so on 3 7 For th is re ason the ye ars wi ll . .

c om e u p on them when they will disturb (the o rder) and ,

m ake an abo mi n able (day) the day of testim ony and an ,

unclean day a fe ast day and they will c onfound all the ,

d ays the h oly w i th the un clean an d the un clean day wi th

, ,

the holy ; for they will go wrong as t o the m onths and

s abb aths and feasts and jubilees 3 8 For thi s re ason I . .

c om m and and testify t o thee that thou m ayst testify to

them ; for after thy death thy chil dren wi ll di sturb (them ) ,

so that they w ill not m ake the year three hundred and s i x ty
fou r days only and for th i s reason they will go wrong as to
,

the new m o ons and s easons and s abbaths and fest i vals and ,

they will eat all k i nds of blood w i th all k inds of fl esh .

N oah p lan ts a vin eyard and o ors f a sacri fi ce, 1 5 -

. Becom es
drunk and his p erson , 6 9
exp oses The cu rsing of -
.

Can aan and blessing of Shem a nd J ap heth 1 0 1 2 (of ,

-
.

N oah s sons a nd grandsons and their

’
G en . ix . 20

36 . th or is decidedly pp osed
Our au o tion i not p em atu ely adv n ced o
s r r a r

t o the u of the m oon in det e m i ni ng

se r delay ed b y a ingl e d y unt o etern i ty s a ,

the se n and fe t Thus in ii 9

aso s as s. . a nd they It is tru e h ow eve
. th t , r, a

it is the sun th t is to b m n s gui de a e a

’
the S m ritan Chronicle (tran l ted b y
a a s a

a s to d ys and sab b th
a and fe as t a s, s, N eub u er in the J ou nal A siatique xi v
a r , .

a n d m nths and y ears

o A gain in i v 2 1 . . no 5 5 1 869 pp 4 21
. , wh ic h w
, . as

the ngels in t u ct Enoch as t the

a s r o acqu i nte d wi th our te xt
a d p ts ,
a o a

l dsh ip of the sun in suc h m tters

or a . h ostile ttitude to it n th is qu estion
a o .

T hu u
s o b o k eem s to b e a p lem ic
r o s o Thus i t de clares th at w e sh ould e ckon r

again t the te ch ing

s f Eth Enoc h
a o . acc o din g t o the c our e of the un and
r s s

lxxiii lxxi v i f w ccept the te xt in l xxi v

ea of the m oon nd quote s G n i 14 a e
“Le c lcul ave c l un d e ux seul em ent
-
. . . . .
,

1 2 w he e we h ve st tem e nt in i e ' ’
r a a a rr a
ncilabl c onflic t with tex t An d ( c esti a dire ve c le leil on ve c l
’
co e o ur -
a so a a

the m n bri ng in all the y ear e x actly lun e )n sufiit pas

”
oo s s a .

so that their p ition is n t prem turely

os o a
Co mes in ten days too soon .

adv nc e d or del y e d b y sin gl e day

y ar :35 4 days
e
a a a Lunar .

un to eternit y ; b ut they c om plete the

38 Will not m ake a b c w rongly
ch nging y ea w ith p e fe ct j u tic e in
a r r s
om
.

it the neg t ive a

.

But thi s di vergenc e ari se s

.

364 day s.

o nly f m a c rrup t i n of the te xt

ro o o
Will cause they d
go wrong Be . o

“A n d the m oon b rin s in not f ll the i ce of the sun

.

F or
o ow gu dan .

g
unt o ete ni t y ; b ut the m oon
r re ad s N ew m oon T h is could lso b e tran
s. a s

An d the y (the un and t rs)b ring in l te d b eginn in gs of the m nths

”
s s a a o .

all the y e a s s e xactly that their posi~

r o S ee last clau e of last verse s .
 C HA PT ER S V I 37 —
Vl l 5 . .
59

cities, 13 19 -
. N oah teaches his sons regarding the causes

of the deluge an d a dm on shes i them to avoid the eating

f
o blood an d
m urder, to keep the law re ar
g ding fruit
trees a nd let the lan d li e fallow ever seven th
y year, as

E noch had directed, 2 0 3 9 -

.

VI I An d
i n the seventh week i n the fi rst year thereof 131
.
,

i n thi s j ub ilee N oah p lanted vi nes on the m ount ain on

,

whic h the ark had r este d nam ed Luhar one of the A rarat , ,

Mountains an d they produ c ed frui t in the fourth year and 1 82

, ,

he gu ar ded their frui t and gathered i t i n th i s ye ar in the ,

seventh m onth 2 A nd he m ade w i ne therefrom an d p ut i t

. .

i nto a vessel and kep t i t un ti l the fi fth year until the fi rst 132
, ,

day on the new m oon of the fi rst m o n th

, 3 A nd he . .

c elebrated w i th joy the day of th i s fe ast and he m ade a ,

bu rnt s acri fi c e unto the Lord on e y oung ox and one ram , ,

and seven shee p e ach a ye ar old an d a k i d of the go ats , , ,

that he m ight m ake at onem ent thereby for him self and hi s
sons 4 A nd he p re p ared the ki d fi rst and plac ed som e
. . ,

of i ts blood on the flesh th at w as on the altar which he

had m ade and all the fat he lai d on the alt ar whe r e he
,

m ade the burnt s acrifi c e an d the ox an d the ram an d the ,

sheep and he lai d all their flesh u p on the alt ar 5 A nd

,
. .

he plac ed all their o fferin gs m in gled wi th oil up on i t and ,

afterw ar ds he s pri nk led w i ne on the fi re whic h he had

previ ously m ade on the altar and he plac ed in cense on the ,

altar an d c aused a sweet s av our to as c end acc ep t able befo r e

VI I . 1 . M bar . S ee v 28 T h is . . T hi s is int ended

call to mind the to
verse is p art ly rep rodu c ed in Syn c ellu s, c mm and in Lev xix 23 25 not to
o . .
-

i 147 N0 é ¢ z§r
. ,
dur ehcé ua é v (5t
6 ew ev
’
t u ch the frui t of trees for the first
o

A oufi dp rn s ‘
and in Cedrenus , th ee y ears fte they w ere planted
r a r .

i 2 1 . Epiphanius, A dv. H aer I 4, . . i . S ee ve e 36 37 whe e the p assage

rs s -
r

te xt :
.

f ollows our é u r ois (ipsaL r ots -

f om L i in substance reproduc ed
r ev . s .

'
A pupar dud y é
'
c ov
’
A pp eviwv « a t K a p . 3 Th it l is m ainly acco ding to
. e r ua r

6 ué wv c ‘
3 A ct/ ap dpa Kahovné mg ,
v 7 4 -

fl N m xxix 2 5
u .

A nd af terw ar ds
5
.
,

whi ch he had
.

é xeiae wpfi r ov Kar olxnm s y lve ra i ,u er a

‘ ‘ '
'
. .

m Karaxhva/eou r é w dudpcbrrwv mi k e? p reviously ma de and he p laced

‘
‘ .

i
(porel ef dawehd
-
lva Ndie.
. So e d .

c
Produ ed frui t in the fowrth year . A c ep table c
Em nd d as in . 3 e e vi . .
60 T H E BO O K O F JU B I LE ES

the Lord hi s G od 6 A n d he rej oic ed and d rank of th i s . .

w i ne he and h i s children w i th j oy
,
7 A n d i t w as even i ng . .
,

an d he went i n t o h i s tent an d be i ng d runken he lay dow n ,

an d s lep t an d w as un c ove red i n h i s tent as he s lep t

,
8 . .

A n d H am saw N oah his father n aked an d we n t forth and ,

t old hi s tw o brethren without 9 A n d Shem t ook h i s . .

garm ent an d arose he an d Japheth and they plac ed the , ,

garm ent on their sh oulde rs and went backward and c overed

the sham e of thei r father and the ir fac es were b ackw ard ,
.

1 0 A n d N oah aw oke from hi s s leep an d knew all th at hi s

.

you nger son had don e u nto him and he cursed hi s son and ,

“
s ai d : Cursed be Can aan ; an enslaved serv an t shall he be
unto hi s brethren 1 1 A n d he blessed She m an d s ai d . .
,

Blessed be the Lord God of She m an d Can aan sh all be hi s ,

servant 1 2 God sh all e n large Jap heth an d God sh all

. .
,

dwell in the dwellin g o f Shem and Can aan shall be h i s ,

servant 1 3 A nd H am knew th at hi s father had c ursed

. .

hi s y ou nger son and he w as di sple ased th at he had ,

cu rsed hi s son and he p arted from hi s father he and , ,

hi s s on s w i th him Cush and Mi zraim an d Put and ,

Can aan 1 4 A n d he bu i lt for him se lf a ci ty an d c alled i ts

. .

n am e afte r the n am e o f h i s w i fe N é é la
’
t am afi k
’
1 5 A nd . .

J apheth saw it an d be cam e envi ous of hi s b rother and he , ,

t oo built for hi m self a ci ty an d he c all ed its n am e after the ,

6, 7 Gen . 21 . ix . . Sheki n h t est in the dw elling of

a o r s
8, 9 Gen . 2 2, 2 3 . ix . . Shem Th T g J n n G n ix
.
”
e ar .
-

o . o e . .

8 A nd w en t forth
. ass , Sam , an d . M . . 2 7 n the othe h nd nd J u t in D ial
,
o r a , a s , .

all ve i
rs on s sa LXX om ve the it . c T ryp h 1 3 9
. efe the w ords t .
, r r o
1 0 Gen 24, 2 5 ix
F rom his sleep J ph th
a e
Gen IX 2 4 has “from his m ne
. . . . . .

1 3 Of G n. 6 In the te x t the e
. e . x . . s
A n enslaved servan t So LXX n me Q ue M t é m Phfi d nd
.

:M
a s are s, as ar a
(r ats olxé r ns), and Onk
‘

ass has ,

“s r an of s r an s Canaan
. .
11
ev t ev t .
.

1 1 , 1 2 Gen 26 , 2 7
. ix. . .
1 4 N é éldtamd dk
. T
’

hi n m e '
. s a is
1 2 God sha ll dwell i f
ound in the S i c f agm ent
m
. It w ll b e . yr a r as
e ve th t the text pp i e
ob s r d a su ject
l s a sub m u ,
an d in Eu ty chius
to the ve rb h l ell
s al dw hi e eT s s ns is .
of ex A nn les p 35 N hl t The
Al a as a a
tt che the i
. .
, , .

d to am b guous w ords of
a a
fi st p t f the c m p ound m ay b
r ar o o
:
e
Gen . ix 2 7 b y O nk also s mu rf n e w
. .

f om a J c n t u ct c e f a‘w J nd
r o s r as o a
ae
r ?! n s D n‘“ nd m y H
'

c u e Hi
, a a e a s s the se cond f m pang
,

ro
,

.
 62 T H E BO O K O F J U B I LEE S
owi ng the forn icat i on where i n the W atchers agai nst the
to

law of the ir o rdin an c es went a whori ng after the d aughte rs

of m en and took them selves w i ves of all whic h they c hose
,

an d they m ade the beg i nn i n g of un c le anness 2 2 A nd . .

they begat s ons the N aphidim and Tthey were all unlike l ,
' ‘

an d they devou red o n e an othe r : and the Gi ants s lew the

N aphil and the N ap hil slew the Eljfi an d the Elj6 m an

, ,

k ind an d on e m an an other
,
23 A nd eve ry one s old . .

hi m self to w ork i n i quity and t o shed m u c h blood and the ,

earth w as fi lled w i th in i qu i ty 2 4 A n d afte r th i s they . .

s i nned agai nst the beasts and b irds and all th at m oves and ,

walks on the e arth :and m u ch blood w as shed on the e arth ,

and eve ry i m agi n at i on an d des i re of m en im ag in ed v an i ty

and ev i l c onti nu ally 2 5 A n d the Lord destroyed every . .

thing fro m off the fac e of the e arth ; be cause o f the w icked
ness of thei r deeds and because of the blood which they ,

had shed in the m idst of the e arth H e dest royed everyth i ng .

26 “ A n d we we re left I and y ou m y s on s and eve ryth i ng

.
, , ,

that e nte red w i th us i nto the ark and beh old I see you r ,

w orks before m e that ye do not w alk in righte ous n ess for

t o m n C m mit
a t an g ession el e b sd (Eth En ch x v
a , o a r they s r s a e . o .

th u w ilt b l in he m y t n gre the t ove t gethe

o e s a , c f xxiii 1 9 a ra s ss s r o r . . .

c m m ndm ent in de t e c p e de th
o a 23 S ld him lf to w k in i qui ty
or r o s a a . o se or .

s ve in the c se of i d l t y i n c est
a nd aF ph se se 1 K ings xxi 2 0 o a r , a or ra e . .

m u de r r. Shed m u h blood Eth Enoch ix 1 c . . . .

W n t wh ing ft e a F ph e Th or th w fi ll d et c
a G n vi
er. or ras e ear as e , . e . .

se L e x vii 7 E ek x vi 3 4
ev . .11 Eth En ch ix 9 z . . . . o . .

T k th m lves w iv
oo G n vi 2 ;
e se 24 They inned g i n t et c
es .
Cf e . . . s a a s , . .

Eth En ch vn 1 . o Eth En ch v ii 5 b y m e n of w h ic h
. . . o .
, a s
22 Cf v 9 . Ndp hidim i e the
. .the te xt is e m ended
.
, . .
.

N ep h i li m From Eth En ch M ves nd w lk e p ti le nd . o o a a s r s a

l xxxvi 4 nd lxxxviii 2 nd the cattle

. a . a .

Syn c ellu G eek ve i n f En ch ii

s r E v ry im gina ti n Gen vi 5
rs o o o v .
e a o . . . .

1 w le n th t the e w e e three cl
e ar es Cf v 2 bove
a r r ass . . a .

of gi nt l fi
a b i y é ; pl
s Ka 2 5 D t yed everything et c
c oy
r e/ a Genro s ur r a
‘
. es ro , . .

1rpd
‘

y ty
rrov newdh the vn 4 vi 7 Cf ve 2 7
a vr a s ovs .
,
. . . r. .

c am in G n v i 2 6 Ob se ve how the uth f the

‘
r
t d al ya e s . . a e f '
vr e . r a or o
é é w
r xu N ¢ nh lp (Bdrm in G n
o av b o k f get t o d p t th is f agm ent f
a e e . o or s a a r o
v i . t i N pnh ip é y w fidn
Ka ro s the B k f N h t it new c nte xt
‘

a e .
‘
e c av oo o oa o s o .

F om th i s ve se t the end f the r r o o

lThey w e un lik i T hi ch pte N o h p e ks in the fi st p e on
‘' '
re e s a r a s a r rs .

s eem c upt We m ight em end S ee ve 2 0 (note ) I n x 1 1 5 w

s orr r.
“the e
. .
-
.

ijet m as lfi i nt = h ve nother e xc e p t f m th i A p ~
’

j tmaa h t fi y o e s a a a r ro s o
plunde ed n nothe o int jet r o alyp se
e a r,
”
r o c .
 C HA PT E R V I I . 22 -

31 63

i n the p ath of destru ct i o n ye have begun to w alk and ye ,

are p arting one from an other and are envi ous one of ,

an othe r an d so i t c om es
( ) that ye are not in h arm o ny m y
, ,

s ons eac h w ith hi s brother 2 7 For I see and behold the

, . .
,

dem ons h ave begun (the ir) sedu cti ons against you an d
ag ai nst y o u r c h ildren an d now I fe ar on y ou r beh alf th at , ,

afte r m
y de ath ye w ill shed the b lo od of m en u p on the e arth ,

an d th at ye t oo will be dest royed from the fac e of the , ,

e arth 2 8 F or wh os o sheddeth m an s b lood and wh os o

’
. .
,

e ateth the blood of any flesh w ill all be destroyed from the ,

e arth .

2 9 A nd the re w ill n ot be left any m an th at e ateth blo od

.
,

O r th at sheddeth the b lood of m an on the e arth ,

N or w ill the re be left to him any seed or des c endants

li v in g un de r he aven ;

i nto Sheol w ill they go

F or ,

A n d i nt o the p lac e of c onde m n at i on w ill they des c end ,

A n d i nt o the darkness of the dee p w ill they all be

rem oved by a v i olent de ath .

3 0 T he re shall be n o blood see n up on you of all the b lood

.

there shall be all the days in whic h ye have k illed any beasts
or c attle or wh ateve r fl ies u p on the e arth and w ork ye a ,

good w ork to your sou ls by covering th at whic h has been shed

on the fac e of the earth 3 1 A nd ye shall not be like him . .

w ho cat s w i th blood but gu ard y ourselves th at n one m ay ,

2 7 S ee . 1 w he e this subje ctx. C v ing th t whi h h r b en hed o er a c as e s .

re curs T h is p e cri p t of l te legi l t i n i he e r s a r s a o s r

S ee c i ed b ck t N o h :cf Lev x vii

.

D e troyed f om th f ace et c
s r e ,
. arr a o a . . .

ve r. 25 1 3 E ek xxi v 7 W m u t be c e z e s ar

ende “c ve ing nd n t
. . . .

2 8 Gen ix 4 6 L vii 2 7 ful t ev. o r r o r

”
a o
“bu ying
. . . .
. ,

Eth i pic w d i
”
2 9 I n to She ol will th y g A nd in t
. Th e o, o r . e o or s

the p l c of ondemn ti n will they d

a e cd f n M wa and n ot q b
o e a a a xa
-
frr e a ara

sce n d A n d into th d
,
kn Cf xxii =0 d w =fl3 p e Singe (p 200 )
ar ess. . .
1rr e . r .

22 T h i s p ss ge eem s t h ve b een a b a e one

a f hi
s um e nts fo o the a
“thei ul g s s o s ar r
.

u e d by Eth Enoc h ciii 7 8

s .
J ewi h Ch isti n uth o h ip f the
.
, , r so s s r a a rs o
wi ll b m de t de sc end int o S he l
e a b o k n the wr ng rende ing “
o b ury o o o o r
A nd int d kn es and ob u n in g fi
ar ing Chulli n ii 9 c ensu es the l tte
s a r re
. . r a r
w he e the e i gri ev us c nde m n t i on
”

s J e wi sh Ch ri t i n
r r s o o a .
s a
a .

30 Up on you. By n easy em enda . a

ti n w e could e d m ng y u
o 3 1 E ats with blood
r a a o Lev xix 2 6 o . . . . . .
64 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
eat blood before you :c over the blood for thus have I been ,

com m anded t o testi fy t o you an d y ou r c hildren t ogether ,

wi th all flesh 3 2 A nd suffer n ot the soul t o be e aten . .

w i th the flesh that y our bloo d wh ich i s you r li fe m ay n ot , , ,

be re quired at the hand of any flesh th at sheds (i t) on the

e arth 3 3 For the e arth w ill n ot be cle an from the b lo od
. .

whic h has been shed u p on i t ; for (o nly ) through the bloo d

o f him th at shed i t wi ll the e arth be p u ri fi ed th roughout all

i ts gen erati on s 3 4 A n d now m y c h ildre n he arke n : wo rk . .

, ,

judgm en t and righte ousness that ye m ay be planted i n

ri ghte ous n ess ove r the fac e of the wh ole e arth and y ou r ,

glory lifted u p before m y God w ho s aved m e from the ,

w aters of the flood 3 5 A n d beh old ye w ill go an d bu ild . .

,

for y ou rselves ci ti es an d p lan t in the m all the p lants th at ,

are u p on the e arth and m ore over all fru i t be ari ng trees ,
-
.

3 6 For three ye ars the fru i t of eve ryth in g that i s e aten

.

will n ot be gathered :an d i n the fou rth year i ts fru i t w i ll

be accou nted holy [an d they will offer the fi rst fru its ] -

acc e p t ab le before the Mo st H i gh God who c re ated he aven ,

32 Cf Gen . 4 ; L ev .1 0, . ix
th i ve e we ught i f the
. . x vii . 36 . In s rs o ,

l l , 14 . tex t w e e uthentic t ha ve n inte r a , o a r

. c
3 3 T he earth w ill n ot be lean, et c p et tion f the l w enunci ted in L ev . r a o a a .

S ee vi 2 (no te
) . xix 2 3 2 4 A cc din g t th i l w f
. .
-
. or o s a o

( Only ) through the blood, et c Nu m the P i e t s C de the f ui t of tree . . r s

’
o r a
xxxv 33 w n ot t b u ed f the fir t thr ee as o e s or s
fte i t w pl nted “In the
. .

3 4 M ay bep lan ted T his m et aphor is ye ars a r as a

:J xi
. . .

f eq e t the
r u n in Q T er f urth y e ll the f ui t the eof sh ll
1 7 ; A m os . . o ar a r r a

ix 15 et c cc i
A ord ng t o Eth Eno ch b h l y f givi ng p i e unto the e o or ra s
is “
. .
.
,

x 1 6, xciii el
5 , 1 0 I sra the p t L rd (ai n t n~515n wwp m e ) It will
lan o
”
'
’ ‘

6, “
. . .

of r g i hteou sn sse xxxiv

l the b obse ved th t u tex t f ll w Lev .
e r a o r

xix 2 4 ve y cl ely :“in the fourth

o o s
pl t p i ht e
.

an of u r g n ss .
r
. os
Sa d m e f m ve th fl d If w ye its frui t will b accounted h ly
ro e oo e ar e o
“
.

o b se ve th t in ve 3 9 En c h i c ll e d
r a (b a d wi ll b g the e d
r. The o s a 0. e a r
“the eve nth in his en e t i n
s g nd qu e ti n n w ri es wh t w to b ra o
”
a
th t ve e 2 0 —
s o o a s a as e
,
N h d n e w i th the f ui t f the f urth y e
’
a 39 rs s w d are oa s or s, o r o o ar ?
as p e che ; f ighte u ness ; ( ) I f w e m i t the wo ds in b ck et
a r a r o r o s
”
a o r ra s,
i f w n te fu the the wo ds v d me u te x t direct that ll the f ui t of
e o r r r sa e o r s a r

f m
ro the fl od w e h ll n t un the f u th y e is t b accounted h ly
o , s a o o r ar o e o
e n bly c nclude th t th i b k w
r aso a nd o ffe ed t o Go d (b) I f thea s oo as a o r .

kn wn t o the w i te f 2 Pete ii 5 b cketed w d

o r
genuin e the te x t
r o r . ra or s are ,
saved N h the eighth p e n oa di e ct th t w h i le all the f ui t i t o rso ,
a r s a , r s
p e che f ighte u nes b inging in b cc unted hol y nl y the fi t f uit
r a r o r o s s, r e a o , o rs -
r s
the fl o d up n the w ld f the un ar t b f e ed t G d In eithe
o o or o e o e o r o o . r
g dly
o .
”
c se the wo ds th t follow elu cid te a r a a
66 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEES
jubilees :whilst still livi ng the seventh i n his gene rat i on , ,

’
he c o mm anded an d test ifi ed to hi s son and to hi s sons sons
unt il the day of hi s death .

K dindm discovers an inscrip tion rela t n i g to the sun and stars ,

H is sons and N oah divide the

’
1 4
-
. sons, 5 8 -
. N oah s
H am s 2 2
’
i nheri tance, 1 2 2 1
’
earth, 10 11 -
. Shem s -

24 :J ap heth ’
s, 25 30 -
.
(Cf G en . . x .
)
VIII I n the twenty ni nth jubilee i n the fi rst week in
.
-

, ,

the begin n ing the reof A rpachshad took to him self a w i fe and
her n am e w as Rasfi eja [the daughter of Sheila ] the d aughter
’
,

of Elam and she bar e him a son i n the th ir d year i n thi s

,

week and he called hi s n am e K ai n am

,
2 A nd the son . .

grew and hi s father t aught him wri t ing and he went to

, ,

seek for him self a p lac e where he m i ght se i ze for him self a
ci ty 3 A nd he foun d a w ri tin g whic h fo rm e r (generati on s )
. .

had c ar ved ou the ro c k an d he r e ad wh at was the reon an d , ,

39 Seventh in his gen erati on

. Cf . . attributed b y ourauth orto the W t chers a ,

Eth Eno lx 8, i ch
3 ud 1 4
“
xc ii J e is in J ose ph us (A n t i 2 3 )assign ed t o
the child en of S eth :E ¢ l u
. . . . . . .

III 1 . R dsa éj d = m xfi ,
V the
’
. ac r ip o a re r a

cf xxxiii pdw M 6
’
cept able ( D ent . It
. . w pt e d r K i ox
l 6m a. a T 1 0 e .
“
Leno ; K bc m é
‘

pp ears as the Syri c F aw é rrev rio a v.

é p ae r ob m) tm
‘
r/
'

a in a rag
6¢a ¢ w eiv r obs dudpunrovs rd " i mam
’

me nt .

Kainam T s nam , w hi is not e h ich “ nae 1rplv els w é ww é hdezv ¢ 0a pfiva i

'
‘
‘ ’
‘

arv zhas 660 worno dp evoz rigv new

. '

found in the M
ass , Sam , Syr , ulg . . . V .
the whit/ Gov Thy ér é pav as be )‘lowv
of Gen . xi
1 3 nor yet in . the T argum s, dadoré pats é vé ypa il/av 7 6. ebpmbé va .
a pp ears in the LXX ve irs on of thi
s
J M l. a ala, A n on Chron. 6 , r ro . p ep
ve e e iii the
.

rs and also in Luk 36 In c the

du e s m a r on a n d in tte c t i e the ve
ab o
. .

M ass , Sam ,
. et c S l h the
a a is . son of .
t te e t
s a m n and adds ner d. aé r ov Ka r a : ‘

ph x
A r a ad f ct
The som e a s are s a d
. t te xhuo pt o v Kaivdv, 6 vlbs
'

ow
in Gen. x h
2 4 and 1 C ron. i 24. A t . .
e ypdx
'

pa ro r hv do rpovonlav, ebpq mbs r hv

' '

the e t the ef e the t iti tte te

b s , r or , rad on a s d 1 06 2 n dm l r é k uwv dvop ao la v,
'

b y our text the

, LXX and Luk is not e chs el'pnr ac, 7 65V do ré pwv é u wha r f ) mea
n
'

cie t ti ve
.

T he m o for its S ce i
y ey pap p é vnv
an an n on e . '
In yn ll us, . 1 50
i e ti tex t vi f
.

ns r on in the is ob ou s rom th i ev t
s en is r oun d as ollows r m ec te f :
n 2 3 ab o
. ve W ou
ith t th i .s n am e the e
r
,6 ¢
'
1r e G rei Ka ivdv di odefl wv é v r d; 1re6l¢g
'

would only a h ve ee t e t
b n w n y one heads -

e bpe rh u 7 pa¢ i w r é w y i dvr wu Ka i

y
‘

from A dam t o J c a ob T he sam e .

é xpvxfi e n ap é avr q3. The words of
’ '

mo tive h ve
m ay a i e ti
led t o its ns r on in S ce
yn llus are r rodu d in Cedr enus,ep ce
the LXX . i
. 2 7, but w ith the f
ollow ng m or an i i p t t
8 Hefound a uniting et c The Wi sdom
.
‘
, . iti
add on w h ich f he i t te
urt r llus ra s our
 C HA PT E R V II I . 1 -

7 67

he t rans cri bed i t and s inn ed o win g to i t ; fo r it c ontained

the teac hi n g of the Watc hers i n acc o r dan c e wi th which they
used to observe the om ens of the sun and m oon and stars in all
the si gns of heaven 4 A nd he wrote i t down and s ai d nothing
. .

regard ing it ; fo r he w as afrai d to s p eak to N o ah about it lest

he shoul d be angry wi th him on ac count of i t 5 An d i n . .

the thir ti eth jubil ee i n the se cond week in the fi r st year 145
, ,

ther eof he took to him self a wife and her nam e was Mé lka
, , ,

the daughter of Madai the son of Japheth and i n the , ,

fou rth year he begat a son and called hi s n am e Shelah ; fo r 1 42 ,

he s ai d : Truly I have been sent 6 [An d i n the fourt h . .

ye ar he w as bo r n] and Shelah grew u p an d took to him self

,

a w ife and he r nam e w as Mu ak the d aughte r of K e s e d h i s

, , ,

fathe r s b r other i n the on e an d thirti eth jubilee i n the fi fth 1 49

’
, ,

week in the fi rst ye ar thereof 7 A nd she bare him a son

, . .

i n the fi fth year thereof and he c alled h i s n am e Eber :and ,

he took unto hi m self a w i fe and he r n am e was A zf1rad the 1 5( ,

’
,

te xt :«a t in os newé v o is é Enadp v re ding a el wo

d -
d i nste ad of a é law a we
ra
‘
ra e a
'

a
'

m l obs dhhous
r i w fi n d nl h uld have “it l d him astray
r a r u ro av s o e .
”

é fen albevoev. oi dé rov Er i ka. ¢ ao l Sin ned owing to i t

‘
. Cedrenu s (see
ra drnv ebpn xé vai . In
’
o l s Oh
’
/ron o J e ab o ve ) p ese ves th is c
r r laus e:
é v affr ois
‘

grap hy, . pp
3 4, w e fi nd add on al
-
it i éE
nnd/rra ve .

et
d ails b orrow d rob ably rom e p o n f Jh Used to observe
’

jé ré éjfi . In m y
M alala (see ab o ve :
) w e ae r ay te xt e ended th is into
I m jé ré sejfi
xaraxhvoubv K aivdy 6 W k w e e f unding
’ ”
'
r o .

o vve‘ypdlpar o r t w dw povoalav ef ipnmbs In all

the signs, e tc. Cf xi. 8
“q ee
'
. .

rr w roi) D bl? m l r iby mrrofi r é w v

’
5 Mé lkd rom w ho : f
u n or

“
.

Gr ana d a? m l 7 6 11 dor épwv é v f l a x! co un s el.

l udlvn w hvup é vnv m larly in . Si i Ma dai . Em ended with Syr u .

J h
the Book of as ar 1 0 a Ca nan the son i an d L agarde s
’
Greek MS :néhx r
of Seth, and not the son of Ar a ad, ph x M1 60 4
a

as in our t ex t and the ab ove ch ron o

.

eci e
graphics, is d s r b d as p eoss ssing
T uly I hav been ent H e e ob vi ously
‘
r e s
’
r
et e e f e the e w
gr a wisdom and a knowl dg of ut ur p n m asia in the ori inal r as a aro o
.

eve t e p eci
n s, s ally of the e e hi m ? “i a n'w in ng a g For
d lug . T s
fg ng " ? g wful]
'

wisdom he c i t e
ins r bed on ab l s of s o n t e
S hel ah Eth has sala=Lxx 2 m
" p c e
(p a mm by) and la d t m am ong he
6 B ck eted w ds a dittograph y
, . a .

t e e S ee the q t ti f
his r asur s uo a on rom
. ra or .

from p ec eding ve se
.

J ep h
os us ab ove J t us as the eve
. r la r r .

tions of the Wa t che t fe e Md h Lag d s MS r on Gen x ’ ’

rs are rans rr d a . ar e
2 4 :um x
. .

S eth i e i e the eve ti la ons o f dw np xe da/l Syr

m
, so l k w
a
to s r c. ar e . .

the S v ic
la on Eno ch i e
are ass gn d to him from frequent O T nam e a . . .

by the Greek chronograp hers The e s

S h
. ’
7 A d dd ould b e Azf1ra S r z r
’

f
words wil l b e o u n d in the n ote on i v y
. . . .

BO ), L g d s MS r on Gen x ;24
.
’
a ar e
15 .
. .

He transcribed it So MSS By fo p from m uss

. the treasured one
. a v a
.
, .
68 T HE BO O K O F J U B I LE E S
d aughte r of Né brfid in the th irty se c ond jubilee i n the ,
-

seventh week in the t hird y ear thereof 8 A n d i n the ,

. .

s ix th year there of she bare him a son and he called hi s n am e , ,

Peleg ; fo r i n the d ays when he w as born the c h ildre n of

N oah began to di v i de the e arth am ongst them se lves :for
th is reason he c alled h i s n am e Peleg 9 An d they . .

di vi ded (it ) se cretly am ongst them selves and told i t to ,

N oah 1 0 A nd i t c am e to p ass in the beginn ing of the

. .

thirty— th ird jub ilee that they d i vi ded the e arth i nto three
p arts for Shem and Ham and Japheth accordi ng to the
, ,

inheri t an c e of each i n the fi r st year in the fi rst week when , ,

one of us who had been sent w as wi th them ,

1 1 An d he , . .

call ed hi s sons and they drew n i gh to him they and thei r , ,

children and he div ided the ear th i nto the lots whic h hi s
, ,

8 D ivide the earth

. for this e ce
his d s ndan s (see t
1 4, 1 5 , 29 ix . x .

reason he ca lled hi s na me P eleg As . 34 and n o s in te By m u ual con t

in ver 5 we a . r aga n a aron o h ve he e i p e t
s n , m or o r, a e ve
urs had b n in c e ee
i
m as a ms nu m p b yam mg 13 5? voked on any on e who s ould b r ak h e
g
.

1 55 Cf Gen
. 5 F or P l g, Eth
. . x . . ee . thi c ve
s o t
nan as w ll as d s ru t on on e et ci
has P alek h . him an d on his s d Cf Ep iphan ee . . .

9, 1 0 h i e c et
T s s r an d unauthorit a
. Haer l . x vi
84 (II. . 5 42 , O l r) ii p . . eh e
tive ivi i
d e th f
s on of the ar is ollow d b ye cfm olbev 6 lduf rrns dr i rtw ldia r y fiv

a fo m l nd auth o it t i ve one m de
r a a r a a m
an elhv a v di nprracmé vnv arr ai m63V [c a l
’ -

b y N h in the p e en c e of an ngel
oa r s a , é fedut fifin r d li er ag!) dhhfihwv y w bneva. -

and b c ib ed to b y hi sons w ith an

su s r s £1: dhndeias « a t 8pn ,a NG6 7 dp
oath b i nding on thei de c endant On r s s. [ v os di a ipffw 7 611 n dvra « do nor
th i ubje ct Beer (Bach der J ubilaen
s s , r ois r pm iv vloi s a ilrail, 1 4
’
-
3 Si mKa i K ay
'
‘
-
. .

p 33) qu tes Pirk R Eliezer ch 24

. o e . , . . Ka i daeihe fia hdw r ot/s Khrlpovs
’

T h i s devic e of the uth r in me a o so év e c e he H ne w n Isra l

resp e c ts nticipate the S o ci al Con t
a ct s ra i v e e ti e
n ad d Pal s n ve the
and dro out
of R e u but the object s are diffe
ou ss a ,
r ite the e e i p e ve
Canaan s y w r s m ly r co ring
ent .T h theory in ou te x t m ak e i t
e r s thei p e i
r ow n S ce
oss ss on s Cf yn llus, .

:
.

cle th t there m u t have b een current

ar a s i. 8 3 84 -
veerrepla a s 6 r ef } Xdp vies '
.

in the e cond c ent reli gi ou nd X ava w

‘

s . s a c é n é fin r efs 6plow 7 0 0 En g Ka i .

m o l bje ct i ons t o the H ebre w inv si on

ra o a xar qixno ev ek e? n a a ds r ’
p fi tw é vr ohi w
‘

of P l e ti n e and the
a sl ughte of the s a r N6 6 o nly v ols é Ea ilrail yeuojué vots é‘dueo w - ‘

Can ni te s wh ich ccom p ni e d i t Th is é n rd, Ay oppa loi s, X er ra iow, Q spefa loi s,

’
aa a a .

s c hem e of an n c estral com p act app ved

a ro Edalocs, Pen etration , ’ I e ovo o lors Ka i fl .

b y God n d acc ep te d obli gatory for

a as X ava va loi s, oils 61d Mwiio é ws xa l 7 170 0 6 .
'

succ eedin g gene ati n i an atte m pt t o r o s s éE whbdpe vc ev 6 debs xa l xar d T w a s

-

ob vi te u ch obje ct ions an d t sh w
‘ ‘
zs 6 rd r é w x i r uhf dn é dwxe r ois
’
a s o o xa tpoz
p
‘
,

th at in eality the t u e t ansgre sr r r ssor vlois

‘

rh p av 7 73V
v n a r pr
'
’

were not I rael but the Canaanite s nd s, a 9 . Secretly no on. 5 S ee te iv . .

th at I el in seiz ing Pal esti ne w e e

sra r 10 One of us, who [had been sen t
. .

b ut esum ing p o e si n f w hat w

r ss s o o as hi the
T s angel is one of e ang ls of the
their wn ; f r the Cana nite h d
o o a s a p e e ce h
r s n e t
w om God h ad s n down t o
settle d in P lest ine lth ough th i s a ,
a i the f e
b nd t che v
all n w a rs, . 6 . S ee
count y h d fallen by lot to Shem and
r a te
no s on iv v 1 5, 6 . . .
70 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEES
Tin a, and hi s p o rti on goes tow ar ds the west th rough the mi dst
of thi s ri ver and i t ex tends till i t reaches the w ater of the
,

abysses out of which th i s ri ve r goes fo rth an d p ou r s its

,

waters i nto the sea Mé at and thi s ri ve r flows i nto the gr e at ’

’
sea .A nd all th at i s towards the north i s Japheth s and all ,

that i s towar ds the south belongs to Shem 1 3 A nd i t . .

ex tends till i t re aches K arasfi z thi s i s i n the bosom of the

tongue whic h looks towar ds the south 1 4 A nd hi s . .

p o rt i on ex tends along the great sea and i t ex tends i n a ,

strai ght lin e t ill i t reac hes the west of the tongue whic h
looks tow ards the south ; for thi s sea i s n am ed the tongu e
of the Egy p tian Sea 1 5 A nd i t turns fr om he r e towar ds . .

the south towards the m outh of the g r eat sea on the sho re of
c ases pp e to h ave i dentifi ed with
a ar we h ve a ano ther abbr evi ation of the
the Ural m ountains The T n i . e a s or l o ng e Rhinocurura It will b e
n am .

D on is pl ced b y our au th a in thei or r ob se ve d i ndee d that o ur te x t m k es

r , , a
ne igh b ou h ood A son of Peleg i Shem p o tion ext endwestwa d s fa as
’
r o . s s s r r a r
nam e d in the Chronicle s of J e h m eel ra the m uth s of the Gi hon (N ile ) so th t
o ,
a

xx vii 5 . . l te w ite s h ave di verged som e wh at

a r r r
Tina The T anais o D on T hi s r f om their p im l auth orit y T w
r r a o
“the w te s
. . .

ri ver is s i d to spri ng from a a r xov op fip is u e d b y the LXX in t rans

a. s
of the ab ys e s s.
”
l t ing cu p 5m t e
a “the torrent of
s , . .
,

Mé t The Maeotis or Sea of A ov

'
a . z . Egy p t a t wn on the confines of Egyp t
, o
1 3 14 T hese tw o ve ses sh uld de
-
. r o an d Pale t ine in I s xxvii 1 2
s , . . .

scri be the w est e n b oundary r . This is i n the bo om of These words s .

1 3 H ar i et D illm ann identifi es thi s

. r . c nnot b ight if either of the ab ove
a e r
plac e wi th the Che sonese But i f it r . interp etations of na me is sound
r .

is conne cte d as i t seem s t o b wi th e, T ong ue Th e word l esan m ay b e

“the tongue (i e gulf) whi ch looks , .

rende ed indiflerently promontory

r

( f the land) or “b y or “gulf (of

. .

towards the sout wh ich in v r 1 4 a o a

”

is defi ned as “
.

the tongue f the o the ) sea .

Egyp ti an Sea th i s identific t i n cann t

”
, a o o T ongue which looks towards the sou th .

b e right I am inclined t o b eli eve th t

. a This p hr e is rep eated and defi ned
as in
in n a me we have the latter p art of the n ex t ve se r .

the wo d Pw p iip wh ich li es on

r
‘
oxo o a, 1 4 T ongu e which looks towards the
.

the w este n b oundary of Shem Fo r . r sou th . e the p

T s m ay m an hi
rom ontory
i f w e turn to the quotations f m Ep i ro w h ich
runs o uti t the
n o Red Sea on
p h nine and Syn cellus in the n te n
e o o w h ich Mt Si i it te
na is s ua d. .

1 2 21 w e fi nd th at the p ort i on f S hem o The tongue of the Egyp tian Sea .

is sai d t o e xte nd “from Indi
-

to a hi
T s is the G f q
ul of A ab a at the th
nor
Rhinocurura in Egypt Thi s pl c e . a of the Red See. Our text the ite
is l ral
fu thermore is situated on the fronti e
r

f H am s p orti on according to Epiph n

r e q iv e t
u al n o f I s. xi :
1 5, mm D‘ w it/5. as .

o
’
a itt
L m ann has obs r de ve .

ius and the Ch ronicle s of J e h m eel ra .

he e
1 5 16 T s t wo
-
ve e h
rs s s ould de
.

T h us in A d H aer II ii 84 f the a. . . . o c e i l the the e

s rib m a n y sou rn, astern and
,
form er Ham s Afri can dom i ni ns extend
'
,
’
o n rthe n e astern b oun dari es
o r -

drré Pw oxovpodpwv dxpc Padelpwv and 1 5 Th w ord Semen whi ch is rendered

e

can also b e rende ed “

.

in xxxi
. 2 of la r, rom Bin ds as the tte f sou th north
far as Gadaira
”
In s las u o a on . th i t q t ti — late m eaning of the word
a r
r

.
 C HA PT E R V II I . 1 3 19
-

71

(i ts )wate rs and it ex tends to the west to A fra and it ex tends

‘
, ,

t ill i t reaches the w aters of the river Gihon and to the south ,

of the w aters of Gihon to the banks of thi s river 1 6 An d , . .

i t ex tends towards the e ast till i t re aches the G arden of Eden , ,

to the south the reo f [to the s outh] and fro m the east of ,

the whole land of Eden an d of the w ho le e ast it tu rns to ,

the Teastd and pr o c eeds till i t re aches the east of the

‘

m ount ai n n am ed safe and it des c ends to the b ank of the ,

m outh of the ri ve r Ti n a 1 7 T hi s p o rt i on cam e fo rth by . .

lot fo r Shem and hi s sons th at they shoul d p ossess i t fo r ,

eve r unto his generat i ons for everm or e 1 8 A nd N oah . .

r ejo ic ed that thi s p o r ti o n cam e forth fo r Shem and fo r hi s

sons and he rem em bered all that he had sp oken w ith hi s
,

m outh i n p ro p he c y ; for he had s ai d :

“Blessed be the Lord God of Shem
,

A n d m ay the Lord dwell i n the dwelli ng of Shem .

1 9 A nd he knew th at the Garden of Eden i s the

.

holy of holies and the dwelli ng of the Lo rd and Mount , ,

West to c 6 re d
‘
Afrd ( d) t the . a s o [To the south] . Bra k t d c ee as itto
d
w e st of A fra A frasee ms t b Afric
'
.
”
o e a gra y . ph
in its early li m i ted sense . I t turns to the Teast l" We s ould '
. h
Gihon Eth has Gij on i e the exp e ct t o w the e t
s
"
I a om d h ve itte
“and b or ‘ urns. The boundar
. . . .
, .
,

Gih on one of the four ri ve f P adi e

, rs o ar s ef e it t y
(Ge n ii . A ccording t
. u i e
tex t he c e o o r l n now r urns t o et the i ve
r r D on w n

(v ii i 28) i t fl ows to the s uth f the

. i t t te o o s ar d in var. 1 2 .

Garden of Eden T his rive c m p ed S ee e r o ass 18 V1). 1 1 . God dw lls in the

She :the th ee
. .

the whole land of Cu Whethe e i s t r dw ll n gs of m r m os

the Cushites are the K i of the h p ce e She asa oly la s b long t o m .

cuneiform inscriptions or the Ethi p iv ve ve ee o 1 9 In . 26 ab o . we ha s n

i ns does not conc ern us h ere th ugh

a h t he e f h p ce , o t a t r are our oly la s in the
the identificat i on of the Gih on n d N ile e h f the p e e t ve e a art rom r s n rses we l arn

m ay h ve ari sen from a c on fu i n of

a th t th ee he e She p t s o a r of t s are in m
’
s or ion .

the two countri es Sync ellus i 89 f th p c e the ef e

. t eithe , .
,
Th e our la , r or , m us r
h ve ee
sp e aks of two di st inct c ount i e s n m e d r a a b n in J phet s or Ham s por
a h
’ ’

Eth i opia :Ate wl i; B hé tia co ithe the ef e the M t

a vrouo a Kar on . E r r or oun of
’
I v60 1)s mobs n i pé vorov MM; A ld l
e the t ‘
e e ,
t toir a. Eas m ay be r gard d as A rara in
moor v6r v 89 ‘
é oop ,
6 N th 6V p ti
xr
i
the e t
ez er a t
'
e os J apheth s
’
or on, or as gr a
n oraué s Our auth o und ub tedly i den
. ti the
r th e o m oun a n in sou ast (of. Eth -
.

tifi es the N ile wi th the Gih on So Syn xxiv xx v hich . En . 3, . . w w ould

cellus (p 82 )i nterprets th i s p s ge
. o p e p ti S ee a sa , f r rob ably b long to Ham s
’
or on.

N ih v os xul l ubu
e o , hé y Pndw l iv
‘
s te tte t ' '
srac. a so 2 6 no . The la r m oun ain is
.

is use d as renderi ng of aw i e the

a the ch i ef e ti in a rang of m oun a ns of fi re
J“ n 1 8
. .
,

Nile in Sirach xxi v 2 7 :

,

s e l x viii xxi v e a so ch er. (Eth En 9, and su

:
. . . . . . .

1 6 So uth Better tran l te nort

. . e e s a a rang b longs to Ham ’s portion see
See note on ver 1 5 . . ver. 22 .
72 T HE BO O K O F JU BILE ES

Sin ai the c ent r e of the desert an d Mount Zi on the c en tre ,

—
of the navel of the earth :these three were cre ated as
holy place s facing e ac h other 2 0 A nd he blessed the Go d . .

of gods who had p ut the w o r d of the Lord i nto hi s m outh

,
,

and the Lo r d for eve rm o re 2 1 A n d he knew that a . .

blessed p o rt i on and a bless ing had c om e to Shem and hi s

s on s u n to the generati ons for ever—the who le land of Eden
an d the who le lan d of the Red Sea an d the whole land of ,

the e ast and I ndi a and on the Red Sea and the m ount ai ns
, ,

thereof and all the land of Bashan and all the lan d of
, ,

L eban on and the i slands of K aftfi r and all the m ount ai ns of ,

Sanir and Am an £ i and the m oun tains of A sshur i n the n orth

’
, ,

an d all the land of Elam A sshur and Ba b el and Sfi sfin and , , ,

Maé dai and all the m ountains of A rarat and all the regi on
‘

, ,

beyo nd the sea wh ich i s beyo n d the m ountains of A sshur ,

tow ards the no rth a blessed and sp aci ous land and all that , ,

N avel of the earth no on t ion of the origin l (p ob S ee te co e ct t

rr ransla a r

bly wins:s ) the p hra e m y d en te

.

v er 1 2 . . a i
,
s a o

21 A . S c el
blessed p ort io n. Cf yn the i land of Crete Kamatu i in ix
lus, .
s . r .

p. 83, (S im) r ds é £a¢pé rous r aw n a p1 3 m ay b e a corrupt i n f K aftfi r

’

o o .

pté o ar o dis Ka i éw
M dern e x egesis has tak en the sc ip
‘

a trrofi etzhoyt é w é xhn

’ ’ ‘
'
o r
T fi I e vé a ec ¢ é era u
‘
p the c t i e t u l C phtor to b e Cili cia Cy prus
On oun r s ra a , ,
e ti
m n on ed in th i s ver te
see no C ete or Copt os a city in the u pp e
on .
r , , r
1 2 21 T heb id (see E nos /c Bib n a o
-
.
. .

Basha n In Eth Basa .

Santr an al A mdn d Cf ix 4
.
The e .
'
. . . . s

I l nd s of K f tu
s a Th i s is C p ht : n m es m ay b e deri ved from C nt i v 8
a r. a or a a . . .

the p p e nam e of c ountry in J

ro r S nir is the Biblical S enir in D nt iii
a er a e . .

x lvii 4 ; A m os ix 7 T he plu l i 9 E ek xx vii 5 In D eut iii 9 it is

. . . ra s z . . . . .

us ed f its i nh abit nts in G n x 1 4 ;

o i d to b e the A m oritish n m e f
a e . . sa a or

D eut ii 23 In Gen x 1 4 the e

. . H e m n Sauiru o ccurs in the c un eif m
. . . s are r o . or

t ken t o b e the Cappadoci ns in the in c iptions (see Berthol t n E eki el

a a s r e o z

Syr O nk and the J on and J

.
, .
,
T xx vii m y b elon g t the . e r. ar . a o
nge of the Antilib n u Mt
gum ; l o in A m os ix 7 in the LXX
s a s o .b ,
ra a s r e .

Syr Vulg
.
,
al o in J e A m nns in n rthe n S yri a
., J e p hu s r. a o r . os s

x lvii 4 in the Syr J on T g Vulg ; (A n t i 6 1 ) and the Ch nicle f ar ro s o

J hm eel (xxxi 3 5 )f vou the l tt e

. .
, . .
, . . . .

l in D nt ii 2 3 in the L XX Sy
a so e r era a r a r
V ew
. . , . .

O nk Vulg J on T arg T he e
.
, .
, .
-
. r are i .

thus m e grounds for regarding K aftfi The n m e of Shem eld est ’

so E lam r . a s

as equ iv l ent t o Cappadocia in th i son The country is the As yrian

a s . s

te xt nd th is vi ew m ay b e confi m ed El m t u and is nearly e qu iv lent t

,
a r a , a o
b y the p assage in Epiphaniu w h ich the Su iana and Elym ais f the G eek s s o r s
include Capp adocia in the p rti n of (Ency c Bib ii
s Su an w h ich is o o . . . s ,

S hem ; s e quotati n in n te on viii m enti oned presently was it c pital o

e o o .
, s a . r
1 2 21 On the other h nd i f w e t k e i t m ay tand for Susi ana a a s

the wo ds “islands of K aftfi r s

-
. .

r Mdeddi i e M edi S ee x 35 ”
a a
, . . a. . .
74 T HE BO OK OF J U BILEE S
cam e fo rt h the th ir d p o rt i on beyond the ri ve r Ti n a to the
no r th of the outfl ow of i ts w ate rs and i t e x tends no rt h ,

easterly to the whole r egi on of G og an d to all the co untry

east the reof 2 6 A nd i t ex tends n ortherly to the no r th
. . ,

and i t ex tends to the m ountains of Q é lt tow ar ds the n o r th ,

and t o w ar ds the sea of Mafik an d i t goes forth to the e ast

’
,

of G adi r as far as the regi on of the w aters of the sea 2 7 . .

A nd i t e x tends unt il i t approac hes the west of Far a and i t

r etur ns tow ards A fé rag and i t ex tends e asterly to the ’
,

w aters of the sea of Mé at 2 8 An d i t e x tends to the

’
. .

r egi on of the ri ver Tin a i n a no rth easte rly d irec tion until i t -

app ro ac hes the boun dary of i ts w aters towar ds the m ount ain

Rafa an d i t tur ns round towards the no r th

,
2 9 Thi s i s . .

the land which c am e for th for J apheth and hi s sons as the

p orti on of his i nhe ri tan ce w hic h he should p ossess fo r him self
and h i s sons fo r their generati ons fo r ever ; fi ve gre at ,

i slands and a gr e at land i n the no rth

, 3 0 But i t i s c old . .
,

of She H p o ti n from
m and am s
’
r o s xé pa s An dl ab ora e . e t
Media to Rhinocurura in A si and t t p vi c e pp a o c
ac oun of J aphet s ro n a ears
’

Gad es in Europ e Epiphaniu (A ncorat J e ph i the s in os us, A nt 6 1 , and in

cxii ) de c ib es it b i efly :Id¢ € 6
. . . . .

. s r icle Je h ee xxxir
’
e 7 Chron s of ra m l 4 5 .
-
.

rpl p
'
am) Mndi s 3m P a lpwv x l
rc tte ep e e t
a e e p e ct a e a T he la r is d nd n in som r s s
Pw p é pwv d mobs B ppi v
oxov o Cf the f er o . . on orm r.

Chronic n Pasch i 46 A full er ie 2 5 . The b oundar s of J apheth s por

’
o . . .

acc oun t f om a l te t andp oint is gi ven ti

r i a rs on in A s a .

by S yn c ellus (p Id¢> 0 c t ’
. e Gog The
. oun ry of Gog is in

(d ) i n d Mnd l s d po dp
xcv ( he i i e tfi
e a i th
7 . 1r s
'
x'r ov n ort rn A s a. Gog is d n i ed w
t a
I l mm a gws I d ipwv m l Bper r m
a s the Sc th i ‘
a J ep h e
‘
a y ans b y os us (A nt i. 6 . .

Ka yui w A pp t
rca K i
-
I finpl
’
the h ic e ev a v J e h ee a
’
av, 1 ) and C ron l s of ra m l
i d:
.
,

b Kbhx v
l 'r ov
,
Ku dm u x p (xxxio s Ka r r
-
’
aa a s .

K t M us é ws I 2 6 2 8 The b ound i e s of J p heth s

‘ ’
)\l s P hhmfi ’
a arc ra a a s, ar
- -
. a
Z mfis
r av m l K kn fl npi ,
l Av
16 p orti on in Europ e e a s ita oc .

Prac tically the sam e descrip 2 6 Qé lt T hes e e prob ab ly the

’

m m v b . . . ar

t ion f J pheth p ovinc e is given b y Celts

o a
’
s r .

Epiph niu (A dv H aer II ii

a s5 44 Maal S ee on ve 2 2
.
'
. . .
'
c. r. .

[E den lxv i of os 6 hfip s .2 7 F ara (c d ) b F ord (1 F eré g rr x o .

, , .

( 0 Eng ) a pig
7 0 6» I d¢ 5 0
. d F aram y b e Afric
to
'

S ee ver 1 5
et 7
’
7 a a. . .

1r pbs B ppav J pheth

o p ovinc e Aférdg T h is m y b e Phrygi a Th i s
’
s r . a a.
in A si is b ounded by Shem s on c ountry ccording to Josephus (A nt ’
a a

the uth ): p6 as T h M w am) i 6 1 ) nd the Ch nicle of J hmeel

.

so 1r s y o a ro s era

3 Eup mm dxp Ti):I

. .

7 7 3 a
‘
t s m l xxxi 5 b el nged to J pheth c
'
a 1ra.v a
'
. o a .

Bpt l é x wé
rrav a s, 6 n p ip ev 2 9 F iv g eat isl nds
e u re S ee note7 , a a xe a . e r a .

on ix 1 3 T o these fi ve m ay b elong
”
60W) t A u
’
En s , v w I d vy s
re «a a e ,
1r ’
e , . .

Ei k / 3pm A a iu O u i Mdy pd s Cy prus Sicily S a dini Cor ic Fi ve

‘ ’
r a , r oz, 1r < o '
a e r a, s a.
, , , ,
‘
é ws a xfis n Z n vl
t a xar o ml n islands in the Gre t S are m entioned
r s a a s, r s a ea
PuM l 6: a s, 6 b wv nut
1 in Eth Eno ch lxxv ii 8
7 6 7 V rr . . .
 C HA PT ER S V III . 26 -
IX 3 .
75

and the land of Ham is hot and the land of Shem i s nei ther ,

hot no r c o ld but i t i s of blended c old and he at

, .

Su bdivisi on o f the three p ortiom am ongst the gran dchildren

f
o N oah . A m ongst H am
’
s children , 1 :Shem s ’
2 6 -
:
J ap heth s, 7 1 3
’
14 15
’
-
. Oath taken by N oah s sons, -
.

IX . A nd H am di vi ded
ongst hi s sons and the fi rst am ,

p o rti on c am e fo r th fo r Cush towards the e ast and to the ,

west of him fo r Miz raim and to the west of him for Put , ,

and to the west of him an d to the west the reof on the se a fo r

[ ]
Can aan 2 A nd Shem also d i vi ded am ongst h i s sons and
. .
,

the fi rst port i on cam e for th for Elam and his sons to the east ,

of the ri ver Ti gri s till i t approaches the e ast the whole lan d of ,

I n di a and on the Red Sea on i ts c o ast and the w ate rs of

, ,

D é dan and all the m ountai ns of Mebri and Ela and all
’
, ,

the land of Sfi san and all that i s on the s i de of Pharn ak to

the Red Sea and the ri ver Tin a 3 A nd fo r A sshur cam e . .

forth the s ec ond p o rt i on all the lahd of A sshur an d N in eveh ,

30 La nd o
.
f Ham is ho t Cf Ep i runn ng i h
nort ward to Pon tu s and the
:
. .

ph an E aer l
. 85 X avaau as. xvi . D on .

n ke ové xm s b vibe 1 0 6 Xdp. é n fixee The the whole la nd of I ndia

east,

fi HaXaw m umy “to e the e t the

‘
r m Kar a heI / a s V (e d) a b r ad as of
- ‘
.

1 6V 25w v xkfipou 6rd T a bone?” elva t

’
w h le o land of I nd a But Ind a w as i . i
Ka uua r w bu in She S ee v iii p ti
’
‘
. m s or on. 21 . .

IX . 1 Cf Gen . 6 . . x . .
W ters of D éddn D ed n i
a on of . a s a s
Ca sh . e
Et h has Q u s c t
The oun ry . .
Raa m h one of the son a f Cush (Gen
,
s o .

is no doub E t th i pi S ee
o a. J e ph
also os us x 7 ) or of Jokshan son of K etu h
.
, ra
and the h ic e Je h ee
C ron l s of ra m l, in lac .
(Gen xxv The D edani tes a e
. . r
Mizra im Eth. has Mésré m .
. He gene ally tak en to b e a comm erci l
r . a
r e c ei ve
s s w im or Egy . pt p e ple dw elling in Ar b i p ssibly on
o a a, o
P ut Eth has Phfi d. So also in LXX
. .
the north west S ee E ncyc Bibl -
. . .

(Poss t e
, ms The oun ry of Flu
. . id. c t i 1 05 3
. .

i
is L b ya, ly ng w s of Egy iSee et pt b eb'ri (b) Mazb ara
d
.
a
J e ph
os us an d erahm eel J .

was (b e d)
.

a mam
.

To the west of him on the sea f or

. .

Canaa n T u s Canaan s
.
'
h
or on p ti e x P harndk Can s b e P arna a on . h ci th i
te e f i
nd d rom L b ya t o the c
A lan on the t tic oas of Pon us On t t
oun r s the c t i e
e t S ee x
the w s f i
2 8 29 . The bra k
. d .
-
c ete all ng to
’
m s or on in A s a She p ti
nor i Mi
itt p h
words are a d ogra y . an d t o nor see the
uo a on romth q t ti f
p ti
’
2 Elam s or on
. f the i i
rom T gr s - Epiphanius (A dv. B e er ) in not on e .

to the t t c fi e
u m os the v ii
on n s of India, i 1 2 21 .
.
-

c t ie ei the
oun r s bord r ng on 3 N ineveh
Red Sea and . . Eth Niné vi . .
76 T HE BOO K OF J U BILE ES
an d Sh i n ar and i t as cen ds and
to the b order of I ndia ,
an d

skirts the ri ve r 4 A n d for A rp achshad cam e forth the

. .

third p orti on all the lan d of the region of the Chaldees to

,

the east of the Eup hrates borderin g on the Red Sea and , ,

all the w ate rs of the dese rt c lose t o the t ongue of the sea

whic h looks t owards Egyp t all the lan d of Lebano n an d ,

5 An d
’
San ir an d A m an a t o the b orde r of the Eu p hrates . .

for A ram the re c am e forth the fou rth p ort i on all the land ,

o f Mes op ot am i a between the Ti gri s and the Eu p hrates t o

the n orth of the Chaldees t o the border o f the m ountai ns of

A sshu r and the lan d of m ere 6 A n d the re c am e forth . .

for Lud the fi fth p o rti on the m oun t ai n s of A sshur and all ,

app e rt ai n i n g t o the m t ill i t re ac hes the G re at Sea and t ill ,

i t reaches the e ast of A sshu r hi s brother 7 A nd J apheth . .

als o d i vi ded the lan d of his i nheri t an c e am on gst h i s s o ns .

8 A n d the fi rst p ort ion c am e fo rth for G o m er to the e ast

.

fro m the n o rth s i de t o the river T i na; and in the n orth

there c am e fo rth for Magog all the i nner p ortio n s of the
n o rth unt i l i t re aches t o the sea of Mé at 9 A n d for
’
. .

Madai cam e fo rth as h i s p orti o n that he shou ld p ossess from

the west of hi s t w o brothers t o the i slan ds and to the coasts ,

o f the i s lan ds 1 0 A nd for J avan c am e forth the fou rth

. .

Shinar . Eth has

. mil ar The Si
e t co t f Asia Mino t the east of
. w s as o r o
Sh inar of Sc ipt e
r ur , Gen et c
1 0, A sh u .x
J ephus A n t i 6 4 y
. . s r. os , . . .
, sa s
A n d skirts the the de c end nt s of Lud w e e the
river z w aw adafa s a r
e e e f
falaga, m nd d rom w adafa falag of L y di n a s.
a b d, hich
w is u ntranslat eab le If
8 ill g g Onl y G g i p ken f . . a o . o s s o o
w adafa w re e the e n am i ve
of a r in viii 2 5
r we . .

i ht e e
m g i t
m n d falag n o falaga and 9 Th n th w e te n po ti ns of e or s r r o
“t o
-
.

t l te the i ve r Wadafa
"
Eu p e fell t M d i lot b ut he w as
’
ran s a r . ro o a a s ,

. p ti
’
4 Arp achshad s or on S ee f the diss tisfi ed with i t (se
ur r . 35 ) n d a e it . a
ix. 1 3 for the i ll tte
slan ds a o b egge d p t ion of Shem l t M d i
d t o him . a or
’
s o . a a
’
s
J eph
I n os i
us, A n t the e c e
6 4,. . l t w ould eem t e m b c e B it i n nd
d s nd . o s o ra r a a
t
an s of A rp achshad are d ni e tifi e ith I el nd T h f m e i m enti n ed in
d w r a . e or r s o
the h l ee
C ad s .
’
Eth has A rphaxed . the Ch nicle f J e h m eel (xxxi . ro s o ra .

Tongue of the sea, et c t ’

I don k nowEp iph niu nd Syn c ellus
. n te n a s a see o s o
ht
w a is m ane t he e r . viii 2 5 29 .
- 3
.
A
’
San ir an d A m an d S ee te no 10 J v n
on. Jvn . a a . a a
viii 21
. . denotes p op e ly Ionia the G eek r r , r
. S i
5 The yr ans . c lony in A i Mino n d i used in o s a r, a s
. t S ee viii
i e A rara
. thi lim ited en e in I lx vi 1 9 ;
21 . . . s s s s. .

.
’
p i e xte
6 Lu d s ort on f
nds the E ek xx v ii 13 T his nam e al d e
rom z . . . so
 78 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE ES
unto their sons i n the presen c e of N o ah their father and ,

he bou n d them all by an oath i m pr e cati ng a c u rse on ,

everyon e that sought to sei ze the p o rt i on which had not

fallen (to him ) by h i s lot 1 5 A n d they all s ai d So be . .
,

i t ; so be i t for them selves an d the ir sons fo r ever thr ough

,

out their gen erati ons t ill the day of judgm ent on whi c h the ,

L ord God shall j udge them w i th a swo rd and w ith fi re fo r ,

all the u n cle an w ickedness of the ir err o rs wherewi th they ,

have fi ll ed the earth w i th transgress i on and un cleanness and

fo rnicati on and s i n .

the N oah, 1 2
’
sp iri ts lead astray sons o f -
. N oa h s p rayer,
3 6 -
. Masté md allo wed to r eta in one -
tenth f
o his su bject
sp iri ts, 7 11
-
. Noah taught the use of herbs by the angels

f or r esist ng i the demons, 1 2 14 -

. N oah dies ,
15 17 -
.

Bui lding o f Ba bel an d the con usi on f f

o tongu es, 1 8 2 7 -
.

Canaa n seizes on Pa lestine, 2 9 34 -

. Madai receives

Media , 3 5 36 -
.

X A nd in the thir d week of thi s jub ilee the un clean

.

dem ons began to le ad as tray 1 the c hildren of ] the son s of '

II . n. 5 44 xvi
(H aterIn l . vno a v b
NG6 m l ebfa névov
ro s vlobs .

S ce
yn llus , (i 83 ) also it
is sa d of
. i r ail NGe ill a drromrcbo w d1r’ a zrrcbv,
’ ’ '

h:
N oa ne w as rehevr av é ver elha r o 6 m pw s é xé hew e
i
7 43 dpxa y yé htp ' '

refs rpw lv a trrofi vlois anbé va é w ehdeiv Mi xa n fl

‘ ‘

k ake?» au
’

r obs e ls r iyy d vo c ov
fi
' '

r ols r oD ddexaofi bplozs Ka t dr dxr ws dxpi i mé pas r n s xplo e ws 6 be dt d ohos

fi
‘ '

é uexefivat n pbs t r epou, G as rour ou 7 6 9 770 0 n "

gr car a hafieiv noipa v dn a br d w r pds
‘

)ué vou a lr iov c r do ews d u r is Ka i n ohé nwv

'
c n etpa onbv
‘ '
r aw dvd é r wv
p it a l é bbdn ‘

rc bv 1rpbs dhhfiho vs
’

. au ra? r o dé Karov d urc b v u r d n pbe r a E w

’
K
1 5 The day of judgment
. no e . S ee t dela y , (bor e r ecpdgew r o bs dvd dmovs
p
'

on iv 1 9 1rpo s domain ! riys é xdo r ov 1r bs 0 6 6V '

p
. .

1 We a
X . . r ano h ve he e
r ragm n the f e t wpoa t pé aews, T a fie hoa rd é w é a '

Mp1) .

of the los A ocaly s

f e f
t of N oap
e t f
pe T he h . ht
é fi hfifin els r bv d vo o ov But w a is
'

fl '
.

orm r ragm n we ound in vii 2 0 39 . t i e e i te e t the f c t th t

-
. of s ll
gr at r n r s is a a
pe
Of the r s n ragm n e t f
a summ ary e t the e e h
in e tH b r w Book of N oa fragm n s
p e e ve
is r s r d in yn llus, 49 , S ce
oug , i .th h ve e h ve ee p e e ve
of rs s 1 2 , 9 1 4 a b n r s r d
- -

c e
of ours , as orm n g a g nu n s f i on e i e e ct i f the e e ii l rom th H br w or g na F or is .

of J i ee
ub l s T s summ ary gi s
. hi ve the the e e c lt
w ork r ad r can o nsu
’
J ellinek s
c te t
on n s of rs s 1 9 ve e
K a t y dp é v -
. iv Bet ha Midrasch, -
15 5 1 5 6, or m y . -

rfi v c é ws hey oué vy dn oxahu et w tex t J ee p of ub il s, 179 . .

“
¢ ép€T a L 1repl a br ébv, 81 1 y ard r ev ar a. . K The third week of this j u bilee If
:
.

xhvo uo v 7 15 ( re 7 0 0 xbcuov th i j i ee the t e ti e s ub l be las m n on d, t.e , .

¢ 06wp xcvounevoi ner d Gduar ov é vrhd the th i t th i vi the the e r y rd ( ii. -

n dat
 C H A PT E R S ix . 15 —
X 5 .
79

N o ah , an d
to m ake to err and dest roy them 2 A nd the . .

sons of N o ah cam e to N o ah their father and they to ld him ,

c on c erni ng the dem ons which we r e leadin g astray and blin d

i ng and slayi ng hi s sons sons 3 An d he prayed before
’
. .

the L o r d hi s G od and s ai d : ,

G od of the s pirits of all fl esh w ho hast shown m ercy ,

unto m e ,

A nd h ast s aved m e an d m y sons from the w aters

of the fl ood ,

A n d h ast not c aused m e t o p e ri sh as T hou d i dst the

s o ns of p erd i t ion
For Thy grac e has been g re at t ow ards m e,
A n d gre at has been Thy m erc y to m y soul ;

Let Thy grac e be li ft u p up on m y son s ,

A nd let not w icked s piri ts rule ove r them
they should destroy them fro m the earth
L est .

4 But do T h ou bless m e and m y s ons th at we m ay i n cre ase

.
,

and m ult ip ly an d re p len i sh the earth 5 An d Th ou . .

knowest how Thy Wat chers the fathers of these spiri ts , ,

is 1 5 83 1 5 89 b ut it m y b
-
m u ch cove ed the true tex t Th p ge in a e r e assa

qu e t i n i :nm nnb D WIDDH mrm ibm

.
,

e li e
ar r. s o s ‘

The un cl an demon eT he e e the manta 53 n51 mynSwmar/ ab m nan: “

s. A nd s ar

s pirit wh ich w ent fo th f m the the spi its f the M m e im b eg n to

s r ro r o a z r a
M m eri m
a z ch ild en f the ngel sti them selves g in t the ns of
or r o a s r a a s so

a nd the d u ghte s of m n a S ee vii N o h t le d ast y nd c u e t e

r e . . a ,
o a ra a a s o rr

22 Eth En ch xi v xvi . o an d t o d est oy n d t

.
-
l y . U nc lean r a o s a .

dem on in u te xt i g d e q i valent
”
Th u n l n d m n beg n
e c ea d e o s a e s o r sa oo u
d i t “the fo “the spi it f the M m e im ”
st ro
y them (so a b) c m . o r r s o a z r ,

ch ildren f But Syn c ellu i 49 nd th ugh it i n t l ite l endering

o . s, . , a o s o a ra r .

the p g e fr m the H eb ew Bo k f Th H eb ew rigin l of ou text the e

assa o r o o e r o a r r

N h (oa m y Eth T e x t p 3 5 n te s 1 7
se e f e : “Th uncle n dem on b egan to o or e a s
“
. .
, ,

1 9 ) h w th t in te d f the ch ild en of le d
s o a s a t y nd to m ak e t o
o nd t r a as ra a err a o

th e son w h uld sim ply have “the l y nd t dest y the son f N h

s
"
e s o s a a o ro s o oa

sons U n der the w d d qiq

.
” “the Bar bi m n
‘
a n mys trmnwnb i S
or nn)
a On a .

ch ild en i the e m y li m e co u p the ther h nd the e xp e i n ons

r o r a e so rr o a r ss o s
'

tion f the ve b dq qa “t b eat m ll

o r
’
a n ecu in ve e 2 3b nd 5b
a o s a so s r rs rs s a
“
, , , ,

1 13 1 5 c u p,
t i n f
ao morr
a s t t l y so th t the te x t
o f bm y b
r ight , o s a . a o a a e r .

N w th is ve b i the l t i nfi ni tive in
o r s 3 God f th p iri t of all fl
as esh . o e s s .

the p ssage f the H eb ew B k f Num x vi 2 2 xx vii 1 6

a o r oo o . .
, . .

No h ( a b elow) nd as the othe

see S n of p e di ti n ( =mzmn us ) Of
, a r o s r o . .

three ve b s in the Eth i pic te xt are 2 The ii 3

r o ss.

My n ( ) b “T hy son sons
. .

lite l e qui v le nt f the p e c e ding

’
ra a s o r so s a . s .

three infi nitives in the m e p as age w 5 Thy Watchers sa Cf Eth Enoch s e . . . .

m y c onclude th t w e h ve th us e
a vi x vi
a a r .
-
.
80 T HE BOO K OF J U BILEE S
a cted i n m y day : and as for these s piri ts wh ic h are liv i ng ,

im pri s on them and hold them fast i n the plac e of con dem
nati on an d let them not brin g destru cti on on the s ons of
,

thy servan t m y G od ; for these are m ali gn ant an d created

, ,

i n order t o destr oy 6 A nd l et them not rule over the . .

spirits of the living ; for T hou alon e canst ex ercise domini on

over them A n d let them n ot h ave p owe r over the s o ns
.

of the ri ghteous fro m hen ceforth an d fo r everm ore 7 An d . .

the Lord our G od b ade us to b in d all 8 A nd the ch i ef of . .

“
the Spirits Masté m a c am e and s ai d : Lo r d Creator let , ,
, ,

som e of them r em ai n before m e and let them hearken to ,

m y voic e an d do all th at I sh all say unto them ; for if

,

som e of them are not left to m e I shall not be able to ,

The sons cd
( ) b “the
p city they are designated as angels sons
’
sons. ca a

the pl ac e of p unish m ent liii 3 lvi 1 l xii

”
a , . , .
,
.
, .

1 1 lxi ii 1 so also in u uth r

6 Can l exe cise domini on over
. a r , . , o r a o .

the m taam kuannenb lé m fi em ende d

’
T hus the evil spiri ts unde Masté m a(1 )
r r

from ta m kuennanehom fi “Thou tem p t men lead them t y nd blind

z
’
as ra a
a r z ,

kn w e st thei p ow er or “ j udgm ent them x 2 8 xlviii 1 2 1 6 and h den " . ar

o r .
.
, , , ,

7 C f E t h E no c h x 4 1 2
the ir he arts xlv iii 1 7 I n v 3 1 i t is . x .

. .

c
.

t ally st ated th at G d pu t
.

piri t s in
, .
a u o s
8 S ee the q uotat i on from Sy n c ell us
.
uth rity over m n t o l e d them t ray ; a o e a as
in n te on ve 1 o
s n tes on x v 3 1 32
r. .
A gai n (2 )they ee o -
. .

Mastémd In the Lat i n ver i n thi s accuse m en of actual o ll eged sins xvii
. s o ra , .

n me a pp e s as Mastima nd in the 1 6 xlviii 1 5 1 8 F in lly (3)they de troy

a ar ,
a , . , . a s

Mid ashic B ok of N oah (see m y tex t th e who h ave sinned b eing c eated
r o ,
os , r

p 1 79 ) none/on w H enc e the f m fo th is purpose x 2 5 A ngels

. as . or r , .
, . s a

in wh ich i t app e ars in Syn c ellu nd f destruct ion they pp e xlviii 2 s a o a ar, . ,

Ced nu M o ¢ dm 6 dpxw
re s as 65 in l ying the fir t b orn in Egyp t
a r¢ In v 7 V s a s -
.

am n M m pd is less ccu te
ou t , or x lviii 2 Masté m a seek t l y M oses
a
-
u a a ra . . s o s a

Out i de the J ub ilee literat u e

s f f iling t o circum ci e hi n T hese r , as or a s s so .

Rons h h
'

em arked (p
c thi s pi its seek t o rule m an in o der to
as r . s r a r
w o d is n t f und as a prop e n un
r o de stroy him x 3
o But they c nnot r o

—
, . . a
e xc ept in the A cts of Philip (e d t u ch the righteous 6 eve y breach . o , x . r

T ischend p 6 dé M anna of the law howeve e xp o e m en to '

.
, 6 . i
ar r; 7 0 7 , r, s s
( n a 6 y b wfiho v 1 6 their mal ignant influen c e xlviii 2
r e e 6 3 7 !
1
, . .
’
A l l é whfipw
y a.v a.v ab o u It a I el as such is G od s w n p orti on and
a ev
‘
r sra
’
o
m l ow n A s a c om m on noun i t i
s. is n t sub jec t t o spiri ts of ny kind xv s o a , .

f und twic e in Hos ix 7 8 in the en e 32 x vi 1 8 xix 2 8 F m th i high

o s s
“enm i t
. .
, , .
, . . ro s
The word app e eth ical conc ep tion our uth f lls w ay
”
of y t b
. ars o e a or a a ,
the hiphil f ne w i e mum o nd n o doub t under the i nfl nce f his
. .
, a ue o
is the ef e the e qui vale nt of 6 E
r or a uth ori ti e s in x 1 2 1 3 w he e as in ara v s a , .
, , r ,
in p i nt f m e ning and de i v t i n
o o T b it m agic al m eth d
a s i d to b e r a o . o , o s are a
A s in the Eth Enoch it is the f n ct i n e f e ct i ve against evi l piri ts S ee
. u o s .

of the evi l pi its to tem pt m n Eth furthe note on xlviii 2

s r e . r
, . .

En ch l xix 4 6 ; accuse them Eth

o .
L et om e of them m in b f ore me s re a e
Enoch X ] 7
, , .

n d d e st oy them Eth
.

.
S ee qu ot ati on fr m Syn c ellu in note
a r , . o s
Enoch v 11 12 xvi
x in wh ich
. n x l , , .
, o . .
82 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
ighteousness wherei n he w as p erfe c t For Eno ch s o ffi c e w as
’
r ,
.

ord ai ned for a testi m ony t o the ge n erati ons of the wo rld so ,

that he should re c ou n t all the deeds of generati on unto genera

ti on till the day of judgm e nt
,
1 8 A nd i n the th ree an d . .

thirti eth jub ilee i n the first year i n the se cond week Peleg , ,

took to hi m self a wife wh ose n am e w as Lom n athe daughter ,

o f Sin d ar an d she b are him a son in the fou rth ye ar of th i s

’
,

week and he call ed his n am e Reu ; for he s ai d : Behold

,

the ch ildren of m en have be com e evil through the w icked

p u rp ose of build ing for them selves a ci ty and a tower in the /

land of Sh in ar 1 9 F or they dep ar ted from the land of

. .

A rarat eastward to Shin ar ; for in h i s d ays they bu ilt the

ci ty an d the towe r s aying Go to let us as c end thereby , , ,

i nto he aven 2 0 A nd they began to bu ild an d i n the

. .
,

fourth week they m ade bric k w ith fi re and the b ric ks ,

se r ved them fo r sto n e an d the clay w i th wh ich they ,

c em ented them together w as asph alt wh ich c o m es out of

the sea and out of the fountai ns of w ater i n the land of
,

Sh i n ar 2 1 A n d they bui lt it :fo rty and three ye ars

. .

were they buildi ng i t ; i ts bre adth w as 2 0 3 b ricks and the ,

1 7 . E no h s c ’
o fi ce was orda in ed f or a 19 . Of Gen
. . xi. 2 ; Ep iphan . A do .

testimony , etc . Cf. iv . 24 for a s imilar

s a t tem ent . 20 O n Bab l see
. e
e. Bibl. W i .

R ecmm t all the deeds, et c . Cf . iv . 41 0 41 3.

-

2 3, 2 4 . Made brick (Em nded see m y

. e :
Till the da y of judgment . Cf . iv . Eth T .
,
e xt p .

1 9, 24, 15 , 22ix . x . . Made bri ck wi th fi re ; and the bricks

18 Ldmnd
. T is nam is . h hi p e
e pp e f oun d in served
, etc
T s assag a . ars t o

the Syriac fragm ent as nd the ce the ic e be sour of Chro n l s of

J xxix : e
a
erahm eel 2 “Com and let
Legarde s MS
’
as d h
’ .
n d Al gazi
r u ua , a s
Chronicl e as mn5
e ic u s m ak br ks and let u s b urn

R ea Eth has R6g w = P 7 b =w1

the .

e ch ic i
a
'
a a
m and a br k w ll b e t o u s as a

(G en xi
.

It i b v i u
.

th t t e the
s o
pi t c h o
t s a our
s on and for m or ar.
”
Cf.
o
. .

auth r th us d e i ved R u f m yp i rt
J e ph i e ro '
o
os A nt 4 3
. . . . .

b e evi l T h ere w as a p n m i in the th ee i h e e ti ,

2 1 F or . r sl g t m nda on s

the o igi nal “He c lled hi n m e

aro o as a.

r
.

the tex t th i ve e a
te xt pp s a
of in s rs see m y , .

Ragau (am); for the ch i ldren f i the te p

.

e f G ee 3 6 37
-
The assag is ound in r k
.

: o

m en had b e com e ev il
i n Ca na o f Nicephorus, 1 7 5 é 1r2
T h i de i v a
.

W
s r ’
,
pyr gm aew a v olxodoaofiw es 7 6 ( as
é‘
.

tion pp ears in the On m ti n p 1 9 7

a o as co ev)
y n rjxet s, m l 66m n ahear a l (sic), 7 6
27 :
- ‘
, .
, ,
\

T d (i e T mi)
a v éa . . a xa xo evos. a ham s é 1rl
-
r hlvdovs rns r hiy dov 1 6 .
‘

Shin ar Eth has sanaar, in

. . ver. 7
p lr ov ma s 1rM
'
u0 0 v é‘
xr a ua
2 5 smea
.

r, in 2 6 Sanabr
y Ka i 1 0 0 am ou
'
. 1 0 6 evo s r otxov fi ddl er v . .
 CHA PT ER X . 18 2 -

5 83

hei ght (of a b rick)was the thi rd of one ; i ts hei ght am ounted
to 54 3 3 c ub its and 2 palm s and (the ex tent of one wall ,

w as) th irteen stades (and of the othe r thir ty st ades ) 22 . .

A nd the Lo rd our God s ai d u n to us : Behold they are one ,

p eo ple and ( thi s ) they begin to do and now noth ing w ill be
, ,

w ithh olden fro m them G o t o let us go d own and c onfound .

,

their langu age that they m ay not understand one another s

,
’

s p ee ch an d they m ay be di s p ersed i nto cit i es and nati ons

, ,

and one p u rp ose will no lo nge r ab i de wi th them t ill the

day of judg m ent 2 3 A nd the Lord des c ended and we . .

,

des c ended w i th Him to see the ci ty an d the tower which

the chil dr en of m en had built 2 4 A nd He c onfounded . .

the ir language an d they no longer understood one anothe r s

,
’

s p ee ch and they c eased then to build the ci ty and the

,

tower 2 5 For thi s r eason the whole land of Sh in ar i s

. .

called Babel be cause the Lord d i d there c onfound all the

,

langu age of the children of m en and from then c e they wer e ,

d is p ersed into their ci ti es eac h acco r ding to his language ,

X Eutychius ( ransla d b y Pococke,

. t te auss r eich w en und jeder eine
s ar

1 6 5 8, pp
5 1 , 5 2 )has drawn u on our
. p a n dere Sp che edete ra r .

te xt in the f
ollow ng assag Tr s i p e: e Thimte n t d s
'
In J m e (Ep iet
e s a e . ero .

e rgo ann os lateribus confi ciendis et

( 7 8 in Migne)ad F abiol m m ansion e a
: q
,
coquendis in sump serunt u orum 1 8) we h ve the following efe en c e t o
a r r
si nguli t rede cim cub itos long , d m i ec e th is pas age Hoc v b um s . er
t
l a i, ac u n u al q i q e ti essent urb em que
qu ntum m em i sugg it nusquam
a or a er
i te
n r Tyrum e t Bab lom exstruxerunt e a lib i in Scriptu is sanctis pud Heb aeos r a
,

r
orgyas longam tercentum et tredeoim .
invenisse m nov i absque lib p ocrypho
e ro a
la am t n umce t quinquagint a unam
q ui a Grae cis A a rrfi (a l Mucpo yé vecn s)
’

cujns m ur al i tiorgyas quinquies mill e p v G ei

id est, ar a e n s s app ellatur Ib i in
. .

q uingentas triginta r s ; la trigint a te ti t i

aedifi cation e urr e pro s ad o p onitu r, t i
.

ter s ; turris au te
m orgy as decies m ll i e in quo ex ercentur ug l s et at hletae p ie
t
al a ; q i
u b u s exstruendis quadragint a
et cursorum velocitas com p robatur
anuos insu m pserunt Cf Malalas, . . J .
hi f J
T s orm s erom e s no
'
on n am te the e
.

p . 12 ; Gly cas, 240 p

The laus s. . c e of the p c e
la of n am m n Rissa e c p e t h
c et
in bra k s in the t rans lat on are i (n j )in Num x 2 1, 22 In lat r xx iii e
e i ve f
d r d ro m the ee Gr k Rous ( ch p g . . .

H ebrew on a m re u ed stadium
. .

nd m
4 01) q te the f
uo s i ollow ng assag p e a s as

e p e ct i
r s ng thi t e s ow r from W l s ei ’ or ra ce c -
ours e S ee Levy s Worterbuch
.
’ ’

i n Zoo
Biblische L egenden der Musel .

m anner, pp
7 7 78 :
D er Thurm 2 2 Will be w ithholden from them
Lit. “
- . .
.

i
N m rod s) w ard his zu n r Ho von
’
ei e he w ll a l rom m
”
i fi f the . Gen. xi 6 . .

5 0 0 0 Ell n g b au e e t o G tt i e
l ss ihn 2 5 Of Gen . 9. . . xi .

m it ei e
n m sol n che G et e
os u m sti rzen, F rom then ce they were disp ersed
dass all L u e vore te r Sch e c e
k n ganz ea ch according to his lan guage A . ccord
 84 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
and hi s n ati on 2 6 A n d the Lo rd sent a m i ghty W i nd . .

ag ain st the towe r and o ve rthrew i t u p on the e arth an d ,

behold i t was between As shur and Babylon in the lan d of

Shin ar an d they called i ts n am e O ve rthrow
,
2 7 I n the . .

an . fourth week in the fi rst year in the begi n n ing thereof in the
four an d thirti eth jubilee were they d i sp ersed from the land ,

o f Sh i n ar 2 8 A n d H am an d h i s sons went i n t o the lan d

. .

whic h he w as to occu p y which he ac quired as his p orti on ,

in the land of the south 2 9 A nd Can aan saw the land . .

of L eb an o n to the ri ver of Egy p t th at i t w as very g ood and ,

he went not into the land of h i s i nheritan c e t o the west

(that is to ) the sea an d he dwelt i n the land of L eban on , ,

eastward and westward from the border of J o rd an and from

ing t o thexi 8 the in J ubilees nd the b ks dep endent

Ps J on .
-
. on Gen . . a oo

num b r e f n t i ns thus cre ted w e e p on i t Palestin e fell b y l t to

o a o a r u . o

s eventy under their sevent y

, p t n A rpachshad and north w e t Africa ( ee a ro -
s s

a n g el Cf Chronicle s of J
s. hm l ix 1 ) to Cana n ; but C n n w ong
. era ee . a a aa r
xxx 8 lso Ep iphan A dv H
. a i 1 fully seized P lestine s e Ep iph nius . . aer. . . a e a ,
A noo mt cxi v p 2 1 7 ( d D indorf)
’
5 d éd y dp
rea x i yh m ao e
'
Trs u a a s, . . . e .

m l mas els é fi doafi xow a 66 0

am) . é r el or?” eu 7 4 3 Khhpz p S im i; H a h aw r lvn
' ‘

St eve Lac Kar a r ev r aw 1 61 6 a wdpbc y inré n eo e Ka t m ix/m T a r hna lou a trrfis,

’ ’ ’
- ' '

api a y ebpeOé vr a Book of A dam an d . n heové xr ns dé « in:6 K uva dy vies Xdp.

'

Eve ( alan ), M22 iii é m ihfi e rfi Ha ha w r w cbv fl ar e ov vi i,

' '
‘ '
. .
p
2 6 A mighty wi nd T is is a ry . h ve r ovré an
‘
rfi
‘

6 I ouda ta, ‘
)

d¢ ap1rd§e¢
:
.

o ld rad on t i ti
I t is ou nd in Sibyll . f . /7 75V, em
(i f u/( pawns ; dé 6 0 6 63, fini al)
Or iii 9 8 103 ;
. os
. A nt -
4 3 ; J eph . . i . .
xpé vovs pe ra y ola s, Y va ner a vofi a a a v 0 1

Ep iphan A dv H ater 1 5 .
yn llus, . i . . . S ce ex 1 0 8 K ay. xa l T ots 7 0 9 Z ip};
i 7 7 Cedrenus,
. 22 i . . Th y khnpouxla v, é xeivoc dé 0 0
‘

ve t fl
’
O r hrow dé qat Ka r a ar po¢ 1j p er evé ow , dhh eehov T ap é rpov aim fi v
’

n gg Ob s r
a lay of w ords not e ve the p whnpc fi aat 6 86 65 [s er d n ohhas -

“O ve threw it
. . .

p e e ved in
r s r r iio repov vex/ eds l a tos (by endure? ri w
'

n d they c lle d its n m e

a O ve fl a a r n apd a a w rofi bpxo v
’
oiir w 7 d
‘
é‘
p det .
'

r hn wfi fiva t 7 6
th w ro
' ”
me nu m pu man p jué r pov. Cf.
'

m en T h is disagree wi th it n m e ii S ce s s a a lso H a er 1x vi 85 (I I .
yn llus,
. . .

“B b el in Gen xi 9 A cc din t
.

a g i . . the . or o 83 Glycas, 2 42
. The w ords of .

S nh 1 0 9 m on thi d f the t w e f
a t c e ve
e e te x t :
r o o r o las om ry n ar our 6 700
:
-
.

B b el w as b urnt
a ne th ird wall w e d o -
s o XM L as X a va a v [660 11 T i)” 1r 69 r ev
p
fl
,

p in the earth and one thi d t ndi ng

u .
-
r s a .
A l a vov 7 131! 81 1 é ar w e lr .

28 H m s port ion lay in the n th ra w 7 7 39 é a w oii 7 6s, T vpaw m dis m an

’
. a or p
of A f ic It is de scrib ed in the n e xt
r a. e e ti e 7ra £ev a firfiu Cl m n n R ecog nitions
: j i te i
.

ve e as lying in the w e t tow d i

rs e i t s ar s . 30 Cu us n r m s n or {ra er
the f ix 1
se a, The de ign t i n
o She t e q e s a o ( m ) hab itat ionis sor am arn, ua
“l nd of the south i
. . .

a l e n e i te e s a oos o e. est in m d o rra , su scep it , in

qua
T h w d rendere d “ ut
,

e or i ghtl y ei j i ve so r est r g o J udae ae, un or ro o rienti s

me n n orth
a
"
sb ut i t is u ed cc i n h , s o as o (s ould b e occident is) plagam sortitus
all y in th i s w ong ense b y Eth i pic ip e te
r h s o est, s au m occident is (s ould b e
c ib e S ee note on viii 1 5
s r s. orient is) acce it
p .

J ordan (a d). b e “L b anon

. .

29 Thi s v i ew is I th ink f u nd nl y
.
e
, , o o
.
 86 T H E BO O K o r J U BILE ES

an d
Ben an d Serug 1 , ( cf. Gen . xi
. 2 0, Rise o f w ar

bloodshed a n d ea ti ng o f blood an d idolatry, 2 7 -

. N achor
’
and Terah, 8 1 4 -

(of G en . . x i. 22 A bram s know

ledge f
o God an d fu l deeds, 1 5 2 4
wonder -
.

XI i n the thirty— fi fth jub ilee in the th ird week

. A nd , ,

i n the fi rst year thereof Reu took t o him self a w ife and her , ,

nam e w as Cra the daughter of Cr the son of K e s e d and

’

,
’
, ,

M L she b are him a son an d he c alled his n am e Sé ré h i n the , ,

seventh year of thi s week in thi s j ubilee 2 A nd the sons . .

of N o ah began to w ar on each other to t ake c ap t i ve and to s lay ,

e ac h other and to shed the blood of m en on the earth and

, ,

to eat blood and to buil d strong ci t i es an d walls and , , ,

towers and i ndivi du als (beg an) to ex alt them selves ab ove the
,

n ati on and to foun d the begi nn i ngs of k i ngdom s and t o go

, ,

to war p eop le agai nst p eople and n ation again st nati on and , ,

ci ty against ci ty an d all (began) t o do evil an d to ac q uire , ,

arm s and t o teac h the ir s on s w ar an d they began to c ap tu re

, ,

3 A n d lj r the
'

citi es an d to sell m ale and fem ale slaves

, . .
’
,

son of K e s e d built the ci ty of m e of the Ch aldees and , ,

c all ed i ts nam e after hi s own n am e and the n am e of hi s father .

XI 1 Cf Gen
. .21 . . xi . .
Eoduow Ka id év
v i) 515t n
rape la cs
’
Ord .
’
Lagarde s r wpa
f
Sy r. MS : dpy vpor et xr wv '

p bvov bé bi d xpw
‘
.

B) hi .6 e l l b
’
ag o Ps P lo , A n t. bi bl Lib. 51 . x a e k vwv 7 0 0 d v d u
p nrov
:
-
. . . .

bai r ai u é a w fi é ¢ nt paxr o r ip! xa xla v also

p 45 g
. Melcha ive s .
in Ce drenus, i. 47 é wl 7 0 67 0 11 (Enpobx)
Serbh ver 6 B r sugg s sS ee a ee e t th t cl dvepwr ocm Ka r dhkfihwv a bE
“
. . . ’

th i f
s is rom m o,
”
t o sin, in Talm ud ic fio a x/ T es
7 0¢ ov a r a r n obg r e é a vroi s KGT GO T
‘

p fi
' -

e e h it y
‘ ‘ ‘
‘

H br w T is would su ver 2 , b ut
« at
. .
( m um fia m heas Ka t 1 61 6 1rpdrrws
’
‘

i pl i e th t
ver 6 m s a o ur au or d r d th e i ve
“t o urn as d
.

n ohemxaKa rao k e vdo a w es 6

it f ro m 1 10 , t Ep i i e p7 a va w oke
aeiu a m l
‘
a jhovs é ufipfa vr o
.

See a so Book
ph ien ne, A dv H aer i 1 6 , wr s f ay .
'
. . . ite of A da m and Eve ( alan) 2 4 Ps M
.

iii
Eepobx T oy ep/ m
' ‘
ve ubp euov E 6 0w a6u
, . .

p .
P h ilo, A n t bibl L ib 45 p
-
pt i
2 6 T he orru . on of m ank nd w c i hich . . . . .

th ci e
or as r b s t othe pe i 2 I n dimiduals began to exa lt them
our au r od of
.

Se te i te
rug is b y la r w r rs ass gn d t o i e selves, So et c .T he m nda on MSS . e e ti
the the
age of Enos, son of :see S eth in m y text
is not n c ssary. ee
iv . te S e efl e cti
1 2 no om r on of our
. 3 .
’
fi r,'
h ave
the son o f Kesed . We
te xt pp e
a ars in E i hanius A dv H aer
pp here n ttempt t expl in the p h rase
a a o a

: U r f the Chaldee (own:

. .
,
i l 6 be y ew/ 6 1 61:Pay ofi We) th ough
‘
. . .
‘ o s r

fl
« a t pfa ro els dv0 anrovs
p
'

'
elbwhohar pla
'
refe en c e t o U and his fathe K esed
r r r .

re xa l b Ehhnvw abs Corrup t f U ra or U

'
0 01m as é v A d
‘
r . or r.
 C HA PT ER X I . I IO-
87

4 . A nd they m ade for them selves m olten i m ages and they ,

w orsh ipp ed each the i dol the m olten i m age which they had ,

m ade for them selves an d they beg an t o m ake graven im ages ,

an d u n cle an s i m u lac ra and m ali g n ant s pi rits ass i sted an d ,

sedu ced (them )in to com m itti ng transgress i on an d unclean n ess .

5 A n d the p rin c e Masté m a e x e rted him self t o do all th i s an d

.
,

he sen t forth other spirits those which were p ut under hi s h an d , ,

t o do all m anne r of wron g an d s in an d all m ann er of tran s ,

gression t o c orrup t an d destroy an d t o shed blo od u p on the

, ,

earth 6 F or th i s re as on he c alled the n am e of Sé rbh

. .
,

Serug for every on e tu rn ed to do all m an n er of s i n an d

,

tran sgress i on 7 A n d he gre w up and dwelt in U r of the

. .
,

’
Chaldees n e ar t o the fathe r of hi s w i fe s m other an d he
, ,

worsh ipp ed i dols and he t ook t o him self a wife i n the thirty 1 7 4 ,

s i x th jubilee i n the fi fth week in the fi rst year thereof and

, , ,

her n am e w as Mé lka the d aughte r of K abé r the d aughte r , ,

o f h i s father s b ro the r 8 An d she b are him N ah or in

’
. .
,

the fi rst year of thi s week and he gre w an d dwelt i n U r of ,

the Chaldees and hi s father taught him the researches of ,

the Chaldees to di vi n e an d augur acc ording t o the sign s of ,

he aven 9 A n d in the thirty seve nth jubilee in the si x th 1 SC

. .
-

week in the fi rst year thereof he t ook to him self a wi fe

, , ,

an d h er n am e w as Ija ska the daughte r of N esta

g of the
’

Ch aldees 1 0 A n d she b are him Te rah in the seve n th

. .

5 Al témd
. S ee n te n x 8
as Ch nicle
. f J e h m eel in n te
o no . . ro s o ra o o

T p t et c
o corru Cf Eth En ch x v i ,
i v 1 2 Ou tex t w kn wn dire ctly
. . . o . . . r as o

6 T he e eem t b he e pl y n the
. r s
indi e ctly b y C d n s i 47 ign
s o e r a a o or r e re u , . al

n m e S e ug
a H c lle d the n m e
r .
0é at 6 N xb p é blb g 6 n
e a hp a vr a 7 V a c a ev an
-

S e g (m v ) f eve y n tu ned (n o) n d w é mfih w l n65 63

ru
‘

or r o eé r vr
’
v va c a / 11 , 1 V re v

t o all m n n e f in nd t n gre i n
a r o
t p ai nu lw d
s pl a t 63 é i ra s ss o o av o e u iax a a s Ka 1 11 7r

S ee h eve te fi dn d w i n a w X hd i b
’

1 y vr v Ka ro a a x v
-

w s
(m o) n n v o r, o o er. .

O n n e li e efe enc e t
.
,

7 H w hipp ed id le S ee in n te u w l
ors o s. o a e a v. a ar r r r o

h thi t in u text s viii 3

.

n i v 1 2 p s g e f m Ch n of J e ro ro ra s ar o r ee . .
o . a sa .

m el den ying th i 9 d shd the d ughte of N é tdg

s. a r s

M
. .
,
a

Mé lhd d ughter of d e g m e n t I”
a S l F r. o a so
, Sy r. ra
in Syr nd Leg d e MS I n G n
’

M
a ar s r. e .

T hi n me
.

xi 29 Milc h is the n m e f N h o
. a § J Ijaska i
a o a r s
’
s a s

w i fe b u t th i N h i Te h f nd in G n xi 29 i e I c h ( mm ) ’
sn a or s ra s so .
ou e . .
, . . s a ,
,

8 Cf G n xi 2 3
. . e . b ut the e h is the d ughte of H
. . n r s e a r ara .

H is f ather taught him the esearches 1 0 Of Gen xi 2 5 r . . . . .

of th e Ch l d e e et c S ee
a refe en c e t o s, T h Eth has T a a
. r era . . r .
 88 T HE BOOK OF JU B I LE E S

MM . year of this week 1 1 A n d the p rin c e Mast é m a sent . .

r avens and bir ds t o devour the seed which w as s own in the

land i n orde r t o dest roy the lan d an d rob the c h ildren of
, ,

m en of thei r lab o u rs Before they c ou ld plough in .

the seed the raven s picked (i t ) from the su rfac e of the

,

ground 1 2 A n d for th i s re as on he c alled h i s n am e

. .

Terah be c ause the ravens an d the b irds redu c ed them t o

,

destituti on and devoured their seed 13 A n d the . .

years began to be b arren o w in g to the birds and they , ,

devou red all the frui t of the trees from the trees :i t w as
o nly w i th gre at e ffort th at they c ould s ave a li tt le o f all

the fru it of the earth in their days 1 4 An d i n th i s . .

LM .
thirty n i nth jubilee in the se cond week in the fi rst year
-

, ,

T erah t ook t o hi m se lf a w i fe an d her n am e w as fi du a the , ,

11 13 h i legend i t c ed t
-
. T s s ra o our m anda t a p erdent e s T s . he e l t t wo as
te tx by J e m e T w othe w ite ro . o r r rs p assa ge s are in ma n d the i e ived f m r ro

r ep c e it b t d n t m enti n the
ro du , u o o o our text .

u ce J e m e in c m m enting n ro o o
so r

N um
.

xxxiii 2 7 (Ep ist l xx viii d

,

a
1 1 Sen t
. . T hi s can be e e ed
r nd r also

F bi l m
a
.

m n i n
o a w i te
.

a s o s
.

r
.

s as
h ad s n e t .

f ll w :C t m et ti nt in T h e
o o s as ra a su ar 12 Redu ced them to destitu ti on The
. .

Eth i pic here =é 1rflb xw a v a lrro é s, b u t it

(Num xxxiii
’
o
H d m v b l oc eo e o ca u o

w
.

c l l e ei
.

ou d a so b e a r n d r n g of gdhr a v or
( m m) t d m litt i c ipt um inv ni
a ii s e er s s r e o
é xdx waa v H ne c e thi ve rb m ay c
p t em Ab h m qui in sup di t
e r ra a ra c o
s .
go b a k
,
to the h ee ve
C ald v e
rb mnz t o ra ag , de
a p yph G en e e
ocr v lum in o b ti s os o e, a ac s
v t te h i ve
T s l c tit te
rb w ou d
as a o ns u
c vi q i h m in m f um nt v t
or s, u o u r e a as a
pl the e e h
.

the
a

b nt b t i vel d p ul i titu
ay o n n am T ra (nan) and
a

t n m en
, a ac or s
I kn w f nl y t w the
e sor s sor s
ve e
rs w ould ru n : m n no w me m p m m
es

r
o
efe en c e t the in cident in
r s
.

te xto
o o o

ou r
o o r
D : mm E m ma 2 1
'
tte p
For a m ts t o .

T h fi t i in S Ep h
e rs m i 1 5 6 nds rae a
.

e xpl i the e i v ti
a n e h f
d r a on of T ra rom

i q u te d b y M l n B k f A d m n d
s o a a
.

oo o
.

a a
the e i i e
m an ng ass gn d b y Je e ro m see

E v p 248 :“
,
Ronsch, D as B u ch d er J u bi laen ,
A b m w hen ch i l d
'

e, ra a

a
.

h ving b een ent by T e h t d i ve s ra o r

,
2 66 2 6 7 ; B r, L eben A braham s,
-
ee ’
pp .

95 96
a w y avens ent t de t y the
ra s o s ro
-
.

c pro s, puni hm ent f the

as a s or 14 f dh d the da ughter of A bram .
i d l t y f the l nd Ab m — n
.
,

o a r o a ra u So Sy i c r a F ragm n (see m y e t te xt p
w y —b y
, .
,

a b le t d i ve them o r a a a Of Ce drenu s, 47
. O dppa dé i . :
su dden i m p l e c ll ed u p n G d t o u s , a o o é y é w no eu '

d e the m n w e ed : H e e
’
r bs AB
ff wh pa du 7rar pa 5éh ¢> ov T bv
‘ ‘
or r o ,
o a s r r p
de ed the ven w y
’ ’ ’
a m I nd , a or r ra s a a bvn va ufir np é t w ev é 1r ,

fr m T e h fi eld
o Th ec nd i
ra
’
s . e s o s 51/ outfi t r o fi é a vrfis 7rarp6s
1 ‘
In ’ ' '
. the
f und in B h b u II tst i D yn
o ar -
e rae s,
'
-

or a l te J e i h
a r w s b o oks w of T ra the i fe e h
as tiam m p 1 3 (F b ic C d P
l/ , d . a r .
’
o . seu . is c e
all d A m thelai, dau g r of the hte
V T i 422 q ) Cum A b
. . . m nn um s . raa a or K arneb o, Bab a Bathra 9 1 a ; Book of
e et quindecim nn it D eu p ib u
ss , a u s rec s J h
as ar ( Mi e
gn , D i et des A p ocr 11 . . .

e ju c nt pic q u e t rram Ch ld
s o ra as a e a ae In Chron l s of the ra ic e Je h
or um v t b n t em in te e b iis
as a a s a rra a m eel (Eng ransl ) t
7 , A m t alai,
. . xx vii .
 90 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE ES
clouds of ravens to tu rn b ack th at day seventy tim es and ,

o f all the rave n s through out all the lan d where A bram w as

the re settled there n ot so m u c h as on e 2 1 A n d all w ho . .

were w ith him throughout all the lan d saw him cry ou t an d ,

all the ravens turn b ac k and h i s n am e be c am e g reat in all ,

the land of the Chaldees 2 2 A n d there c am e t o him th i s . .

year all those that w ished t o sow and he went wi th them ,

unt il the tim e of s owi ng c eased :an d they s owed the ir lan d ,

an d th at ye ar they b rought e n ough grai n h om e an d eat and

were s ati s fi ed 2 3 A n d i n the fi rst ye ar of the fi fth week

. .

. A bram taught th o se w ho m ade i m p lem ents for o x e n the ,

artifi cers in w o od an d they m ade a vessel ab ove the g rou n d , ,

facing the fram e of the p lough i n order to p ut the seed ,

there on and the seed fell down therefrom u p on the share of

,

the plough an d w as hi dden i n the e arth and they n o longer

, ,

fe ared the raven s 2 4 A n d afte r thi s m ann er they m ade. .

(vessels ) ab ove the grou n d on all the fram es of the p loughs ,

an d they s owed an d ti ll ed all the lan d acc ord ing as A b ram ,

c om m anded them and they n o lo nger feared the b irds , .

A bram seeks to tu rn Terah from idola try, 1 8 -

. Marries Sarai ,

9 . H ara n an d N achor 9 1 1 ,
-
. A bra m burns the idols :
dea th f
o H aran 1 2 1 4 ,
-

(cf G en . . x i. Terah and

his fa m ily go to H ara n , 1 5 A bram observes the . stars

and p ra ys 1 6 2 1 I s bi dden to go to Can aa n

,
-
. a nd

blessed 2 2 2 4 ,
-
. P ow er f sp eaking H ebrew given to him
o ,

25 27 Leaves H ara n for Can aan 2 8 3 1 (Cf G en

-
-
.
.
, . .

xi . 31 -
x ii.

X II . A nd i t cam e to p ass i n the s i x th w eek , in the

A. M .

20 . He cau sed the cl

ti ve in the e ve e w h ve in
ou ds o f ravens n arra s rs s e a
t t n b k
o ur H e e w m t em en d
ac . l te J ewi h w i tin g el b
r te cc unt
e us a r s r s a ora a o s

g be ( b) g b fi ( ) g b (d ) int f the fe in pi e d in N im od b y
’
a ra a , a er e a a , o o ar s r r
,

agb
’
a, et ining the e ding f b A b m bi th nd the ttem p ts f the
or r a r a o a ra
’
s r , a a o
und e st an d j t m j t fi fter s b é a f m e t de t y A b m in fu n c e ‘
r e a a a a or r o s ro ra a r
.
a
X II 1 14 I n te d
.
-

f the sim ple

. of fi r w hen he
s a ef ed t c m mi t
o e r us o o
 C HA PT ERS X I . zo -
X II . 2
91

seventh year the reof that A bram s ai d to Terah hi s father ,

s ay i ng Father An d he s ai d Behold here am I m y son

, , , ,
.

2 A n d he s ai d
.
,

“W hat help and pro fi t h ave we fro those i do whic h

m ls
thou d ost wo rship ,

A n d before whi c h thou d ost bow thyself ?

i dolatry The i dea th t Abram w

. t iginta quinq e fuis e anni do a nt ur as r u s cea .

cast int a fi ery fu n c e ose from

o Vera est igitu ill H ebraeorw n t ad i tio
r a ar a r a r
li te l i nterp etati on f Gen x v 7 “
,
ra r I quam sup dj im us quad g u s
o . .
, ra x , e ress
a m the Lord th at b ght thee out f i t Thwra um fi liis s u
rou i d ign e o s c s e
U r (man) of the Ch aldees where “ m Cha ldaeorum t quad A b m B by e e ra a
w as t k en t m ean fi
a Probab ly
o l nio va llatu in endio quia i llud
re. o s c ,
a c m p ari on of E x od
o sxx 2 and I adora e n leb t D ei sit au xili lib e s. r o a o r

t s:
. .
,

xxix 22 m ay have c ntributed t o th i

. et e x ill o te m p ei di e vi tae s a u o ore s ,

interp et ti on Th c ting of A br m t tem pu put t ur aet tis e x quo

r a . e as a e s re e a ,

int the furnac e of fi is re corded in confessus

o t D m inum
re p nens es o , s or
T g J n on Is x 3 2 in the Ps J n
ar .
-
o . id la Chald um P test utem fi i
. .
, .
-
o . o aeor . o a er
on G n xi 2 8 x v 7 nd the J eru ut quia sc iptu
e . . , .
, liquit in
a tu m s. , r re re cer ,
T gar .n Gen o v 7 ; lso in Be ,
n te p aucos
x . nn Th d Chald e
a r. a a os ara e a a
R b b 3 8 3 9 42 43 44 6 3 ; Shem
a a , , p fe t uS v nerit in Ch a
, , n , qu m . ro c
'
e rra a
rab b 1 8 23 44 W jik a rabb a 3 6
a , , m rtem ob i t v l certe t ti m p st
a r o ere , e s a o
D b rim bb 9
e a A t w hether it w
ra a p rsecution m in Ch arr n v n it t ib i
. s o as e e a e er e
God H im elf or an ngel w ho delive ed diutius sit m
s a tu s Fo a full di r ora . r s
A b m ut of the fi
ra o w a qu e st i on f cussi en of the ubject nd efe enc es
re as o s a r r

deb te m ong the Rabb is in the fi t t o l ter J ewi h lite ature Beer s
’
a a rs a s r see
and ec nd c ent (B
s o bb 4 8 Midr m nogr p h in the M n ts h if t f
. er . ra a , . o a o a sc r
‘

ur
on Shi ha Shi im i
r -
Exagge te d r G ch J udenthi wns 1 85 5 pp 5 9 6 5
. ra es .
, , .
-
.

and gr te squ e form s o f the lege nd will Beer is of pini n that Pe i w

o the o o rs a as
b e f und in the Bo k f J h (D i ct d
o h m e of the legend and th t it did n t
o o as ar . es o a o

A p oc ii 1 1 1 1 sqq ) nd the Ch onicle

r. . m ke its w y int
. a P le t in e ti ll the r s a a o a s

of J e h m eel xxxiii xxxi v On the th ird c ent f the Christi n

ra -
T h is
. . o a era.

othe h n d no trac e f the legend O c u

r a is m uch t o l te o A l te f m of the c rs o a . a or

in J os ep h us (A nt i 7 ) o in the tr dition i f n d in Ps Ph i l A nt
. . r a s ou .
-
o, .

Pal e t i ni n Midr h i m (the Me hilt a

s a bibl L ib pp 4 8 qq
as c , . . . s .

Si f nd Sifre) n0 in u text s ve in
ra a ,
'

r
2 Th is tr di ti n of Ab am dm on
o r a

xii 1 4 whe e we h ve p e h p s the s u c e i hin T e ah w known t S idas

r a r a o r
. a o r a

ki nd e d legend—the de th of H
. ,
g s r as o u
of a r n a ara
( Fab ic C d P eu d V T i 33 6 33 8)
( e note in J erom e m n A d b d w t5e r o s -

by fi
. . . . . .
re se e ’ '

fi 6 m l G
ti n th is last legend ( note on xii
o s p
ul
p p x
eg we z é v ueé
see
e ép
.
a . rr v i eo

1 4) nd likewi se the f m er about the

a v or
as i e s o rel. r v r ar a
! wh vé
'
b d 0p n vs
’
t fi
c t ing f Abram i nt the fi ery fu n c e 8 d Ké o é m
as o o r a
a rro 7 a s ro s v o ro

m w é fl fl lbwh ;
‘

ffi
'

ov, r o
'

p 1 os a z e a
( Quassi H ebr on Gen xii . Er n t
u:g v w dhh 0 68
.
l p i; 6 £
.
ts
a

utem Ab am se ptu gin ta quinqu e

o r o os 6 , e 7 ro
a r a eu
bp v ts 6 m l w d 6 Mv
'

67
m quando egr e t e x Ch
o a o , vr a 7 7 o i e” 7
n oru u r ess s s ar a.

I ndiss lu b ilis nascit u qu est io :

Ep iphanius (A dv H aer
,
u vp yfi
si en i m
‘ '
s to ca . . .
o r a
i 1 p 38 O ehle ) attrib utes the
T h ara p ter Ab r h a u m d h u e ss et in
i a ae, c
n vent i on f i m ge worsh ip t T e h
a c
. , .
,
r

e i e h e e p t o a o ra
-

r g o n C alde s s t ua g in a a nn or u m
(i e d p
, ,
N xb p as y é w fifi
'

genuit A bra m e t p st e in C h , o
é y v v d dp w whtw l G b w h p
a arra
‘
a t e n/ . r v a e ev

c e te i q i t y
‘
o e v ta o a ar oo
du n mo u n s o ae t ti s su ae n n a a o

est :
l m2 pamxfi é wwvfiuq ips
t q c p t
'
xe s s
'

y as r
m or uu su m d n u n o o o o s
6 d pa 6 0
m tem Th a e A b Ch
4 79 1 0 1
i d
.
or m ex ns r e , ra e arra,

se p tu gi nt a quin qu e nn rum fui e H elp and p fi t f om tho se ro

Cf 1 S m xu 2 1 “
a a o ss r

m em tu :cum
ora n t i v it ate Ab
r idols 9. a V in th ings rae . . a . . , a

usqu e ad m ort em p tris ej ue c e nt um w h ich c annot p ofit nor deli ve

’
a r r.
,
92 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEES
3 . For there i s no s piri t in them ,

For they are du m b form s an d ,

a m i slead i ng of the he ar t .

Worship the m n ot
4 . Worship the Go d of he aven ,

Who causes the rain and the dew to des c end on the

An d does everything u p on the ear th ,

A nd has create d everythin g by His wo r d ,

A nd all life i s from before H is fac e .

0 . Why do ye worship th ings that have no s piri t i n them ?

’
For they are (m en s ) h ands
the work of ,

on your sh oul ders do ye bear them ,

ye have n o help from them ,

they are a great cause of sham e to those who

m ake the m ,

a m i s le ad i ng of the he art to those who wo rsh ip

them
Wo rship them not .

6 A nd h i s fathe r s ai d u n to him
. I also know i t m y , ,

son but what sh all I do w ith a p eo p le who have m ade

,

m e to se rve before them ? 7 A n d i f I te ll the m the .

t ruth they w ill s lay m e ; for their soul cle aves to them to
,

worship them and hon our them K ee p s ilent m y son lest .

, ,

they slay thee 8 An d these w ords he s p ake t o hi s two

. .

brothers and they were angry w i th hi m an d he kep t sil ent

, .

9 A nd in the forti eth jub ilee in the se c ond week i n the

.
, ,

seventh year thereof A bram took to hi m self a w i fe and he r , ,

nam e was Sar ai the daughter of his fathe r an d she be cam e

, ,

3 . There is no sp irit, et c . S ee also 5 Work of (m en 's)ha n ds

. Cf J er. . .

ver 5 , . 8 Ps xx . 17 . cxxxv . . x 3, 9 . 8, . S ee xx
1 8 of our t.
. xxii . te x
4 Cau ses the rain cen d
to des On your shoulders do ye carry th m e
2 2 , “Are
. .
.

S ee xx 9 Cf J er
. xi v
. the e
. . .x vi r A m os v 2 6 ; Is l 7 ; J er
. 5 ; . . .
x .

any am ong the v ni ti e s f the he then pi t viii E s J er 4, 2 6 ; A ss Mos.

a o a . . 4 . . .

that can cau e rain ? th u h t m de

s
"
S i itte
o as a 9 Sarai ara
. is wr n sort in
.

all the se th i ngs S ee l Epi stle of the th i pic t i x v

. a so he E o ll 1 5 , w n she .

J eremy 5 3 ; M t v 45 ; A cts xi v 1 7 .ec eive the

. e S h . . r s nam ara (Eth. Sfir fi ) .
94 T H E BO O K o r J U BILEES
and they buri ed him i n U r of the Chaldees 1 5 And . .

Terah we n t forth from U r of the Ch al dees he and his s on s

, ,

to go i nto the land of Leban on and i n t o the land of Can aan ,

and he dwel t i n the land o f H aran an d A b ram dwe lt w i th ,

Terah hi s father in H aran t w o weeks of ye ars 1 6 A nd i n . .

the s ix th week i n the fi fth year thereo f A bram sat u p , ,

throughout the n ight on the n ew m o on of the seventh m onth

to observe the stars from the even ing t o the m o r n ing i n ,

order to see wh at wo ul d be the c h arac te r o f the ye ar w i th

reg ard t o the rai ns and he w as alone as he sat an d obse rve d , .

1 7 A nd a w ord cam e i nt o his he ar t and he s ai d : A ll the

.

signs of the stars and the s i gns of the m oon and of the ,

sun are all i n the h and of the Lord Why do I se arch .

( the m ) o ut ?

1 8 I f H e des ires H e causes i t to rai n m orn ing an d evening ;

.
, ,

A n d if H e des i res H e wi thholds i t , ,

A n d all thi ngs are i n H is hand .

1 9 A n d he p rayed th at n i ght an d s ai d
.

My God G od Most H igh Thou alone art m y God , , ,

A n d T hee and Thy d omi n i on h ave I c hosen .

A nd T h o u hast cre ated all thi ngs ,

A n d all th ings th at are are the w ork of Thy hands .

D yrutstia/lw n, 13 ( uo e d b y p . q t t
s ance of our te xt :€v0 a 6
’
Afipaap.
F abr us,ici i
Incenditque ll
. i e aexarré w e 57 7) 7 4 5 warpl a uvomfiaas é v
temp lum idolorum in urb Ch aldae e voe?wer e vulcrbs é x 7 6 W dar wv mm )
p
oru m , at H aran ra r ipsius ad f te a ews 7 0 6 é m bw os xa t oi) Ka r a mcé l/a
p g
extinguen dum ignem ingressus com c 9 m ri w n ozé r nr a fi z
y dp of; ueT ptws
'
. z

t
hu s us est A ord ng t o B r (L eben
. cc i ee 15m) 7 0 0 1ra r po s tin a r ay r w 7 m m »
i
'

,
-

A br 1 10 )
. sam the
l g nd is o un d in e e e f é a xnde ls b ri e T a ny Ka i ner d
-

w .

Midr b Bechaii
. . . riw é xdc r ov r é w
{ nr ouué uwv draw/ wo w .
'
‘

1 5 . H aran Et h has Kfiran , i e crvvlm n r eptr riw du mm y elm ; r i ’

p r oc
. . . .

ilg, H aran, a. y in the N W of cit au r nv w e t e f lav Gu y a U Oa L y a

p py p a fidt s
'
. .

M esop ot m i Cf Gen xi 31
a a .
fl . . . .
r bv O6 OV, 6 1 ot hour o
, p er ao xevudo a t wpbs
’ '

n the fi t f the fl r e olxe cov

’‘

1 6 18 A b m
-
. ra o rs o ou hnua 1 a wpoev a ué ua .

seven th m nth eeks t o dete m in e the

o s J h r Cf Book of as ar (op cit ii
.
. . .

n tu re of the w e the duri n the en u

a
g S e ch i e ee
a r s om su d a s ms t o a b n h ve ee
ing si rai ny m nth s ( ee note n
x pee t
o hi s o x11 . r s n t o P l o D e Mi r A br x x xn
, g . . .

In B bb a 4 4 ac co ding t
er. ra , r o xxxm .

the Rabb is G d t old A b am th t he

, o r a 1 9 A nd T hee a nd Thy D omin ion
.
,
w as p ophet n d not a st g e
a r et c
a MSS th i ar -
az r. . The p ut s lin at end e the
Cedrenus (i 48 49 ) eproduces the sub
. r of ver 1 9 . .
 C H A PT E R X II . 1 5
-
25 95

20 . D elive r m e from the h ands of evil s pirits who h ave

’
sw ay over the th oughts of m en s he arts ,

A nd let them n ot lead m e astray from T hee m y G od , .

A nd
stablish Thou m e and m y seed for ever
Th at we go n ot ast ray fro m hen c eforth and for ever
’

m ore .

2 1 A n d he s ai d
. Sh all I return u n t o U r of the Ch aldees
,

w ho seek m y fac e th at I m ay retu rn to the m or am I ,

t o re m ain here i n thi s plac e ? The ri ght p ath before

T hee p ros p er it i n the han ds of Thy servan t that he m ay
fulfi l (i t) an d that I m ay n ot w alk in the de ceitfulness
o f m y he art 0 m y God 2 2 A n d he m ade an end of
, . .

s p eaking and p rayin g an d behold the w ord of the Lord w as

,

sent to him through m e s ayi ng : G et thee up from thy ,

c ountry and from thy k in dred an d from the h ouse of thy

,

father unt o a land wh ich I shall sh ow thee and I shall ,

m ake thee a gre at an d nu m e rous n ati on .

2 3 A n d I sh all bless thee

.

A n d I shall m ake thy n am e gre at ,

An d thou w ilt be blessed in the earth ,

A nd in T hee will all fam ili es of the e arth be blessed ,

shall bless them that bless thee

A nd I ,

A n d c urse the m that curse thee .

2 4 A n d I sh all be a God to thee an d thy son an d to

. ,

thy s on s son and to all thy seed : fear n ot from

’

, ,

hen c efo rth and unto all gen erati ons of the earth I
“
2 5 A n d the Lord God s ai d : Op en h i s
am thy G od . .

m outh an d his e ars th at he m ay hear and s p e ak w i th ,

2 2 2 3 Gen
-
. 1 3 . xii .
-
. A b ram s l
’
ife
O ur . te xt
w as b or ef e
22 F rom the hou se of thy father
. . S ce
yn llu s, 1 85i
. T us, on rary t o
. h c t
h i i p i e ep t i f
T s m l s s ara on r om T ra (seee h te
his o wn sys m of ronology, ch he
29 Th eph e
ras itte
is om d in A s ct i the te
ass gns da in s onn th i c e ct i
on as

vi i 3 , w
. he e the q t ti
r uo a on is g n a i ve the e i i
b g nn ng of 4 1 st the
ub l j i ee .

diffe e t c tex t
r n on .
’ ’
A pxi7 7 0 8 ad I wfin7\a £ov 7rap Efipa low
.
’ ‘
.

2 5 26 From
-
the ve th
. o r row of Bab l e ea 7rap
’

)
7 T GVT fl KOl/T a

x
( 2 6) the e e the
knowl dg of H br w e e r i
e np s, tb s ell/ a c ri m)
’
A 6 a p. xur a trrou
’
s
'

:MSS
.

e
languag was los t ti the
ll 7 5 th y ar of e '
é 1ri 1re (so R sc o n h
’

a ) r os
s é‘
96 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
hi s m outh w i th the langu age whic h has been revealed
,
for
i t had c eased from the m ouths of all the c hil dren of
m en from the day of the overthro w (of Babe l) 2 6 A nd I . .

op e n ed h i s m outh an d h i s e ars an d h i s lip s an d I beg an to

, ,

sp e ak w ith him in H ebrew in the t on gue of t he cre ation .

2 7 A n d he t ook the b ooks of h i s fathe rs an d these we re

.
,

wri tten in H ebrew and he tran s cri bed them an d he began , ,

from he n c eforth to study them an d I m ade kn own t o him ,

that which he cou ld n ot (un derst an d) an d he studi ed them ,

durin g the six rain y m onths 2 8 A n d i t c am e t o p ass in . .

the seven th ye ar of the s i x th week th at he s p oke to hi s

father an d i nform ed him th at he w ould leave H aran t o go
,

i nt o the lan d of Can aan to see i t an d return t o him 29 . .

A n d Terah hi s fathe r s ai d unt o him ; Go in p e ac e :

’
A/ 8pa dp é rn fi a
.
‘ '
so Ronsch : B b el a In . n olo on ofthe e xt c ph the
MSS 6 dy y ehos 6 ha M w r qi
‘ ’

sam e w ork sam s a m n the is e t te e t

Mwiio y elrrev a br qJ, br t r ov tt i te t i ch
’

a r bu d t o D io dorus o f An o
é y cb é dlda ga r in Efipa ida 7 h630 0 a v
‘
‘ ‘ ’
' '

(3 7 8 39 4 -
A s m l ar w is set i i Vi e
K ur d r rw c
,
‘ '
i rr dpxfis Kr lo ews, ha heix/ r d.
‘

f th
or in A u gus n , D e Ci v D ei , x vi ti e . .

irri r pi a mi x/ T a , tb s é V A errr f ] Kelr ac 1 1 , and in Ce dren us, 22 (ba a l dé a n i .

-

Peué c a . T he ab o ve e c i
r kon ng agr s ee " '

ubi/ 0 3 o Efi ep 6 re f) t ex 7ra r i7
p 06
e x ctl ith
a y w o ur text t e i t
i f w e ak n o rvvé der o r fi u pdfec r ijs 1rvp yo7roda s
c ‘ ‘

a cc t the f ct th t S c el
oun a a yn lus wr ongly 6a) Ka t r n s rc bu dhhwv (pa w s o vy xe
’

n ‘

t e j i lee
ak s a ub e i te
as 5 0 y ars n s ad of Gato r/s i; r ot} Efi ep 0 15K drrtb her o .

e
4 9 y ars S c el th fi
yn
. lu s us nds th t
a cc
A ord ng t o i
a an , B ook of A dam M l
on the e
1 st y ar of the j ilee
4l st ub , a n d E ve , 2 45 , s p
w w as p ro
. th i vi e
e h ve e p e f
2 0 0 1 y ars a la s d ro m A dam p e
oun d d b y Bar heb raeu s (Sy r -
. p .

ti l the th e
l 85 y ar of Ab ram cc
A ord . 2 5 L a ngu age which has been re
.

ing t o our text A b ram w as 7 5 y ars e vea led Cf C m n n

. le e ti e
R ecog n i ti on s
.

old in 1 9 5 1 an d the ef e
r or 8 5 in 1 9 6 1 . i 30
. :
D ivini t us u m ano g n r da a h e ei t
j i ee
N ow 40 ub l s + 1 = 1 9 61 , b ut Syn H eb raeorum l ngu a (see r dingi p ece
cellus, r ec koni ng the j ilee
ub at 5 0 no te ) .

e l
y ars, w ro ng y m ad e the t t o al 2 0 0 1 . D ay of the overthrow no on . S ee te
c t i le f
A ur a d orm o f the ab ove t te
s a x 26
. .

e t ep ce
m n is r ro du d b y Ce dren us, i 48 . . 2 7 The books of hisf athe rs
.
no . S ee te
i the ite
A ga n wr r of the le e t i e
C m n n on xxi
10 . .

R ecognitions, i 30 , kn w e the . t ce
sub s an Six rai n y m on ths T s m ans . hi e the
of our te xt i e ci
Q u nt a d m a generation e i te
w n r in Eas the
I t is t
m for . the ti e
pi i h i e i
r m o o m n um om n s tt
dolum s a u t
s u dy T he
. r ss on is T alm u diexp e i c
e te
n s adoraverunt , et us u q e ad illu d D o wm mr
‘
y (T aan 3 b Eru b in 5 6 a )in .

te p h
m us divinitu s um ano g n er da a e i t o pp iti
os on t o normmm days of the the
li te it
H eb raeoru m ngu a nu m onar s m ch i . the
Sun , i e e sum m r
. . .

i e e t t i ti f
A d ff r n rad on rom th t a in 2 9 31Si e-
ng r (D as B uch der
.

our te xt pp ea ars in the Ca ten a p

J u bilae n , t i ht
1 7 0 ) is no doub r g
.
in
N i cep hori , i col 1 7 7 , on Gen
. . xi 8, . . i th t thi p
say ng a e e
s e xi t
assag o w s it s s
he e e e
W r H b r is sa d to i h ve
a alon e e ce
n the th
to ih
au p te ct
’
or s w s to ro
et i e the e e l
r a n d H b r w anguag , b aus e ec e i t the ep ch
A b ram aga ns e vi
r roa of l a n
g
he t ook n o p t
ar in the i i
b u ld ng of e f the
his ag d a r (see Ber rabb a .
 98 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
To thee and t o thy seed w ill I gi ve thi s land 4 An d . .

he built an altar there and he o ffered there on a burnt ,

s acrifi c e to the Lo rd w ho had app eared to him 5 An d ,

. .

he rem oved from then ce unto the m ou n t ai n Bethel 0 D

the west and A i on the east and pi t ched his tent there ,
.

6 A nd he saw an d behold the land w as very w i de and

. ,

good and everyth ing grew thereo n — v ines an d fi gs and

,

p om egranates oaks and il ex es and tereb i nths an d oil tr ees

, , ,

an d c ed ars an d c y pr esses and d ate t rees an d all trees of the ,

fi eld and there w as w ate r on the m ount ain s

, 7 And he . .

blessed the Lord who had led him out of U r of the Chaldees ,

an d had b rought him t o thi s land 8 A n d i t c am e to p ass . .

i n the fi r st year i n the seventh week on the new m oon of the

, ,

fi rst m onth th at he bu ilt an alt ar on t hi s m ount ain and

, ,

c all ed on the n am e of the Lord : Thou the eternal G od , ,

art m y G od 9 A nd he o ffered on the altar a bu rnt

. .

sacrifi c e unto the Lo r d that He should be w i th him and not

fo rs ake him all the d ays of his li fe 1 0 A n d he rem oved . .

from then c e and went to wards the s outh and he c am e to ,

H ebron and H eb ron was bui lt at that t im e an d he dwelt

, ,

there two years and he went (then c e) i nto the land of the ,

south to Bealoth and there was a fam ine in the land

, , .

a n 1 1 A nd A b ram
. . went i nto Egy p t i n the th ird year of the
week and he dwelt i n Egyp t fi ve years befo re his w ife w as
,

t orn away from him 1 2 N ow Tan ais in Egyp t w as at . .

3 5 Cf Gen x ii 7 8.
-
. . . .
-
8 . On the new moon o f the fi r st
5 Un to the m oun tain
.

“
Bethel on m onth So c d, w
. is t o be preh ich
the west, A et c
r m ountai n fte
r is the e fe e the e i rr d t o r ad ng of a b as Pra tor us e i
words “
.

p rob ably a loss of to the the i tt h ve p i te

and L m ann a o n d out.
e t of B l w
”
ethe
T s la una is ith hi c Thou , the etern al God, art (6 d
) a c
as
“
.
.

n ot m ark d in e Zasem ii the MSS . i the eteA nd sa d, rnal G od is. S ee

after Bet é l in a. m ay b e a orru c p ver 1 6
. .

tion of w esta z ev If so, s ould b e

'
it h 9 1 0 Cf Gen. xu 8b 10
b e d r ad “
-
. . . .
-
.

p ce
la d b or Bé t é l ef e un o . e t 1 0 . H ebron . Eth K é b ron . .

the m oun a n of B l,
”
ti ethe etc . ti
Bealoth, La n Bahal ot , LX X Bauh
At
’
Eth A gg , L X X
. . e
’
d> 0 ( ass M .A own in t the
D ate trees z bilanbs
6 . south of uda , J
os h J xv
24, as L m ann. . itt
an e e
m nda on of a bib anfis ti . c d r ade has r ogn s d.ec i e MSS
corru t l
y B6a p
li b anos, w Dillmann hich tak es to Lo th
m an “ n r s
.

e pi e t ee . 1 2 T ana is, i e. Zoan,

.
95 (LXX
.
3 :
 C H AP T ER X II I 4 .
-
20 99

that t im e built seven years after H ebron —

1 3 A nd i t . .

cam e t o p ass when Pharaoh se i zed Sarai the w ife of A bram , ,

that the Lord plagued Pharaoh and h i s house w i th gre at

p lagues bec ause of Sarai A bram s w ife 1 4 An d A bram ,
’
. .

w as ve ry glo ri ous by re as on of p ossess i o n s in shee p an d ,

c attle and asses and ho rses and cam els an d m enservan ts

, , , , ,

an d m ai dse rv ants an d in s i lve r an d go ld e x c eedi ngly , .

A nd Lot als o hi s brother s son w as we althy

’

, 1 5 And , . .

Ph araoh gave b ac k Sarai the w i fe of A bram an d he sent , ,

him out of the lan d of Egyp t and he j ourneyed t o the p lac e ,

Where he had pi t ched his tent at the beginn in g to the plac e ,

of the altar w i th A i on the east an d Bethel on the west

, , ,

an d he blessed the Lord h i s God who had b rought him

b ack i n p eac e 1 6 A n d i t c am e t o p ass in the forty fi rst 19

. .
-

jubilee in the third ye ar of the fi rst week th at he retu rn ed

, ,

t o th i s p lac e and offered the re on a bu rnt s acrifi c e an d call ed ,

“
on the n am e of the L ord an d s ai d : T hou the m o st h i gh , ,

God art m y G od for ever and ever

,
1 7 A nd in the fourth 1 9 . .

ye ar of thi s week Lot p arted from hi m and Lot dwelt in ,

Sodo m and the m e n of So d om were si n n ers ex c eedingly

, .

1 8 A n d i t gri eved him i n h i s he art th at hi s brother s son

’
.

had p arted from him ; for he had no ch ild ren 1 9 I n th at . .

year when Lo t was t aken cap ti ve the Lord s ai d unt o A bram , ,

after th at L ot had p arted from him in the fourth ye ar of ,

“
thi s week : Li ft u p thi n e eyes from the plac e where
th ou art dwelling n orthw ard and s outhw ard and westw ard , ,

and e astw ard 2 0 F or all the lan d wh ic h th ou seest I

. .

T l )
au u Th st tem ent in th is ve e
. e1 6 Thou the most high G d et c
a rs . , o , .

is d wn f om N um xiii 22
ra r Of ve 8 . . . . r. .

1 3 1 53 Cf Gen x11 1 5 20 Our 1 7 L ot p a/rtgd from him Cf Gen

- -
. . . . .
. . ,

th c c e e ce pt i
.
’
au or on als A b ram s d on of xiii 11
.

“Of
,

h h el tive
P arao r a to ara and om s S i it I t greened hi/m
18 . akaJo So
u.
.

Gen x 11 1 8 T he 130 0
ex
. abs?”
Bi bli al the et ,

the J c 6 .or Sir 22 for

. s rans. xi . thi t iti ve
p ands all d ails of
h
’
k
’
i
’ ’
i ve
acc t u se a as
. a j6, d a ékajfi 0 g s .

15
oun .

J oum eyed to the p lace where he

‘
h
v
azana, a conJecture ri ght i n s n s e e h

et c 1 9 21 Cf Gen 1 4 18
u

Jun.
had p i tched his ten t, Cf Gen
- -
. . . .

“and
. , .

xiii3, 4
. . 19 . This w eek . MSS add
A t an the east, on ver 5 et c . S ee . . sa di aga ns La n i t ti and Gen . xiii .
ro o T H E BO O K O F J U BILE ES
shall give to thee an d to thy seed for ever and I shall m ake ,

thy seed as the s an d of the sea : though a m an m ay nu m be r

the dust of the earth yet thy seed shall not be num bered ,
.

2 1 A ri se w alk (through the land ) i n the len gt h of it an d

.
,

the bre adth of i t and see i t all ; for t o thy seed shall I gi ve
,

An d A b ram we n t t o H eb ron an d dwelt the re

”
it . 22 , . .

A n d in thi s year c am e Chedorla om er k ing of Elam and , ,

Am rap hel kin g of Shi n ar an d A rioc h ki ng of Sé llasar and

, , , ,

Te rg al ki ng of n ati o n s an d slew the k ing of G om o rrah and

, , ,

the k i ng of Sodom fled an d m any fell thr ough wounds i n ,

the vale of Si ddi m by the Salt Sea 2 3 A nd they took ,

. .

cap tive Sodom and A dam and Zeb oim and they to ok cap ,

t i ve Lot also the son o f A bram s brother and all hi s p os

,
’

sess i ons and they went t o D an 2 4 A nd one who had

, . .

es cap ed cam e and t old A bram that hi s brother s son had ’

been t aken cap ti ve and (A bram ) arm ed hi s househo ld

servants 25 . .

fo r A bram and for hi s seed a tenth of the , ,

20 . Sand of the h i e xp e
sea. T s r s T é rg dl, i e T dal of Mass . . i . Syr .

i
s on is b orrow d e f xxii 1 7
rom Gen has T ar l and LXX O apy dh
'
i
“dus
. . .

he e : t of the
.

Gen . xiii 16 has

. r Gom orrah Eth om ar G. . .

K i ng of Sodom ed Our fl auth or .

N ot be numbered. Gen . xiii . 16 he e c r orr e ct the pparent contradiction

s a
om i ts the negative but is also it f oun d in Gen . x iv . 10 , 1 7 .

in Onkelos
“ rou
. Vale of Sidd im .easy em enda An
21 I a . add d h ve
h the ti g e th on of a c up t tex t S ee m y Eth
orr . .

land f rom Gen i c e the te xt (p

1 7, s n xiii
“l n
. . .

exp e i e th it p e pp e
r ss on g of r su 23 A dam i a A dmah
os s

T e x t wh ic h has “
. . .
, .

pee c the te xt the e

it s r s n e in , o rw is
They went
we he .

have c t e t th ee
to go b a k w n y r w en t
w ords insh uld be em ende d -
o
d n of “
.

the h i pic the te ce e t

Et o for an it T D n
”
Cf G n xi v 14 . o a . . e . . .

ti
The La n is he e efe cti ve
r d itt i,
om2 4 One who had escap ed
ng Gen .
. .

th h the
ro ug e th
land in its l ng an d
in v 1 3 T his p e on was n m ed O ni .
'

. . rs a
xiv
2 2 2 9 Cf Gen
-
. cc ding t the B ok of J ash ar (M igue s
. . . a or o o
'

22 Ched orlaonwr. Eth has K ass e

. i D iet d A p cr ii . . es o . .

gomar. A nd (A bram ) armed his househo ld

xi v 1 4 F or “arm ed
A
'
A nt/rap hel Eth has A m arphel servan ts. Gen
( b d ) c c uptly eads “
. . . . . .

Cf Gen
. 1 (LXX )
. xiv . a , m ade atone orr r
Sé lldsa/r p ti
Poss bly a orru
. on of i c m e nt f Onk los (m i ) supp ort s the
or.
”
e
i ce
Ellasar, s n '
e i
5 6 and é are as ly con rende ing w h ich our te xt gives of pm in
r
f e
us d ih E th i pic
o the c pti
; but G n
orru iv 1 4
on The LXX n plfiuna and
e . x . .
'
e
i i te
or g na d in the G ee i c e
r k, s n V lg nu m vit wh ich presupp ose p l
A in u . era ' '

Gen xiv . . the the te xt f the S m arit n

1 has Eehhac mp ; or in o a a .

e e
H br w, as the S i c 2 5 A t the b egi nning of th i s verse
yr a has D ale sar and .

the e
T argum of Ps J on T lassar there i ob vi usly a lacuna for the te xt
.
-
. . s o ,
10 2 T HE BOOK or J U BILEE S
thr ead to a shoe lat chet I shall not t ake aught that i s thine
- ,

est th u sho dst I h ve m de A b m ric h s ave o n ly

l o ul say a a ra ;
what the youn g m en have e aten an d the p o rt i on of the m en
who went wi th m e—A ner Es chol and Mam r e These w ill
,

.
, ,

t ake the ir p ort i on .

A bram receives the p rom ise o f a son and o f innum era ble
descendants, 1 7 -
. Uf ers a sacr ifi ce and is told f
o his
being in Egyp t, 8 1 7 God s coven ant with A bram
’

seed -
. ,

18 20 H agar bears I shma el, 2 1 2 4

-
.
(Cf G en x v , -
. . . .

x vi . 1 4, 1
-

XI V these thi n gs in the fourth year of thi s

. Af te r ,

week on the new m oon of the third m onth the word of the
, ,

Lord c am e to A b ram i n a dre am s ay i ng : F e ar n ot A b ram , ,

I am thy defender an d thy rew ard w ill be e x c eed ing gre at ,

.

“
2 A n d he s ai d : Lord Lord wh at w ilt thou g i ve m e
.
, , ,

seei ng I go hen c e ch ildless an d the son of Masé q the son , ,

o f m y h andm ai d i s the D amm asek Eli eze r : he w ill be m y

,

heir an d to m e thou hast given n o seed

,
3 A nd H e s ai d . .

unto him : Thi s (m an) w ill n ot be thy he ir but one that ,

will com e out of thi ne own b o wels he will be th in e heir .

4 A n d H e b rought him forth abro ad an d s ai d unt o him

. ,

Look tow ard he aven an d n um ber the st ars if thou art ab le ,

t o n u m ber them 5 A nd he lo oked tow ard he aven an d

. .
,

beheld the st ars A nd H e s ai d unto him : So shall thy .

seed be 6 A nd he beli eved i n the Lo rd and i t w as

. .
,

c ounted to him for ri ghte ousness 7 A nd H e s ai d unt o . .

2 9 A ner . Eth has A unan

’
I nstead of “the son of M asaq w h uld
h ve “the p ssessor N e xt “the son
. . . es o
X IV 1 6 Cf Gen.
.
-
1 6 . . xv .
-
. a o .
,

2 L ord, Lord Prob ab ly =A é a 1rara f m y h ndmaid =6 ”

. . o l y wi yo
a o k a- e s u.
K t pce as in L XX of Gen 2z ~ mu . xv . n~
H en c e our t ext =~3 1n p m p Sub s p
-
. e
mm q ent tradition m ade m u ch of Eli e e
u z r.
The son of Masey, the son of m y H w as sai d t o b e on of the seven
e e
handm aid The r k ranslator (and G ee t righte us m en who h d n t tasted of
o a o

:
.

alsothe LXX ) wrongly ook pm t de th ( Bab b thra 5 8 a )

a a a
“ oss ss on
.

p e i to b e a ro r n am p pe e . 7 Cf Gen x v 7
. . . . .
 C HA PT E R X IV . 1 14-
10 3

him :I
the Lo rd that b rought thee out of U r of
am

the Chaldees to gi ve thee the lan d of the Can aa n i tes to

,

p ossess i t fo r eve r ; and I shall be G od unto thee and to thy

seed after thee 8 A nd he sai d : Lo rd Lord whereby . .
, ,

sh all I know that I shall in heri t (i t) 9 A nd H e s ai d unto .

him : Take Me an he i fe r of three ye ar s an d a go at of th ree ,

years and a sheep of three ye ars and a tu r tle dove and a

, ,
-

pigeo n 1 0 A n d he to ok all these i n the m i ddle of the

. .

m on th ; and he dwelt at the oak of Mam re whic h i s n e ar ,

H ebron 1 1 A nd he bu ilt the re an alt ar and s acrifi c ed

. .
,

all these ; and he p ou r ed the i r blo od u p on the alt ar and ,

div i ded them i n the m i dst and lai d them over again st each ,

o the r ; but the b irds di vi ded he n ot 1 2 A nd b irds c am e . .

down u p on the pi e ces and A bram d rove them aw ay an d , ,

d i d not suffer the bir ds to t ou c h them 1 3 A nd i t cam e . .

t o p ass when the sun had set that an e c stasy fell u p on

, ,

A bram and 10 ! an ho rro r of gre at darkness fe ll u p on hi m

, ,

and i t was s ai d unto A b ram : K now of a su r ety th at thy

seed shall be a strange r i n a land ( that i s ) not theirs and ,

they w ill b ri ng the m in to b on dage and afflic t them four ,

hundred years 1 4 A n d the nat io n also to whom they will

. .

A n d [ sha ll be God wnto thee (c d) a b of Oé ur a

r un LXX r d da m omi
-
:cf -

“
. .

e
r ad t o b e God un o e
”
t the .
‘

p ar a Th s w ould m ly
. i r ad ng i p the e i
8 9 Cf Gen-
. 8 9. . . xv .
-
am ) But ra eé wa. m g
. oss b y b e i ht p i l
8 L ord, L ord
. no on ver 2 . S ee te . . a c
pi
orru t on of xr a Oé w a z n' s as in
'

9 A n heifer of three years,

. T he et c . M te xt
ass th t c e
. In ah as
. we s ould
M ass , LXX , Ps J on , Wajikra rab b a
. .
-
. e e c c e
r nd r e ve th t
ar as s Ob s r a LXX .

J eph
1 4, o s i
A nt. e ti
1 0 3 m n on one ( =é 7rl r d. é 1rl r d. dcxor omina m ) -

. . .

i
an m al ofe ch i
a he e
k nd, as r theOn . ce
had l arly n'fl ii by om en B y b or
' -

ef e i t .

othe hr and, Gen rab b a and Onkelos on . A nd A bram drove them aw a y z xa l

th i ve e p e c i e th ee e ch i = M fl
’
dw aé finaeu ( ass 3 9 )a irrd A pdu
’
r s r b of a k nd 5
’

s rs r . e
3 . .
,
.

l hi N
So a so Ras , i ch i
achm anides, K m
(A quila) . LXX =xal a uvexddw eu (1 01 0 29
-

acc i ee
ord ng t o B r (L eb A br. 2 0 , .

1 0 I n the mid dle of the m on th

. .
1 3 1 6 Cf Gen.
-
12 1 6
. . xv .
-
.

Ps J on on E od x11. 40 , and the

.
-
. x .
1 3 They/will bring them in to bondage
. .

Se e
d r olam 5, s a a s n t te th t th i eve t So LXX and ulga V
ass , Sam , an d te M. . .

t p ce
ook la on N san 1 5 i .
Syr he i
t y w llbe in b ondage to them
. .

D well at the oak of Mam re Cf . .

F ou r hundred years. I n Gen x v . .

13 the e th
l ng of so ourn in the j
1 1 12 -
. Cf Gen
. . xv . 10 1 1
-
.
i ve
n t is g n as 400 y ars, but in e
12 . The p ieces . T he MSS h ve he e a r x
E od. xii 40 as 430 . But s n. n r i c e eithe
th t wh ich was spread out
a
"
r a Oé y ra ,
-
e
num b r agr s wit ee
r od calcu h the p e i
w h ic h I h ave t ake n t o b e a c orru pt ion te f
la d rom ag s of K o a the
, A m ram e h th
10 4 T HE B OO K OF J U BILEES
be i n bondage shall I judge and after that they w ill c om e ,

forth then c e w i th m u c h substan c e 1 5 A n d th o u w ilt go . .

t o thy fathers in p e ac e an d be bu ri ed i n a good old age ,

.

1 6 But in the fourth generat i on they will return h i the r ;

.

for the i n i qui ty of the A m ori tes i s n ot yet fu ll 1 7 A nd . .

he awoke from hi s sleep an d he arose an d the sun had set ; , ,

an d the re w as a fl am e and beh old ! a fu rn ac e was s m ok i ng , ,

an d a fl am e of fi re p assed between the pi e c es 1 8 A n d on . .

that day the Lord m ade a c ovenant w i th A bram s ay in g : ,

To thy seed w ill I give thi s land from the ri ver of Egy p t ,

unto the great ri ver the ri ver Eu p hrates the K en ites the , , ,

K eni zz i tes the K adm on ites the Pe ri zz ites an d the Rep haim
, , , ,

the Phakorites and the H i vi tes and the A m ori tes and the , , ,

Can aan ites and the Girg ash i tes an d the J ebusites
,
19 ,
. .

x
in E od vi 1 8, 20 , and
. . M eos s at the e
2 1 0 (y ars of so ourn in Egy ) A o j pt .

i e
t m of the x
E odu s, vii t ti
7 , radi o n . c i
ord ng t o s l
ron o ogyth i ch ol ow s it f l
e arly assum d e th t the
a ab ove p e i r ods th t e
a A bram was 7 0 y ars old w n he he
i c e the j
n lu d so ourn of the p t i ch
a r ar s in it e e the vi i
w n ss d s on in Gen x v 7 2 1 . .
-
.

Can aan b or ef e the i tim gra on h

T us . cc i
But a ord ng t o Gen xii 4 A bram w as . .

the x
LXX in E od x11 40 ns r i e t the . . e
alr ady 7 5 w he he left
n H aran T shi .

w ords Ka i ex! 7 3 3 X a v d a v afte r c‘

v i fic lt
d f u y ob l g d i e l te J e i h e x
a r w s
an d the sam e addi tion is p e
oun d rs t o assu m e th ta A b ram had
found in the S it
am ar an P n a u e t te ch . pia d an e l i e vi it
ar r s in his 7 oth y ar e
Th e pe i
r od of 40 0 or 4 30 y ars w as e t o Canaan, and th ta Gen xv 7 21 . .
-

ec e f
r kon d ro m the te
da of it s ann oun ce e
b longs t o th t e i e v i it
a arl r s and th t
a it s

e t
m n in Gen xv cc i
1 3 , a ord ng t o. St
. . p e e t c te xt
r s n on cc i
is a ord ngly wrong .

Paul, Gal iii1 6, 1 7 ;

. J e ph
os . A nt . . h i eth
T sm od of e xp iti
os on is f ll e
o ow d

ii. 15 2 Ps J on in E od
. x xii
.
-
4 0 , b ut
. . . in the J h he e
Book of as ar w r Gen x v . .

our te x t e c
r kons the e f
4 3 0 y ars rom -
fi t e c te
7 21 is rs r ou n d (D iet d es A p ocr . .

c i th
’
I saa s b r On the the h
o . r and, P hilo . eq e t
ii 1 1 1 9 ) and sub s u n ly Ge n xv 1 6 . .
-

(Qu is rer div her 5 4 ) s s dow n

. et . the .
(11 1 1 2 5
. Th e doub le j e
ourn y t o
a ct l j
u a so ourn of I sra elin Egy pt at 4 0 0 Canaan is r efe e
rr d t o b y R N ehe i h
m a in .

e
y ars, and k w sli e i e J e ph
os u s (A n t ii 9 . . . Ber rabb a 39
. F or o the efe e c e
r r .r n s
1 Bell J u d v 9
. .cc i
A ord ng to Ps . . . te J e h ite t e th i q e ti
t o la r wi s l ra ur on s u s on
J on o n E od
. x xii 40 , 41 the .430 y arse . ee
see B r, L eb A br 1 1 8 1 2 0 . .
-
.

are e xpl i e
a n d as f
ollow s : 40 0 y arse Of th i te f
s la r orm of e p it i
x os on our
e p e et ee
la s d b w n I saa s b r , w c i th hich
’
b ook knows no th ing .

t ook pl c e he
a h
w n Ab ra am w as 1 0 0 1 6 F ourth gen era tion
. e e
A g n ra .

e
y ars old ( Gen xxi and the xE o du s
. . ti e he e
on m an s r e
1 0 0 y ars c
I saa w as .

and 4 30 b et ee the te
w n da of G ’
od s he h
b orn w n A b ra am w as 1 0 0 y ars e
p ie h
rom s t o Abra am (Gen xv 1 3 ) and . . old (G en xxi . .

the x E o du s for th i p i e
s rom s w as g ive n 1 7 1 8 Cf Gen
-
. xv 17 21
. . .
-
.

e ef e
30 y ars b or I saa s b r
’
c i th h
T us . 1 7 The p ieces Em n d d
. e e S ee te no . .

e e
430 y ars : 30 (y ars b w n rom s et ee p i e on ver 1 2 , w he e the
.r sam e c p ti
orru on
in Gen xv 1 3 and b ir
. . th of Isaa )+c f
is ound .

e f
6 0 (y ars r om b r i th o f I saa c t o bir th 1 8 The E ivttes F ound in Sam and
. . .

of Jc
a ob )+ 1 30 (b n ei
g age of a ob onJ c LXX of Gen x v 20 , b ut not in Mass , . . .

iv
his arr al in Egy , Gen pt x vi
l i . . Syr , or ulg.
. V
10 6 T HE B OO K or J U BILE E S
jubilee in the third m on th in the m i ddle of the m on th
, ,
,

A bram c elebrated the fe ast of the fi rst frui ts of the grain -

and in xvi 1 5, D illm ann ec ogn s i ed i s

s i m p l e n d e re d “the feast
r day
. as r .
y
Cf . x vii 1 . . in J o e ph u A n t iii 1 0 5
s s, . . .
,
7 3 66
3
I n the third m on th, in the m i ddle of Bevr é pa r ay 6 519q i mé pa ; in P o, . hil
the m on th Fro m a om par s on o f
. c i xv . D e Sep tenar 20 , w r he e the
day for
.

1 and l x iv
4 , 5 (see no s a so o n 1, te l i vi
w a ng s a the he f
is sa d t o b e i the
le ve e e :
. .

vi . 1 7 1 8,-
xi v it f
20 ) th t the
ollow s. a secon d day of un a n d b r ad Eopr h
‘

fe t
as of w ee ks w asc e e te the
l b ra d on
‘
68 é a r w n er d r ip ! 7r u
'

p rrnv ebdzzs .
‘

fi ftee thn ofthe th i th Siv

rd m on ( an) Mi h .
hué pa T he . s n a, also (Chag .

Si c e th i e c i
n s r k on ng d ev i te f th t
a s rom a x i t i th i i te Menach 1 m a n a ns
. . s n r

of the h i ee
P ar s s ab ou t the e i i b g nn ng i t c flicti exp iti pret ation aga ns on ng os ons .

of the h i ti
C r s an era, an d as the e e e r w r Sin e n thi s v i ew the he f w ving c o s a -
a

m any d ive e t vi e
rg n J i t t k pl c e n N i n 1 6 the fea t of
ws in u da sm ab ou , oo a o sa , s

ef e
b or , and a fte th t p e i
r a t w eek fi fty d y l te w u u lly
r od, w e m us s, a s a r, as s a

he e i q i e i efl i t the i i
r n u r br y n o c eleb ted n Siv n 6 wi th ut eg d
or g n an d ra o a ,
o r ar

t e the e vi e
na ur of s ws in eithe c e t the d y f the w eek
. r as o a o .

e i ith i t c e th t the
To b g n w , is l ar a
( ) But othe t k the S bb th to
y all 11 rs oo a a
aros e f the v i
rom e i tt che m e n the eventh d y f unle vened
ar o us m an ngs a a d a o a
t o the w or dS “ ath
bb a
”
xxiii b e d wh ich w l
in L ev d y f e st A s
a s

as a so a a o r
. .
r a ,
.

1 5, 1 6 Inthe e ve e it
. s rs s i e the S b b th in th i c e w N i n 21
is orda n d a a s as as sa ,

th t the fe t
a as ee h l f ll
of w ks s ou d a on the m w fte the S b b th w N is n orro a r a a as a
the fi fti eth fte the e i
d ay a r of the 22 Th i is ct lly the c u e pu ued
f r n g of . s a ua o rs rs
ch l ve he f
Pas a wa s a th i he f by the ( )F l h
N ow s s a A b y i n i n J e ws
“on a a as as or ss a
-
.
.

w as w a d ve the fte the T hey e ck n the fi fty d y f m N is n

m orrow a r r o a s ro a
S ab b a th ”
(L e vxxiii .
2 2 nd th u the fe t of w eek f ll
1 1 , 1 5 , m nnb .
n a s as s a s o
nne m) h t e e the
In w a s ns , Si v n 1 2 s they u lte n te m nth s
n , are w e t o a a se a r a o
“ ab b a
.

t e the
ak w ord S th of th i t y
T w o w ay s nd t w en ty n in e d ys ( e r a -
a s e
are p i le
oss b t e
It m ay b e ak n t o d Ab b di in Un iv I J illet 1 85 1 ’
a e . sr. u ,

e
m an m r y a e el fe t as day p
(2 ) It m ay (b) A g in thi v i e w i tte te d
.
. a s s a s
t e
b e ak n in its s r t ict e e the ee l b y the Sy i c ve i n f L xxiii l l
s n s as w k y r a rs o o ev. .
,

S ab b a th .
15 e xi ting b ef e 1 00 A D Thus , as s or . .

i t the
(1 ) F rs w ordS th abb a
i t is
e n de the H eb ew p h e
le ve e ” L , ix “: fte the e c nd
r rs r r as
t e
ak n in the e e l e e
g n ra s n s of a fe t as

day .N ow the fi t rs day of u n a n d ag a r s o

e
b r ad (Lev xxiii ch
7 ) w as su
. .
(fe t ) d y th t i N i n 21
a day ; ( ) But as a , a s sa . c

but the eve th

s n xxiii
(Lev the u ge i e ly the e c nd c ent
8) w as no . . sa s as ar as s o .

le ss so e ce
H n
. i ee tc p t
t wo d ff r n om u a f i t pp e in u te xt A t or a ars o r .

ti on s ar s ie f th i i te p et ti
rom s n the b egi nning f th i n te w f und
r r a on o f o s o e o

the w ord, ( )i the fi t rs h ich i te th t the fe t f w eek t k pl ac e n

of w n r a as o s oo o

pret s the fi t rs day of un le ve e a e the Si v n 1 5 If w c unt b ck fifty

n d b r ad a . e o a

as the S th
ab b a ii the e c
, an d ( ) s on d w h ich d y ( e ck ni ng the se c n d m nth t a s r o o o a
i te p et it the eve th
n r r s of s n day tw enty ightfd y )w i ve t N i n 22 .
-
e a s , e arr a sa

i
( ) The rs fi t i te p et ti n r r a on, h ich when the w ve he f w ffe ed Thus
w a -
s a as o r .

t the S
o ok th
abb a the fi t
to b e J ub ile s l inte p eted the p h e the
rs day of u n e a so r r ras
le ve e
a e
n d b r ad ( N san i t l m o w afte the S b b th m e ning the
n a ural y rro r a a
’'
as a
e t the ph e the
u n d rs ood ras fte d y fte the eventh d y f u nle vened
m orrow a r a a r s a o a
the S abb ath ”
e i te i
t o d s gna N san 1 6 , w ith b e d w h ich w Sp eci l d y f e t r a , as a a a o r s .

e
out r gard t o the the ee
day o f w khi (2 ) But on the f ct th t the si m ple
T s a a
te m “S b b th st nd el ewhe e n ly
.

was the i te p et ti
n r r a on of the h i ee P ar s s in r a a a s s r o
our L ord s ti e h i vi e
m T s
’
fi tw is rs at
. the w eekly S bb th b e d the as a a , are as o r
te te
s d in the he e the ph e
LXX , w r e ly u e m ng th J ew
ras in w ell ar s s a o e s as as
q e ti e ee
u s on is r n d r d b y T : ce t in m de n p e cul ti n T hu the
y é rra bprov T i) r a o r s a o s. s
he e
wpcbr ns ( r 7) w pcbr nz nnwn), e x ctl B ithu i n XMen h th 6 5 a)t k “the
a y a s a s ac o oo
as in Ps J on on L ev .
-
xxiii .
: m o w fte the S bb th t b the
1 5, fi nal . . rro a r a a o e
ns np s un smv in the T argum of O nkelos d y afte the w eekly S bb th w h ich a r a a

( u s e bee n t h an he e the S
) w r
“ th abb a ccu ed d ing the fe t of unle vened o rr ur as a
 CHA PT E R XV . 1 -

9 xc7

harvest 2 A nd he offe r ed new o ffe rings on the alt ar the

. .
,

fi rst fru its of the produ c e unto the Lord an heife r and a
-

, ,

goat and a sheep on the altar as a bu rnt s acrifi c e u n to

the Lo r d ; thei r fr ui t o fferi ngs and their dri nk offerings he - -

offered u p on the alt ar w ith frank i n c ense 3 And the Lord . .

app e ared to A b r am and s ai d unto him : I am God

,

Alm i ghty ; app rove thyself befo r e Me an d be thou p erfe ct .

4 A nd I w ill m ake My c ove n ant between Me an d thee an d

.
,

I w ill m ult iply thee ex c eedin gly 5 A nd A b ram fe ll on . .

hi s fac e and God talked w i th him and sai d

, ,

6 . Behold My ord i n an c e i s w ith thee ,

A nd thou w ilt be the father of m any n at i ons .

7 . N e i the r w ill thy n am e any m o re be called A b ram ,

But thy nam e from hen c eforth even for ever shall be , ,

A brah am .

F or the father of m any n at i ons have I m ade thee .

8 . A nd
I shall m ake thee very g re at ,

A n d I shall m ake thee in t o n ati ons ,

A n d k ings will c om e forth from thee .

9 A n d I sh all est abli sh My c oven ant between Me and thee

. ,

an d thy seed afte r thee through out the i r gen e rat i ons for an , ,

e . e
b r ad Frank l (E rin/lass d p al Emey , . . . R echt, 2 1 853, Furs (H eb u p . t . .

1 85 1 , pp
13 6 137 ) olds
.
-
a ffi h th t the chald Wbrterbuch, 1 863, und r w ord
.
’

e
é r a ifipcov rfi s r pdrrns of LXX is the haw), Wellh au sen (J ahr f deu tsch
‘
. . .

i cte
d re d ag a ns s w i t thi vi e
The Kara . xxi iite Theol D illm ann (on L ev
. i . .

Je ws (Trigland, D za trtbe de Secta K ar ma

'
f
xi .

m u m, 1 7 0 3
‘
c
Fiirst , Geschi hte des 2 6 4 ) acc ep t in n f m o anothe the o e or r r

i e i e the S dduc ean inte p et tion In ddition

K am erthwns, 1 86 5 ) and l k w s a r r a . a

S it f
am ar ans the t ict i te p et
ollow s r n r r ato the ab ove lite tur e see the A ticle ra ,
r s

ti te S th th n Pente c ost (Pfi ng tfest)in Hasting

’

on of the rm abb a in is con o s s

V e ch l Bible Dictionary ; H e og s Real E ncy 2

’
nection. ery m any m od rn s o ars rz c.

h t e f th i n d Schenkel Bib l L ex icm

’
old s rongl y t o som orm of s a s e -
.

the it i
ory , as H z g ( Oster n n Pfi ngsten , 2 A n heif n d a goat et c
.
Cf . er a , . .

1 83 7 and o.st
zw etten D ekalog,
n xi v 9 T he e
Pfi ngsten 73m .
not the s c ific e s . . s are a r
i t i e p escrib ed f th is festival in L v
w ho m a n a n d r or e .

th t the e e c le
a in i
H b r w a ndar N san 14 xxiii 1 8 2 0 .
-
.

ee
an d 2 1 w r alway s S th
abb a th t
s and a3 4 Cf G n vn 1 2 e x
“ m orrow a t r
- -
. . . . .

the f e the S th
ab ba w as
3 App rove thy elf Cf LXX b pé s . . e a
i e xx ii
. ,
Knob l (on Lev i
and Syr m
N san 22
wh ich are ll free
. . .

ee
1 1 ) agr d wi th it i
H z g, save th t a be 47 7 6 1. .
,
a

i e tifi e the
d n d the he f vi
day of s a wa ng enderings of 15m m -
r .

w i th i N san 1 5 Saalschiitz (D as Mos

. 5 1 0 Cf Gen v u 3 8 .
-
. . . x .
-
.
10 8 T HE BOOK OF J U B ILE E S
eternal c oven ant so that I m ay be a God unto thee and to , ,

thy seed after thee 1 0 (A n d I sh all gi ve t o thee an d . .

t o thy seed afte r thee ) the lan d whe re th ou h ast been a

s oj ou rner the lan d of Canaan that th ou m ayst p o ssess i t for
, ,

1 1 A n d the Lord s ai d
”
ever an d I shall be their God
,
. .

unt o A brah am An d as for thee do th ou kee p My c oven ant , ,

tho u an d thy seed after thee ; and cir cu m ci se ye every m ale

am on g y ou an d circ u m ci se y our foresk in s an d i t w ill be a
, ,

t oken of an eternal c oven ant between Me an d you 12 . .

A n d the c h ild on the e i ghth day ye w ill ci rc u m ci se every ,

m ale through out y ou r gen e rat ions him th at i s b orn in the ,

house or whom ye have bought w ith m o ney from any

,

stranger wh om ye have ac qu ired w ho i s n ot of thy seed

,
.

1 3 H e th at i s b orn in thy h ouse w ill su rely be circ u m

.

cised an d th ose wh om th ou h ast b ought w i th m oney w i ll

,

be circ um ci sed an d My c oven ant will be in your flesh for ,

an ete rn al ord i n an c e 1 4 A nd the u n circ um ci sed m ale . .

w ho i s n ot circum ci sed i n the fl esh of hi s foresk in on the

eighth day th at s oul w ill be c ut off from hi s p eople fo r
, ,

10 .
(A nd I shall give to thee an d to w an ng in ti the H eb re w . S ee on ver.

thy seed a he e l t
f ter thee) . T s w ords, os 26 .

th ugh h m i teleut
ro h ve e t e
o o o th the t on, I a r s or d As the S
ab b a is fi rs , so cir
f m G n x vii 8
ro e . . the e c . c i l cu m cision is s on d ard na com

1 1 1 3 Cf G n x v ii 9 1 3
-
J e i pp i t i -
m and of uda sm In o os on to
“ hild n
. . . . . .

1 2 Th hild (
. ec n th the xit t or ce G ee c t e
c re o e la y in rodu d b y r k ul ur
eighth d y y e w i ll i cum i e a T his the c xv c r e ci c s . o m m an d in Ge n 1 4 is nun
. .

f m f G n xv ii 1 2 is f n d nly in te f e h
or o e . the e q i e e t e
. ou o a d a r s an d r u r m n add d
the Eth ve f th t p ge nd in u th t it h
. rs . o pe f e
a assa the a o r a s ould b e r orm d on
text It eem t b del ib e te ch nge ei hth
s s o the ch i e a i fe i ra a g da y o f ld
’
s l O w ng
f “
. .

o the ch i ld f eight d y y h ll i G ee i fl e c e eve ef e the

o a s e s a c r to r k n u n s, n b or
cum i c se, in G n x vii 1 2 as S ee n ei t i ch e . Je . . o r gn o f A n o us I V , m an y ws
.

v er. 14 . e i th e e c of n obl b r had u nd rgon surgi al

1 4 Of G n x v ii 1 4
. . ep e ti . e pp e l i e G ee
. . o ra on s in ord r t o a ar k r ks
On the eighth day T he e w d he e e M cc i . s or s, w n un dr ss d (1 a 15 ; As . .

w h ich n t f u n d in the M
are Syr o pt o viii J eph ass., .
, su m Mos . 3 ;
. os . A nt . .

a nd Vulg h w eve tte ted by

.
, are , S eq e t o t i ch r, a s x11 5. .ub s u n ly A n o us
the S m nd LXX A l in O i gen
a . a t e the eve e t e e . so r
’
s had ak n s r s m asur s t o
C m m ent y i n E1)
o d R m ii 1 3
ar p h i i t ci c ci i M cc i
. a o . . ro b r um s on ( 1 a 4 8, . .

(Lom m t ch vi 1 2 3 1 2 4)
a zs In ci ii
, i th t the
.
-
r 60 , .To w s an d H ellenis
c um i u c sm ul q ui n n fu eri t
s ascttit e t u s, ci c ci i o ing a ud ow ards r um s on our
i
c rcu m isu in m cp putii ui di
s th e ph i e h t
sa e pp e t rae s e au or m as s s w a w as a ar n ly
o ct v t m in b it u
a o , ex er ni m ill nd the c e t vi e a ti e r a th t a a a urr n w of his m , i e , a . .

in A m b e Ep i t 7 2 w h em k n ci c ci i
ros h l
s pe f e o r ar s o r um s on s ou d b e r orm d on
t tem ent th t th i cl u e i the ei hth —the c e t v i e
, .
,

A quil
’
as s a a s a s s g day u rr n w ; for
1 10 T HE B OO K OF J U BILE E S
him . 20 s have I he ard thee and
. A nd as for I shm ael al o ,

behold I sh all bless him and m ake him great and m u lt i ply , ,

him e x c eedin gly an d he w ill beget twelve p ri n c es and I , ,

shall m ake him a great n at io n 2 1 But My c oven an t shall . .

I est abli sh w i th I s aac wh om Sarah w ill bear t o thee i n , ,

these days in the nex t year 2 2 A nd H e left off s p e ak

,
. .

ing w ith him an d God wen t u p from A b raham 2 3 A nd

,
. .

A b rah am d id accordin g as God had s ai d u n to him and he ,

t ook I shm ael his son an d all that were born i n hi s house , ,

an d wh om he had b ought w i th h i s m on ey eve ry m ale in his ,

house an d ci rcum ci sed the flesh of the ir fo reskin

,
A nd .

on the se lfs am e da w as A brah am cir c u m ci sed an d all the

y ,

m en of hi s h ouse (and those b orn in the h ouse ) and all , ,

those whom he had b ought w i th m on ey fro m the c hi ldren of

,

the stranger were ci rcu m ci sed w i th him 2 5 Th i s law i s

,
. .

for all the generat ion s for eve r an d there i s n o circu m ci s i on ,

of the d ays an d n o omi ss i o n of on e day out of the e i ght

,

days ; for i t i s an etern al ordin an c e ord ai ned and written ,

on the heavenly t ables 2 6 An d every on e th at i s b orn . .

,

the flesh of whose foresk in i s n ot circ u m ci sed on the ei ghth

day belon gs not to the c hildren of the c oven an t whic h the
,

Lord m ade w ith A b rah am but t o the c h ildre n of destruo ,

t ion ; nor i s there m ore over any s ign on him th at he i s the , ,

Lord s but (he i s destin ed ) to be destroyed an d slain from

’

the ve e nd the M
rs , a t ake thi clause t b e p llel
ass. and O nk m ak . e days . I s o ara
the ent i e ve se efe t S
r h r i n m e ni ng t
r the p ec e ding In n
r o ara . a o r . o

20 P i n
. S M s (mum ) and
r ces. c e i the cir cum ci i n t b p e fo m ed
o a s. as s s o o e r r

V lg LXX mash b ef e the eighth d y Th w rd t ns or a e o ra

l ted “ m i ssi on
u .
, .
.

is the me th t "
a o sa as a
2 3 2 4 Cf Gen
-
vu 2 3 2 7
. .

t n l te d
“n e l e ct in o “t ns ress
. x .
-
.
ra s a
n the g g g r ra
2 4 On the elf me d y i e s sa a o
ing in v i 31
. . . ”
, ,

1 5th f Siv n ; A cc di ng
. .
o v 1 a see er. or
2 6 T h i ve e i im ply n enl ge
.

t the Y lkut Ch d h 1 2 1 a A b ah m
o a a as r a
. s rs s s a ar

w as ci cum ci ed n the 1 3th o 1 5th m ent f v 1 4 wh ich we w i

r s o r
o er. , as sa s

of N i n
sa on the D y f A t nem ent
or G n x vii 1 4 a o o
e . . .
, ,
or on the N w M on f J nu y (Beee On the ighth day
o MSS
o an d Lat i na ar r, e

h ve “till the eighth d y But inc e

.

L b A b 63
e . r. , a a . s
(A n d tho b n in th h ) Re
se thi ve e is sim ply n em ph tic nd
or e ou se . s rs a a a
st o e d w i th L t
r enl ged fo m f v 1 4 f “till
a . ar r o e r. or
d cle ly h ve “ n
,
2 5 S n te n ve 1 4 ee o w h lo r. Beside e s ou ar a o
“till i ves the wr n sen e f the
. .
. s,
N o mi ion f on e d y out f the eight
o ss o a o
g g ; r o s o
 C HA PT ER XV . 20 3 : rrr

the earth and to be r ooted out of the earth for he has

, ,

b r oken the c oven ant of the Lord ou r G od 2 7 For all the . .

angels of the pr esen c e and all the angels of sanctifi cation

h ave been so cr eated from the day of the ir creati on and ,

before the angels of the presen c e an d the angels of sanctifi

catio n H e hath s an c tifi ed I srael that they should be wi th ,

H im and w ith His holy angels 2 8 A nd do th ou c om m and . .

the ch ildren of I srael and let the m observe the si gn of th is

coven an t for their generat i o n s as an eternal o rdin an c e and ,

they w ill n ot be rooted out of the land 2 9 F or the . .

c o m m an d i s o rdai ned for a c oven ant th at they should ,

observe i t fo r ever am ong all the children of I s rael 3 0 . .

For I shm ael and his sons and his b rothers and Esau the ,

Lord d i d n ot cause to approac h H im and he c hose them not ,

be cause they are the c hildren of A braham be cause He knew ,

the m but H e chose I s rael t o be His p eo ple

, 3 1 A nd He . .

s an ctifi ed it and gathered i t from am ongst all the ch ildren

,

ci cum ci i n i t o be p erform ed n the

r s o s o sim ply te n tive ende ing th at
an al r a r r
e ighth d y The e or can b e e x lain d
a h ou te d the true e adi ng “ n tifi ca
b y the co up tion of a int o 5 o in i n to
. rr e as s r , sa c
and th t the c n te xt d e l onl
”
rr r ti nis
o , a
y o a s

fly in the H eb ew r . w i th t wo o de s f angels Th tw o
r r o . e
A nd to be rooted out of the earth. or de s m ent ioned here in the Eth i pic
r o

ti
a d an d La n om , i t p i th h
oss bly roug te xt re the sam e t w wh
a sai d to o o are
h i te e t
om o o l u on . unite wi th God and I l in b erving srae o s
he e c e
2 7 T r are t wo lass s of an g s el the Sabb ath (ii 1 8 1 9 Th e
e ti e he e :the
. .
, ,

m n on d r e
ang ls of the inferi or angels of se vic e did n t enj oy r o
p e e ce
r s n i te
(see 2 9 no , 11. 2 no , 1 8,te
. thi pri vilege Now j u t the h ighe t
s . s as s
xxxi 14) an d the e
ang ls of san ct ifi ca a ngels sh are d with I el in the p ivilege sra
“h
. r
ti
on (see ii te
2 no , 18 [ oly on s e
”
o f the Sab bath so they h ed al o
“ c ti xxxi
. , , s ar s
san ,
cc i
a ord ng t o . the in the privilege of cir c um cisi n They o .

E th i pic text
o ; b ut r th ee f
or our a cc
ord w e e c reate d ci cum ci e d j u t
r ac r s s as ,
the ti : e i
,

ing t o L a n ang l vultus, ar ch c ding to late J udai m m ny f the

or r s , a o
ei
ang l b enedictionis , ang l ei
san ctifi ca p triarchs of Israel w e e b o n
a
( S ee r r so .
ei ct
tionis, ang l san orum ipsius. But n te on ve
o Su ch b el ief w s
r. a a
the t e c t it e
las do s not ons ut a di s in t ct n t dif
o fi cult to b eli eve in the l ves of rs o

Ord r e . i p
I t is s m ly a om r c p ehe ive
ns the angels for the d ughte f m en a rs o
term for the tw o (or r th ee h i he t
) g s (v 1. In D eb arim bb n i 2 ra a o .

e i c e it cc
Ord rs, s n o urs in the
follow ng i i t is aid th at the angel f se vic e i e
s s o r , . .

c te xt : e et i
on ut ss s mul cum ip
so et the infe io orders s ught t kn w the
r r , o o o

cum ngeli
a s nct um ip sius
s a He e or r L w b ut it was h i dden f m them (see
a ro

ipso m e n “God " and the angelis

. ,

a s ,
W eb e J ii d Theol 2
r, . .

s n ct ip si
a . u m s up the orders m en
us s 30 Cho e them
. T h Eth i pi c t e
s . e o

ti n d in the e li er pa t of the sente n c e

o e ar r . p duces the Hebrew i di m arm The
ro o .

Sin c e in ii 1 8 the Ethiopic pe k

. s a s so L t in gi ves elegi t e x ip i
a s s.

cl early of only t w o class es I am i n cli n ed I ael

sr S ee on xvi 1 7
t o b el i eve th at “
. . .
,

benedictionis is 31 32 Th is idea th t I s ael was

-
. a r
1 12 T HE BOOK OF J U BILE ES
of there are m any nat i ons an d m any p eo ples and
m en ; for ,

all are H is and over all h ath H e p lac ed s piri ts in authori ty

,

t o le ad them astray from H im 3 2 But ove r I s rael H e d i d . .

not app oi n t an y an gel or s pi ri t fo r He alone i s the ir ruler , ,

and H e w ill pr ese rve the m an d r e q u ire them at the h and

o f His angels an d H is s piri ts an d at the h and o f all H is ,

p owers in orde r that He m ay p rese rve them and bless them ,

an d th at they m ay be His and H e m ay be the irs f ro m

hen ceforth for ever 3 3 An d now I an noun c e unto thee . .

th at the c hildren of I srael will not keep true to thi s

ord i n an ce and they will not circu m ci se the ir so n s acc o rdin g
,

t o al l thi s law ; for i n the fl esh of their circum cis i on they

w ill o m it thi s circu m ci s ion of their so n s and all of them , ,

G od s p ortion but th t the G ent ile t o the dem n who w ere the spiiriits
’
a s o s,

w ere p laced u nder the d minion of th t w ent f rth from th laughtered o a o e s

a ngels g e b ck t o n ld (p ossib ly
, o s ch ildren of the W t che and the
a a o a rs

the oldest ) f m f the text f D nt d ughter f m en (s e v 1 7 9 x 5

or o o e . a s o e .
,
-

, .
,

xxxii 8 9 w hich reading 5s in tead of 8 But in the pre ent p s ge i t i

“
.
-

, , s , s as a s

new is re p odu c ed in the LXX

, r id th t God g ve the hegemony f sa a a o

6 6 p é p § MT V m ?a
the n tion t ngels f th i s purp e a s o a or os .

Th c ndem n ti n of the event y angelic

'
1 s ¢e ¢ ev / ar s0
e o a o s
‘ '
é of n v bpm é d av
p t the ir ev il t e t m e nt of Isr el
'
ae v
ons f
.
a r or r a a
K a ap ons dw é hwv 0 0
ar . r
is describ ed in Eth En ch xc
, 60 .
. o .

K i p é p s K pl h bs a
’
f) h v
i xxi 2 1 2 2 th ough
a t c u ov u irro
n d also in I a
I ufifl
'
sa a .
, ,

in the l tt e p sage the c use is n t

ax .
a r as a o
Th is vi ew n e x t app ear in Sir x vii igned I think we m y um e t hat s . . ass . a ass
the st tem ent in our te xt i m ade n a s o

endow(p se é n
-

M n u v w
the sam e p i n cipl e as m n
ver xa'r or r a ev y in the o t
-
o ,
r a
Sc rip t ur e s (c f I vi 9 M tt xiiii ii 1 4
Icrp flé w
s. a
m l y pls K pl
' ’ . . . .
e v ou ar
-
x ar
M k iv 1 2 in wh ich the ultim ate ar . ,
a n d in D n x 13 20 2 1 xu I a .
esult of n cti n or eri e of acti n
.
, , , .
, r a a o a s s o s
w he e h ow eve
r , all the n t i ns includ is d ecl ed t h ve b een the i m m ediate
r, a o ar o a
ing even I ael are unde sto d to b sr obje c t f them r o e o .

un de the p t nage of ngel Is ael

r In late Jud i sm at ll events the
a ro a s, r r a a
b eing unde Mich el A cc rding t seve nt y ngel a e de c i b e d s the
r a o o
.
a s r s r a
Eth Enoch lxxxix Isr el w s plac ed rul e s of the nat i ons
. .
T h e angels
a a r . es
for pu pose f discipline f r a tim e h re in the fort unes w hether favou
r s o o s a r
un der the ch ge of seventy angels
,
b le or un f v urable of the nati n
ar , a a o o s
w ho re n d ub t the angelic p atron
,
a o o
ver wh ich they b ear w y They s o s a
of the sevent
y nati ons f the wo ld
.

e li ke wi e the sourc e s f c rrupt i n

o r . ar s o o o
Th e pp intm ent of the e sevent y t their subje ct p eoples introducing
a o s o
a n gels t o b the heads of the n t ions is i d latry nd im purity S ee Ei en
e a o a
,

s
e c ded in the Ps J on f D nt xxxii 1n nger Entdecktes J ud en thu m i 805
.

r or -
o e
. . . . e ,
T hey m y b referred to as dem ns
.
,
8 . a 82 0 e o .

in 1 C r x 1 9 or as 6 3 3 T hi
o

M n in G l i v 3 9 C l
.
x
.
, ve se sh w
7
th at
.
the ar oz eta. r ou . s r o s
a or
; 20 a .
p st asy in I.
e l in e ly p art
,
f
o . 11 . . a o sra ar o
3 1 To lead them ast y In x 3 8 the se cond c e nt ve ry wi de
. ra
w . .
, , as
28 th i is the fun ct ion assi ned
.

xix .
, g
s
pread s .
1 14 T HE B O OK OF J U BILEE S
w ri tten i n the heavenly t ables I s aac 4 A nd (that ) ,
.

when we retu rned t o her at a set t im e she would h ave ,

c on cei ved a son 5 A n d in th i s m onth the Lo r d ex e c uted

. .

hi s judgm ents on Sodom and G om orrah and Zebo i m and , , ,

all the reg i on of the J ord an and H e bu rned the m w i th fi re ,

and b ri m stone an d destroyed them unt il thi s day even as

, ,

[10 ] I h ave de clared unto thee all the ir wo rks that they are ,

wicked and s inners ex c eedi ngly and that they defi le them ,

selves and c om m i t forn icati on in the ir fl esh and wo rk ,

un cleanness on the earth 6 A n d i n like m anne r G od . .

, ,

w ill ex e cute judgm ent on the plac es wher e they have done
acc o rd i ng to the un clean ness of the Sodomi tes like ,

unto the judgm en t of Sodom 7 But L ot we s aved ; for . .

G od r em em bered A brah am and sen t him out from the ,

m i dst of the ove rthro w 8 A n d he an d hi s daughte r s . .

c o m m itted s i n up on the e arth su c h as had not been on the ,

e arth s in c e the days of A d am till hi s ti m e ; for the m an lay

w i th his daughters 9 A n d beh old i t w as c om m anded
. .
, ,

and engraven c on c e rn in g all h i s seed on the he avenly t ab les , ,

to r em ove them an d root them out and to ex e c ute ,

j udgm ent u p on them like the judgm ent of Sodom and to ,

leave no seed of the m an on e arth on the day of c on

dem nation 1 0 An d in thi s m onth A brah am m oved from
. .

H ebron and dep arted an d dwe lt between K adesh and Shu r

,

i n the m ountain s of G erar 1 1 A n d in the mi ddle of the . .

fi fth m onth he m oved from then c e and dwelt at the W ell of ,

the Oath 1 2 A n d in the m i ddle of the s i x th m onth the

. .

4 Would have conceived

. Th te xt 7 8 Cf G n xix 2 9 3 1 sqq
. e -
. . e . .
, .

is corrupt but the c orrup ti n i

,
ld 1 0 M oun tain T he Eth could b e
o s as o . s. .

as the G eek ve ion s it ee m to ende ed " te i tori es or confines "

r rs a s s r r rr
"

h ave led to the gloss in ve e 1 5 —

,

16 in L t i n There m y h owever
rs s s as a a a
We h ould e xp e ct “w uld c onc ei ve
. .
, ,
s R ousch (p 1 0 2 ) suggests h ave b een
o . .
. a

S ee verses 1 2 (where th is p m i e i c nf i n f bp s nd dp s ro s s o us o o
’
o a o .

fulfilled) 1 6 , . 1 1 A ll m ent i n of A br h am s nu . o a
’

5 Cf Gen xix 24
. . . . see m ly t e tm ent of Abim ele ch is
. r a
Zeboim in te x t seb e m
, S ee Gen m i tted 1 . . o .

xiv 2 8
.
, . W ll f the Oath i e Beersheb a Gen e o , . .
, .

6 L ike un to the j u dgm ent

.
f xxi o . .

Latin =sicut judicavit 1 2 1 4 Cf Gen xxi 1 4

. -
. . . . -
.
 C H AP T ER x vi 4 .
-
18 1 1 5

Lo r d v i s i ted Sarah and d i d unt o her as He had s p oken and ,

she c on c ei ved 1 3 A nd she b are a son i n the th ir d m onth. .

,

and i n the m i ddle of the m o n th at the ti m e of wh ic h the ,

Lo r d had s p oken to A b r ah am on the fest i v al of the fi rst fru i ts ,

-

of the harvest I s aac was born 1 4 A n d A b rah am circ u m

, . .

cised hi s son on the ei ghth day : he w as the fi rst th at was

circum cised acc ording to the c oven an t which i s o rdain ed for
ever 1 5 A n d i n the s i x th ye ar of the Tfourth i week we
. .
' '

c am e to A brah am to the Well of the Oath and we app eared , ,

unto him [as we had told Sarah th at we should return t o her ,

and she w oul d h ave c on c e i ved a son 1 6 A nd we retu rn ed . .

i n the seven th m onth and foun d Sarah wi th c hild before us ] ,

and we blessed him an d we an n oun c ed to him all the th i n gs ,

which had been de creed c on cern in g him th at he should n ot ,

d i e till he should beget six sons m ore and shou ld see (them ) ,

befo re he di ed ; but (that ) i n I s aac should h i s n am e and

seed be called :1 7 A nd (that ) all the seed of h i s s on s .

should be G en tiles and be re ck oned w i th the G entiles ; but ,

fr om the s on s of I s aac one shoul d be c om e a holy seed and ,

shoul d n ot be re ckoned am on g the G entiles 1 8 F or he . .

shoul d be com e the p orti on of the Most H i gh and all hi s ,

seed had fallen into the p ossess i on of G od th at i t should he ,

1 3. B r i ththe 1 5th of of Isaa c on e

r ads her . Sim i la ly fte n r a r a

Sivan . d in g t the Rosh ha

A cc or o n oun ced to . The Lat i n is f ll w ed o o

S h an h 1 0 b I c w as bo n on the
a ,
saa r he e r .

Passove Fe t ; r ccording t o the as a Si x son s m ore. A b ra hm a had six

Mid ash T n hnm on Exodus (Beer

r a c a , son s by K ura Gen et h: . xx v . 2 . S ee
Leb A br
. n the fi rst f N isan
. o o . xx . 1 of our te xt .

1 5 1F u rth1
.
'
T h is sh ould be
o
'
. I n I saa c should his na m e, Gen et c . .

th ird in x v l
”
Abr m w as in
as . . a xxi 12 . 6 of our
. S ee x vii . te xt .

his eight y ixth y e when Ish mael

-
s ar 1 7 All . t hthe e ce
d s ndan s of A b ra am
was b n (xi v or th t is in the fifth . a ,
sa ve J c p te it el
a ob an d his os r y b on g t o

y ear of the fi t w eek of the f rt y rs o the G e ti e S ee x v

n l s . S h
30 In an
. . .

fi r t j ub il ee
s Fi fteen y ears l te I . c a r saa 59 b the e ic i hethe
r is a d s uss on as t o w r

was b o n in the hundre dth y ea of

r r ci c ci i
r um i t
s on w as obl
ga h el
or y o n
’
Is m a s
A brah am . an d K et h '
ura s sons inc eq e c e
on s u n of

1 5 1 6 Th w ds brack eted in these

-
. e or Gen xvii .9. 1 0 i . xxi
Ow ng t o Gen . . .

verses c nt i n gl s th at destroys the

o a a os 12 it w as he th t the li ti
ld a ob ga on did

s e nse of the c nte x t They proceed o . not e xte the e c e

nd to t
d s ndan s of Esau .

fr m c up t e ding in ver 4 and

o a o rr r a . S ee ve x v
ab o 30 . .

misun de t anding f te xt generally S ee

1 8 P ortion of the IlI ost H igh
“him
rs o . . .

16 . Blessed him . F or Eth . n te n x v 31 32

o o .
-
.
1 16 T HE BOO K or J U BILE E S
unto the Lo rd a p eople for (H is) p ossess i on above all nat i ons
and th at i t sh o uld be c om e a k i ngd om an d p ri ests an d a holy

nati on 1 9 A nd we went our w ay and we announ c ed to

. .
,

Sarah all that we had t old him an d they both rejo iced w i th ,

e x c eedi ng great joy 2 0 A n d he bu ilt there an altar to . .

the Lo rd who had deli vered him and who w as m ak ing him ,

rejo ic e i n the lan d of h i s soj ourn i n g an d he c el eb rated a ,

festi val of joy i n thi s m on th seven days near the altar ,

whic h he had bui lt at the W ell of the Oath 2 1 A nd he . .

built booths for him self an d for h i s servants on thi s festival ,

and he was the fi rst to c elebrate the fe ast of tabe rn acles

on the e arth 2 2 A n d durin g these seven d ays he brought

. .

A p eop le for (His)p ossessio n z hezb a i ving p ctic lly the sam e endering g ra a r
t it c f xxxiii e e e f s un: e in Ex od xix 6
“
ar ( . m nd d rom hezb a
. natur nd in of . . , a

(a b c) tersit (b c tirsita, a“ ): o p e ple

of i n e ting ei ther the c opul o a p ause s r a r
m agn ific e c e
n d r ads e . pe p e
o l of in b et w een the t wo H ebrew w ords T h is .

he it c e
r an
”
et
(hezb a r s ), of D ent iv
20 i n n ci ent J e w i sh way of tre t i n
. . .
g s a a a
ti p p
La n, o ulum sanctifi cat u m T s as h i l t th i p h e T hus we fi nd i t gi ven s ras

nun:
. .

habv de cor, w h ich

m ay b e orru c pt for in Onk l
rah!) (as in Rev e os as

R9 5: :
.

haou oba la s (or ‘

nv i in Ps J n "ma
p res ) . .
-
o .

. f eq e t
(D ent vn 6 ), a r u n O T. ph e
ras ; of wa m par131 ( =kings with
. . crowns .
"
r -

E odx xix . 5, w h ich

. c e l ef e nd m in i te in g p i ests) ; in the J r
was l ar y b or a s r r e .

our au th
or, as the c i c e
los ng lau s of our T g ne w
rate an d the Syr ver ar

hOLflO ” m
. .

ve e h
rs s ow s S ee
also D e nt vii 6 , xi v
; e x actly
. . . .

2, xx vi 1 8, w r
. he e the f ph e
ull
‘
ras nn o up

f
is ound In xix
. 1 8 of our tex t the e
sam
.
in u Eth i pic te t nd in Rev as o r o x a .

i fic ti e ec
d f ul s r ur ih
If tersit is r g t, w e .
v 10 T h we con clude th at the . . us

m g i ht c p e
om ar D ent xx vi
19 Eth i pic te xt re pres ents the H eb ew
. . .
o r

A kingdom and p riests (of xxxiii igin l nd th t the L tin regnum or a a a a

c e d tale is b rrowed by the Latin

. .

m l lepeis, w r as he e the sa r o o

ti e
La n has r gnum sa rdo a c e t le pa o i hd a
tr n l to of Jubil es fr m the Vulgate ' a s a r e o .

lepar m fi =nunb 113 5730 . T he ph e

ras is 20 31 Th acc unt of the feast o f -
. e o

f rom E od x xix 6, of w. h ich the ti t b e n cle in our tex t is p e culiar A s

La n
.
a r a s .

g i ve the c e ct e e i
s orr r nd r n g and not the eg d the num b e of victims i t r ar s r

E th i pic ve i
o rs on Yet the tte ee
la r s m s . p e ent m e p ints of agreem ent and r s s so o

to r e p e e t the e e
r s n H b r w or g nal ofi i m ny f di g eem ent with the acc ount a o sa r

our tex h
t, as we s all see r s n y p e e tl gi ven in N um xxix I c annot .
. .

i t
F rs o f all w e ob s r e ve th t i t
a is in ffe ny e xpl n tion ofthese phenom ena o ra a a .

c e ct t
orr ly ransla d in te the
LX X and Ve es 2 0 2 2 w e e b efo e Ced nus rs -
r r re

it ep ce
is r rodu d in tw o orm s in f the i 5 0 :[ e Gr rfis Ku d M fipfi . 1. '
ra '
a. ‘
r . a

. . c e
N T los ly ak n to i th e ve
os ab o The 6pm) a as 6 A fip ap é n i .
; n a l/ a ur
’
a .

LXX t
ransla s te it i c e ctl
n orr y by ¢ pé p n ? 0 bp é u fi a Ka r a o x vo 7 0 lcou. a r

fi ao lhecov lepdr euua (a hi e ch

rar y con
as late l ts ol e a s b fi n d xa ro x r
‘
t a ro er
i ti
s s n g of k ngs) i , and th i e e i
s r n d r n g is wn l n né da s a nvds b e o / ey
e et s evo x , r r
ado pted in 1 Pet ii9 In Rev v 1 0 . pd
. .
AB p ap fis nv nyl s é 1rl
. .
1r
‘

rrov
’
a .
'
r ax or ‘
a
we a h ve fi aachelau Kai lepefs a ly as e x ct é a fiué p é m h ? hv é p fi v 7rr
-
as re e r
'
o r
‘
.

in our E thi pic te xt

o , an d in i
6 22 T w o di f e ent s crific es are here . . r a
fiam heta v lepeis h
T us our E
‘

oth i pic e c ded : b u nt offering (stir) and a

. r or a r -

te xt and Rev i6 , v 1 0 agr . ee

in . in f e ing (ns nn)
. s -
o r .
 1 18 T HE BOO K or J U B I LE E S
eou sness the eternal generati ons and from hi m a holy
for ,

seed so that i t shou ld be c o m e like Him who had m ade all

,

thin gs 2 7 A n d b e blessed an d rejo ic ed and he c alled

. .
,

the n am e of thi s festi val the festival of the Lord 3 joy , .

acc e p table to the Most Hi gh Go d 2 8 A nd we b lessed him . .

for eve r and all hi s seed after him throughout all the gener
,

ations o f the e arth be c ause he c eleb rated th i s fest i val i n i ts

,

seas on accordin g to the testim ony of the heavenly tables

,
.

2 9 For thi s re ason i t i s o rd ai ned on the he aven ly t ables

.
.

c on c ern in g I s rael that they sh all c elebrate the fe ast of

,

tabern acles seven d ays w i th joy i n the seventh m onth

acc e p t able before the L o r d—a st atute fo r eve r throughout
, ,

their gen erat ions eve ry year 3 0 A n d to th is the re i s no . .

lim i t of d ays ; for i t i s o rd ained for eve r regard ing I s rae l

that they should c elebrate i t and dwell in b ooths an d set ,

wre aths u p on their heads and take leafy boughs and , ,

wi llo ws from the bro ok 3 1 A n d A brah am took b ran c hes . .

of palm trees an d the frui t o f g o odly t rees and eve ry da

, y ,

going r ound the altar w i th the bran ches seven tim es [a day]
i n the m orni ng he prai sed and gave thanks to hi s G od for
,

all th i n gs i n joy .

Exp u lsion o f Hagar an d I shm ael, 1 1 4 -

. Masté md p rop oses
tha t God should r e uire A braha m to
q sacr
ifi ce I saac in

28 A ll his seed
. L a n om s all . ti it . as 6 o r é ¢> avos T fis fe hs (Rev 10 . ii .

29 . A
s tatute f or ever
, Lev et c . . of 2 T im
. iv
8 ) is am ar also in
. . f i li
xxiii 41
. .
J uda sm i g lla 1 5 b cf M e i
. .

30 Cf Lev
. . xi 40. x ii . . 3 1 Bran ches of p alm trees
. T . ex t
Set w rea ths up on their he ads T s . hi e
l b b a de ar and La n ord h t alm arum ti c ep
is unknow n t o rad on in onn t on iti c e ct i c
go b a k as Dillm ann r ogn s d to ec ie
w ith the fe tas c t
T he us om of w ar
. e 10 m 3 515 w as w ro ngly
. ak n as 3 3 5 t e
c plet
ing ha fe t
s at efe e
as s is r rr d t o in by the G ee tr t
k ransla or We m g . i ht
W sdom 7 8
i ii J e ph
. os-
xix
A nt 9 1 . . . . e ve th t the
obs r a T argum s on Le v .

( . 3 Mace .
cf iv it c
but . tanno be xxiii 40 h ave he e sim ply
. r
e t i he
s abl s d as a Je i hw s one i e
Br d . E very da y seven tim es A ording . cc
groom s, h eve
ow ee
r, w r e ith
adorn d w to S ukka . 5 iv
w as onl y onit the
te e Gitti
m yr l s an d ros s, St
n 7 a, o a 49 6 seve th
n day a wors th t the
rs w n h ipp e e t
ee
(B r, Bu ch d J ub et
The m a round al ar s the t
m s (B r,eve ti e ee
“ rown or wr a n
. .

p horical u se o c
f e th Buch der J ubilaen, 46 ng r, Si e
 C H APT ERS X V I . 2 7
—
X V II . 8

order to test his love a nd obedience :A b raham s

’
ten
trials, 15 18 -
.
( Cf G en . . x x i. 8

XV II A nd i n the fi rst ye ar of the ffi fth l week I s aac

.
' '

was weaned i n this jub ilee an d A b rah am m ade a gr ea t ,

b an quet i n the thi r d m onth on the day hi s son I s aac w as ,

weaned 2 A n d I shm ael the son of Hagar the Egy p tian

. .
, , ,

w as before the fac e of A b raham h i s fathe r in h i s plac e and , , ,

A b r ah am rej oic ed and blessed God be c ause he had seen h i s

sons an d had not di ed chi ldless 3 An d he rem em be red . .

the w ords whic h He had s p oken to him on the day on whic h

Lot had p arted fro m him an d he rejoic ed be c ause the Lo rd ,

had g i ven him seed u p on the e arth to inhe ri t the earth an d ,

b e blessed w ith all h i s m outh the Cre ator of all thin gs 4 . .

A nd Sa rah saw I shm ael playi ng an d dancing and A braham ,

r ejo ici ng w ith great j oy and she bec am e jealous of I shm ael ,

and s ai d t o A b raham Cast out thi s bondwo m an an d her ,

son ; for the son of thi s b on dwom an w ill not be heir

w i th m y son I s aac 5 A nd the th i ng was gri ev ous i n
, . .

’
A b rah am s s ight be c ause of hi s m ai dservant and be caus e of
,

h i s son th at he shoul d dri ve them from him

, 6 An d God . .

s ai d to A braham Let i t n ot be gri evous i n thy si ght ,

be cause of the chil d and be cause of the bondwom an ; in all

that Sarah h ath s ai d unto thee hearken to her w ords and ,

do (the m ); for i n I s aac sh all thy nam e and seed be called .

7 But as for the son of thi s b on dwom an I w ill m ake him

.

a gre at n at i on be c ause he i s of thy seed 8 A n d A braham

, . .

r ose u p early in the m o rning and took bread and a bottle ,

X VI I . 1 . Cf Gen
. . xxi . 8 . for b a y eshaq : w -
Isaac T s ith . he e
1F ifthf T s s ould b e
-
our hi h f th .
w ords are ound in f
LXX and the
V Of xxi the
,

S ee i i
a s m lar error in 15 x vi , .
ulg Gen . 9 b ut not in . .

0 Beca u se he had seen hi s sons, et c M ass or Sam . e

Cf x v1
.
7 A great nati
. The epithet
‘ .

gr a et
is su or d b y Sam , pp te the
3 S ee
.

' xm . 19 sqq .
LX X , Syr , and ulg of Gen 1 3, V xxi
. . . .

itte M
.

4 13
-
Cf Gen X XI . 9 21
-

b ut o m d b y the as s , Onkelos and

The las r ads ns ad “a
. . .
.

4 A nd dancing Since the Lat n has

. . i Ps J o n.
-
. t e i te :
c
cum Isa , w a yezafen m ay b e orru -
c pt ti
n a on of robb rs
”
e .
1 20 T HE B OOK OF J U BILE E S
of water an d p lac ed them on the shoulders of Hagar an d
,

the child and sent her away, 9 A n d she dep arted an d . .

wandered i n the w ildern ess of Beersheba and the water in ,

the b ottle w as sp en t an d the ch ild thi rsted and w as not , ,

able t o
go o n an d fe ll d ow n 1 0 An d hi s m o the r t ook
,
. .

him an d c ast him u n de r an olive t ree an d we n t and sat her ,

d own over again st him at the di st an c e of a bo w sh ot for ,

-

“
she s ai d Let m e n ot see the death of m y c hil d and as
, ,

she sat she wep t 1 1 A n d an an gel of G od on e of the

. .
,

holy on es s ai d unto her , Why weep est thou H agar ? , ,

A ri se t ake the child an d h old him in th i n e h and ; for G od ,

hath heard thy voic e an d h ath seen the c hild 1 2 A nd ,

. .

she op ened her eyes an d she saw a well of w ater an d she , ,

wen t an d fi lled her b ottle w i th water an d she gave he r ,

child to d rink an d she arose and wen t t owards the wilder

,

ness of Paran 1 3 A n d the c hi ld grew an d be cam e an

. .

arc he r an d Go d w as w i th him ; an d h i s m othe r t o ok him a

,

w i fe from am ong the d aughters of Egyp t 1 4 An d she . .

bare him a son an d he c all ed hi s n am e N eb aioth ; for she

,

“
s aid The Lord w as n i gh t o m e when I c alled u p on him
, .

1 5 A nd i t c am e to p ass i n the seve n th week in the fi rst

.
,

ye ar thereof in the fi rst m onth i n thi s jub ilee on the

, ,

twelfth of thi s m onth there were voic es i n heaven regard ing ,

A brah am that he w as fai thful in all th at He told him

, ,

an d th at he loved the Lord and th at in eve ry afflic t i o n he ,

w as fai thful 1 6 A n d the pri n c e Mast é m a cam e an d s ai d

. .

1 0 A n olive tree
. I ns ad of é ha la s . te
cc ding t the x vi. 12 an d A x vii . or o
LX X has e‘hdm s . Se e c thirty even d r 0 1am , Isaa w as -
s .

1 2 She op en ed We s ould w
h ith e e e e he e (c f x lviii 2 1 6 H r as ls w r
“
. . . . .
,
Ge nxxi. exp e ct he
19 . 17) u th tt ib te t M t é m a
. o r au or a r u s o as
1 4 N ebai oth
. Eth : N abé wbt. the c ndu ct whi ch he deem unw th y
Cf . . . o s or
Gen xx v
. 13 . . f G d b ut wh ich i c ib ed t H im o o s as r o
Was nigh We s ould
h .e xp e ct by G n xxii 1 Cf l J m e i 1 3 e a so a s
ind “was n g
. . . . . .

the i i eh
or g nal b ih W m ight c m p e w ith u te x t the
to e o ar o r
c ti
on a n e
som of the c t
o n son an s f ll w ing p ge fr m S nh 89 b
in o o assa o a .

e i th
N ba o
”
S t n p ke b ef e the H ly On ‘

c th t e t —
. a a s a or o e,
1 5 I saa is
. us th ee he bles ed b H
w n y r w n L d f the W ld s e e.
‘
or o or ,
he ee h
w as off r d u p b y Ab ra am ( cf T h ou h t gi ven f it f the b dy t . as ru o o o
122 T H E BO O K O F J U BI LE E S
and hi s s oul w as n ot im p ati e nt and he w as ,
n ot s low to act ;
for he w as fai thful an d a lover of the Lord .

Sacrifi ce f
o I sa ac :Masté m d p u t to sha m e, 1 13-
. A braham
aga i n blessed : r etu rns to Beersheba , 1 4 1 9 -
.
( Cf G en
. .

XVIII A n d God s ai d to him A braham A b raham an d

.
, ,

he s ai d Beh old (he re )am I 2 A n d H e s ai d

“T ake thy
”
. .
, , ,

beloved son wh om th ou lovest ( even ) I s aac and go u n to the , ,

hi gh country an d offer him on one of the m ount ai ns which

,

I will p oin t out u n t o thee 3 A n d he rose e arly in the . .

m orn ing an d s addled h i s ass an d t ook hi s t w o y oung m en ,

w i th him and I s aac hi s son and clave the wood of the

, ,

bu rnt offe ri ng an d he went to the p lac e on the thi rd day

-

, ,

an d he saw the plac e afar of f 4 A n d he c am e t o a we ll . .

of water an d he s ai d t o h i s y ou n g m en
“ A b i de ye he re
, ,

w i th the ass and I an d the lad sh all go (yon de r) an d when

,

we h ave w orshipp ed we sh all com e again t o you 5 A nd . .

»

he t ook the wood of the bu rn t offeri ng an d lai d i t on I s aac -

hi s son an d he took in hi s h and the fi re an d the kn i fe an d

, ,

they wen t both of them t ogether t o that plac e 6 A nd . .

I s aac s ai d t o hi s father “ Father an d he s ai d

“ H ere am I , , ,

m y son A n d he s ai d un t o him
. Beh old the fi re and the , ,

kni fe an d the wo od ; but where i s the shee p for the bu rnt

,

offe ri ng fathe r ? 7 A n d he s ai d “ God w ill pro vi de for .

, ,

hi m self a sheep for a bu rnt offeri ng m y son A n d he d rew -

,
.

n e ar t o the p lac e o f the m ount o f Go d 8 A n d he bui lt an . .

alt ar an d he plac ed the w ood o n the altar an d b ou n d I s aac hi s

, ,

son an d p lac ed him on the w ood w h ic h w as u p on the alt ar

, ,

an d st re tched forth h i s h and t o t ake the kn ife t o slay I s aac

XVI II 1 1 7 Cf G n xxi 1 1 9
.
-

t in . u 2 )LXX
. e
yfi 37. i. -
. a xx . vT V
2 B l v d S LXX 6 dy bibnhfi fM i h
”
. n e o e so . o 7 V a u. o or a .

n é riw in te d
uz f M S m 7 Of th m u nt of G d G n
'
r r s a o xn ass., a e o o e x

9 e d :“wh ich God h d t old him

. .
, . . .

Sy T n
r. u
a r a s a
T he high cou n try b c : m oun
”
( d of
'

a . .
 C HA PT E R X V I II . 1 15
-
123

his son . 9 . A nd I
stood before him and befo re the pri n c e ,

o f the Mast é m a an d the Lo r d s ai d

“Bid him not to la h i s
, y ,

hand on the lad nor to do anything to him for I have shown , ,

”
that he fear s the Lord 1 0 A nd I called t o him from . .

heaven and s ai d unto him : A braham A braham

, and he ,

w as terri fi ed and s ai d : Beh old (here ) am I 1 1 And I , . .

sai d unto him : La

y n ot thy h and up on the lad n e ither do ,

th ou anythi ng to him for n ow I h ave sho w n th at th ou

fe arest the Lord an d hast n ot w ithheld thy son thy fi rst , ,

born son fr o m m e 1 2 A nd the p ri n c e of the Masté m aw as

, . .

p ut to sh am e ; and A brah am lifted u p hi s eyes and looked and , ,

behold a s i ngle ram caught

, by h i s ho rns and A braham wen t ,

a n d to o k the ram an d o ffe red i t for a bu rnt offeri ng in the ste ad -

of his son 1 3 A nd A brah am c alled that plac e The L ord

. .

h ath seen so that i t i s s ai d “(i n the m ount) the L ord h ath

,

seen that i s Mount Si on 1 4 A n d the Lord c alled . .

A b rah am by h i s n am e a se cond ti m e fro m he aven as he ,

caused us to app ear to s p eak t o him i n the nam e of the Lord .

1 5 A nd H e s ai d
. By Myself have I sworn sai th the Lord , ,

Be cause thou h ast don e thi s thi ng ,

An d hast not w i thheld thy son thy beloved son from Me , , ,

9 P ri n ce of the Mastémd
. S ab he c m e w yem as c upt fo
. o a a
-
e, orr r

he e nd in v r 1 2 and xlviii 9 1 2 1 5 b é d w in th icket

r a e . . , , . a
'

a a .

e d w on gl y gi ve
r prince M aetsm a in 1 3 (I n the m ount) A dded f m . . ro

the e p ge and all MSS wr ngly in L tin It i found in M

s assa s nd L XX
o a s ass. a

f G n XX
.

x vn 6 x lv iii 2 S ee note on x 8 14 o e II.

Or “
. . . . . . .
,

n te Syr and Vulg w i ll

"
Sh wn o known but s H th seen ee o a
“
. . . .
,

seeth T he ve b i p ive in ”
on 1 1 . e s e, . r s ass

1 1 I have hown =Latin ve i on the M s (mm ) nd LXX nd l in i a a so

the L tin ve ion of J ubil —vi u t

. s rs ,
as . a ,

m ni fe t vi
a s a T he Eth c uld . o a rs ees s s es .

l
a so be endered “I have kn wn
r
1 4 H e u ed us to app ea (b)
“
be o . ca s r . a

c e d hi m ( m e )to pp e d we
,
” "

—
as M a s n d Sasm of G e n
a xxii 1 2 a au s a ar

pp e e L atin fuim u i c upt

. .
. .
"
the L ti m i fe t v i i d a ar z s s orr
mgr b t n
.
n s
.
u ,
a a ,
a , s
1 5 Thy beloved son (a dy a
un m tak e ble and th i s en de ing i up
.

: Lat tu un ig enit :
is a r r ss
mr fi ro G ov o o
p rted b y b oth Eth and L tin in v
o
? y oy u fi
. a
11W H e n ce
er.
f or ov
‘
e o s 0 00
.,

Th Syr has the very s m e en de

.

16 . e .
H eb e w te xt see ms to h ve h d di tt
a r r
r a a a o

ing :M ?O ,=I have sh own P

gr p h ic l te x t j ust as LXX (A ) f J udge
. s a a o s

J on h .
~$ i =m anifest tum e t
as I xi 3 4 : u vw wg d q dy m r fi
a s . . o e
‘
s a v )
-
"

a r ,

h ve h own i suitable t the c onte xt

a s s n d LXX nd Vulg o f G n xxii 2 1 2 . a a . o e . . , ,

G d p ve A brah am s fai thfulne 1 6 p tulate si mil di tt gr ph i e f the

’
o ro s t ss o os ar o a s o

M t é m a n d t o others (ver
as a m e H eb ew word in Heb e w te xt On
. sa r r .

1 2 C ught. A ll the MSS add

a .
nd the ther h and b 0 unde influ enc e of v a o r er.
 1 2
4

Th at i n bless in g I shall bless thee ,

A nd in m ultip ly in g I shall m u ltip ly thy seed

As the stars of he aven ,

A n d as the s an d whic h i s on the se ashore .

thy seed w ill i nheri t the citi es of i ts enem i es

An d ,

1 6 A n d in thy seed wi ll all n at i o n s of the e arth be

.

blessed ;
Be c ause th ou h ast obeyed My v oic e ,

A n d I h ave sh ow n t o all that th ou art fai thful un t o Me

i n all that I have s ai d u nt o thee
G o in p e ace .

1 7 A n d A b rah am wen t t o h i s y ou ng m en and they arose

.
,

an d we n t t ogethe r t o Bee rsheb a an d A brah am dwe lt by the ,

W ell of the Oath 1 8 A n d he c elebrated thi s festiv al every . .

year seven days wi th joy an d he called i t the fest i v al of

, ,

the Lord accordi ng t o the seven days du ri ng whic h he went

an d retu rn ed in p e ac e 1 9 A n d accordi ngly has i t bee n . .

ord ai n ed an d w ri tte n on the heavenly t ables regardi ng

I srae l an d i ts seed th at they sh ould obse rve thi s fest i val
seve n days wi th the joy of fest i val .

R eturn o f A braham to H ebron . D ea th an d buria l f

o Sarah ,

1 9 -
. Marriage of I saac a n d second m arriage of A braham .

Birth o f Esau and J acob 1 0 1 4 A braha m

,
-
. com m ends

J a cob to Rebecca and blesses him , 1 5 3 1 -

.
( Cf G en . . xx iii .

1 4, 1 1 1 6
- -

,
xx iv . 15 , x x v. 1 2, 2 5
- -
2 7 x iii, .

X IX A n d in
the fi rst year of the fi rst week i n the
.

. forty se cond jubilee A braham retu rn ed and dwelt opp os ite

-

H eb ron that i s K irj ath A rb a two weeks of ye ars

, 2 A nd , . .

11 e d “ n d w i th whe e Vul g h p t = i h s =wtfi f

thy fi t b n
r a n rs -
or so a r as or as 1r
$
a o
L ti n (qu em dil i ti ) dd “
, .

a w h om th u M ex s nd , a o ass . a

h t l ved T hi dditi n m y g b ck
as o
”
1 6 G in p
sa 1 S m i 17 o a o a o eace. a
t h ar m m :
.
. . . .

o (G n xxii t T im
-
1 e
1 9 W th thej y offestw l L t n ha
. . or o » '

i o a a i s
( c u pt n f 11 n G n
.
orr io n 16 on o e xx
in l et iti g u d nt es
. .
a
w h ich u te x t i b e d )
a a e .
o r s as .

Cities = 6> ( l Sam ve s

1r XI X 1 K irj th A M
xei s so a so I n MSS r a T

6b “A pfl
. . /
,

Q j ta baq LX X 6 1 ’
L XX Syr , O nk f G n . u 17 . o é e . xx .
ar a r . ” ” f
’
1 26 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE ES
thereof he took a w i fe for hi s son I s aac and her n am e w as
Rebe cc a [the d aughter of Bethuel the son of N ah or the , ,

brother of A braham ] the s i ster of Lab an an d daughte r of

Bethue l ; an d Bethue l w as the son of Mé lca w ho w as the ,

w i fe of N ahor the brother of A b rah am 1 1 A n d A braham ,

. .

t ook t o h i m self a th ird w ife and her n am e w as K etu rah , ,

fro m am ong the daughters of h i s househo ld se rvan ts for ,

H agar had d i ed before Sarah 1 2 A n d she b are him six . .

s ons Zim ram and J okshan an d Medan and Midi an and

, , , , ,

I shb ak an d Shu ah in the t w o weeks of ye ars

,
1 3 A nd in ,
. .

the s ix th week in the se con d ye ar thereof Rebe cca b are to , ,

I s aac two s on s J ac ob an d Es au and J ac ob w as a s m ooth , ,

an d u p ri ght m an and Es au w as fi e rc e a m an of the fi e ld , , ,

an d h airy an d Jac ob dwelt i n tents 1 4 A n d the y outh s

, . .

grew and Jacob learn ed t o w rite ; but Es au d i d n ot le arn

, ,

of. I s xli 8 “. A b ra am , My r n d
. h f ie t ione d b y Je
rom , Qu a est H ebr i n Gen e . . .

2 C ron h 7 LX X o f D an
. xx . 35 It . iii . . xx v .1 et
C ura H eb raeo s rm on o u e ec p
f
is ound in P o, D e Sobrieta te, 1 1 hi l : t la a int erp retat ur an t ju n ct a (al n a) . v i et .

M)i é m Ka N fi/
i zw el
d d 1rb
’
A fipa dp. T O G c
Q uam ob ausam suspicant ur H eb raei
¢ l)\ ov y ou ; (Gen a so in . xviii . l tt
m u a o n om n eandem ss A gar, ua i e e e q e
J am s e ii
2 3 ; C m R om .
, le x l . . . x vii . t
Saraa m or ua de on ub na t ransierit c c i
2 ; T arg J er on Gen . 17 In . x viii . . . x e
in u or m A ord n g t o. Book cc i the
Book of W sdom vii 2 7 i
d s gna on the e i . ti of J has ar (D i et d es A p ocr 1 1 47 ) . ii . .

¢ lhor Gear? is a d to a ul ppl ie the f ithf et

K urah w as a Canaan s w o m an i ti h S ee .

e e ll
g n ra y , and lk w s in P lo i e ie hi ee
B r, L eben A br 83, 1 9 8 ng r, 118 Si e p
:
. . .

F ragm en t ii p 6 52 w as d o¢ bs 0 6 0 1)
. . D aughte rs Em nd d w .La n e e ith ti .

h pp ic t i
¢ D\os T i s a l a on of
. ras the ph e e xt T sons .

lt
m ay b e du e t o P a o, L egg 8, w r iv he e 1 2 Of Gen 2 In E o xx v the thi pic
: the
. . . . . . .

“
the i e i
w s m an is sa d t o b e deg ¢ D\os : e nam s a ar as Z nb ar, pp e
aks n, e J e
cf .also Max T yr xx 6 F or R ab b n a
. . . . i ic l M i M ada ,
'
adan, Ijazbbq , Sehija .

refe e c e Si e p
r n s ng r, 1 5 1 no . te . 1 3 Of Gen
. . 25 27xx v . .
-
.

1 0 Cf Gen .xxi v 15 . . . . Six th T s da . hi te h

arm o n s s w ie ith
D a u ghter of Bethu el ; an d Bethu el . th ta in xx v
1 , 4, a ord ng t o wcc i
. hich
e e
Em nd d wi l of L a n th he p
my ti . S ee J ca ob w as 6 3 in 2 1 0 9 A M , b ut dis . .

te xt p, 66 . . agree s w a in ith th t
13 x lv . .

[The daughter brother of A bra Smo oth an d up right So b e T wo . .

ham] c eteBra k
. d as a d ogra y , itt ph i ee t e ei
d f r n r n d r ngs of on wi re (Gen .

e the G ee
alr ady in r k, as a ars in it pp e xx v . ee c j i e he e
2 7 ) s m t o b e on o n d r .

the ti ve i
La n rs on . On the the h
o r i c e the e c ipti
an d, s n d s r on
xx v
1 1 Cf Gen . 1 . . . . e f
o f Esau is b orrow d rom G en xx v 27 . .

K eturah f or H agar had died . an d xx vii it p

1 1, le th t the
is rob ab
. a
bef ore Sarah th he e exp i
O ur au or r . la ns e c ipti
d s r J c
on of a ob is fdrawn rom
h
why Ab ra am did n ot t e ak H agar bo th th t
also , and h he e
w e s ould
te t iti —
a r
ba kc La r rad o n Gen rabb a 6 1 ,
. . e
r ad S thm oo p i ht
an d u r g
"
.

Ps J on and T argJ xx vi
er on Gen i 1 4 J a cob learn ed to w rite the On
— ve the iffic lt
-
. . . . . . . .

got o r d i e ti f i
u y by d n y ng ph e c f J h
ras ct xx vi
o n vii 1 5 ; A s
. 24 ; . .

et h hi vie
H agar and K ura T s w is m en . t cc i
Pla o, A p ol 26 D A ord ng t o O nkelos
. .
 C H A PT E R X IX . II 22-
127

for he of the fi eld an d a hunte r and he le arnt

w as a m an ,

w ar an d all h i s deeds were fi e rc e

, 1 5 A nd A b rah am loved . .

Jac ob but I s aac loved Es au

,
1 6 A n d A b rah am saw the . .

deeds of Es au an d he knew that in Jac ob sh ould hi s nam e

,

and seed be c alled ; and he c alled Rebe cc a and gave com

m andm ent regard ing J acob for he knew th at she (too) love d ,

J ac ob m u c h m ore than Es au 1 7 A n d he s ai d u n to her : . .

My daughter w at c h over m y son Jac ob , ,

F or he sh all be i n m y ste ad on the e arth ,

A n d for a bless i ng i n the m i dst of the c hil dren of m en ,

A n d for the glory of the wh ole seed of Shem .

1 8 For I kn o w that the Lord w ill ch oose him t o be a p e op le

.

for p ossess i on u n t o H im self ab ove all p e op les th at are u p on ,

the fac e o f the earth 1 9 A n d beh old I s aac m y son loves Es au . .

,

m o re th an J ac ob but I see th at th ou t ruly lovest Jacob ,

.

2 0 A dd still furthe r t o thy k in dness t o him

.
,

A n d le t th i n e eyes be u p on him in love ;

For he w ill be a bless ing un t o us on the e arth from
hen c eforth u nt o all gen erati on s of the e arth .

2 1 Let . thy hands be strong

A n d le t thy he art rej oic e in thy son J ac ob ;
F or I h ave loved him far bey on d all m y s ons .

He w ill be blessed for ever ,

A n d hi s seed w ill fi ll the wh ole e arth .

2 2 If . a m an u m ber the s an d
can n of the e arth ,

H is seed als o w ill be num bered .

on xx v 2 7 J cob ttended H eb ew b ef e Es u t k t evi l w y ; se

Gen . . a a a r or a oo o a s e

sch the l gy m aSm n J T h P

ool of o o l B b b th 1 6 b (Bee L b A b
'
'
. e s. a so a a a ra r, e . r.
,

J n nd J s T gum ep e ent H eb e
o . a eru . ar sr r s r

as the he d of th is ch l Cf B
a 1 8 A p p l f or p
s e si n
oo h b . . er . . eo e oss s o z a v

ra bb 63 a S ee Bee L b n A b p
. p b S ee n te n x vi 1 8 ; l
r, e e r . . ri ou.
r e co c o o . a so

200 F b ici C d P ud V T i
a r the n te in m y text p 68 whe e I h ve
us, o . se . . . . o . r a

4 3 5 438 ; Sin ge
-
p 103 h own th t the Eth i pic t n l t
r, . .
f s a o ra s a ors o

16 Ab h m
.
e c gni ses b y hi the Bib le lw y m i t n l ted p
ra a r o s a a s s ra s a r e t

c ndu ct the p ede tin ed f unde f uu

o r T h i ve e i d wn w d f
s o r o c c as. s rs s ra or or

the n t i n (ii
a o T h p m i e gi ven
.
w d f m D e ut 6 e ro s or ro . V11. .

in vi 1 6 x vii 6 is he e fu the de
x .
P pl Re t ed f m L tinr r r eo es. s or ro a .

22 G n xiii 1 6 C nt t xiii 20
.
,

fi ned A cc ding t P J n n G n
. or o s. -
o . o e . . e . . . o ras .

xxv 9 ; B
. b b 6 3 A b h m di e d
er. ra f u te xt a ,
ra a o o r .
128 T HE B OO K or J U BILE E S
2 3 A nd. the bless i ngs wherewi th the Lord h ath blessed
all

m e an d m y seed sh all belong t o J ac ob and h i s seed alway .

2 4 A n d in h is seed shall m y n am e be blessed an d the

. ,

n am e of m y fathers Shem an d N o ah and En oc h and , , , ,

Mahalalel an d Enos and Seth and A dam

,
2 5 A n d t hese , ,
. .

shall serve
To lay the found ati ons of the he aven ,

A n d to strengthen the e arth ,

A n d t o renew all the lu m i nari es wh ic h are in the fi rm a

m ent .

2 6 A n d he c alled J ac ob before the eyes of Rebe cca h i s

.

m other an d k i ssed him

,
an d b lessed him an d s ai d , ,

27 Jacob m y beloved son W hom m y soul lo veth m ay

. , , ,

G od bless thee from ab ove the fi rm am ent and m ay He ,

gi ve thee all the bless i ngs wherewi th He blessed A dam ,

and En o c h an d N o ah and She m ; an d all the th in gs of

, ,

which H e t old m e and all the thi ngs which He p romi sed ,

to gi ve m e m ay H e cause t o cle ave to thee an d t o thy

,

seed for ever acc o rdi ng t o the days of heaven above ,

the earth 2 8 A nd the spiri ts of Masté m a sh all n ot rule

. .

over thee or over thy seed t o turn thee from the Lord w ho ,

i s thy God from hen c eforth for ever 2 9 A nd m ay . .

the Lord God be a father t o thee and thou the fi rst bo rn -

son and t o the p eople alway

, G o i n p e ac e m y son 30 .
, . .

A nd they b oth went forth t ogether fro m A brah am 31 . .

A nd Rebe cc a loved Jac ob w ith all her he art an d w i th all ,

her s oul very m u c h m ore than E sau ; but I s aac lo ved Es au

,

m u c h m ore th an Jac ob .

24 Th i li t of righteous patri ch
. s s ar s (apma am:Sanh . 38 b) . S ee rab b n i ic
18 p ec li f its om issions nd it
u ar or a s efe enc es in Singer pp 1 25 1 2 6
r r
, .
-
.

in e ti n With regard to M h l l l
s r o s. a a e e 2 5 S ee note on i 2 9
. C f Is . . . . li .

n th ing sp e ci l is known
o On the a .

othe h nd the omi i on of M eth usel h

r a , ss a 2 7 A ll the blessings whe rewi th,
. et c .

is t nges ra In l ter t im e s opini n

. a o s Cf xx i
i 13
. . .

w e e di vi ded
r s t o the c h a cte f a ra r o 28 S ee te
no . on xv 3 1 32 E l .
-
vi .

Ad m a S m e held him to b
. o int e a sa pi it h ve
s r s a i i
dom n on o r n l s ve the G e t i e
(T on E ub 1 8 b) othe s an atheist
r .
, r ve e
b ut not o r Isra l.
1 30 T HE BOOK OF J UBIL E E S
lan d . he t old them O f the judgm e nt of the gian ts
5 A nd
. ,

and the j udg m ent Of the Sodo m i tes ho w they had bee n ,

judged on acc ount of the ir w ic kedn ess and had d i ed on ,

acc oun t of the ir forn ic at i on an d un cle anness an d m utu al, ,

c orrup tion through fornicati o n .

“A n d guard y ou rselves fro m all forn ic at i on an d u n c le an

6 .

ness ,

A nd from all p ollut i on of sin ,

ye m ake our n am e a c urse ,

yo ur wh ole life a hi ss ing ,

all your so n s to be destroyed by the swo rd ,

ye be c om e accu rsed like Sod om ,

all y ou r re m n an t as the s ons of G om orrah .

7 I im plore you m y s on s love the God of he ave n

, , ,

A nd cleave ye to all H is c om m and m ents .

A nd w alk not after the ir id ols an d afte r the ir un clean ,

nesses ,

8 . A nd m ake n ot for y ourselves m olten or g raven gods ;

For they are vani ty ,

A n d there i s n o s pirit i n the m ;

’
F or they are w ork Of (m en s ) hands ,

A nd all who t rust i n them trust in n othi ng , .

Se rve the m not n or w orship them

, ,

9 . Bu t serve ye the Most H i gh God ,

and worsh ip Him
c o n ti nu ally
e th
d a t i
b y s on ng, w r as d a e th he e
by 5 F orni
. c a ti on, an d u ncleann ess, and

fi re w as r s r d for e e ve
the p i e t r s s
’
S ee note on vii 2 1
corr up tion . . .

dau ghte r who had p e the h e

lay d w or , 6 M ke u nam a cu
. a nd youro r e r se, a
L ev xxi 9. the the h
On . . o r and Gen . wh le life
o his ing B ed on I l v
a s . as s. x .

xxx iii
v he e J h p p e
2 4, w r uda ro os s t o 15 ; J xxix 1 8 Of Eth En v 6 F r
er. o
“ h i in
. . . . . . . .

c e e eithe
b u rn T am ar, om s und r n r of a g ( L ti n ) gi ve s
ss
”
th eat so a a a r
the e e ti
s r gula on s ti l
T am ar w as s l ,
. ening nd b c d c u e of b o ting
a a a s as .

acc iord ng t oc t the i fe

us o m , w of Er 8 Cf xii 5
. u 18 . .
, xx . .

for Shel h a i p
w as s m ly t o act as Er s
’
M olten or graven gods Cf D ent
ep e e t t ive—
. . .

r r s n a h l the e p
an d s ou d r u on xx vii . 15 .

h ve ee t e cc i
a ! b n s on d a ord ng t o the Serve them n ot, nor worship the m .

L evitic la law S ee te x li
n o s on. 2 5, 2 6 . . E odx 5 . xx . .
 C H A PT E R XX .
5 -
13 1 31

A nd hop e for His c ounten an c e alw ays ,

A nd w ork u pri ghtness and ri ghteousness befo re Him ,

T h at H e m ay have p leasu re i n you an d grant you His

m e rcy ,

And send rai n up on you m o rn i ng and even ing ,

A nd bless all your works wh ich ye have w rought up on

the e arth ,

An d b less thy b re ad and thy w ater ,

A n d bless the fru i t O f thy w om b and the fru i t O f thy lan d ,

A nd the herds of thy cattle an d the flocks of thy sheep , .

1 0 A nd . ye will be for a bless ing on the e arth ,

A nd all n at i on s of the e arth w i ll des ire

y ou ,

bless your s ons i n m y nam e

A nd ,

That they m ay be b lessed as I am .

1 1 A n d he gave t o I shm ael an d to h is s on s an d t o the

.
,

so n s of K eturah gi fts and sent them away from I s aac hi s, ,

so n and he gave eve ryth in g to I s aac h i s son

, 1 2 A nd . .

I sh mael an d hi s s ons an d the s on s of K etu rah an d the ir ,

s ons went t ogether and dwelt from Paran t o the entering

,

i n O f Babylon i n all the land which i s t owards the East

facin g the desert 1 3 A n d these m in gled w ith e ach othe r
. .
,

and the ir n am e w as c alled A rabs an d I sh m ae lites , .

last words to I saa c regar ding idola try the ea ti ng

’
A braham s ,

cariou s sa cr the
of blood, the o f ering of ifi ces a nd use o f
sa lt, 1 11-
. A lso r egarding the w oods to be u sed in

9 . H ave p leasure in . Lat has

. w h t p in g f m the eed
a s r s ro s as he e r .

dirig t wh ich with P et iu h

a ,
ra or s s ould b e L at in h s f u t umaG eek w r c . r as p b ro .

ch nged i nt dilig t
a o a . x a pr bu .

S nd e in Cf xii 4 1 8
ra . . .
, .
10 . Ye w ill befor a blessing . Cf Gen
. .

Bl all you W OT/CS et c

ess Cf r ,
. ' D eut .
x ii 2 and xxi
2 5 of our . te xt
X viii 8
. .

x '
11 Of Gen . . xx v . 6
x
. .

Bless thy bread and thy wa ter E od . .

12 P ara n Eth Pharm On

xxiii
. . . .

25
Was
.

F ru i t of thy wom b an d the f ruit of 13 ca lled

A rabs and I shma el
The L atm : “
.
,
thy la n d, A n d the herds, D u vii et c e t i tes So Eth
. Clave to
.

?
. . .

13 The E o thi pic

word r nd r d ru e e e f i t the A rab s and ( y are ) Is m ae s the h l ite
n e e
rally :
“s d, b ut also m ans
ee it e t th un o i s day .

g
 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
an d o
sacri fi ce a n d the du ty o f washing before sacr ifi ce f
covering blood etc , 1 2 2 5 .
-
.

X XI the s ix th year of the f seventh l week of

. A nd in
' '

thi s jub ilee A braham c alled I s aac h i s son and c o m m anded ,

him s ay i ng ,
I am be c om e old and know not the day ,

of m y de ath and am full of m y d ays ,

2 A nd behold I am . .
,

one hundr ed and seventy fi ve yea r s old and th r oughout all -

the d ays of m y life I have rem em ber ed the Lord and ,

sought w ith all m y heart to do His will and to w al k up ,

ri ghtly i n all Hi s w ays 3 My soul has h ated i dols (and I . .

,

have despi sed those that served the m and I have gi ven m y he art ,

X X I. 1 . Sinc e Ab h m ra a to L evi The (115 mi nt Afipadu é blb f

.
’
a e

was b orn in 187 6 A .H . a nd l i ve d 1 7 5 su pp rt the v i e w of our auth

o I or.

e he
y ars, t h ve di ed in 20 5 1 A M
mu s a . .
, wil l now gi ve the p ort i ons of T e t s .

where as u text m ke it 2 0 5 7 a s L ev i 9 wh ich de l w i th the me sa

H enc e re d “
o r . a

sixth a W sh l d then "

. e ou m tter as our te x t
a nd i n e t fte a s r a r

h ave 20 50 . them the referenc es to the p llel ara s

in our text
’
A braham called I saac his son , an d K i I d é dh h a c
ra lc x ec e

:
.

c omma nded him Cf T s L . 9 . et . evi a vvexb

cs 7 0 6 brronvfia a l as mi nor K uplov
’
'

’
I aa ax é xdhei ue
‘
7 0 6 brroavfiora l ne J
( uh 1). xxi Ka l é bla
. ao xé h e vbnou
'

vbuov R upice The r s of . th i ch p te

s a r et iepwm vns, 0 vac6 v,
fi
bhoxa w wucir wv, ‘

acc i ord ng t o our au el

or d a s wi th th dwapxé w, é xovalwy , a m plwv (J ub
‘

h '
A b ra am s dir e ct i
ons t o Isaa c e
r gard xxi 7 9)
.
-
xa l é hey e Mi; r bo exe,
p
‘ '

ing the v i i
ar ous k nds of sa r c s, c ifi e the r é x vov, du b rob n vebp a ros rfis iropveta s

w oods t o b e us d on e the lt the xxi

a ar,
( 21 23 )
. xa l 11116 7 0 9 elo ehfl
-
eiv
'

ti
ab lu ons of the p i e t the t
r s , du y of e ls r d ir 9y m , Action“ Kai. 47 7 93 N ew ,
.

v i i f ic ti
a o d ng orn a on N it q ite
ow is u . Vlm o v Ka i dr a pr lj wv 11 d
‘

Th v Ovo la v,
‘
' '

c e th t the th
l ar a au or of T s e t evi
L 9 xxi t vlrrr ov ( 1 6 alm os w ord for word )
“
. . .

h ad eithe r our te xt ef e
b or him or ls e e M : A dder; Gé vbpwv (tel é xbw wv ( AN
ce c th c ve e fl
’
a sour
. om m on t o b o The on rs . away s K upto) , abs mi ne A pa da
h p the i th t
y o s s a our au th
or had the e t xxi
T s .
( 1 2 1 3)
. Kai wdaa v Ova la v
-

Levi ef e
b or him is not w orkabl
,
e In xxi . {tha n dht eis ( .

any c e the t x t
as e of the T s e t evi
L is I am become old a nd know not the
.

e i i th th t
l ss or g nal an a of our au th or day of m y death T hese w ords .
.
,
are
ep e e t
It r r s n s Isaa as ransm c t itti
ng t o
u e d b y I saac in Gen xxvii 2 s . .

Levi the sam e it c

r ual om m ands th t
a
A nd am fu ll For “ and MSS e ad r
our te xt e c i e h
d s r b s A bra am as g ng i vi “f b ut Lat in rightly gi ve s et or,
"
.

t o I saa c T he only p i t th t
o n a can
.

The p ron un is
.

e fv the i i it F ll of m y days u o
b e urg d in a our of or g n al y
.

of the e t evi th t the

T s L is a w ords in
p eculiar to th is b ook and Eth ve . rs.

l “I am b om old and
T he Sam LXX Vulg re d
.

nd Syr
J i ee xxi
ub l s . ec e “f ll of da s a ain t M s nd
a . .
, , . a

know not the day of m y d a e th ”

are y g u s a s. a

e c
us d by I saa in Gen xxv u 2 and not
O nk l s of Gen xx v 8 wh ich o mi t f e o . . o

Cf xxii 7 xxiii 8 of ou te x t
. .
”
d y
b y A bra am h But the ve
two i w s are
.
a s. . .
,
. r .

c p ti e
om a bl Our tex t ep e e t
. r r s n s Abra 2 Cf Ge n xxv 7 . . . . .

i vi i ecti
ham as g ng d r ons as t o sa r c ific e s, 3 (A nd 1 have desp ised nd . a
et c , . c
to Isaa ; and the eT st Le v i p irit) S uppli ed from Latin :prob bly
. s . a
ep e t
r res n s Isaa c h i the
as and ng m on l st in Ethiopic th rough h om oioteleut n o o .
1 34 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
9 A nd
. e these for a sweet s avour acc ep table before
off r all

the Lord w ith i ts m eat offeri ng and w i th its dri nk offeri n g

,
- -

for a sweet s avou r the b r e ad of the offeri n g unto the L ord, ,

1 0 A n d eat i ts m e at on th at day an d on the se c ond day

. ,

and let n ot the sun o n the se c ond day go dow n u p on i t t ill

i t i s e ate n an d let noth ing he left over for the third day ;
,

for i t i s n ot acc ep t able [for i t i s n ot app roved] an d let i t n o

longer be e aten and all who e at there of w ill b ring s in u p on
,

them selves ; for thus I h ave foun d i t wri tten i n the bo oks
of m y forefathers and i n the w ords of En och an d in the , ,

w ords of N oah 1 1 A n d on all thy oblat ion s thou sh alt

. .

strew s alt and let not the s alt of the c oven an t be lackin g i n
,

all thy o blat i on s before the Lord 1 2 A n d as regards the . .

wood of the s acrifi c es bew are lest th ou bring (other) w ood ,

Thou shalt r em ove t eblel Em nd d . e e ground for the st tem ent a m ad e by our

w i th ti ep
La n s ara rom te blfi l z rolled f au th or.

up , oc ve e
r d up . 11 . On a ll thy oblation s thou shal t

Bread of the
9 fl
o eri ng u n to the strew salt. Of the p ara llel p assag e in
:
.
.

L ord From Lev

. . iii . 11 .
e t ev i
T s L . 9 Ka t n daa v ava tar t
( ha n
(t h eir
10 .
[F or i t i s n ot app roved] I . h ve
a
.

b ra kc ete thi c d s laus as a d ogra e itt phy .

Sa lt o f the coven an t. Cf L ev . . 11. 13 .

L et i t n o longer be eaten =jé tb alaé ,

' MSS e r ad coven nt a o f sal t .

1 2 Beware lest thou bri ng (other )

e e e f m
m nd d jé tb ahal (a b) c d =
.
ro
“th u h lt n t
.

” w ood for the a ltar i n addition to these

eat .
.
o s a o

Wri tten
By a s g e li ht ch
te xt
ang (see m y 75
in the books of m y f ore “Be ar ul
,

cc i x h ve
1 4 N oa ga
note i ht e :
30 )w e m g r ad c ef
f athers A ord ng t o
. .

fe the lt the f l
t o o f r on a ar ol owing w ood s
all his s e c etr She
b ooks t o m , w ho
hi p
T s e
assag itte
w as wr n
m ay a h ve p e the
ass d h
m on t o A b ra am ,
p i ete i e the e i
oss b ly t o d rm n m an ng of
as, acc iord ng t o i ic t iti
rab b n rad on ,
mmv my in E od
’

x xx v 5, 10 et c
h
A b ra am a tte e the ch l She
nd d s oo of m .
. . .

cc i
A ord ng t o xii h eve
2 7 , ow r, A b ram Ou te xtr the ubje ct f i t is efe e d
or s o r rr
in T e t L evi 9 :6:
.

i
is sa d to ah ve ee b n a h e t e tom s ud n ,
to 5 6 m dé dpw s . a u v

an d t o
'
h ve t i e the
a s ud d
d l éx b w
b ooks of his p t Ah di y K plg bs e ur
-
y ( / a va - e v t , t

num b e
'

f the
a rs Si e png r (
. te t te
1 2 6 no ) s a s daé A fip aa é dlb f
.
Th K a a e. e r

th t cc i
a a i e
ord ng t o F rk vi i
R El he e is p b bly c p t b bd :
i , . . .
r ro a orru . i exa

J alk G en . . h e ceive f
4 1 , Ab ra am r g c u pt f
d ro m Th Eth Enoch . orr or e .

S he the
m le e
know dg of the c e iii sp e k
al ndar f f urteen eve g een t ee . a s o o r r r s,
wh ich i p te
was m ar d to A dam f rom
nd m y b in th t p s ge dep endent a a e a as a
he ve
a n , an d which c e
had om down t o n u text With the li t f four o o r . s o
She th h
m ro ug ch
Eno h
and N oa teen t ee s Sin u te xt cf th t in
T he . r o r . a
the G op ni a xi 1 :bé dp d O Mi
,

pee t p
r s n e
assag te xt
in our eas w ll as e o c . u a eL a
’

vii . et ti h
3 8 and T s X II Pa r arc Zeb 3 . é 5" (1 )¢ ZW E (2 ) l pw
.
(3 )
. . ar t
‘
L O , x r v,
t ce c c e t i h ch th
ra ba k r a n ala o to compbfi h (4) dutch 7 ( 5 ) é h l
-

(6 ) ar t os,
‘
/7 , a a,
m ands or b ooks of Eno ch an d N oah dpw (7 ) p é ( 8) wl . x vrr
'
o os, x e ar a , r vs,
e
N on o f the ci e tan n p e e ve (9 ) p
b ooks r s r d (1 0 ) w a ( 1 1 ) a p l n 1r i vos.
’

s, v a r' ,
e the e
u nd r s e
n am s are of an h chic ( 1 2 ) é bp ( 13 ) l é
ala t ( 1 4 ) dp v K os, r a ea xe
ch cte
ara r he e
T r
. p
w as lrob ab y
0 noO f these fou teen t en t n 0 s. r , , e.
. os.
 CH A PT E R XX I 9 .
-
19 1 35

fo r the altar in addi ti on to these :cypr ess dé fran sagfid , , ,

pi ne fi r c edar s av in p alm oli ve m yrrh lau r el an d citron

, , , , , , , , ,

jun ip er and b als am , 1 3 A nd of these ki n ds of wood lay . .

u p on the altar under the s acri fi c e su ch as have been tested ,

as to the ir app e aran c e and do not la

y (there on) any spli t or ,

dark wood (but) har d and cle an wi thout fault a s oun d and
, , ,

n ew gro wth ; and do not lay ( there on

) old wood [fo r i ts ,

fragran c e i s gone] for the r e i s n o longer fragran c e i n i t

as before 1 4 Bes i des these kin ds of wo od there i s none
. .

othe r th at thou sh alt p lac e ( on the alt ar

) for the fragran c e ,

is di s p e r sed and the sm ell of i ts fragranc e goes n ot u p to

,

heaven 1 5 O bse rve th i s c om m and m ent an d do i t m y son

. .
, ,

that tho u m ayst be up ri ght i n all thy deeds 1 6 A n d at . .

all t im es be cl e an i n thy body an d w ash thyself w i th w ater ,

befo r e thou approachest to offe r on the alt ar and wash thy ,

h ands and thy feet before thou dre west near to the alt ar ;
and when th o u art d one s ac rifi cing w ash agai n thy h ands ,

and thy feet 1 7 A n d let n o blo od app ear up on you n or

.

u p on y ou r clothes ; be on thy gu ar d m y son agai nst blo od , , ,

be on thy gu ard e xc ee din gly ; c ove r i t w ith dust 1 8 A nd . .

do not eat any blood for i t i s the s oul ; eat n o blood what ,

ever 1 9 A nd t ake n o gi fts for the b lood of m an lest it be

. . ,

Clea n nesuh e m ended fr m sé nfi

‘

6 3 8 12 1 ( t) 5 11 4 2 (o
, , , ,
14 , , , , r ,
’
z
, o a

a pp ear in our te xt See m y te xt p send. a m it ,

. o s.

75 . [F or i t f ag n e i g n ] I h ve s r ra c s o e . a

De frdn might b c rrupt i on of met brackete d thi c l use as o igi n t ing in a

ea o ros s a r a

dittograph y o n interp ol ti on fi om
th t (’ A ” f a
b ut a d p ro no J is
a und in o , r a

S y i ac and is a kind of fi r the ne xt verse .

r , 1 4 G es not p Wi th Li ttmann I
.
o u
Th i s h b een i dentifi e d
. .

Sagdd h ave ins e ted the n egati ve

as
“
.
r
w i th the 1 pm the alm nd
.

} b ut
1 6 O n the duty of w sh ing b efo e
o
a r
w rongly sin c e the tree s are ll ever
.

approach ing the altar of Exod xxx

a
, . .
.

gre en
,
.
1 9 2 1 et c
I h ave taken q edar as “
-
.
,
Oitron ' .
W as h aga in T e x t = et urn and r
c rrup t f xl p
o It m ay b a co
or
-
r
wash
i ov.
the f m ili H eb ew i diom
e r ”
a
.

ar r as
rup ti on
.
f p é On w d for th e
Li ttmann has recognised
o xe ar a . oo

sa crifices e Middoth ii 5 ; Tam id se

1 7 N or up on your clothe
.
a b omit
.

s.
29 b Si fr on L v i 8 (Bee Buch d
.

a e . . r, .

nor
J ab p
.

n against
. .

1 3 N thing of th is natu e is foun

o d B e n thy gu d m y r
o ar , so ,

i h dust Cf
.

bl d it w t
in the h al ch a T m i d ii 3 llows all oo cov er . .

a . a . a ,

L ev xvu 1 3
i
k nds of w ood b ut th at o f the oli ve . . .

1 8 Cf Lev x v ii 14 D nt xii 2 3
an d vin e .
. . . . e . . .
1 36 T HE BOO K OF J U BILE E S
shed wi th im p uni ty wi thout judgm ent ; for i t i s the blood
,

th at i s shed that causes the e arth to sin and the earth ,

c ann ot be cle an sed from the blo od of m an s ave by the blood

'

of him w ho shed i t 2 0 A n d take n o present or gift

. .

for the b lood of m an : blood for blood that tho u m ayest be ,

acc e p ted before the L ord the Most H i gh G od ; for H e i s the ,

defen c e of the good :and that th ou m ayest be preserved from

all evil and th at H e m ay s ave thee from eve ry k i nd of
,

death .

2 1 I see m y son
.
, ,

That all the wo rks of the c hi ldren of m en are s i n and

wickedness ,

A nd all the ir deeds are un c le anness and an abo m i nation

an d a p o llut i on ,

A n d there i s n o ri ghteous n ess w i th the m .

2 2 Bew are , lest

. thou sh ou ldest w alk in the ir ways
A n d tre ad in thei r p aths ,

A n d sin a sin u n t o de ath before the Most H igh God .

Else H e will [hi de His face from thee ,

A nd] gi ve thee b ac k i nt o the h ands of thy tran sgress ion ,

A nd ro ot thee ou t of the land and thy seed likew i se ,

from under he aven ,

A n d thy n am e and thy seed w i ll p e ri sh from the who le

earth .

2 3 Turn
. away from all their deeds and all the ir un cleanness ,

A nd observe the o rdi nan c e of the Most High God ,

19 Causes the earth to sin

. T . h is 2 2 Sin unto death z aaa pr la u 9 am
.

e
go s b a k to c '
a b é pov z nmz man. N um 2 2 Of . x viii . . .

The earth cann ot be leansed, c et c .

J
1 ohn v 16 S ee xxxiii
18 of our tex t
xxx v
. . . .

Cf vii 33 N u m 33
[H i de H is f ace fro m thee, A n d] I
. . . . .
.

20 Tha t thou mayes t be accep ted

.
c ete th i cl e i .
h ve
a b ra k d s au s (of 13) . .

e e
Em nd d (see m y te xt p , te
7 6, no i te p ti
.
i c e it p i as an n r ola on, s n s o ls the
b it ill w cc epte
be a
”
p l eli
d ; a ara l sm .

it il cc epte
w l n ot b e a d c an d H e c Gi ve thee ba k in to the hands of thy
i cc ept
w ll a y ou
"
.
th i vi ex transgression Has s .
gorous
hi p
21 2 4 T s e
assag itte p e i
w as w r n ee e te iv r ss on b n sugg s d b Gen
“If ou dos not w ll sin is a lurk 7r
-

y
.
. .

i
o r gi n ally in e e ve e
H br w rs the
and th t e e ,
p ei ti e l p e e ve
arall l sm is s ll w l r s r d the . at door 2
1 38 T HE BO OK OF J U BILE E S
and to return to hi s father 3 A n d i n those days I shm ael . .

cam e to see hi s father and they both c am e t ogether and , ,

I s aac offered a s ac rifi c e for a bu rnt offe rin g and p resented i t -

o n the alt ar of h i s fathe r wh ic h he had m ade i n H eb ron .

4 A nd he offe red a than k offe rin g an d m ade a fe ast of joy

.
-

before I shm ael h i s brother :an d Rebecca m ade n ew c akes

,

fro m the new grain an d gave them to Jacob her son to , , ,

take them to A braham h i s father from the fi rst frui ts of , ,

-

the land that he m ight eat and bless the Creator of all
,

thi ngs before he di ed 5 A n d I s aac too se n t by the h and . .

, ,

of J ac ob t o A braham a best than k offeri ng that he m i ght -

e at an d d ri n k 6 A n d he eat and d rank and blessed the

. .
,

Most Hi gh God ,

Who h ath created he aven an d e arth ,

Who hath m ade all the fat th ings of the e arth ,

A nd gi ven the m to the c hild re n of m en

T h at they m ight eat an d d ri nk and b less the ir Cre ato r .

7.
“A nd n ow I give th anks u n t o Thee m y God be c ause thou , ,

h ast caused m e t o see thi s day :behold I am on e hun dred ,

three s core an d fi fteen ye ars an old m an and ful l of days , ,

an d all m y d ays h ave been u n t o m e p e ac e 8 The sword . .

of the adve rs ary h as n ot o ve rc om e m e in all th at T h ou h ast

given m e and m y children all the d ays of m y li fe until thi s

day 9 My God m ay Thy m ercy and Thy p eac e be u p on
. .
,

Thy se rvant and u p on the seed of h i s s ons th at they m ay

, ,

be t o T hee a ch osen n at io n and an i nheritan c e from am ongst

all the n at ions of the e arth fro m hen c efo rth unt o all the

d ays of the generations of the earth unt o all the ages .

1 0 An d he c alled J ac ob and s ai d : My son J ac ob m a

.
y ,

4 Crea tor of a ll things A frequently

. . 6 9 -
. A bra h am s
’
th anksgiving and
rec i
urr ng d a in our au i e or : th cf xxii
. . pray r. e
27 . Of Sir . 8 a Kr lc r q s am y
. xxi v .
' ' '

7 S ee xxi 1
i :
, .

2 Mace
,

saw ; 2 4 aOebs b n dvr wu

. .

vii 2 3 :
Kr to r ns 6 1 0 0 Kbo uou Kr io r ns ' 8 ‘ The sword f
o the a dversary . Cf '

“God ix
.

(cf .4 M 3 0 0 O
. f V . al l,
”
. Of J er . Vi 2 5 PS
. . . 7 (LXX ) .

xxii 1 0, 27,
. 1 9, xxx
i 1 3, 32 ; . xxx . 9 . Cf .
ve ses
r
A ssu m Mos pt 2
. .iv . . 1 0 , 1 5, 29 an d D eut i v . . 20 .
 C H A PT E R XX II .
3
-
14 1 39

the G od of all bless thee and strengthen thee to do righteous

ness and His w ill befo re Him and m ay He choose thee and
, ,

thy seed that ye m ay be com e a p eop le for His i nheri tan c e

a cc o r d i ng to His w ill al w ay A n d do thou m y son Jac ob .
, ,
,

draw ne ar and kiss m e 1 1 A n d he d rew ne ar and . .

ki ssed him and he s ai d :,

Blessed be m y son J acob

And all the sons of G od Most H igh unto all the ages ,

May G od gi ve unto thee a seed of righteousness ;

An d som e of thy son s m ay He s an ct i fy i n the m i dst of
the whole e arth ;
May n at ions se rve thee ,

A nd all the n ati ons bow the m selves befo re thy seed .

1 2 Be
. st rong i n the presen ce of m en ,

A n d ex erci se authori ty over all the seed of Seth .

Then thy w ays and the w ays of thy sons wil l be

justi fi ed ,

So that they shall be com e a holy n ati on .

13 . May the Most H igh God gi ve thee all the blessin gs

W herewi th He has blessed m e
A nd wherewi th H e blessed N oah an d A d am ;
May they rest on the s acred head of thy seed from
gene rati on to generat i on for ever .

1 4 A n d m ay He
. cle anse thee from all unri ghteousness and

im p u ri ty,
10 . God o f t e God of the
all, . . xxiv . 17 here h owever 53, w , ,

un i ve ers . S ee ve e
rs s 4, 2 7 nw is n t to b e taken as the nam e of
o

1 1 . The sons o f the God Most H igh (or the p tri rch but as a contraction of
a a
“his sons un o t the God os M t ne w c nfusion o .

For ph e
ras ology cf Gen xiv 1 9
. On . . .

e
I sra l as sons of God, see 2 4 no i . te .
blessed N oah, et c . S ee xix . 2 7.
May na tions serve Thee, A nd all the From Gen.
et cFrom Gen 29 xx vii Re st on the sacred head .

na tions,
x ix th h ith the it i p i e
. . .

l 2 6, ou g w Syr m l s
c e i
I saa s bl ss ng of a ob
’
J c
“
.
.

i te Cf Num . . 9 .
.

vi
1 73 n s ad of mu.
1 2. Exer cise E th h as r s ng e x e ci i .

b ut La n :“ r s
. .

ti e x e ci e . 1 4 Unrtghteou sness and imp urity.

.

A ll the seed of Seth, i e all m ank nd i e e

Em nd d w ith ti i q i
La n n u nam n o et e t
“
. . .

The ph
ras e f
is ound also in N um . injustitia . l
m ur defi emMSS i p e
ent .
”
1 40 T H E BO O K o r J U BI LEE S
That thou m ayest be forgi ven all ( thy ) t ransgress i ons ;
( and) thy s i ns of i gn o ran c e .

A nd m ay He strengthen thee ,

An d bless thee .

A n d m ayest thou i nherit the whole e arth ,

A nd m ay H e renew His c oven ant w i th thee ,

That thou m ayest be to Him a n ation for H is inhe rit an c e

‘

for all the ages ,

A n d that H e m ay be to thee and t o thy seed a God i n

tr uth and righteousness thr oughout all the days of
the earth .

A nd do thou m y son Jac ob rem em ber m y w ords , , ,

A nd observe the c om m an d m ents of A brah am thy fathe r ,

Sep arate thyself fr om the nati ons ,

A nd e at not w i th them :
A nd do n ot acc o rd ing to the ir wo rks ,

A nd be c om e not the ir ass ociate ;

For the ir works are un clean ,

A nd all the ir w ays are a p ollut i on an d an a bo m i nat i on

and un c le ann ess .

1 7 They
. o ffe r their sacrifi ces to the dead
Thou m ayest bef orgiven Lat He t i chus IV tri ed t o forc e the
An o
“and "
. . .

m ay f
i ve T he thy
org .
”
and J ews to t of n clean f d 1 Mace i
ea u oo . . .

are supp l i ed f om the L t in r a . 4 7 48 6 2 6 3

-
2 M acc vi 1 8 2 1 v ii 1
,
-
. .
-

, . .

1 5. R en ew H is covena n t ver 30 . S ee . . S ee D i ver C m m entary n D ni el i 8

r
’
s o o a .

N ati on f or His inheri tance on . S ee 10 note Cf M tt ix 1 1

. Mk ii 16 . a . . . .

ver 9 . . f the Ph aris ic atti tude

or a .

1 6 The .e xc i ve e J i
lus n ss of uda sm is Their wa ys a re a p ollu ti on Cf. ver . .

he e t ce
r h
ra d t o A bra am ve T he ry . 19 Obs r
. how r u n ly e ve s con f eq e t th i
e xi te c e J i
s n of uda sm in 20 0 1 5 0 -
cep tion r urn s in all a etoun s of cc t the
e ch exc ive e i i p e
m ad su lus e
n ss n d s nsabl . p e e c ti
rs u on of A n o us Epiphanes and t i ch
Sep arate thyself from the nations . hi s succ e ssors ma in ly in l Mace i. .

Cf Is lii 1 1
. . . . iv
4 6 , 6 3, 45 , 34, .36 mac abs, vii . xi v .

Ea t n ot wi th the m c
A J ew ould . 1 Mace iv 43 ; dxdeapr os, 1 Mace.
. .

not eat with Ge ti e

a n l the i
for an mals i 4 8,
. iv
4 3 ; dxa ea pc ta, 1
. a . M cc xiii .

i ht
m g n oth ve ee
a hte e
b n slaug r d ac 48, xi v
7 aba o s, 2 Mace
. 1 9, 2 5 .vi .

c i
ord ng t othe p e c ipti
r s r the
on s of Law h owl/ w, 1 Mace . 37
; 2 a . vi 2, . i M cc .

.i ht h ve ee
(D ent . x ii 23 , 2 4)or m g a b n xi v 3 ; uohvo ubs, 2 Mace. v 2 7 ; e
. .
fl
am ongst th e th t e e f i e
os a w r orb dd n t o fi nhbw, 1 a M cc i
43, 45 , 48, 6 3 , 1 2, . . ii .

the J ew (Lev xi 4 7, 1 0 12, 1 3 20 )

. .
- - -
3 4, 51, iii . et c
; fiefifihwm s, 1 Mace . 48 . i . .

et
or the m a and w n i e i ht h ve ee
m g a b n 1 7 Of er their sacrifices to the dead.
.

fe e i
o f r d t o dols ( cf 1 Corx 2 0, 2 7 . . . Cf D u . e t xxvi
1 4 Ps . 2 8 Sir vii . . c vi . . .
1 42 T HE BO O K OF J U BILE E S
A nd non e s pringing from him w ill be saved on the day
of judgm ent .

2 2 A nd . as for all the worshipp ers of i dols and the pr ofane

(6) There w ill be no hop e for them in the land of the
living ;

( e) A nd there w ill be no rem e m bran c e of the m on the

e arth ;
(0 ) For they wi ll des c end i nt o Sheo l ,

(cl) A n d i nto the plac e of c ondem n at i on will they go ,

A s the c hil dren of Sodo m we r e t aken aw ay fro m the e arth

So will all those who w orsh ip i dols be t aken away .

2 3 Fe ar . not m y son Jac o b

, ,

A nd be not dis m ayed O , son of A b rah am :

May the Most Hi gh God preserve thee from destru ct io n ,

A nd from all the p aths o f erro r m ay H e deli ve r thee .

2 4 Thi s house have I bu ilt for m yself th at I might p ut m y

.

n am e u p on it in the ear th :[it is gi ven to thee and to thy

seed fo r eve r] and i t will be nam ed the house of A b raham ;
,

i t i s given to thee and to thy seed for ever ; fo r thou w ilt

b uild m y house and establish m y n am e before G od fo r eve r
thy seed and thy nam e w ill stand throughout all gene rati ons
”
o f the e arth .

2 5 And he c e ased c om m and i ng him and bless ing

.

hi m 2 6 A n d the two lay t ogethe r on on e bed an d

. .
,

Jacob slep t i n the b oso m of A braham hi s fathe r s father ,

’

an d he k i ssed him seve n t i m es and h i s affe c ti o n an d h i s ,

2 1 D ay of j u dgmen t Cf xxiii 1 1 tr n posed thi s ve e n account of the

. . . , a s rs o

d y of the g e t j udgm ent :

.

a xxi v p l lelism
r a
”
ara
“d of wrath nd i ndi nation
. .

28 , y a g T hey will des end in to She l

a c o
l xxxvi 1 0
a so . w ill they g
. Th m e p assag e wi th o. e sa

2 2 T he p ofane
. r t nsp osit ion f the two ve b h
. a ra o r s as

né voi (c f Lev xxi “ .7 m nd d . l e dy occ u e d in ii 29 (see n te )

.
, a e e ar a rr v . o

f m lfi an (a b d): the h ted one

ro se
’
c f Eth En ciii 7 8 a s.

e d “the p e ve e If we em end
. . . . .
,

0 r a s, 2 4 [I t is gi n et c ] A dittography
r rs ve

b 1 int o s lfi ej an w h oul d h ave “

. . , .

a ( a the f m the second cl u e foll wing

-
e s ro a s o .

a dve ie rsar s. 2 5 Com m nding G n x lix 3 3 . a . e . . .

( ) A nd there wi ll b n emembran c
e T h is w rd g e b ck t hi w h ich i
e or e, o o s a o s s
et c It will be b e ved that I h ve used technic lly f man s last will
. o s r a a o a
’
 C HA PT ER XX I I . 22 -

30 1 43

heart rejo ic ed over him 2 7 A nd b e blessed him w i th all .

h i s he ar t and s ai d : The Most Hi gh G od the G od of all , ,

an d Cr eato r of all who brought m e fo rth from U r of the

,

Ch aldees that H e m ight gi ve m e th i s land t o i nheri t i t for

,

ever and that I m i ght establish a holy seed— blessed be the

,

Mo st Hi gh for ever 2 8 A nd he blessed Jac ob and s ai d :

”
. .

My son over w hom wi th all m y he art an d m y affe cti on I

,

rej o ic e m a,y Thy grac e and Thy m ercy be lift u p u p on him

and u p on h i s seed alw ay 2 9 A nd do not fors ake him n or . .
,

set him at nought fro m hen c eforth unto the days of etern ity ,

and m ay Th i ne eyes be o p ened u p on him and u p on h i s seed ,

that Thou m ayst pr ese rve hi m and bless him and m ayest , ,

san ctity him as a n at i on for T h i ne i nheri tan c e ; 3 0 A nd .

bless him w i th all Thy bless in gs fr o m hen c eforth unto all

the days of eterni ty and renew Thy c ovenant and Thy ,

grac e w i th him and w i th hi s seed acc o rdi ng to all Thy good

p le asu re unt o all the generation s of the earth .

death and burial, 1 8 (c f Gen 7

’
A braham s -
. . x xv .

D ecreasing gears and increasing corrup tion o f m ankind

Messia nic woes universal strife : :th f ithfu l e a rise up in
arm s to bring back the faithless I srael invaded by sinn ers

an d te stam en t :cf 2 S m xvu 23 ; . a . .

“that the M ost i h m ay b b lessed H g e

2 K ings xx 1 ; Is xxx viii 1 T est f r eve l tter is the m e

”
. . . . o Th r. e a or

X I I Patri arch R e b en 1 B b a b th
. , u a a ra n atural tr n l ti n ; but i f w d op t
a s a o e a

l 47 a, it there is n p incip l ve b
, o r a r .

h i ve e
27 T s rs i e
looks l k an n r i te Over whom wi th a ll my heart
28
[ rejoice (c d ) But a b r ad “re
. .

p fe e
p olat ion. I t ro ss s t o gi ve h
Abra am s
’
e .

e i
b l ss ng of Jc e
a ob , and yet do s n ot j ic e
o
”
in 3rd s ngi hi e i
T s r ad ng pre
“ ar and a f on as
.

e ti
m n on him t ll Jc ob
’
e i
s bl ss ng su pp e he t
os s f e ct i the
“
a a a .

ei
b g n s in var 28 h i ve e f
T s . rs .ollow s sub je ctof r ej ice j t
o ,
”
us as in var 26 . .

e p
w ll u on ver. 2 6 On the he h
ot r
. an d In th t c e i t
a as if ns e ad of zab a ( w t ic e)
som e e ti
m n on of the c sa red nam e is e t c e h ve f
we r ad baza ( wi )w e a as oll ow s

eq e
uir d in ver 2 8 if itte
2 7 is om d
“ove wh m all m he art nd m a
r . . r y o y
S ee ve e ffe ct ion rej ic e In ei ther c ase w
”

God of all on . rs s 4, 10 . a o . e

the ive e m ust eje ct b ll as corrupt

’

Creator of all, t e , of un rs
. . . r s e a .

S ee on ver. 4 S ee N eh ix
. 6 . . . Be lift up up on him Cf N um vi . . . .

Brought rne f orth f rom Ur of the 26 Ps 6 . iv . .

Chaldees Cf Gen . 7 7 xv N eh ix 2 9 Thine ey es be op ened Cf 1 Kings . .

“
. . . . . .
.

te
I ns ad of b rou g ht
3rd s ng. of a d, i v iii 29, 5 2 N eh 6 ; D an ix 1 8 . i . . . .

6 c r ad “
.

e broug 2 n d s nght i . 30 Renew Thy covena nt

. Cf ver . . .

Blessed be the Most High f or acer, or 15 .

 I 44 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
the Gentiles, 1 1 2 5 R en ewed study o f the law and
o f -
.

renewal f m ankind :Messianic kingdom o :bl essed im

m ortali ty of the righteous 2 6 3 1 ,
-

XXIII A nd he plac ed two fi ngers of Jac ob on hi s eyes

.
,

and he blessed the God of go ds an d he c ove red his fac e and ,

stretched out hi s feet and slep t the sleep of eterni ty and ,

was gathered to h i s fathers 2 A n d notw i thstandi ng all . .

thi s Jacob was ly ing i n hi s b os om and knew not that ,

A b raham h i s father s father w as de ad 3 A nd Jacob

'
. .
, ,

awoke fro m hi s slee p an d beh old A b raham was c o ld as ic e , ,

and he s ai d : F ather fathe r but ther e w as none that ,

s p ake and he knew that he w as de ad 4 A n d he aros e

,
. .

fr om hi s bosom and ran and t old Rebe cca h i s m other ; and ,

Rebe cca went to I s aac in the night and told him ; an d they ,

went together and Jacob w i th them an d a lam p w as in hi s

, ,

hand and when they had gone i n they found A braham

,

lyi ng de ad 5 A n d I s aac fell on the fac e of h i s fathe r

. .
,

an d we p t and k i ssed him 6 A n d the vo ices we r e he ar d . .

i n the house of A braham and I shm ael h i s son arose and , ,

went to A braham h i s father and wep t over A braham his ,

fathe r he and all the h ouse of A b raham and they wep t

, ,

w ith a great weeping 7 A nd h i s s on s I s aac and I shm ael . .

bu ri ed him i n the double cave near Sarah his wi fe and they , ,

wept fo r hi m fo rty days all the m en of h is h ouse and I s aac , ,

and I sh m ael and all the i r s o ns an d all the sons of K etu rah
, ,

i n their places ; and the days of weeping for A b raham were

XXIII 1 He p laced tw fi ng of
. . o ers in J udges ii . 10 . Ge n. xxv. 8 has “to
J c b
a o . Cf G n x lv i 4. T h cl i ng
e . . . e os his p e p le o .

o f the e y e s w s ge ne ally d n e b y the

a r o 5 . Fro m Gen 1 l . . .

eldest son nd cc ding t Sh bb ath

, a a or o a
7 Buri ed him in the double ca/ve.
1 51 b i t w st ictly fo b i dden ti ll d e th
.

as r r a
Gen xx v 9
h d en u ed (Singer 1 0 7 n te )
:
. . .

a s o
p ing =~ cf
.
,
The wee day s g ig p ( .o f
Stretched out his f eet So Syr and
b =“
. .

Eth ve
rs of Gen l 33, b ut x ix M ass., D ue t xxxi v .8 ; Gen 1 . the .

“
. . . .
.

LX X, u lg. : ga
V r d up his the e feet ”
.
e t ti
lam n a on of the eepi
w ng '
m
Slep t the sleep of eternity Cf Je r. J xxxi
(of er h ich t e
1 5 )w I ak t o b e a
d r ads “
. . . . .

li 39, 5 7
. . c p ti
orru on of ' 3 3 vy e e t
lam n a .

To his fa thers. Th s ras is i ph e fi str tion an d w ee pi ng c eepi

and a w ng
”
.
1 46 T HE B OO K or J U BI L E E S
13 . calam i ty follows on calami ty and wound on wound
For , ,

and t ri bulat i on on tribu lat i on an d evi l t i din gs on evil ,

ti d ings and ill ness o n illness an d all evil judgm en ts su ch

, ,

as these on e w i th an o ther il lness and ove rthrow an d s n o w

, , ,

an d frost an d ic e and fever an d chi ll s an d to rp o r and , , , ,

fami ne and death and sw ord and c ap tivi ty an d all k inds

, , , ,

of c alam it i es and p ains 1 4 A n d all these w ill c om e on . .

an evil gene rat i on whi c h transgresses on the e arth : their ,

w orks are un cleann ess an d forn ic at ion and p ollut ion an d ,

ab om in ati on s 1 5 Then they w ill say : The days of the . .

forefathers were m an y ( even) u n t o a thous and ye ars , ,

an d we re good ; but beh old the d ays o f our li fe i f a m an , , ,

has lived m an y are three s c ore y e ars an d ten and if he is , , ,

strong four s co re years and those e vil and ther e i s n o

, , ,

p e ac e in the d ays of thi s evil gen erat ion 1 6 A nd i n . .

that generation the s on s will c onv ict their fathers and the ir
elders of sin and un righteousness and of the words of the ir ,

m outh and the gre at w ickednesses wh ic h they p erp etrate ,

1 3 1 4 The -
. c l m iti e th t b efell
a a s a We h ve he ein n du m b ti n f the
a r a a ra o o
J h
uda in the e ly decad e of the
ar s ctu l h i t y n d the e xp e ctations f
a a s or a o
sec c e t
on d n . the Ch sid in the e c n d c ent B C
a s s o . . .

1 3 Su ch as these So La
. . tin e cundums B n et (Z f N Tli he Wis n h 1 90 0
o as . . c se sc .
,

hoc ip sud ri p
bp .
p 1 99 )h l e dy ec gni ed th t thi
. as a r a r o s a s

On e w ith
-

another. Wanti ng in the ch pte de l wi th the M cc b e n m ove

a r a s a a a
m en t Th c n cl si vene f th is in te
La tin . e o u ss o r

p t ti n will grow tr nge

.

re a o we p s o r as ro
F ever , and chills . So La n The ti .
d
cee It i no l ittl e c n fi m ti n f s o r a o o
E thi pic w
o ords are dr a g he ybueva ‘
.
u vi ew th t w
o r
.

fi nd the m e event s
a e sa
14 . Un clean n ess, et c S ee. vn . 21 in J ud i m depicte d in a s ll eg ic l a or a
no te xx
, 5,. i 16 xx i . n ote .
l nguage in Eth En ch xc 6 7
a “But . o .
-

15 . T he days of ou r life b eh l d l m b w e e b o ne b y th e wh ite

o a s r r os
three s c
ore yea rs an d ten , et c . Ps . xc . heep nd they b eg n t p en thei
s , a a o o r
10 . ey e nd t s a nd t y t the shee p
o see a o cr o .

16 h i ve e p ints m t p ob b ly
. T s rs o os r a But the hee p did not ry t the m nd s c o a
to the is e f the Chasid r T he e o s. s did n t he wh t the y
o id t them ar a sa o ,
p ceed t ch llenge the c eed nd
ro o a r a b ut w e e e xc ee dingly de f r n d their a ,
a
c nd ct f thei f the nd the elde
o u o r a rs a rs ey e w e e e xc eedingly nd f cib l y
s r a or

(the piri tual ule f Jud i m ) F m b l i n de d H e e “the w h ite hee p

”
s r rs o a s . ro . r s
thei nk ( Eth En ch xc 7 ) i e
r ra s see o ar s arethe f ithful dhe ents f the the a a r o o
c cy ; the “l m b
. .

the M cc b ee Th m ed e i t n c e
a a s. e ar r s s a ra the Chasids a s
”
are ,
o f the l tte t the H elleni ing p ty
a r o s ar an w n d di t in c t p
e t y m ng the
a s ar a o
i
s r ep e ented in r s20 F in lly fte v er. . a a r J ews T he Ch ids pp e l un v il ingly
. as a a a a

ye f t ife th M e i nic e b egin the n ti n t l ge In the ne x t

“
ars o s r e ss a ra s t o a o a ar .

to t in n d the y e
se f m n to g w
a ars o e ro ve e (xc 8) the e i sy m b lical de
rs . r s a o
m ny til l t l t th y b om
a , th u nd
a as e ec ea o sa . c iption of Syri ttack n Jud h
s r as a
’
o a .
 C HA PT E R XX I II . 1 3 20 -
1 47

and c on c erning their fors ak in g the c oven ant which the Lord
m ade between them and Him that they should obse rve and ,

do al l H is c o m m andm ents and His ordin an ces an d all His

laws wi thout dep ar tin g e ither to the ri ght h and or the left
, .

1 7 F or all h ave don e evil an d every m outh s p e ak s i ni qu i ty

.
,

and all the ir works are an un cleanness and an ab om in at i on ,

an d all their w ays are p ollut i on un cle anness and destru c t i on ,

.

1 8 Beh old the e arth w ill be destroyed on acc oun t of all

.

their w orks and the re w ill be no seed of the v in e and no

, ,

oil ; for thei r wo rks are alt ogethe r fai thless and they w ill ,

all p eri sh t ogethe r be asts and c attle and bir ds an d all the , ,

fi sh of the sea on acc ount of the children of m en 19

, . .

An d they w ill strive one w ith an other t he you n g wi th the ,

old an d the old w i th the yo ung the p oo r w i th the rich

, , ,

and the lowly wi th the gre at an d the beggar w i th the p ri n c e , ,

on accoun t of the law an d the c ovenant ; for they have

forgotten c omm andm ent and c ovenant and feasts and , , ,

m onths an d Sabbaths an d jub il ees and all judgm e n ts

, 20 , , . .

A n d they w ill stand ( w i th bows and) swo rds an d w ar to

F orsakin g the covenant. Cf D an . . 18 Will all
p erish togethe r, beasts
.

xi 3 0 an d 1 Mace
. 15 w r . i . he e the and birds, and all the fi sh Qf the
S e h e
am c arg is broug aga ns ht i t the sea Cf Hos
. 3 also Ez k
. . iv :
iii. . e xxxv .

H ellenis ing J ews . 20 ; Z 3 4 Ezrae ph i 7

. . v . .

Observe withou t an d do On accoun t of the children Lat . .

ei ther to the or the le ft Cf . . a m al a filiorum i ti .

x viii v the e c ipti the

'

D ent 31 , 3 2 ,
. x .1 3, 14 A . . 1 9 F or o . r d s r ons of
i l t te e t f
s mi ar s a m n M cc
is ound in 1 a M ss an wo s, see Or byl iii 796
e i ic e Si
2 1 22 :“
. . . .

ii . e ve f i th t
H a n orb d
-
a we pc
80 7 ; A o . Bar 1 1 3, l . xxvii. .
-
x viii
h l f
s ou d e the
orsak the law and ordi 3 1 37, lxx 2 1 0 ; 4 Ezra 1 1 2, v vi
—
- - -
. . .

nan ce s e
to go asid f rom our wor 1 4 1 8, 2 1 24 ; a -
6 29 w M tt xxiv . .
-
ith
h
s ip to th e r ig ht h a n d or the l
”
ef (n ap
t S pt c p
yno i arall ls o a 1 5 sq e S t ix . . S ee
ehaeiv r h v har pla v i m é w defra y i) dpt
‘
Schiirer, Gesch d j ud Volke s, 3 . . . . ii
or epdv)
‘
The ras is mos
. rob ably ph e tp 5 23 sq .

hi st or al ic . The p oor with the rich, a nd (b om s) it

1 7 A ll ha ve done evil Of 1 Mace the lowly with the great A o Bar. p c
5 2 , 5 3, “
. . . . . .

i . A nd rom o w r f the p e p le e e lxx .

ga the e
r d un o m m any, every on e t the F or they have f orgotten comm and
tha t had forsaken the law and y did the et c
me nt, and covenant, e e
From a g n ral .

evil thi ng s in la nd
"
the . e c ipti
d s r the M e i ic e the
on of ss an wo s
E very m ou th sp eaks iniquity Of ite p e
wr r ass s on to a d n efi ite descrip .

“A nd
. .

1 Mace u 6, ( a a as) saw

. . M tt th i tion of the M cc e t i e
a ab an the
m s, and
the blas m s phe i e
in uda an d in J h p t te Je
A os a ws .

Je rusal m
"
e . et i ti
J udgments, t.e d erm na ons, de .

P ollu tion , et c
See no on xxu 1 6 . te . . cisions .

1 8 2 4 The -
ss ani wo s.
. Me i c e 2 0 . T s rse d s r b s h i ve warlik e c i e the e
1 48 T HE BOOK OF J U BI L E E S
tu rn them b ack i nto the way ; but they w ill not retu rn
until m u ch blood has been shed on the ear th one by an o the r ,
.

2 1 A nd th ose who h ave es c ap ed w ill n ot return from the ir

.

wickedn ess to the w ay of ri ghteousness but they w ill all ,

ex alt them selves t o de c eit and we alth that they m ay each ,

take all that i s hi s neighb our s an d they w ill n am e the ’

gre at n am e but not in truth and n ot i n ri ghteous n ess and

, ,

they wi ll defi le the holy of h oli es w i th their u n cle an ness

an d the c orru p t i on of the i r p ollut i on 2 2 A n d a gre at . .

p un i shm e n t wi ll befall the deeds of thi s generati on fro m the

L ord and H e w ill gi ve the m over t o the sw ord an d to judg
,

m e n t an d to c ap ti vi ty and t o be p lu n de red an d dev ou red ,

.

2 3 An d He will w ake u p agai n st them the s inn e rs of the

.

G en tiles w ho have nei ther m erc y nor c om p assi on and w ho

, ,

wi ll res p e ct the p ers on of none nei ther old n or y oung n or , ,

e f orts f J ud the M cc b ee t f c e
o as a a o or b ut the H elleni ing p ty unde the s ar r

the p o t te t etu n t Jud i m I n

a s a s o r r o a s . h igh p i e t A lkim u still p su ed it
r s s ur s
the y ea 1 62 wi ng t i nte n l div isi n
r , o o r a o s, own im T h i p ty i
a id in ur
s. s ar s sa o
S yri felt it dvi ble t m k e te m s
a a sa o a r te xt t n me the gre t n m e
o a a a

w i th the J e w s nd ll ow them “t a a o and t

“defi le the h l of h li e w i th
o y o o s
w l k fte the ir wn l w af eti m e thei n cle nne Th gh it e m b c e d
"
a a r o a s as or ru a ss. ou ra

( I M cc vi 5 5 6 2 ; 2 M
a . xiii 23 .
-
ace . . n e ly the ent i e S nhe d in
ar it w r a r , as
2 6 ; J ose p h A n t xii 9 6 T hi
. . . . s opp ed b y the M cc b ees the Ch id
os a a , as s,
u nde t n ding w
rs a b e ve d b y ll the as o s r a and the g e t m f the Je w r a ass o s.
s ub e qu ent king
s f Sy i H en c e f m s o r a. ro G e t n m r a Cf J v ii 9 Ona e. os.
the phr e “n m e the
. . .

1 6 2 nw d the o t uggle w n t
ar s r as o so as n me f a a , o .

m u ch t p e e ve J ud i m g i n t the
o r s r a s a a s L X X f I xx vi 1 3 o A c t xix 1 3 2
s. . s .

a ttem pt f S yri t c u h it t of
s o a o r s ou T im ii 1 9 . . .

e xi tenc e
s t d ete m ine the q ue t ion
, as o r s 2 2 23 T s -
rs s d s rb
. he e ve e e c i e the
whethe the H elle n isin g f cti n
r the a o or suf ei
f r ngs of n a on dur n g the ti
il i the civ
n t i n l p rt y h u ld c nt
a o a l the n t i n
a s o o ro a o . w ars and n rn al ro ub s a i te
ook t le th t t
Sy ri henc ef th inte vened in upp t
a or r s or p ce
la do wn t o m on s
’

g r s ood Si h i h p i e th
n w o f the on n w f the the
o f the e o o o r o ( 1 42 1 3 5 -

t w J e wi h p t i e
o (S ee Schu e p i t
s ar s. r r, o . c . 23 T s rs
. hi ve e efe
r rs in langu ag e
i 21 4 ; [Eng
. I i 22 4 q ) . . s . b orrow d rom e f
as p t p phe c
ro
y to the
( With b w an d ) Su ppli e d f om o s . r f eq
r u n e ti v i
n as ons of Pal s n e ti e the
by
the L tin a S i p i
yr ans or oss bly b y som unknown e
Cf I xxx 2 1 “
.

Th w ay e T h i is
. . s. . , s ti
n a on rom f
n or the th
as in Z e ph i
7 . .

the w y w lk y in it Of the se
a , a e .
"
. u J er iii vi ; l k Gog and
. i e
-
M
agog in
o f 66 6 in A ct ix 2 xix 9 2 3
; s . , .
, , Ez k e .xxx viii xxxix .
-
.

xxi v 2 2 . . H ave n ei ther m ercy n or comp assion .

2 1 Those w ho ha ve escap ed w ill n ot

. J e e i h vi e c i e the ti So r m a ( 2 3)d s r b s “ na on .

retu rn th t
to the w a y of r ighteou sness i v e J h : the . a was t o n ad uda
y are
By the t e t efe e
r a y of 1 6 2 r the c el
rr d t o in h ve ec ru an d a no m r y .

p e ce i
r te the eli i
d ng n o , r l i e ti e
g ou s b r s e N either old n or young Cf Ez k . . .

of J i e e ec e
uda sm w r s i tS i
ur d aga ns ix
yr a ; 6 . .
1 50 T HE B OOK or J U BILEE S
Tilltheir days draw n i gh to one thous an d ye ars ,

A nd t o a gre ate r num ber of ye ars th an (before ) w as the

num ber of the days .

A nd there w ill be no old m an

N or on e w ho i s n ot s at i s fi ed w i th h i s d ays ,

F or all w ill be (as) c hi ld ren an d y ouths .

A nd their days they will c om plete and li ve in p eac e

all

an d i n joy ,

A n d the re w ill be n o Sat an no r any evil destroye r ;

F or all thei r d ays w ill be d ays of b less ing an d he ali ng .

3 0 A nd . that tim e the L o rd wi ll heal His servan ts

at ,

ti n of the he ven nd the earth T his ve e 23 27 H enc e the fin l j udgm ent

o a a . rs s -
. a

ide pp ea a l in I l v 1 7 qq
ars can
a so cc u nly t the cl e f thi s s. x . s . o r o a os o

(S ee i 2 9 n te ; i v T h i is thei
o ki ngd m Th kingd m is the ef e f s r o e o r or o

tem p a y du ti n— con clu i on w h ich

. . .

fin l en ew l
a r a . or r ra o a s

2 7 N igh t on e thou nd year

. In o p e ents s m e di ffi cul ty in the fac e of
sa s. r s o

the M e i nic kingdom m n w i ll tt i n i 1 7 18 2 9 b ut w hi ch agrees b est

ss a e a a .
, , ,

t o the age rigin l ly designe d for themo w i th all the p

a ge efe ing to the o r assa s r rr

by G d A d m did not tt in t 10 0 0
o . a fi n l j dgm ent in th i b k In th t a a o a u s oo . a

ye arsb ec e f hi in s i v 30
aus c e the e u e cti n f the ighteou
o s s ee . . as r s rr o o r s

2 8 Th wri te. pp e s t h ve I
e n d the fin l j udgm e nt
r a e di j i n e d
ar o a s. a a ar s o ,

l xv 20 b efo e him but voi d m king ny if th i ve e a ert th t the righte u

. r a s a a s rs ss s a o s

r efe en c e t the p e en ce f the w icked ris e t h e in the ki ngdom

r o r s Th o o s ar . e

in the c n um m ted kingd m

o s i d ne e ch t l gy f u uth w uld thus
a o , as s o s a o o o o r a or o

in I i h Y t pp ently the y
sa a .
pe diffe a like f m th t f Eth Enoc h
ar are re r a ro a o .

s upp ed in e 30 th ugh cc ding t lxxxiii xc (b ef e 1 6 1

os v r. ,
o Te t a or o .
-
. or s .

v er.2 9 the e n n e u ch T hey

r J ud 2 5 Sim 6 Z b 1 0 Benj 1 0
are o s . are . . .
, e .
, .
,

gradu lly eli m in te d C i T e t L evi 1 8 whe e the fi n l j u dgm ent p e c e de

“
a a . . s . . r a r s

Who i n t atisfi ed I h ve dde d the the ki ngdom nd the i ghte o

s o s . e a a a r us ar

n eg ti ve f m
a c m p rison f I l v 2 0
ro i ed t enj y i t f eve nd f m
a. o a o s. x . . ra s o o or r, a ro

29 I n j oy . Cf I l x v 1 4 . th t f Et h En ch xci ci v (1 0 4 9 5
. s. . . a o . o .
-
.
-

N S t n o Cf A s um pt M
a a x 1
. w he e the fi n l j udgm en t c om es
. s . os. . . r a

T hi t tem ent need not m e n ve y in t the cl e f the kingd m nd the

s s a a r a os o o a

m uch :f l 9 x lvi 2 l 5 o . x . ighte u e n t i ed t sh re in it

, .
,
. . r o s ar o ra s o a ,

Bl ing an d healing
ess Cf i 2 9 b ut in b le e d i m m tali t y . . . . a ss or .

30 If th i ve e efe s t the e
. s B t the te ch i ng f u te x t gree
rs r r o r su r u a o o r a s

re cti n the ighte u

o ,
i ed t h er the wi th th at f Eth En ch xci civ
o s are ra s o s ar ra r o . o .
-
.

in thi (tem p y ) M e i nic king

s? f the w d
orar w i ll i e up h ve pp ss a or or s r s a a ar

d m o If v . II i c e ctly h nded ently n efe enc e t the e e cti n

er. s orr a o r r o r su rr o ,

d w n nd t b t ken l i te ll y i t f ll w nd m e n m e ely th t whe n G d he al

'

o a o e a ra ,
o o s a a r a o s
th t the fin l j udgm ent p e cedes the H i e v nt ( f Re
a a u 2 ) they r s s r a s o . v. xx .

M e i nic kingd m But the n ture of b e c m e t ng T h cl u e in v 29

ss a o . a o s ro . e a s s er. ,
thi kingd m p eclude u ch vi ew
s o ll thei d ys w ill b d ys f b le si ng
r s s a a r a e a o s
“f healing
.

It is t b i nt oduc e d gr du lly p
o e i n d he li ng
r nd in i 2 9 a a o/r a a a .
, or

pa wi th the spiri t l t nsf m ti n

ssu f ll the ele ct f I
ua el ender ra or a o or a o sra r
o fm n Su ch grad u l nd p ogre ive th is vi ew the m t p b ble In th is
a . a a a r ss os ro a .

t n f m ti n d e n t dm it f the c e the e i n e u e cti n t o th i

ra s or a o o s o a o as r s o r s rr o s
ins erti n f the fi n l j udgm ent t ny te m p y M e ianic kingdom nd thu
o o a a a orar ss , a s
s ingle p int of its ev luti n N r i the e ch t l gy h arm oni e p erfectly
o o o . o s s a o o s s
the e a h int f uch a j udgm ent in wi th th t f Eth Enoch xci ci v
r o s a o . .
-
.
 C H A PT E R S XX III . 28 —
XX IV
A nd they will ri se u p and see gr eat p eac e ,

A nd d ri ve out thei r advers ari es .

A nd the ri ghteous w ill see and be thankful ,

A n d rejo ic e w i th joy for eve r an d eve r ,

A nd w ill see all the ir judgm ents and all the ir curses on

the ir enem i es .

31 . A nd
thei r b ones will rest i n the e arth ,

And the i r s piri ts w ill h ave m uc h joy ,

A nd they w ill kn ow that i t i s the Lord who ex e c utes

j udg m ent ,

A nd sh o ws m e rc y t o hund reds and th ous ands and to all

th at love Him .

3 2 And do thou Moses w ri te d ow n these w ords ; for thus

.
, ,

are they w ri tten and they re c ord ( them

) on the heavenly
,

tables for a testi m ony for the generati ons for ever .

I sa ac at the Well of Vision, 1 (of G en . . x x v. Esau sells

his birthright, 2 -
7 (c f G en x x v
. . . 29 I saac goes
dow n to Gerar, 8 . D ea lings between I sa ac and A bi m e
lech, 9 2 7 -
. I saa c cu rses the Phi listi n es, 2 8 3 2 -
.
(Cf .

G en . xx vi . 1 6, 1 1 , 1 3 2 5
- -

, 32 ,

X X IV A nd i t c am e to p ass after the death of A braham

.
,

that the Lord blessed I s aac hi s son an d he arose from ,

H eb ron an d we n t an d d welt at the We ll of the Vi s ion i n

the fi rst ye ar of the thi rd wee k of thi s jubi lee seven ye ars 20 7 , .

2 A nd i n the fi rst ye ar of the fourth week a fam ine began 20 8

.

See grea t p eace, i s ej et

n oy gr a A n al to ll ( c d) b ds “of all a a re e
“ a
. . . .

pe ce
a The word pe ce m ay go X X IV 1 Wel l of the Vision Of . .

: th t c e the e e G n xxv 1“
. . .

c
b a k to mtw in 1 T h full n m e i Bee
’

a as s ns e e a s r
“ n o sound al
. . .

w ould b e ej y he t L h i i : the well f th li vi ng O n a a -

ro o e e
D rive ou t their ad versari es S chu th t eeth m
a Of ls G n x vi 1 4
. . a s e.
”
. a o e . .
,
c c e pt i
on on is in keepi i th
ng w xxi v 6 2
the . .

gradual grow th the i

of k ngdom Fi t ye f th thi d we k f thi
. rs ar o e r e o s

31 A .fte e th the e
r d a j ubilee Thi i the f ty th i d j ub ilee
r is n o re surrec . s s or -
r .

tion of the le e
b ody, b ut a b ss d im m or 2 Cf G n xx vi 1 Ob serve th t . . e . . . a
t it
al y aw a iti the pi it
ng s r as in Eth u uth tr n p ses G n xx vi 1 . o r a or a s o e . .

Eno ch xci 10 , m u 3,
. ciii . b ef e xx v 29 qq in orde p o si bly t
3 , 4 (see . or . s . r s o
m y Escha tology, pp 2 08 . e xplain Esau s hunger ’
.
1 52 T HE BOO K OF J U BILE E S
i n the land bes i des the fi rst fam i ne wh ic h had been i n the
, ,

d ays of A braham 3 A nd J ac ob sod lentil p ott age an d. . ,

Es au c am e from the fi eld hung ry A nd he s ai d to J ac ob .

hi s brother : Gi ve m e of thi s red p ott age A n d J ac ob s ai d .

t o him : Se ll to m e thy [p ri m ogen i tu re thi s ] birth ri ght an d ,

I wi ll gi ve thee b re ad an d also s om e o f th i s le n t il p ott age ,

.

4 And Es au s ai d i n hi s he art : I shall d i e ; of wh at p rofi t

.

to m e i s th i s bi rthright ? A nd he s ai d t o J ac ob : I g i ve
i t to thee 5 A n d J ac ob s ai d : Swe ar t o m e thi s day
. .
, ,

an d he sw are unt o him 6 A nd J ac o b g ave h i s b ro the r . .

Es au b re ad an d p ott age an d he eat t ill he w as s at i s fi e d , ,

’
and Es au des pi sed hi s b i rthri ght ; for th i s re as o n was Es au s

n am e c all ed Edo m on acc ount of the red p ott age which ,

J acob gave him for h i s b irthri ght 7 A n d J ac ob be cam e . .

the elder an d Es au w as brought d own fro m h i s d i gni ty

, 8 . .

A n d the fam in e w as ove r the lan d and I s aac dep arted to go ,

down i nt o Egyp t i n the se c ond ye ar of thi s week and went ,

to the ki ng of the Phil i sti nes to G erar unt o A b im ele ch , .

9 A nd the Lo rd app e ared unt o him an d s ai d un to him :

.

Go not down int o Egy p t ; d w e ll in the land th at I sh all

tell thee of and s oj ou rn in thi s land and I sh all be w i th thee
, ,

an d bless thee 1 0 For to thee and to thy seed sh all I gi ve

. .

all th i s land an d I sh all est ab li sh My o ath wh ic h I sw are

,

u nto A braham thy fathe r and I sh all m ultip ly thy seed as ,

the stars of he aven an d sh all gi ve unto thy seed all thi s ,

land 1 1 A n d i n thy seed w ill all the n at i ons of the

. .

e arth be blessed be cause thy father obeyed My v oic e and , ,

kep t My c harge and My c o m m andm ents and My laws and , ,

3 6 Cf Gen xx v 2 9 34
-
. . A n d I will give
. .
-

p ottage N ot.
.

3 R ed p ttag Cf Gen xx v 30 in G n X 31 e X V
“E u
o e. .

“wh t n p tt e na m e :li te lly

. . . . .

Te t x z
g H e e
ea e 6 Es u o a
"
r za a
'
s ra sa

co upt fo hi n m e (a b) C d ead “E au
.
.
,

s naj up O wh ic h
"
ar i 1r o s rr r s a . r s .

" pp g
u o ,
R ed p ottage S am e c upti on s in . orr a

Sell =d1r650 v 3
ver
m an
xx vi
.

8 F amine
. 1. .

Thy [p ri m ogenita re, t[$ 7543] bwthright

.

.
Second y ear of this week S ee no te
ee h ve e ei
.

H r we a t wo r nd r ngs of r d on da te
in ver 1 . .

r pwr oré m d a ov
'
.
9 1 2 Cf Gen
-
. 2 6. . . xxvi .
-
 1 54 T HE B OOK or J U B I LE E S
that als o and he called i ts n am e Enm i ty
,
A n d he arose .

fro m then c e an d they d i gged another well an d for that they ,

strove not an d he called the nam e of i t Room an d Is aac

, ,

s ai d : N ow the L ord h ath m ade room for us and we have ,

i n cre ased in the lan d 2 1 A n d he went u p from then c e

”
. .

A
. M . t o the W ell of the O ath i n the fi rst year of the fi rst week i n ,

the forty fourth jubil ee

-
2 2 A n d the Lord app eared to . .

him th at n ight on the new m oon of the fi rst m onth an d

, ,

s ai d unt o him : I am the God of A braham t hy father ;

fear n ot for I am w i th thee and shall bless thee and sh all
, ,

surely m ultip ly thy seed as the s and of the e arth for the ,

s ake of A braham m y servant 2 3 A n d he buil t an alt ar . .

there which A brah am hi s father had fi rst bu ilt and he

, ,

c alled u p on the n am e of the Lord an d he offered s ac rifi c e to ,

the G od of A braham h i s father 2 4 A nd they d igged a . .

well and they fou n d li ving w ater 2 5 A nd the servants . .

of I s aac d i gged an other we ll an d d i d n ot fi nd w ater an d ,

they went and t old I s aac that they had not foun d w ater ,

an d I s aac s ai d : I h ave sw orn th i s day t o the Ph i li st i n es

an d thi s th i n g has been ann ou n c ed t o us 2 6 A n d he . .

c alled the n am e of that p lac e the Well of the O ath ; for ”

there he had sworn to A b im ele ch an d A huzz ath hi s fri end and

Phicol the p refe c t of h i s h ost 2 7 An d I s aac knew that . .

day th at u n de r c onstrai nt he had sworn to them t o m ake

p e ace with them 2 8 A n d I s aac on th at day cur sed the
. .

20 . E nm ity sel é m nd d w
z
’
e e e
the LXX thu i m ply me a R5 in G n ith s s e .

ti
La n (inim icitias) fr om sabfib : xxvi 32 b ut M S m Syr e d 15 ass. , a r a
“narrow ”
.
, .
, .

. c pt i
The orru on is n ati ve in te d f N5 nd nne ct i t with the s a o a co

to the te xt It m os
. t p l
rob ab y aros e p e ceding ve b r r .

fro m ci e
a s rb s w s i hi ’
ng t o m ak e an 2 6 Of G n xx vi 33 . . e . . .

an tithe i et ee the
s s b w n e
n am ofth i s A h zath Eth Ak o t uz . .
’
za .

well and th t the ex t

a of n Room 2 8 3 2 Th h t e d e xp e ed in the e
.
-
. e a r r ss s
2 1 26 Cf Gen
-
. xxvi
. 2 3 2 5 , 32 33
. ve es i h dly intell igi ble ve in
.
- -
. rs s ar sa a
-
he e
. e ti
2 4 2 5 T r is m n on of only one c ntem p a y f the w w ged b y the o or r o ars a
e
w ll in Gen xx v i 25
. . . Ma b n g i nst the Ph i li ti n e cit i es cca ea s a a s .

2 5 T he m
. i plic tia on of our text is Th i p s ge is he e int odu c ed g t ui s a sa r r ra
th t i
a o w ng t o I saa c h vi
a ng m ad e a t u ly i nt the n ti (so l B n et o s o arra ve
'

a so o es ,
c ve t ith i e e ch
o n an w Ab m l e v t Z f N T li he Wi n h 1 89 0 p
his s r an s . . c sse sc .
, .

fie
a l d t o fi nd w ate r . O f the fi ve ch i ef citi e of the Ph ili t i n e s s s
T hey had n ot f ou nd te x t
O ur and (J o xiii 3) f u w e e t ill in e xi sten c e
. s. . o r r s
 C HA PT ER x x xv . 1 55

Phil i sti nes an d s id

unto the
a :“Cu rsed be the Ph ili st in es
day of wrath an d i ndi gn at i on from the m i dst of all n at ions ;
m ay God m ake them a deri s i on and a c u rse an d an obje c t

of wrath and i ndi gnati on in the han ds of the s i nners the

G entil es and i n the h an ds of the K i tti m 2 9 An d who . .

ever es c ap es the swo rd of the enem y an d the K i ttim m ay ,

the ri ghteous nat i on ro ot out i n judgm ent from under

heaven ; for they w ill be the en em i es and foes of m y
children through out their gen erati ons up on the earth .

3 0 A n d n o rem nant w ill be left t o them

.
,

N or on e that w ill be s aved on the day of the wrath of

j udgm ent
For for destru c ti on and ro oting out and ex p uls ion from
the earth i s the wh ole seed of the Phili st ines (re
served) ,

A n d the re w ill no lon ger be left for these Cap htorim a

n am e or a seed on the earth .

in M cc b ea a an e t i m es
A sk lon, A s dod,h , ti ans p ticul ly the l tte
ar ar a r
G aza an d E kron Of the e
s Ekron. H erodo tu i 1 0 5 ii 1 5 7 1 5 9
s .
, .
,
.

w as g i ve
n b y Al ex l
Ba as to . K i ttim ‘
X er t eln,
(n nn, K tT t ezs E fn
,
'
oz,
’

J th
o na an for his s r i e v ce
s (1 aM cc x . . he e e e e c e e
T s w r nd d rom d s f
89 J ep h
os A nt xi i
i . 4 and . . . Jv a an a cc i ord n g t o x 4 and , Gen . .

e
A sk lon sub m itte
d t o him ( 1 aM cc . the ef e el e
r or , b the G cc
ong d t o ra o La n -
ti
x . 6 0 , xi . h
A s dod ce
ra s hei c t
T. r oun ry is usu ally iden ti
su ffe e eve el
r d s e J
r y un d r u das the
Mac fi ed w ith p Cy rus xi
I n D an 30 . . . the
c ee M cc v
ah (1 a . c pt e
6 8)an d w as a ur d,. Kitti te l the
m are u ndoub d y R om ans,
p ut t o the sw ord, and b ur n b y t J ona he e
w r as in 1 M cc i a viii 1, 5 y . . . the
th an (1 47 the te p le
m of D agon are the M c e ia don ans It is to . the
i e ie
l k w s and all th t
a t e ef e
had ak n r ug M c e i th t tex t efe
a don ans a our r rs aza . G
it e e
in w r b urn (1 Mace t x84 osJ eph . . . c pt e
w as a ur d b y Al ex e the an d r r a Get
A nt xiii . 4 . . i e ce
It w as aga n r du d J eph
( os xi
A nt . 8 . . .

he
to as s b y Jho n Hyrcanus ( 1 aM cc . 2 9 The r ighteou s n a ti on
. J u da . h
x vi . e G
A s r gards aza its suburb s und r e the M cc ee
a ab s no on 2 8 . S ee te
ee
w r b urn b y t J th
ona an an d the cit
y 32 ab o ve .

f ce
or d to a c pit te M cc xi
ula (1 a 61 . . Gen erations Em nd d w . Lat n e e ith i .

fte et e
I t was a rw ards d s roy d b yIAlex . T e xt day s .

J an naeus ( os J ep h A nt xiii13 . . . . These Cap htor im Th s

’
é ll u . ee
Ou r te x t efl e ct c ectl the ttit e
r s orr y a ud e e . f
m nd rom ku é llfi : all w La n ith ti .

of J h t
u da ow ards the citi e
s of the ex
T t : all Ca or m
”
pht i
A ord ng t o . cc i
h i i ti e the e c c e t
P l s n s in s on d n . A m os ix ii
7 ; D ent . 23 ; J er . . x lvii . .

28 Sinners, the Gen tiles The La n ti 4, the hi i t i e c e

P l s n s am or g na l y rom ii l f
“ eccatoris o uli Cf
. .

has he e
r p pp xxiii . . . Ca pht or On the v i
. ar ou s w s as t o vi e
24 . T he P h il i t i e
s n s suff r d se e eve e
r ly its l c it
o al y see En cyc Bib 6 98 . i . .

at the h ands of the i

A ssyr ans and Egyp 69 9 .
‘

3 1 F or . though he as c en d u nt o heaven ,

Then c e w i ll he be brought d own ,

A nd though he m ake him self strong on e arth ,

T hen c e w ill he be dragged forth ,

A ndthough he hi de h im self am ongst the nat i ons ,

Even from then c e will he be rooted ou t ;

A nd though he des c end in t o She ol ,

T he re also wil l h i s c on dem n at i on be gre at ,

A n d there also he w ill h ave n o p e ac e .

32 . A n d i f he go i nt o c ap t i vi ty ,

By the h ands of th ose th at seek h i s li fe w ill

him on the w ay ,

ei ther n am e n or seed w ill be left to him on all

A nd n

the earth ;
F or int o etern al m aledi c t i o n will he de p art .

3 3 A n d thus i s i t w ri tten and e n graved c on c ern in g him

.

on the heavenly t ables to do un to him on the day of ,

judgm ent so that he m ay be rooted out of the e arth

, .

Rebecca a dm onishes J acob n ot to m arry a Can aa nitish wom an,

1 3 -
J acob p rom ises to m arry a daughter of L aban
.

desp ite the urgen t requ ests of Esau that he shou ld m arry
a Ca na anitish wom an 4 1 0 -
. Rebecca blesses J acob, 1 1
23
( Cf G en x x vn l 1
. . . .

XXV A nd i n the se c ond ye ar of thi s week in thi s

.

jubil ee Rebe cca call ed Jac ob her son and s pake unt o him
, , ,

s aying :“ My son do n ot t ake thee a wi fe of the daughters ,

of Can aan as Es au thy b rothe r who t ook him t w o w i ves of

, , ,

the d aughters of Can aan an d they have e m bi ttered m y s oul ,

3 1 32 B ed on A m
-
. ix 2 4 Cf
as 1 Secon d yea f this w eek in this
os .
-
. . . r o
P cxxxix 8 sqq
s. .
jubilee S ee n te n v
. 4 . o o er. .

3 1 Th ugh he m ake him lf t ng

. o D n ot t ke thee a wif et c Cf Gen se s ro . o a e, . . .

L t =ub i fugi n erit

a . Th c u p ti xx viii 1
e s . e orr on . .

eem t h ve igin ted in the H eb ew

s s o a Eor wh took him two w ive
a r . sau o s,
XXV 1 3 Ob e ve th t u th
.
-
. et c Cf G xx vi 34
s r a o r au or . . en . . .

tr pose G n xxviii 1 4 b ef e G n
an s s e E mbi tte d m y oul
. . Cf Gen-
vn or e . re s . . . xx .

xxv wh ich c nt in J cob inte

11. , 46 xx vi 35 o a s a
'
s r , . .

capti n of Esau s bles ing

o
'
s .
I S8 T HE B OO K OF J U BILEE S
stri ven w ith m e an d sp oken fre quently t o m e an d s ai d My
,

brother t ake t o w ife a s i ster of m y tw o w i ves ; but I refuse

’

t o do as he has d on e 9 I swe ar before thee m other th at . . , ,

all the d ays o f m y li fe I w ill n ot t ake m e a w i fe fr o m the

daughters of the seed of Canaan an d I w ill n ot act w ickedly ,

as m y b rother has d on e 1 0 F e ar n o t m othe r ; be assured . .

th at I shall do thy w ill an d walk in u p ri ghtness and ,

n ot c orru p t m y w ays for ever 1 1 A n d thereu p on she . .

lifted u p her fac e t o heaven an d e x tended the fi n ge rs of her

h ands an d op ened her m outh and blessed the Most Hi gh
,

God w ho had c re ated the he aven an d the e arth an d she

, ,

gave Him thanks and p rai se “

1 2 A n d she s ai d : Blessed . .

be the Lord God an d m ay H is h oly n am e be blessed for ,

ever and ever who has g iven m e J acob as a p ure son and
,

a h oly seed ; for he i s T h i n e an d T h ine sh all h i s seed be ,

c onti nually an d throughout all the gen erat ion s for everm o re .

1 3 Bless him 0 Lord an d p lac e i n m y m outh the bless in g

.
, ,

of ri ghte ous n ess th at I m ay bless him 1 4 A n d at th at

,
. .

h ou r when the s piri t of righte ous n ess des c ended into her
,

m outh she plac ed b oth her hands on the he ad of Jacob an d

, ,

"
15 . Blessed art thou ,
Lord of r ighteousness and God of the
a ges ;
A n d m ay He bless thee beyon d all the gen erat i o n s of m en .

May H e give thee m y son the p ath , , of r ighteousn ess ,

An d reve al righte ousness t o thy seed .

16 . A n d m ay H e m ake thy s on s m any during thy li fe ,

A n d m ay they ari se a cc ord in g t o the n u m ber of the
m onths Of the ye ar .

A braha m gave m e m any com 1 4 Sp iri t r ighteousness

. o f
m an d s Cf 4,
. 6 . xx . xxxix . . t uth r
m 7 dhnO l s u re i a. 7 7 9 e a .

8 Thes e tw o an d twen ty years

. Of J h n xi v 1 7 xv 2 6 x v i 1 3
o So
e d “H l y
. . . . .
, , .

hi
T s agr s w s a ee
m n of ith the t te e t a bd Cf xxxi 1 2
. . . . 0 r a s o
’
Esau s age in Gen 3 4, w r xxvi he e he Spi it T h l tte i J ewish lso :f
r e a r s a o
l xiii 1 0 1 1 “Hi h ly Spiri t
. . .
.

is sa d t o i
a b n or y w n h ve ee f t he he I s s

(“
. .
, o
m arr d ie
Esau was now s
.
y r ixt th ee -
. h p rm) W ith the i de a c onve y e d b y
.
 C HA PT E R XX V .
9
-
2 1 1 59

An d m ay
their sons be com e m any and gre at beyond the
st ars of he aven ,

A n d the ir nu m be rs be m o re than the s an d of the sea .

1 7 A n d m ay H e gi ve the m th i s goo dly lan d— as H e s aid H e

w ould give i t to A b rah am an d to his seed after him
alw ay

A nd m ay they h old i t as a p ossess i on for ever .

1 8 A n d m ay I
. see (born)un t o thee m y son blessed children , ,

duri ng m y li fe ,

An d a blessed an d h oly seed m ay all thy seed be .

’
1 9 A nd. th ou hast refreshed thy m other s s pirit duri ng
as

Tm yj life
'

The w om b of her that b are thee bless es thee ,

[My affe ct ion] and m y breasts bless thee

A n d m y m outh an d m y t ongue prai se thee gre at ly .

2 0 I n cre ase
. s pread over the earth
an d ,

A n d m ay thy seed be p erfe c t in the joy of heaven an d

e arth for ever

An d m ay thy seed rej oic e ,

A n d on the gre at day of p eac e m ay i t have p e ac e .

21 . A nd m ay thy n am e an d thy seed endure to all the ages ,

A nd m ay the Most H i gh God be the ir G od ,

A nd m ay the God of ri ghteous n ess dwell w i th them ,

A n d by them m ay H is s an c tuary be built unt o all the ages .

“ “
b th p hr e c f D eut xxxi v 9
o as s . the 1 9 E . t f e h ed.( )b d h . as re r s a . c as

spi it of w isd m gi ven thee e t

”

( noan m i); N um r s
'
r o
“
. .

xi 2 5 26 2 9 N h ix 20 ; I xi
.
, ,
2 e it i.
R .
e d thy the sen e
s. . .
' ‘
. a , as s

17 A H a
sid H w u
e sld giv i t t e qe
i e i t o e o r u r s .

M I h ve b ck eted
.

l [ y fi e ti n ] a c o a ra
A braha m n d t hi s
a ee d o w y s a a
.

th i ph e i t c m e in wkw dly
.

f
Cf L. u k e i 5 5 K c .é h d h n
, a 4 ; s
et ee m b
“b e t
c eu
m uth
7 s ras or o s
”
a ar

é b
"
fi l b w n w o r as s, o
A fip da t “t ngue
’
n a a ro e s ,
aK p pa
a ri or

d i L k e e c ll n d W h ul d e xp e c t a o e s o
T h w
“ nd t p e c e de it It m y b
’

l
.
16 t va .
V a b n u
e or s r a

b th Mic v 20 nd u te xt Ob e ve n a a o r . a e
o u. a o r s r
ditt g ph y nd h ve iginated
.
.

th t th i t tem ent in L ke i dded

a s s a u s a a o ra a a or as

p enthetic lly
ar expl n t ily in
a or
f l e lte n tive ende ing of am
a a or as a a s a r a r r

u te x t
o r .
w mb o .

P es i on f o
oss s eve Of the T hn ey
r 2 1 H is
r.
n tuary
.
u n to all the . sa c

didean ph se K f m é d l ra
'
r age
a s Cf i 2 9 e . s. . . .
1 60 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
22 . be he that blesseth thee
Blessed ,

An d all fl esh th at c urseth the e falsely m ay i t be

”
c ursed .

A nd she k issed him and s ai d to him ,

May the Lord of the world love thee

A s the he art of thy m other an d he r affe c ti on rej o ic e in
thee an d bless thee .

A nd she c eased from bless in g .

I saac send s E sau for venison , 14 . Rebecca instructs J acob to

obtain the blessing, 5 9 -
. J a cob un der the p erson of
Esau obtains it, 1 0 2 4 -

. E sa u brings in his venison

a nd by his imp ortu ni ty obtains a blessing, 2 5 34 -

.

Threatens J acob, 3 5 (Cf . . G en . xx v ii )

.

XXVI A nd in the seven th ye ar of thi s week I s aac

.

“
c alled Es au hi s elder son and s ai d unto him : I am old
, , ,

m y son and beho ld m y eyes are dim in see i ng and I kno w

, ,

not the day of m y death 2 A nd now t ake thy hunting . .

weap ons thy qu i ver an d thy bow and go out to the fi eld , ,

and hunt an d cat ch m e (veni so n ) m y son and m ake m e , ,

s avou ry m eat su c h as m y soul loveth and b ri ng i t to m e

, ,

that I m ay eat an d that m y s oul m ay bless thee befo r e I

,

die .3 But Rebe cca hear d I s aac s p eakin g to Esau

. 4 And . .

Es au went fo rth early to the fi eld t o hunt and cat c h and b ri ng

ho m e to hi s father 5 A n d Rebe cca called Jac ob her son . .
, ,

and s ai d unto him : Beh old I he ard I s aac thy father , , ,

s p eak unto Es au thy brother s ay in g :Hunt for m e and , , ,

m ake m e s avou ry m e at an d b ri n g (i t) to m e th at I m a eat

y ,

an d b less thee before the L o rd before I d i e 6 A n d now

’
. .
,

m y son obey m y v oic e i n th at whic h I c om m and thee :

, Go
22 . Of. Gen . xxvu . 29 . e ei
r nd r n
g of Gen. xxvu. 1 wh ich : dim
O th t he c ould not see ” EV
2 3. Of Sir . . iv . 10 .
S a
( ”
2 H u n t and ca tch z fifipevcou Kat
XX VI . Cf Gen
. . xxvii . 14 1 .
.

é m hdfi ov, a loos r nd r n e e ei the

g of
1 . A re di m i n seeing. i p e fe ct
An m r ph e
ras in Gen. x xvu . 3.
1 62 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
I s aac s ai d unto him : Com e ne ar that I m ay feel thee m y , ,

son i f tho u art m y son Es au or n ot

,
1 7 A nd J ac ob went .

ne ar to I s aac his father and he felt him and s ai d :1 8

, ,
.

T he vo ic e i s Jac ob s voic e but the h an ds are the h an ds of

’

Es au and he di s c e rned him n ot be cause i t w as a di s p ens a

, ,

t i on from heaven to rem ove h i s p ower of p erc ep ti on an d

I s aac d i s c erned not for hi s h an ds we r e h airy as (hi s b rother)
,

Es au s so th at he b lessed him 1 9 A n d he sai d : Ar t

’
. .
,

thou m y son Es au ? and he s ai d : I am thy son ”

an d he s ai d Bri ng ne ar t o m e that I m ay eat of th at

,

whic h thou h ast caught m y son that m y soul m ay bl ess , ,

thee 2 0 A n d he brought near to him an d he d i d eat

. .
, ,

an d he b rought him wi ne an d he d rank 2 1 An d I s aac . .

,

h is f the r s i d unto
a a him : “ Com e ne ar and ki ss m e
, ,

m y son A nd he c am e n e ar and k i ssed him

. 2 2 A nd . .

he sm ell ed the s m ell of hi s rai m ent and he blessed him and ,

s ai d : Behold the s m ell of m y son i s as the s m ell of a

,

(fu ll) fi eld which the Lord hath blessed .

2 3 A n d m ay the Lo r d g ive thee of the dew of heaven

.

A nd of the dew of the e arth an d p lenty of c orn and oil : ,

Le tnati ons se rve thee ,

A nd p eo ples bow down to thee .

a =“help ed d =“ caused m e t o me I am he
who will re t en com c ei ve the
see L a in g
. i ve i e it
s dr x t
In m y m an dm ents (w b gn w hich e i i th the
words “
.

te xt e e e the p h e i t
I m nd d ras
’
n o art e ani
‘

I am but Esau is thy rs fi t

=d r i , om ar ng
i ex t c p i xxi 2 w rhe e the b orn
“
. .

Eth has i sth ve

. rb as the eq i v e t
u al n of 21 Com e n ear . La n adds t o m e
. ti .

i i e e the ti
d r g r in La n But the e r ad V
S
. o also LXX and ulg. of Gen xxvu . .

i ht
ing of b e m ay b e r g et i
as Pra or us 6 '

th ink s. 2 2 (F u ll) A dd d rom

. .La n e f the ti .

1 8 Becau se it was a disp ensa ti on

. So Sam , LXX, and ulg. of Gen
. V . xx vii .

from hea ven T s laus is borro w d . hi c e e 27 .ass. om s. M it

from 1 K ngs . 15 ; . i
2 C ron xii cf h . 23 Give thee . b c d add and .

x 15 m ul ly tip thee
”
a trans os s b or p e i t ef e
“m ay
.
.

H is p ower of p erce
p tion, l rally, i te the
Lord gi e
”
ve the .

hss r
i
"
pi it . D ew of the ear th The sam rend r . e e
(H is brother) A dd d rom . e f the ing of rfis m brm os rn '
s is o un d in '
f
the Eth rs on of Ge n . ve i
x 28 . x vii . .

19 . 1 am
For an analogous thy son. A nd p lenty add aga ns .MSS i t
ev i
as on, B r
“I am Esau
ee c
om ar s Ber rabb a 6 5 p e .
lle i p ara l sm and Gen . 28 b or xx vii ef e
the laus “m ay H e g
.

rs b orn (Gen the fi t pe t l n y c e i ve

evi i : e t : p e ti f
.

xxvii R L sa d
. a ob m an . J c l n ully to .
"
thee
 C HA PT E R XX V I . r7 -

3r x63

2 4 Be lo r d
. ove r thy brethren ,

A nd let thy m othe r s sons

’
b ow d own to thee ;
And m ay all the b lessi n gs wherew ith the Lo r d hath
blessed m e and blessed A braham , m y father,
Be im p arted to thee and to thy seed fo r ever
Cu r sed
be he that c urseth thee ,

A nd blessed be he th at blesseth thee .

2 5 A n d i t cam e to p ass as s oon as I s aac had m ade an end

.

of bless ing hi s son Jacob and Jacob had gone forth fro m ,

I s aac his father The hi d him self an d l Esau h i s b rothe r ‘ '

, ,

c am e i n from hi s hun tin g 2 6 An d he also m ade s avou ry . .

m e at an d b r ought (i t)to hi s father an d s ai d unto h i s fathe r :

, ,

Let m y fathe r ari se an d eat of m y ven i son that thy soul

,

m ay bless m e 2 7 A n d I saac h i s fathe r s ai d unto him :

. .
, ,

Who art thou ? A nd he s ai d un t o him : I am thy fi rst

”

bo r n thy son Es au :I have d one as thou h ast c omm anded

,

me . 2 8 A nd I s aac w as ve ry gre atly astoni shed an d s ai d

.
,

Who i s he that h ath hunted and caught and brought (i t )

to m e and I h ave e aten of all before thou c am est and have
, ,

blessed him :(and) he shall be blessed and all hi s seed for ,

eve r . 2 9 And i t c am e to p ass when Es au he ar d the

.

wo r ds of hi s fathe r I s aac that he cried w ith an ex ceeding

gr eat and bi tte r cry and s ai d unto his fathe r : Bless ,

m e ( even) me also father

,
3 0 An d he sai d unto him :
, . .

Thy b r othe r c am e w i th guil e and h ath t aken aw ay thy ,

bless ing .
“
And he s ai d : N o w I kn ow why hi s n am e is
n am ed Jacob :behold he hath supplanted m e these two ,

tim es he took away m y bi rth right and now he hath t aken -

aw ay m y b less i ng 3 1 A n d he s ai d : Hast thou not

. .

24 The blessings wherewi th the L ord 2 8 H u nted and caught.

. no S ee te
blessed A braham, Cf Gen et c on ver 2
30 I kn ow why (or “
. . . . .

xxv 111 4
. . . how )=olda é 1s .

2 5. TE e hid himself and l T s l ooks

' '
. hi hi
T s m ay b e a orruc p ti
on of buca tws
‘
.

i e
l k an add on to i ti. R ad the te xt e In th t c e the t t
a as ex would agr w ee ith
that .
”
Ge n xx vii
. 36
. .
r6 4 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
r eserved a bless i ng for m e father and I s aac answe r ed and ,

s ai d u n to Esau
Beh old I h ave m ade him thy lord
, ,

A n d all his brethren have I gi ven to him for se rvants ,

A nd w ith p lenty of c orn an d wi ne an d oil have I

st rengthened him
A n d wh at now sh all I do for thee m y son ,

3 2 A n d Es au s ai d to I s aac h i s father :
. ,

H ast thou but one b less in g O fathe r ? ,

Bless m e ( even ) m e als o father , ,

A n d E s au li fted u p h is v oice and we p t 3 3 A nd I s aac . .

answe red an d s ai d unto him

Behold far from the dew of the earth shall be thy

,

dwellin g ,

A n d far fr o m the dew of he aven fr om above .

34 . And by thy swo r d wilt thou li ve ,

A nd thou w ilt serve thy bro ther .

i t shall c om e to p ass when thou becom est

A nd
great ,

An d d ost sh ake his yoke from off thy ne c k ,

T hou wilt s i n a c om plete s in unto death ,

A n d thy seed will be rooted out fro m under he aven .

3 5 A nd Es au kep t thr e aten in g Jac ob be cause of the bless

.

ing whe rew ith h is fathe r blessed him and he s ai d in hi s ,

33 D ew o
.
f the earth no on . S ee em ve his y oke f om off thy n eck
te r o r .

ve e
rs 2 3 . Sim ilarly in the J erusalem and P J n s. -
o .

3 4 Becomest great = ab aika (so b) T h is

'
. T gum s n d in Ber rabb 6 7
. ar a . a .

a c : refusest ( ab aika)w
’
is (i)a h ich p ge in our te xt is att ibuted to
assa r

c orru pt i the f
on of orm r d is orru e . c pt G ene i s b y Syn c ellus i 2 0 2 m3 H fi s , .
'

ca

pp t te t he e ee €¢ n é is ebhoy l t s 6 I d 8 m :
' ’
b ut su or s b T he x r agr s v ra '
. a aa x, 0

w ith theSam "aw n(Ge n . i 40 )w .xx v i hich as nl

. dv K fié hps l é KM gs m a a xa c

then iphal orhiphal of“ mt I' m M 3w i ild o 0 paxfih 7m

‘

is ass . .
”
g a rf o 1r 7 0 r ova ov
'
7 .

as t o the e
m aning of w hich the ve i
rs ons u hfi n t Odv Gly as ( p 263 )
e a s c r ar or. c .

v ary LXX has xa 0 é7ms 1 a m rom

. f pp ears to ign i t to Jose ph u b
a as s s '
r re

3 4 Thou wil t si n a omp lete si/n u n toc fw é n hnp boq d 7 I a np d r l

o c
’

“eve
'
; 7 01 aa o rr re a
'
. x

death, r o ry sin un o d a
"
T s t e th hi n i b a thm ow { wa 6 db lup fi
. a le d. y r s 1 0 e o
ch
an g is e c t
on rary t o all rad on In t it i u 6K. 6 p xn h vao
'

v hquué h v 7 0 r a o ao , r eta

Onkelos w e a h ve A nd will co m t o it e n hnnu hfic w G vdr v K i d M 7e e a '

o . a r . y 7 01
p ass w he J ’
n his ( acob s) sons ransgr ss t e I w ri v fi
’
c
'
r
ro r ai a ra .

the w ords of the

law, a ou w l th t th it sen unto death Cf xxi 2 2 . . . .
1 66 T H E BO O K O F JU BILE E S

when he sends m e then only w ill I go 7 A nd Rebe cca ,

. .

s ai d to J acob :“I wi ll go in and s p eak t o him an d he w ill ,

send thee away 8 A n d Rebe cc a we n t i n an d s ai d t o . .

I s aac : I loathe m y li fe be c ause of the two daughte rs of

H eth wh om Es au has t aken him as w i ves ; and i f Jac ob
,

t ake a w ife from am ong the dau ghters of the lan d su c h as

these for what p u rp ose do I further li ve ; for the daughters
,

of Can aan are evil 9 A n d I s aac c alled J ac ob an d blessed . .

“
him an d adm on i shed him an d s ai d un t o him :1 0
,
Do .

n ot t ake thee a w i fe of any of the d aughte rs o f Can aan ;

ari se an d go to Mes op ot am ia t o the h o use of Bethuel thy , ,

m other s father an d t ake thee a w ife from the n c e of the

’

daughters of Lab an thy m other s brother 1 1 A n d God ,

’
. .

A lm i ghty bless thee an d i n c re ase an d m ult ip ly thee th at

thou m ayest be com e a c om p any of n ati ons an d give thee ,

the blessings of m y father A braham t o thee and to thy seed ,

afte r thee th at th ou m ayest i n he ri t the land of thy s oj ou rn

,

ings and all the lan d which God gave to A brah am :go m y ,

son in p e ac e
,
1 2 A n d I s aac sent Jac ob aw ay an d he
. . ,

wen t to Mes op ot ami a to Laban the son of Bethuel the ,

’
Sy ri an the brothe r of Rebe cc a J ac ob s m othe r
,
1 3 A nd i t ,
. .

c am e to p ass after Jacob had arisen t o go to Mes op otam i a

that the s piri t of Rebe cca w as gri eved after her son and she ,

wep t . .
“
1 4 A n d I s aac s ai d t o Rebe cca : My s i ster wee p ,

n ot on acc ou n t of J acob m
y son for he g oeth in p e ac e , ,

and in p e ac e will he return 1 5 T he Most H i gh God w ill . .

8 Cf Gen
. xxvii
. 46 . S ong f S l m n i v 9 1 0 1 2 v 1
. . o o o o .
, , , . .

Cf Gen xx viii
1 5 . T h is u ge w
. c m m n in the old
.
-
. sa as o o
1 4 My sister
. h i te
T s rm as a l d pp i e Egypti n ng M p e nd Spi egel
. a so s as as ro a
c
b y Isaa t o his w i fe e
is us d as an e x b e g h ve h own ( Budd e D a r a s see s

p i e H hen li d pp x vi v u) “B the
,

pe i
r ss on of te e e
n d rn ss It is oss b l . o e , .
-
x . ro r
”

th t Si e p
a ng r ( te
1 68 n o ) is r g i ht
in . w u e d in the e ng l w ith a as s s so s a so
t ting th t it i de igned b y
s a a th s im il m e ning d5 A¢ fi in 1 C ix
s ou r au or s ar a . € or. .

t j ti fy the f c t f Is c h ving 5 h s qu ite diffe ent m e ning It '

o us a o aa s a a a r a .

c lled h his i te t the C t of denote ne wh i c nnected by the

a er s s r a our s o o s o
A b i m ele ch A in t n c e s of the fo m e
. ti e f the Ch i ti n eligi n Th b ve
s s a r r o r s a r o . e a o
w m ight qu te T bit dd e s t us ge cc ding t Singe (p 2 0 8 ’
use e o i o s a r s o a ,
s a or o r .

hi wi fe (T b it v
s at) hb y
o éx n te ) unkn w n in
. Rab b inic l ite ‘
ov
‘
e, o o l ra
é b h¢ § : ls v
,

a i 1 5 v iii 4 7 ; al so
a o tu e
1i . , . , r .
 C H A PT E R x x v u 7 .
-
24 1 67

pr eserve him fr om all evil and will be with him ; fo r He ,

w il l not fo rs ake him all hi s days ; 1 6 For I know that .

h i s ways will be p rosp e r ed i n all thi ngs wherever he goes ,

unt i l he r eturn i n p eac e to us an d we see him i n p eac e ,

.

1 7 F ear not on h i s acc ount m y s i ster for he i s on the

.
, ,

upri ght p ath and he i s a p erfec t m an :and he is faithful

z
and w ill not p e ri sh Weep n ot 1 8 A n d I s aac c o m forted
. . .

Rebe cc a on acc oun t of her son J ac ob and b lessed him 19 ,

. .

A nd Jac ob went from the Well of the O ath t o go to Haran

on the fi rst ye ar of the se c on d week i n the forty fourth -

jub i lee and he c am e to Luz on the m oun tains that i s

, , ,

Bethe l on the new m o on of the fi rst m onth o f th is week 2 1

, ,

and he c am e to the p lac e at even an d tu rned from the w a

y
to the west of the road that ni ght :and he s lep t there ; for
the sun had set 2 0 A nd he t ook one of the stones of
. .

that plac e and lai d i t (at hi s head ) under the t ree and he ,

w as j ourney ing alon e an d he sle p t 2 1 A n d he d r e am t , . .

that n i ght and beh old a ladder set up on the e arth and the
, ,

to p of i t re ached to heaven and beh old the an gels of the , ,

Lord as c ended an d des c ended on i t : an d beh old the Lo rd ,

2 2 A n d H e s p ake t o J ac ob an d s ai d : I"
stood up on i t . .

am the Lord God of A b rah am thy father an d the G od of , ,

I saac ; the la nd whereon thou art sleepin g t o thee shall I ,

g i ve i t and t o thy seed afte r thee

,
2 3 A nd thy seed will . .

be as the dust of the e arth an d thou w ilt in crease to the ,

west an d to the e ast to the n orth an d the s outh and , ,

in thee an d i n thy seed w ill all the fam ili es of the

n at io ns be blessed 2 4 A nd beh old I shall be w i th thee
. .
, ,

16 . Will
be flowered z j esé rah 19 . Luz Cf Gen
. . . xxv iii 1 9 . .

the t
La in dirigentur) m n d d rom e e e f 20 ( A t his head) A dded from the
“ w ros r
. .

jé sé ré h T.
: e xt he ill p p e . La ti n .

1 7 On the up right p ath

. So 6 an d . Under the tree h i p hrase is n t
T s . o

t
La in, in via re ct a at e d d rg in . ive e fo und in Gen .xxv ii
i 11 It seem t o . . s

e e t i ec
diff r n d r ti ons . be the e p t
w ood n os or m as t (mgr?)which
A nd he is faithful a b and Latin st d t Canaanit ish p l ce of wo sh ip
“
.
oo a a s r .

om it and
”
. S ee E ncyc Bib i 330 332 . . .
-
.

1 9 20 -
. Cf Gen.
. xx viii . 10 , 1 1, 1 9 . 2 1 2 7 Cf G n xxv iii 1 2 22
-
. . e . .
-
.
 1 68 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
and shall kee p thee wh i thers o eve r thou goest and I shall ,

b ring thee again i nto th is land i n p eac e ; for I shall n ot

leave thee unt il I do everyth ing th at I told th ee of .

2 5 A nd Jac ob awoke from h i s slee p an d s ai d

.
Trul y , ,

thi s plac e i s the house o f the Lo r d and I knew i t not ,

.

A nd he w as afrai d an d said : D re adful i s thi s p lac e

whic h i s none other than the house of G od and thi s ,

i s the gate of heaven 2 6 An d Jac ob arose e arly in the

. .

m ornin g an d took the st o ne whic h he had p ut unde r his

,

he ad and set i t u p as a pill ar for a s ign an d he p our ed oil ,

u p on the t op of i t A n d he called the n am e of that p lac e

.

Bethe l ; but the n am e of the plac e w as Luz at the fi rst 27 . .

A n d J ac o b vowed a vow unto the Lord s aying : I f the ,

Lord w ill be w i th m e an d will kee p m e in thi s way that I

,

go and give m e bre ad to eat and raim en t to p ut on so th at

, ,

I c o m e agai n to m y father s h ouse i n p e ac e then shall the

’

Lo r d be m y G od and thi s st one whic h I have set u p as a

,

pillar for a si gn i n this plac e shall be the Lo r d s house ,

’
,

an d of all that thou gi vest m e I shall g i ve the tenth t o ,

thee m y God
, .

J acob m arries Leah and Ra chel, 1 1 0 -

. H is children by Leah
an d R achel by their han dm aids, 1 1 2 4
and J acob -
.

seeks to leave L aban , 2 5 but stays on at a certain wage,

26 28
-

J acob becom es rich, 2 9 3 0

.
( Cf G en xx ix f -
. . . .

1, 1 7 ,
1 8, 2 1 3 5 , -
x xx . 1 1 3, 1 7 2 2
- -

,
2 4, 2 5 , 2 8, 3 2 ,
3 9 4 3,
, xx x i . 1,

XXVI II A nd he we nt on h i s journey and cam e to the

.
,

land of the e ast to Lab an the b r othe r of Rebe cc a and he

, , ,

w as w i th him an d served hi m fo r Rac hel hi s d aughte r on e

,

a n. week 2 A n d in the fi rst ye ar of the th ird week he s ai d

. .

2 5 . A wolce f rom sleep =é £67rvwo e XX VIII . 1 . Cf Gen . . xxix . 1 .

esUvrvou corrupt =ifi1rvwc e t w ov

MSS ’

sl ep
.

”
eep 24 Of Gen xxix
t a sl .
I 7O T H E BO O K O F J U B I LE E S
m ayst nother seven years that thou m ayst
se rve me a ,

p astu r e m y shee p as thou d idst in the fo rm er week 9 . .

A nd on the day when the seve n d ays of the fe ast of Le ah

had p assed Lab an gave Rachel t o Jac ob th at he m i ght
, ,

ser ve him another seven ye ars an d he gave to Rachel ,

Bilh ah the s iste r of Z ilp ah as a han dm ai d

,
1 0 A nd he ,
. .

se rved yet other seven years for Rachel fo r Le ah had been ,

g i ven to him fo r nothi ng 1 1 A nd the Lord o p ened the . .

xviii 18 . J i M t
ust n ar yr, D ial a
. . .
'
effi ereKev r hy Bdkha v
s I n la er-

. t
e c e it
Tryp h 13 4, d lar s to be of; Beurr bv
. Je i h t iti the ti . ws rad on y are s ll repre
th i ht
8 Our au or r g ly u nd rs ands et e te i te hte s n d as s s rs, b ut as daug rs of

c c i e :cf
.

Gen xxix
. and r ep e e t J
c
r s n s a ob as
. L ab an b y a on ub n Ps J on . .
-
.

re c ei v i
ng Ra che he the eve
lw n s n day s xxix on Gen 24, 2 9 ; Ber rab b a 7 4.
. . .

of L a se h fe t e e ve J
as w r o r
’
ose phus Si e i e p . n g r adds F rk R El. 36 on 1 18 . .

(A nt i e
19 7 ) wrongly m ak s a ob
. . J c . n te o .

it
w a for s eve e
n y ars a fte i e
r his m arr ag 1 1 2 4 Cf Gen x xix 31 xxx 1 1 3 -

1 7—
-
-
.
. . . . ,

w it h L e h a . 22 2 4 , .

9 Bilh h
. Eth Balan a . 1 1 2 4 The tw elve sons of J c ob
. .
-
. a .

Th sister of Zilp h
e Bi lh h nd Th tw elve app e r in our te x t in the
a . a a e a

Zi lpah pp e r as i ste s al o in T e t
a a me de as in Gen
s xxix 32 34
r s s . sa or r . .
-

X II P t i c h N ph i
a r ar N p ht li xxx 1 2 4 xxx v 1 7 18 The follow
. e a a - -

de cl e s : as p tmp a v é l Bdhh
. . . .
, . .

ar ing t bles (t k en f om Rou sch p 330 )

a
-
o
'
or a, a a r , .

w i ll e ve t o m ak e cle ar the different

’
Guy d np Pwfié
r a6 h¢ 0 A fibpp ou, 6 0 e a s,
‘
s r

o de of the se nam e s In the

’
'
rbs 6 dé Pbd é I e os x r r . .

ro fi yé v s fi
'
A fip dp ou l lx n !
x
’
t ive f Gen xxix xxx v and
a . Ka a arra o . .
-
.

a hw w b ls iry pd fi q
a r
’
inn) A afi
e J ub ilee I I In Jubilees according t o
o a '
av
'
s. .

K l é dw
a qi A l av T hu
xev a trr blm n the d te of b irth III In T e t XII
’ '

l/ r ac c v a . . s . .

f i} l y i fin s é Ovy é p P t i ch s acc ording to date of b irth

‘
‘
a fro e s vua k a r elc ev ax
r a, a r ar .

K i é dh
a c
tb fi Z h¢ dv eo ev
'
l IV aI n Gen x lix
r v
‘
e ca
I . . .

I V Gen
. . xli x.

e ve th t the o der in
It will b e ob s r d a r on our te xt sh ows the sam e order (see ,
n. d i ve e f
rg s rom all the othe t rs as o b el w ) Prob b ly the dat es are c orrup t
o . a .

ch
D an, Issa ar, and os J ep h Th Mid . e R ons h p r p e to read eventh instead
c O os s s
ras h
Tadshe, w hich is partly b ased of i xth ( n e as
s
y e m endat ion resting on a
 C HA PT E R XX V II I .
9
-
11 171

wo m b of Le ah and she c on ce i ved and bare J ac ob a son and

, ,

he c alled hi s n am e Reuben on the fou rteenth day of the 2 1 ,

c nfu i n f 1 nd r)in Juh xxviii 2 4 Rousch fu the upp e th t the

o s o o a . . . r r s os s a
I n th t c e J e ph w uld b b o n in
a as c pyist t n p ed the d te f Jud h
os o e r o ra s os a s or a
2 1 3 5 A M and hi pl c e in the Jub ilee s
. . nd D n s n d ag in a c uption of a a a a a orr
,
list w uld g ee w i th th o e
o f the seventh i nt
a r ixth ; nd fin lly sug s o o s a a
o the auth riti es Bu t th i d te d e ge t in the c e f A she nd I ch
r o . s a o s s s as o r a ssa ar
n t g ee w i th w h t i
o a r equi ed by th t w sh uld t n po e the y e s
a s r r a e o ra s s ar
xxxi v 1 0 n d x lvi 1 f u text F
. a f thei b irth s and e d fourth y e
. o o r . or o r ,
r a ar
the e p ss ge when t aken t gethe in A he case nd fi fth in Is h s
s a a s o r s rs
’
a sac
’
ar .

i m ply th t Joseph w b o n in the T hu w h uld h ve the f ll wing

a as r s e s o a o o

yea 2 1 32 r S ee n te n xx viii 2 4 list

. o o . . .

Reub en b o n 1 4th f 9th m nth in l t y e f the 3 d week

r 2 1 22 o o s ar o r
Si m e n 2 l t f 1 0 th o 3 d 3 d 212 4 s o r r
L ev i l t fl t 6th 3 d 2 12 7
s o s r

J ud h 1 5 th f 3 da 7 th 3 d 2 12 8 o r r
D an 9 th of 6th 1 st 4th 2 129
Na pht
ali 5 th of 7th 2 nd 4th 2 1 31
Gad 1 2 th of 8 th 3rd 4th 2 1 32
As r he 2 nd of 1 1 th 4th 4th 2 1 33
I ssa ar ch 4th of 5th 5 th 4th 2 1 34
e
Z b ulon 7 th o f 7 th 6 th 4th 2 1 34
Jo e p hs l st o f 4th 7 th 4th 2 1 35
Benj m i n a 1 1 th of 8 th l st 4th 2 1 43

h is o de c e cted R n h p
T r r, orr as o sc ro ie
d d at the
age of 1 2 5 uda on J h
p e b ve i found in Syn cellu i
os s a o , s s . 1 5 th of 3rd and d d 1 1 9 ( 2) ( in ie text
1 98 th ugh the d te diffe fr m th e
o a s r o os i t i ct
d s n ) Na al o n 5 th ofpht i 3rd the the
,

in u te x t :
o K i d h fi
r
“
é ; g éh fi a ov e ro a s
‘
rr
‘
a e ie
an d d d ag d 1 33 Gad one l ot h of the
rr
'
‘

w A ela v é yé w na e r bv Povfibv 7 43
Ka t
‘ f
’
'
the 7 th and d d 125 I ssa ar on 4th ie ch
1r
’ ‘
"
é r et xa l r du E vp ed w up 7ra , 7 0V 66"
“ '
ie he o f 5 th m on an d d d 1 2 2 th A s r on
" ’
A evl my 1rB, r du I obdav
'
c pt text
7 6V ie 2 nd of ( orru ) an d d d 1 2 3 ;
A dv T o J eph the
? 7re , 1 6V Ne ¢ 0 a helpt 7 43 1rS’, 7 6V
’
the ie os on l st of 7th and d d
Pad T o ? 7 d
’ '
il
A o iyp 7 43 7rq , r t‘w
’
e ve th t
'
e ' '
110 . I t w l b e ob s r d a m or
'
‘
" '
I ao dxap f tp 1rt9 , r ev Zafi ovhc th h f the ve te the
b v Ka i th an al ab o da s of m on
W c ep ex ct th e J i ee
'
T hy A elva v é ic A cla s T Q f or I wai orr s ond a ly t o os in ub l s,
‘

’
é lc T fis Pa xijh 7 43 ba
’
e the e
. th e an d n arly all ag s t o os in
f ll i i p e fe ct t e ive
The o o w ng m r et
li s (d r t i ch
d el T s XII Pa r ar s (see b ow ) The
. . .

u n doubte f dly rom ourte xt the ) of J h ii Book of as ar (op cit 1 2 44, 1 246 , . . .

t e ve p t i ch ith the
w l a r ar s w e ee ith the e t e t
ir ag s an d 1 2 48) agr s w T s am n X II .

the the
days of th h ich the
m on on w t i ch iv the
y e e Pa r ar in g in g
. sam ag s for

ee f
w r horn is ound in E pp tei e iti s e e Si e
’
n s d on evi ch R ub n , m o n, L ,
Issa ar, Gad,
of the Mi h dr as viii l i e J eph
T adshe n s ee the c e . os ,
b ut disagr s in as s of

2 4 -
e e e cc e e
The y ars of R b J ha w r 1 33, he e u da , D an, A s r, Z b ulon and

of R ache e e
l 36 , o f L e a 4 6 pht l
R ub n was h it c i e . Na a i , t o w om as r b s resp ec

b orn on the the

1 4th of th 9 th m o n the f ll i
an d e : tively o ow ng ag s 1 29 , 1 2 4,
ie e
d d 1 2 5 y ars old Si e m on was b orn . 1 23, 1 1 4 , 1 32 .

on the the
2 l st of thl oth m on the e t an d t i c the te In T s X II Pa r ar hs . da s .

ie
d d at the e ev
age of 1 20 y ars v l
L i was f ct h ve ee c lecte . ary a so The a s a
. b n ol d
b orn on the the l st o f th I st m on el an d f ici b y D odw l and are ound in Fab r us,
ie
d d at the age of 1 37 D an w as b orn i . S ee Cod P seu d V T
. 7 49 7 5 4
. . also . .
-
.

on the the
6th of th 9 th m on and ch i ef Rbnsch, 32 7 32 9 T he -
are .

[LI ST —OVER
1 72 T HE B OO K OF JU B I LE E S

n inth m onth in the fi rst ye ar of the third week ,

1 2 But . .

the w om b of Rachel w as closed for the Lord saw th at L eah ,

w as h ated an d Rac hel loved 1 3 A n d ag ai n J ac ob went . .

i n u nt o Leah an d she con c e i ved an d b are J aco b a se c ond

, ,

son and he c alled h i s n am e Si m e on on the twenty fi rst of

-

, ,

the tenth m onth and in the third year of th i s week 14 ,

. .

A nd agai n J acob we n t i n unt o L e ah an d she c on c e ived an d , ,

bare hi m a third son and he c alled h i s n am e Lev i i n the , ,

n e w m o on of the fi rst m on th i n the s i x th ye ar o f thi s week .

1 5 A n d again J ac ob we n t i n unt o her and she c on c e i ved

.
, ,

an d b are him a four th son and he c alled h i s n am e Jud ah , ,

on the fi ftee n th of the thi rd m onth i n the Tfi rst f ye ar of the

' '

week 1 6 A nd on accoun t of all thi s Rachel en vi ed

. .

Le ah for she di d n ot be ar and she s ai d to J ac ob : Gi ve m e

, ,

chi ldren “
an d J ac ob s ai d : H ave I w i thheld from thee

the fru i ts of thy wom b ? Have I fors aken thee ? 17 .

A nd when Rac hel saw th at L e ah had b orn e four s ons to

Jac ob Reuben and Sim eon an d L evi an d J udah she s ai d
, ,

u nt o him Go in u n t o Bilhah m y h andm ai d an d she will ,

R eub en w as b orn in the 7 6th y ea r Jacob ’

s and i e aged 1 2 5 in the
d d
sa m e y ear s Zeb ul n ged
a o a
1 14 .

Sim eon ie
and d d ag d 1 2 0 in e the
sam e e
y ar as os ag d J ep h e
110 .

L evi 81 st ie
an d d d ag d 1 3 7 e .

J u da h 84 th 119 .

D an 85 th 1 25 .

Issa ch ar, Na pht li a , Gad 86th ch ie

I ssa ar d d ag d 1 22 ; e
Na pht i
al , 1 30 ; Gad, 1 2 5 .

e
Z b ulon and As he r 87 th e ie
Z b ulon d d ag d 1 1 4 ; e
he
As r, 1 2 6 .

an d ie
d d ag d 1 1 0 e .

125 .

We t b c ntent with these d te

m us e 1 5 F m the c nte xt ( c f
o ve ses a s . ro o . r
till c itic l editi n of th is w k i 1 5 nd 1 8) it i ob vi u th t the
a r a o or s a s o s a
i ed F
ssu di ff e ent set f d tes se
. or ad tes in the te xt r e c upt o a e a ar orr .

E seb i u P
u p E v ix 2 1
s, raeJ ud h w b n b ef e R chel g ve
. . . . a as or or a a
1 1 H c ll d In G n xxix 32 i t
e a Bil h h t J c b
e Y t the te xt set s e
“ a o a o e
. . . .
.

is sh c lle d Pe h p w ho ld so the b i th f Bilh h y e rs

” ’
e a n tw r a s e s u r o a s so o a
.

e d he e nd in ve e 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 8 b ef e th t f Jud h S ee note on
r a r a rs s , , , . or a o a .

I n 1 9 20 2 1 22 2 3 24 th is fo m is
, , 1 1 24
, , , r -
.

act u lly f und

a o .
I 74 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
25 . i n the d ays when J osep h w as b orn J ac ob s ai d t o
A nd ,

Lab an ? Gi ve m e m y w ives an d s ons an d let m e go to ,

m y father I s aac an d let m e m ake m e an house ; for I h ave ,

c o m pleted the years in whic h I h ave served thee for thy

t w o d aughters an d I w ill go t o the h ouse of m y fathe r ,
.

2 6 A n d Lab an s ai d to J ac ob : TTarry w i th m e for thy

.

an d p astu re m y fl o c k for m e agai n an d t ake thy ,

wages 2 7 A nd they agreed w i th one an othe r th at he

. .

should gi ve him as hi s w ages those of the lam bs an d kids

which were b orn black and s p otted an d whi te (these ) were ,

t o be h i s w ages 2 8 A n d all the shee p brought forth . .

s p otted an d sp eckled and black v ari ously m arked and they , ,

brought forth agai n lam bs like them selves an d all that were ,

’
s p otted were Jacob s and those whic h were n ot were
’
Lab an s 2 9 A n d Jac ob s p ossess i ons m ultip li ed e x ceed
’
. .

ingly an d he p ossessed o x e n an d shee p and asses an d c am els

, ,

an d m ense rvants an d m ai dse rvants 3 0 A n d Lab an and . .

h i s s on s e n vi ed Jacob and Laban to ok b ack hi s sheep from

‘

him and he obse rved him w ith evil in tent

, .

J acob dep arts secretly 1 4 L aban p u rsu es after him , 5 6 ,

-
.
-
.

Coven ant of J a cob an d L a ban , 7 8 A bodes of the -

.

2 5 26 Cf Gen
-
.2 5, 28 . . xxx . . 28 . Of Gen . . xxx . 39 .

26 TTarry with m e for thy wages xt

.
'

Sp eckled an d black, vari ou sly marked

ti : e ce e
.

L a n h as Exp ect s m e in m r d hi ee e x ct ith .

T s agr s a ly w L XX of Gen
th ee xxx
.

Bo s m wrong Gen 2 8 has xxx . . .

39 : .work tha rea l o woaoa dfi bar n!
A pp i t
o n ( n p) m e t hy w age ”

V l v i i ve c e
“
a s s and et d olor
“ u g ar a
.
rso
e xp ect e
.

i
Poss bly a c
go s b a k t o in ? M e q i v e t resp ersa The ass has n o u al n
“t
. .

and y t cup b u t neithe of the e

arr the
o , S ee te x th i r s of o n e boa dfi my t on s .

t ke u b ck t o the right te xt
a s s a c e lau s
L t in :d b t ib i
. .

T k thy w g
a e a es. a
A ll tha t w e p otted w e e J a b s a o er s r co
’
,
m d m i b ett
erce e s
et c Cf G n xxx 32
er .
J e om e . e r
2 7 Of G n xxx 3 2
. . . .

( e
Q t H eb in lo ) seem t h ave
“ u
. .
aes
. . .
r. c s o
a b d = all the
. .

Th e f os S b o .
h d th i o
p ge in m ind :Si qui d
.
a s assa
shee p f i gi tu e x lb i t ni gris quae unius
o .
r a s e
Bl k nd p otted =m$ m nun S ee c l is unt v ium n t m c it m eum ,
ac a s .
o or s ar a u r
m y te xt f em end ti n , ,
or
c it i qui d ve o uniu c l i tuum
a o .
r s r s o or s,
Whit Thi i f l e ende ing f .

e. s s a a s r r o
a aht upi ( m e f l e e nde ing in
e vxa z - 2 9 A n d heep
sa So l o LXX of
a s r r
. s . a s

Eth v f G n xxx
er. o else it Gen xxx 43 M
e Sam Syr or
. . . ass. , .
,

p e upp ose h u b wh ich is itself Vulg om it

. . .

.
r s s e x v
.

w ngro W h uld ende “sp e ckle d

. e s o 3 0 Of Gen xxxi 1 2 r r . . . . .
, .
 C H AP T ER S x x vm . 2 —
5 XX IX .
7 1 75

A m orites (anciently of the Rep haim ) destroyed in the

tim e o f the w ri ter, 9 1 1 -
. Laban dep arts 1 2 , . J acob is
recon ciled to E sau , 1 3 . J acob sends supp lies o f food to
his p a ren ts four tim es a year to H ebron 1 4 1 7 , 1 9 2 0 ,
- -

E sau m arries aga in 1 8 (Of Gen x x x i 3 4 1 0 , 1 3 , ,

. . . .
, ,

1 9 2 1 , 2 3, 2 4, 4 6 , 4 7 ,
-
xxx ii . 2 2, x x xi ii . 1 0,

XXI X A nd i t cam e t o p ass when Rachel had borne

.

J ose ph that Laban went to she ar hi s sheep ; for they we re

,

’
d i stant from him a three d ays j ourn ey 2 A n d J ac ob saw . .

th at Laban w as go ing to shear hi s sheep and Jacob called ,

L e ah an d Rachel an d sp ake k in dly u n t o the m that they ,

shou ld c o m e w ith him to the lan d of Can aan 3 F or he . .

t old them how he had seen everythi ng i n a dre am even all ,

that H e had s p oken unt o him th at he sh ould return to hi s

father s house ; an d they s ai d : To every plac e whi the r
’

thou goest we will go w ith thee 4 A nd Jacob blessed the . .

God of I s aac h is fathe r an d the God of A b rah am h is father s

’
,

father an d he arose and m ou nted hi s wi ves and hi s children

, ,

an d t o ok all h i s p ossess i on s an d c rossed the ri ver and c am e ,

to the lan d of Gile ad an d J ac ob hi d hi s in te n t io n fro m ,

Laban an d t old him n ot 5 A nd i n the seve n th ye ar of . .

the fourth week Jacob turned (his fac e) toward Gile ad

in the fi rst m onth on the twe n ty fi rst the re of A n d Lab an,
-
.

p ursued after him and overtook Jacob in the m ountai n

of Gi lead i n the th ird m on th on the th irteenth there of , .

6 A n d the Lord d i d n ot suffer him t o i njure J ac ob ; for H e

.

app e ared to hi m in a dre am by n i ght A nd Lab an sp ake to .

J ac ob 7 A n d on the fi ftee n th of th ose days Jacob m ade

. .

XX IX 1 L aban wen t to shear/r his 4 Cf Gen i 2 0, 2 1 xxx

“ ar
. . . . . . .

sheep Cf Gen . 19 . . xxxi . . H id his in ten tion ( li t . he t

2 Called L ea h,
. Cf Gen et c . . . So LXX of Gen 20 é‘xpvy
ze and .xxxi .

xxxi . 4 . Onkelos i n» ass , Sam , Syr z . M . . .

3 . Seen every thing in a drea m Cf . ticked/e .

Gen . 10xxxi . . 5 6 Cf Gen

-
. 2 3, 24 . . xxxi . .

R etu rn to his
’
father s house. Of . 7 The fif teenth, i s of
. 3rd . . the
Gen . xxxi
3, 1 3 . . m on th .
1 76 T HE BOOK OF J U BI L E E S
a feast for Laban an d for all w ho c am e w i th him an d Jacob , ,

s ware to Lab an that day an d L ab an als o to Jacob that ,

,

n e i the r sh ould cro ss the m ou n t ai n o f Gi le ad t o the other

w ith evi l p urp ose 8 A nd he m ade the re a he ap for a . .

: “The
w itness ; whe refore the n am e of th at plac e i s c alled

H e ap of W itness afte r th i s he ap 9 Bu t before they used ,

. .

t o c all the lan d of Gile ad the lan d of the Re p h aim ; for i t

w as the lan d of the Re p h ai m an d the R e p h ai m we re b orn ,

(there) gi ants whose hei ght w as ten n in e e ight d own to

, , ,

seven cubits 1 0 A n d their h ab it at ion w as from the lan d

. .

of the c h ildren of A m m o n t o Mount H e rm o n an d the se ats ,

o f the ir k i n gdo m we re K arn ai m an d A sht aroth an d Edre i , ,

an d Misfi r and Be on 1 1 A n d the Lord destroyed the m

,
. .

be cause of the e vil of their deeds ; for they were very

A F ea st Cf Gen 46 . . . xxxi . . su cc eeded by the Am ite (v or s er.

8 Cf Gen 47 xxxi a nd f the e u te xt gri m l y de cl e

o s o r ar s

th t “they h ve n l nge length f

. . . . .

’
9 R ep haim Eth Rafaé m Cf Gen
. . . . . . a a o o r o

xi v li fe n the e th Jud m ust h ve ”

5. . o ar . as a

i cult t nde st nd why

1 0 It is d ffi
. o u r a ne ly nnih il te d the m
ar a a .

uth m ent i n the e e ts f the T h i i the

’ ’
ou r a or o s s s a o Ed i Eth re Ad a . . r a. s s

R e p h im u nle it i th t cert in b i blic l Ed ei

’ ’
a ss s a a a Edp l Ebp l )
r a ,
a ev ,

v ict i es of the M cc b ee ove the

or a a s r the A bp f Pt lem y nd the A bpd
"
a o o a
’
a

A m i te wh
or u cc ee ded the R e ph i m
s o s a o f Euseb iu s It w the ch i ef city . as

are c nn e cted with them T the e w

o . o s e of 0 g kin g f B h n wh dw elt t
,
o as a ,
o a

sh l l dr w
a ttenti n as w e p c eed
a a o ro . A hts th nd t Ed ei J sh xii 4
aro a a r , o . . ,

K arna im a nd A shtaroth Eth . . xiii 1 2 3 1 Al th ough th i t wn i

.
, . s o s
’

Q aranaim and A staros In Gen . xi v

. . n t m e nt ion e d s tt cke d b y J ud
o in a a a as

5 the e
s t wo a ar as on e n am pp e e hi e te n c m p ign (1 M cc v ) the
s as r a a a
“A s aro
. .

ht th
As aro K arn a m i ht th f ct th t it i m enti ned he e h ving
a a s o r as a
of the h
two orns in ass an d the M . b een de t y ed m k e i t p b ble that
s ro a s ro a

Sam an d som . e MSS of LXX On the . it did ufl t the h nds of J das

s
'

er a a u .

the the h the

o r and Syr and som . e MSS M isu M dp 1 m m r Cf D e t ero i 2 . . u .

of the pp t
LXX su or our te xt K u enen, . iii 10 whe e the e i li t f the cities
.
, r r s a s o
h
Bu l and Si e f ie cc ept th i
gr d a s r ad ng e i . o f the pl in (1 m m)b el nging t 0 g w h ich
a o o
ht th
A s aro i pp e
K arna m a i
ars s m ly as p w e e c p tu e d b y J sh u
r a Thi m y
r o a. s a

ht th
A s aro in D u e t i 4 J h os 1 0, . . . ix . b the s m e
e the v lley of Reph im
a as a a ,

xii 4,
. xi i
i 1 2 , 3 1 along w ith . Edr as ei J h os 8 x viii 1 6
. x v. , . .

a ch i ef cit y of Og, king of Bas an h B . eon = p3

i . Eth Bé wbn . . Cf N um . .

hi
T s Og w as of the e t
r m n an of the xxx i i. 3 . I t is the sam e the B l m e
as aa -
on
R e ph ia m, D u e t iii 1 1 S ee E n cy c Bib . . . . .
(see E ncy c Bib and Bible D i ct in
i
. . .

3 3 5 , 336 tp
I t is m os rob ably t o b e d n i i e t fi e ith
dw
. .

K arn a im Eth Q aranaim Cf Gen

’
. . . . .
the M cc e
a ab an Ba w w w is d s r b d h ich e c i e
xiv 5 A m os 13 K arna m a s rong vi i t the
:hi
. . .
in Onoma sti ca 3 2 4 0 ; 1 0 1 32 as
city ( 1 Mace v c pt e
. .

2 6 ) was a ur d b y a 1r6)\cs 7 0 0 A y o
’
it
ppa lov T s su s our
. .

J udas and it s m l te p e
of A t argat is
te xt e x ctl a y B on an d it s n ab an s e i h it t
t pe p e the e e tte
.

b urn and 2 5 000 o l p ut t o w r u rly d s ro y d b y udas et e J

s word
(1 a M cc v
43 , 44 ; 2 Mace . . .
(1 Mace
v 4, 5 ; os A nt J eph xii
xii e ph i ee
. . . . .

.2 1, T he R a m w r 8,
1 78 T H E BO O K o r J U BILE ES
between ploughi ng and reapin g and betwee n autu m n and ,

the rai n (seas on ) and between w i nte r and s pri ng t o the ,

t ower of A braham 1 7 F or I s aa c had return ed from the

. .

W ell of the O ath and gone up to the tower o f his father

A brah am and he dw elt there ap art from his son Es au
,
.

1 8 F or i n the d ays when J acob went to Mes op o t ami a Es au

. ,

t ook to him self a wi fe Mahalath the d aughter of I shm ael , ,

an d he gathered togethe r all the fl o c ks of h i s fathe r an d h i s

w i ves and went u p and dwelt on Mount Se ir and left

, ,

I s aac h i s fathe r at the W ell of the O ath alone 1 9 A nd . .

I s aac went u p from the W ell of the Oath and dwe lt i n the
tower of A braham hi s father on the m ountai ns of H ebron ,

2 0 An d thi ther J acob sent all th at he d i d sen d t o hi s

.

fathe r an d hi s m other from t im e to t im e all they needed , ,

an d they blessed J ac ob wi th all the ir he ar t an d w i th all

their s oul .

D inah ravished, 1 3 -
. Slaughter f
o the Shechem ites 4 6 ,
-
.

Laws against in term arri age between I srael a nd the

hea then, 7 1 7 -
. Levi chosen for the p riesthood on account

o f his slaughter f
o the Shechem ites, 1 8 23 -
. Dinah
24 J acob s
’
recovered, f 25 26
. rep roo ,
-
.
(Cf Gen . .

x xx ii i . 1 8, x xx iv . 2, 4 , 7 , 1 3 1 4 2 5 3 0,
-
,
-
xxx v .

XXX . A nd i n the fi rst year of the six th week he went

up t o Salem , to the e ast of She che m i n p e ac e i n the fourth , ,

of the 4th m nth :“b etween the tim e

o s e
middl of O ob r t o the middl of ct e e
of the m onth s the l t f the 7th s o D c mb r.ee e
b etw een plough ing and e ping i
”
r a Between winter a nd sp ri ng Lat n
“
th 1 st f the l oth m onth : b t we n :
has in m edia pluviarum ve i
.

e o e e r s Eth. .

au tum n and the rain ( e on ) the s as c

ould b e r nd r d e ee
b w n et ee the i
l t s f the l st m onth
o
“b etw een an d s r n
"
pi
T s is the lahi
ra n
tte i
g r ra n
.

w inte nd pri ng
r a s . w h ic h f ll
a s in ar M ch
and
Between au tum n and the rain
16 . A r l. pi
(season) La n . has in m do ti e i 1 8 Of. Gen. 9, . 6
, 8.
. xx viii . xxx vi
t
au um n i
plu viarum T s is . hi the Maha lath Eth Maé lé th . .
’
.

f e
orm r ra n (mp ),
w i a ls rom hich f l f the 1 . Wen t up to Salem
XXX .
 C H AP T ER S XX IX . 17 —
X XX .
4 1 79

m onth . 2 An d
there they c arri ed off D in ah the daughte r.
,

of J ac ob i nt o the h ouse of She c he m the son of H am or the

, , ,

H i v i te the pri n c e of the lan d an d he lay w ith her and

, ,

defi led her an d she was a li tt le girl a ch ild of twelve ye ars

, ,
.

3 A n d he bes ought h i s father an d her brothers th at she

.

m i ght be g iven t o him to w i fe A nd J ac ob an d hi s s ons .

were w roth be cause of the m en of She chem ; for they had

defile d D i n ah their s i ster an d they s p ake t o the m w ith evil , ,

in tent and de alt de c ei tfull y w i th them and begu iled them .

4 A n d Sim e on an d Lev i c am e u n ex p e c tedly to She c he m

.

an d e x e c uted judg m ent on all the m e n of She c hem an d ,

c hi p e e /i fl
’
x vptov
‘
p ea e. T s assag is b as d on Gen . ér aoe as i) é 7r a br obs els
xxxiii . 1 8 u‘
m p i
‘

sig n The L X X ,
. r é hos . i J ith e e
ud
A ga n in (a H b r w w ork
Sy r , Eus b . e iu nd Je m e he e t ke s, a ro r a of the fi t c e t
rs ix :
n 2 m me 6 . .
i

a p p e n m e Th S m e d 0 6 05 7 0 0 7ra r p6$ ,u ov Evaeo w, (5 21601a

’

{3 525 as
.
ro r a . e a . r a s

12
01 0 5 O u te xt c om b ine b th i nte
r s o r tu xe ipl poa¢ a la v els é x dtk no w dh
hoy emb v, of é‘huo av afi rpa v 1ra p0é 1/ ov e ls
’
‘ '

pretations .

xxxiii p la s na Ka t é y tfiavwaa v 1.197p e ls a i

‘

T o the east. Gen 1 8 has

city
. .
a xt vnv, A ga n in P o, D e M igr i hi l .
.

xxxi v A brahami , 39, m on an d L v are Si e ei

2 3 -
. Cf Gen . . . 2 , 4, 7 , 1 3 .
c lle
a d at ¢ pomfiaews dxovo r a l Ka t 7 11 p '
:
2 6 The hi t
-
s ory of
. J c c ec
a ob s onn thei cti th i tte ’
no c for r a on in s ma r and
,

ti on w ith the She che ite c em ch

s aus d m u the e t li e it i p li e th t in n x fe w n s is m d a

t e
roubl t o our au th or c
H e ould hardly She che ci c ci e S ee l
. m w as not r um s d a so .

a pp ve
ro of thei r slaughte fte the the
r a r y J h ep ct i Book of as ar for a r rodu on of

c e te ci c ci i
had ons n d t o r um s on A ord cc the ci e t f v e vi e S e . an n a ourab l w of im on
ingly he itom s all r efe e c e the
r n to cir ev ii an d L i (D iet oles A p ocr 1 1 66
. . .

cu m cision of the She che ite m s, as also the te i ic t iti In la rabb n rad on ,

e J eph
do s os us (A n t i 21 the h eve Si e
On ev . j e
. . ow r, m on and L i are u dg d
o the h th i
r an d s is gi ve n asthe e r ason e cc c e ith the e te c e m or in a ordan w s n n

fo r J c
s ob
'
e
s ang r aga ns i t Si e m on andp c e p the xlix ronoun d u on m in Gen In .

ev
L i in T s e t evi : L 6 Ka t fir m w are 6 . it t e the e e Gen rab b a 80 ,
. is ru , r is som

1ra r fip , Ka t d
'
im / to da exte ti
y, Ka t é hvm fifi n, (in the c ct nu a on of ir ondu ; b ut in
Ka r edé fa w o r ip!
‘
n epirounv Ka t ner d e cti the e it i ‘
. s on 9 8 of sam w ork is sa d
raU
'
r a dn é da uov
'
t ith t i the th t the f ct th t
No w s and ng . t p a a a m os o f the oor

s eve e i pp ti
r d sa rob a on of Si e m on and ee the t i e Si e w r of rb of m on is t o b e
L evi in Gen x ixl 5 7 forthei c ct t c e
r on du
. the c e .
-
xlix ra d to urs in Gen 7 . . .

in th is ma tte i t
r, w ash i hl ex t le Si e p
g y ol d te c p e l Si e ng r ( 1 1 5 no ) om ar s a so fr
.

in the two c e t i e p e ce i the

n ur s r d ng e t xxxiii on D u . 8 . .

h ti
C ris an era hi e
T s is don in our te xt . i ee 2 Child of twelve years Th s agr s
. .

an d in T s e t evi L he e the
5 w r e ith
ang l
. ec e t evi w the r koning in T s L 12 . .

i
b ds L evi : n otno ou exdlxno w é v v é y.
‘
he e evi e l e T r L , who w as six y ars o d r
tnré p A lt/ a s, xc
‘
i yd; 30 0 m m ner d o ov, (inth i h e She che
.
-
the . . an D n a , sl w m at age of

x bptos dvré o r ahk é as r r

eighteen
ea l o uuer éheo a 7 4 3 .

“
.
'

xa cpqi é xetwp r o bs vicbs Euac

’
bp, Ka fl di s
3 H is f the ( )b d h f the . a r a . c er a r.

y éy pa rrr a t é v r ai s n ha ft 7 63V ov A n d begu iled them A nd Sime on

’

pa ucfw
' -
.

an d in the e t eviT s L he e ev 6 7, w r L i to Shechem L a n has Et osu ti : p

“ s n n of
. .

say sth t he
a th t the e te c e
saw a erunt in ord suo c
ym on et L nne S e e i
God had gon e f h evi l
ort i t for aga ns ex t e rm in are cos .

She che m, til

and se t l m or s rongly 4 Cf Gen
. . x 25 27 . xx i v .
-
.
1 80 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
slew all the m en whom they found in i t and left n ot a ,

s i ngle one rem ai ni ng in i t :they slew all in torm ents

be cause they had di shonoured their s i ster D in ah 5 An d . .

thus let i t n ot agai n be d one from hen c eforth that a

daughter of Is rael be de fi led ; for judgm ent i s ordai ned in
heaven again st them that they sh ould destroy w ith the
sw ord all the m en of the She chem i tes be cause they had
wrought sham e i n I s rael 6 A n d the Lord deli vered them . .

i nto the han ds of the s ons of Jacob that they m ight

ex term i n ate them with the sw or d and ex e c ute j udgm ent
up on them and th at i t m ight n ot thus agai n be d one in
,

I s rael th at a virgin of I srael shou ld be defi led 7 A n d if . .

there i s any m an w ho w i shes in I s rael to gi ve hi s daughter

or h i s s i ste r t o an y m an w ho i s of the seed o f the G entil es

he shall surely d i e an d they sh all ston e him wi th sto n es ; ,

for he h ath wrought sh am e i n I s rael ; an d they shall burn

the w om an w ith fi re be c ause she has di shon oured the n am e ,

of the house of her father an d she sh all be ro oted out of ,

I s rael 8 A n d le t n ot an adulte ress and n o un cle an ness be

. .

found i n I s rael throughout all the days of the gen erat i o n s of

the earth ; for I s rael i s holy u n to the Lord an d every m an ,

w ho has defi led (i t ) sh all su re ly d i e : they shall st on e hi m

wi th stones 9 F or thus has i t been ord ained an d written
. .

in the he avenly t ables regardi ng all the seed of I s rael : he

5 W Cf uth h weve u ch m iage
.
ght ham e in I
rou l ou
s srae . . r a or, o r, s a arr

G n xxxi v 7
e . . . w s i lleg l nd w n o b ette th n a a a as r a

7 T hi
. t tem ent d e n t gree f nicati n In L v xxi 9 it is
s s a o s o a or o . e . .

q ite w ith ny in the O T T h bu n o d in ed th t p i e t d ughte wh

u a . . e r r a a a r s
’
s a r o

ing f the w m n wi th fi re it i t ue
o o p l yed the h l t w as t o b b nt with
a , s r , a ar o e ur

find p ec edent in G n xxxviii 24 fi e Ou te xt te che th t t give a

s a r e . .
, r . r a s a o
w he e J d h dem nd
r u ath t u ch d ghte t a n n I
s elite w t gi ve
a s a au r o a o -
sra as o

puni h m ent h uld b e x ecuted on h t M loch (cf v

s s o e Sin ce u er o o er. o r

T m — puni h m e nt t v i nc e w ith
.

a ar a s auth h ld the f m e t b equi valent

a ar a or o s or r o e
the l te l w in L v xxi 9 S ee in t the l tte it f ll ws th t the m n
a r a e . . . o a r, o o a a
n te n xli 1 7 the di t ti n f the
o o . wh w gui lt y f the f m e of enc e
s or o o o as o or r
b ib l ic l t diti n h d e c
a ra se t by
o h uld j u tly b vi ited with the p en lty
a r our o s o s e s a
the R b b i in de t j ti fy the e x cted fo the l tte nd thi s w
a s or r o us a r a r, a as, ac
d e m n d f Ju d h
a I t i t u e th t h
o a c ding to Lev xx 2 de th b y t ning ;
s r a er or a s o
te xt d in :“nd they sh ll
. . .
,

cri m e is th t f f nic ti n w he e
a henc e
o or a o ,
r as o ur or a s a a
o u te x t de l m e el y w ith the m
r a s i ge st on e him with ton e
r arr a s s.
o f H eb ew w m n n d G ent ile
3. r To
o a a a .
1 82 T H E BO O K o r J U B I LE E S
d aughters t o a m an who i s of any of the G entiles 1 5 For . .

there will be plague u p on plague an d c u rse u p on c urse and , ,

every judgm en t and p lague an d cu rse w ill c om e (u p on him ):

i f he do thi s thi ng or hi de hi s eyes from those w ho c om mi t ,

u n cleann ess or th ose w ho defi le the s an c tu ary of the Lo rd

, ,

or those w ho profan e H is h oly n am e (the n ) w ill the wh ole ,

n at ion together be j udged for all the u n cle anness and

profanati on of th i s (m an) 1 6 A n d there wi ll be no . .

res p e c t o f p e rs on s [an d n o c o n s i de rat i o n of p e rs o ns ] an d no ,

re c e iv i n g at h i s h an ds of fru i ts an d of fe ri ngs an d burnt

o ffe rings and fat n or the frag ran c e of sweet s av ou r so as to , ,

acc e p t i t : an d so fare eve ry m an or w om an in I s rae l who

de fi les the s an ctuary 1 7 F or thi s re as on I h ave com . .

m anded thee s ayi n g : T est ify th i s test im ony t o I s rael : ,

see how the She c hem i tes fared and their s ons :how they
were deli vered i nt o the h an ds of tw o s ons of J ac ob an d ,

they s lew them u n der t ortu res an d i t w as (re ck oned) un to ,

them for ri ghte ous ness an d i t i s wri tten down to them for ,

ri ghte ousness 1 8 A nd the seed o f Levi w as c h osen for. .

or t ke t o wife G enti le w m n will T est L evi 6 a ve y ev il cc unt of

a s a o a . r a o

affect the wh le c m m unity The e them is gi ven : it tatwg A fip dp

o o . s c rus av
’
a .

ve ers s are b ed n L v xx 2 4 wh ic h as b é p 1)a

o Eé b
e . t .
-

, r v 1rar a uov vr a , Ka Kar

de l w ith the m n who gi ves hi seed nd n

’
a a d t/ w by né é s e r o au r no t o. xo va rr

nt M l ch ’
bu K i I fihd o
’
fi
‘ ’
u o o o . a irr a e e T y a irro
1 5 ( Up n him ) A dded f m the ¢ 66p l t t7
’
. o . i é l ro 6 a a x o a vr o. Ka c c rr u s rro ovv

L tin
a . na t Se é 6 lq dp d vra s r o /s / ous
x , u vva o re . rr

H i de hi eyes T h i is the p h
s e in f w d y i
. 5 63 s ras o
-
sr r s
‘
vva xa s (1 1 1 11 .

L v xx 4 nar y n S
e yn T h L ti n A ll the u n l n n ‘
( b nd L t i n) e a c ea ess a a a
“ ll thi n cle nn es
. . , . .
,

p t i
rae er er it t d sp it ee m s t eb 0 d e exer ,
s o e a s u a s.
a ditt gr ph y o a . P ofan ti on f thi (m n ) MSS ead r a o s a . r
Wh mm it n l n n
o co de
fil th is p f n ti n I h ve em ended
u c ea ess e ro a a o .
”
a
th e san tu y f the L d
c ar p f ne in cc d n c e w ith the L t i n
o or ro a a or a a .

H i h ly n me Cf L v xx 3
s o a H th 1 6 [A n otn con sid
. . ti n f p
e ons]
. .
, a . o era o o ers .

gi ven f hi eed unt M le ch t de file B cketed

o s s di tt gr ph y
o L t in
o , o ra as a o a . a
my n c tu
sa y t p f n e m y h ly
ar om i t o ro a o s.
n me
f w t v u L t in
”
a . The f g n ra ra ce o s ee sa o r. a

( T he n )will the whol nati on t g th od bit u d e u it ti e o e er, ora r o or s av a s.

et c In L v xx 5 nly the m n s
. e 1 8 T h gr und f
. . L ev io pp int a
'
. e o or
’
s a o
f mi ly i inv lved in hi g il t O u m ent to the p i esth d i quite diffe ent
a s o s u . r r oo s r
u th enl gem ent f the e f the in xxxii 3 L evi i the e c n e c ted
’
a or s ar o ar a o . . s r o s ra
g i lt i t j u t ify the cti n f Si m e n
u s o t the w rk f the p i e th d
s a the o o o o o o r s oo as
n d L ev i in l
y ing ll the S he chem i te t ithe tenth in J c b f m ily Ou
a ’
s a a s. or a o s a r
.

O ur tex t (v 2 ) m ke the w h le uth h thu m de u f tw n

er. a s o a or as s a se o o co
p e ple sh e in the p e f D in h I n fli ting t aditi ns Possibly a third is
o ar ra o a . c r o .
 C HA PT E R X XX . 15 23 -
1 33

the pri esthood and to be Levi tes th at they m i ght min i ster
, ,

before the Lord as we c o n tin u ally and that Lev i an d h i s

, , ,

sons m ay be blessed fo r ever ; for he was zealous to e x e c ute

ri ghteous n ess and judgm ent an d vengean ce on all those who
ar ose against I srael 1 9 An d so they ins cri be as a . .

test im ony i n hi s favou r on the heavenly tables bless i ng

and ri ghteousness befo r e the God of all :2 0 A nd we .

r em e m ber the righteousness whi ch the m an fulfi ll ed during

hi s life at all p e ri ods of the ye ar ; until a thous and
,

gene ration s they w ill re cord it and i t wi ll com e to him ,

and t o h i s des c end ants afte r him and he has been re c orded ,

on the heavenly t ables as a fri end and a ri ghteous m an .

2 1 All this acc ount I h ave w ri tte n for thee and h ave
.
,

c om m an ded thee to say to the children of I srael that they ,

should n ot c omm i t s in nor tran s gress the ordin an ces no r

b r eak the c ovenant whic h has been o r dai ned for them (but ) ,

that they sh ould fulfi l i t and be re corded as fri ends 2 2 But . .

i f they transgress and w ork u n cleanness i n every w ay they ,

w ill be re corded on the heavenly t ables as advers ari es ,

an d they w ill be destroyed o ut of the book of li fe and ,

they will be r e c orded in the b ook of those w ho will be

destroyed an d wi th those w ho w ill be ro oted ou t of the
e arth 2 3 A n d on the day when the sons of Jacob slew
. .

She c hem a w ri t i ng w as re c orded i n their fav our in he aven

that they had ex e c uted righteousness and u pri ght ness and

to b e f
est Levi 4 whe e L evi s
oun d in T . , r
’
19 . God f
o all. S ee no te on xxii .

appointm en t seem s t o b e in n we to a s r 4 .

hi p y es la h
ra 6 6 (Wm
r e
’
r ev
xouc 0 V ar ; 2 0 M ud, i a., of God
. no . . S ee te
on xi x 9
poaevxiis a ov 7 0 0 at ekeiv as drrb 7 733
‘

fi gr . .

ddm las It a l y evé aOal a in t} ;

'
het .
'
22 . fi ansgress. La in adds s a t te t
r ovp yb v 7'
0 6 1rp oo u
$
1ro v a trroii
’
A no r . the m n um e t .

t iti pp e
rad on a She
ars in m rabb a 1 9 t o . Book o f lifeS ee te noth i ex
on s .

the e e ct th t ev e ceive the p i e t

ff a L i r d r s pe i
r ss on in m y e iti ch
d on of Eth Eno .

h ood be c e he f t the ite

aus it ld as t o r of x vii
l . e he e the e i te
3. It m ay m an r r g s r

ci c ci i
r um p t he
s on in Egy thew n all of th e ej e i
os who n oy temp ora l bl ss ngs,

othe t i e e e cte it e e
r r b s n gl d (W b r, J ud . but, in xxx vi th e
1 0, of os j
who en oy
.

Theol ” p . the e
For o
. cf r r asons . etern al .

Baba b athra 1 2 3 a and Bamidbar rabb a Book o f those who will be destroyed
7 . S ee Singe (p r . 1 15 no te ) . and . ti
La n has libro perditionum .
1 84 T HE BOOK OF JU BILE ES
vengean c e on the s i nners an d i t was wri tten for a bless i ng ,
.

2 4 A n d they brought D in ah the i r s i ster ou t of the h ouse

.
, ,

of She c he m an d they took c ap t i ve eve ryth ing that w as

,

in She chem their sheep an d their ox e n an d the ir asses

, ,

and all the i r wealth an d all the ir fl o cks and brought the m , ,

all to Ja co b the ir father 2 5 A nd he rep roac hed them . .

be cause they had p ut the city to the sword ; for he feared

those w ho d welt in the land the Canaan i tes an d the ,

Pe ri zzites 2 6 A n d the dre ad of the Lord w as up on

, .

all the ci t i es wh ic h are around ab out She c hem an d they di d ,

n ot ri se t o p u rsue afte r the s ons of Jac ob ; for te rror had

fall en u p on them .

J acob goes to Bethel to of er sacrifi ce, 1 3 -

(of . Gen . xx x v .

2 4 7, I saa c blesses L evi 4 1 7

-

, ,
-

,
a nd J u da h, 1 8
22 . J acob recoun ts to I saa c how Goal p rosp ered him 2 4 , .

J acob goes to Bethel w i th R ebecca and D eborah 2 6 3 0 ,

-
.

J acob blesses the God o f his fathers, 3 1 3 2 -

.

XXXI A n d on the n ew m oon of the m onth Jacob

.

s pake to all the p eople of his house s aying : Purify y our ,

selves and change you r garm ents and let us ari se and ,

go u p to Bethel where I vowed a vow to H im on the ,

day whe n I fl e d from the fac e o f Es au m

y b rothe r be c ause ,

H e has been wi th m e an d b rought m e in t o th i s land in

p eac e and p ut ye away the stran ge gods that are am ong
,

mCf Gen
. . 2 6, 2 8 . xxxiii . . xx v 2 xxvi 2 et c I p e the b ve
.
, .
, . r ss a o
A nd a ll the ir wea lth c d t rans c re cti on of the t an l ti n b ec u e the
or r s a o a s
p e fte “fl ck
.

os a r o s
"
aga ns i t a b and c ntex t equir e 55; ar m nd n t wnfli
o r s a o '

L ti n in Gen xxxi v 3 0 in the c o e

a .
5x as rr
e xt “
. .

2 5 R ep roached them T é kdhq o e d p e W i t te x t

’
. .
sp n in
o g g h u assa o r re
ti
.

1r bs a br obs
p (so La n, locutus e st ad p hed the m b e c u e they h d put
roac a s a
h ich h eve
131, w , ow r, in
the city t the w d f T e t Lev i o s or
"
o s
6 :l dd lwp l é d f
. .
,

th i c ntext the G eek t n l t h uld

s o r ra s a or s o o i e t w éo rr r a av r
'
p v
h ve ende ed by é hdhn
a r r t 6 o e K ar
-
’
oa/1 ” . a r baa n
{
ac/a dmin . Ka i throw /
er 6 7ra r1
‘
7p,
m e w ng ch ic e f the t w p yla on, Ka i é hvrrfifl
Th e sa ro o o o Ka i ( b '
r) .

p ible ende ing f th i ph e i

oss r r s o s ras s 2 6 Cf Gen
. 5
. . xxx v . .

found als in the LXX f J vi 1 0

o o er. .
, XXX I 1 2 Cf Gen .
-
. . . xxxv . 2 4
-
.
 1 86 THE B OO K or J U BILE ES
of J ac ob hi s son and wep t u p on hi s ne ck 9 A nd the ,
. .

darkness left the eyes of I s aac an d he saw the two sons of ,

Jac ob Levi and J udah and he s ai d : Are these thy sons

, , ,

m y son ? for they are li ke thee 1 0 A nd he s ai d unto . .

“
him th at they we re trul y hi s son s : A nd thou h ast
trul y seen that they are trul y m y s ons 1 1 A nd they . .

cam e near to him and he turned and ki ssed them and ,

em braced them b oth together 1 2 A nd the Spiri t of . .

p ro p he cy c am e down into hi s m outh and he took Levi ,

by h i s ri ght hand and J udah by hi s left 1 3 A nd he . .

turned to Lev i fi rst an d began to bless him fi rst and s aid , ,

“
unto him : May the G od of all the very Lord of all ,

the ages bless thee an d thy ch ildren thr oughout all the
,

ages 1 4 A n d m ay the L ord g i ve to thee an d to thy seed

. .

lgreatness and great gloryf an d cause thee and thy

' '

seed fro m am ong all flesh t o appro ac h Him to serve i n His

, ,

s an ctuary as the angels of the prese n c e and as the holy

ones (Even) as they w ill the seed of thy sons be for glo ry
.
,

and g re atness and h oli ness an d m ay H e m ake the m gr e at ,

9
Par of . s rs w t thi ve e ith the
sub je ct et e e
gr a gr atn ss of glory. a is orru pt c
tte
m a r of ver 5 and 1 0 sqq is attri . . p i t the i e cti
b ut o n s in dr on of b Lat ni .

te
b u d by yn llus ( 20 2 )t o os
“
S ce us i . J e ph m agno int ellegere glori am ejus hi
T s .
'
fly pr y 37 a r ofi Io a tuc
' '
‘
is d eci e
d dly b ette th the thi pic
r an E o .

é r a vfihGev I a mbfi a pes a br bv da b Meo o li ht ch e i ve it

'
By a s g ang w e can arr at
a or aala s Ka i dvafihé g l a s
’
I o a ax [c a l f rom b H n e ce h p
we s ould rob ably
: “to t h r a s d t o und r
. .

idd m r obs vim)

’
Ia mb ml hb yna e r bv fl
’
'
e e :
r nd r y g e t ee e
A cul tbs dpxcepé a xa l r bv I obba v tbs
’
'
t
s an d His glory ,
”
or
“t o t h s ed t o a
e e
ls b y ano the r

fiao thé a k a l dpxovra

'
. ch ean g y e h ve e t
gr a
1 0 Seen that they are truly m y sons
. .
e t i
un d rs an d n g of His glory .

i
The Lat n has Vidisti, a er, u on am pt q i c
Serve in H is san tuary as the angels
fi lii m ei sun , and is rob ably r g t
; p i ht c
of the p resen e a n d as the hol
y ones.
for am é n :“ruly t c pt On the e cl e t ii
’
m ay b e orru s t wo ass s, see no es 2, 1 8,
H r “
.

for abfi : 0 a
’
r f the .
xv 2 7
. e e the h oly on se ppa ear

12 . Sp iri t q rop he ey. S ee note on

f
t o orm a d s n i ti ct c he e
lass, w r as in xv .

xx v . 14 .
27 the e
y are u s d as a om r c p ehe ive
ns

13
T urned to Levi fi rst, a nd began
te rm for the
t w o (or th ee cc i
r a ord ng

to bless him .
.

m larly in T s L 9Si i et evi to the ti h i he t

La n ) g s ord rs e L evi is .

it says o f I saa Ka t e bhby na é 6 c:

.
to s r e ve in the ct
san u ary as the t wo
1rari1p r o fi n ar bs
‘
ar a m i x K h ighe t der of ngels serve in the
s or s a
p' u.ov, /r a g

robs hby ovs r aw o do eu w ou (i W

’ '
,
.

h ighe t he ven One o two such orders

s a . r
p y are m e nt i n ed in T e t L evi 3 (Arm enian
o
God of all. no on xxu 4 S ee te . .
ve A ) s h uy fi s
rs . a ei r o ‘
s .

o vr e ‘.
14
T o thy seed Igreatn ess and grea t ' '

M ay H e ma ke them great. Lat has

b “
.
.

glory l. So 0 ' ‘
to thy s d . ee the sanct ifi cabit .
 C HA PT E R XXX I .
9 -
16 1 87

unto all
the ages 1 5 A n d they w ill be pri n c es an d judges
. .
,

and ch i efs of all the seed o f the sons of J ac ob

;
They wi ll s p e ak the w ord of the Lo r d i n ri ghteousness ,

A n d they w ill judge all H is judgm ents i n ri ghteous

ness .

An d they will de clare My ways to J acob

A nd My p aths to I srael .

The bless ing of the Lord w ill be gi ven i n thei r m ouths

To bless all the seed of the beloved .

1 6 Thy m other has c alled thy n am e Levi ,

.

An d justly has she called thy n am e ;

T hou w ilt be jo ined to the L ord

A nd be the c om pani on of all the sons of J aco b ;
15 . th is ve se a double functi on l pw buu (Arm a B u et em rks
In r e a . s o se r a

is signed t the desc endant s of L ev i

as o as d w é p é i p t ) e a
‘
a ra i e a re a

they tare l e the n t i n (t

o ru b b pl é m hnfih a b g t /l
o o e r r os x aerai a rr
"
ua a.
“princ es nd j ud es and chi efs
a
g nd K 6 81 fl o h bs c ( A rm a OLV V, 1 a i e
'
v so

t o b the p i e t of the n tion ( “

.

e r s sTh G eek e ) I bdq d fi a l e r x

’
o . vaa r a er ai , xa

ble ing f the Lord wi ll b e gi ven in

ss o n fi lp l v t Th fi t efe s oc a ei e are a y ar . e rs r r

their m uths o T his de scrip t i on m t M es the greatest of L evi d e c en d , co o os ,

’
s s

b ined wi th th f cts p e culiar to the nt ; the sec nd den te Aa on n d

o er a a s o o s r a

M acc b ean p eri d equires us t o rec g the A onitic pri esth d ; the thi d
a o , r o ar oo r

ni e here th
s e ly Maccab ean p in es the M c b ean ruling pri e t and in
e ar r c . ac a s s,

Th b le ing gi ven t o Judah ( ve e 1 8

e ss p ticular to Johann e Hyr n s f r rs s ,
ar s ca u , o

1 9 ) con fi m s this interpretat i n the ubse qu ent words i; as n p l ‘

r o . s a ovo a.

P ri n n d j u dges an d chiefs The ii dy m r fl d ? p ¢ fl n Wl m

’
ces a . a trro a r ) 1r o r s i e- u
, ,
Lat in mit o nd c h i efs
s W m ight p in t to his p ophetic gi ft T h th ee
a . e o r s. e r

com p e T est Levi 8 :dpx p i

ar . l f l d ffi c es of p ophet p i e t nd king
ce e s
’

[ca o o r ,
r s a

t i y p ap i for the auth r of w e e neve r cl i m ed f n y J ew i h

'

c t ra
r p
-
Ka a ar e s,
-
o r a or a s

th t w k h d either ou te xt
a or a ule save th i s M cc ab e n p i n c e
r S ee or a r r a a r .

sourc e c m m n t b oth b efore him

o o In
o J ephus A nt xiii 1 0 7 ; Bell J ud . os , . . . . .

the m e ch pte of the T est Levi the e i 2 8

sa a r . r . . .

is, as Bousset (Z f N Tliche Wi ssen . . The blessin g of the L ord will be given
schaf t, 1 9 0 0 , pp
1 6 5 1 6 7 )has already
.
-
in their mouths. Cf Sir I 2 0 boar/ a c . . .

p i te
o n d out , an undoub d d s r on te e c ipti '

eizho yla v x vplqr 6x xeche wv a i

’
‘
l m i} , an d -

Jh
of o ann s H y rcanus e A evl, els r pei s : '
‘
T s et e e
R ub n 6 1rpbs r aw A evl
.
l : M
o are a r ar ew o wa xa pdla s, lva 6 69 10 0 6
' ’
dpxds 8m i pe 0 r10 er ac r b o rré paa. a ov e ls
' ' '
.

(m usica l 66 7 s Kv lov é r e
pxoaé vns (so MS ebhoy la v ex 7 0 0 ar bnar os
5’ p
—
’ ‘

P. A rm 4 7 8; arapouo las r ob Kuplov) . 1 6 J oined to the L ord

. the
he e th ee
T s r o ffi s to b e adm inis ce comp anion, etc Inthe fi t rs , if n ot in .

te evi
rad b y L
’
s d s ndan s are to be e ce t the e c
s ond,the e p
r is a lay on the e nam

b nd b j oi ned t o m e ( “
signs of the com ing of the Messiah . L evi, as in G
x ix
en. x ll
34 wi m y hus .

W a h t the es are is d s r b d in eci e the a

‘
as n w m v)
e e

words th t f
a ollow 6 wpcbros Khfipos : ’
the efo e was his nam e c lled L evi
r r a

( as“):cf also Num x viii 2 4 In te d

' ’
é ar a r né ya s inrép an rr bv ob
Verifie sra n
‘
'
.
' -
. . . .
, . s a

gr epos (MS R) f j ined t o the Lord the Lat in has

”
6 debrepos Car a t é v
. . o o
1 88 T HE B O OK OF J U BI LE E S
Let H is t able be thin e ,

A nd do tho u an d thy s ons e at there of ;

A nd m ay thy t able be ful l u n t o all gen erat ions ,

A n d thy food fail not unto all the ages .

1 7 A n d let all w ho h ate thee fall d own before thee ,

A n d let all thy advers ari es be ro oted ou t an d p eri sh ;

A nd blessed be he that blesses thee ,

A nd c ursed be every nat i on that c urses thee .

1 8 A n d to. J ud ah he s ai d :
May the Lord gi ve thee strength and p ower
T o tre ad d own all th at h ate thee

A p rin c e shalt thou be thou an d on e of thy s ons o ver , ,

the s on s of Jacob ;
May thy n am e an d the n am e of thy s ons go forth and
t raverse every lan d and region .

T hen w ill the G en tiles fear before thy fac e ,

ad e c em D i wh ich eem s t o efe t o

d or e , s r r ( xxiii 26 . the te
ga s of Parad s to ie
L evi s de i ved f m nu‘
a p c wn
r pe e ro a ro b e o n d and the i t
sa n s t o eat of the
“ l nd ”
t ee li f ch
,

of xx v 5 , in
or g ar a . r e, as in Eth Eno . .

L t H i table b thin et c
e s Cf T e t ete e Me i c i e, e th. . s . an rn al ss ani k ngdom on ar ,

L ev i 8 ch xc J h as in Eth En o . 29 38 In uda.
-
.

K i 86 a 0 n a bp 60 bpd 6 y (
’
‘
the M e i h
a cov
p a ei
2 4 2 5 and D an 5
-
ss a is t o s ring

K i h d j l b nj
f ev i f J h n ot rom L b ut rom u da , as in Eth.
A rt “
‘
a p T u r
p v r rre a y Ku o ra ve o sr a i
o é ppw
r arr
ch xc S ee
t a ou.
e t e t the En o . T s am n s of.

t i ch X II Pa r ar s (in Bible D iet vol . .

Al T e t Ju d h 2 1
so s .l y ap b ou ve p a e th t th i l t v e
[ca a r I t is ry ro b abl a s as i w
(A l) ép { wa (A m Gk
ev
'
tn r
) (35 e li e s tex t
r . . as 6 un d r s our T he w ords. a
h f
'
e ar oK bp é yy lj w 3
15 4 l é dl w
t os p i ce
'
‘

eth (1 7 t a
I o e r n ou and one of t hy sons
r pd j d fi
’
rre a u a ro it. t t th i i te p et adm m os na urally of s n r r a
1 8 1 9 In the note on
-
. 1 5 we s w ti th i i ht the the M e i h
v er. a on .If s is r g n ss a
,
th t cc di g t the T e t L evi 8 the
a a or n pi f J h
o s i . is t o s r ng ro m uda In a k ngdom .

th ee gre t ffic e held in t u n by the

r a o hich tt i s e i ti l r w a a n s t o r al sa on on y gradu
de c end nt
s f L evi w e e t b
a s oign f l te ri xxiii o e s s o a ly (see n o s on 2 9, 2 6 30 )
. .
-

the c m ing M e i h wh w t Sp ing

o ss a c t t ph ic o asee o r and n ot a as ro all y n o rble s ms
f m L evi f m Jud h o f m Jud h
ro or ro i e a l the c e
r ro a to b e ass gn d t o him , as is a so as
a n d L ev i c m b i n e d Th u cc ding ch xc the the h in Eth Eno and
o s a or . On o
. r
to L evi 1 8 Re b en 6 the M e i h (, th i ee u the e l i e t i t ce
, ss a a s s m s to b e ar s ns an
M cc b e n p i e t king w t p ing
a a a r the p e e c e
s -

Me i h as o s r of r s n of a ss a in a tem
f m Levi nd t b the ete n l High
ro a
M e i ic i
o e te r a
p orary ss an k ngdom (see no on
Pri e t nd ci vi l ul e f the n t i n D u
s a xxiii r ro a o . r .

ing hi eign in w gr du lly t c m e

s r s 1 8 M y thy n me as a
g f orth etc
a o o . a a o .
,
n en d j u t auth upp se
,
to a u s i e th t f the J w i h n t i n
as o r or s o s . . a o e s a o .
1 90 T HE B OO K OF J U BILE E S
the the vi s i on which he had seen and th at he
Lord , an d ,

had b ui lt an altar an d th at eve rythi ng w as re ady for

,

the s acri fi c e to be m ade before the Lo rd as he had v owed ,

an d that he had c om e to set him on an ass 2 7 A nd . .

I s aa c s ai d unto Jac ob his son : I am not able to go w ith

thee ; for I am old and not able to bear the way :go m y ,

son i n p eac e ; fo r I am on e hundred and s ix ty fi ve

,
-

years thi s day ; I am n o lon ge r able to journey ; set

thy m other (on an ass) and let her go wi th thee 2 8 A nd . .

I k n ow m y son th at th ou h ast c o m e on m y account

, , ,

and m ay th i s day be blessed on which thou h ast seen

m e ali ve and I also h ave seen thee m y son
,
2 9 Mayest , . .

thou prosp e r and fulfil the vow whi c h thou hast vowed ;
an d p ut not off thy vow ; for thou wilt be called to
acc ou n t as t ou ch i ng the v ow ; n o w the refore m ake h aste

t o p erform i t and m ay H e be ple ased w ho has m ade

,

all th i n gs to whom thou h ast vowed the vow

,
3 0 A nd . .

“
he s ai d to Rebe cca : Go w i th J ac ob thy son and

Rebe cc a went w i th J ac ob her son and D eborah w i th her , ,

and they c am e to Bethel 3 1 A nd J ac ob r em em bered the

. .

prayer wi th which h is father had blessed him an d hi s

t wo s on s Lev i an d J udah an d he r ejo ic ed an d blessed the
, ,

God of hi s fathers A b rah am an d I s aac , 3 2 An d he s ai d . .

°

N ow I kn ow th at I have an ete rn al ho p e and m y s ons ,

als o before the G od of all

,
an d thus i s i t o rd ained con

c erni ng the two and they re c ord i t as an etern al testim ony

unt o them on the heavenly t ables how Is aac blessed them .

Bethel, l
’
L evi s dream at . L evi chosen to the p riesthood, as

the ten th son, 2 3 -

. J acob celebrates the feast of
ta bern acles an d fi
o ers tithes through L evi a lso the
second ti the, 4 9
-
. Law f
o tithes ordained, 10 15 -
.

27 . am n ot able to bear the way , efe enc e to the sam e event in the T est
r r .

et c . See no te on ve e rs s 3 4 for
-
the L evi 9 .
 C H AP T ER S x xx i . 27 —
XXX II .
3 19 1

’
J acob s eisions in which J acob r ea ds on the hea ven ly
tables his ow n f u tur e an d that o f his descendants, 1 6 2 6 -

Celebrates the eighth day of feast of tabern acles, 2 7 2 9 -

.

D eath of D eborah, 3 0 Birth of Benjam in an d death of .

R achel, 3 3 34 -
.
(Cf . Gen . xx x v . 8, 1 0 , 1 1 , 1 3, 1 6

XXXII A nd he ab ode that n ight at Bethel and Lev i .

,

dre am ed that they had ord ai n ed an d m ade him the pri est of
the Most Hi gh G od him an d hi s sons for ever ; and he ,

awoke fro m hi s slee p and b lessed the Lord 2 A nd J ac ob . .

ro se e arly i n the m orn i ng o n the fo u rteenth of th i s m onth , ,

and he g av e a t i the of all th at c am e w i th him both of m en ,

and cattle both of gold an d every vessel and garm ent yea
, , ,

he gave tithes of all 3 A nd i n those days Rachel be cam e . .

pregnant w ith her son Benj am in A nd Jac ob c ounted his .

s ons from him u p wards and Levi fell to the p orti on of the
XX XII 1 A ccording also to T est
. eem s to b e t the base of Ps cx 1 4
. . s a . .
-

L ev i 8 Levi had th i s dre m t Bethel

,
w h ich c onst itute s a M essi nic h ym n a a ,
a

in wh ich seve n m n app eare d unt him dd e e d t o Sim e n o

e Sim n the o a r ss o r o

and b ade him : a m m i w M cc b ee A s Bickell h s e c gni e d

’
Av esr s u r a a . a r o s ,

t
(7 1 0 739 l p t s K t bv
7 é qb u thi Ps form s n ac ostic on the n m e
e are a , a r or
'
a vo s . a r a

r ip am s b m at oo A m) 7 fi yt
‘
v Sim e n On the f equency f thi ’
7 01 v v
'
vov o . r o s

l l pé
e s k vpl v
e a l b w é pp n d i vin e t i tle
o , M ost High in the sec nd
ea
r r a r a co o

t : ldw s Cf lso T e t L evi 5 In c ent see n ote on xxx vi 1 6

‘
o a o . . a s . . . . .

ch 9 of the s m e T e t m ent J c b
. H im and his on f or ever
a T h is
s a a o s s .

is id to h ave had th i d e m als

sa ph e in the s m e connect ion is fo n d
s r a o. ras a u

P riest of the Most H igh God T h is in T e t L ev i 8 l eady quoted b ve . s .

, a r a o .

w as the sp e cific t i tle ch en b y the 2 J ac b o ea ly in the mo ni ng os . o r se r r ,

M cab e n pri est kings T h they etc So also T est Levi 9 m i a w d

ac a -
. us . . ar s

ar called sacerd tes summ i D i in 6 p dw b d w flaw

e o é u i} 4; e 1 11
'
e ex r ce
-
a. o 7

A um p t Mos vi 1 (where m y em end

ss . plg though here the offering i
. . id a xv c, s sa

t i n is w ng) Hyr anu II is d ig to b th ough Levi

o ro c s . es e r .

n t d dpx p bs 0
a e 0 bit t b y J e ph
ce e 3 J cob counted hi
50 ons f om him
e r av
-
os . . a s s r

(A n t x vi 6 . and the R . h h . B nj min)up wards nd L evi f ll to os a e a a e

Sh nah 1 8 b st tes th at it u ed t b e the p tion of the Lo d et c Ou te xt

a a s o or r r

m e fo m w s b efore Ced enu i 60 :

.
,

s i d : In such a y e
a of J h n n in . ar o a a so r a r s, .

p i e t of the M ost High G d T hi

r s t nd d d nb s 8 é é o o .
”
s «a ur a rro exa
'
aa . K Kr
' - '
r o,

t itle anci ently b orne by M elch i edek

,
h i v bw fidhh 0 t b id z re evr a o
‘
o et 1 . ro s r a ers,

(G n xi v w as revi ve d b y the n w ml o A vZ 6 9 4 3 d¢ p ? é ré w
‘

e . . e f r e 7 6 ie o ,

h l ders of the h igh p i e th d O u b dpx u of ! dpx p d d l

o r s oo . r r o ra. ce
I t e ea
'
ya e x vvo t ,
'

uth h s Gen xi v 18 2 0 b ef e him

'

a or a B .Gum d b é o xd v W e 6
.
-
fy or e xa r ov rr
’
ro 7 » r s

f in the n e xt ve se he ad pt cl u e d p h yt r A nd still m e o s a a s or o o' as or

fr m Gen xi v 2 0 “And he g ve him

or

o cle l y b efore his prede c essor Syn ll i

. a a ar ce us, .

tenth of all We h ve seen in the n te 2 00 :I bfi du d é o s d é

.
’
.
”
a fi b o ala o ek ar
'
a r . c uro
-
r v

on xxxi 1 8 19 th at the M e iah w dpx pé d é d dj

’
.
A l m
- dw ss as ev a. te a. v e ev ,

t o pring from th is fam ily cc ding

s 6 é xd m m) 6 fi a or 7 0 d rov . 7 11 '
r s

t T est Levi 1 8 The sam e e xp e c tation

o . d p tfi My
. A nd again n p vaa 'r oc s er. o .
 1 92 T HE B OO K OF J U BI LE E S
Lord hi s father clothed him i n the garm ents of the
, an d

pri esthood an d fi lled hi s hands 4 A nd on the fi fteenth of . .

th is m onth he br ought t o the alt ar fou r teen o x en fro m

,

am on gst the c attle an d twen ty ei ght ram s an d forty nin e

- -

, ,

sheep and seven lam bs and twenty o ne k i ds of the go ats as

, ,
-

a bu rnt offeri n g on the alt ar of s acri fi c e well p le as i ng fo r a

-

sweet s avour befo re God 5 Thi s w as hi s offeri ng in c on . .

,

se quen c e of the vow wh ic h he had vowed that he would

gi ve a tenth w ith thei r fruit offe rings and their d ri nk offer
,
- -

i ngs 6 An d when the fi re had co nsum ed i t he bu rnt

. . ,

i n c ense on t he fi re o ver the fi re and fo r a th ank offe ri ng ,

-

tw o ox en and four ram s and four shee p four he go ats and ,

-

two sheep of a ye ar old an d two k i ds of the goats ; and ,

thus he d i d d ai ly for seven d ays 7 A n d he and all . .

h i s s ons and hi s m en were eati ng (thi s ) w i th joy there

during seven days an d blessing and thanking the L ord ,

w ho had deliver ed him out of all hi s t ri bulat i on and had

207 lepwmivn 1 45 A evl £86017, 81 1 e

b gun again w ith Sim eon . L evi thus
i t /( ar cs un dpxwv am) r ov é o xdr ov r bt v
c
'
’

cam to b e e the tenth .

te ch nical
A‘
’

vicbv I a x wfi « by r am r ot s vrrdpxovo t
’ ’
.
F illed his hands . The
rov w a r pos T ip exp e i
GGQ’ dr ede xar wfin, pp i t ent to the pri est r ss on for a on m
K a 0 w s wpoa nbfar o
’
Ia xcbfi hé ywv, Ka t
'

h x xx vi i 41 x xix 9 ‘
ood Cf E od. i . . .
, . .

mi vr a 80 a dv nor dn odexar wo w
4 T hi c eleb ti n of the feast of
’
a trrd . p
An d on : 21 1 A eul y vlbs
'

t b ernacle is p e culi as eg d the

.
‘

a
. s

s
ra o

ar r ar s
A sla s, L drrb Iwo htp dvao r pé ¢ om m l
’ ’

num b er f victi ms A cco ding t the

'

o r
fl
o
(i n ) Pov fiv, é yevmjfl
.

n r e) n arprdpxg
’

L evi t ical l w on each f the seven days

'
7
-

:
a o
Ia xwfi é v Meo or or a p t . r q 1rfi h e;
' '
kid of the goats w offere d
‘

sin a as as a
a br o v, ( be n pbbnhbv é o n r o fi rov
m s and f urt een
‘ '
‘

ofi ering nd tw o
.

, a ra o
mi
‘
e m ) B w l é bvr os é v
u b urnt ffe ing Th ugh
ca; r o u e a v n
l mbs a as a -
o r ro
r g y a o r pl Paxn
' .
h L bvra e ‘
u dppeo w ,
out the even days eventy bull cks
' '

d¢ ¢é pwo e up 9 6 g:
s s o
It a l c ipxt epé a dvé ba i ev,
w e e offe e d b eginning wi th th irteen r r
’
K
(i)? I dym m ros, ar t). r dr r fis dva orpo¢ fis
n the fi t day the numb e b eing
‘

o rs
,

, r
k6y ou, o uva n odexar d’cas wdvr a
di m ini shed d ily til l n the seventh day a o
rd . u n dpxow a Ka t dva fié uevos 7 15 9 6 1 5,
m ed n poo nt far o n opevbuevos elsM eve n w e e offere d S ee Num xxix s r . . .

1 2 40 ; Le v xxiii 3 4 36 39 4 4
'
ea o - -
. .
woraulav, 87 1 Ka i n dw a 80 a i v MO1
, .

MSS =60 but inc e

.

869 dn obexar cbo w wir d Jc e ic Seven la mbs

’ s
a ob s d d a
“septem
.
,
Lat in h nd the he p t adic
.
”

ti evi
on o f L te th
as his the s
n son t o
as , a

p i e th
r s f
ood is ou n d also in P R Eliez. ystem p ev il s w m y assum e with r a , e a

th h Rousch (p 1 47 ) th t the co rupt ion

. .

ch ee
3 7 (B r, Buch d J ub 36 oug
. a r
os e fr m confusi n of f and g
. . .
' ’
the eth m ec
od of r ee t
koning is diff r n .
ar o a o .

Jc h ve e p te the fi t “ One MSS 9 Em ended with Latin

a ob is sai d t o a s ara d rs . .

f our sons b orn of his f i ve our w u num C r up t i on p ssi bly due t o

s and t o . o r o

h ve c te
a oun e i i f confusi on f é w e nd t (Rons h)
d his r m a n ng son s rom o
’
a a ua. c .

Si e ej i
m on t o B n am n and the h ve 5 Cf G n xx v iii 2 2
n to a . . e . . .
1 94 T HE BO O K OF JU BIL E ES

belong to H is pri ests which they w ill eat before Him fro m ,

ye ar to year ; for thus i s i t ord ain ed and e ngraven regardi ng

the t ithe o n the heavenly t ables 1 6 A n d on the followin g . .

n i ght on the twenty se cond day of thi s m onth Jacob

,
-

res olved t o buil d th at p lac e an d to su rroun d the c ou rt w i th ,

a w all and t o s an c t i fy i t an d m ake i t h oly for eve r for

, ,

him self and hi s ch ildren after him 1 7 A n d the L ord ap . .

p e ered t o him by n i ght and blessed him an d s ai d u n t o him :

Thy n am e sh all n ot be called J ac ob but I s rael shall they
‘
,

n am e thy n am e 1 8 A n d H e s ai d u n t o him ag ain

. . I am
the L ord w ho created the heaven an d the e arth and I shall ,

i n cre ase thee and m ultiply thee ex c eed ingly and ki ngs will ,

com e forth from thee and they w ill judge everywhere where,

ever the foot of the s on s of m en has trodde n 1 9 An d I . .

sh all give to thy seed all the earth which i s u n der he aven ,

an d they w ill judge all the n at i ons acc ord i ng to thei r

des ires and after that they w i ll get p ossess ion of the whole
,

earth an d i nheri t i t for ever 2 0 A n d H e fi n i shed sp e ak . .

i ng wi th him and H e wen t u p from him and Jac ob looked

, ,

till H e had as cended i nt o heaven 2 1 A n d he saw i n a . .

v i s i on of the n i ght and beh old an an gel des cended fro m

,

he aven wi th seven t ablets in his hands and he gave them ,

t o J acob an d he re ad the m and k n ew all th at w as w ritte n

,

there in which w ould befall him and h i s s on s throughout all

the ages 2 2 A n d he sh owed him all th at w as w ritten on
. .

the t ablets an d s aid u n to him : D o n ot bu ild thi s place

, ,

an d do n ot m ake i t an ete rn al s an c tu ary and do not dwe ll

,

he re for thi s i s not the plac e Go to the house of A braham .

thy father and dwell w ith I s aac thy father until the day of
the de ath of thy father 2 3 F or in Egyp t thou wilt die . .

1 7 1 8 Cf Gen
-
. . 10 1 1 xxx v
. .
-

. 2 0 Of Gen
. 13 . . xxx v . .

1 9 Ou r au or
. r th he e f
orsak s Gen e . 21 Ta blets Of 4 Ezra
. 24 . . xiv . .

xxx v . 1 2 an d p ie
rom s s t o Isra l e the K n ew Em n d d w. La n cog e e ith ti
p e i
oss ss on of w o ar the h le e th . no vi t
”
But rob ab y p l
: i ve for “r ad and kn w ” w e s ould r ad
.

A ll th earth
e L a n has un tirse s e e h e
“r ad ” see In rod
.

b ene di cti ones, and p e h p i htl e t p

O

r a s r
g y .
, xli sq . . .
 C H A PT E R XXX II . 16 28 -
195

i n p eac e and in th i s land thou wilt be buri ed w ith hon ou r

,

i n the sep ulchre of thy fathers w ith A braham an d I s aac , .

2 4 F e ar n ot for as thou h ast seen and re ad i t thus will it

.
, ,

all be ; an d do thou w ri te d own eve ryth i ng as th o u h ast

2 5 A n d J ac ob s ai d : Lord how can I

“ ”
seen and re ad . .
,

re m e m be r all that I h ave re ad an d seen An d he s ai d unt o

him : I w ill b ring all thi ngs to thy re m em bran c e 26 . .

A n d he went u p from him an d he aw oke from h i s s leep , ,

an d he re m e m bered everythi n g wh ic h he had re ad an d seen ,

an d he w rote d o w n all the w ords wh ic h he had re ad an d

seen 2 7 A n d he c elebrated the re yet an othe r day and he

. .
,

s acri fi c ed thereo n according t o all that he s acri fi c ed on the

form er d ays and called its n am e for fthis
,
‘ '

“
day w as added 1 an d the form e r d ays he c al led The Fe ast '

.
,

2 8 A n d thus i t w as m anifested th at i t sh ould be and i t i s

.
,

written on the he avenly tables :wherefore i t w as revealed to

him that he should c elebrate i t an d add i t to the seve n d ays ,

O urtext eem s t b the s c e of iti l fe t o th J c

e sou r add on a day wi a ob s d e
as -
’

the w d asc ib ed b y O igen (F b iciu te ti

or s r ei hth r ethel a r s, n on an g day in B In .

C al P eud V T i 7 61 ) t the P y e
o s the l h the i e o ra r T a m u d (C ag 1 8 a ) d a of
“k
. . . . . .

f J e ph : xf eepi c c e cte ”
o os A6 p é a p ]
L 7re 0 v T r oa e v 1 0 ng b a k (in 1 5 51) is onn d
’
I w iygb Wa m ii w
( i G
t/ a r e h yd i th
o r
'
it t te th t the
voe o
'
'
al r e w w ork F or s a s a on
Passo r “ r
.

fl d év y ap é eve th the ve the e day of

’ ’

u i n)
evo u n 0 I 1 0 a x ui . u ‘
v v s n
t “wh fl i) up O 8 aflfi t eep c f eve m us b e a k ing b a k rom
‘
av a er a i
'
avo 0 a ry
'
ra s a ro o t

3; i
1 / v Ka i t i i i mam Cf l v 1 4
ro s v c s i‘

: . x . . k nd of work ( nm én 53 m y i gn e m) .

2 5 Will bri ng ll thing et c

. Of S ee ev a iii s, . .
'
L y s N eu hebr L ex icon, 680 . . .

J hn xi v 2 6 whe e the P clete Sch l

o e e ll
r ee th t ara o ars are n ow g n ra y agr d a

word m xp m ans “
.
,

in u i c 65 8 Wa m
/ r c er
r . 1 s the r e . ce sa r d as

T h i e ighth d y
”
27 . s a sem b ly .

a fte the even d y f the fe t f

r s a s o ee as o i T his day was added l
' '
H r we ‘ '
.

t b e n cle w c lled nggg (2 Ch n

a r a s as t pp e a c pt ro . m us su os é rre’ré dn as orru for
in N w H eb ew 3 13n (J ep h S ee e e i p p e é r eo xé fl n r n d r ng ro os d in
vii os .
e r
e e te t l e the
.

p c i c
.

d ng n o T he las au s of
A n t iii 1 0 6 A dp ):
r
. . l ik ewi e the e xt ve e
.
,
’
c
h ve ra
i ve i e the s
n m ay a n r s
.

to
rs g
s eventh d y f the P s ve fe t c pti as o r as

T h t n l ti n in
e ra u
s a
a
text o ddi
o
co
e c
r
t i a
.

orru on or w ron g orr on .

Th i gree e x ctly w ith

,

t i n p int t m e c upti n in the

o s o so
The F ea t orr o
s . s a s a
o
G eek H eb ew Th L tin “ete n bb in ic u ge T h fe t f t be
,
ra sa . e as o a r
r or r e a r

t ti i p ib le ende in g Rou ch n l w c lled J r; the Fe t Cf

.
”
ac es as a as .

—
.
a c s a oss r r . s

s gge t
u th t é l x m t od in the Sukk 42 6 48 J ephu (A n t viii
s s a rr a ec s o .
, a. os s . .

G eek ve i n but w co upted int 4 1 ) de ign te it é p v; d y w dm

r rs o as rr o . s a s as o r
‘
t r

é wla m in the c p y b ef e the Eth i pic

e s ol a y l m nd Ph il é p d w a y l n
or o xa e
‘
d a o
'
o r e' ar
‘
.

t nlt
ra s a or. H enc e w might ende : 2 9 A ve y c u p t ve
e e in the r r . r orr rs

C lle d
a it n m e “ k ee ping b ck f
s a Eth i pic nd p ti lly c rrup t in the
a a or o a ar a o

on th t d y he w k ep t b ck T hu L t in Th e t o ed t n l ati on i gi ven
”
a a as a . s a . er s r ra s s

u auth o c nn e cts the origin of th is

o r r o b el w o .
1 96 T HE B OOK or J U BILE E S
“A ddi t ion
of the feast 2 9 A nd its nam e was call ed 1
. . 1 ,

at f i t w as re c o rded am ongst the d ays of the fe ast

j b th -
u
'
eca se

d ays faccording t o? the num ber of the days of the year

,
' '
.

3 0 A n d i n the n ight on the twen ty third of thi s m onth

. ,
-

D eborah Rebe cc a s nu rse di ed an d they buri ed her bene ath

’

the city under the oak of the ri ver and he called the n am e ,

of thi s plac e The ri ver of D eb orah and the oak The oak
, , ,

3 1 A nd Rebe cca went and

”
of the m ou rnin g of D eborah . .

retu rned to her h ouse t o h i s fathe r I s aac an d J ac ob sent by ,

her hand ram s an d sheep an d he goats th at she should -

prepare a m eal for hi s father su ch as he des ired 3 2 An d . .

he went after his m other t ill he c am e to the land of

K abratan and he dwelt the re , 3 3 A nd Rachel b are a son . .

“
i n the n ight and c alled hi s n am e Son of m y sorrow fo r
,

she su ffered i n givi ng him bi rth :but hi s father called hi s

n am e Benj am in on the e leve n th of the e i ghth m onth i n the
,

fi rst of the s ix th week of th i s jub ilee 3 4 A nd Rac hel d i ed . .

there and she was bu ri ed in the lan d of Ep hrath the s am e ,

i s Bethlehem and J ac ob bu ilt a pillar on the grave of

,

Rache l on the road ab ove her grave

, .

S ee n te o on ver. 27 . int o 3. hus the wh ole verse sh ould

T
fBecause Math The E th i pic
o has r
“
un : A nd its nam e was called a
‘

a p ec i p h e he e e
ul ar ras r
’
sm a
’
e t h ich
n aw
k eeping b ck (t e m an) when i t wasa
’

usually =nam q i ce
. .
,
u od, b ut s n an an al o
e ph e
ras kam a e nta =qu asi
re c ded m ngst the days f the feast
or a o o
gous y et rar d ys in the numb er of the days of the
a
o ccurs in xl iii
1 9, xlviii 1 3, w e m ay ak
. t e .
ye ar.
"

i t th t e
a
’
sm a
’
e t p pte q
n a : ro r u od as the 30 Of Ge n xxxv 8 D eb orah di es
ti ve i it th i i ve .
. . . .

La n rs on has But n the e ighth d

y of the feast
s g s no
f
.
o a o
rgi ht e e
s ns e
The r ason of
. the
n am e tab e n clesr a
ive he e e ce
.

is not g n r b ut in ver 2 7 H n . .
Of thi p lace 80 d Lat in and Vul g
s
e t th t p pte q u od = ow
xx v 8 =“of th is plac e b e :
.

n :
, .
I sugg s a ro r
G n e x
”

h ich the G ee t l t h .
.
.

3, w k rans a or s ould f thi

'
r
o i ver a om i ts s r . .

have ende ed in th is c nte x t by 6

r r o 7 6. 32 3 4 Cf Gen xxxv 1 6 1 8 2 0
-
. . . .
,
-
.

It w recorded
as T e x t f MSS un o 3 2 L an d of K abrdtan . Thisgoesb ack
“som d s an
.

:
.

gr m m atical b ut by a ch nge f v cali

a , a o o sa t o ru mm a e i t ce in Gen.
t ion in one lette we a i ve t the b ve r rr a a o .
xxx v the t
1 6 , b ut
. ti i e th t
ransla on l k a
A m ng t the days b elat e m ended
o

wi th L ti n “
s

in di e f m b asé m :
a a of the t
L XX (Xa.13pa 0 a ) ook m :: to b e -

a s ro
‘

a a p pe
ro r nam e .

for a te ti m ony (b d) c h s b lam

“in p e c e
s
”
. a asa
3 4 R he l di d A ccording to Book
. ac e .
a .
f J sh r (D i et des A p ocr ii 1 1 7 2
TA cc ding t0 I
or He e w e xp e ct
' '
o a a
) . . .

“in
. r e
R chel w
a only forty fi ve
y e rs old
as a
A ccordi ngl y I ugge t th t w
-
.
s s
Gen xxx v
a e
.
I n the l nd f Ep h ath a o r
have here an original c upti on of 3 19 “
. .
orr
in the way to Ep hrath
, .
1 98 T H E BO O K O F J U B IL E E S
“
him : I am clean for thee for I have been defi led as
n ot ,

regards thee ; for Reube n has de filed m e an d has lai n w i th ,

m e i n the n i ght an d I w as as lee p an d d i d n ot d i s c over

, ,

u n til he u n c overed m y skirt an d s lep t wi th m e 8 An d . .

J acob w as ex c eed in gly wroth w i th Reuben be c ause he had

’
lai n w i th Bilh ah be c ause he had un c ove red hi s father s ,

skirt 9 A nd J ac ob d id n ot approac h her agai n be cause

. .

Reuben had defi led her A nd as for an y m an w ho u n c ove rs .

h is father s ski rt hi s deed i s w icked ex ceedi ngly for he i s

’

ab om i n able before the Lord 1 0 F or thi s re as on i t i s . .

wri tte n and ordain ed on the heavenly tables that a m an

’
should n ot lie wi th hi s father s w i fe an d should not un cover ,

hi s father s sk irt for thi s i s u n clean :they sh all surely di e

’

’
t ogether the m an w ho li es w i th hi s father s wi fe an d the
,

wom an als o for they have wrought un cleanness on the e arth

,
.

1 1 A nd there sh all be n o thin g u n clean before o ur God i n

.

the n ati on whic h H e has chosen for Hi m self as a p ossess i on .

1 2 A n d again i t i s w ri tte n a se c ond t im e :“Cu rsed be he

.
,

w ho li eth w i th the w i fe o f hi s fathe r for he h ath u n c overed ,

’
hi s father s sham e an d all the h oly on es of the Lord s ai d

So be i t ; so be i t 1 3 A n d do th ou Moses c omm an d . .
, ,

the children of Is rael that they observe th i s w ord ; for it

( e n t ails ) a p u n ish m ent of de ath ; and it i s un cle an and ,

there i s no at onem en t for ever to atone for the m an who

has c om m i tted th i s but he i s t o be p ut to death an d s lai n , ,

a n d st oned w i th st on es and rooted out from the m i dst of ,

t he p e ople o f our God 1 4 F or t o n o m an w ho d oes so in . .

I s rael i s i t p erm i tted t o re m ai n ali ve a s i n gle day on the

e arth for he i s ab om i nable and un cle an
, 1 5 A n d let the m . .

n ot sa : t o Reuben w as g ranted li fe an d forgi veness after

y

7 T e st R eub en 3 re pre sents Jac ob re

. . 1 0 They
. sha ll su rely die . So Lev .

ceiving th i inf
s orm ati on f
rom an an g el . xx . 11 .

Un covered m y shi rt Cf D e ut xxii

. . . .
12 Of D eut x xn 30
9 . Did n ot app roach her again So .
13 A p unishment of d eath : Pl ““ ?
T et
s . e e
R ub n 3 unicé n atpduevos a brrjs '
’

. (J er I f
 C H A PT ER XXX III . 8 -
22 1 99

he had lai n w ith hi s fathe r s c on cubi ne and to her also ’

though she had a husband and her husband Jac ob h is , ,

father was still ali ve , 1 6 For unt il th at tim e there had . .

no t been reve aled the ordi n an c e an d judg m ent an d law i n

i ts c om p leteness fo r all but in thy d ays (i t has been revealed) ,

as a law of seasons and of days an d an everlasti ng law for ,

the everlastin g generat ions 1 7 An d for thi s law there i s . .

n o c onsu m m ati on of days and n o at one m e n t fo r i t but they , ,

m ust both be rooted out i n the m i dst of the n at i on on the

day whe reon they c o m m itted i t they sh all slay them 18 . .

A n d do thou Moses w rite (i t ) d own for I s rael th at they m ay

, ,

obse rve it and do accordin g to these w ords and not comm i t

, ,

a s i n unto de ath ; for the Lord our Go d is judge who ,

res p e c ts not p e r sons an d acc e p ts n ot gi fts 1 9 A n d tell . .

them these words of the covenan t that they m ay hear and ,

o bse rve and be on the ir gu ard w i th res p e c t to the m an d

, ,

n ot be destroyed an d rooted out of the lan d ; for an u n clean

ness and an abom in ati on and a c ontam inati on and a p ollu

, , ,

t ion are all they who c om m i t i t on the earth before our God .

2 0 A nd there i s no gre ater sin than the fornic at ion whic h

.

they c o m m i t on e arth ; for I srael i s a holy n atio n unto the

Lord i ts God and a n ation of in heri tan c e an d a p ri estly and
, ,

roy al n ati on an d for ( H is own ) po ssess i on ; and the re sh all

n o su c h u n cle anness app ear i n the m i dst o f the ho ly n at i on .

2 1 A n d in the third year of th i s s ix th week Jac ob and all 2 141

.

hi s sons wen t and dwelt i n the house of A braham near ,

I s aac hi s fathe r an d Rebe cca hi s m other 2 2 A n d these . .

were the nam es of the sons of Jac ob :the fi rst born Reuben -
,

16 Ou uth he e anticip tes the (His own) p os sion =h 6 zpam as

r a or r a
“
ses a s e
“where the e is no
.

P uli ne doc tri n e

a i fi m km b tn p é ( bcl )r Ka a s Ka e to a to s or o as .

l w there is n t ansgres i n
a (Rom Cf L t in p pul u
o r e d t lis t egalis
s o . . a o s sac r o a e r
iv . t T nctifi ti ni t He e in x vi e sa ca o
'
s
'
. r , as .

1 8 Sin un t death S ee n te on 1 8 xix 1 8 b ve the L ti n h s m is

o o a o a a

t anslated “p sm s o wi s b w s
. . . ,
,
’

xxi 2 2 r la a r ci es a o

Royal n tion ( ) Li terally : “

. . .

Wh resp ects not p ersons etc Cf

o , nat ion . . a a .

kingd m Cf L tin (p p ulus)

”
v 16
. l 8 , x . . f o a o . . a o

2 0 S ee note n x v i 18
. eg lis c d = f kingd m
o . . r a . o a o .

A p riestly nd oyal nati on nd for a 2 2 Of G n xxx 23 2 7

r a . . e . .
-
.
20 0 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
Sim e on Levi, Judah I ss ac har Zebu lon the sons of Leah ;
, , , ,

an d the s on s of Rac hel J ose p h an d Benj am i n ; an d the s ons ,

of Bil h ah D an an d N ap ht ali ; an d the s ons of Z i lp ah Gad

, ,

and A she r ; an d D i nah the d aughter of L eah the only , ,

d aughter of J acob 2 3 A n d they cam e and b owed them . .

selves to I s aac and Rebecca and when they saw them they ,

blessed Jacob an d all hi s s ons and I s aac rej oic ed ex c eed ,

ingly for he saw the sons of J ac ob h i s y oun ge r son an d b e

, , ,

blessed the m .

Warfare of the A m ori te kings against J a cob a nd his sons,

1 9 -
. J acob sends J osep h to visi t his brethren, 10 .

J osep h sold an d down in to Egyp t 1 1 1 2 (cf

carried ,
-
.

G en . xxx vii . 1 4 1 7, 1 8 2 5 32
,
D eaths of Bi lhah, ,

an d D in ah 1 5 , . J acob m ourns for J osep h, 1 3 ,

1 4, 1 7
I nsti tu ti on o f D ay of A ton em en t on day w hen n ew s o f
1 8— Wives of
’ ’
J osep h s dea th a rrived, 19 . J acob s sons,

20 21 -
.

XXXIV A n d i n the s ix th year of thi s week of th i s .

forty fourth jubilee Jac ob sent hi s s ons to p asture their

-

shee p and hi s servants wi th them to the p astur es of

, ,

She chem 2 A nd the seven k in gs of the A m ori tes

. .

asse m bled the m selves together agai nst the m to s lay the m , ,

hi di ng them selves under the trees an d to t ake their cattle ,

XXX IV 1 H i . he e e c st o t c ll t m ind m e
. s servan ts (b c d ) . a r r a s as o a o so

e d thei e v nt f the g e t v ict i e f the M cc b ees

”
r a s r s r a s. o r a or s o a a

( b el w ) A fulle cc nt f thi see o r a ou o s

2 King o f h A m i mbl d
.
t e or te s e s ass e
.

t l y them o T hi
s a cl u e is le g e n d i gi ven in T e t J ud h 3 7 nd
s a s
s s . a -

, a

f und l in the Mi d h W jjis u in w hich i t n l ted b G h teW jijni theu

t i l l fulle in the Mid
.

a s r r as a ssa
o a so ras a sa

th i c nn e cti n
s o o
Ch n i cl
.
y
J ahm l 1 8 99 pp
s ra s a as r

H iding th m l e L t in gi ve
f ro es o er ee , , .

I h ve in t du c ed me
e se v s. a s
80 87 o a ro so c r
t e de nt Th i eem ight ; f
-
.
”
e s ru
e c
.
t i on i nt
the e i n hint f thei hi ding in ny c m p i n f the H eb e w MS in the
r s o o
th i t n l ti n from
s s

r
s r

a
or
r s o s ra s a o a

o ar so o r
of the the ve i n f th is legen d B dlei n th ugh I h ve n t een the
o r rs o s o .
o a , o a o s
2 8 In the e ve e w h ve
-
. h t B iti h Mu e m MS f m wh ich G ste
s rs s e a a s or r s s u ro a r
outline f n n ci ent legend w h ich
o a h d awn occ i n l p h
a e A , as r as o a ras s.

l e dy tte ted in G n x lviii 22 tell

a r a a s ve i n l m t identic l w ith th t f
e . .
,
s rs o a os a a o
fJ b c nq u e t f She che m ( x lv G te h b een p e e ved in the J lkut
’ ’
o aco s o s o see . as rs as r s r a
1 4 nd n te n p
a nd i p
o b b ly
so Shim eoni i 4 0 d 41 b . nd has b een a s ro a .
-

, a
20 2 T H E BO O K o r J U BILE E S
h i s father and h is own se rvan ts and he went again st them
, ,

with six thous an d m en who carri ed sw ords 7 A n d he ,

. .

eturning now to the legend in ou

R r the prop e n m es in the various r a

te xt I pp end here t b le in wh ich

a a a auth orit i e s c m pa ed are o r .
,

Mid h W jj i ras a ssau

in B dlei MS o an
u ed b y G te
J ub i lee T et s . J uda h s
v th th f m e
as
or
r,
s
i iJ lli k text
s
abs. '
i e ne s
in b cket w hen ra s
the e difl s
‘

er.

T a ¢ ové (1 ) J ash ub f ( 1 ) Jash ub of o

T app uach T appu ach

(MS (4) Parathon of
'
of
( 4) Pir athaho
’
A aotp 0,
’
2 A resa
c orru pt '
for Ambp Hazor
=aisn) ii
on ll .1 1 7 3 1 1 7 4, -

b ut Hazor is m en
tioned on 1 1 7 6,
1 182 )
3 Sé ragan
’
A perdv -
(5 ) S usi of S art an S t (5 ) ar an
[Pasusi of S art an]
4 8 616 (3 ) Sh ilo [Zerori (3) Ihuri ( fi rms )
of Sh iloh ] of Shil oh

Pa ds ( MSS OR) (2 ) Gaas h [Ilon (2 )Hon (pmi )of

‘
5 G a as

of G aash ] Gaash
6 Bé th6r6n A xwp for K m (6 ) Lab an of (6 ) Lab an of

pdu p a in Cheldon (so Bod Bethoron

. .

an Arm MS ) lsian H eb rew MS

. .

itish M eum
Br us

MS m y h ve a a

A ram ] of

Ma anisakir (cor
’
M a x t p [c o m (7 ) ak r of Sh i (7 ) Sh ki a r of

ru pt for Sh akir p e e r ss d r o m Machn ah [ br f She i Machnaim

Ma xa w o a mp Cf of Machnai m ]
‘
. .

f
orm in ubil ees] J
3 Sorrowful.
. La t in is pusill one of the citi e f tifi ed b y B cch ides s or a

an im e s.
”
(1 M cc ix a . .

4 . K ing [3 ] th is and o f p hd . In Sé dgdn In the H eb e w uth iti es

r . r a or

all the the cases th i verse w

o r in s e th i w rd pp e
s s S
o t n I can a ars a ar a

e d “king
.

sh oul d r and not the a di c over n th in g furt he ab ut i t

s o r o .

plur l Th Latin has the singular in

a . e 8616 T h i is S h iloh. S ee b ove s . a

all the in t n c es b ut on e
s a T aphu is to . t ble
a .

b e i dentifi ed with T ¢ b in l M cc Gd as T i m y b e the G h (p m)

'
e ¢ v a . . h s a aas

and th i w i th T ppu h i
s J s x v 53 a a n o . .
,
in the h ill c u nt y of Ep h i m w he e -
o r ra , r

xvi 8 . It w . f tified by Bacch ide as or s J hua w b u i ed (J os xxi v 30 ;

os as r . .

agai n t J n th an ( 1 M
s o ix a ace. . J dg n
u . .

TA é d T h i s is c pt for A e The ci ty Be thh

'
r sa
'
orru s r Bé thdrdn n w . oro as

(c f T b i t i 2 A fip) ther As cl sely s ciated with the vi ct ri es of

’
. o .
, a or ra or, o as o o
te H
. .,
(m m) S ee b ove t ble
azor . a a . the M ccab ee Thus Judas defeated
a s.
At H cc rding t l M ce xi 6 7
azor, a o o a . . S e n a Syri n gene al in the
ro , a r ,

sqq J eph A n t xiii 5 7 Jon th n

. os . . . .
, a a n ei ghb ourh d f Bethho n nd p ut oo o ro a
w n o gre t v icto y ve the Syri n
a a r o r a s. 80 0 of his t ps t o the swo d (1 Mace roo r .

P th n w ho w as ki ng f H azor (
ara o , o see iii 1 3 2 4 ; J s A nt xii 7
.
-
A o . . . .

t able ab ove) is of the am e nam e as, s f w y ears late i t was the

e c en e of r s
 C H AP T ER x x x iv 7 9 . -
20 3

s lew them i n the p astures of She chem and p ursued those ,

who fl ed and he s lew them w i th the edge of the sword

, ,

an d he s lew
TA ré sa f an d Taphfi and Saré gan and $ 616 and
’
' '

TA m anisakir f and
’

an d he re c overed h i s herds
' '

8 A nd he p revailed over them an d im p osed tri bute on

.
,

the m that they sh ould p ay hi m t ribute fi ve fru it produ cts ,

o f the i r land an d he bu ilt Rfib é l and Tam n a

, taré s 9 A nd . .

J udas s e t vict
gr a
’
ve
ory ic
o r N anor J erahmeel (pp 83 84 ) su pp rt the o s

: “All the
-
.

w he n 9 00 0 S i ee i M cc
yr ans w r sla n ( 1 a . vi ew the e t
in T s J ud . .

v ii 39 4 7 ;
. J eph os
-
xii
Ant 10 . . . . A m ites c m e w ith ut
or m nd
a o ar s a
It w as e q e tl f tifi e
sub s u n y or d by p m ised t keep p e c e ( nd f i end hip
ro o a a r s ,

Ba cch i e i t J th
d s aga ns on a M ccan (1 a . a nd they g ve nt J c b T i m n nd
a u o a o
‘
a a
ix . 50 ; J eph
os xiii
A nt . 1 . . . the w h le l nd f H y h) T hen
o a o arar a .

hi c pt
T s is orru for J c b m de p e c e w ith them nd the
a o a a , a
Sha kzxrmaan t or
'

Sh i Mh
akir, k ng of a a so n f J c b e t ed the m
s o a o ll the r s or a
na m i See t e ve
. abl ab o . sheep they h d c ptu ed f m them a a r ro ,

( A n d) S pp i e f
u . ti
l d rom L a n . a n d in etu ning them g ve do b le
r r a u ,
6 Six thousand (a b d)
. i ve 0 g s . tw f o n or o A n d J c b b ilt T i m n h
e. a o u a
80 0 .
(mm ) nd J d h bui lt Z b el (Sam)
a u a a .

cc i
7 A ord ng t o our
. te xt i six k ngs T h i t n l ti n d e
s ra s a t ep e ent the o o s no r r s
ee i
w r sla n out o f the eve hi s n T s B dlei n MS w h ich (f l 30
o a un s o r s a

f ll w :“A ll the A m ite

. .
,

ee i th e t
agr s w T s J ud 4 . . . o o s c me or s a

8 9 W ith thi p
-
. e cf e t
s assa
g T s J ud . . . t them with t
o m n d u ende e d ou ar s a s rr r

7 : é defidno a u 1 0 0 n a r pé s y ou s a t them selve t b their h ireling n d s o e s, a

é n olm r ev e l fiunv ner
p
’
a trrc bv, Ic al 0 6K
’ ’

they m d p e c e wi th them nd they

a e a , a

é n o cv
’

g u
a a ev
'
a trr ois owe»
’ '

uk ov, K g vea p e ent nd they e t ed t

a r s a r s or o
é wot fio a uev a dvo bs 131r0 0 1r6v60 vs, Ka i
- '
them J c b ( i he e I th ink the un
a o s c, r

dn edc b k ay ev a br oi r r do a v r i w a lm a
’

g r m
a m t ic l npy a n n ; i c
‘
a upt the i
s orr ra r

Xwo lav v qixodbmw a ey di T hu O di n/ a

.
'
. for am » 0 5 : he n c e “ e t ed t the
3 r s or o

6 n a r fip y ou r ip: Pa fim yh (O , f J c b in the Y lkut nd

‘ ‘
e al
r so n s o a o as a a
'
Pofi a fih P) It w ll b e ob s r d
. i e ve th t a our text ; f my 3 :henc e “the or or '
3
he
w r as in our e te xt J c e c ve
a ob r o rs his so n f J c b e t ed
s o a o w p e me r s or as e r su
he rds, in the e t
T s J ud the sons of
. . i th te x t f the B iti h M e m MS
s e o r s us u

J c
a ob r s or et e to the ite the
A m or s o cc i n lly ed b y G te ) ll the
as o a us as r a

he rds w h ich the t e f the

y had ak n rom m . c ttle wh ich they h d c ptu ed twic e
a a a r

hi
T s d i ve e c e the t iti
rg n in rad ee
on is s n o ve n d they e t ed ( e ding W inn
r, a r s or r a

l
a so in the e e ve i
H br w rs ons h T us . in te d f the int n iti ve W i n) the
s a o ra s

the b t y nd J c b b i lt ( i ) n d l
’
Yalkut (in J ellinek s B et ha oo a a o u s c a a so

Mtdm sch)su ort s our te xt pp the All J d h ( i ) Th B dlei n MS m n

u a s c . e o a e

ite
A m or s c e i th t
am w ou arm s ti n n t wn T h vi ew ep e ented
o s o o s. e r r s

e ht the
and b sou
g e
m t o m ak in the T e t J d h th u n ind b it b le
s . u . as s o u a

p e ce
a the
, an d e p e c e ith the
y m ad a w m supp t in the Ch nicle f J hm l
or ro s o era ee .

and ga ve the i m T m na (nmn) and all It h s ch

as h w eve in the B k f
u , o r, oo o

the l an d o f Hararya (um m the

) And n . J har ( p it ii
as o Les fi l d
. c . . s e

Jca ob m ad e p e c e ith the

a w the m , and y J cob
a le u endi ent t u l s r r r o s e

e ive e
d l r d u the
p to J c
sons of a ob all h m m e qu l v i ent em m ené p i n
o s i s a a s r so

the c ttle hich the t e f ni e s t ut e b t in

”
a w y had ak n rom r e a r u .

the et i e ch
m , (r urn ng )t w o for a one, an d 8 R obé l
. T hi i m t p b bl y
. s s os ro a

the y gave the t i te et e

m r b u , an d r urn d c upt f A b l cf J lkut (5m m )
orr or r ae , . a

( warm) t o the the

m all t b oo y ; and q ted in p ec eding n te Th A b l
uo r o . us r ae

J c t e
a ob i h
urn d t o T m na J h an d u da to a pp e r in T e t J d 7
a s P fi fik s . u . as
'
a a

the the h P fi fih (P) P aflfih (C R) ;

' '

A rb ael (Stu ns ) On . o r an d (O ) or o a , a a

G te t l ti
as r s rans a on of
’
the Chronicles of ‘
m zi pp en tly in the B it M u eum
a ar r . s
 20 4 T H E BO O K O F J U BI LE E S
he retu rn ed i n p eac e and m ade p e ac e w ith them and they , ,

be cam e hi s servan ts u n til the day that he and hi s sons ,

wen t dow n i nt o Egyp t 1 0 A n d in the seventh ye ar of . .

a m
. thi s week he sent Josep h to learn ab out the welfare
o f h i s b rothe rs from h i s house t o the lan d of She chem ,

an d he found the m in the lan d of D oth an 1 1 A n d they . .

dealt treachero us ly w i th him and form ed a p lot agai nst ,

him t o slay him but changing the i r m in ds they so ld , ,

him to I sh m aelite m erc h an ts an d they b rought him d own ,

i nt o Egypt and they s old him to Potip har the eunu ch , ,

o f Ph araoh the c hi ef o f the cooks pri est of the city of

, ,

’
Elé w the s ons of J ac ob slaughtered a ki d
. 12 . A nd ,

and d ipp ed the c o at of J o se p h in the b lood an d sent (i t) t o ,

Jac ob their father on the tenth of the seven th m onth .

1 3 A n d he m ourn ed all th at n ight for they had b rought i t

.
,

t o him i n the even i n g an d he be cam e feveri sh w i th ,

“
m ou rn i n g for h i s de ath an d he s aid : A n evil beast h ath ,

devoured Josep h an d all the m em bers of hi s h ouse

[m ourn ed w i th him th at day and they ] were grieving and ,

m ou rn i ng wi th him all th at day 1 4 A n d h i s s on s and . .

MS us ed
G te b t n t in the b c m hi
by as r v nt Th H eb ew f
u o e a e s ser a s. e r or

B dlei n (
o p e c eding n te ) W the e w d i p e e ved in the
a see r o . e s or s s r s r
h ve he e m t p b b l y the t ng Chr nicle f J e h m eel ; e n t e n
a r os ro a s ro o s o ra se o o

h ld A b el m enti n ed in 1 M c e ix ve e 8 9
o r a o a . . rs s -
.

2 whe e i t i i d th t B cch i de nd
r s sa 10 11 Cf G na v n 12 13 17
a s a e xxx
A l im u “w ent b y the w y th t le d
, -
. . . .
, , ,
e s 20 28 3 6 a a a .
, ,
eth t G l g l nd en c m p ed g in t
o a a a a
1 0 D than
a
Eth D oth aim
a a s
o
’

M l th wh ich i in A b el (M
. . . .

e sa o hd d s r a ec o a i
: ’
p e i 1 1 E nn n h f Ph h He e c o arao r
A pfifix ) d f
'

ip t
. .
r ev n g s n ocs a o oss s o o
Eun ch g e b ck t own
”
But
i t (cf J eph A n t xii 1 1
”
. os He e .

th i w d n ee d n t b
. .

t k en lite lly
. r
u o s a o .

it eem b e t w ith T ch nd W llh n b t im pl

s s s u a
m e ni ng
e au se
s or o e a ra

“ t on c u t
t o e d M ewOr a gea a
ffici l
y Z

cf 2 Ki ng xx v 1 9 s r
u s as a a o r

h ld ( E ny Bib i
o s see A b el c. r a
o a . s . .

Cf xxxix 2 1 4
. .

Chi f f the ook

i m ent i n ed in the B k f J h
e o c s. . .
, ,
s o oo o as ar

(p o ci t 1 1 7 8 ) n f the
11 . ci t i e x l 10 O u text nd the LXX f G n
as o e o s
. . r a o e .

xxx vi i 3 6 w ngl y t ak e n nnnn w =

. .

p ut t the w d b y the f J c b
ro i
as
'

t h ul d b e “
.
o n s or so s o a o

in th is w ar.
dpx ad y p I c pt in t '
a os. s o a a

f the b dy gu d
”
o o ar
T m nata é O a ddp s Dfl
-

n nm n
.
a r s
f
a va e
‘

City f Bl
,

J dg ii 9 Th i pp e Tim n HM u n é h w (c f
’ '
o ‘

u . . . s a ars as a o e s .

the J te ve e LXX G n x l i 45 5 0 x lv i t e
( m m ) in l k ut e n n a se o o rs s e . .
, , . . .

8 9 -
It w
. n f the citi e f tifi ed
as o On e o s or

b y B cch i de g in t J n th n (1 M
a s a a 12 1 4
s Cf G n o vn 3 1 35
a a ace . -
. . e . xxx .
-
.

ix . 1 3 [Mou n d wi th him th t d y and . r e a a ,

9 Al d p ea e with the m
. a n d th y
e th y]c B cketed ditt gr ph y , a e e . ra as a o a .
20 6 T H E BO O K O F J U B I LE E S
n am e of Levi s w i fe i s Mé lka of the daughters of A ram ’
, ,

’
of the seed of the s on s of T erah ; and the n am e of J u dah s

wi fe Bé tasfi é l a Canaani te ; an d the n am e of I ssachar s ’ ’

, ,

’
w i fe Hé z aqa; and the n am e of Zebulon s w ife
, ,

an d the n am e of D an s w i fe Egla; an d the n am e of ’

,
’

N ap htali s w ife Rasfi fi of Mes op ot am i a ; an d the n am e of

’ ’

, ,

G ad s w i fe Make ; an d the n am e of A sher s w i fe Ijbna;

’

,
’

,
’

an d the n am e of J o se p h s w i fe A sen ath the Egy p t ian ; and

’

, ,

the n am e of Benj ami n s w ife ljasaka 2 1 A nd Sim eon ’

,
’
. .

re p e n ted an d to ok a se c ond w ife from Mes op otam ia as

,

his brothers .

be the n f C n ni ti h w m n so o a a aa s o a . an d J h c lled C n nit s

Bk . of as ar a a a aa es .

Si nc e u ch m i ge w n b m in
s a arr a as a a o a H e e g in the
r bb in ic t di ti n felt
a a ra ra o

ti n f which de th w the p en lty

o or a as a ,
th i n ffenc e A cc dingly in m e f
s a o . or so o

c f xxx 7 qq i t i t u th au
’
the MSS f O nk l n G n xxxviii 2
ende ed b y “
. . s .
, s o o r or s o e os o e . .

c edit th t he h n t ght t expl in

r a as o sou o a was ra m is
1933 r r a

a w y the t te m en t in G n x lvi 1 0
a s a e . . .
m e ch nt r Sim il l y in P J n n
a . ar s. -
o . o
A dib a m y b c u pt the Sy i c the m e p s ge : l in G n bb
’
a f a e orr or r a sa a sa a so e . ra a

F gm ent h
ra nd B k f
as a oo o 85 ; Pess ch 50 Sim e n b n a . a. o e

J h “B n
as ar L te b b i nic t di
u a. a r ra ra
L ki h ( i
a 20 0 2 5 0 A D ) g ve th i
s c rc. -
. . a s

t i n ght t e xpl in th i w y A inte p et ti n n the g und f H e

r r a o o ro o os a

xii 7 whe e he evi dently t k um:in

o sou o a s a a . o

c ding t G n bb 80 Sh ul the n r oo
the en e f “t de
.
or o e ra a a so ,

m e c h nt
.
” ”

o f the C n nit i h w m n i a aa id t b s o a s sa o e
s s o ra r, r a .

the n f D in h wh w defl w e ed
b y She chem
so o a , o as o r Syr F rag
“Ar da
. .
LO LA . Bk.
T h R bb i y th t
. e a s sa a of J h as ar, i
Si m e n m i ed h ( l B k f
.

o arr er so a so oo o
Sin c e a b d om i t thi s
J h as p ar,i t ii o A n the
. c . . o r
n m e i t m y b e the invent i n
a f n a o o a
ev i n i f n d in P J n n G n
as o s ou s. -
o o e
Eth i pic c ib e Fu the m e the Syr
x lvi 1 0 whe e Sh ul i id t b “Zi m i
. .
o s r . r r or .

r a s sa o e r
“A dmi
F ag gi ve H J ,
’
.

wh did the w k f the C n nite in

o or o a aa s
r . Bk of s . .

S h ittim nd in S n h 82 b S h u l i
”
a a a s J h “M u
as ar, ar sa.

id t h ve b een c lled “the n f

.
,

sa o a a so o a
’
Eg ld Syr Frag
C i te “ b ec e he h d m ”
.

“
. .

n
a aan

m itt d n e t like th t a f C n nac

aus

a o
a

a
co

aa
”
of J h as ar, A phlalath .
”

LA
’

Bee B h d J u bila n p 5 1 R asa a. Syr Frag O B Bk of

(
. . .
see r, ac er e
“Merim ath
.
,

Melll d S l
a in T e t L evi 1 1
. o a so s . J h as ar, .
”

n d S yri c F gm ent f J h
a
“A din d ughte a,
Bk
f J b b
"
a

na f
ra

r
.

o o
.

a
o

so
as ar

o
Maka . Syr
“U sith
. Frag .
ha s . Bk .

Jo t n c a n f H eb e so o r.
,
of J h as dau g r of
ar,
,
a hte
T erah
,

Eth T aran
Em oram , son of H us, son of N a or ” ch .

’
Betasa é l Cf 7
.

So also in
.

x li
.

The Syr Frag m ak s a aka also t o

. . e M ‘

T s et J u d 8, 1 3 , 1 6 w r nam
. . . .

he e the e b e of o us of N a or the h e ch .

he
. .

a pp e
ars v i l
ar ous y as Bno a o fis, Bno o vé ,
' '
’
fj bnd . Syr . Frag . x . Bk . of

r ové
Bco c '
he e e ive f
T s are all d r d ro m J h fi t “Ede n an d n ext “Ha
“the
. as ar, rs

pi w nn,
-

hte
daug Sh
r of ua see dora .
”

Gen xxx v ii i S i c e t
Q “
. 2 an d yr a F ragm n . A sena th , Eth
’
A sné th . Cf . Gen.
. Th Bk f J h e . o as ar xli 45 . .

“ ij asaka
i ve p e l e Luan n;
’

g h e n
s n m H bith
r rso a a as a .
. Syr Frag . Bk.
She i he e nd in T est J ud 1 3 1 6
s r a . .
, of Jash ar, M ah alia and H arb a t
B ebecca a d m oni ti on
‘

s to J acob an d his rep ly, 1 8 -

. R ebecca
asks I saac to m ake Esau swea r that he will n ot injure
J acob, 9 1 2 -
. I saac consen ts, 13 17 -
. Esau takes the
oath and likewise J acob, 1 8 2 6 D eath R ebecca, 2 7
-
.
f
o .

XXXV A nd i n the fi rst year of the fi rst week of the 21 5

.

fo rty fi fth jub ilee Rebe cca called Jacob her son and com
-

, ,

m an de d him r egardi ng hi s fathe r and regarding h i s b rothe r ,

th at he should hono ur them all the d ays of hi s life .

2 A n d J ac ob s ai d : I will do everythi ng as tho u hast com

.

m an de d m e ; for thi s thi ng w ill be honou r and gre atness

to m e and righte ousness before the Lord that I should
, ,

hon ou r them 3 A n d thou t oo m other kn owest fro m the

. .
, ,

tim e I was born un til thi s day all m y deeds an d all that i s ,

i n m y heart that I always th in k good c on c erni ng all

, .

4 A n d how sh ould I not do thi s th i ng which thou h ast

.

c om m anded m e that I shou ld honour m y father and,

m y brother ! 5 T ell m e m othe r what p ervers ity hast thou

.
, ,

seen in m e and I shall turn away from i t an d m ercy w ill ,

be u p on m e 6 A n d she s ai d unt o him :“My son I

. .
,

have n ot seen i n thee all m y d ays any p erverse but (only )

u p ri ght deeds A n d yet I shall tell thee the truth m y
.
,

son :I shall d i e thi s ye ar and I shall n ot survi ve th is ,

year in m y li fe ; for I have seen i n a dream the day of

m y de ath th at I should n ot li ve beyond a hun d red an d
,

fi fty fi ve ye ar s : an d behold I have c o m p leted all the

-

days of m y life which I am to li ve 7 An d Jacob . .

laughed at the w ords of hi s m other be cause hi s m othe r had ,

s ai d u nto him that she sh ould d i e ; and she was s i tt ing

o pp os ite to him i n p ossess i on of her strength and she ,

w as n o t i n fi rm in her strengt h ; fo r she we n t i n and ou t

an d saw an d her teeth,
were strong and no ailm ent ,

XXXV 1 H is lif e MSS add a 5 Mercy t

La in has “Misericordia
“of a eh "
. . . . .

gloss J c . D om ini .
”
20 8 T H E BO O K O F J U BIL E E S
had tou c hed her all the days of her li fe 8 A nd J ac ob . .

s ai d u nt o her : Blessed am I m other i f m y days approac h , ,

the days of thy life an d m y strength rem ain w i th m e thus ,

as thy stre n gth : an d th o u w i lt n ot di e for th o u art j est i n g ,

i dly wi th m e regardi ng thy death 9 A n d she we nt i n . .

t o I s aac an d s ai d unt o him : O n e p eti t i on I m ake unto

thee :m ake Es au swear that he will n ot i njure Jac ob ,

n or p u rsue him with e nm ity ; for thou k nowest Es au s ’

thoughts th at they are p erverse from hi s y outh and there i s ,

n o g oo dness i n him ; for he des ires after thy de ath to

kil l him 1 0 A n d th ou kn owest all th at he has d one
. .

s in c e the day J acob his brother went to H aran u ntil

thi s day ; how he has fors ake n us wi th h i s wh ole heart and ,

has d on e evi l to us ; thy fl o c ks he has t ake n t o h i m se lf an d ,

carri ed off all thy p ossess i ons from before thy fac e 1 1 An d . .

whe n we im p lored and bes ought him for what was our o w n ,

he di d as a m an w ho w as t ak ing pity on us 1 2 A nd . .

he i s b itter ag ai nst thee be c ause tho u d i dst bless Jac ob

thy p erfe ct and u pright son ; for there i s n o ev il but
o nly goodn ess in him and s in ce he cam e from Haran ,

unt o thi s day he has n ot ro bbed us of aught for he bri ngs ,

us everythi n g in i ts se as on always and rej oic es w i th all hi s ,

he art when we take at hi s hands and he blesses us and , ,

has n ot p arted from us s in c e he c am e from H aran until

thi s day an d he rem ai ns w i th us c ont i nu ally at hom e
,

h on ouri ng us 1 3 A n d I s aac s ai d u n t o her : I too

. .
, ,

kn ow and see the deeds of J acob w ho i s w i th us how th at ,

with all hi s he art he hon ours us but I loved Es au form erly

m ore th an J acob be c ause he w as the fi rst b orn ; but n ow
,
-

I lo ve J ac ob m ore th an Es au for he has do n e m an ifold evil ,

9 . T hi e i efe ed t
s p assag s r rr o
’
I c a ax eu r ip ip
"

e w
n a pa w é c
ra i To?
J eph b y Sync ell i 2 0 2 t the
os us u s, . a H o a i} Ka i
'
’
I a mb fi dy a n dv dhhfihovs '
.

b egi nn in g f the e cti n nd t J b ilee Ka i n a a w é e a s a irrois 1r oe21re v c

’ ‘ ‘
o s o a o u s u éc
' ‘
, p p w
t the c l e b ut he tt ib te i t w ngl y é r a vaa rfi 1 c
; I a mbfi 6 H aa fi, elg xeipa g
’ ‘
a os , a r u s ro -
‘

to J e phu os P fié fin
s. e
'
e ck a
f r ce r v a br oi} r ea ch a c -
.
2 10 T H E BO O K O F J U B ILE E S
and i n the eyes of all those that love you
a m e rc y .

2 1 A n d he s ai d :
.
“I w ill do all that th ou h ast t old m e ,

an d I sh all bu ry thee o n the day th ou d i est n e ar Sarah m y ,

father s m other as thou hast des ired that her b ones m ay be

’

n e ar thy bones 2 2 A n d J ac ob m y b rothe r als o I sh all

. .
, , ,

love ab ove all fl esh ; for I have n ot a brothe r i n all the

earth but him only :and thi s i s n o gre at m eri t for m e i f I
love him ; for he is m y brothe r and we were s own t ogethe r ,

in thy b ody an d t ogether c am e we forth from thy

,

wo m b and i f I do n ot love m y brothe r wh om sh all I love ?

, ,

2 3 A nd I m yself beg thee t o e x ho rt J ac ob c o n c e rn ing

.
, ,

m e an d c on c e rni ng m y so n s for I know th at he w ill ,

assu red ly be k i n g ove r m e an d m

y s ons for on the day ,

m y father blessed him he m ade him the h i ghe r an d m e the

lo wer 2 4 An d I swe ar unt o thee th at I sh all love him
. .
,

an d not des i re ev i l against him all the d ays of m y life

but go od only A n d he sw are unt o her regardi ng all thi s

.

m atter 2 5 A n d she c alled Jac ob before the eyes of Es au

. .
,

an d gave him c om m an d m ent acc ord i ng t o the wo rds wh ic h

she had s p oken to Es au 2 6 A n d he s ai d : I sh all do thy . .

pleasu re ; beli eve m e that no evi l w ill p ro c eed from m e

or from m y s on s against Es au and I shall be fi rst i n ,

n aught s ave in love only 2 7 A n d they eat and d rank . .

,

she and her s ons that night and she di ed three j ubilees , ,

an d on e week an d one ye ar old on th at n i ght an d her two , ,

so n s Es au and Jaco b buri ed her i n the double cave

, ,

n e ar Sarah the i r fathe r s m o the r

’
.
,

I saac gives directions to his sons as to his bu ria l :exhorts them

to love on e a nother an d m a kes them i mp reca te destructi on
on hi m who inj ures his brother , 1 11-
. D i vides his

22 F rom thy w om b So d rob ably p m e cy w h ich goe b ck to

r m is
b cz “
. .
s a a
b y an m nda on e e ti
fro m thy . t n l t ion of am (Litt m nn)
ra s a a .
 4 1 1

p ossessions, giving the larger p ortion to J acob a n d dies , ,

12 18 -
L eah dies J acob s sons com e to comfort hi m
.
’
: ,

2 1 24 -
.

XXXVI A n d i n the s ix th ye ar of thi s week I s aac called

.

hi s two sons Es au and Jac ob and they cam e to him and he

, , ,

sai d unto them : M

y s ons I am goin g the w ay of m y ,

fathers to the etern al h ou se where m y fathe rs are

, 2 . .

W herefore bury m e n e ar A braham m y father in the double ,

cave i n the fi eld of Ephron the Hi tti te where A braham ,

p urchased a sep ulchre to bury in ; i n the sep ulchre which I

di gged for m yself there bury m e 3 A n d thi s I c om m and
, . .

you m y s on s that ye practi se righteousness and upri ghtn ess

, ,

on the e arth so that the Lord m ay bring up on you all that

,

the Lord s ai d that he would do to A braham and t o his seed .

4 A nd love one another m y s on s y our b rothers as a m an

.
, ,

who loves his own s oul and let eac h seek in what he m ay ,

bene fi t hi s b rother and act together on the e arth ; and let

,

the m love each other as thei r ow n s ouls 5 A nd c on c ern . .

i ng the questi on of i dols I com m an d an d adm on ish you to ,

reje c t the m an d h ate them an d love the m not ; for they are ,

full of de c ep ti on for those that wo rship them and for th ose

that bow down t o them 6 Re m e m ber ye m y s ons the . .
, ,

Lo rd God of A brah am y our father an d how I too w or ,

shi pp ed Him and served Him in ri ghteous n ess an d in joy ,

that He m i ght m u ltip ly you and i n crease you r seed as the

stars of heaven in m ulti tude and establi sh you on the earth ,

as the p lan t of righte ousness whic h w ill n ot be rooted ou t

unt o all the gen erati on s for ever 7 A nd now I shall m ake
you swear a great oath—for there i s no oath whi c h i s greater
. .

XXX VI 1 A cco di ng t v 1 8
. . r o et . The eterna l house . E ccle s. xii . 5,
Isaac w 1 80 ye
as ld w hen he di ed ars o . mty n' n.
H en c e he m u t h ve b een b n in 1 9 82
s a or 4 You r br others
. ms a gloss .See .

and no t in 1 980 as in x vi 1 2 1 3 .
-
. 6 H mc z w akam a
. m nd d rom e e e f
J e ph i et c waem ze : an d a r fte thi
’ ”
os us (A n t 22 ) s s Isa
.a s age . s .

down at 1 85 . Plant of righteou sness no s S ee te .

on i
16 , . 2 6 , x xi 2 4x vi . . .
2 12 T H E BO O K O F J U B IL E E S
than i t by the nam e glorious and hon oured and great and
s plen di d and w onderful and m ighty whic h c reated the ,

heaven s and the earth an d all thi n gs t ogether—that ye w ill

fear Him and w orship Him 8 An d th at e ac h w i ll love . .

his brother w i th affe c ti on an d righte ous n ess an d th at n e i ther ,

w ill des ire ev il again st hi s b rother from hen c eforth for ever
all the d ays of y ou r li fe so th at ye m ay p ro s p e r i n all ,

your deeds and n ot be destroyed 9 A n d i f e ither of you . .

devi ses ev il again st hi s brother kn o w that from hen c eforth ,

e very one th at devi ses ev il ag ai n st h i s b rothe r w i ll fall in t o

hi s hand an d w ill be rooted ou t of the lan d of the li vin g

, ,

an d h i s seed w i ll be dest royed from under heaven 10 . .

Bu t on the day o f tu rbule n c e an d ex e c rat ion an d in d i gn at ion

a nd an ger w i th fl am i ng dev ou ri n g fi re as H e bu rn t Sod om so
, ,

li kewi se w ill H e burn h i s lan d an d hi s ci ty an d all that i s hi s ,

an d he w i ll be b lotted ou t of the b ook of the d i s cip line of

the children of m e n and not be rec orded in the book of li fe

, ,

but in that whic h i s app oi nted to destru cti on and he will ,

dep art i n t o ete rn al e x e c rat i on ; so th at the ir c onde m n at i on m ay

be always ren ewed i n hate an d i n ex e crati on and in wrath and
i n t orm en t and in i n di gnat i on and i n p lagues an d in di sease
for ever 1 1 I say an d test i fy t o you m y s on s acc ord
. .
, ,

ing t o the judgm en t wh ic h w ill c om e u p on the m an w ho

wi shes to injure hi s brother 1 2 A n d he d i vi ded all h i s . .

p ossessi on s between the tw o on that day an d he gave the ,

large r p ort i on to him that w as the fi rst b orn an d the t ower -

an d all th at w as ab out i t an d all th at A b rah am p ossessed at ,

the W ell of the O ath 1 3 A n d he s ai d “T hi s larger

. .
,

p ortion I sh all gi ve to the fi rst born 1 4 A n d Es au s ai d -

. .
,

I h ave s old to J ac ob an d given m y b irth ri ght to Jaco b ; to

him le t i t be give n and I h ave n ot a s in gle w ord t o sa
,
y
1 0 Tu b l n c
. r u e nd ti n
e a nd B k f lif
execra S ee n te n xxx 22
o a oo o e. o o . .

i nd gn t n n d ng
i a io aIt n h
a dly I n c nt
er . t w ith the B k of life we
ca ar o ras oo
b e acci den“
t l th t w fi nd in Eth En h ve he e l
a a e B k f destruct i n
. . a r a so a oo o o .

xxxix 2 B k f w th nd nge
. oo s o 1 3 I h ll
ra a a
MSS give r . s a
f di qu i et nd t urb ulenc e I h ll m ke g eat
”
a nd b ok o s o s a . s a a r
 T H E BO O K o r J U BILE E S
He had div ided the d ays of h is generat i ons . 21 . A nd Le ah
h i s w i fe di ed i n the fou rth ye ar of the sec ond week of the
fo rty fi fth jubilee and he buri ed her i n the double c ave near
-

Rebe cca h i s m other to the left of the grave of Sarah hi s

, ,

father s m other 2 2 A n d all her sons and hi s sons c am e to

’
. .

m ou r n ove r Le ah hi s W ife w ith him and to c om fo r t him ,

regar ding her for he w as lam enti ng he r 2 3 For he loved

,
. .

her ex c eedi ngly after Rachel her s is te r di ed ; for she w as

p erfe c t and u pri ght i n all her ways and hono ured Jacob ,

and all the days that she li ved w i th hi m he did not hear

fro m her m outh a harsh word for she w as gentle an d p eace ,

able and u pright and ho n o urable 2 4 A nd he re m em be r ed . .

all he r deeds which she had do ne du ring her li fe and he ,

lam ented her e x c eed in gly ; for he loved he r w i th all hi s

hear t and w ith all hi s s ou l .

su bordi nation to J acob, and

’
Esau s sons rep roach him for his
constrain him to war w ith the assistance f
o 4000
m ercenaries against J a cob 1 1 5 ,
-
. J acob rep roves Esau,
16 17
’
Esau s rep l
y 18 25
- -
. .
,

A. H . XXXVII A n d on the day that I saac the father of Jacob

.

an d Esau d i ed the s on s o f Es au heard that I s aac had gi ven

,

XXXVIL XXX VII I T she e . two acc unt in the J llm t and the
o a

ch pte ive
a rs g e p ect the f le t
in som re s s ul s Chr nicles of J e ahm eel com es very
o r

and in o the i f
rs an ab r dged orm of an cl e to — t tim es re produces verb ally
os a

an ci e t e e
n l g nd deal ng w i ith the w ars th t in ou te xt th ough most probably
a r ,

et e J c
b we n the sons of a ob an d Esau . w i th l te m plificati ons
a r aT hey sh ow .

e e
The l g nd is ls w r e e he e f ou n d inthe h w eve deliberate attem p t to adapt
o r a

et J h
T s . uda 9 , in the J alku t Shim e oni the legend to l te t im es T hus A dora a r .

i. 1 32 (r e p i te
r n d in J e lline k
’
s Bet ha or Ad im (c i m e)is ch anged to Arodin
ora r

Midrasch, iii3 5 and on pp 1 80 1 82 -

(in the J lkut ) r M et e diu (runs a l

a o

m ay:in the Chron of J er h ) where

-
. . . .
,

of m y E thi pic te xt
o of J i ee
ub l s), in . a .

the ic e J
Chron l s of erahm eel, pp 80 8 7 , .
-
the M of the latter is due to a
and in the J h
Book of as ar (op ci t ii . . . ch nge f a into a This Arodin is
a o .

1 2 36 Our tex t p e e ve
r s r s the H e odi n b uilt b y H erod the G eat
r o r .

et f
old s orm T he sam
. e form th houg G te has re cognised th is fact and on
as r ,
ve ry abb r evi te
a d is p e pp e
r su os d inthe th i g und would assign the origin of
s ro
T set J h
. uda 9 ye t eve th i p e e ve
n s r s r s the legend to the beginning of the
e et i
som d a ls on the c pt e
a ur of A dora Ch isti n e a
r H e take s th i s legendary
a r .

f
not ound in any of the the
o rs Th e . t y to b e pi e c e of contem p orary
s or a
 C HA PT E R S XXXV I . zx —
XXX V I I . 6 215

the p o r ti on of the elder to his you nger son Jac ob an d they

we re very angry 2 A n d they strove w ith the ir fathe r . .
,

“
s yi ng : Why has thy father given J acob the p o rtion of the
a

e lder and passed over thee although thou art the elder an d ,

Jacob the younger 3 A n d he s ai d unt o them Be cause .

I sold m y b irthri ght t o J ac ob for a sm all m ess of lentils ;

and on the da
y m y fathe r se n t m e to hun t an d c at ch an d
b ri ng him s om ethin g th at he should eat an d bless m e he cam e ,

w i th guil e an d brought m y father food an d drin k an d m y ,

fathe r blessed him and put m e u n der hi s hand 4 A nd n ow . .

o ur fathe r has c aused us t o swe ar m e an d him that we sh all , ,

n ot m utu ally devi se ev i l e i the r again st hi s bro the r and th at , ,

we sh all continue i n love and i n p eac e each wi th hi s brother

an d n ot m ake ou r w ays c orru p t 5 A n d they s ai d unt o . .

him We shall not hearken unto thee to m ake p eac e w ith

,

him ; for ou r st ren gth i s gre ater than hi s st re n gth and we ,

are m ore p o we rfu l th an he ; we sh all go ag ai n st him and

s lay him and destroy him and his s on s A nd i f thou w i lt

,
.

n ot go w i th us we sh all do hu rt t o thee als o 6 A n d now

,
. .

h istory “a
the J ew i h w
r efl e x T hu the olde t f m of the legend
of s ars s s or
,

gain t He d (Ch on f J e ah p i f und in text nd in the T e t

”
a s ro r . o r . . s o our a s .

B t the legend do e n t w u J d 9 the n ext lde t in the J lkut s o o e u . o s a

it s origin t the tim es f H e d but nd Ch nicle f Je h m eel nd the

o o ro , a ro s o ra , a

only thi d pt t ion f it

s a W h uld l te t in the B k f J h
a a o . e s o a s oo o as ar.

o b e ve l so th t the e w e e t w p l c e
s r a a
XXX V r
II 1 On th d y tha t I
r o a s

c lled H e di n :the fi t w
a ro o f rt d ied Th n
rs
f E u b eg n their
as a o
. .

e so s o
e
sa
a

a
saa c

b ui lt n e J e u lem b y H e d (J ep h .

pp si t i n t o J c b f m the d y
ar r sa ro os
f
.
o o o a o ro a o
A n t xi v 1 3 9 x v 9 6
. . vu
. 8 ,Is c .
de th ( 2 1 62.
, x
b ut did n t
. .
aa
’
s a o
in w h ich he w ub se qu ently b u i e d as
tt cs
k him till L e h di e d (2 1 6 7
r .
a a a
The se c nd w lik ew i e
o f t b i lt in S ee v 1 4
as s a or u
er.
Id m e n the confine f A b i
.

u a o s o ra a

J e p h A nt vi 2 1 B ll J d i 2 8 1 1 12 Th f v u b le v i e w -
,
-
. e a o ra
( os .
; . x
p e e.

nted
.

he e f E u c e
nt
.

t u . .

lege e e t r s r o sa o ras s
21 O n d un d w n
ur r a
— t ngly wi th th t f n d in J lkut
.

ou
fu the d pt ti n in ee
r r a d ad c p lete Shim ni ep inted in J llin k B t
ma o a o
s ro a a

e c ting—in the Book f J h

'
eo r r e e s e
o as ar,
r as

w h ich h he e b as w ed t i m
r
h M id
te i l Chr nicle f J e hm eel
orro
h iii 3 5 i n the
s a r a s
a -
rasc , .
-
, or

vu 1 o s o ra xxx
f m the Mi drash i o pp (
ro n J i n
A cc o ding t u te xt it w
s
n t E u
o see
r o o r
,

as o
.

sa
.

B u s t Z f N Tli he
s e IVi en c h 1 90 0 c ss s
,

th t w e e p im ily
'

o . . .
, ’
b ut E u
,
n sa s so s a r ar
p T he event e co de r
d s r r are
t bl m e f th i f te n l w
.
a or s ra r a ar.
pl c ed fte J c b s de th an the
a a r d a o
’
a ,
o

t y p esupp ses the st uggles f the

s or r o 5 H im n d hi on
r Em ended o a s s s.
“
.

Idum e n h ou se of A nt ip te
a b y wh ich w i th L at i n fr m ahis nsr, (b d ) o so o

th ugh the help f R m e he e c lled T ext of th ugh ngr m m tic l

ro o o r a a, o u a a a

A en e s —
-
,

it o e t o roy l p ow e
”

a r s him hi n a r. s so s.
2 16 T H E BO O K O F JU BILE E S

he arken unto us :Let us se n d t o A ram and Phil i sti a and

Moab and A m m on an d le t us c hoose for ou rselves c hosen ,

m en w ho are arden t for b attle and let us go again st him an d ,

do b attle w i th him an d let us e x te rm in ate him from the ,

earth before he grows stron 7 A n d the ir fathe r s ai d cr. .

u nto them D o n ot go an d do n ot m ake w ar w i th him lest

,

ye fall before him 8 A n d they s ai d u n to him

“Thi s too
. .
, ,

i s ex actly thy m ode of acti on from thy y outh until thi s day ,

an d th o u art p utt i n g thy n e c k u n de r h i s y oke W e shall .

n o t he arken t o these w ords 9 A n d they sent t o A ram . .

,

an d t o A dura m t o the fri end of their father an d they h ired

’

alo ng wi th the m o ne th ous and fi ght i n g m en chosen m en of w ar ,

.

1 0 A n d the re c am e to the m from Moab and from the c h ild re n

.

of A m m o n th ose w ho were hi red one thous an d c h ose n m en

, , ,

and fro m Ph i li st i a on e th o us and c h o se n m en of w ar an d from

, ,

E d om an d from the H orites on e thous an d ch osen fi ght i n g

m en an d from the K i ttim m i ghty m e n of w ar
,
1 1 A nd . .

they s ai d u nt o thei r father : Go forth w i th them and

le ad the m e lse we sh all s lay thee , 12 A n d he w as . .

fi lled w i th wrath and i n di g n at io n on seei n g that h i s

s on s were forci n g him to go before (them ) to lead them
ag ai n st J acob h i s b rothe r 1 3 But afte rw ard he rem e m . .

6 10-
To . s rs s onlythe e ve e the
i v e J h 3, 65
T he yr ans n ad d
. uda S i
e q iv le t
u a n in T s J ud 9 is: f e q e tl
the e t . . iv r u n y b y Edom ( l Mace 29 , . .

é rrfihdeu “ hail! H a a fi, 6 ddeh¢ bs 7 0 0

'

e e he p e the l tte an d w r l d by a r

7ra r p6s y ou, é u ha g fl?) a ps? Ka i ta xi/pa l i t e te J h . aga n s Isra l La r o n H y rcan us

.

For th ta in the J l t a ku te
se e no one te M ehh w r s d A dora an d ar s a out of
ve ers s 1 4 1 6 -
. the h the ite an ds of Edom s an d com
e
6 T he mam s of
. the t na i ons m en the h e ti cc e pt p elle d w ol na o n t o a
tioned he e e c
r r ve e
ur in rs s 9 1 0 ci c ci i J e ph -
. xiii r um s on ( os A nt 9 l, . . . .

-
i t e
9 1 0 A ga ns n arly all
. the ti xv
n a ons i e 7 9 ; Bell J u d
. . 2 A s r gards
. . . .

e ti e he e the M cc ee
m n on d r a ab e the tti
s w ag d te xxi v he e Ki m , see no on 28 T s . .

w ar . W ith S i the e e
A ram o r yr a y w r h ve ee G ee xi li i e the m ay a b n r k au ar s of
at t i fe
s r ec e
for m any d ad s S yri n
T he . a s.
A m m on ite e e i v e
s w r J
n ad d b y u das ( 1
9 A dd am H w s an A r m e n
’
r
M cc v
a 6 8;
. J e ph
os
. xii
A nt
-
8
S ee xxx.

viii 3
. . .
. . e a a a a .

and disco m fi t ed in s eve l ttle

ra b a s On
. .

Eth K 6 é w 6 (b):a
.

the c plete j ti
om su b uga on o fthe hi i P ls 1 0 H it s . or e . . r s

ti e
n s by the M cc ee ab te
s see n o Ko é w
s on S ee En cy Bib in lo r s. c. c.
xxi v —
a .
,

28 3 2
. e
A s r gardsthe . ite
Edom K i ttim
s Th Eth m i ght l b . e . a so e
J udas f ht i t the
oug aga ns te ende ed Hittite but the conte x t i
m and sm o r r s s
the m w ith e t
gr a slaug hte r, 1 Macev g in t th i m e ning in xxi v 2 8 . . a a s s a . .
2 18 T H E BO O K O F JU BIL E E S

father wast thou c ondem ned 1 8 A n d then Es au answe r ed . .

an d s ai d u n t o him
“ N e i ther the chi ldren of m e n n or ,

the beasts of the earth have any oath of righte ousness

which in sweari ng they have sworn (an o ath vali d) for
ever ; but every day they devi se ev i l one again st an other ,

an d how e ac h m ay s lay h i s adve rs ary and foe 1 9 A nd . .

th ou d ost hate m e an d m y chi ld ren for eve r A nd there .

i s no observi ng the ti e of brotherho od w i th thee 20 . .

H e ar these words whic h I de clare unt o thee ,

I f the b oar can c han ge i ts sk i n an d m ake i ts brist les

as soft as w ool ,

Or i f i t can c ause h orn s to s prout forth on i ts he ad

li ke the h orns of a st ag or of a shee p ,

Then sh all I obse rve the t i e of b ro the rh ood w i th thee .

[A nd i f the breasts se p arated the m selves from thei r

m other ; for th ou h ast n ot been a brother to m e ]
2 1 A nd i f the w olves m ake p eac e w ith the lam bs so as n ot
.

t o devou r or do the m vi olen c e ,

A nd i f the ir hearts are t ow ards the m for good ,

The n there w ill be p e ac e i n m y he art tow ards thee .

2 2 A nd . i f the li on be com es the fri e n d of the ox and m akes

p eac e wi th him ,

1 9 The ti f b th hood
. S ee th is w o ld N d the w d
e o ro er . they r . or o or s as
ph e in qu t ti n in p e c eding n te
ras o a st n d fo m
o di st ic hr If the y b el ng o . a r a . o

20 B . In Et h En c h l xxxix
oar. t the te xt at ll the y . c o u p t It
o . o a , are rr .

1 2 42 q 49 6 6 the b
,
s . i u ed t
, , i n t i m p b b le th t
,
oar igin lly they
s s o s o ro a a or a
den te E u o ym b lic lly saCf Ps f ll w ed i m m edi tely fte v 1 9
s o a o o a a r er. 3

l xxx 1 3 T he e is no d ub t som e such “th u do t h te m nd m y ch ild en

. . .

. . r o o s a e a r
r efe enc e he e
r r . f eve By t nsp sin g the tw or r.
"
ra o o
M ke ft I n te d f dkam cl use nd b y eading é m m taf lta ’ ’ ’
a so . s a o a a a s a r a a a
w e sho l d e xp e ct J d ké m
u tbfi é a é m é m fim fi in te d f w em e
a . a
‘ ’ ’
s a o a
’

I t can ca u ho n t p ou tf o th S se t f lt
r tb at é m é m 6n w
s os r h uld g t r . o a a a
’
a
’ '

, e s o e
a. b d h ns w e e to sp out f th
c or the “f ll owing e xcellent sense in v
r r or . o er.

[A nd if ( b m it )the br t p a t d 1 9 A rid th u dost h te m e nd m y

a o eas s se ra e o a a
the m elves f m th i m the
s for th u ch i l d en f eve f th u h t n t b een
ro e r o r o r or r or o as o
ha t n t b n b the t m ]
s o ee S ab d a rob othe t m r i nc e the t w ins w e e
o e. o c a r r o e s r
sa ve th t f “th u h t n t b een a sep ted f m thei m the
a or o as Y ea
o ara ro r o r. ,
b the t m e at e ad
ro r oI h ll n t b the e i no b e v ing the ti e f b the
r s s a o e r s o s r o ro r
b the t thee T hese w d d h d with thee ” ”
a ro r o . or s o oo .

n t b el ng t o thei
o o p esent c nte xt 2 2 A n d make p
r rce w ith him T h is o . s ea .

f r the t i tich b efo e nd fter de l

o r s cl use“w h ich d m it i dded b y b
s r a a a a c o s a a
w ith i de as t ken nly from the anim l a fte ploughs wi th him With the
o a a r .
”
 CHA PT E R S X X X V l I . l —
8 XX XV ll I . 2 2 19

A nd i f he i s bound unde r one yoke w i th him and

ploughs wi th him ,

Then shall I m ake p eac e w i th thee .

An d when the raven be com es whi te as the raza ,

Then know that I have loved thee

A nd shall m ake p e ac e w i th thee .

T hou
shalt be roo ted out ,

A nd thy sons shall be roo ted out ,

A n d the r e shall be n o p eac e for thee .

A nd when J ac ob saw that he w as ( so) evill y d i sp osed

t owar ds him w i th hi s heart and w i th all h i s soul as to ,

s lay him and th at he had c om e sp rin ging like the w ild

,

bo ar which c om es up on the sp ear that pi erc es and k ills

i t and re c o ils n ot from i t ; 2 5 Then he s pake to his
, .

own and to hi s servants that they should attac k him and

a ll hi s c om p ani ons .

War between J acob an d Esa u . D ea th f

o Esau and over

thr ow f
o his f orces, 1 10 -
. Edom d
r e u ced to servitude
“till thi s da ”
1 1 14 K ings
y ,
-
.
f
o Edam , 1 5 24 -
.
(Cf.

G en . xxx vi . 31 3 -

XXXVII I A n d after that Judah s p ake to Jacob hi s

.
,

father and s ai d unto him : Ben d thy bow father and

, , ,

s end fo r th thy arr ows an d cas t do wn the advers ary and

slay the enem y ; an d m ayst thou have the p ower fo r ,

we shall not slay thy brother for he i s su ch as thou and , ,

he i s like thee :let us gi ve him ( thi s) honour 2 T hen . .

i
gu dan ce the parall eli m
of s t cf the
I have XX XV
I I I 1 . In . alku ( . the J
transp osed i t as ab ove Je h p J h Chron of ra 84) uda says
“H ow lon w
. . . .

2 3 The w e The a ais

. . ding t
r z i lt th e xte
accor o g ou nd w ords of
I senb erg A mhar ic D ictwn y p 4 8 pe c e f i e hip
a/r he he a and r n ds to him, w n
“a lar e whi te b ird w h ich e ts g as s c e
, . .
,

g i t ae e ith r om s aga n s us as an n my w his

h opp ers . Dillm ann b oth in his
"
i c t p m a l lad roo s t o slay us
-
”
.

L e xicon and translati n took ra a he e o e

z r L et u s gim e him =Nahab 6 (so r ad in
t o m e an
“ric e or za but the e n
”
tex t i te Neh e er ca my ns ad of ab 6) Em nd d
y , , .

b e no doub t th at the ab ove is ight ith e i i f r w Lat d m us ll rom bahab e na

“
. .

Li tt m ann has follow e d m y ren de ing w i th us r . .

2 20 T HE BOOK or JU B I LE ES

Jac ob bent hi s bow and sent forth the arro w and st r u ck

Es au h is b rothe r ( on h i s right b re ast ) an d s lew him
, ,
.

3 A nd agai n he sent forth an arrow an d st r u ck A ddran

’

the A ram aean on the left breast an d drove him backw ar d , ,

and s lew him 4 A n d then went fo r th the sons of . .

Jacob they and thei r servan ts di vi ding them selves i nto

, ,

c o m p ani es on the fou r s i des of the towe r 5 An d J udah . .

went forth in front an d N aphtali and Gad wi th him and ,

fi fty servants w i th him on the south s i de of the tower ,

an d they slew all they fo un d before the m and not one ,

indivi du al of the m es cap ed 6 A n d Lev i and D an and . .

A sher went forth on the e ast s i de of the t o wer and ,

fi fty (m en) w ith them an d they slew the fi ght ing m en ,

o f Mo ab an d A m m on 7 A nd Reuben and I ss ac h ar and . .

Zebulon went fo rth on the n orth s i de of the towe r and ,

-
hese two verses a f u nd in t w e nd 5 0 servants of the se vants
2 3 T . re o o r, a r

the eve se o der in the J lkut nd f J c b their f ther with them An d

r r r a a o a o a .

the Ch on of J e ah pp 84 85 Th L evi nd D n and A he w ent f rth on

r . r . .
-
. e a a s r o
f m e runs When J cob he d th i the e t f the towe and 50 e v nts
or r a ar s, as o r s r a

he sei ed his b ow nd slew A d m the w ith them An d Reub en and Issach r

z a ora . a

Ed m iteo A nd ag in b sei e d hi b w
. n d Z eb ul n w e nt f rth on the north
a e z s o a o o

m te Es u on the right b e t f the t w e and 5 0 serv an ts with them

"
and s o a r as . o o r .

In the T est J ud 9 i t is s id h rt ly f A n d Si m e n nd Benj ami n nd E noch

. . a s o o o a a
E u :é w w v é the n f R eub en w ent forth on the ’
sa 659 ‘
I mb fi a e e v 1 a T » so o
w e t f the t w er and 5 0 servants with
'
H i} oa . s o o

2 ( On his rig ht breast) Su pp li ed them After long tedi ous account ”

. . . a

f om the Latin and the Y lku t S ee f the ch i evem ents of the various
r a . o a
p e ceding note
r b the . w h ic h n t all uded t o in ro rs are o
Slew him A late r tradi ti n tt i u. te xt the J lkut again com es into o a r o r a
b ute d the death of Es u t o Chu him t ch with it : 40 0 m en th t w e e a s , ou a r
son of D n S ee Ps J on on G n 1 w arri wh had O ppo ed Sim eon fell
a . .
-
. e . . ors o s
13 Book of Jash ar ( p ci t ii 1 2 3 5 ) n d the e m in i n 6 00 fl ed and am ongst
S ta 1 3 a Beer (Bach der J ubila n p them w e e the f u s ns of Es u—Reuel
o a
g . . . r a ,

o . e , . r o r o a ,
6 ) q uotes also Pi ke R Eli e er 3 9 J eu h J l m K orah
r A nd the
. z . s , o a ,

Th i is f J cob pursu e d after the m t o

’
3 A ddran the A ama e n
. n , r a ,. s so s o a

c onsistent wi th the st tem ent in xxx v ii the city A r din and they left their
a . o ,

9 . T he J l ut and the Ch n f f ther E u lyi ng de ad in Arodin and

a k ro . o a sa ,
J er h on the other h and m ke him they fld t M unt S eir to the asc ent
a . a e o o
n Edom ite A nd the sons of J cob
‘
a . f A q bb im o ra . a
4 9 He e the sons f J cob nd the i
-
. r ente ed nd e ted the e th at night and
o a a r r a r s r
2 0 0 e vant s (c f J lkut t n l ted in
s r they f und Es u s de d b ody and they
. a ra s a o a
’
a
n te on
o vn 1 4 1 6 ) go f th f m
xxx b u i e d it ut of e p e c t f r thei r f ther
.
-
or ro r o r s o a .

the fou sides of the tower to m eet the Th T e t J ud 9 says sh ortly of Esau
r e s . .

40 0 0 soldi ers of Es u So w fi nd i t ! w p bu e Ay w pdp (O Ay n

a e «a o ev evos
' ’ '

e x ctly in the Y lkut :“A nd then pdu P) d é e u

. v o . . ov
a a The A rm enian , rr a e v.
Judah w ent fo th fir t and N pht li ve ion f th is T estam ent é dgbn é v
r s a a rs o -
r
and Gad wi th him t o the south of the
’
Av m pdp a .
 222 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE ES
not got qui t of the y oke of se r vi tude whic h the twelve
s ons of J ac ob had i m p osed on them u nt il thi s day 15 . .

A nd these are the k in gs that re igned i n Edo m before the re

re i gned an k ing ove r the c h ild re n o f I s rae l [u n t i l th i s
y
day] i n the land of Edom 1 6 A n d Balaq the son of Beor . . , ,

re i g n ed in Ed om and the n am e o f h i s ci ty w as D an a ba ,
.

1 7 A nd Balaq d i ed and J ob ab the son of Zfira of Bos e r

.
, , ,

1 8 A n d J obab d i ed and A s am
’
re i gned in h i s ste ad . .
, ,

of the land of T em a n reigned in hi s stead 1 9 A nd ,

. .

A s am d i ed and A dath the son of Barad w ho slew Mi d i an

’ ’

, , ,

i n the fi eld of Moab rei gn ed i n hi s stead and the n am e of , ,

hi s city w as A vith 2 0 An d A dath d i ed and Salm an from . .

’

, ,

A m asé qa re ign ed in h i s ste ad

’
2 1 A n d Salm an d i ed and
, . .
,

Saul of Raabfith (by the ) ri ve r re ign ed i n hi s ste ad

’
.
,

2 2 A n d Saul d ied and Ba é lfi n an the son of A c hb or

’
.
, , ,

2 3 A n d Ba é lfi nan the son of

’
re ign ed in h i s stead . .
,

’
A c hb or d ied an d A dath re ign ed i n h i s ste ad an d the n am e
, , ,

o f his w i fe w as Mait ab ith the daughter of Mat arat the , ,

daughter of M é tab é dzaab 2 4 These are the k i n gs who

’
. .

re i gned i n the lan d of Ed om .

’
J osep h set over Potip ha r s house, 1 4 -
. H i s p urity an d

imp risonm en t, 5 1 3 -

. I mp rison m en t o f Pharaoh s
’
chi f
e
1 4 Un til this day Edom w as n ally
. . fi 20 . Salm o n ; LXX , Z ahand ; M ass .

e i t
m ad tr b u ary t o Isra l b y H yrcanus e .
fi rs"t} .

Cf . G n xxx vi 31
e . .
-
39 . A m osége ; LXX, Mac é mca'

; M ass .

1 6 Of Ge . Bdldq :
. n xxxvi 32
. . .

LXX , d ‘
ax z y u 21
’
R d aboth; LXX , Powseo
'
M
:
. . ass.
D andbd Cf L XX , A ew dfi a : FIB1 31 ninm
'

. . - . 1 .

17 Z ard Cf. LX X , d M
“
a, ass. ’
. .
22 Ba é ldndn ; LXX, Bahaew ow;
f

1 7.
M ass. am by;
Bosé r . Cf . LXX, Boaé ppa ; '
M ass .
23 A chbor Eth Ak ur
. . .
’
h .

n s
i e
’ ‘
A ddth ; LXX, A pde ; ass M .

18
’
A sam ; M as
flfih ; M ass
s. own.
.
Maitabtth ; LX X , Mer e e .

19 .
’
A dat ; LX X,
'
A odo ; M ass. Se s ame .

was .
M dtam t ; LXX , Mar pa ew ; M ass .

Bo re d ;
LXX, Bapdd M ass. 1 1 3 . 1 39 9 .

M éta bédzd ab
' ’
Eth A w fi th ; M
'

A m th . . LXX, reo ’
LXX , Mefoé fi
:
ass.
0 dt,u. ; ass m y. M .
m '
D.
 C H APT E RS XXX V I II . i —
s XXX IX .
9 223

butler and chie f baker whose dreams J osep h interp rets ,

14 18 -
.
(Cf . G en x x x v ii 2. .
, xx x x i . 3 8
-

, 1 2 1 5, 1 7
-

2 3, x l. 1 5 , 2 1 2 3,
- -
x li.

XXXI X A nd
Jac ob dwelt i n the land of hi s fathe r s
.
’

sojou rn in gs i n the land of Canaan 2 These are the . .

gene rat i o n s of J ac ob A nd J ose p h was seve n teen ye ar s old .

when they took him down into the land of Egyp t and Pot i ,

p har an eunu ch of Pharaoh the chi ef c ook bought him

, 3 , . .

A nd he set J ose p h ove r all h i s house and the blessing of ,

the Lo rd cam e u p on the house of the Egyp tian on acc ount

of Jose ph an d the Lo rd prosp e red him i n all th at he di d
, .

4 And the Egyp t ian c om mi tted eve rything i nto the hands of
.

J ose p h ; for he saw that the Lord was wi th him and that ,

the Lo r d pros p ered him i n all that he di d 5 A nd Joseph s . .

’

app ear an c e w as c o m ely an d ve ry be aut i ful w as h i s app ear

an d h i s m aste r s w ife lifted up her eyes and saw

’
an c e ,

J osep h an d she loved him and besought him to lie wi th

, ,

he r . 6 But he d i d not surrende r h i s s oul and he

.
,

r em em bered the Lo r d and the wo r ds whic h Jacob hi s ,

fathe r used to read fr om am ongst the words of A braham

, ,

that no m an should c om m i t forn icati on w i th a wom an

who has a husband ; that for him the p unishm e nt of death
has been ord ai ned in the he avens befor e the Most High
G od an d the s i n will be re c orded against him i n the
,

ete rn al books c ontinuall y before the Lo rd 7 A n d J ose p h . .

rem e m bered these wo rds an d refused to lie with he r .

8 An d she besought him for a ye ar but he refused and

. ,

would n ot li sten 9 But she e m b rac ed him an d he ld him

. .

XXXIX 2 Sev n teen yea s old Cf

. . 5 J o ep h app
e n et c There r . . . s
'
s ea ra ce, .

Gen xxx v ii 2
. . , eem s to be a ditt gr ph y s o a .

The chief cook S ee not e on xxxiv 6 S ee xx 4 xx v 7 w he e A b rah am s

. . . .
, . r
'

c m mands n th i que ti n are m n o o s s o e

of G n xxxix 3 7
, e ti n d
. A ccording t S teh 36 b the
.
-
. o e . o o

4 I n to th h n ds b é dé h fi im age of Jacob app eared t the window

e a
’
a a
“
.
.

Em ended w i th L ti n in menus j u n d e x h orted J o e p h t

a b e faithful o s a s o

in va 1 3 n d Gen xxxix 6
r. a Fr m (B e b ou G enesi s wi th
. T lm Coin . . o ra ,
a a .

q é dméhfi : b efo e him

m ent y pr .
”
ar , .
2 24 T HE BO O K O F J U BIL EE S
fast i n the house in order t o forc e him t o li e w i th her and ,

closed the do ors of the house an d held him fast ; but he

left h i s garm ent in her h ands and b roke th r ough the
do or and fl ed w i th out from her p resen c e 1 0 A nd the . .

wom an saw that he w ould not li e w i th her and she ,

calu m niated him in the p resen c e of hi s lord s ayi ng : Thy ,

H ebrew servant wh om thou lo vest sought to fo rc e m e so , ,

that he m i ght lie w i th m e ; an d i t cam e to pass when

I lifted u p m y voic e that he fl e d an d left hi s garm ent

in m y hands when I held hi m and he b rake th r ough ,

the door 1 1 A n d the Egyp ti an saw the g arm ent of

. .

J osep h and the broken d oor an d he ar d the wo r ds of his ,

w ife and c ast J o sep h i n t o p ri s on i nto the plac e wher e

,

the pri soners were kep t whom the k i ng im pri soned

1 2 A nd he w as the re i n the p ri s on ; an d the Lord gave
.

J osep h favou r i n the s ight of the c hi ef of the p ri son gu ards

and c o m p ass i on before him for he saw that the Lo r d w as ,

with him and that the Lord m ade all that he d i d to pr os p er

, .

1 3 A n d he c om m i tted all thi n gs i nto h i s h ands and

.
,

the c h i ef of the p ri s on guards knew of nothing that

w as w i th him for J osep h di d eve ry thi ng an d the L ord

, ,

p erfe cted i t 1 4 A n d he rem ain ed there two year s

. . .

An d i n those d ays Phar aoh k in g o f Egy p t w as w roth , ,

agai nst hi s two eun u chs against the c hi ef butle r and ,

against the ch i ef b aker an d he p ut them i n w ar d i n the ,

hous e of the chi ef cook i n the pri so n where J osep h was ,

kep t 1 5 An d the c h i ef of the p ris on guards app oi nted

. .

Jo sep h to serve them ; an d he served befo r e them 16 . .

A n d they both d re am ed a dre am the c h i ef b utler and ,

the chi ef baker and they t old i t to J osep h 1 7 A nd

, . .

9 1 3 Cf Gen 1 2 1 5 , 1 7 ~2 3 xxxix P erf ected i t La n “dirigeb at

ti
- -
. . . .
ea,
.
.

1 3 I nto his hands Em n d d as in e e i e m ad e it

t o ros r. p pe
:“
. . . .

ver 4 rom f b or him MSS

"
La n ef e ti
“in m anus o us
. .
Cf Gen XL 2 1 2 3.
j .
. -

K new of n othing that was w ith him .

14 T wo ye ars Cf Gen.
. x li. 1 .

Cf Gen
. 8 . xxxix . . Chief cook . no S ee
on te xxxiv . 11 .
2 26 T H E BO O K o r J U BILE ES
not p eri sh through the fam in e for i t w ill be ve ry seve re ,
.

5 A nd the Lord g ave J ose p h favour an d m erc y i n the eyes

.

of Pharaoh and Pharao h s ai d unto hi s servants : We

,

shall not fin d su c h a wise an d d i s cr eet m an as th i s m an ,

for the s piri t of the Lord i s w i th hi m 6 A n d he . .

app o inted him the se c ond i n all h i s k ingd om and gave him

autho ri ty o ve r all Egy p t an d c aused him to ri de i n the ,

se c ond chari ot of Pharaoh 7 A nd he clothed him wi th . .

byssus garm ents and he p ut a gold chai n u p on hi s ,

and El w a
herald) p roclai m ed before him “El ’ ’
ne ck (a
,

Abirer and he p lac ed a rin g on h i s hand an d m ade him rule r

’

over all hi s h ouse and m agn ifi ed him and s ai d unto him : , ,

On ly on the th rone sh all I be gr e ater th an thou 8 A nd . .

J osep h rul ed o ve r all the lan d of Egyp t an d all the ,

pri n c es of Pharaoh and all hi s ser vants and all who d i d , ,

’
the ki ng s busi n ess loved hi m for he walked in u pri ghtness , ,

for he was w ithout p ri de and arrogan c e and he had no ,

res p e c t of p e rs ons and d i d not acc e p t g i fts but he judged i n

, ,

u pri ghtness all the p eo p le of the land 9 A n d the land . .

of Egy pt was at p eac e before Pharaoh be cause of J osep h for ,

the Lord w as w i th him and gave him favour an d m e rcy fo r ,

all h i s generat i ons befo re all those who knew him and those

5 . Cf Gen . . x li . 3 8, 39 . of God ce
l arly d s gna s os h, and, ei te J ep
67 . Of Gen
. . xli. 4 0 43 -
. i ee ee
nd d s m s t o b e a e n al d s gna t ch ic e i
7 (A herald)p rocla im ed
. . The La in t ti on for a gr a m ag an et T us in ici h .

has praeconaver unt b ut the Sam .

c t vii
A s i 10 .m on Si
agus is all d 7 ) M c e
L XX, Syr , V q i
ul g , A u la,
b ur/ ants 7 0 0 9 6 0 17 i) w it h?) (or i) « s hov
. . Sym m of
l te h i ti
.

Gen xli 43 a h ve the i

s ngular H n e ce yé vn h ey dhn). In a a C r s an
w s l g nd “
. . .

I w ith
draw m y ch e the thi pic ve i
ang of E o
Je i h e e it rs on of a T he H s ory
i i t the pl
s ng n o . ural e th ici o f A s na
(se e F ab r us, O’
odex P sead .
i
.

Before him MSS dd gainst L t in ii

a a a
VT . 7 7 4 7 84,
. .
-
85 1 0 2 ; Batifi ol, .
-
‘

nd he aid
a s
.

J ep h Studia P atri sti ca , os is

t ic e c h p iii p e
.
fl
Ez E l wa
’ ’
'
m m as “
w ( a s and xv ) s ok n of as
. . .

God G d the m ighty one of G d

the i ht w "
m g y one of Go d, ” ’I woi 6 '

T h L t in h
, o ,
f i o .
aw a rds r ail 6 6 0 6 The ollow ng apt
T hi
.

El l t Habirel
e

is a p e cul i
a

e xp n ion of the te m p as
e e
ci
e
te f . s
arall l m ay b e d r o m P ap P ar . .

im ;p in Gen x l i 4 3
ar

With the i nte

a s
e e i r B ibl n at 1 2 7 5 s qq ; W ss ly,
. . 76 . .

.
q te . .
p r
( uo d by D eissm ann, Bible Studies, .
p retation of th t te m we h ve no c n a te r a o 3 36 no ), é m xaho fiaa l o e r t w p ew te rnu -

c ern here but nl y wi th its deri vati n o o dum my 7 97V 4» r qi ob ax/ G inrb k v lov
'

Th ph ase “
‘
,
p p
in our te xt m ighty n
. e r o e 6 6 0 i; r era'mé vnv .
 C HA PT E R X L 5 . -
13 2 27

who heard con c erni ng him and Pharaoh s kingdo m w as ’

well o rdered and there w as n o Sat an an d no ev il p ers on ,

(there i n ) 1 0 A nd the ki ng called Josep h s n am e Sé phan ti

’
. .

p h ans an d gave J osep h to wife the daughter of Potip har

, ,

the d aughter of the p rie st of H eli opolis the chi ef cook ,

.

1 1 An d on the day th at J o sep h st oo d before Pharaoh he

.

w as th irty ye ars old [when he st ood before Pharaoh] .

1 2 A n d in that ye ar I saac di ed
. A n d it c am e to p ass .

as J osep h had s ai d i n the i nterp ret at i on of hi s t w o d re am s ,

acc ord i n g as he had s ai d i t there were seven ye ars of ,

plenty over all the land of Egyp t and the lan d of Egyp t ,

p rodu c ed abun d antly one m e asu re (produ cin g ) eighteen ,

hund red m e asures 1 3 A n d Jose p h g athe red food int o . .

every ci ty until they were full of c orn un til they could

n o longer c ount and m e asu re i t for i ts m u lt i tude .

T am a r, 1 7 J uda h s in cest w ith Ta mar ,

’ ’
J u dah s sons and -
.

8 18 -
. Tam ar bears tw ins 2 1 2 2 , J u dah forgiven
because he sinned ign orantly an d rep en ted w hen convi cted ,

’
a n d because T am ar s m arri age w ith his son s had n ot

9 N o Sa tan
. Cf 29 . ence Ps J on n Gen li 45 r p e
. xxiii . . H .
-
. o . x . e r

1 0 Sip hdnttp hdn s, i s 13 n

. "121i ent A en th . d ughte
. f D in h s s s a as a a r o a

Gen x li 45 ti J i t th i b y She chem who w e ed by the

La n uda sm ook s ,
as r ar

w i fe f P tip h p in ce f T n i
. . .

t o m an e r eve le
a r of s r s
”
Cf ec et o o ar, r o e a s.

:
.

Singe (p 1 1 9 n te ) t te th t thi
.

Onk , ni t rt mam m an So a so Ps l . .
r . o s a s a s

vi ew i put f w d in the F irke R

.

s or ar
J on an d Syr
.

Eli e e 3 6 38 T hi w like wi e the

. .

z r s as s
D aughter of P otip ha/r p riest of
.
,

vi e w f the J e w i h le gend w h ich f m e d

H eliop olis O ur au or has r g lyth
. i ht the b i f the G eek m n c e f
o s or

i e tifi e
d n d ne ws in Gen 36 and xxx vii
'
“H i t
as s o r ro a o

the Bibl D iy t fi A 1e6n2 th nd( I H tdinng

. . ” ’
see
mg m g in xli 4 5 as b ng o ne and ei .
s or o s a
ssaver e
as
’
s

s
sam e
n am e
H e ak s t e the
tw o t o r .r efe t n l ti n f Un ; n ni l W i tin e e .

o
.

ca
a

ca r
t o on n d the
e a m e pe n cf xxxi v
sa rso g ra s a o o s

x l i v i e h i f the Old T t men t 1 9 0 1 Ve n ic e

. .

o es a
11 24 O g (O t N i , , ,
n ep r a c
pp In the e l te w i ting
. . . . .
,
94 s a r r
4 6 3 ) efe thi vi e s,
u b o k f w
.
r t rs o o r o or s
h w eve A en th is n l nger e p o r, s a o o r ro
o lfi '
o era i
-
bé g p t r cs fi (i e
re ov s il ai
sente d J e r o r ou
w e s b y b i th e xc e pt
. .

as a s r
b
’
P p pdp)
' ou r u pi b w n u d
1ra v z. r v u o e ou r u
in single p s ge in the S yri c v a as a a er
b h fiq
’
I w fip o t } ph
n tlo w b
x v w o r s rrec
'
ao

Efl
'
dhh é E d p p hé y v
' '

p l t ov o ot
‘ '
a oc rro

1 6 b i
’
V a irr v c ll ai Ka t b né n t 0 1 1 Of G n x l i 46 I h ve b ck eted
eo
'
r v Ka T el/ 6 . . e . . . a ra

p a y y é fi ev o L ate r J ud i m
ai . w the w ds w hen he t d b ef e
a s as or s oo or

ffe d e d w i th th i m r i a e f J os e p h Ph h s di tt gr p hy o arao a a o a .
o n s r g a

to the daughte of heathen pri est r 13 Of Gen xli 49

a . . . . . .
 TH E BOOK OF J U BILEE S
been consumm a ted, 23 2 8 -
.
(Of . G en . xxx viii . 6 1 8, 2 0
-

2 6, 2 9 3 0 , -
x li.

I M O in the forty fi fth jubilee in the se c ond week

XLI . A nd -

, ,

d in the se c o nd ye ar J ud ah to ok for h i s fi rst bo rn

( an )
-

Er a w i fe from the daughters of A ram n am ed Tam ar

, ,
.

2 But he hated an d di d n ot lie w ith her be c ause his

. , ,

m othe r w as of the d aughters of Canaan and he wi shed ,

to take him a w i fe of the k insfolk of h i s m othe r but J udah , ,

hi s father wo uld n ot p ermi t him 3 A nd thi s Er the

,
. .
,

fi rst bo rn of J ud ah w as w icked and the Lo r d slew him

-
, , .

4 A nd J ud ah s ai d un to O n an his brothe r : G o i n unto

. ,

thy b rother s w i fe an d p erform the duty of a husb and s ’ ’

brothe r un to her an d rai se u p seed unto thy b rother , .

5 A nd O n an kne w th at the seed would not be his (but)

.
,

h i s brother s only an d he went i nto the house of h i s ’

’
b r other s w i fe and s pilt the seed on the ground and he , ,

w as w icked i n the eyes of the Lord an d H e s lew him , .

6 A nd J ud ah s ai d u n to T am ar h i s d aughter in law :
.
,
- -

’
Rem ain i n thy father s h ouse as a w idow till Shelah
m y son be grown u p an d I sh all gi ve thee to him to wife , .

7 A nd he gre w u p ; but Bé dsfi el the w ife of J udah

’
. , ,

A H d i d not p e rm i t her son Shelah t o m arry A nd Bé dsfi é l the

’
. . .
,

Wife of J ud ah d i ed in the fi fth year of thi s week 8 And , . .

XLI 1 Cf Gen x xx v iii 6 . é nl h fi

. K a T hu é w hfi rfis
. . . .
‘ '
T ' l' r, ar o v '

67 0 :
“
F r m the d ught f A m n amed mr pb
’
n b mt y mpia
3 m l m EM “
o n év a ers o ra r s a
-
o s 0
e ro
Tama Cf T e t J ud 1 0 cam p é
r. d é6 fiO h 64 . s . . x 1r ’
a vev. e ov )
Meo oww ap la s
’
'

, G war é pa. A pi n '

. bo fiva t a urfi, y um?y ou Bfiovove
-

2 3 -
Cf T s J ud 1 0 :
. Kai dw ehos
. et . . o bi :
d¢fixew é r ompeuero y ap 1rpbs r hv
x vptou dwel er a trrbv T l ? r plr y i mé pa rfi
’ -
6 6/t ap, (i n 0 01 fir é s Owar é pwv Xa va dv,
. : ‘

l
wm , K '
a t a trr bs oz m é‘
v a trrhv m m
’ ' ’
'
:
d) a tn fi
’
-

:
.

r a uoupy la v T i) myrpb’s a’ trrofi, of; y ap

’

7 Bedsa é l, i e. Bat s ua
’
. . hh . S ee xxxi v
xew ré Kva dr a lrrfis
‘
fi Oeh ev é '
.

3 Cf Gen
. v. 7 . xxx iii . . sw at . Eth Sé lbm . .

:
’
4 O an.
n E th A u nan 8 1 2 Cf Gen xxx viii
12 1 8 also
. . . -
. . -

:
. .
’
P f orm the d ty f h b d
er u o a u s an s T s et
J ud. 1 2 Odaap. ner d. 660 G ‘
rn
brother =nr
.

gk Of Gen 8 . . xxxv iii .

dxoba aa a , 81 1 dvé pxoua t nei a t r d. 1r 6
' ' '

p p .

D eut xx v . . 5 .
fl K
ar a , oc h 110 6 20 11 nba
'

wp vvu¢ m43, é xdfit

- '

9 1 2 :also
.

5 7 . Cf Gen
-
. . xxx viii .
-
a ev dr é va m r
fi wb5 hea11 p T hu r uhnv ' '

e
T st J ud 1 0. é wey dufipevaa (1 157 5
. : ’ -

neeua fi els 0 1 K é wé v v a brbv da b ' '

A di/ 6 m Ka t y e ofiros é v arounpla 0 13K 7 0 0 otvou

’

Ka t é m c a s 1r bs a br v
'

fi
'

p
.

:
87 / w abrbv dté q a pe 6é T aar é paa
‘ '
ehrov, Ela é ww 1r 6s a s. Kai elv
‘

p ré p m,
 T HE B OO K OF J U BIL E ES
a sked the p eo p le of the p lac e an d they s ai d unto m e ,

The re i s n o harlot here A n d he s ai d : Let her .

keep (them ) lest we be com e a cause of deri s i on 1 6 A nd . .

when she had c om pleted three m onths i t was m an i fest ,

that she w as with chil d an d they told Judah s ay ing : , ,

“Beh old Tam ar thy d aughte r in law i s w ith c hild by - -

, ,

whoredom 1 7 A n d J udah wen t to the h ouse of her

.

father and s ai d u n to her father and e b othe s : Bringh r r r

“
,

her forth an d let them burn her for she h ath w rought
, ,

”
u n cle an ness i n I srael 1 8 A n d it c am e t o p ass when they . .

brought her forth t o bu rn her th at she sent to her father in -

law the ri ng an d the n e c klac e an d the st aff s ayin g , ,

D is c ern whose are these for by him am I w i th c hild ,

.

1 9 A n d J ud ah ack n ow ledged an d s aid : Tam ar i s m o re

.
“
,

ri ghte ous th an I am A n d the refore let them burn her n ot . .

20 . A nd for th at re as on she w as n ot g i ven to She lah ,

an d he d i d n ot ag ai n approac h her 2 1 An d after that . .

A. M . she b are two s on s Perez an d Zerah in the seventh ye ar , ,

o f th i s se c on d week 2 2 A nd the reup on the seven ye ars . .

of fru i tfuln ess we re acc om p li shed of whi c h J o se p h s p ake ,

t o Ph araoh 2 3 A nd J ud ah ackn ow ledged th at the

. .

deed which he had done w as ev il for he had lain with ,

hi s d aughter in law and he esteem ed i t hateful i n hi s- -

eyes and he acknowledged th at he had t ran sgressed and

,

gon e astray ; for he had un c overed the ski rt of hi s son ,

u nt o him Pe h p w h uld e d In P J n on G n xxx vi ii 6 2 4

r a s e s o r a s. o e
with L tin “
-
.

di n :
. . .
,

N n inv ni e n T m c lled p i e t d ughte ’

a ce i s o e ar a ar s a a r s s a r.
“A n d s i d :I h ve n t f und h r
,

Bee (B h d J b p 5 2 ) cite B b
"
a a o o e ,
as r ac . u . . s a a
I h ve d n e in m y te xt
a o M i 87 t o the m e e f e ct . ez a a sa .

L t h e k p t rust s em ended
er 2 0 D id n t ag i n
ee
p p oach her
’
o a a r
w ith L t in “
, . .

h b t a fr m tanEé é Cf T e t J ud 1 2 :ubé fjyyw f fi

a ea
”
o
’
s o ' '
a a rr
“ i e
. . .
,
” ’ ‘
ar s . én é w B d y s a v r ou ou.
1 7 L et th m bw n h
. S ee n te n e 2 1 Of G n xxx v iii 2 9 3 0
r er. o o . . e . .
, .

xxx 7 In B
. . b b 85 R M ei f Pe e
er. ra Z ah Eth Ph a e a . r o r z er . . r s
the ec nd cent t tes th t T m w
s o Za a. s a a a ar as r .

a d ughte
a f the p i e t ki ng She m
r o 22 Of G n li 53r s -
. . . e . x . .

H e nc e h e d e t u c t i n b y fi r c me 23 H d gon
s r t y ; f or he ha d
o re a . a e a s ra
u n de the l w in Lev xxi 9 wh ich u n ve d et c Cf T est J ud 1 4
r a . .
, co re .
, . . .

p e c ib es th is p en lty fo the in f é w ln dy p l v y y fhq K i i

r s r a r s o o aa a r a e
'
a '
v, a cv
f nic ti n in the d ughte of pri est
or a o xdhmp t yy daa
p l vifi y
r a . e a u a a a as cv ou.
 C H A PT E R X L I . 16 2 -
8 2 31

an d he began to lam ent and to supplicate before the

L ord bec ause of hi s t ransgression 24 A nd we told . .

him in a dre am th at i t w as forgiven him be c ause he

su pplic ated e arnestly an d lam ented an d did not again , ,

c om m i t i t 2 5 A nd he re c e i ved forgiveness be c ause he

. .

turned from hi s s i n an d from hi s i gnoran ce for he trans ,

gressed gre atly before our God ; an d eve ry on e that ac t s

thus every one who li es w ith hi s m other in law let
,
- -

them bu rn him wi th fi re that he m ay burn therein for ,

there i s u n cleann ess and p olluti on up on them ; with fi re

let the m bu rn the m 2 6 A nd do th ou c om m and the . .

c h ildre n of I s rael that there be n o u n cle ann ess am on gst

them for every one who li es w i th hi s daughter in—
, law or -

w i th hi s m other in law h ath wrought un clean ness ; with - -

fi re let the m bu rn the m an who has lai n w i th her an d ,

likewi se the w om an an d H e w ill turn aw ay wrath an d ,

p u n i shm ent from I s rael 2 7 A n d u nto Judah we s ai d . .

that hi s t w o s on s had n ot lai n w i th her an d for thi s ,

re as o n hi s seed w as establi shed for a se cond gen erati on ,

an d w o uld n ot be rooted ou t 2 8 For in s i n gleness of eye . .

he had gone and s ought for p u ni sh m ent n am ely accordin g , ,

t o the j udgm e n t of A brah am wh ic h he had c om m an ded ,

h i s s on s Judah had s ought to burn her wi th fi re

,
.

24 2 53 Cf T s J ud 1 9
-
. . et
6 ! y }; i; . . : an ce an d ec e he tu ned f m hi
b au s r ro s

y er dvoca a a pxbs y ou, Ka i i; ’ r a n ch we

/ n s sin
”
; f the Eth p ep iti n m n
or r os o e a

eithe “f m “b e c u e f
. .

ibuxfis y ou, xa l a t ebxa l I ambfi

1 06
’
m e ans r ro or a s o .
"

7ra r p6s y ou, dr exvos elxou dwoea veiv E very one who lies wi th his m other i n
' -
.

’
dhh 6 de bs 6 ollrr lpy wu Ka i é hefi '
law, let them burn him wi th fi re So .

y wv a vv é y uw 87 1 é v d yvola é rro lno a

‘
'
.
' '
. Lev . xx
1 4 na s . e ct .

2 5 R eceived f orgi ven ess becau se he

.
2 6 L i es wi th his daughter in law
.
- -
.

twrn ed fr om his si n a nd f rom his ign or Cf Le v

. 1 ii 1 5 , . xv i
12 The un s
’ '

. xx p ih
. .

an ce Som et hin g seem s wr ong W e ou g

.
e t . ht m n orda n d for i e
s of n is d a th i f e c e e th
h ve the i e exp e e
to a d a et
r ss d in T sthe p J ud . . in as sag s r rr d t o in L i us e efe e ev tic
19 : a vué v the f
(in é v d yuo lq é flolm
'
ra '
. . b ut orm of d a is not s d e th p e cifi e .

Of 1 T im i : 1 3 fihefidnu, the the

dy vod w -
’

On o r an d, d a b y fi re is h e th the
“b aus
. . .

é r olno a t p e
b rans os s ec e he p e t p e n al y r su os d for s off n in pp e th i e c e
“
.

t e
urn d fte
”
a i r ce
gn ora n
”
vi
If w e Gen x x x vnii 2 4 Our ( 4) text xx
“b aus
. . . . .

t p e the c e
rans os ec e
laus s e j i thi n o ns s n al y for adul ry or pe t te
sin
”
andf “rom his gnoran , w e
i ce fo nic ti n r a o .

h
s ould h ve a e xc e le t e e
an l n s ns 28 A cc ding to . or the j u dgment o f
f i ve e ec e
ceived org n ss b A br ham
aus of his ignor S ee n te a . o on xx . 4 .
2 32 T H E BO O K O F J U BI L E E S

Owing to the fam ine J acob sen ds hi s sons to Egyp t for cor n ,

1 4 -
. J osep h recognises them and r etain s Sim eon ,
a nd

re u ires them to bring Benj am i n when they return ed,

q
his sons take
’
5 12 -
. N otw ithsta n ding J acob s reluctance

Benj am in w ith them on their secon d j ourn ey and are

en terta in ed by J osep h, 1 3 2 5 — .
(Cf . G en x li . . 5 4, 5 6 ,
x li i 7 .
-
9, 1 3 , 1 7, 2 0 ,
24 2 5 -

,
29 30 -

,
3 4 3 8, -
x liii 1 2 ,
.
-

4 5, 8 9, 1 1 , 1 5,
- -
2 9 , 3 4, xl iv . 1

XLI I A nd in the fi rst year of the third week of the

.

forty fi fth j ub ilee the fam i ne began to com e i n to the

-

lan d and the rain refused to be gi ve n t o the e arth for n on e

, ,

whatever fell 2 A n d the earth grew barren but i n the

. .
,

land of Egyp t there w as foo d for J ose p h had gathe red ,

the seed of the lan d i n the seven ye ars of p len ty and

had prese rved i t 3 A n d the Egyp ti an s cam e t o J ose p h . .

that he m i ght give them foo d and he op en ed the st ore ,

h ouses where w as the grain of the fi rst ye ar an d he s old i t ,

t o the p e op le of the lan d for gold 4 (N ow the fam i ne . .

w as ve ry s ore i n the lan d of Can aan ) an d Jac ob he ard th at ,

there w as food in Egyp t and he sen t hi s ten s on s th at they ,

shou ld p rocu re foo d for him i n Egyp t ; but Benj am i n he

d i d n ot se nd and (the ten s ons of J acob ) arri ved (in Egyp t )
,

am o n g th o se th at went (there ) 5 A n d J osep h re c ogn ised . .

them but they d i d n ot re c ogni se him an d he s p ake

, ,

u nto them an d questi on ed them an d he s ai d un t o them ; ,

A re ye n ot s pi es an d h ave ye not c o m e t o e x plore ,

the approac hes of the lan d ? A n d he p ut them in

XL II 2 In Egyp t there wa s (T he ten sons of J acob), (in Egyp t)

“in A e
. . .

f ood Cf Gen xli 5 4

. . . . . S uppli ed f rom La ti n, gyp to d m e ce
3 Cf Gen
. .56 . x li . . fi lii J c b a o .
”

4 (N ow
. Cana an ) u l d . S pp ie 5 7 Cf Gen l
-
. 7 9 , 1 7, 2 4, 25
. . x ii .
-
.

from La n ti
Cf Gen x li 5 6
. . . . . 5 Sp ake u n to them an d questi on ed
.

A nd J a cob he ard, Cf Gen et c . . . x l ii . them L at has

. app e llavit e os dur
"
. e .

l , 2, 4 . Cf Gen X lll 7
. . . .
2 34 T H E BO O K o r J U B ILE E S
he sai d un to hi s son s : Go agai n and pro cur e food for ,

us that we di e not 1 6 An d they s ai d : We shall not go

. .

unl ess our youngest bro ther go w ith us we sh all not go ,

.

1 7 A nd I s rael saw th at i f he d i d not send him w i th the m

. ,

they should all p eri sh by reason of the fam i ne 1 8 A nd . .

“
Reuben s ai d : Give him i nto m y h and an d i f I do not ,

bring him back to thee slay m y two son s ins tead of hi s

,

soul . A nd he s ai d unto him : H e will n ot go w ith thee .

1 9 An d J ud ah c am e ne ar and s ai d : Sen d hi m w i th
.

m e an d i f I do n ot bri n g him b ack t o thee let m e

, ,

be ar the blam e befo r e thee all the d ays of m y life 20 . .

A nd he sen t him w ith them i n the se c ond ye ar of thi s week

on the fi rst day of the m on th and they cam e to the land of
,

Egyp t w i th all those who went and (they had) presents in ,

the ir han ds stacte and alm on ds and tereb in th n uts and p ure
,

honey . 2 1 A n d they went and st ood before J ose p h

.
,

an d he saw Benj am i n hi s b rothe r and he kn ew him and , ,

s ai d u n t o them : Is thi s y our youngest brothe r ? An d

”

they s ai d unto him : I t is he “

A nd he s ai d : The Lord
.

be graci ous to thee m y son ! 2 2 A n d he sent him

, .

i nto hi s house and he brought forth Sim eon unto them

and he m ade a fe ast for them and they p resented to him
,

the gift wh ich they had brought i n the ir h an ds 2 3 An d . .

they eat befo r e him an d he gave them all a p o rti on but ,

the p ort ion of Benj am in was seven ti m es larger than that of

an
y of the irs 2 4 A n d they eat an d drank and arose
. .

and re m ai n ed w i th their asses 2 5 A n d J ose p h dev i sed a

. .

plan whereby he m i ght learn their thoughts as to whether

thoughts of p eac e p revailed am ongst them and he s ai d ,

to the steward who was o ver hi s house :“Fill all their

s acks w ith fo od and return the ir m oney unto them into
,

1 8 Of
. . Gen . xl u. 37 , 38. 22. Cf. Gen . xli ii . 23, 2 6.
1 9 Of
. . Gen . xliii . 8, 9 .
2 3 24. Of Gen xlm . 34
20 Cf
. , Gen . xliii . 11 .
. . .

2 1 Of
. . Gen . xliii . 1 5, 2 9 . 25 . Of Gen
. . x l iv . 1, 2.
 C H A PT ER S X L II . r6 -
X L III . 6 2 35

the ir vessels and m y c up the s ilver cu p out of wh ich

, ,

I dri nk p ut i t i n the sac k of the y oungest and send them

, ,

’
J osep h s p lan to sta y his brethren , 1 10 -
. J u dah s
’
sup

p licati on , 1 1 1 3 J osep h m akes himself kn own to his

-
.

brethren an d sends them back f or his fa ther ,

1 4—
24 .

( Cf . G en . xl iv . 3 1 0 , 1 2 1 8, 2 7 2 8 , 3 0 3 2
- - - -

,
x v l . 1 2,
-

5 9 , 1 2 , 1 8 2 0 2 1 , 2 3, 2 5
-

,
-

XLIII A nd he di d as Jo sep h had told him and fi lled

.
,

all the ir s ac ks for the m w i th fo od an d p ut the i r m on ey

in the ir s acks an d p ut the c u p i n Benj am i n s s ack

’

, 2 A nd . .

e arly i n the m orn i ng they departed and it c am e t o p ass ,

that when they had gone from then c e Josep h s ai d u nt o the

, ,

“
stew ard of hi s house : Pursue them run and sei ze them , ,

s ayi ng For good ye have re qu i ted m e w ith evil ; you have

,

’
stolen from m e the s ilver cup out of which m y lord dri nks .

A n d b rin g b ac k t o m e thei r y oun gest b rother an d fet c h ,

(him ) qu ickly before I go forth t o m y se at of judgm ent .

3 A n d he ran after the m an d s ai d unt o them acc ordin g

.

t o these w ords 4 A n d they s ai d u n t o him : God forbi d

. .

that thy servants should do thi s thing and steal from ,

the house of thy lord any utens il and the m on ey als o which ,

we foun d in ou r s acks the fi rst tim e we thy servants ,

brought back from the lan d of Canaan 5 H ow then . .

sh ould we steal any utensi l ? Behold here are we and

o ur s ac ks ; searc h an d whe reve r th ou fi ndest the c u p i n ,

the s ack of any m an am on gst us let him be slai n and , ,

we an d our asses w ill serve thy lord 6 A n d he s ai d unt o . .

“
the m : N ot so the m an wi th whom I fi nd him only ,
,

shall I take as a servan t and ye w ill return i n p eac e ,

XLIII .2 Cf Gen l . 3, 4 . . x iv . . 5 Thy lord

. . Gen. x liv . 9, my
3 6 -
. Cf Gen . l
. 6 10 x iv .
-
. lord .
2 36 T HE BOOK or J U B ILE E S
unto you r house 7 An d as he w as se arch i ng i n the ir
. .

vessels beginning w ith the eldest an d ending w ith the

,

8 A n d they
’
youngest i t w as foun d in Benj am in s s ack
,
. .

r ent their garm ents an d laded the ir asses and r etu rned , ,

to the ci ty and cam e t o the house of J osep h and they ,

all bowed them selves on the ir fac es to the gr oun d befo re

him . 9 A n d J ose p h sai d u n to them : Ye have done

.
“
evil . And they s ai d What shall we say and how
shall we defend ourselves ? O ur lord hath di s c overed
the transgr ess i on of hi s servants beh ol d we are the se rvants
of our lord and our asses als o , 1 0 A nd J osep h sai d unto . .

“
them : I too fe ar the Lord ; as for you go ye to your ,

hom es and let your brothe r b e m y servant fo r ye h ave done ,

evi l K now ye not th at a m an deli ghts i n hi s cu p as I

.

w ith thi s cup ? A n d yet ye have st olen i t fro m m e .

1 1 A nd J ud ah s ai d : O m y lord let thy se rv ant I pr ay

.
, ,

’
thee s p eak a word in m y lord s ear ; two b rothers di d
,

’
thy servant s m other be ar to our father ; one went away
an d w as lost an d h ath n ot been found and he alone i s left
, ,

of hi s m other and thy servan t o ur father loves him and his

, ,

li fe also i s b ound u p w i th the li fe of th i s (lad) 1 2 A n d it . .

w ill c o m e t o pass when we go t o thy serv an t ou r father , ,

and the lad i s n ot w i th us that he will di e and we , ,

shall b ring down our father w i th so rr ow unto death .

1 3 N ow rather le t m e thy servant ab i de inste ad of the

.
, ,

boy as a bondsm an unto m y lord an d let the lad go w i th ,

hi s brethren for I be cam e surety for him at the hand

,

of thy servant ou r father and i f I do not bring hi m back ,

thy servant w ill be ar the blam e to our fathe r fo r eve r .

7 8 Cf Gen xli v 1 2 1 4
-

l i n e w i th G n xli v 1 5 but the ch ange e

9 1 0 Cf Gen x li v 5 ( “
. . . .
-
. . .

y h ve m y b d elib erate e a
-
. . . . a e .

done ev il 16 17 Ob e ve th t G n s r
“
a e
1 1 3 Cf Gen x li v 1 8 2 7 2 8 30
.

xli v 1 6 sp e cifi es we n d he al in 3 1 22
, .
' ' . .
’ ’ ’ ’
. a so
whose h nd the cup is f nd
a ou .
”

10 D elights i n his up
. S MSS 1 1 I p ay thee c H ere the MSS
. o .
. r

A ch nge of jast adé m int jast q é m a m i st anslat i on of g

”
nm
’
a bé oy o e, r r at
“divine s would b in ou te xt int o in G n xli v 18
a o a as z

g r r e . . .
2 38 T HE BOOK OF J U B I LE E S
J osep h had sen t the life of hi s s piri t revi ved ,
an d he
,

s ai d : I t i s enough for m e i f Jo sep h li ves ; I will go do wn

an d see him before I d i e .

J a cob celebra tes the feast of first fruits -

,
an d encouraged by
a visi on goes down to Egyp t, 1 1 0 -
. N a m es f
o his
descen da n ts ,
1 1 34 (Cf G en x lvi 1
-
. . . .

XLI V A n d I srael to ok his jou rn ey t from from f Haran

' ' -

h i s h ouse on the n ew m oon of the th i rd m on th an d he ,

we n t on the w ay of the W ell of the O ath an d he offered a ,

s acri fi c e to the God of hi s father I s aac on the seventh of

thi s m on th 2 A n d J ac ob re m e m bered the d re am th at
. .

he had seen at Bethel an d he feared to go d own i nt o Egyp t ,

.

3 A n d w hile he w as thi nk i ng of se n d i ng w ord to J ose p h to

.

c om e t o hi m and th at he w ould n ot go d o wn he rem ained

, ,

there seven d ays if p erc han c e he shou ld see a v i s i on as ,

t o whether he sh ould rem ain or go down 4 A n d he . .

c elebrated the h arvest fest i val of the fi rst fru its wi th old -

grai n for in all the lan d of Can aan there w as not a hand
,

ful of seed (i n the land ) for the fam in e w as ove r all the ,

beasts an d c attle and b irds an d als o o ver m an 5 An d , . .

on the s i x teenth the Lord app e ared unt o hi m and s ai d ,

unto him “Jacob Jac ob an d he s ai d H ere am I

, , , .

A n d H e s ai d unt o him : I am the God of thy fathers ,

the God of A braham an d I s aac ; fe ar not t o go down

i n to Egypt for I w ill the re m ake of thee a gre at n at ion
, .

24 I t is en ough for m e
. T he E . th i su pp ed by the t tem ent in v r 6
os s a e .

op ic is r he e
a l ra u al n of ite l e q i v e t the and l by Gen
a so vn 1 4 . xxx . .

L XX, Gen xlv 28, y é ya y ol é ar w , w

. .
'
h ich 4 Cf Gen x lvi 1 J cob c eleb tes a ra
t
ite l e e i
is in it s ur n a l ra r nd r ng of ’ 7
. .

the fe t of w eek n the 1 5th of the

as
. .

s o
.

LX X Syr V lg ( uffi it m ih i ) nd
, .
, u . s c a th i d m nth H h
r o vi i n n the
. e as a s o o
O nk l p upp e the B wh ich h w
e os res os V
, o n e xt d y ( e n e x t ve se
a
)se r .

eve the M
r nd S m m it
ass. a a . o . (I n th land ) B ckete d
e di tt o . ra as a
X LI V “
1 TH nj T h i s eem s g ph y
ra
'
. . ara . s cor .

up t fo H eb n H eb on is p 5 8 Cf Gen x lvi 2 6
”
r r ro . r re -
. . . -
. .
 C H A PT E R X L IV . 1 12-
2 39

6 . I
sh all go down w i th thee and I shall bri ng thee u p ,

(agai n) an d i n th i s lan d w ilt thou be buri ed an d J oseph

, ,

will p ut his h ands u p o n thy eyes F e ar not ; go d ow n .

into Egyp t 7 A nd h i s s on s rose u p an d h i s s ons

’
. .
,

s on s and they plac ed their father and their p ossess i on s

,

u p on w agons 8 An d I srael rose u p fro m the Well of the

. .

O ath on the s ix teenth of thi s th i rd m o nth and he went to ,

the lan d of Egyp t 9 A nd I srael se n t J ud ah before him to . .

h i s son J osep h t o ex am i ne the Land of G oshen for J oseph ,

had t old h i s b rothe rs that they sh ould c om e an d dwell

there that they m i ght be near him 1 0 A nd th i s w as the . .

g oodli est (lan d ) in the lan d of Egyp t and n ear to him , ,

for all (of the m ) an d als o for the c attle 1 1 A n d these . .

are the n am es of the s on s of Jac ob who wen t i nt o Egy p t

with Jacob their father 1 2 Reuben the fi rst b orn of . .

,
-

I s rael ; an d these are the n am es of hi s s ons :En och an d ,

Bring thee up .
6 . Cf x xvu 2 4, . . R eub en nd 4 a son s n
c

xxx ii 23 H r wasada has

. ee . ry the ve Sim e n nd 6 o a sons
r
x
l e i
u n usu a m an ng of dva cfidfe w or dv fl Levi nd 3 a son s
-
w
dwew C f A sc I sa a 1 U suallyi h ix L eah ch ildren
’
s Jud h 1 na so 2
“
. . . .
.
, ,

it e
m a sn o n du ,
”
l ad c ct e .
grandsons n
w
9 Cf Gen . 28. x lvi . . . ch
Issa ar and 4 sons o
T o emam im e =nim h So ra ally p c tic e
Z b ulon and 3 sons “
s

Onkelo s . M ass. a on l eh as n iln

‘
b , w h ile 29
Sam LXX, Syr =nis gq f a
Gad and 7
.

8
.
,
son s
1 2 3 3 O ur text e the
m ak s e Z lp h
num b r

?
As 9
21211
nd
-

i a s

5 1
22
8 a
.

of J c e ce
s ob s d s t t ethe ith
n dan s
’
og r w
1
h i elf eve t
ms s n y hi
T s w as the v e i w .

of the ite
wr r of Gen x vi
l 26 an d of . .

J e ph
os A n t ii 7 4 O n
. the the h
o.
r an d
. . Joseph nd 2 n 3
. a so s

in Gen XIVi 1 5, 1 8, 2 1 , 2 5
. Jca ob is
. R chel B nj m in nd 1 0 a
’
s e a a'
e xp er ssly n ot i cl e
n ud d in the e
num b r n so s

seve t n y x i
Cf E od . 5 h t ch pte
T a .
a r . . .

has adm itte e e eii

dl y un d rgon r v s on O ur .

te x t e
m ak s u p the e eve t
nu m b r s n y by
B lh h
D n nd 5 son 6 '
’ a a s

N p ht l i nd 5 s n
1 a s
a m eth e t i ee tf
od so m wha d ff r n rom th t a 6 a a a o s

in Gen x vi
l h . he e
T u s w r as D an and
. 12
N aphtali a h ve e p e ctivel
r s f
y one and our
son s in G en , our text i the five 29 1 4 1 4 1 2 69 Thu the
ass gn s .
m . s

e ch
a On the the h
. o r an d Gen i cl e num b e 7 0 include J c b It i note
n ud s . r s a o . s

ec
in its r kon ing t wo grand ch i e
ldr n ofw rth y th t the LXX e d 7 5 in G n o a r a s e .

he
As r, Er, Onan , tw o son s of P r z, e e x lvi 2 7 lik ewi e in Ex d i 5 w h ile . s o . .
,

an d i h
D na against J i ee
ub l s in D eut x 22 m st MSS gi ve 7 0 but
T he . . . o

e
nu m b rs in our te xt ep e e te
m ay b e r r s n d m e gi ve 7 5 Th num b e 7 5 in A ct s so . e r

f
as ollow s v n 1 4 i of course due to the L XX . s .
2 40 T HE BO O K OF J U BILEE S
Pallu , and H ezr on an d Carm i —fi ve . 1 3 Si m e on . an d hi s
sons ; and these are the nam es of hi s sons :J em u el and ,

Jam in and O had and J achin and Z ohar and Shaul the
son of the Zephathite w om an—seven
, , , , ,

1 4 Levi an d hi s . .

s ons ; and these are the nam es of h i s sons :G ersho n and

K ohath an d Merari—four
,

,
1 5 J udah an d hi s s o ns ; an d . .

these are the n am es of h i s s on s :Shela and Perez and , ,

Zerah—four 1 6 I ss achar an d h i s sons ; and these are the

.
. .

n am es of hi s sons : Tola an d Phua and J asfi b and Sh i m ron , , ,

fi ve 1 7 Zebulon and h i s s on s ; and these are the n am es

. .

of h i s so n s :Se r ed an d Elon an d Jahleel—four 1 8 An d , ,

. .

these are the sons of Jacob an d the ir sons whom Leah bo re , ,

to Jacob i n Mesop otam ia six an d their one s i ster D in ah , , ,

an d all the souls of the s on s of Le ah and the ir s o ns who , ,

wen t w ith J ac ob their father i nto Egyp t were twe nty n ine ,
-

and J ac o b their father bei n g w i th the m they were th ir ty , .

1 9 A nd the sons of Z ilp ah L e ah s h and m ai d the w ife of

’
.
, ,

Jacob wh om she bo re unto Jac ob Gad and A sher 2 0 A nd

, , . .

these are the n am es of their s on s who went w ith him

i nto Egyp t :the sons of Gad :Z ip hi on and Haggi and , ,

Shun i an d Ezbon (an d Eri) and A reli and A rod i—e ight
, , , .

2 1 A n d the s ons of A she r : I m n ah and I shv ah ( an d I shvi)

the ir one s i ster —six
.
, , ,

an d Be riah an d Serah , 2 2 All , . .

12 F P llu H ezron and Ca m i

or in 1 Chron v n 1 a e s) whe eas M s
a r r
g as
.
, , . .
, , .

Ph all u Esrem K ami

’
Eth h . as
has fi s s, , ar .

13 F J em u el et c Eth h
or
g as
.

So Sam of G n xlvi 1 3
.

s ab
.
, , , .

’
ljamfi é l Ij m é n A wbt (Lxx A w6)
' ’
a
' " . . e . .
,
,
3 1W LXX I o dfi
,
M Vulg
, , ’
a
’
o ass . ,
ljakim ss (Lxx Ed p) S aul , .
’ ' , .
,
ar a
,
O nk has an , , .
. .

Zep ha thite woman So b Siphnawat . .

Shim ron . Eth Sfim arfim
c pt m
. .

a cd Zephathite, as Ronsch
p
orru

ec e
4 9 9 has r ognis d, is an ad je ct ive
.
1 7 Eth has a ar,
.
'
.
’
en, Ijal el.
'
S ’

.
1 9 Whom she bore u n to J acob 80
f e f eph th iti h “who b or un o a ob Gad
. .

orm d rom Z , may, a Canaan s

a
ed .a bz e t Jc
cit y de t y ed b y J ud h and Si m eon
s ro a an d A s r he .

Judg i 1 7 H enc e reading of b h uld

. . . s o 2 0 Eth has Sé phjbn, ’A gai, Si m,
. . t
b e e t e d in m y te x t
r s or .
’ ’
A sib bn, A r61i, Ar edi .
’

14 F G e h n and Koh ath Eth

. or rs o
(A nd T s w as or g nally in hi i i the
“
.

’
has GedeOn and Q a ath. Eth i pic
o as n mb r
”
thes ows. e ei ht h
g ’
1 5 For P r z and Z ra Eth has
. ee e h . 2 1 Eth. has jbm na
.
, Je sfi a, Bar a, ij
h
P ares and zara 8 5rd .

1 6 P haa . So Sam , L XX , Syr , .

(A nd I shmi ). Th s was or ginally in i i
Eth. as the num b r “
. .

Vulg , Onk in Gen

. l 1 3 (and also
. . x vi .
the six s ows. e h
2 42 T H E BO O K O F J U BI LE E S
buri ed th ose w ho p e ri shed an d they were re c koned ,
am o ng
the seven ty G en tile n at ion s .

J osep h recei ves J acob ,

a nd gives him Goshen ,
1 7 -
. J osep h

a c u i res
q a ll the lan d and i ts in ha bi tan ts for Phara oh,
8 12 -
. J acob di es an d is bu ri ed in H ebr on , —
13 15 .

H is books given to L evi xl 2 8 30

16 ( Cf Gen vi -

. . .
,
.
,

xl vii . 1 1 1 3 , 1 9 , 2 0 , 2 3 , 2 4 , 2 8, l
-
.

X LV went in t o the c ou n try of Egyp t

. A nd I s rael ,

int o the lan d of G oshen on the n ew m oon of the fourth ,

m on th in the se con d ye ar of the thi rd week of the

,

forty fi fth j ub ilee

-
2 A n d Jo se p h we n t t o m eet h is father
. .

Jacob to the lan d of G oshen an d he fell on hi s father s

, ,
’

ne ck an d we pt .
“
3 An d I s rael s ai d u n t o J osep h : N ow .

let m e d i e s i n c e I h ave seen thee an d n ow m ay the ,

L ord God of I s rael be blessed the God of A brah am and ,

the God of I s aac w ho hath not w ithh eld His m ercy and
H is g rac e from H is se rvant J ac ob 4 I t i s en ough for . .

m e th at I h ave seen thy fac e wh ilst II am j yet alive ;

' ‘

ye a true i s the vi s i on wh ic h I saw at Bethel

,
Blessed .

be the Lord m y God for ever and ever and blessed ,

be His n am e 5 A n d J osep h an d h i s brothers eat bread

. .

before thei r father and dran k w i n e an d Jacob rej oic ed with ,

ex c eedi ng gre at joy be cause he saw J osep h eati ng with

hi s brothers and dri n ki ng before him an d b e blessed the ,

Cre at or of all thi ngs w ho had p rese rved him and had ,

preserved for him hi s twelve s ons 6 An d J osep h had . .

gi ven to hi s father and to hi s b ro thers as a gi ft the

ri ght o f dwe lli ng i n the lan d o f G o shen an d i n Ram eses

X LV 1 43 C f Ge n
.
-
28 30
. . . x lvi .
-
. b u t our te xtis rob ably orru ; for p c pt
4 I t i s en ough f or me
. H r . e e the by ch i
ang n
g ana n o an a is broug i t t it ht
Et hiop ic z aé y a not é o r w no '
on . S ee te t li e th
in o n wi Gen 30 .
xlvi . .

xliii24 . . 6 Cf Gen z lvu 1 1

. . . . .

Whilst +1 am j yet a li ve In Gen '

R am eses Eth has Ram é sé na

“
. .

: th t th
. .

x lvi 30. a ou art yet a

”

; li ve mm
Di
 C HA PT E R X LV . 14 2

an d all the r egi on round ab out wh ich b e ruled over befo r e ,

Pharaoh An d I srael an d h i s so n s dwe lt in the land of

.

G oshen the best p art of the lan d of Egyp t ; and Is rael was
,

one hundred an d th ir ty ye ars old when he c am e i nto Egy p t .

7 A nd J osep h nou ri shed h i s fathe r and h i s b r ethren

.

and also the ir p ossess i ons w i th b re a d as m u c h as suffi c ed

them fo r the seven ye ars of the fami n e 8 A nd the land of . .

Egyp t suffe red by re ason of the fam ine an d J ose p h ac quired ,

all the land of Egy p t fo r Pharaoh i n retu rn for food an d he ,

got p ossess i on of the p eo ple an d their cattle and everything

for Ph araoh 9 A nd the years of the fam i ne were
. .

acc om pli shed and J osep h gave t o the p eople in the

,

land seed and food that they m ight sow ( the land )
i n the eighth year for the ri ver had overfl ow e d all the
,

land of Egyp t 1 0 F or in the seven ye ars of the

. .

fam i ne i t had not overfi ow ed and had i rri gated on ly a

few places on the banks of the river but now i t overflow ed ,

and the Egy p t i ans sowed the land and i t bore m u ch ,

c orn that year 1 1 A n d th i s w as the fi rst ye ar of the 21 7

. .

fou rth week of the fo rty fi fth jubil ee 1 2 A n d J osep h -

. .

took of the c o rn of the harves t the fi fth part for the

k ing and left four p arts for them for foo d an d for seed ,

an d J ose p h m ade i t an ord i n an c e for the land of Egy p t

One hund red and thirty years. Of. I t bore z farajat , w , s n e La in h ich i c t
Ge n l . 9 . x vii has collegerun t , m ay be orru for c pt
“
.
"
7 Cf. Gen xlvu 1 2.
. . .
’
ara ru : co ll e gerun t or ar s e d. h ve t
A s much as sufi eed them By r ad . e 1 2 Of Ge n
. lv
. 24 . x ii . .
’
ing b akam a akalom u ns ad of b akam a i te Of the corn of the hm ve s t = ’
é m
’
ekl
’

y a aklom u we s ould get (as in LXX h zazar fi

’
So . the te xt h
s ould b e rans t
o f Gen . x vii
l . 12 ) w e a il/4 a a br é w,
‘

l te
a d . Zar u is not a
'
rb ve
r , b ut he e
cc i
a ord ng t o r rsons thei p e
T he .
zar
’
e h ich
(w here =seges, y ew fiaara )
e e
H br w is a ord ng t o r cc i the i w ith the ffix su w i go s b a k to h ch e c
f milies
a .
"
m edr z
“land
"
,

in rs 10 , us as ve e j t
8 Cf Gen xlvn 1 3, 1 9 , 2 0 .
. . . .
fte
c irr il s a
’ '
r 7 6 y evvfiaam in LXX of
.

F or P haraoh. Em nd d w La n e e ith ti Gen l x vii e c

2 4 go s b a k to y hu in the
“and
. .

Pharaoni rom of b : f te x t p ec e i
r e te ce
d ng s n n But s n . i c e the
P h arao h ”
.
ti i
La n has de om n b us quidquid natum
9 Cf Gen. xlv n. 23 it p i e th t
est , is oss b l a for em e
’
kl za zar
“
’
fi
=
. . .

( The land ). R s or d rom La et e f tin .

h l e
w e s ou d r ad em kuellu zar
’
fi of

Cf Gen l . 2 3.
. . x vii all the h v t ar eshe e I r by w . draw ith
10 N ot. Res ored rom La n.
. t f ti the e e ti tex t
m nda on in m y .
 2 44 T HE B OO K OF J U BILEES
u n t il thi s day 1 3 A nd I s rael li ved i n the lan d o f Egyp t
. .

seventeen years and all the d ays whic h he li ved were three
,

jubilees one hundred and forty seven years an d he di ed

,
-

M i n the fourth year of the fi fth week of the forty fi fth j ub ilee -
.

1 4 An d I s rael blessed his s on s befo re he d i ed and told

.

them eve rythi ng th at w oul d be fall the m i n the lan d of

Egy p t ; and he m ade kn o w n to the m wh at w ould c om e
u p on the m i n the last days an d blessed the m an d gave ,

t o J ose p h two p o rt i ons in the land 1 5 A n d he slep t . .

w i th h i s fathe rs and he w as buri ed i n the d ouble cave

,

in the land of Can aan n e ar A b rah am h i s fathe r in the ,

grave which he dug for h i m self i n the double cave in

the land of H ebron 1 6 A n d he gave all h i s b ooks and . .

the books of hi s fathe rs t o L evi hi s son that he m ight

preserve them and rene w them for hi s children un ti l this
day .

Prosp eri ty f I srael in Egyp t 1 2 D eath of J osep h 3 5

o ,
-
.
,
-
.

War between Egyp t and Can aan dwring which the bones
of all the sons of J acob excep t J ose h a re bu r ied at
p
H ebron, 6 1 1 -
Egyp t opp resses I sra el,
. 12 16 -
.
(Cf .

G en . 1 2 2,
. 2 5 2 6 ; Ex o d i 6
-
. .

XL VI A nd i t c am e to p ass th at afte r J aco b di ed the

.

children of I s rael m ultipli ed i n the land of Egyp t an d they ,

be cam e a great nat ion and they were of on e acc o rd in ,

heart so th at brother loved brothe r and every m an

,

help ed his brother an d they i n c re ased abundantly and ,

m ult ipli ed e x c eedi ngly ten weeks of years all the d ays , ,

13 . x vii
Of Gen l . 28 . . . 15 Cf Gen 1. 1 3
. . . .

Thi s te c flict ith th t

da on s w a in 1 6 Cf. . x
14 cc
A ord ng t o our
. . i
Xi X h ch cc i
1 3, i e 2 0 4 6, W i . . a ord ng t o au th
or t she e t i ti
rad on s w r in ee the
the p e e t p
r s n e h
assag s ould b e 20 41 k eepi
ng of L evi e c e
s d s n dan s
’
It is t
S ee te xx v
.

3 18 0 n o on 4 .
e e i fe th t
r asonabl t o n r a ou r au or w ho th
1 4 TO563 them ep erythi ng, et c Gen . .
ga ve the
m to the l
wor d w as a d s nd e ce
K ll x 1
_

S ee xxx
o ii . 2 1 , 110 W ant of L evi
, and p
rob ably a r s p ie t
x ix
.

Blessed them Of Gen l

XLVI 1 Cf Ex od
. . . .

x v iii
Tw o p or tions. Gen l S ee22 . . .
‘ ' 7 ‘ . 1° °

te p
no s 20 1 . . Ten weeks f
o years . H enc e J eph
os
 2 46 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
he knew that the Egyp tians w ould not again b ri ng fo r th
an d bu ry him i n the lan d o f Can aan for Ma kam arfin k ing , ,

of Can aan while dwelli n g in the land of A ssy ria fought

,
,

i n the valley wi th the k ing of Egyp t and slew him

there an d p u rsued afte r the Egy p ti ans to the gates of
,

’
Erm e n 7 Bu t he w as n ot able to ente r for another a
. . , ,

new ki ng had be com e k in g of Egyp t and he was stronger

, ,

than he and he return ed t o the land of Canaan and

, ,

the gates of Egyp t were closed and none went out and ,

none cam e int o Egy p t 8 A n d Jo sep h d i ed in the fo r ty . .

A. M. s i x th jub ilee i n the s i x th week i n the se cond year and

, , ,

they bu ri ed him in the lan d of Egyp t and all hi s ,

brethren di ed after him 9 An d the k i ng of Egyp t went . .

fo rth to war w i th the k in g of Canaan i n the fo rty seventh -

jub ilee in the se con d week in the se c ond year and the
, ,

chi ldren of I s rael brought forth all the bones of the

c hildren of J acob s ave the bon es of J ose p h and they bu ri ed ,

them i n the fi eld in the d ouble cave i n the m ountain .

1 0 A nd the m ost ( of the m ) returned to Egy p t but a

.
,

few of the m rem ained in the m ountai ns of H ebron and ,

w h ich em ph asi e the w e kn e f to th is in re presenting Cush and C n n

s s a ss o a aa

Egy pt p oi nts rathe t o the p e i d f

, the pposing c ountri es
r r o o as o .

the succes o s of R m ese III w hen

s r 6 M a i e He oenpolis wh ich
a s .
.
’
, . . r
Egyp t lost her S yri an dep e d en ci e sto d c lose t o the D e sert on the c n al f n s. o a o

In J se ph us (A nt ii 1 0 ) the e is n
o R m e I c nnot identi fy Mak na bn
. . r a a s s. a ar r .

acc ount of w ar b etw een C h a nd 8 A ll his breth n died after him as a . re .

Egypt in wh ich the l tte p ev ils T h is st tem ent h olds even if w cc ept a r r a a e a

un de the gene al h ip f M e
r An the b irth dates in ou tex t ( ee p 1 7 1
r s o o s s. -
r s .

enl ged form of th i legend h ving n te ) nd the ages assigned to the twelve
ar s , a o , a

m ny det il s in com m n with th t in

a a s n of J c b b y the T e st X II P tri
o a o s a o . . a

J sephu is gi ven in the Ch nicle f

o s, ch s (see p 1 7 2 note ) ro s o ar . .

Je hm l lv He e the w i
ra ee , x 9 T he date 226 3 is not l te en ugh
. r ar s . a o

b et ween Cush nd S y i n d the p e p le t o llo w f ll the s ns of J acob b eing

a r a a o a o a o
of the East An ther f m pp e . in de d if we acc ep t the age assigned t
o or a ars a s o

the P laea H istori al (V ili ev A n

a the m b y the T est XII Pat i ch
c ass ,
ec . . r ar s.
d t G cco By n tin a i
o a ra w he e
-
T h us Benj m i n was b o n in the y e
za , . r a r ar

Egyp t is at st i fe w ith In di A l te 2 1 43 nd
r he li ved 125 y e s ( a. a r a as ar see
and still m o e e l b te nd till m e n te n p 1 7 2 ) the date of his de th
r a ora ,
a s or o o . a

gr te qu e e dit i n i f und in the B k

o s , w ul d b e 22 6 8
o s o oo o .

of J ash (op i t 1 2 44
ar Th . 1 0 A cco di ng t Bee there is n
c . 11. e . r o r o
oldest f rm of the t o di ti n i th t in the m enti n of th i s stay of A m m in
ra o s a o r o ra
ou te xt w he e the w i b etween C n n I o J sep hus (s e A nt n 8
r r ar s a aa .
' ‘
o e . . .

Egyp t and C na n T he count in the

a h ow ever som e such legend m ay
a . ac ,
Ch onicles of Je hm el c m es n e e t
r h ve b een known
ra e o ar s a .
 C H A PT E R S X LV I 7 —
X LV II . . 1 2 47

A m ram em ai ned w i th them

thy fathe r
1 1 A n d the kin g r . .

of Can aan was v ic t ori ous ove r the k i n g of Egy p t and b e ,

closed the gates of Egyp t 1 2 An d b e devi sed an ev i l . .

dev ic e agai nst the chil dren of Is rael of afflicting them ;

an d he s ai d unt o the p e ople o f Egy p t : 13 Behold the .

p eople of the children of I s rael have i n creased and m ulti

pli ed m ore than we Com e an d le t us deal wi sely wi th .

the m before they be com e too m any and let us afflict them ,

w i th s lavery before w ar c om e u p on us an d before they

t oo fi ght agai nst us ; else they w ill j oin the m selves un to

o ur ene m i es an d get the m u p o ut of our land for their ,

hearts and fac es are t owards the land of Can aan 14 . .

A n d he set ove r the m task m asters to affl ic t the m wi th

s lavery ; and they bui lt st ron g ci ti es for Pharaoh Pi thom ,

an d Raam ses an d they bu i lt all the w alls an d all the fortifi

,

cat ion s whic h had falle n in the ci t ies of Egy p t 1 5 A nd . .

they m ade the m serve w i th ri gou r and the m ore they de alt ,

evi lly w ith them the m ore they in creased and m ulti ,

pli ed 16 A n d the p e ople of Egyp t ab om i n ated the

. .

children of I s rael .

f Moses A dop ted by Pharaoh s daughter, 5 9

’
Birth o ,
1 4 -

.
-
.

Slag
/s an Egyp ti a n a nd fl ees (into Midian ) , 10 12 -
.
(Cf .

Ex od . i . 22 ,
ii . 2

X LVI I A nd in the seven th week in the seventh 23(

. ,

ye ar in the forty seven th jubilee thy father we nt forth

,
-

from the land of Can aan an d th ou wast born in the fourth 2 3 ,

/rum ,
A na te m p g, Eth
’
A b ram u sua lly ende ed “t e
r r r asu r e or
“st ore
“
. . . .

Th i l a t f
s is ound in P
s orm o, D e f hil citi e b ut t he LXX r nd rs MM
s, e e
Cong E ra d Gr atia 2 4 a so in one o f
. . l he e
5XUPG £ r and m 2 C ron V111~ 4
,

h .
,

the L XX in Nu m MSS 59 . xx vi . . P ithom and R aa m ses Eth Pi t6

“et Oon rob
. .

1 3 1 5 Cf E od
-
.1 0 , 1 1 , 1 4, 12
. x . i . . w aRam é sé L a n adds . ti p
1 3 The ir hearts
. are tow ards ab y l th
roug nflu n hi
of LXX of E od e ce x .

the la nd of Ca n aan Rous ( 1 62 ) . ch p . i . 11 .

c p e
om ar s for d on Ez k the icti2 e xxi A nd all the fortifi cations . La int
:
. . .

14 Strong citi es
. T s is mi nor fi ll, . hi om i ts .
2 48 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
week in the si x th year thereof i n the fo r ty ei ghth
, ,
-

jubilee ; thi s w as the tim e of tri bulati on on the c h ildren

of I s rael 2 A nd Pharaoh ki n g of Egyp t i ssued a com
. .
, ,

m and r egard i ng them that they sh ould cast all the ir

m ale ch ildren wh ic h we re born int o the ri ve r 3 A nd . .

they c ast them in for seven m o nths until the day that thou
wast born A nd thy m other hid thee for thr ee m onths .
,

and they told regard ing her 4 A nd she m ade an ark for . .

thee and c overed i t w i th pi tch and as p halt an d placed

, ,

i t i n the flags on the ban k of the ri ve r and she plac ed thee ,

i n i t seven days and thy m o ther c am e by night and su ckled ,

thee an d by day Miriam thy s i ster gu arded thee fro m the

, , ,

b irds 5 A nd in th ose days Tharm uth the d aughte r of

. .
,

Pharaoh c am e to b athe in the rive r an d she he ard thy

, ,

vo ic e cryi ng and she t old her m ai dens to b ri ng thee ,

fo rth and they bro ught thee unt o he r

, 6 A nd she . .

took thee out of the ark and she had c o m pass i on on ,

thee 7 A nd thy si ster s ai d unt o her : Shall I go and

. .

call unto thee one of the H ebrew wom en to nu r se and

su ckle thi s babe for thee A nd she s ai d (unto he r ):
Go 8 A nd she we n t an d c alled thy m othe r J ocheb ed
. .
,

and she gave he r w ages an d she n ur sed thee 9 And , . .

XLVII 2 4. -
Cf E x od. i 22 , 5 Tha m uth. Syr T his app ears
“2
. . . . .

2 4
-
.
in Syr F rag as . 0 30 5 , as 9 4p 2
(i
.

3 F or m ths Cedrenus
:
seven
.

t es ou text as stating th t the

85 ) ak
. .

p ovOcs in ose J ph
. A nt ii
9 5, 7 10 . .

:
. .
r a

casting of the ch ildren of the H eb ew i i r s

2 s m lar y in l
yn ll us S ce i
2 2 7 9 6p .

w ent on for t en m onth s i u nt i l e.,

p o fiOLs i) it al Q apiq hi
T s <b ap£a is ‘
.

Ph aoh s daughter
ar d pted M e :
’ i e tifi e a o
, .

os s
d n d w ith i et i
I s s see T r ull an A d.

81 1.év y h m l éa K‘
r i po es
ii A
‘
ev et
‘
e ra t rou
N at . 8 . A
p ol 1 6. For o . the fe
r re r
c e c on s onsul Ron sch, t 2 65 p
oé fi ¢ fi a d fip dm
A

é I p n
.
w
.

pn
xa. v as t v ¢r ra o e

7 “ é v 45 n u/ m é w
e 6 d hffip dn
7 ar a
‘
s 0 ve
H er ma iden s H br w
. e e
Mw on w o fi fiw Mmro
ii ‘
s 8 d r0 '
i
r s L
-
s r 1 0 1 0
”
it ti
m a ds, a m s ransla on as Dillm ann

6é xaw hny l é fié fin é 6é a
an )
e c i e aav v xa
.

d
r ogn s d of d
fipai s. The lural is p
ro w A ly m l m 2 é h 47 m G xd y ‘
rr ocs,
f ‘
r os a oa
‘
.

also o un d in the
Syr of E od. . 5, x ii .

Ka a pdg
r e 'r
‘
bn v 6
‘

p6 dfl pé ¢ n aa 1 '
r 1rov 1 ruv
'
b ut our La n ti ve i
rs on an d the M
ass , .

Efipa twv
Sam , LX X, and Vulg =dfipg.
é v r qo flor a/up dw é vrw you,
.
' -

70 v dr optbv dwawy é vr wv laxvpbc u

' ’
7 .
( Un to
her). R s e tored from the
A ly uirr lwv duo é vbs pé g
' ‘
’
bovs Iarpa n fl La t in x
and E od. n . 8.

N r mofi
‘
. 8 J ochebed
. , Cf E. xod vi . . 20 Num .
5 8. Cf. E od 11. 5 9 .
-
x .
-
xx vi
59 . .
2 50 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
secon d year i n the fi fti eth jubilee 2 A nd thou thyself . .

kn owest wh at H e s p ake u nto thee on Mount Si nai and ,

what prin c e Masté m a desired to do w i th thee when thou

wast returnin g i nt o Egyp t on the way when tho u didst
m eet him at the lodgin g — plac e 3 D id he n ot wi th . .

all hi s p ower seek to s lay thee an d deli ve r the E gy p tians

o u t of thy h and whe n he saw that thou wast sent to

ex e cute judgm ent and ven gean c e on the Egyp t ian s ?
4 A n d I delivered thee out of h i s hand an d tho u d idst
. ,

p e rform the s i gns and wonders which thou w ast sen t t o

p erform i n Egyp t again st Ph araoh an d again st all hi s ,

ho use and agai nst hi s servan ts and hi s p eople

,
5 A nd . .

’
the Lo rd e xe cuted a great vengeanc e on them for I srael s
s ake an d s m ote them through (the plagues of) bloo d and
,

frogs lice and dog flies an d m ali gnant boils b re akin g forth
,
-

in b lai ns ; an d thei r c att le by de ath ; an d by hail st on es -

thereby He destroyed everything that grew for the m ;

an d by lo c usts wh ic h devo u red the res i due wh ic h had been

left by the hail an d by darkn ess ; and ( by the de ath)o f the ,

fi rst —born of m en and an im als an d on all the ir i dols the ,

2 .h ve in th i ve e n the
We a w y the t u e m e ning f the i n cident
s rs a o r a a r a o

in tan c e (cf l o v 1 7 ) whe e

s .in Ex d i v 2 4 qq
a s T h is i f ll owed
er. r o ur o . . s . s o

auth h f ll wed the ex m ple f the m e faithfully b y the P J n in loo

or as o o a o or s .
-
o . .

Ch nicle in 1 Ch on xxi l whe e he

ro r and the Ch on r f J e h x l vii 1 2
. .
,
r r . o ra . .
,

ass ign to S tan the cti n th t in 2 whe e the ngel eek t l y M e for
s a a o a r a s s o s a os s
S m xxi v 1 is a c ib ed t
a . Y h weh
. not cir cum ci i ng hiss r
n It is e xp l in ed o a . s so . a ,
Th LXX and the T gum
e epl c e the h oweve th at i t w w ing t J eth o
ar s r a r, as o o r
di v in e n m e b y the ph e “ n ngel f th t the child h d n t b een ci cum cised
a ras a a o a a o r .

the L d W h ve l e dy c lled
or .
”
5 We h ave he e n en m e t i n f
e a a r a a . r a u ra o o
attenti n t n e li e in t nce x vii the ten pl gues of Egy p t
o o a ar r s a as a

A nd (by the d th ) f th fi t—
. .

1 6 whe e u
,
utho h rsi m i l ly g t
o r a r born
as ar o ea o e rs .

rid f the o ffenc e in the Bib l ic l te xt

o I h ve supp l i ed the w d in b cket a . a or s ra s.
O n M t em a ee n te on x 8
as T hey are wanting b th in the Et h and
s o o

The L t has im pl y “p imi ti

. . .

On the w y when than did t m t him aL t s ee a . a . s r

at the lodgi ng p l ce H e e the Eth i v“ um and so b d h ve p efix ed
-
a . r . s er a . e a r

h p ele ly c up t c which e p e ent

o ss orr nd H ence the e w l c un he e r r s s a r as a a a r
ttem pt t em nd t i n “ n the in the Greek ve i n On ly f the on
. .

an a a e a o z o rs o . or c
fe t f t b e n cl e
as o bd aun cluding w o ds nd b n ed them with
r a s.
”
a are r a ur
intelligib le It i b e t the ef e t fi we m i ght c nne ct the cl
s e sw ith r or o re o au s
f ll w the L tin “in vi in qu the word th t f llow nd m e ely pply
.

o o a a a s a o a r su

p t i ti sum in
rae e r s efecti n nd p ep ositi on ( n ) the fi t b n
r o s,
”
a a r o rs -
or .

E x d i v 2 4 nam es 15m r m But the genit i ve

o .
1 .
, p im itiv u m is . r or
3 O ur author here q uite e xp l in
. l against th is a s a so .
 C HA PT E R X LV I II 2 13 2 51
-
.

Lo r d t o ok vengean c e an d burned them wi th fi re 6 A nd . .

everyth ing w as sent th rough thy h and that thou shouldst ,

de clare (these th i ngs ) before they were done and tho u di dst ,

s p e ak w i th
the k ing of Egyp t befo re all hi s servants
an d befo r e h i s p eo ple 7 A n d eve rythi ng took p lac e . .

acc ord i ng to thy wo r ds

; ten g re at and te rri ble j udg m en ts
c am e on the land of Egyp t that thou m i ghtest ex e cute
venge an c e on i t fo r I s rael 8 A nd the Lo rd di d every . .

th in g for I s rael s s ake and accordi ng to His c ovenant

’

, ,

whi c h He had o rdai ned w ith A braham that H e woul d take

venge an c e on them as they had brought the m by forc e into
bon d age 9 A n d the p rin c e of the Masté m astood u p again st
. .

thee and sought to cast thee i n to the hands of Pharaoh

,
,

an d he help ed the Egyp ti an s orc erers and they st oo d u p ,

an d wr ought befo re thee 1 0 The evils i ndeed we p er . .

mi tte d the m to w ork but the re m ed i es we d i d not allow t o ,

be w rought by thei r b an ds 1 1 A n d the Lord s m ote . .

them w i th m ali gn ant u lc ers an d they were not able ,

t o st and for we dest royed the m so that they c oul d n ot

,

p erform a s i ngle si gn 1 2 A nd n otw ithstanding all ( these) . .

s i gns an d wonders the prin c e o f the Masté m aw as n ot p ut to

sham e be cause he took c o urage an d cri ed t o the Egyp tians to
p ursue after thee w i th all the p o we rs of the Egyp ti an s w i th ,

their c h ari ots and w i th their h orses and w ith all the h osts
, ,

of the p eo p les of Egy p t 1 3 A n d I stood betwee n the . .

Egy p ti an s and I s r ae l an d we deli ve red I srae l out of h i s ,

6 D l e tenge em ended fr m h m unt il he t ook cou ge

ec ar r, A o s a e ra .
"
s

: “ hould st do
.

t gb
e ar T h c nte x t
s eth is f i l t give g d ense I m itte d
.
”
e o a s o a oo s , o

sh w o th t th is is the i de req uired the neg ti ve in m y tex t T h w

s a a . a . us e

In x l ix 2 2 the s m e corrup ti n is f un d
. a h l d h ve w s put to sh m e until o o s ou a a a

in th ee ut o f the f u MSS
r o he t k co u ge Cf xviii 1 2 I
o r . oo ra .
”
. . .

8 Cf Ge n x v 1 3 1 4
. . . .n w th i nk th at the c
, . up ti n li e in o orr o s

9 P fln
. of the M té mdce S b the "
n t il he t o k cou age
as .
=w mw o a u o r
”
-

he e nd in verses 1 2 nd 1 5 and in pmnn whe e I t ke amt w t b c upt

r a a , r a
-
o e o rr

x viii 9 1 2 b e c use Inste d

”

.
, .
f am t f or a . a o

1 1 Cf E xo d ix 1 1
. . .
h jj l .
took cou ge
. e ds a a a ra ,
a r a

1 2 O f Ex od xi v 8 9 hlj t k th ought a a a oo
”

“
. . . .
. .
,

W n tp u t t s ham e bec a u se he to k 1 3 I h ve o m i tte d b etw een thee o a

“
as o o
“
.

co u rag T he E t he. w a s n t p ut t a n d w h
.
ic h a b i ns e t b efo e ob et ween o r r
2 52 T HE BO O K O F J U BILE E S
hand and out of the hand of his p eople and the Lo rd
, ,

b r ough t the m through the m i dst of the sea as i f it were

dry land 1 4 A n d all the p eo p les whom he b rought
. .

to p u r sue after I s rael the Lo rd ou r G od c ast them ,

in t o the m i dst of the sea i nt o the dep ths of the abyss ,

ben eath the c hil dren of I s rael even as the p eop le of ,

Egy p t had c ast their ch ildre n i nto the river He to ok .

ven gean c e on of the m and one thous and strong ,

and ene rget ic m en wer e dest royed on account of one

su c kling of the c hildren of thy p eople whic h they had
thrown i nt o the ri ver 1 5 A nd on the four teen th day and . .

on the fi fteenth and on the s ix teenth and on the seven

teen th and on the e i ghteenth the pri n c e of the Masté m aw as
bou n d and i m pri s oned behi n d the ch ildren of I s rael th at
he m i ght not accuse them 1 6 A n d on the n ineteenth . .

we let them loose that they m i ght help the Egyp tians
and p u rsue the c h ildren of I s rae l 1 7 A n d he h arde n ed . .

the ir hearts and m ade them stubborn and the dev ic e ,

w as devi sed by the Lo rd ou r G od th at He m i ght s m i te

the E gyp ti an s and c ast the m into the sea 1 8 A nd on the . .

fourteenth we bound him that he m i ght not accuse the

ch ildren of I s rael on the day when they asked the
the Egy ptians c al add these word b ut sab fi é in a d is c rrup t f w hit e s
'

o or
“b et ween the E pti n “the fi fteenth Ced nus
.

afte i ve ” "
r gy in b o g a s. . s . re
i wh h s ci te d ou te xt b ut a
1 4 An the e x m ple of the lea: ( o a r
tali
.

f w senten c e s b ef e c on firms b : fi
. o r a

onts m enti one d in iv 3 1 ( n te ) an d

e or '
r
,
. see o , '

e ci ted in Wi d xi 1 6 : (b n : A l vm l é 0 w 6
’
u wa e vh ii v obs 1 rairro 1 0 v s ax
'
e a a 'r e s r
n u n a s y

S ee f ythe Is eligtefis sett i T h is wouthe ld dm i t

. .

o vs ov. a
du p dv a 8é '
r? K hdg ec
, t . 1 01e o
'

e r at .
-

ng out on 1 5 th
al Ge n ix 6 Ex od x viii 1 1 Wi sd
o ra
so
f Ni s n in J se ph (A nt ii 1 4 6
. . . . .

xi 7 23 x vi 1 x v iii 4 5 Ph il
o a as o . . . .
x11. o,
w he e it st ate I ael w ent f rth
. . .
, , , ,
16
A dv F law 20 J oseph Oon tm Ap f om E pt n the 1 th ’ . r s sr o

of N i s n h v ing
. . . .

ii 1 3 gy 5 r o a a
al eady e c i ve d ift f m the E p ti
. .

r
Cf Wisd
g gy ns r e s ro a

( ii 14 6) o also in S h abb 87 6 O ur
. .
s
x viii 5 . .
te x t then supposes th t the I aelites
. .

a
.

sr
.

1 7 O f Ex d xi v 8 f dicti on m arched f om the 15 th t o the 18th a

o or
nd
. . . . . r
H e e g in ou uth or att ib utes t o the th at on the 1 9th M tem a nd his
,
r a a r a r as a
imm ediate agency f M té m athe ac tion p owe s w e e let loo e Bee points out
o as r r s r
w h ich Ex d xi v 8 as igns to Y ahw eh
.

o
th t in the Mechilta n Ex od xiv 3 it
. . s . a o
Cf x v ii 16 x lv iii 2
. .

. .
, is state d th t the Egyp t i ans pu ued
. .
a rs
1 8 The f owrt n th
. So w sh ould ft er I rael from the 1 9th of the first
ee . e a s
re ad w i th 6 ad the seventeenth . m onth .
,
2 54 T H E BO O K O F J U BILEE S
the plague w as very gri evous i n Egyp t and there w as ,

n o house i n Egy p t where there w as n o t on e de ad an d ,

weepi ng and lam entati on 6 A n d all I s rael w as e at i ng . .

the flesh of the p as chal lam b and drink in g the wi n e , ,

an d w as landin g an d bless in g an d gi v in g th anks t o ,

the Lord God of their fathers an d w as ready t o go ,

forth from u n der the yoke of Egy p t an d from the ev il ,

b on dage 7 A n d re m e m ber th ou thi s day all the d ays

. .

o f thy li fe an d o bse rve i t from ye ar to ye ar all the d ays of

,

thy li fe on ce a ye ar on its day acc ordin g to all the law

, , ,

there of and do n ot adj ourn (i t) from day t o day o r from

, ,

m on th to m on th 8 For i t i s an etern al o rd in an c e
. . ,

an d e n g raven on the heavenly tables r egard ing all the

children of Is rael th at they should observe i t every ye ar
on its day on c e a ye ar th roughout all the i r ge n e rat i ons ; ,

an d the re i s n o li m i t of days for th is i s ord ained fo r eve r ,

.

9 A n d the m an who i s free from un cle anness an d does n ot

.
,

c om e to obse rve i t on o ccasi on of i ts day so as to bring ,

an acc e p table of fe ring before the Lo rd an d to eat and t o ,

drink before the Lo rd on the day of i ts festi v al that ,

m an who i s clean and close at hand w ill be c ut off

be c ause he offered not the oblati on of the Lo r d i n its
app o i nted se as on he will t ake the guil t u p on him self , .

1 0 Le t the c hil dren of I s ra el c o m e an d observe the

.

p assove r on the day of its fi x ed t im e on the fou rteenth ,

day of the fi rst m onth between the even i ngs from the , ,

third p ar t of the day to the third p art of the n i ght ,

for two p ort ion s of the day are g iven to the li ght ,

5 Cf Ex od xii 30
. .
(its ) day
. .
( ) The “
. translati n is a . o
6 D ri nking the win
. Th is seem doub tful and the L t in e.
praeteribit t s , a e
t b the e li e t efe en c e t the u
o e ar f c i t illu d a dich sui is corrup t
s r r o se o r as s .

w i ne at the Pas ve fe t F r l te 9 Cf Num ix 1 3

so r as . o a r . . . . .

refe enc es see Pe ch x 2 ; B b

r , To bring
sa n .
p table of ing
ce . a a a ac er .

b th a 9 7 b
a r . A cc ording to Pe sach ix 4 it w s the . . a
7 8 Com p e the di e ct ions regard
-
. ar dut y of every m n w i thin a radi us f 1 5
r a o
ing the feast of w eeks vi 2 0 22 m i les i f n t ce m oni all y i m pure to
, .
, .
, o re ,
7 D o not adj u n (it)f om day to p e ent an offe ing t this feast
. o r r . r s r a .

day (b) or do n t ch ange a day fr m 10 Of Ex d xii 6

o o . . o . . .
 C H AP T ER x mx 6 .
-
r3 2 55

and a third part to the eveni ng 1 1 Thi s i s that whic h . .

the Lord c om m anded thee that thou shouldst observe it

bet w een the even i ngs 1 2 An d i t i s not p e rm i ss i ble . .

to s lay i t d uring any peri o d of the light but duri ng the ,

p eri od b orderi ng on the even ing and let them eat i t at the ,

ti m e of the even ing until the th ird p art of the n i ght ,

an d whatever is left over of all i ts fl esh fro m the third

p art of the n i ght and onwards let them bu rn i t wi th ,

fi re . 1 3 A nd they sh all not c ook i t w ith w ater nor shall

.
,

they eat i t raw but roast on the fi re :they sh all eat i t ,

w i th d ili gen ce i ts he ad w i th the i nw ards there of and i ts

,

feet they shall ro ast w ith fi re and not bre ak any b one ,

the re of ; for fof the children of I srael no bon e shall be

1 2 Sl y it dwring the p e iod
a the t f s crificing t the h b et ween r ac o a o our
“
.

(
or tim borderi ng on the even ing
e un et n d c m pl ete d kn es . s s a o ar s.

A cc din g t
or ur te x t the Pa o ve o E at i t at the time f the ev ning sso r o e

vict i m m ight b e slain

“durin the u n til th thi d rt o the ni ht N i ht
g p f g g e r a' .

p eri d b de i ng on the evening T hi w divi ded int th ee p t 6 t 1 0

o or r .
”
s as o r ar s o

i the m e n in g i t tt ache s t o the p h e p m 1 0 p m t 2 m nd 2 t 6 a m

“betw een the evenings (n p j
s a a ras . .
, . . o e. . a o . .

j yp pg) H en c e the t im e f e ting eem s t o be

”
. or a s

It c e p nd well w ith D eut x vi 6 fr m 6 to 1 0 p m Th b b inic rule

orr s o s . .
,
o . . e ra

wh ich gi ve dire ct ions for the sac ificing

s fix ed m idnight s the h u w hen the r a o r

of th p e ve at even at the g ing e ting m ust b e concluded (Be hoth

asso r o a rac

d wn f the un i 1 Pesach x ,

te xt wid e definition i gi ven—“f m

o o But in ve 1 0 f ur
s . r. o o . . .

a r 1 3 A nd they hall n t
s k ro . s o coo

Cf Ex d
,

the thi d p t of th da y to the th i d

r ar t on the fi re
e 9 r r oas . . o . x11 . .

They sha ll eat i t j é bl ewfi em ended

'

part f the night Th Phari ee n d

o .
“ e s s a

the Sadd c ee diffe ed in the inte p w i th La com d tis illu d f m the e e ro

f the p h rase “
u s r r re

b et ween the un m e ning b esfil a a

t ti n
a o o .

evening T he form er s id i t m e n t
s.
They shall ea t it wi th dilig n
a Cf a e ce. .

f m the tim e when the sun i ncline d Exod xii 1 1

ro
With di ligen c e . . .

t w d hi etting t ill his fi n l di

o ar s s s 6 lws wh ic h in the LXX is a s a 1ro u a
'

, a

app e n ce
ara te from 3 t o 6 p m
,
. .
,
endering of yirsna In ve 23 this . .
,
r r.

b t cc ding to the latter i t w

u a or the Heb ew phrase i s rende ed m e liter as r r or

t im e b etw een ctual sun et and d k a lly s ar a .

ne s s,i 6 n d 7 p m ( Pes chim v

. e., a I t head with the i w d
. . a tc Cf . s ii/ ar s, e . .

Th h u (the 9 t h t o the 1 1 th )as igned E x d xii 9

e o rs s o . . .

b y J e p hus (Bel l J ud vi 9 3) gree

os N t b eak any bone the reof
. . . Cf
. a o r
. .

wi th the Ph isaic determ in ti n (abar Ex d xii 46 a o ov o . . .

a w new ar e é vdm s (lipa s aé xpi s é v I Of the children o

f I sra el no bone
' ‘

If the
n w e com b n i e the shall be m shed i T he Lat in differs '
.

t te e t
s a m n s in ve e
rs s 10 and 1 2 of our n d is t o b e foll w ed N n erit a o o

te xt w m y i nfer that the sl ughte t ibulatio in fi liis I t h l in di hac

e a a r r s ra e e
”
.

ing of the victim m ight take p l c e ny If w m ight supp o e tw di t i nct G eek a a e s o s r

tim e du ing “the th ird part f the ve i n of the H eb ew nd th t the

“in di h
r o rs o s r a a

d y b ef e
a n et and th i s h
or m oni e
su ri gin l f
s w am m y: ar s s o a o e ac as

on the w h le w i th the rabb i nic tr di ti n

o m n w e could e xpl in the Eth by a o .
,
a .

Th Sam ri tans and K arai te J e ws upp rt

e a u pp osing the loss f um mm nd the s o s o a

the usag e f the Sadduce es in limiting ch nge of m y; into m y But the cor
o a .
2 56 T HE B O OK OF JU B IL E E S

cru shed
‘
thi s re as on the Lord c om m anded the
f
'

. 14 . F or
chi ldren of I s rael to observe the p ass over on the day of
i ts fi x ed ti m e and they shall n ot break a b on e there of ; ,

for i t i s a fest iv al day an d a day com m an ded an d there , ,

m ay be n o p ass i n g o ve r from day t o day an d m on th to ,

m on th but on the day of i ts fest iv al le t i t be observed

,
.

1 5 A n d do thou c om m and the c h i ld ren of I s rael t o

.

obse rve the p assove r th ro ugh out the ir days every year , ,

on c e a year on the day of i ts fi x ed t im e and i t w i ll ,

c om e for a m em ori al well pleas i ng before the Lord and ,

no p lague will c o m e u p on the m to s lay or to s m i te

in th at ye ar in wh ic h they c eleb rate the p ass o ve r i n
i ts se as on i n every res p e c t acc ordi ng to H is c om m and .

16 A n d they sh all n ot eat i t outs i de the s an c tuary

.

o f the Lord but before the s an c tuary of the Lord and

, ,

all the p e ople of the c ongregati on of I s rael shall cele

b rate i t i n i ts app oi nted seas on 1 7 A n d eve ry m an w ho . .

has c om e up on i ts day sh all eat i t in the s an c tu ary

of y o u r G od before the Lord fro m twenty ye ars old and

u p ward ; for thus i s i t w ri tten an d ordained that they

shou ld eat i t in the s an ctu ary of the L ord 1 8 A nd when . .

the children of I s rael c om e into the lan d which they are

to p ossess in t o the lan d of Canaan an d set u p the
, ,

tabernacle o f the Lord in the m i dst of the lan d in on e of

ru ption eem n ti ve t the Eth i pic
s s I n every esp t c
a ding t His m
o o r ec a cor o co
“se cundum
.

If the te x t efe ed he e t the r b e k m nd

rr L ti n eem b ette :
r o r a a . a s s r
ing f b ne it w uld m t p b bly
o a o uni ve
, p pt
o ju os ro a rsa rae ce a e s.
h ve u ed b
a s in the cl use b ef e
sa ara as1 6 Be f th n tua y f th L o d a or . ore e sa c r o e r .

a nd in the ve e fte whe e the L tin Of e 1 7 nd n te n v 2 0

rs a r, r a . v r. a see o o er. .

uses fr nge e and nf in g r p a 17 Y u G d co L t in h D ei n ostri

r ere res ec . o r o . a as ,

In th i c l u e the ef e ijé t but the ph e ecu in v 2 2 ’

ti ely
v . s a s , r or , ras r rs ar. .

q t q t
a a a w ill n t b c u hed i to F m twen ty y
o ld et c
e R bb i nic
r s s ro ea r s o , . a
b et ken m etaph ic ll y the Latin t di tion dete m ine f u teen ye s nd
a or a ra r s o r ar a
T h is i de th t pw d the qu lifying age Th
”
n n oit trib ul ti
er a o . a, a u ar s as a . e
n ev i l w i ll b ef ll n the d y f the i ght
o dete m in ti n n u te x t m y b b ased
a o a o r r a o i o r a e
c eleb t i n f the P ve e cu in on uch p ge
ra o o Ex d xxx 1 4 ;
asso r, r rs s assa s as o . .

ver. 1 5 in n i nte n ifi ed d egree a Num i 32 which p e c ib e th t in

s . . r s r a
nu mb e i ng the p e pl e onl
15 Ev y y. n er y ea Of ear, o ce a y the m ales r. . r o
ve e 7 8
rs s -
. f m tw e nt y y e ld nd u pw ds ro ars o a ar

N p lag o w ill m up n them et c

ue h uld b t k en cc unt of M n w
co e o , . s o e a a o . a as
Cf Ex d
. 13o . x11 . n t .cc unt ble fo the first tw enty o a o a r
 23 ye c eleb rated thi s festi val w i th haste when ye
. For
wen t forth from Egyp t till ye entered i nto the w ilde rn ess of
Shur ; for on the sh ore of the sea ye c om p leted i t .

L aw s re arding
g the ju bilees, 1 5 , -
and the Sa bba th, 6 1 3 -
.

L fter thi s law I m ade k n own t o thee the days of

. A nd a

the Sabbaths in the desert of Si n [ai] whic h i s between Elim ,

and Sin ai 2 A n d I t old thee of the Sabb aths of the land

. .

on Mount Si nai an d I t old thee of the jub ilee ye ars in ,

the s abb aths of years :but the year there of have I not
'

t old thee till ye enter the land which ye are t o p ossess .

3 A nd the land als o w i ll kee p i ts s abb aths wh ile they

.

dwell u p on i t and they will kno w the jub ilee year , .

4 Whe refore I have ord ai ned for thee the ye ar weeks and
.
-

the years an d the jubil ees :there are forty n ine jubil ees -

A
. M . from the days of A dam unti l th i s day an d one week ,

and tw o ye ars : an d the re are yet forty ye ars t o c om e

(lit .

”
di stan t ) for learn i n g the c om m an dm ents of the Lord ,

u ntil they p ass over i n t o the lan d of Canaan cross i ng ,

the Jord an to the west 5 A n d the jub ilees w ill p ass . .

by until I s rael i s cleansed from all gu ilt of forn ication and

, ,

un cle an ness and p olluti on an d sin and error and dwells

, , , ,

w i th c onfi den c e i n all the lan d and there w ill be no ,

m ore a Sat an or an y ev il one and the land w ill be cle an ,

from that tim e for everm ore .

6 A n d beh old the c om m an d m e n t regard in g the Sabb aths

.

I h ave wri tten (them ) d ow n for thee — an d all the judgm ents

23
l’Vi th haste. . S ee no te on ver. J u bilees th e j i ee
O ur au or assu m s ub l
.

13 Of E od
. 11 . x . xii . . F or Shu (Eth
r . pe i e e ch
r ods o f 49 y ars a , as R J e huda .

Sur) see E od 22 x . xv . . he e the j it

(N edarim 6 1 a ), w r as m a or y of
L l Sin [a i] , w hi h is between E lim c Je i h ite e c e it
w s w r rs r kon d e at 5 0 y ars
ee p
. .

an d S ina i Cf E o d 1 n[a ] x xv i Si i (B r, Bu ch d J u b . . .

ec t the M e i ic i
. . . . .

corru for Sin pt 5 For as of

. ss an k ngdom .

f ti cf i
.

A gradu al trans orm a on 29

2 . J u bilee y ears . O f Le v. . xxv . 8
note xxiii te
2 6 28 no
. .

;
xx vi etc
-
. .

3 . Cf Le v . . . 34, .
A S ee te
Sa tan or (m y evil one no on .

4 . Year weeks , t
-
. e., s even ye ars. xxiii 29
. .
 C H AP T ER S X L IX . 33 -
L 8 . 2 59

of its law s 7 Six d ays wilt thou labou r but on the . .

,

seventh day i s the Sabbath of the Lo r d you r God In i t ye .

shall do no m ann e r of work ye and you r sons and you r , ,

m en se rv ants an d your m ai d servants and all your cattle

-
-

and the sojou rner also who i s w i th you 8 A nd the m an . .

that does any w ork on i t shall d i e :wh oever desecrates

that day whoever li es w i th (hi s ) wife or whoeve r says
, ,

he will do s om eth i ng on i t th at he w ill set out on a ,

j ourney the reon in r egard t o any buyi ng or selling : an d

who eve r draws w ater thereo n whic h he had not prepared

7 Cf Ex od xx 9 1 0
. . 1 85 1 p 4 82 ) nd the K aite J e w
. . . .
,
. a ar s
8 1 2 On the T alm u dic laws relat ing
-
.
( Singer pp 1 98 1 99 note) Th se e , .
-
. e
t o the S ab bath s e Sch u er H i tory of K raite J ews i nfe ed the unl wfuln e
e r ,
s a rr a ss

N T Times II ii 9 6 1 0 5 Ede sh im
. .
, f coh ab it ti on n the S b b ath f m
. .
-
r e , o a o a ro a

L if e nd Times f J esus th ill essiah

a li te al interp retati n f Ex od xxxiv 21
o e ,
2
r o o . . .

ii 777 787 nd the Bib le D icti ona i es A regards the usage f the anci ent
.
-
a r , s o
in loc . S m aritans the e h b een som e dive ity a r as rs
8 The m n th t does n y work on i t
. f opini on
a aK (Bee Buch der a o . aro r,

shall di e T h i s st tem en t found in Ex d

. J u bilaen p 5 4 ) gu es th at the te x t in
a o .
, . ar
xxx v 2 m akes de th the p enalty f
. N edar iii 1 0 sp e k f the e xi stenc e f
a or . a s or o
a ny nd eve y b e c h
a f the S bb th the strict law h ving e xisted am ong the
r r a o a a . a

Wh oever lies wi th (hi ) w if T hi S marit ans at d te anterior t the s e. s a a a o

law prung prob b ly fr m the f n t ical t i m e of the Kar i te J e ws b ut th i i

s a o a a a , s s
p eri d referred to in S nh 46 a the p e i d dis puted b y F nk el (Ei njluss d p al
o a . , r o ra . .

of the Syro Gr i n d m in t i on w hen E g 25 2

~ ec a o a , xe .

a m n was put t a de th fo ri di ng Tha t he w ill t u t on a j u n ey

o a r a se o o r

h e Th at c e t in eg ul t ions of thi th eon (b d) m it “ the e n "

ors . r a r a s er . ac o r o .

n tu e e xisted w m u t infer f om
a r u T h i s c omm n d we de i ve d f m E x d
s r o r a as r ro o .

text as well as f m the T lm udic x vi 29 whe e the p eople e b i dden ro a r ar

“t o b ide eve y m n in his plac e
. ,
,

tre t i e N idda 38
a s E ly Cha ids a. ar s a r a

r ef ined f om c h b it tion w ith their n the seventh d y and not t g in

ra r o a a o a o o

w i ves from the c lo e f the S bb ath t o q ue t of m ann Pe m ission w given

s o a s a. r as

the f urth day of the w eek in o de t go a dist n c e f 2 0 0 0 cubits (Erubin

o , r r o a o

th t their wi ves m ight n ot desec te i v 3 l v

a w h ic h w as called t h ra .
, , . e

the S abbath 2 7 1 t 2 7 3 d ys late b y S bb th lim it (nnwn mm )o i m ply

o a r a a
'

r s
ch i ld b eari ng A g in t th is asc etic “limit (mm ) S b bath d y s j u ney
. a s
”
, or a -
a
’
o r

att i t ude t ow rds m i ge a reacti n t (E fifi d

a A cts i
arr a See o se a r ov .

in w h ich resu lted in the laws f the Li ghtfoot E i t tions on the A t i o , x erc a c s, .

Mi h na on th is ubje ct Th us the cc 1 2 ; Bu to f nd Le vy s Lexic n n

s s . x r a
'
o s o
h b it tion oi h u b nd and w ife is u mnu ; S hii
a a s a H istory of th N w e c rer, e e

j in ed ou the S bb th in N ed iii 1 0 Testament Tim

o a a II ii 1 0 2 10 3 ar .
, es, . .
-
.

viii 6 while in B b k m m 82 a i t is J ephus (A nt xiii 8 4) sp e ks of

a a a a os . . a

t ted th t one f the ordin anc es in thi s h alach a : d és n 8 { ul 6

. .
,
‘ ’
s a a o a k ea J y 0 1 5

s tit ted b y E di ected th t a m n

u i fifi d w d i 7} prfi se s w
zra r a a r o s aa
‘
ro c r
’
v 1 eo
'

h uld “e t g lic (t e c h ab it) n

e a .

”
s o a I n eg d t
ar n y buying o elling o o r ar o a r s

the eve of the S bb th The seve e A ll the MSS p efix “and Th true
. . .

”
a a . r r r . e

u sage is follow ed b y the m ode n te xt is unc e tain nd p bably t n r r a ro ra s

S m ari t ns (Eic hh n Rep ertorium posed Buying nd selling are p hibi ted
a a or
'
s , . a ro
xiii 2 57 2 82 ; d Sacy N otices cl in N h x 31 xiii 16 1 7 e e .

i ls de la Bible xii 1 7 5 :
.
, , .
, .
, .

ent ra al by Whoever d w water , Th i w . so ra s . s as

the A byssini an F l h as ( Univ I f rbidden by the K araite J ews (J st

a as . sr. o o ,
2 60 T HE B OO K OF JU BI L EE S

fo r him self on the s ix th day and whoever takes u p any ,

bu rden to carry i t out o f hi s tent or out of his house shall

d ie .9 Ye shall do n o w ork wh ateve r on the Sabb ath day
.

s ave wh at ye h ave prepared for yourselves on t he six th day ,

so as to eat and drin k an d rest and kee p Sabb ath from

, , ,

all w ork on th at day an d t o b less the L ord you r God , ,

who has gi ven you a day o f festi val and a holy day : and a ,

day of the holy k ingdom for all I srael is thi s day am ong
the ir days fo r ever 1 O F or great i s the honour which . .

the Lo rd has gi ven to I srael that they should eat and dri nk
and be s at i s fi ed on thi s fest i v al day and rest the r eon ,

from all labou r whic h belon gs to the labou r of the chil dren
of m en s ave burn ing frank in cense and b ri ngi ng oblati ons
,

and s acrifi c es befo re the L ord for d ays and fo r Sabb aths .

1 1 Th i s work alo ne sh all be d on e on the Sabbath days

.
-

i n the s an ctu ary of the Lord you r God ; that they m ay

atone fo r I s r ael wi th s acri fi c e c on tinually from day to
day fo r a m e m o rial we ll ple as in g befo re the Lo rd and that -

He m ay r e c e i ve the m always from day to day acc ord ing as

thou hast been c o m m an ded 1 2 A n d eve ry m an who does . .

any wo rk there on or go es a j ou rn ey o r till s (hi s ) farm

, , ,

Whether i n hi s house or any o ther p lac e and Whoeve r ,

li ghts a fi re or ri des on any be ast or travels by ship on

, ,

Gosch . d J udenth u 3 0 4, uo d b y
. . . q te 9 . S ee n te on ii o . 29 .

S ing r, e p1 9 9 no )
. te . 10 . Of 11 2 1
. . .

Which he had n ot p rep ared on the 11 . Of u m . N . xxviii

9, 1 0 Matt xu 5 . . .

six th day T s hi c e c e
laus om s in 12 Goes a j ourn ey See no on te
A om m and aga ns “
. . .

awkwardly c. i t
eat ver. 8 .

i
ing or drink ng any ing th ”
m ay a h ve Tills Ploug ng and
(his ) f arm . hi
ii
or g nal y l p c e e thi c e
re d d s lau s in our h e ti
arv s ng are orb dd n in E od. f i e x
tex t . Cf ii
. 3 0 , no te . . xxxiv :
Sh
21 abb
. vii 2 . . .

Takes up a ny burden to carry i t, etc . Whether i n his house or any other

S ee no te
on u 29 hi
T s is . the
3 9 th .
p lace he e
T s words s m to b e in
. r ee thei
f f i e
orm of w ork orb dd n in the t e ti e
r a s w rong p ce
la T y would g good . he ive
Sh abb a th If a m an dro pp e
d his a s fle e e i f the
s ns y w r r ad mm d a ly ee e i e i te
“ r m an who do s an work
.

teeth it
w ould b e unlaw ul t o f li ft
an d afte eve
r
y y e
carry the
m for the
y would on s u c tit te the e n ”

“burd n e Si i
m larly as m u ch
ink
r o

L ights
.

i e x
a .
a fi re . Forb dd n in E od .

as w ould su ffic e i ti
for w r ng t wo lette
rs xxx v 3Sh b b v ii
. a . 2 The m an who
. .

(Edersheim , L ife and Tim es o f J esu s g the

a tick f r th i p p e
rs s s o s ur os is t o b e
the ill essiah, 2 7 82, ii .
t n ed N um x v
s o . . .3 2, 33 .
 I NDEX I

PA ssA GEs m om THE SCRI PTU aEs A ND OTH ER A N CIENT Booxs

D IRECTLY CO NN E CTE D on CLosELY PA RALLEL WI TH TH E TEXT 1

LE V IT IC US J uB I L Em
m 9, 1 0
. x xi . 8
vi i 2 6 . xxi 6 .

X ll 2, 5 . ii i. 8 1 4 -

x vi 29 , 34 .
,
15, 16 xxxiv . 1 8, 1 9
xvii 13 . vii.30
x vi
viii 13 . xxi 17 .

xvii 14 . xxi 18 .

ii
x vn i 15
'

. xli 2 6 .

xix 2 3, 2 4 . vii 36 .

xix 2 3 25 .
-
vii. 1

U
N MBERS J UEILEEs
xx 2 . xxx . 7
xx 2 4 .
-
xxx 1 4, 1 5 .

xx 12 . x li 26 .

xx 14 . x li 2 5 .

xxi 7, 1 4 . xxii 22 1.
xxi 9 . xx 4 .

xxi I 9 . xli.17
xxiii 40 . xvi 3 0 .

xxi ii 34 36 , .
-

3 9 44 -
xxx u . 4
xx v 8 . l. 2
xx vi 3 4. . et c . 1 3 .

xx vi 40 . i 22
.

D s c ra aos ou v J UBILEEs
i 4
. xxix 1 0 .

iv 2 0
. xxii 9 .

i v 30 29
.
,
i 15.

v 3 1 32
.
, xxiii 1 6 .

vii 6 . ii 21 .

33 g g; 13
'

LEVITI cus J UBILEES

xx 9
vii. 13 .

i 9
VII. 16 .

ix i 21 . 26, 29 .

1 I ve
ha ive
not g n the passage in Gen i which a e ep d ced in the text
s es s r r ro Th e e
u . s are
i ndic t e e ll
a e d g n ra y in the head ing t the ch pte
s o nd in detail in th note
a rs a e s.

2 63
 2 64 T H E BO O K O F J U B ILE E S
DE U RONOM TE Y J Us i nEEs N EH EMIA H J U BI LEES DA N IE L J u BI L E ES

x 16
. 23 i . i 6 xx ii . 29 ix 1 8 . xxii 29 .

x 17
. v 16 .
i . 22 x . 21 x v 3 1 32 .
,

x 17
. 4 xxi . x xii . 27 x i. 30 xxiii 1 6 .

x 22
. 12 33 xl iv .
-
1 s . xii . 1 xv .

x iv 2 . 18 x vi . xiii . 1 6, 1 7 1 8 .

xi v 22 sq . 10 . xxxii .

x vi 5 . 21 x lix .

P S ALM S J uB IL E Es
x vi 6 12 x lix
iv 6
. . .

x vi xlix x xu . 28
l 7 20 .

li 1 0 i
. .

xxii 23 sqq 4 xx . . 20 J U BILE E S

l xxx 1 3
. . .

xxii 30 7 xxxiii . x x x vu . 20 xxi v 3 1 32

lxxxix 2 7 ii
. . .
,

xx v 9 xli 4
ii 2 0 . .

xc 1 0 xxii
. .

xxvi 14 xx 17 ii . i 12 .

xc 1 0
. .

xx vi 18 . x vi 1 8 .
. x xm 15 .

xx ii
v 15 8 xx cvi 2 8 . x xu 17 .

c vi
. .

x xv u 2 4 iv 5 37 . x xu 1 7 . J U B I L EE S
cxxxix xxiv
. .

xxviii 8 9. xx .
8 sqq 3 1, 32
. . .

xx i i
vi 13 16 i
O NO
. .

x x viii l 3 , 1 4 .16 xxiii .

I SA rA H J U B I L EE S ETH I P IC E CH J U BI LEES

xxix 28 . 27 ii .
x li 8
vi 1, 2
. 1
1 ( Syn
.

xxx 1 VII

xxx 6
.

23 i x li 8 .
.

cellus Gk ) VII 2 1 , 22
’

x x x 20
.

7 i
.

x lvi 7 .
vi i 1, 2
.

i 6
.

18 i
.

lii 1 1
. xxii . 16
VII 5
.

xxx

x i 20
.

7 i
.

lviii 1 3 . II . 29
ix 1, 9
.

xx . .

lx v 1 5 xx 6
x
.

x i i xxiii 26 — 4, 1 2
. .

x x 27 7 .

lx v 1 7 30 x
. .
sqq.
x i
xx 27 . 22 i .
. .
11
.

xxxii 6 .24 i .
x11 1 , 2 .

xxxii 17 . i 17 xxi . J U B I LE ES xii

11 3 6 (x1 11 1 2 ,
.
-
.
-

x xi v
x 8 x. 7 x iii .
x iv 4 7 , .
-
xv .

xxxiv 9 x xv 1 4
. .
2 we )
xv 3 4
.
-

OS H U
J A J UB I L EE S
xxiii xxx vi .
-
.

( i m pl i ed b y )
1
Vl l 21
xxiii 1 3 . i . 9
li v 7 8 .
,

1x 12 21
NS
-
.

1 KI J U B I LEES
G
l xxii lx x x 1r
iii xxii
-
. .

29, 52 29
v . .
i p ie
( m l d by ) iv 17
viii . 53 II. 19 l xxiv 12 vi 32
.

xii . 15 x ii 1 9 .
l xxi v 13 1 6
. .

xxi
-
.

20 vii 2 3
. .

i p ie
( m l d by ) vi. 36
l xx v 1, 2
RON S
.

2 CH ICLE J U BILEE S
xxxii vi
'

(l 11) . . 23
vi. 38 i 23.
l xx xIII xc .
-
.

xix 9 .
i p ie
( m l d by ) iv 19.

xxi v 1 9 . i 12.
l xxx v 3 . iv 20.

xx viii 3 . i 11
.
l xxxix 7 8 . vi 26.

xxix 21 . x vi 2 3 . E ZEK I E L J U BI LEES l xxxix xc .

-
,

xx iii 6
x . i 11 . xx . 12 I I. 19 (im pli e d b y ) xv . 3 1 , 32

Wherever there has b ee n a rela tion of dependence in the precedin g

list of
passages, the dep endence has b ee n on the side of J ubilees
When such a relation exists in the list that follows, J ubilees is to b e
.

regarded as the ori in al

g .

1 See no te on iv . 17 23
-
of t he T rans a l ti on .
 IND EX 11

N A MES A ND SU BJ E CTS

e iv 1
Ab l, . Am or ite xi v 1 8 (de t y ed in lifetim e
s, . s ro
A b i m ele ch xxi v 13 1 7 2 6 , .
, , f the uth
o ? xxix 9 1 1
) a or .
-

Ab h m ra See Ab m
a . ra w f
ar o g in t J c b nd his
,
a a n s a o a so s,

A b fim f the ih l w f T e h xi 1 4
'
r ,
pp lvi l ; xx xi v 1 9
a r - -
a o ra , . . xi1 .
-

A b m b irth f xi 1 5
ra , o , . A m m f the
ra , f M e x lvi 1 0
a r o os s, .

l te legend f hi b eing c st i nto

a o s a a A m phel xiii 2 2
ra , .

fi e y fu n cer 1 1 4 n te r a , x11 . -
o A n t iu Sin it
as as pp 1 8 2 3
s a a, .
,

b e ve the ky
o s r 16 17 s s , x11 . -
A ne xiii 29
r, .

c lled Ab h m x v 7
a ra a , . A ngel l ogy of J ubil
o pp lvi qq ee s, . s .

his ten t i l s vu 1 7 n ote r a , x . nd

a f the o N w T e t m ent p e s a , .

de ath f xxiii 1 o , . l xxx v i

gl orific t i n f in J ub il ap li ii o o , ees, . A ngel c e te d n the fi t d y ii 2
s r a o rs a , .

Ab y s e the ii 2 1 6
s s, 29 , .
, v. n ote
A da w ife of Re ub en xxxi v 2 0 c e ted n the e c nd d y cc ding
’
, , . r a o s o a a or
A d m c e t i n f ii 1 4
a , r a o o , . t l te t dit i n ii 2 3 n te
o a r ra o , .
-
o

b ought int Eden f ty day

r fte o or s a r of the p e senc e i 2 7 2 9 n te ; ii
r ,
.
,
o .

his c e ti n iii 9 r a o , . 1 2 n te 1 8 ; x v 2 7 xxxi 1 4

, o ,
. .

n m e s the nim l
a iii 1 3 a a s, .
-
of n ct ifi
sa ti n ii 2 1 8 ; x v 2 7 ;
ca o ,
.
, .

de th f i v 2 9
a o xxxi 1 4
phen m en —wi nd
, . .

Life of pp xix xx , .
-
ove n tu l
r a ra o a s,

D ughters B k of pp x viii cl ud fir et c
’
Ad m a s a , oo , . o s, 2 e, .
, 11.

tw och i ef de f c e ted ci cum or rs o , r a r

Adam =A dm ah, 23 xiii . i d x v 2 7 n te

c se ,
. o
A dam and Eve , Book of, 2 8, pp . 3 4, 88, de c end in d y
s f J ed t o inst u ct a s o ar r

93 m nkind i v 1 5 n te
a , . o

y the d ughte f m n v 1 n te
’
A datané sé s, vii 1 5 , 1 7 . m arr a rs o e , . o
’ ’
A dibaa, w i fe Si e xxxi v
of m on, . 20 vii 2 1 ; . m yth eje cted b y l te a r a r
’
A dfirfi n, xxx viii
3 . J ewi h nd Ch i ti n t diti n pp
s a rs a ra o , .
’
f ie
A dfi ram , r n d of Esau , x x xvn 9 3 3 3 5 4 3 n te o s
— pl c e xxx viii
-
. ,
’
A dfi ram a a , . 8, 9 thei puni h m ent nd th t f thei
r s a a o r

A durin, p xxxi . child en v 6 1 1 vii 2 5

r , .
-
.

’
v i
A fé rfig, ii 2 7 .
gu di nar f i ndivi du l
a s p lxxx vi ;
o a s, .

'
A ra, f v iii
15 . x xv 1 7x .

f ic
A r anu s, u us, J li p 34 . A nt i ch u Ep iph n
o s pp 1 l xi l xiii a es, . x, ,

A uzza ,h th xxi v 26 . A p oc l y p se of the l t th ings xxii i 1 1

a as , .

Ai, i i 5 xi . 31
A krabb m , x i x ix 14 . Apoc lyp tic t diti n w itten d
a ra o r o wn by
’
A m finfi, v iii
21 ; ix4 . . M e i 26 n oteos s, .

A m m on s, ite xxix 10 x xx vn . . 6, 1 0 A a (corru p t f

’
r U xi city or r, . of, xi . 3
xxx iii
v 6 . A b s xx 1 3
ra , .
2 68 T H E BO O K or J U B ILEE S
Aram, son of She
m , vn 1 8 ix 5 . . Bo ok of L ife xxx ,
22 ; . xxx vi 1 0 .

l
and of, xxxvii
6, 9 .
th eos w ho will be d estroy ed xxx , .

Arara , t v 28 ;
. v iii
21 ix
5 ; x 15 . . . 22
A rd, l x iv25
.
Bone et pp lx u 1 46 2 0 1 2 1 5
s , .
, , ,

Ar el i x i v
,
l 20 .
Buri l f p triarchs i n Canaan xlvi
a o a , . 9
’
e c pt
Ar sa, orru for H azor, xxxiv 4 7 . ,

i ch xiii
Ar o , 22 .
Ca n , 1 i iv .

i i
A rk, b u ld ng of the v
, . 2 1 22
d a
-

of, 31 e th i v .

i xli v
A ro d , 20 .
Ca ndar, l le p xvi .

A rp achshad, vii
18 ; viii1 .
Can aan, vii 1 0 13
.
1 ; xxu 2 1 ix . .

xli v 24
.

s z s Pal s n , 2 9 34
.
ei e e ti e x .

A h b el x li v 2 5
s , .
C anaan s, 18 25 ite xi v xxx . .

A he xx vi ii 2 1
s r, .
Can aan s w s of os uda , iti h ive J eph J h
,
A htar th xxix 1 0
s o ,
.
m o n, xl 1 0 ; 20 Si e xxxiv . .

A hu s n of S hem
ss r, o ,
ix 3 6 ,
Ca or m , i 30 .
pht i xx v
l nd f As yri ) v iii 21 ; ix 3 5
.

a o s a , ,
Carm i ,
.
i 12 .
xl v .

A udi xli v 2 8 pe te pp iii

’
s , .
Car n r, x lvu, l
A t n em ent D y of p xlii ; v 1 7 1 8 ;
.

o ,
a , .
Ca n a o n P n a e u .
uo d,
-

te
i e t t ch q te p xv ii .

xx i v 18 1 9
x .
Cedrenus , i, l 1 2 8,
, 1 , pp x vi xv i xxix
A w fin wi fe of Cai n i v 1 9
, .
’
, , , 35 , 3 7 , 4 1 , 66, 6 7 , 80 , 86 88, 9 3, -

Azri l w i fe f M eth u el h i v 27
’
a, o s a , .
9 4, 9 6, 1 1 6 , 1 9 1, 2 48, 2 5 2 .

w i fe of S eth i v
’
Azfi ra, , .
C r an , x e i i pp x v xxi .

w i fe f Eb er viii 7
,
o , .
Cett in , p xxxi .

C a d s, land of, . 4, 5 h l ee ix
e t e
Bab l. ow r of, x 19 26 .
-

C ar s, , h le pp xx xxi xx vi xxviii x ix
x
viii
.
, , ,
Bab el, . 21 Chasids, r s of, 16 i e xxiii .

Bab y on,l xx 12 .
C dor ao m r, i 22 he l e xii .

Ba on,c pp xxv .
, 56
57 -

C rysos o m uo d, 34 h t q te p .

Baldensperger, p xx v .
C r um s on, an rlas ng ord nan i c ci i eve ti i ce
Baraka, w ife J e i v
of ar d, 16 .
1 ; xv 1 4 no , 2 5 ; 3 p
,

te xx .

the e iv
. .

r of K nan, 15
’
Baraki é l, b ro ob s r d in .
r a on of e ve
t wo the c e t i the
'
Baraki il, b ro the M eth e h
r of us la , iv 2 8
g s ord rs of ang ls,
.
1, lxh i he t e e pp .

Barheb rae us, pp xxxiii l , 88, 9

. 4 27 xv
th pp
.

Bar , 1 9, 25 on day, 1 4, 2 5 the e i hth xv

g
.
.

h
Bas an, vi ii 21
.
n gl e d b y Isra l, xv 38 3 4 e ec t e -

e th xiii
.

B al o , 10 .
Cl m n n R ecognitions, lx . 84,e e ti e pp xx
eche x i v
.

B r, l 25 .
96
’
fe J h
Bé dsfi el, wi of uda , xli 7 Co nan w .
N oa , 1 7 18 ve t ith h vi -

ee pp xxiii
.

B r, .
, 3, 5 5, 65 , 6 8, 89 , w Ab ram , 20 ith xi v
et c
.

1 0 1 , 1 1 8, 1 2 1 , 1 2 7 , Cus , vii. 1 3.
1 h ix
B rs b a (see W ll of the Oa ),
ee he e th x vii
.

Cr at on, n ew, 29 no ; .
e i26 the i te i v
xviii xxii
. .

9 ; 17 . 2 .
no e ; x 2 6 3 0 ; 1. 5 t x iii -

el x v
.

B a, li . 25 w n y t wo works of, 11 1 1 6 t e t - -

xv te
.

Beliar, sons of, 3 3 no ngs , xv u 3 et

xx u 4 , th i
.
Cr a or of all
pi it i
. .

s r of, 20 .
2 7 xlv 5
e j i xxxii
.

B n am n, 3, 33 .

e xxix
B on, 10.

e i h x iv
B r a , l . 21 D an, 23 . 18 l xiii
27 , 2 8 xxviii
. x iv .

B e t a
’
sfi el, w ife J h xxxi v
of u da , 20 D ane] , 20 . iv .

Bet enos, w ife of Lame ch i v , 28 D an , . e e p xx v .

B ethe xiii
l, .xx vii
5 ; . 1 9, 2 6 D b ora , x xxn 30 e h .

Bé th6r6n, xxxi v . 4 D edan, w a rs of, 2 te ix .

B eth h xxix
s an, 14 . D m onology of ub ilees. . l i e J p vi i
B eth e xix
u l, 1 0 x xvu. 10 , 1 2
. and o f New T s am n , l the e t e t pp xxxvi .

i h h te
B l a , sis r of Z l a , i p h xx v ii i 9 sq . .

e e i
R ub n s ns w h, it xxxiii . 1 9 D m ons, sons of -
Wa e
rs, vii 2 2 the t che .

l e ti
B ood, a ng of, orb dd n, f i e vii 28, 2 9 no vii 2 7 . te .

xxi. 6, 1 8 m
’
N oa s sons, 1 2 no s 1 te pt h x .
-
te ::
Bo n,h p xxv i
. 5 , 8 no ; 20 te xii .
2 70 T HE B OO K OF JU B ILEE S
G el sius D ec ee of pp x v iii lxx viii
a , r , . ,
e
H zron, x li v
12 .

G enesis the Little pp xv x vi

, , .
-
H ilgen feld, pp xx v lxx v .
,

G ent iles denounc ed pp lv lvi , . ,

H ipp l
o yt u s, l p xxx .

Ge p onica the quoted p 1 3 4

o , , , . H ivi te xi v
s, 18 .

G e xli v 2 5
ra, . H or s, ite xxx vii 10 xxxviii . . 8
G era m untains of xvi 1 0 xxi v 1 2
r, o ,
. . ,
Hu ppi x i v
m, l 25 .

19 hi x iv
H us m , l 28 .

G e sh on xli v 1 4
r , . H yrcanus, J , pp lvi lix . .
, , lxu, l xi v ,

Gi nts the vu 22
a , ,
. l xxx vii i
Gih on the viii 1 5 2 2
, , .
,

Gil ead xxi x 4 5 9 , . , ,

Idola ry, r s of,t 4 ie xi .

Ginsb urg p xxi v , . A bram d ssuad s T ra aga nst, x11. i e e h i

Girgash ites the xi v 18 , , . 1 8 -

Glycas pp vi l xxx 2 3
, . x , , ,
25, 26, 35 , f i e xx
orb dd n, 7 9 xxi . 3 5 .
- -

3 7, 84, 85, 1 64 aka, x li v28 .

e
God dw lls w ith m an in the M e i ic
ss an asaka, w i fe e j i xxxiv
of B n am n, . 20

ti e i
m s, te
2 6 no , 2 7 . 5is , xi 9 .

the the
Fa r of the ch i e Jc
ldr n o f a ob , fe
( ma, wi of A s r, he xxxiv 20 .

i2 4, 2 8 no
. te t it
Im m or al y of thesoul, pp xxxi
xii, l x ; .

of all, xxi i 1 0 , 27 ; xxx 19 ;xxxi . . . xxi i

i . 31
1 3, 3 2 h x iv
I mn a , l 21 .

Gog, land of, ii . 2 5 v i ce t

In s , law s r gard ng, e i xxxiii 10 20
xli —
-
.

G e vii
om r, ix
19 8 . . 25 26 .

G h xiii
om orr a, 2 2 ; xvi 5 ; 6 . . xx . i iii
Ind a, v 21 ix 2, 3 . .

G he x iv
os n, l 9 x lv 1 , 2 . . te c l
In r a ary days, p xv ii
l i te
vi 2 3 no . .

Get
r a Sea,the ix , . 6 te
In rm arr ag w i e ith f i e
Canaan orb dd n,
G i x iv
un , l 30 . pp liii, lxi ; x x 4 xxu 2 0
. xx v . . .

1, 5
Hagar, xiv 2 2 ; . xvn . 2 ; xix . 11 w ( entile5 =givi ng to
ith olo , . M ch xxx
Haggada, older fo m s r of, in J ub ilee s, 7 1é -

pp lxi v q . c xv s . Isaa , 21 x vi 13 . .

Haggi x li v 2 0 , .c ific e x viii sa r o f, 1 13 .

-

H alach a older form s of in Jub ilees pp

, e e ev i xxxi , ,
. bl ss s L , 4 17 .
-

l v sq x le J h xxxi
. b sses uda , 1 8 22 .
-

Ham i v 3 3 ; vu 8 1 3 ;
,
n 21
. e th xxx vi . , xx . d a of, 18 .

p ortion of viii 22 2 4 ific ti

, J .p iii -

glor a on of, in ubil ees, l .

H m ath
a 33 xiii 2 ,
x h . xix . Is b ak, 12 .

H m or xxx 2
a , h el xi v
. xv Is m a , 24 ; 1 8, 2 0, 23, 30 ; . .

H an b othe of Abram
ar , 10 14
r x vii rxx , x11 . , 2, 4 ; 1, 1 1
. .

l nd of xiii 1 ; xxvii 3 19 ; xxx v

a , h e ite xx . .
, . Is m a l s, 13 .

10 12 ,
x li v Ishvah, 21 .

H stings Bible Dictionary pp 10 7 x iv

’
a , .
, Ishvi, l 21 .

188 i e p xxi Is dor of Pel usi nm , lx .

H o ( ee A ré ) p lxiii xxxi v 4 7 S evi e pp xxxi

’
of ll , l , 18
az r s sa , . .
, .

H e dl m p xx vi
a a , el p t
. xv Isra , a os asy of, 1 5 9 33 34 .
-
.
-

H eap of Witness xxix 8 xxiii , . 1 4, 1 7 1 9 .

-

H e avenly t bles iii 10 note c p ti v t

a i , . a i y of, . 1 0
H ebraism s in Eth iopic te x t p xxx sq G i he it c e ’

,
. h . od s n r an , x xu 9, 1 0, 15 .

H ebrew the o igin l l ngu ge f m n G p ti x v te ’

, r a a a o e od s or on, . 31 no ; xvi 1 8 .

and anim l iii 2 8 n te n te a s, . o o

forgotten from overth w f B b el till t b ep te f om the G entiles p lv ro o a o e s ara r
, .

A bram s t im e xii 2 5 2 6 n te gl ific ti n of pp liv sq

’
, .
-
o or a o .
, .

H ebron xiii 1 0 2 1 xix 1 xxx v i 20 I

, ch xxv iii 22
.
, . . ssa ar, .

H eli op olis 1 1 0 lv x li v 30 ’

,
x .
, .

H ellenism p l , .

H e m on xxix 1 0
r , J bb k xxix 13 1 4 . a o , .
,

Hesiod quoted p 1 49 J ch in x li v 1 3 , . a , .

Heth ch ildren of xix 4 5

, J c b b i th f xix 13 , .
, a o ,
r o , .

H é zaqfi wi fe of I sach a xxxi v 2 0

, t went y e cond from A dam 11 2 3 note
s r, . -
s
, .
 IN D E X I I 271

called Israel xxxi i 1 7 , . te xtual ff nities of p xxxiii sqq

a i , . .

twelve sons of xxxiii 22 , . ve ions of pp xx vi xxix

rs , .
-

see s the futu re on the he venly t ble s a a G eek ve i n of pp x xvi xxv u

r rs o .
, , ,
xxxii 21 2 6
.
-
Eth iopic ve si on of pp xx vii xx viii r , .
,

gi ves his b ooks t o Levi xl 16 ,

v. L tin ve si on of pp xx viii xxix
a r , .
,
di es xlv 14
, . Sy i c ve i n of p xxx
r a rs o .
,

glorificat i on of in Jub i lees pp liii , , .

, Eth i pic nd Lat in from the Greek
o a , ,
liv pp xxx xxxi .
,
J x v
ab leel, li . 1 7 Ethi pic MSS of p xx e diti ons of
o , .
,
J h i e x iv
a z l, l . 30 pp xx xxi ; translations of pp
.
, , .

J t
alku Shim eoni, pp x ii
li , 2 00 , 2 0 1 ,
. xxi x u , x
203, 2 1 4, 2 1 7 , 22 0 , 2 21 poetic l elem ent in pp ln sq
a , . x .

J i x iv
am n , l 13
. from on uth or but b ase d on earli e r
e a
‘

J annaeus, A .. lix p b k nd t radit i ns pp x li v s

oo s a
qq o , . .

J pheth i v
a , . ix
33 ; vii. 9 , 1 2 , 1 5 ; 7 . a p odu ct of the Midrashic tendency
r
,
p ti viii
or on of, 2 5 2 9a .
-
pp xlvii qq . s .

J e iv
ar d, . 15 a n e te ic t adi tion acco ding to it
so r r r s
J h
as ar, Book of,pp x i v xxvi l , l ,
. 32 , u th
a pp 1 li or, .
,

33, 40 , 43, 6 7, 89 , 1 26, 1 7 1 , 1 7 9 , wri tte n b y Moses at the dic tation of

196 , 1 9 7, 2 0 1 2 0 4, 2 06, 2 1 4 -
n a ngel ac c ording t o its author
a
,
J h x iv
asu , l 16
. 1 2 6 n te ; xxiii 3 2
. o .

Jv ix
a an, vii 1 9 ; . . 10 om i i n in of na ati ve s in G enesi s
ss o s , rr ,

J e ite xiv
bus s, 18 . pp xlviii qq. s .

J e i e pp xx xxiii x i v
ll n k, .
, ,
l , 201 , 2 0 2, a lte ti ns in of such narrati ve s pp
ra o , , .

2 1 4, 2 1 5 , 2 1 7 xlix liv ,

Je e x iv
m u l, l 13 expl n ti ns in pp liii liv notes
bje ct f —
. a a o .
, ,
J e h ee h ic e
ra m t te
l, C ron l s of ( ransla d b y o the defenc e of Jud i m
o , a s .

G te pp xx v xx vi
as r), l ,
l .
, 1 2 , 2 8, pp li qq ; nd e xp osition of p
. s . a re
32, 36 , 69 , 7 0 , 7 3, 7 7 , 82 , 89 , M s ic elem ents of the law pp li
o a , .

20 0 , 2 0 1 , 2 0 2, 20 3, 2 0 4, 21 4, 21 5 , sq q .

220 , 246 glorifi es the p t i rchs a r a an d Isra l, e

Je rom ,e pp xvi, 1 5 , 34, 5 2 , 83 , 88, 9 1
. , pp liii qq . s .

9 3, 1 2 6, 1 7 4 d te f pp lviii lx v i
a o , .
-

Je e i
rusal m , 2 8, 2 9
. m kea f Eth Enoch vi xxx v1
s u se o . .
-

J e e x iv
z r, l . 30 l xxii xc pp lxv iii sq .
-
.
, . .

J ocheb ed,x vii l 8 . m kea f B k of N oah pp lxxi

s u se o oo , .

J e G ee ch
o l, r k ronogra r, p he pp l xxxii . . sq .

37, 6 7 e u of by Eth Enoch xci ci v m ad se . .

-
.
,
J h xix
oks an, 12
. pp lxix sqq . .

J ordan, the x ix
, x 14 . m ad e u f b y Eth Enoch i v se o . .
-
.

J os e ph xx v ii
, i 24 . p lxxi .

c ie i t
arr d down n o Egy t, x p xxi v m de u
11 21 f b y Wisdom pp lxxi v sq .
-
a se o , . .

i e x vi
d s, l 3
. m de u of b y 4 Ezr p lxx v a se a, .

J os eph pp xxx x
us, . el ti n f to Test XII Patriarchs
i , lix , 8, 2 6, 2 7, 44 , r a o o , . .
,

p l n
6 5, 6 6 , 69, 1 0 6, 1 1 3, 187, 1 9 1 , 1 95 , . xx

uth
2 1 1 , 245, 2 46, 2 49, 2 5 5, 25 7 , 259 , f a Phari see and Pri est a or o , a

2 61 p l xxiii .

J ub l i ee e p riod =49 y ars,

e pp x v x vii u th
, l f n uph older of the Mac . a or o , a
=5 0 y ars, e pp x v x vi i , l i . c b e n dyn ty p lxxiii a a as , .

i
laws regard ng, 1 1 5 in J e wish lite tu e pp lxxi v sqq
.
-
ra r , . .

J ubilees, Book of, its v i ttear ous in Chr isti n n on c nonical literat u e
i l s a -
a r ,

J ubilees, or the J i ee
Book o f ub l s,pp l n lxxxiii . xx v -

p x v itt e G e e i pp x v
. ; L l n s s, infl uenc e f n the N ew T estament
, x vi ; . o ,
o ,

p c p e M e p x vii
A o aly s of os s, pp l xxxiii lxxxvi
T es . .
-

t e t M e pp xv ii x v ii
am n of os s, J ud h t ib e f c rri ed into captivity
i ; Book .
-
a , r o ,
a ,
of Adam s D aug
’
hte pp xv ii xix
rs, i 13
i ; .
-
.

L i fe of A dam ,pp xix xx , est ed f m the c ptivity 1 1 5 1 6

. r or ro a , .
-

wr itte ii e e pp J ud h b n x xviii 1 5
n or g nally in H b r w, . a or , .

xxxi xxxiii
-
Jud M accab eus pp lxiii lxxxvu as a , .
,
 2 72 T H E BO O K O F J U BILE E S
J udgm ent fin l f the f llen ngels nd a o a a a p re em in enc e f ove J ud h p l u
-
o , r a , . x

xxxi 1 4—1 7
, ,

their son v 1 0 1 1 s, .
,
.

f m nkind
o n d S t n p e c e de the
a a a a r s L evi t ic l elem en ts in Eno ch v
a 3 7 38 ,
11 . ,

M e i nic kingd m xxiii 1 1

ss a o ,
. xxi 1 0 n te . o s

t cl e
a f M e i nic kingd m pp
os o ss a o ,
. Lid b ski p xix
z ar , .

lxxx vii q xxxiii 30 n te s . . o Li ttm nn a efe ed t pp xxii xx v i

r rr o, .
, ,

Judith q ted pp 1 7 9 2 05 uo , .
,
xxxi ; 5 1 9 2 5 44 70 9 8 1 35 , , , , , , ,

J tin M ty q ted pp 33
us ar r uo , . ,

10 1 , 1 0 9 L 6m na, wi of P l g, 18 fe ee x .

Lot , x11 30 ; . 1 ; 7 xiii xvi . .

Kab er, b ro the

r of B en, 7 xi . Luhar, v 2 8 ; vii 1 . .

K ab rat an, xxxi

i 32 . Lu d, vii 1 8 ; .6, 1 0 , 1 1 ix .

K ad s , e h x vi 10 . Luz , xx vii
1 9, 2 6 .

ite
K adm on s, x iv 1 8 .

ii Ma anisakir (c orrupt for Sh kir of~

’

Kaftfi r, v i 21 .
a

i
K a nam , v iii
1 4 .
-
Mahanaim ) xxxiv , . 4, 7
K am at fi ri, ix
13 .
M cc b e
a a an vict i es c enes of lluded or , s , a

he
Karaso ( =C rson s or R no orura) ee hi c , t o, pp lvi lxii lxiii ; xxii i 21
.
, , .

v ii
i 13 . 22
K arn a m ,i xxix 10 . M cc ee
a ab s, F rst, r rr d t o, il ii , efe e pp xxx v i
.

e
K nan, iv13 . 1 47 , 1 48, 2 0 4
e ite xi v
K n s, 18 . Sec efe e
on d, r rr d t o, 42 p .

e i i te xi v
K n zz s, 18 . M i vii
ada , viii 19 ; . 5 ; ix 9 . .

K Gs é d, b ro the
r of A rp achshad, v i 6 ii . t i Me i x
ob a ns d a, 35 36 .
-

grand a f the ’
r of O rfi, w of R eu, the ife Maé dai
‘
21 viii .

xi 1 . Mag daladra é f, 1
’
xxxiii .

et h
K ura , xix 1 1 ; 1, 11, 12 . xx . Magog, vii
1 9 ; ix 8 . .

K r ai j thA rb a, x ix l iv xix . Mahalalel, 1 4, 1 5 ; 24 . .

K itt im =Macedonians , pp xi i xxi v M h th xxix

l i ; . . a ala ,
18 .

2 8, 2 9 M i fe xxxiv aka, W o f Gad , 20 .

x x x vu 1 0 xv . Makam arfin, l i 6 .

h th x li v
Ko a , 14 M . J h pp alala, o n, 34, 3 7 , 41 , 66, 6 7 .

K rii ger, p xxi v . M e pe xiii am r (a rson ), 29 .

p l ce xi v x vi (a a ), 10 1 . .

L b n xix 1 0 ; xx vii 3 10 ; xxv iii 1 M

a a , . eh x l iv .
, . an ass , 24 .

L c n e pp xxxix qq ; ii 2 2 ; iii
a u a ,
M i e ith i te c e e
. Mh
s . . . arr ag w s s rs as s in a a

2 3 ; vii 3 7 ; xiii 2 5 . ti e iv te .
’
lalel s m , 1 5 no .

L mb
a C t l gue of G reek MSS n
ros
’
a a o pp xxxi x ix vi xxx vi o Mastem fi, ,
l , l ii, l.
;
Mt A th p 1 . x os, te xi xix
. x ,
8 no ; 5. 11 ; 28 . .

L m e ch i v 2 7
a ,
. St : a an, x 8, 1 1 .

L nd t li f ll w eve y seventh y e
a o e p i c e ch i ef
a o viii r ar, rn or , x vu 16 xl 2 . .

vii 37 . p i c e the xviii x vii rn of , 9 , 1 2 ; l i 9, . .

L ngen p xxi v
a , . 1 2, 1 5
Law the f eve l st ing v li di t y pp M v iii ‘

, ,
o r a a , . auk, se a of, 22, 2 6 .

xiii 1 lii q , ,
M t s viii . ix ’
é a 1 2, 2 7 ; . 8 .

gi ven th ugh ngel i 2 7 n te ro Me i ti ix

a s, . o hr , m oun a ns of, 2 .

tr n m itted th ough the p tri ch s M e

a s xix r a ar ,
dan, 12 .

vii 38 . M e ch i e e pp x vii xxx v ii xi i l z d k, l i, l i ; i . .

Le h xx v iii 3
a , . te 2 5 no
de th f xxx v i 21
a o , ie evi xx i v . Mé lka, w f of L , x 20 .

L eb n n v iii 2 1
a o i ,
4 ; xii 1 5 ife . i v iii x. . w of K anam , 5 .

Legend ry m tte in Jub ilee

a pp xli v i fe a h r s, . w of N a or, x ix 1 0 .

qq s . i fe S e xi w of rug, 7 .

L evi b i th f xx vii i 1 4
, r Me i x i v
o , . rar , l 14 .

d in e d t
or a the p i e th d f the M e he ch vii o ix r s oo or s , 19 12 . .

de t u ct ion f She chem xxx 1 7 2 3 M e p t

s r i ix o , .
-
so o am a, 5 xx v u 10 , 1 2 , 1 3 . .

d i n ed t
or a the p i e th o d b ec e xxix o r s o au s 18 .

he w the tenth on xxx ii 2 3 M e i h f

as J h p xxxi s , . , ss a rom uda , . lxxx vu
; .

n te o te 1 8 no
2 74 T H E BO O K o r J U BILEE S
fic ti
Puri a on laws of, , iii . 10 12 -
S ara i , xu. 9
Put, vii 1 3 ; . 1 . ix c lled S h x v 1 5
a ara , .

de ath of xix 2 7 , . ,

Q afraté f,xxxi v 1 5 S t n x 11
a a , .

t b e punishe d fi nall y it 8
.

Q é lt ( =C elt ) viii 26
o , .
s
c nfi ned at diffe ent periods xxiiiiii 29 ;
.

o r , .

x1 9 ; x lvi 2 ;
e x vi
.

Raam s s, xlv 6 l 14 .
a
.
S y c e p 48
che xxviii
.
,
Ra l, 1 , 9 xxxn 3 4 .
c
.
S hatzhfihle die pp 28 2 9 34
‘

Ra a ( =Rhipaean
,
f M ti v iii
.
, , ,
oun a ns ) , 12 .
Sch odde p xxi .
,
16 Sch urer p p xx v lxxx lxxx viii 147
'

, .
th e ch i v , .
’ , ,
Raké é l, b ro er of Lam , . 33
2 59
'
Rasii éja, w of A rp achshad,ife . 1 viii
Sé dé qet é lé bab , v u 16 , 1 7
‘

iv
.

Rasfij al, 16 .
d r 0 1am rabb a, 103 Se e p
i fe p ht i xxxiv
.
’
Rasfi fi , w of N a al , . 20
r, 1 3, 1 8 S ei xxix
ve fli ht xi
.

Ra ns put t o g b y Ab ram, 1 8 Sé llasar

, 22 .
xiii .

22 $ 616 4, 7 xxxi v
e ecc xix xxxv
.

R b a, 1 0 , 1 3, 1 6 . 27 Sé phfintiphans, x l 1 0 .

Red Sea, the viii

, 21 2, 4 .
Sé ragan
ix .
4, 7
.

xxxiv
ph i the xi v xxix
.

Re a m , , . 18 9 ra , l 21S e h x iv.

e ct i the xxiii S e e x i v
.

Resurr on, no, of b ody, r d l 17 .

.
,

30
ereh, 1, 6 S xi
et ti ite i v te S e
.

R ali a on law of l ral, , . 31 no

ru , 6 xi
g
x iii
lv te
1 4 no .
17 ; S eth i v
24 xix
.

Reu, x 18 .
,

saga, pp
lx x n, 33 3 6
. .

e e xxviii
.

R ub n, ll te
a on of, in ific ti ws Je i h
and
la r glor
.

sin of, w ith i h Bl a , 1 9 h xxxiii

C r s an wr ngs, h i ti
.
-

i ti pp
34, 35 no s te
c pt xxxiv
.

R6b el ( orru for Arb ael ), 8 S eve ti ch pp x v xxviii

rus of A n o , l
.

Rdnsch, pp x vii , , , v , xix xxiv xx iii Sh

aul, l 13
,

x iv
.

xxxi xxvii
, l . 33, 39 , 80 , 83, 96 ,
m, She che cit
y of, xiii
iii i
.

1 2 1, 1 7 0, 1 7 1 , 1 77, 1 9 2, 1 9 5
d s roy d b y L et e and ev i
m on, Si e xxx
h x iv
.

Ros , l 25
4 6
.

i p x iv
-

Rub n, x
t e f the ite J
ak n rom Am or s b y acob
.

q te p
R ufi nus u o d, 12 .
and his sons, 2 8 not xxxi v -
e
Ryl , e p xxxix.
m , son of H am or, 2 Sheche
.

xxx .

la , son of A rp achshad, 5, 6 She h viii .

Sabb a , th the , to be k ep t the h i he t

by g s son o f u da , xli 6, 7 J h .

e
ang ls and Isra l, e p ii 1 ; . 1 7 21 m, 33 ;
. 9 , 1 1 , 1 2, 1 6 ; -
She iv . vii . xix .

n ot s e u. 3 1 no et 24. 2 7
not for the i fe i e
n r or ang ls, nor for lot of, 12 21 viii .
-

the G e ti e ii
n l s, te ii
2 no te 3 1 no ol, a place of un s m en b ut not of
. . She p ih t
rsfi t c ele te J c
b ra d by a ob , 11. 2 3 no ; te fi re, vii 29 . 22 i 31 . xxii xx v .

ii
3 1 no
. te mron, 16 Shi x l iv .

law s fo r the e v c e the pp

ob s r an of ,
nar, land o f . 3
; 1 8, 1 9, 20 ;
. Sh i , ix x .

lx , lx i ; ii
. 2 5 30 1 6 18 -
22
.
-
xiii .

v i i te p et t
ar ous n r r a i ons of the te rm , ua, xi x 1 2 Sh .

e ti
in r la on to the fe t ee
as of w ks, un , l 20 Sh i x i v .

xv 1 no . te ur, 10 S h x vi .

S
a k, c p xx v . dd m , 22 Si i xiii .

S
a r c ifice the e
s to d ad, xxu 1 1 m on, i . 13 . 4
; 20 Si e xx v ii xxx xxxi v . .

e
to d m ons, i te xxii
1 1 no te 1 7 no
. 21 ; l 13 . x iv .

Salliim , l x iv 30 . m on a abaeus, . l xui , l Si M cc pp xxx viii

S
a16m 6n, l x iv 28 .
’
Sinaar, a r~ n ~law of P g, 18 f the i ele x .

S t
al Se a, xi i
i 22 . na , 2, 5 19 Si i i viii . .

S t e
al t o b e us d in sa r c ific e xxi s, 11 ng r, , 7, 6 3, 9 3, 96 , 10 1 ,
. Si e pp xx vi .

S it
amar an C ron l , h ic e pp xx vi l sq , 40 , 1 0 9, 1 1 3 , 1 1 7 , 1 34. 1 44, 1 6 5 , 166,
. .

47, 5 8 1 69 , 1 81 , 2 27
Sfimfin, l 28 x iv . nk r, . Si e p xxiv
anir ( :B b li al
S i c Se i
n r) , i 21 4 ira vii
uo d, 1 17
. ix . S ch q te p .
 IN D E X 1 1 7
75

Six d ys of c e tion 1 1 4
a r a , 11 .
-
i
T mna , x li 8, 9h .

Soderb l m q u ted p 9
‘

o o , . T nai v 1 2 , 1 6 , 2 5, iii .

Sodom xiii 1 7 22 x vi 5 xx 5 6
, .
, . .
, 28 2, 8 ix .

xxii 2 2 .
i
T ras, vii 1 9 ix13 . .

Son of G d the indiv idual Is eli te a

o , ra , T ithe xiii
s, 2 5 , 26 x xx u 2, 8 9 , 10 1 5
. .
-

i 24 note ; i 2 5 28 xix 29
,

. .
, . e
doub l , x x xu 9 1 1 .
-

Spirit holy i 2 1 2 3
, a , .
, T ob i t q te p
uo d, 16 6 .

of ighte usne s (o
r t uth ) xx v 1 4
o s r r , . T ola, x li v
16 .

n te o e h xxix
T o w r of A b ra am , 1 6 19 .

S nides pp lxxxii 9 1
,

, .
, Treuenfels, p xxii . .

Sun the t egul te the y e ii 9 note vii ix

— i ific t
, , o r a ar, . T ub al, 19 ; 11 . .

vi 3 6 38 n ote e t
T w n y t wo a s gn e pp
s an num b r
-
. -
.
,

Sync ellu pp x vi vu xix lxx viii

s, .
, x , , , xx ix
x xl te
n 2 3 no -
.

lxxix 11 14 18 2 1 , 23 2 6 , , , , , ,

2 8, 2 9 , 30 , 3 1 , 32 , 3 4, 3 5 , 4 1 , 5 9 , ’
Hr father ih
,
- -
law of Re u, xi . 1
6 2 , 66, 6 8, 6 9, 7 1 , 7 3, 7 4 , 7 8, 85 ,
89 , 9 3 , 95 , 15 7 , 1 6 4,
U r, city of xi , . 3, 7 , 8 ; xu . 1 4, 1 5
1 9 1,
1 92, 2 0 8
War forb idden on the S abbath l 1 2
S ic
yr a F ragm n , , 30 , 6 0 6 1 , e t the pp . ,
Wash ings obligat ory in c onne ct ion wi th
, .

6 6, 6 7 . 8 6, 87 , 2 0 6 c ifice xxi 1 6
sa r s, .

W t che the S A ngel

a rs, ee s
e
T abl s, tw o, of st on , 1 e i .
Well f the O th ( e Bee heb ) xv i
o
.

a se rs a
pp l ix xxx viii
.
,
T alm ud, lxi, l 3, 1 2 ,
.
, ,
1 1 1 5 ; x viii 1 7 ; xxii 1 ; xxi v
, . . .

23, 2 7, 2 8, 32, 4 2 , 6 1 , 89 , 9 6, 1 0 1 ,
1 0 2 , 1 1 8 , 1 20 , 1 2 1 , 1 2 8, 1 44, 1 8 1 .
21 26 ; xx vii 1 9 xxix 1 7
, . .

xl iv 1 .

1 9 1 , 1 9 5, 19 7 , 2 0 6, 2 2 0 , 2 2 3, 2 5 2, Vi i n xxi v 1 s o .
,
2 5 6, 2 5 8, 2 5 9 , 2 60 , 26 1 Wine t be d unk t the P so ve x lix
o r a as r, .

T am ar, x li 1 , 6 , 8, 1 6, 1 9
6, 9
.

T am nataré s ( =T m na 8 i th W sdo m , Book of,

i 1 2 6, 2 5 2 pp
xiii
.

T anais 12 .
e
m ak s use of ub ilees, J pp l xxi v sq
xxxiv
. .
,
T aphii, 4 .
Woods to b e us d in sa r ng, e c ifici xxi
J th pp
.

T argum, Ps ona an, 2 , 22 , 26 ,

. .
1 2 14 -

3 2 , 33, 1 0 3, 1 1 6, 20 1
q te p
T aylor uo d, 7, 1 2 5 .
Y e ar, the =364 day vi 29 38 n te s, -
o s
e p e the ec i
.

T m l , s ond, 17 .
Y e ars, civil nd e ccle iastic l i m plied a s a
e h
T ra , xi 1 0 .
in Jub ilee p l viii ; v i 2 9 3 0 s, x
,

e xiii
. .

T rgal, 22 n te
.
o
e t i q te p
T r ull an u o d, 101 .
4 30 f m b i th f I c to T h
ro r o saa e
et e t t i ch pp x i v
T s am n s o f XII Pa r ar s, l , . .
Ex dus
,

i o1 3 note , x v .

x lv, 8, 9 , 2 4, 1 32 , 1 3 4, 1 7 0 , 1 7 1 ,

1 7 9, 182 , 183 , 1 84 , 1 8 5 , 1 86, 1 87 ,

188, 1 9 1 , 1 92, 1 9 7 , 1 98, 2 0 1 , 20 2 , Zab ulon, 23 xxviii .

2 0 3, 2 0 6 , 2 1 3 , 2 1 4, 2 1 6 , 2 2 0 , 2 2 1 , e i
Z bo m , 2 3 x vi 5xiii . .

2 28, 229 , 23 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 45 , 2 46 Zephathit e , 13 xliv .

T harm uth, l 5 x vii .

e h
Z ra , xli 2 1 ivxl 15 . .

hi
T rd m on , 1 no th i . te i p h i te
Z l a , s s r of B a ilh h xxviii 3 , . , 9 ;
h
T o m son, p xx v . x li v19 .

T o usand years =one day ,

h 30 no iv . te Zim ram , xix 12 .

e
y ars of l for the r g ous, i fe i hte xxiii . i i
Z on , 2 8, 2 9viii
. 19 .

iv
27 ( 30 ; 15 )
. xxiii . Z iph i x li v
on , 20 .

i i ix
T gr s, 2, 5 . Zonaras uo d, q te pp xvi l xxix 35
, . ,

T HE EN D
 T HE A S C EN S IO N O F IS AIA H

T E X T S, T RA N SL A T IO N S, A N D C O MME N T A R Y

BY T H E

R EV . R . H . C H A RL E S, MA . .

P ROF SS OR OF
E BIBL ICA L G R K RN
EE , T I IT Y C O L L EG E , R
CA MB I D GE

’
Crow n 871 0 . Clot h . P rice 7 s 6 a . . ne t .

Its m ost t
s riking feat ure s are the in troduction, w hich ab o unds in
learn ing an d acu e t criticism ,
t he L at in t ran slatio n of the Sla v on ic
ve rsio n, w hich has hithe rto b e en a se ale d b oo k e x ce p t to a fe w
sp ecialis s, an dt the p ap yrus fragm e n t t
co n a ining ab o u t a si x th of the

o rig inal Gre e k te xt .

” —Th e Christ ia n World .

D r C harle s has laid

. scho lars unde r an addi t ion al o b liga t io n by
this e di tio n o f the A sce nsio n of l saiah .
”
The Scotsm a n .

By t
e di ing this an d o ther A p o cryp ha, Mr . Charle s is do ing
ser v ice w hich canno t be to o w arm ly ackn o w le dg e d, and b y his
learne d an d scho larly no e s t he succe eds in thro wing a floo d of light
on the N e w T e stam e n t — T he B ri tish Weekly
. .

T he en t ire vo lum e is o ne w hich w ill re ce ive the sam e grat eful

w elco m e fro m all re ad e rs o f ap o calyp tic literature as has b een e x

tended to t he au tho r s p re vious

’
im p o rt ant co nt rib ut ions to t his b ranch
of scholarship.
” —Record .

Pro fe sso r Charle s is do ing m uch to raise E nglish scho larship in

the e ye s o f the w o rld .
” — T he Weekly R eg i ster .

A . 8 :C . BL A C K , SO H O SQ U A RE, LO N D O N .
 T HE APO C A LYPS E O F BA RUC H
T RA N SLA T E D F R O M T H E SYR IA C

BY T H E

R EV . R . H . C H A R L E S, MA . .

P O R F S OR OF
ES BI BL ICA L G R K
EE , T RN
I IT Y C O U N
LLEG E , D BLI

Crow n 8a m . Cloth . P rice 7 s 6 d net

. . .

Mr . Charle s s last w ork w ill ha v e

’
a hearty welco m e fro m
t
studen s of Syria c w hose inte re st is ling uist ic and from theolo ical
g ,

stude nt s w ho hav e le arn e d the value o f J e wish and C hrist ian

p seud
e pigraphy and the e ducate d
gen e ral re ade r w ill fi nd m uch of high
interest in it regard b e ing had t o it s date and its t he olo ical stand
, g
p oint
”
Record
.
-
.

Mr . Charle s has in this w ork fo llo w e d up the adm irab le e di ions t

of o ther pieces of ap ocalypt ic lite rature w ith an e dition equally adm ir
able . Som e of the no t e s o n t he o lo gical o r o the r p oint s of special
interest are very full and instruct iv e T he w hole w ork is an honour .

to E nglish scholarship T he w o rk b e fore us is one that no

.

future st ude nt of ap o calypt ic lit e rat ure w ill b e ab le t o negle ct and ,

stude nt s of the N e w T e st am e n t or the co nt e m p o rary J e w ish tho u ht

g
w ill fi nd much to int e rest t he m in it —P r im i tizze Methodist Q uarterl ”
y .

A s is intim at e d in t he
title p ag e the Syriac te x t b ased on ten -

, ,

MSS from which the Ep istle o f Baruch is translated is included in

.
, ,

the volum e T he le arn e d fo o tno tes w hich acco m p any the translation
.

thro ugho ut will b e found m ost he lp ful to the re ade r Indeed nothing .
,

seem s to have b e e n le ft un do n e w hich co uld m ake t his ancie nt writ

ing intelligible to the stude nt — Scotsm a n .

”
.

T o say that t his is the e dit io n o the A po B ‘

f ca lyp se o f aru i is to
r

say no thing Let us say t hat it is an e dit ion w hich alone would give
—
.

an e dit or a nam e to i E x¢ on tory T im es

”
’

l ve . .

A . C . BLA C K , SO H O SQ U A R E, LO N D O N .
 T HE A S S U MPTIO N O F MO S ES
T ranslated fro m the L atin unem e nde dSixth C e ntury MS .
,
the

T ext o f which is publishe d he re wi th t oge ther with the T e xt ,

in its resto re d an d critically e m e n de d fo rm .

W IT H I N T R O D U C T IO N , N O T E S, A N D I N D I C E S

BY T H E

R EV . R . H . C H A R L E S, MA . .

P ROF SS OR OF
E R
BI BL ICA L G E E K , T RN
I IT Y C O L L EGE,U D BL I N

Crow n 871 0 . Cloth . P rice 7 s 6 d . .

“In this adm irab le little b o o k t he Re v R . . H . Charle s has ad de d

a no the r t o the e x celle nt serie s o f e dit ions b y which he has e arn e d the

grat it ude o f all stude n t s o f e arly Christ ian lit e rat ure
”
. Tim es .

t
N o hing has b e e n lef t un do n e b y the au tho r w hich co uld co n

t rib ut e to the se ttling

t e x t the e lucidat ion o f the ge neral p ur
o f the ,

p ose o f the b o ok and the int e rpre t at io n o f p art icular p assag e s

, In .

sho rt it is w orthy t o rank w ith his e dit io n o f the A p o caly p se o f ‘

,

Baruch an d highe r p raise than that could hardly b e g ive n

,
’ —P rim i .
”

t iv e M ethodist Q u a rterly Rev iew .

If e ve r v ocat io n in life it is M r Charle s H e is

m an found his , . .

a t h om e and hap py am o ng t he se u nkn o w n a p o cryphal autho rs as ,

yo u o r I m ight b e w ith Isaiah o r St Paul and he se es t o it that the .

,

edi ion of the ir w o rks he p ub lishe s is b e tt er t han an y e dit io n t hat has

' t
g on e b efo re T he re ha v e b e e n e dit io n s o f the A ssum p t io n of Mo ses
.

b efore there is no e dition that o ne w o uld dream o f b uying no w but

this — .E xp ository T i m es .

T he Re v R H Charle s’s
. . . e di t ion o f ‘
T he A ssum p t io n of Mo s e s ’

adds an o ther to v aluab le

t he n um b er o f b oo ks w hich he has g ive n to
t
s u de nt s o f the no n cano n ical scrip ture s
-
o f the ews —Sco tsm a n
J .
.

A . 8:C . BLA C K , SO H O SQ U A R E, L O N D O N .